10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Mar 2025
    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Wang et al. created a series of specific FLIM-FRET sensors to measure the activity of different Rab proteins in small cellular compartments. They apply the new sensors to monitor Rab activity in dendritic spines during induction of LTP. They find sustained (30 min) inactivation of Rab10 and transient (5 min) activation of Rab4 after glutamate uncaging in zero Mg. NMDAR function and CaMKII activation are required for these effects. Knockdown of Rab4 reduced spine volume change while knockdown of Rab10 boosted it and enhanced functional LTP (in KO mice). To test Rab effects on AMPA receptor exocytosis, the authors performed FRAP of fluorescently labeled GluA1 subunits in the plasma membrane. Within 2-3 min, new AMPARs appear on the surface via exocytosis. This process is accelerated by Rab10 knock-down and slowed by Rab4 knock-down. The authors conclude that CaMKII promotes AMPAR exocytosis by i) activating Rab4, the exocytosis driver and ii) inhibiting Rab10, possibly involved in AMPAR degradation.

      Strengths:

      The work is a technical tour de force, adding fundamental insights to our understanding of the crucial functions of different Rab proteins in promoting/preventing synaptic plasticity. The complexity of compartmentalized Ras signaling is poorly understood and this study makes substantial inroads. The new sensors are thoroughly characterized, seem to work very well, and will be quite useful for the neuroscience community and beyond (e.g. cancer research). The use of FLIM for read-out is compelling for precise activity measurements in rapidly expanding compartments (i.e., spines during LTP).

      Thank you for the evaluation.

      Weaknesses:

      The interpretation of the FRAP experiments (Figure 5, Ext. Data Figure 13) is not straightforward as spine volume and surface area greatly expand during uncaging. I appreciate the correction for the added spine membrane shown in Extended Data Figure 14i, but shouldn't this be a correction factor (multiplication) derived from the volume increase instead of a subtraction?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. The fluorescence change should reflect a subtraction of surface area, as SEP-GluA1 is only fluorescent on the cell surface, unlike cytosolic mCherry, whose fluorescence intensity is proportional to spine volume. Therefore, the overall fluorescence change (ΔF) should be the addition of the contribution from AMPAR trafficking (ΔF<sub>t</sub>) and the change in surface area (ΔS) multiplied by the remaining SEP-GluA1 fluorescence per unit area (f):

      ΔF = ΔF<sub>t</sub> + fΔS

      Since fluorescence immediately after photobleaching (before AMPAR trafficking happens), F<sub>o</sub>, is given by fS (S is the surface area of the spine):

      ΔF/F<sub>o</sub> = ΔF<sub>t</sub>/ F<sub>o</sub> + fΔS / fS

      \= ΔF<sub>t</sub>/fS + ΔS/S

      Assuming that the surface area change (ΔS/S) is the volume change (ΔV/V) to the power of 2/3, the contribution of the AMPAR trafficking can be calculated as:

      ΔF<sub>t</sub>/F = ΔF/F – (Δ<sup>V/V)<sup>2/3</sup>

      This is the reason that we subtracted the contribution of the spine surface area. We have discussed this in the updated method section.

      Also, experiments were not conducted or analyzed blind, risking bias in the selection/exclusion of experiments for analysis. This reduces my confidence in the results.

      We acknowledge the reviewer's concern regarding the lack of blinding in our experiments. However, it is challenging to conduct blinded experiments for certain types of studies, such as sensor screening for a protein family, where we do not have expected results or a specific hypothesis prior to the experiments. In these cases, our primary readout is whether the sensor indicates any activity change upon stimulation.

      To address this concern, after identifying that Rab10 is inactivated during structural LTP (sLTP) and is likely important for inhibiting spine structural LTP, we performed blinded electrophysiology experiments and obtained similar results (deletion of Rab10 from Camk2a-positive neurons leads to enhanced LTP; Fig. 4k, 4l).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Wang et al. developed a set of optical sensors to monitor Rab protein activity. Their investigation into Rab activity in dendritic spines during structural long-term plasticity (sLTP) revealed sustained Rab10 inactivation (>30min) and transient Rab4 activation (~5 min). Through pharmacological and genetic manipulation to constitutively activate or inhibit Rab proteins, they found that Rab10 negatively regulates sLTP and AMPA receptor insertion, while Rab4 positively influences sLTP but only in the transient phase. The optical sensors provide new tools for studying Rab activity in cells and neurobiology. However, a full understanding of the timing of Rab activity will require a detailed characterization of sensor kinetics.

      Strengths:

      (1) Introduction of a series of novel sensors that can address numerous questions in Rab biology.

      (2) Multiple methods to manipulate Rab proteins to reveal the roles of Rab10 and rab4 in LTP.

      (3) Discovery of Rab4 activation and Rab10 inhibition with different kinetics during sLTP, correlating with their functional roles in the transient (Rab4) and both transient and sustained (Rab10) phases of sLTP.

      Thank you for the positive evaluation.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Lack of characterization of sensor kinetics, making it difficult to determine if the observed Rab kinetics during sLTP were due to sensor behavior or actual Rab activity.

      We estimated that the kinetics of the sensors for Rab4 and Rab10 are within a few minutes. For Rab4, we observed rapid increase and decrease of the activation in response to glutamate uncaging. Thus, this would be the upper limit of the ON/OFF time constants of Rab4. For Rab10, we observed a rapid dissociation of the sensor in response to sLTP induction within ~1 min. This means that the donor and acceptor molecules are quickly dissociated during the process. Thus, the off kinetics of the sensor is within the range of minute. Meanwhile, we have the on-kinetics from Rab10 activation (donor/accepter association) in response to NMDA application and again this is within a few minutes. Given these rapid sensor kinetics in neurons, our observation of the sustained inactivation of Rab10 should reflect the true behavior of Rab10, rather than just the sensor’s response.

      We revised our manuscript discussion session as follows:

      “Understanding the kinetics of Rab4 and Rab10 sensors is essential for interpreting their actual activity during sLTP. The Rab4 sensor exhibits a rapid rise and fall in activation (Fig. 3), indicating ON/OFF times of less than a few minutes. In contrast, the Rab10 sensor rapidly dissociates during sLTP induction (Fig. 2), with OFF kinetics occurring within one minute and fast ON kinetics in response to NMDA (Fig. 1j). Given these rapid kinetics, the observed sustained inactivation of Rab10 likely reflects its true behavior rather than sensor dynamics.”

      (2) It is crucial to assess whether the overexpression of Rab proteins as reporters, affects Rab activity and cellular structure and physiology (e.g. spine number and size).

      While we did not measure the effects of Rab sensor overexpression on Rab activity or cellular structure and physiology, we showed that sLTP is similar in neurons expressing sensors. This suggests that the overexpression of Rab sensors does not significantly disrupt signaling required for sLTP.

      (3) The paper does not explain the apparently different results between NMDA receptor activation and glutamate uncaging. NMDA receptor activation increased Rab10 activity, while glutamate uncaging decreased it. NMDA receptor activation resulted in sustained Rab4 activation, whereas glutamate uncaging caused only brief activation of about 5 minutes. A potential explanation, ideally supported by data, is needed.

      It is a long-standing question in the field why simple NMDA receptor activation by bath application of NMDA does not induce LTP, but instead induce LTD. Rab proteins are regulated by many GEFs and GAPs and identifying different mechanisms requires completely different techniques, such as molecular screening. While our manuscript provides some insights into this question by showing that they provide opposing signals for Rab10, we believe that identifying exact mechanisms would be out of the scope of this manuscript.

      (4) There is a discrepancy between spine phenotype and sLTP potential with Rab10 perturbation. Rab10 perturbation affected spine density but not size, suggesting a role in spinogenesis rather than sLTP. However, glutamate uncaging affected sLTP, and spinogenesis was not examined. Explaining the discrepancy between spine size and sLTP potential is necessary. Exploring spinogenesis with glutamate uncaging would strengthen these results. Additionally, Figure 4j shows no change in synaptic transmission with Rab10 knockout, despite an increase in spine density. An explanation, ideally supported by data, is needed for the unchanged fEPSP slope despite an increase in spine density.

      We thank the reviewer for raising these important questions. In our findings, shRNA-mediated knockdown of Rab10 did not alter spine size but did increase spine density in the basal state (Extended Data Fig. 11i). This suggests that Rab10 may restrict spinogenesis without affecting spine size. Conversely, sLTP induction via glutamate uncaging is an activity-dependent process that may involve different molecular mechanisms. The signal interplay between spinogenesis and sLTP and how the exact roles of Rab signaling in different modalities of plasticity would remain elusive for the future study.

      The lack of change in synaptic transmission with Rab10 knockout, despite the increase in spine density from Rab10 shRNA knockdown, may be due to different preparation and developmental stages: spine density measurements were conducted with shRNA knockdown in organotypic slices (sliced at P6-8, DIV 9-13), while electrophysiological recordings were performed in knockout mice in acute slices from adult animals (P30-60).

      (5) Spine volume was imaged using acceptor fluorophores (mCherry, or mCherry/Venus) at 920nm, where the two-photon cross-section of mCherry is minimal. 920nm was also used to excite the donor fluorophore, hence the spine volume measurement based on total red channel fluorescence is the sum of minimal mCherry fluorescence from direct 920nm excitation, bleed-through from the green channel, and FRET. This confounded measurement requires correction and clarification.

      We assumed that the most of fluorescence is from direct excitation of mCherry at 920 nm. The contribution from the bleed-through from mEGFP-Rab (~3%) and from FRET changes (~20%) may influence the volume measurements. However, since we observed similar fluorescence changes in the green and red channels, these factors would have only a minor impact on our results (Extended Data Fig. 6a, 6d). Also, please note that the volume change in neurons expressing sensors is just to check if the volume change is normal, and not a major point of this manuscript.  We clarified this in the method section as:

      “For the sensor experiments, we used mCherry as a volume indicator. We acknowledge that contributions from bleed-through from mEGFP-Rab (approximately 3%) and FRET changes (around 20%) could affect the volume measurements. However, since we observed similar fluorescence changes in both the green and red channels, we believe these factors have a minimal impact on our results (Extended Data Fig. 6a, 6d).”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examines the roles of Rab10 and Rab4 proteins in structural long-term potentiation (sLTP) and AMPA receptor (AMPAR) trafficking in hippocampal dendritic spines using various different methods and organotypic slice cultures as the biological model.

      The paper shows that Rab10 inactivation enhances AMPAR insertion and dendritic spine head volume increase during sLTP, while Rab4 supports the initial stages of these processes. The key contribution of this study is identifying Rab10 inactivation as a previously unknown facilitator of AMPAR insertion and spine growth, acting as a brake on sLTP when active. Rab4 and Rab10 seem to be playing opposing roles, suggesting a somewhat coordinated mechanism that precisely controls synaptic potentiation, with Rab4 facilitating early changes and Rab10 restricting the extent and timing of synaptic strengthening.

      Strengths:

      The study combines multiple techniques such as FRET/FLIM imaging, pharmacology, genetic manipulations, and electrophysiology to dissect the roles of Rab10 and Rab4 in sLTP. The authors developed highly sensitive FRET/FLIM-based sensors to monitor Rab protein activity in single dendritic spines. This allowed them to study the spatiotemporal dynamics of Rab10 and Rab4 activity during glutamate uncaging-induced sLTP. They also developed various controls to ensure the specificity of their observations. For example, they used a false acceptor sensor to verify the specificity of the Rab10 sensor response.

      This study reveals previously unknown roles for Rab10 and Rab4 in synaptic plasticity, showing their opposing functions in regulating AMPAR trafficking and spine structural plasticity during LTP.

      Thank you for the positive evaluation.

      Weaknesses:

      In sLTP, the initial volume of stimulated spines is an important determinant of induced plasticity. To address changes in initial volume and those induced by uncaging, the authors present Extended Data Figure 2. In my view, the methods of fitting, sample selection, or both may pose significant limitations for interpreting the overall results. While the initial spine size distribution for Rab10 experiments spans ~0.1-0.4 fL (with an unusually large single spine at the upper end), Rab4 spine distribution spans a broader range of ~0.1-0.9 fL. If the authors applied initial size-matched data selection or used polynomials rather than linear fitting, panels a, b, e, f, and g might display a different pattern. In that case, clustering analysis based on initial size may be necessary to enable a fair comparison between groups not only for this figure but also for main Figures 2 and 3.

      We thank the reviewer for these questions. For sensor uncaging experiments, we usually uncaged glutamate at large mushroom spines because we need to have a good signal-to-noise ratio. We just happen to choose these spines with different initial sizes for Rab4 sensor and Rab10 sensor uncaging experiments.

      Another limitation is the absence of in vivo validation, as the experiments were performed in organotypic hippocampal slices, which may not fully replicate the complexity of synaptic plasticity in an intact brain, where excitatory and inhibitory processes occur concurrently. High concentrations of MNI-glutamate (4 mM in this study) are known to block GABAergic responses due to its antagonistic effect on GABA-A receptors, thereby precluding the study of inhibitory network activity or connectivity [1], which is already known to be altered in organotypic slice cultures.

      (1) https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/neural-circuits/articles/10.3389/neuro.04.002.2009/full

      We appreciate the reviewer's comments and would like to clarify that we have conducted experiments in acute slices for LTP using conditional Rab10 knockout (Fig. 4k, 4l), and we obtained similar results. Additionally, we have recently published findings on the behavioral deficits observed in heterozygous Rab10 knockout mice (PubMed 37156612). These studies further support our conclusions and provide additional context for our findings.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      From the Senior/Reviewing Editor:

      I apologize that this took longer than intended. As you will see from the reviews there was some disagreement on several points. There was some disagreement among reviewers as to the strength of the evidence with some characterizing it as "compelling," "convincing," or "solid" while others felt the characterization of the sensors was "incomplete" and that this could have affected some of the conclusions. After extensive discussion, reviewers agreed that there was a valid concern that the conclusion that Rab10 activation is sustained could reflect a feature of the sensor. If Rab10/RBD dissociation rate were very low, and the affinity of binding were very high, this could lead to an incorrect estimate of the sustained binding due to sensor kinetics, not Rab10 activation. It was noted that this has been seen in other sensors previously (e.g. first generation PKA activity sensors), which the developers altered in later generations to increase reversibility and off kinetics of the sensor.

      There was also discussion of how this might be addressed and we would be interested in your comments on this issue. It was suggested that it might be helpful to revise Figure 2b to show binding fraction dynamics separately for each spine (to determine whether any actually return to baseline). Subsequently, clustering of these binding dynamics into two groups could be summarized in a version of Fig. 2e for each cluster. Differences in spine volume dynamics between these clusters would provide a measure of how strongly Rab10 binding correlates with spine volume. If they never go back to baseline, some extra experiments with longer post-plasticity induction (150mins instead of 35), might show if any reversible Rab10 binding exists post-LTP induction.

      An alternative suggestion was to measure the time course in the presence of a GAP or GEF, which should alter the kinetics.

      Thanks for the comments. It is important that the inactivation is observed as the dissociation of the donor and acceptor of the sensor.  Thus, the fact that the sensor rapidly decreases in response to uncaging means that they have rapid off kinetics. In addition, we provide evidence of a rapid increase of Rab10 in response to NMDA application, suggesting that kinetics is also rapid. We added discussion about this in the revised manuscript as:

      “Understanding the kinetics of Rab4 and Rab10 sensors is essential for interpreting their actual activity during sLTP. The Rab4 sensor exhibits a rapid rise and fall in activation (Fig. 3), indicating ON/OFF times of just a few minutes. In contrast, the Rab10 sensor rapidly dissociates during sLTP induction (Fig. 2), with OFF kinetics occurring within one minute and fast ON kinetics in response to NMDA (Fig. 1j). Given these rapid kinetics, the observed sustained inactivation of Rab10 likely reflects its true behavior rather than sensor dynamics.”

      There was also further discussion of the nature of the "spine volume" signal, given the fact that the two-photon cross-section of mCherry is minimal at 920nm. It was suggested that this could be due to direct acceptor excitation rather than FRET, but there was agreement that further clarity on this issue would be valuable.

      We assumed that the most of fluorescence is from direct excitation of mCherry at 920 nm. The contribution from the bleed-through from mEGFP-Rab (~3%) and from FRET changes (~20%) may influence the volume measurements. However, since we observed similar fluorescence changes in the green and red channels, these factors would have only a minor impact on our results (Extended Data Fig. 6a, 6d). Also, please note that the volume change in neurons expressing sensors is just to check if the volume change is normal, and not a major point of this manuscript.  We clarified this in the method section as:

      “For the sensor experiments, we used mCherry as a volume indicator. We acknowledge that contributions from bleed-through from mEGFP-Rab (approximately 3%) and FRET changes (around 20%) could affect the volume measurements. However, since we observed similar fluorescence changes in both the green and red channels, we believe these factors have a minimal impact on our results (Extended Data Fig. 6a, 6d).”

      The equations in the methods section differ from other papers by the same lab (e.g. Laviv et al, Neuron 2020, Tu et al. Sci Adv. 2023, Jain et al. Nature 2024). Please clarify which equations are correct.

      Thanks for pointing this out. In fact, some of the equations in this manuscript were wrong, and we have corrected them in the method session.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The effects of Rab knockdown affect both spine volume expansion and AMPAR recovery in a very similar fashion. To explain this tight coupling, the authors suggest that the availability of membrane could be a limiting factor for spine enlargement. However, some Rabs are known to affect actin dynamics, which could also explain the dual effects on AMPAR exocytosis and spine enlargement. It is not easy to come up with an experiment to differentiate between these alternative explanations, as blocking actin polymerization would likely affect exocytosis, too. The authors should consider/discuss the possibility that all of the observed Ras effects result from altered actin dynamics and that the lipid bilayer is sufficiently fluid to form a minimal surface around the expanding cytoskeleton.

      Thanks for the suggestions. We included the discussion about the potential impact on the actin cytoskeleton by Rab10.

      Typos: heterougenous, compartmantalization, chemaical, ballistically/biolistically (chose one).

      Thanks for pointing out these typos. We have corrected them in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Venus shows pH sensitivity, which can be significant at synapses due to pH changes. Characterizing the pH sensitivity of the sensors is essential.

      Thanks for the suggestions. We did not measure pH dependence, but the PKa of these fluorophores has already been published. PKa for EGFP and Venus are both 6.0, and it is unlikely that it influenced our measurements.

      (2) Presenting individual data points within all bar graphs (e.g. Fig. 2c, 2d) would enhance data transparency.

      Thanks for the suggestions. We now provide individual data points in the revised main figures.

      (3) In Figure 1f: Rab5 GAP expression increased the binding fraction against expectations. In addition, clarifying the color scheme in Figure 1 is needed. Are GAPs supposed to be blue/green, and GEFs red/orange? Figure 1f seems to contradict this color scheme.

      Thanks for the suggestions. We clarified these issues.

      (4) Quantification of the point spread function of the uncaging laser, response/settle time of the scan mirror during uncaging, and reason for changes in neighboring spines in many example images (e.g. Figure 2a, especially at 240 s; Figure 4a) would be important.

      The laser is controlled by Pockels cells, which changes the laser intensity with microsecond resolution. The laser is parked for milliseconds during uncaging, much longer than the settling time of the mirror (~0.1 milliseconds). The point spread function of the uncaging laser is limited by the diffraction (~0.5 um). The uncaging spot size is mostly limited by the diffusion of uncaged glutamate, but our calcium imaging and CaMKII imaging show that the signaling is induced mostly in the stimulated spines (Lee et al., 2009; Chang et al., 2017, 2019).

      (5) Please include traces for "false" sensors in stimulated spines in Figures 2b, 2e, 3b, and 3e.

      The traces for the false sensors have been presented in Extended Data Fig. 3 and Extended Data Fig. 8.

      (6) The traces in Figure 4k (fEPSP slope in response to theta burst stimulation, where there is a decrease in fEPSP slope followed by a gradual increase) differ from prior publications (e.g. PMID: 1359925, 3967730, 19144965, 20016099). An investigation and explanation for these differences are necessary.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comments. We performed the experiments blindly and did not try to find a condition providing control data similar to previous publications. The variations in fEPSP responses compared to prior publications may be attributed to several factors, including differences in experimental conditions such as the genetic background of the animals used, the specific protocols for theta burst stimulation, and variations in the preparation of the hippocampal slices.

      (7) The title and text state that Rab10 inactivation promotes AMPAR insertion. It is unclear if this is a direct effect on AMPAR insertion or an indirect effect through membrane remodeling. Providing data to distinguish these possibilities or adjusting the title/text to reflect alternative interpretations would be beneficial.  

      We appreciate the reviewer's feedback. To clarify, we have revised our terminology to use "AMPAR trafficking" instead of "AMPAR insertion", as it includes both insertion and other mechanisms of AMPAR movement within the cell.

      (8) Please provide an explanation for the initial Rab10 inactivation observed in Figure 1j upon NMDA application.

      The application of NMDA in Fig. 1j is similar to the commonly used chemical LTD induction protocol. We used this broad stimulation approach to test whether our sensors could report Rab activity changes in neurons upon strong stimulation. However, it is an entirely different stimulation approach from the sLTP induction protocol, thus resulting in different sensor activity changes.  We describe the phenomenon in the revised manuscript, but we believe that detailed analyses of Rab10 activation in response to NMDA application are beyond the scope of this manuscript.

      (9) Please explain why the study focuses on Rab4 and Rab10 instead of other Rab proteins.

      During our initial screening of sensors for various Rab proteins, we observed significant activity changes in the sensors for Rab4 and Rab10 upon sLTP induction. This suggested their potential relevance in synaptic processes, leading us to focus on understanding their specific roles in structural long-term potentiation.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Although it might seem trivial, the definition of adjacent spine has not been made in the text. It would be nice to have it in the Methods section.

      We included it in the Methods section as follows:

      "The adjacent spine refers to the first or second spine located next to the stimulated spine, typically positioned opposite the stimulated spine. Additionally, the size of the adjacent spine must be sufficiently large for imaging."

      (2) The transfection method has been mentioned as "ballistic" and "biolistic" transfection. You might want to use only one term. Additionally, you can add the equipment used (Bio-rad?) and pressure (psi) in the Methods section.

      We use “biolistic” throughout the manuscript now. We also added the equipment and conditions used.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      SNeuronal activity spatiotemporal fine-tuning of cerebral blood flow balances metabolic demands of changing neuronal activity with blood supply. Several 'feed-forward' mechanisms have been described that contribute to activity-dependent vasodilation as well as vasoconstriction leading to a reduction in perfusion. Involved messengers are ionic (K+), gaseous (NO), peptides (e.g., NPY, VIP) and other messengers (PGE2, GABA, glutamate, norepinephrine) that target endothelial cells, smooth muscle cells, or pericytes. Contributions of the respective signaling pathways likely vary across brain regions or even within specific brain regions (e.g., across cortex) and are likely influenced by the brain's physiological state (resting, active, sleeping) or pathological departures from normal physiology.

      The manuscript "Elevated pyramidal cell firing orchestrates arteriolar vasoconstriction through COX-2-derived prostaglandin E2 signaling" by B. Le Gac, et al. investigates mechanisms leading to activity-dependent arteriole constriction. Here, mainly working in brain slices from mice expressing channelrhodopsin 2 (ChR2) in all excitatory neurons (Emx1-Cre; Ai32 mice), the authors show that strong optogenetic stimulation of cortical pyramidal neurons is leading to constriction that is mediated through the cyclooxygenase-2 / prostaglandin E2 / EP1 and EP3 receptor pathway with contribution of NPY-releasing interneurons and astrocytes releasing 20-HETE. Specifically, using patch clamp, the authors show that 10-s optogenetic stimulation at 10 and 20 Hz leads to vasoconstriction (Figure 1), in line with a stimulation frequency-dependent increase in somatic calcium (Figure 2). The vascular effects were abolished in presence in TTX and significantly reduced in presence of glutamate receptor antagonists (Figure 3). The authors further show with RT-PCR on RNA isolated from patched cells that ~50% of analyzed cells express COX-1 or -2 and other enzymes required to produce PGE2 or PGF2a (Figure 4). Further, blockade of COX-1 and -2 (indomethacin), or COX-2 (NS-398) abolishes constriction. In animals with chronic cranial window that were anesthetized with ketamine and medetomidine, 10-s long optogenetic stimulation at 10 Hz leads to considerable constriction, which is reduced in presence of indomethacin. Blockade of EP1 and EP3 receptors leads to significant reduction of the constriction in slices (Figure 5). Finally, the authors show that blockade of 20-HETE synthesis caused moderate and NPY Y1 receptor blockade a complete reduction of constriction.

      The mechanistic analysis of neurovascular coupling mechanisms as exemplified here will guide further in-vivo studies and has important implications for human neuroimaging in health and disease. Most of the data in this manuscript uses brain slices as experimental model which contrasts with neurovascular imaging studies performed in awake (headfixed) animals. However, the slice preparation allows for patch clamp as well as easy drug application and removal. Further, the authors discuss their results in view of differences between brain slices and in vivo observations experiments, including the absence of vascular tone as well as blood perfusion required for metabolite (e.g., PGE2) removal, and the presence of network effects in the intact brain. The manuscript and figures present the data clearly; regarding the presented mechanism, the data supports the authors conclusions. Some of the data was generated in vivo in head-fixed animals under anesthesia; in this regard, the authors should revise introduction and discussion to include the important distinction between studies performed in slices, or in acute or chronic in-vivo preparations under anesthesia (reduced network activity and reduced or blockade of neuromodulation, or in awake animals (virtually undisturbed network and neuromodulatory activity). Further, while discussed to some extent, the authors could improve their manuscript by more clearly stating if they expect the described mechanism to contribute to CBF regulation under 'resting state conditions' (i.e., in absence of any stimulus), during short or sustained (e.g., visual, tactile) stimulation, or if this mechanism is mainly relevant under pathological conditions; especially in context of the optogenetic stimulation paradigm being used (10-s long stimulation of many pyramidal neurons at moderate-high frequencies) and the fact that constriction leading to undersupply in response to strongly increased neuronal activity seems counterintuitive?

      The authors have addressed all comments, and I appreciate their insightful discussion and revision of the manuscript.

    Annotators

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary of what the authors were trying to achieve:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigated the role of β-CTF on synaptic function and memory. They report that β-CTF can trigger the loss of synapses in neurons that were transiently transfected in cultured hippocampal slices and that this synapse loss occurs independently of Aβ. They confirmed previous research (Kim et al, Molecular Psychiatry, 2016) that β-CTF-induced cellular toxicity occurs through a mechanism involving a hexapeptide domain (YENPTY) in β-CTF that induces endosomal dysfunction. Although the current study also explores the role of β-CTF in synaptic and memory function in the brain using mice chronically expressing β-CTF, the studies are inconclusive because potential effects of Aβ generated by γ-secretase cleavage of β-CTF were not considered. Based on their findings, the authors suggest developing therapies to treat Alzheimer's disease by targeting β-CTF, but did not address the lack of clinical improvement in trials of several different BACE1 inhibitors, which target β-CTF by preventing its formation.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for his/her suggestions. We have addressed the specific comments in following sections.

      Major strengths and weaknesses of the methods and results:

      The conclusions of the in vitro experiments using cultured hippocampal slices were well supported by the data, but aspects of the in vivo experiments and proteomic studies need additional clarification.

      (1) In contrast to the in vitro experiments in which a γ-secretase inhibitor was used to exclude possible effects of Aβ, this possibility was not examined in in-vivo experiments assessing synapse loss and function (Figure 3) and cognitive function (Figure 4). The absence of plaque formation (Figure 4B) is not sufficient to exclude the possibility that Aβ is involved. The potential involvement of Aβ is an important consideration given the 4-month duration of protein expression in the in vivo studies.

      We appreciate the reviewer for raising this question. While our current data did not exclude the potential involvement of Aβ-induced toxicity in the synaptic and cognitive dysfunction observed in mice overexpressing β-CTF, addressing this directly remains challenging. Treatment with γ-secretase inhibitors could potentially shed light on this issue. However, treatments with γ-secretase inhibitors are known to lead to brain dysfunction by itself likely due to its blockade of the γ-cleavage of other essential molecules, such as Notch[1, 2]. Therefore, this approach is unlikely to provide a clear answer, which prevents us from pursuing it further experimentally in vivo. We hope the reviewer understands this limitation. We have included additional discussion (page 14 of the revised manuscript) to highlight this question.

      (2) The possibility that the results of the proteomic studies conducted in primary cultured hippocampal neurons depend in part on Aβ was also not taken into consideration.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this question. In the revised manuscript, we examined the protein levels of synaptic proteins after treatment with γ-secretase inhibitors and found that the levels of certain synaptic proteins were further reduced in neurons expressing β-CTF (Supplementary figure 5A-B). These results do not support Aβ as a major contributor of the proteomic changes induced by β-CTF.

      Likely impact of the work on the field, and the utility of the methods and data to the community:

      The authors' use of sparse expression to examine the role of β-CTF on spine loss could be a useful general tool for examining synapses in brain tissue.

      We thank the reviewer for these comments.

      Additional context that might help readers interpret or understand the significance of the work:

      The discovery of BACE1 stimulated an international effort to develop BACE1 inhibitors to treat Alzheimer's disease. BACE1 inhibitors block the formation of β-CTF which, in turn, prevents the formation of Aβ and other fragments. Unfortunately, BACE1 inhibitors not only did not improve cognition in patients with Alzheimer's disease, they appeared to worsen it, suggesting that producing β-CTF actually facilitates learning and memory. Therefore, it seems unlikely that the disruptive effects of β-CTF on endosomes plays a significant role in human disease. Insights from the authors that shed further light on this issue would be welcome.

      Response: We would like to express our gratitude to the reviewer for raising this question. It remains puzzling why BACE1 inhibition has failed to yield benefits in AD patients, while amyloid clearance via Aβ antibodies are able to slow down disease progression. One possible explanation is that pharmacological inhibition of BACE1 may not be as effective as its genetic removal. Indeed, genetic depletion of BACE1 leads to the clearance of existing amyloid plaques[3], whereas its pharmacological inhibition prevents the formation of new plaques but does not deplete the existing ones[4]. We think the negative results of BACE1 inhibitors in clinical trials may not be sufficient to rule out the potential contribution of β-CTF to AD pathogenesis. Given that cognitive function continues to deteriorate rapidly in plaque-free patients after 1.5 years of treatment with Aβ antibodies in phase three clinical studies[5], it is important to consider the potential role of other Aβ-related fragments in AD pathogenesis, such as β-CTF. We included further discussion in the revised manuscript (page 15 of the revised manuscript) to discusss this question.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors investigate the potential role of other cleavage products of amyloid precursor protein (APP) in neurodegeneration. They combine in vitro and in vivo experiments, revealing that β-CTF, a product cleaved by BACE1, promotes synaptic loss independently of Aβ. Furthermore, they suggest that β-CTF may interact with Rab5, leading to endosomal dysfunction and contributing to the loss of synaptic proteins.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for his/her suggestions. We have addressed the specific comments in following sections.

      Weaknesses:

      Most experiments were conducted in vitro using overexpressed β-CTF. Additionally, the study does not elucidate the mechanisms by which β-CTF disrupts endosomal function and induces synaptic degeneration.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for this comment. While a significant portion of our experiments were conducted in vitro, the main findings were also confirmed in vivo (Figure 3 and 4). Repeating all the experiments in vivo would be challenging and may not be possible because of technical difficulties. Regarding the use of overexpressed β-CTF, we acknowledge that this represents a common limitation in neurodegenerative disease studies. These diseases progress slowly over decades in patients. To model this progression in cell or mouse models within a time frame feasible for research, overexpression of certain proteins is often inevitable. Since β-CTF levels are elevated in AD patients[6], its overexpression is not a irrelevant approach to investigate its potential effects.

      We did not further investigate the mechanisms by which β-CTF disrupted endosomal function because our preliminary results align with previous findings that could explain its mechanism. Kim et al. demonstrated that β-CTF recruits APPL1 (a Rab5 effector) via the YENPTY motif to Rab5 endosomes, where it stabilizes active GTP-Rab5, leading to pathologically accelerated endocytosis, endosome swelling and selectively impaired transport of Rab5 endosomes[6]. However, this paper did not show whether this Rab5 overactivation-induced endosomal dysfunction leads to any damages in synapses. In our study, we observed that co-expression of Rab5<sub>S34N</sub> with β-CTF effectively mitigated β-CTF-induced spine loss in hippocampal slice cultures (Figures 6L-M), indicating that Rab5 overactivation-induced endosomal dysfunction contributed to β-CTF-induced spine loss. We included further discussion in the revised manuscript to clarify this (page 15 of the revised manuscript).

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Most previous studies have focused on the contributions of Abeta and amyloid plaques in the neuronal degeneration associated with Alzheimer's disease, especially in the context of impaired synaptic transmission and plasticity which underlies the impaired cognitive functions, a hallmark in AD. But processes independent of Abeta and plaques are much less explored, and to some extent, the contributions of these processes are less well understood. Luo et all addressed this important question with an array of approaches, and their findings generally support the contribution of beta-CTF-dependent but non-Abeta-dependent process to the impaired synaptic properties in the neurons. Interestingly, the above process appears to operate in a cell-autonomous manner. This cell-autonomous effect of beta-CTF as reported here may facilitate our understanding of some potentially important cellular processes related to neurodegeneration. Although these findings are valuable, it is key to understand the probability of this process occurring in a more natural condition, such as when this process occurs in many neurons at the same time. This will put the authors' findings into a context for a better understanding of their contribution to either physiological or pathological processes, such as Alzheimer's. The experiments and results using the cell system are quite solid, but the in vivo results are incomplete and hence less convincing (see below). The mechanistic analysis is interesting but primitive and does not add much more weight to the significance. Hence, further efforts from the authors are required to clarify and solidify their results, in order to provide a complete picture and support for the authors' conclusions.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for the suggestions. We have addressed the specific comments in following sections.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors have addressed an interesting and potentially important question

      (2) The analysis using the cell system is solid and provides strong support for the authors' major conclusions. This analysis has used various technical approaches to support the authors' conclusions from different aspects and most of these results are consistent with each other.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for these comments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The relevance of the authors' major findings to the pathology, especially the Abeta-dependent processes is less clear, and hence the importance of these findings may be limited.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for this question. Phase 3 clinical trial data from Aβ antibodies show that cognitive function continues to decline rapidly, even in plaque-free patients, after 1.5 years of treatment[5]. This suggests that plaque-independent mechanisms may drive AD progression. Therefore, it is crucial to consider the potential contributions of other Aβ species or related fragments, such as alternative forms of Aβ and β-CTF. While it is early to predict how much β-CTF contributes to AD progression, it is notable that β-CTF induced synaptic deficits in mice, which recapitulates a key pathological feature of AD. Ultimately, the contribution of β-CTF in AD pathogenesis can only be tested through clinical studies in the future.

      (2) In vivo analysis is incomplete, with certain caveats in the experimental procedures and some of the results need to be further explored to confirm the findings.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have corrected these caveats in the revised manuscript.

      (3) The mechanistic analysis is rather primitive and does not add further significance.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for this comment. We did not delve further into the underlying mechanisms because our analysis indicates that Rab5 overactivation-induced endosomal dysfunction underlies β-CTF-induced synaptic dysfunction, which is consistent with another study and has been addressed in our study[6]. We hope the reviewer could understand that our focus in this paper is on how β-CTF triggers synaptic deficits, which is why we did not investigate the mechanisms of β-CTF-induced endosomal dysfunction further.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Suggestions for improved or additional experiments, data, or analyses:

      (1) In Figures 4H, 4J, 4K and Supplemental Figures 3C, 3E, and 3G, it was unclear whether a repeated measures 2-way ANOVA, rather than a 2-way ANOVA, followed by appropriate post-hoc analyses was used to strengthen the conclusion that there were significant effects in the behavioral tests.

      We appreciate the reviewer for raising this point and apologize for the lack of clear description in the manuscript. In those figures mentioned above, we use a repeated measures 2-way ANOVA to analyze the data by Graphpad Prism. In Figure 4H, fear conditioning tests were conducted. The same cohort of mice were used in the baseline, contextual and cued tests. Firstly, baseline freezing was tested; then these mice underwent tone and foot shock training, followed by contextual test and cued test. So, a repeated measures 2-way ANOVA is more appropriate for the experiment.

      In water T maze tests (Figure 4J and K), the same cohort of mice were trained and tested each day. So, it’s also appropriate to use a repeated measures 2-way ANOVA.

      In Supplementary figure 3C, 3E and 3G, OFT was conducted. In this experiment, the locomotion of the same cohort of mice were recorded. Also, it’s appropriate to use a repeated measures 2-way ANOVA.

      Clearer description for these experiments has been provided in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Including gender analyses would be helpful.

      The mice we used in this study were all males.

      Minor corrections to text and figures:

      (1) Quantitative analyses in Figures 5A-C, 5H, 6G, 6H, and Supplementary Figures 4 and 5C would be helpful.

      We have provided quantitative analysis of these results (Figure 5D, 5J, 6K, Supplementary figure 4D, 5F) mentioned above in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Percent correct (%) in Figures 4J and 4K should be labeled as 0, 50, and 100 instead of 0.0, 0.5, and 1.0.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for pointing out this. We have made corrections in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In the study conducted by Luo et al, it was observed that the fragment of amyloid precursor protein (APP) cleaved by beta-site amyloid precursor protein cleaving enzyme 1 (BACE1), known as β-CTF, plays a crucial role in synaptic damage. The study found increasing expression of β-CTF in neurons could induce synapse loss both in vitro and in vivo, independent of Aβ. Mechanistically, they explored how β-CTF could interfere with the endosome system by interacting with RAB5. While this study is intriguing, there are several points that warrant further investigation:

      (1) The study involved overexpressing β-CTF in neurons. It would be valuable to know if the levels of β-CTF are similarly increased in Alzheimer's disease (AD) patients or AD mouse models.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for the suggestion. It’s reported β-CTF levels were significantly elevated in the AD cerebral cortex[6]. Most AD mouse models are human APP transgenic mouse models with elevated β-CTF levels[7].

      (2) The study noted that β-CTF in neurons is a membranal fragment, but the overexpressed β-CTF was not located in the membrane. It is important to ascertain whether the membranal β-CTF and cytoplasmic β-CTF lead to synapse loss in a similar manner.

      We apologize for not clearly explaining the localization of β-CTF in the original manuscript. β-CTF is produced from APP through β-cleavage, a process that occurs in organelles such as endo-lysosomes[8]. The overexpressed β-CTF is also primarily localized in the endo-lysosomal systems (Figure 5C and Supplementary figure 4C), similar to those generated by APP cleavage.

      (3) The study found a significant decrease in GluA1, a subunit of AMPA receptors, due to β-CTF. It would be beneficial to investigate whether there are systematic alterations in NMDA receptors, including GluN2A and GluN2B.

      We would like to express our gratitude to the reviewer for bringing up this question. The protein levels of GluN2A and GluN2B are also reduced in neurons expressing β-CTF (Figure 6E-F)

      (4) The study showed a significant decrease in the frequency of miniature excitatory postsynaptic currents (mEPSC), indicating disrupted presynaptic vesicle neurotransmitter release. It would be pertinent to test whether the expression level of the presynaptic SNARE complex, which is required for vesicle release, is altered by β-CTF.

      We would like to express our gratitude to the reviewer for bringing up this question. The protein level of the presynaptic SNARE complex, such as VAMP2, is also reduced in neurons expressing β-CTF (Figure 6E, G).

      (5) Since AMPA receptors are glutamate receptors, it is important to determine whether the ability of glutamate release is altered by β-CTF. In vivo studies using a glutamate sensor should be conducted to examine glutamate release.

      We would like to express our gratitude to the reviewer for this suggestion. It will be interesting to use glutamate sensors to assess the ability of glutamate release in the future.

      (6) The quality of immunostaining associated with Figures 4B and 4C was noted to be suboptimal.

      We apologize for the suboptimal quality of these images. The immunostaining in Figures 4B and 4C were captured using the stitching function of a confocal microscope to display larger areas, including the entire hemisphere and hippocampus. We have reprocessed the images to obtain higher-quality versions.

      (7) It would be insightful to investigate whether treatment with a BACE1 inhibitor in the study could reverse synaptic deficits mediated by β-CTF.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for this sggestion. In Figure 1I-M, we constructed an APP mutant (APP<sub>MV</sub>), which cannot be cleaved by BACE1 to produce β-CTF and Aβ but has no impact on β’-cleavage. When co-expressed with BACE1, APP<sub>MV</sub> failed to induce spine loss, supporting the effect of β-CTF. We think these results domonstrate that β-CTF underlies the synaptic deficits. It would be interesting to test the effects of BACE1 inhibition in the future.

      (8) Considering the potential implications for therapeutics, it is worth exploring whether extremely low levels of β-CTF have beneficial effects in regulating synaptic function or promoting synaptogenesis at a physiological level.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for raising this question. We found that when the plasmid amount was reduced to 1/8 of the original dose, β-CTF no longer induced a decrease in dendritic spine density (Supplementary figure 2E-F). It’s reported APP-Swedish mutation in familial AD increased synapse numbers and synaptic transmission, whereas inhibition of BACE1 lowered synapse numbers, suppressed synaptic transmission in wild type neurons, suggesting that at physiological level, β-CTF might be synaptogenic[9].

      (9) The molecular mechanism through which β-CTF interferes with Rab5 function should be elucidated.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for raising this question. Kim et al have elucidated the mechanism through which β-CTF interferes with Rab5 function. β-CTF recruited APPL1 (a Rab5 effector) via YENPTY motif to Rab5 endosomes, where it stabilizes active GTP-Rab5, leading to pathologically accelerated endocytosis, endosome swelling and selectively impaired transport of Rab5 endosomes[6]. We have included additional discussion for this question in the revised manuscript (page 15 of the revised manuscript).

      (10) The study could compare the role of β-CTF and Aβ in neurodegeneration in AD mouse models.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for raising this point. While it is easier to dissect the role of Aβ and β-CTF in vitro, some of the critical tools are not applicabe in vivo, such as γ-secretase inhibitors, which lead to severe side effects because of their inhibition on other γ substrates[1, 2]. Therefore it will be difficult to deomonstrate their different roles in vivo. There are studies showing that β-CTF accumulation precedes Aβ deposition in model mice and mediates Aβ independent intracellular pathologies[10, 11], consistent with our results.

      (11) Based on the findings, it would be valuable to discuss possible explanations for the failure of most BACE1 inhibitors in recent clinical trials for humans.

      Response: We would like to express our gratitude to the reviewer for raising this recommendation. It is a big puzzle why BACE1 inhibition failed to provide beneficial effects in AD patients whereas clearance of amyloid by Aβ antibodies could slow down the AD progress. One potential answer is that pharmacological inhibition of BACE1 might be not as effective as its genetic removal. Indeed, genetic depletion of BACE1 leads to clearance of existing amyloid plaques[3], whereas pharmacological inhibition of BACE1 could not stop growth of existing plaques, although it prevents formation of new plaques[4]. The negative result of BACE1 inhibitors might not be sufficient to exclude the possibility that β-CTF could also contribute to the AD pathogenesis. We have included additional discussion for this question in the revised manuscript (page 15 of the revised manuscript).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major:

      (1) The cell experiments were performed at DIV 9, do the authors know whether at this age, the neurons are still developing and spine density has not reached a pleated yet? If so, the observed effect may reflect the impact on development and/or maturation, rather than on the mature neurons. The authors should be more specific about this issue.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for pointing out this question. These slice cultures were made from 1-week-old rats. DIV 9 is about two weeks old. These neurons are still developing and spine density has not reached a plateau yet[12]. In addition, we also investigated the effects of β-CTF on the synapses of mature neurons in two-month-old mice (Figure 3). So we think the observed effect reflects the impact on both immature and mature neurons.

      (2) mEPSCs shown in Figure 3D were of small amplitudes, perhaps also indicating that these synapses are not yet mature.

      In Figure 3D, the mEPSC results were obtained from pyramidal neurons in the CA1 region of two-month-old mice. At the age of two months, neurotransmitter levels and synaptic density have reached adult levels[13].

      (3) There was no data on the spine density or mEPSCs in the mice OE b-CTF, hence it is unclear whether a primary impact of this manipulation (b-CTF effect) on the synaptic transmission still occurs in vivo.

      In Figure 3, we examined the density of dendritic spines and mEPSCs from CA1 pyramidal neurons infected with lentivirus expressing β-CTF in mice and showed that those neurons expressing additional amount of β-CTF exhibited lower spine density and less mEPSCs, supporting that β-CTF also damaged synaptic transmission in vivo.

      (4) OE of b-CTF should lead to the production of Abeta, although this may not lead to the formation of significant plaques. How do the authors know whether their findings on behavioral and cognitive impairments were not largely mediated by Abeta, which has been widely reported by previous studies?

      We would like to thank the reviewer for pointing out this question. Indeed, our in vivo data could not exclude the potential involvement of Aβ in the pathology, despite the absence of amyloid plaque formation. It will be difficult to demonstrate this question in vivo because of the severe side effects from γ inhibition.

      (5) Figure 4H, the freezing level in the cued fear conditioning was very high, likely saturated; this may mask a potential reduction in the b-CTF OE mice (there is a hint for that in the results). The authors should repeat the experiments using less strong footshock strength (hence resulting in less freezing, <70%).

      We would like to express our gratitude to the reviewer for bringing up this question. The contextual fear conditioning test assesses hippocampal function, while the cued fear conditioning test assesses amygdala function. We hope the reviewer understands that our primary goal is to assess hippocampus-related functions in this experiment and we did see a significant difference between GFP and β-CTF groups. Therefore, we think the intensity of footshock we used was suitable to serve the primary purpose of this experiment.

      (6) Why was the deficit in the Morris water maze in the b-CTF OE mice only significant in the training phase?

      We would like to thank the reviewer for rasing this question and apologize for not describing the test clearly. This is a water T maze test, not Morris water maze test.

      To make the behavioral paradigm of the water T maze test easier to understand, we have provided a more detailed description of the methods in the new version of the manuscript.

      The acquisition phase of the Water T Maze (WTM) evaluates spatial learning and memory, where mice use spatial cues in the environment to navigate to a hidden platform and escape from water, while the reversal learning measures cognitive flexibility in which mice must learn a new location of the hidden platform[14]. In reversal learning task (Figure 4J-K), the learning curves of the two groups of mice did not show any significant differences, indicating that the expression of β-CTF only damages spatial learning and memory but not cognitive flexibility. This is consistent with a previous report using APP/PS1 mice[15].

      (7) Will the altered Rab5 in the b-CTF OE condition also affect the level of other proteins?

      We would like to express our gratitude to the reviewer for raising this interesting question.  Expression of Rab5<sub>S34N</sub> in β-CTF-expressing neurons did not alter the levels of synapse-related proteins that were reduced in these neurons (Supplementary figure 5G-H), suggesting Rab5 overactivation did not contribute to these protein expression changes induced by β-CTF.

      (8) How do the authors reconcile their findings with the well-established findings that Abeta affects synaptic transmission and spine density? Do they think these two processes may occur simultaneously in the neurons, or, one process may dominate in the other?

      APP, Aβ, and presenilins have been extensively studied in mouse models, providing convincing evidence that high Aβ concentrations are toxic to synapses[16]. Moreover, addition of Aβ to murine cultured neurons or brain slices is toxic to synapses[17]. However, Aβ-induced synaptotoxicity was not observed in our study. A major difference between our study and others is that our study used a isolated expression system that apply Aβ only to individual neurons surrounded by neurons without excessive amount of Aβ, whereas the rest studies generally apply Aβ to all the neurons. Therefore, we predict that Aβ does not lead to synaptic deficits from individual neurons in cell autonomous manners, whereas β-CTF does. Aβ and β-CTF represent two parallel pathways of action. Additional discussion for this question has been included in the revised manuscript (page 14 of the revised manuscript).

      Minor:

      Fig 2F-G, "prevent" rather than "reverse"?

      We would like to thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have made corrections in the revised manuscript.

      Reference:

      (1) GüNER G, LICHTENTHALER S F. The substrate repertoire of γ-secretase/presenilin [J]. Seminars in cell & developmental biology, 2020, 105: 27-42.

      (2) DOODY R S, RAMAN R, FARLOW M, et al. A phase 3 trial of semagacestat for treatment of Alzheimer's disease [J]. The New England journal of medicine, 2013, 369(4): 341-50.

      (3) HU X, DAS B, HOU H, et al. BACE1 deletion in the adult mouse reverses preformed amyloid deposition and improves cognitive functions [J]. The Journal of experimental medicine, 2018, 215(3): 927-40.

      (4) PETERS F, SALIHOGLU H, RODRIGUES E, et al. BACE1 inhibition more effectively suppresses initiation than progression of β-amyloid pathology [J]. Acta neuropathologica, 2018, 135(5): 695-710.

      (5) SIMS J R, ZIMMER J A, EVANS C D, et al. Donanemab in Early Symptomatic Alzheimer Disease: The TRAILBLAZER-ALZ 2 Randomized Clinical Trial [J]. Jama, 2023, 330(6): 512-27.

      (6) KIM S, SATO Y, MOHAN P S, et al. Evidence that the rab5 effector APPL1 mediates APP-βCTF-induced dysfunction of endosomes in Down syndrome and Alzheimer's disease [J]. Molecular psychiatry, 2016, 21(5): 707-16.

      (7) MONDRAGóN-RODRíGUEZ S, GU N, MANSEAU F, et al. Alzheimer's Transgenic Model Is Characterized by Very Early Brain Network Alterations and β-CTF Fragment Accumulation: Reversal by β-Secretase Inhibition [J]. Frontiers in cellular neuroscience, 2018, 12: 121.

      (8) ZHANG X, SONG W. The role of APP and BACE1 trafficking in APP processing and amyloid-β generation [J]. Alzheimer's research & therapy, 2013, 5(5): 46.

      (9) ZHOU B, LU J G, SIDDU A, et al. Synaptogenic effect of APP-Swedish mutation in familial Alzheimer's disease [J]. Science translational medicine, 2022, 14(667): eabn9380.

      (10) LAURITZEN I, PARDOSSI-PIQUARD R, BAUER C, et al. The β-secretase-derived C-terminal fragment of βAPP, C99, but not Aβ, is a key contributor to early intraneuronal lesions in triple-transgenic mouse hippocampus [J]. The Journal of neuroscience : the official journal of the Society for Neuroscience, 2012, 32(46): 16243-1655a.

      (11) KAUR G, PAWLIK M, GANDY S E, et al. Lysosomal dysfunction in the brain of a mouse model with intraneuronal accumulation of carboxyl terminal fragments of the amyloid precursor protein [J]. Molecular psychiatry, 2017, 22(7): 981-9.

      (12) HARRIS K M, JENSEN F E, TSAO B. Three-dimensional structure of dendritic spines and synapses in rat hippocampus (CA1) at postnatal day 15 and adult ages: implications for the maturation of synaptic physiology and long-term potentiation [J]. The Journal of neuroscience : the official journal of the Society for Neuroscience, 1992, 12(7): 2685-705.

      (13) SEMPLE B D, BLOMGREN K, GIMLIN K, et al. Brain development in rodents and humans: Identifying benchmarks of maturation and vulnerability to injury across species [J]. Progress in neurobiology, 2013, 106-107: 1-16.

      (14) GUARIGLIA S R, CHADMAN K K. Water T-maze: a useful assay for determination of repetitive behaviors in mice [J]. Journal of neuroscience methods, 2013, 220(1): 24-9.

      (15) ZOU C, MIFFLIN L, HU Z, et al. Reduction of mNAT1/hNAT2 Contributes to Cerebral Endothelial Necroptosis and Aβ Accumulation in Alzheimer's Disease [J]. Cell reports, 2020, 33(10): 108447.

      (16) CHAPMAN P F, WHITE G L, JONES M W, et al. Impaired synaptic plasticity and learning in aged amyloid precursor protein transgenic mice [J]. Nature neuroscience, 1999, 2(3): 271-6.

      (17) WANG Z, JACKSON R J, HONG W, et al. Human Brain-Derived Aβ Oligomers Bind to Synapses and Disrupt Synaptic Activity in a Manner That Requires APP [J]. The Journal of neuroscience : the official journal of the Society for Neuroscience, 2017, 37(49): 11947-66.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Disruption of the nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD) de novo Synthesis Pathway, by which L-tryptophan is converted to NAD results in multi-organ malformations which collectively has been termed Congenital NAD Deficiency Disorder (CNDD).

      While NAD de novo synthesis is primarily active in the liver postnatally, the site of activity prior to and during organogenesis is unknown. However, mouse embryos are susceptible to CNDD between E7.5-E12.5, before the embryo has developed a functional liver. Therefore, NAD de novo synthesis is likely active in another cell or tissue during this time window of susceptibility.

      The body of work presented in this paper continues the corresponding author's labs investigation of the cause and effects of NAD Deficiency and the primary goal was to determine the cell or tissue responsible for NAD de novo synthesis during early embryogenesis.

      The authors conclude that visceral yolk sac endoderm is the source of NAD de novo synthesis, which is essential for mouse embryonic development, and furthermore that the dynamics of NAD synthesis are conserved in human equivalent cells and tissues, the perturbation of which results in CNDD.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the primary findings regarding the source of NAD synthesis, the temporal requirement and conservation between rodent and human species is quite novel and important for our understanding of NAD synthesis and function and role in CNDD.

      The authors used UHPLC-MS/MS to quantify NAD+ and NAD-related metabolites and showed convincingly that the NAD salvage pathway can compensate for the loss of NAD synthesis in Haao-/- embryos, then determined that Haao activity was present in the yolk sac prior to hepatic development identifying this organ as the site of de novo NAD synthesis. Dietary modulation between E7.5-10.5 was sufficient to induce CNDD phenotypes, narrowing the window of susceptibility, and then re-analysis of RNA-seq datasets suggested the endoderm was the cell source of NAD synthesis.

      Weaknesses:

      Page 4 and Table S4. The descriptors for malformations of organs such as the kidney and vertebrae are quite vague and uninformative. More specific details are required to convey the type and range of anomalies observed as a consequence of NAD deficiency.

      Can the authors define whether the role for the NAD pathway in a couple of tissue or organ systems is the same. By this I mean is the molecular or cellular effect of NAD deficiency the same in the vertebrae and organs such as the kidney. What unifies the effects on these specific tissues and organs and are all tissues and organs affected. If some are not, can the authors explain why they escape the need for the NAD pathway.

      Page 5 and Figure 6C. The expectation and conclusion for whether specific genes are expressed in particular cell types in scRNA-seq datasets depends on number of cells sequenced, the technology (methodology) used, the depth of sequencing and also the resolution of the analysis. It is therefore essential to perform secondary validation of the analysis of scRNA-seq data. At a minimum, the authors should perform in situ hybridization or immunostaining for Tdo2, Afmid, Kmo, Kynu, Haao, Qprt and Nadsyn1 or some combination thereof at multiple time points during early mouse embryogenesis to truly understand the spatiotemporal dynamics of expression and NAD synthesis.

      Absolute functional proof of the yolk sac endoderm as being essential and required for NAD synthesis in the context of CNDD might require conditional deletion of Haao in the yolk sac versus embryo using appropriate Cre driver lines or in the absence of a conditional allele, could be performed by tetraploid embryo-ES cell complementation approaches. But temporal dietary intervention can also approximate the same thing by perturbing NAD synthesis then the yolk sac is the primary source versus when the liver becomes the primary source in the embryo.

      In further revisions, the authors have added data to Supp Table 4 and Supplemental Figures 1 and 2

      Although the authors did not perform in situ hybridization for some of the genes requested to define the critical cell type of expression, available scRNA-sequencing suggests the yolk sac endoderm are the only likely source of NAD synthesis prior to its synthesis in the liver. Absolute functional proof of the yolk sac endoderm as being essential and required for NAD synthesis in the context of CNDD still requires validation but nonetheless it seems likely given the absence of a functional liver in embryos prior to E12.5. The authors provided some additional data pertaining to the type of kidney and vertebral anomalies observed which makes this data more complete.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      A number of modifications/additions have been made to the text which help to clarify the background and details of the study and I feel have improved the study.

      NAD deficiency induced using the dietary/Haao null model showed a window of susceptibility at E7.5-10.5. Further, HAAO enymze activity data has been added at E11.5 and the minimal HAAO activity in the embryo act E11.5 supports the hypothesis that the NAD synthesis pathway from kynurenine is not functional until the liver starts to develop.

      The caveat to this is that absence of expression/activity in embryonic cells at E7.5-10/5 relies on previous scRNA-seq data. Both reviewers commented that analysis of RNA and/or protein expression at these stages (E7.5-10.5) would be necessary to rule this out, and would strongly support the conclusions regarding the necessity for yolk sac activity.

      There are a number of antibodies for HAAO, KNYU etc so it is surprising if none of these are specific for the mouse proteins, while an alternative approach in situ hydridisation would also be possible.

      We have tested 2 anti-HAAO antibodies, 2 anti-KYNU antibodies and 1 anti-QPRT antibody on adult liver and various embryonic tissues.

      Given that all tested antibodies only detected a specific band in tissues with very high expression and abundant target protein levels (adult liver), they were determined to be unsuitable to conclusively prove that these proteins of the NAD _de novo_synthesis pathway are absent in embryos prior to the development of a functional liver. They were also unsuitable for IHC experiments to determine which cell types (if any) have these proteins.

      The antibodies, tested assays and samples, and the results obtained were as follows:

      Anti-HAAO antibody (ab106436, Abcam, UK) 

      • Was tested in western blots of liver, E11.5-E14.5 yolk sac, E14.5 placenta, and E14.5 and E16.5 embryonic liver lysates from wild-type (WT) and Haao-/- mice. The target band (32.5 KD) was visible in the WT liver samples and absent in_Haao_-/- livers, and faintly visible in E11.5-E14.5 WT yolk sac, with intensity gradually increasing in E12.5 and E13.5 WT yolk sac. Multiple strong non-specific bands occurred in all samples, requiring cutting off the >50 KD area of the blots.

      • Was re-tested in western blots comparing WT, Haao-/-, and Kynu-/- E9.5-E11.5 embryo, E9.5 yolk sac, and adult liver tissues. It detected the target band faintly only in WT and Kynu-/- liver lysates. No target band could be resolved in E9.5 yolk sac or embryo lysates. Due to the low sensitivity of the antibody, it is unsuitable to conclusively determine whether HAAO is present or absent in E9.5 yolk sacs and E9.5-E11.5 embryos.

      • Was tested in IHC with DAB and IF, producing non-specific staining on both WT and Haao-/- liver and kidney tissue. 

      Anti-HAAO antibody (NBP1-77361, Novus Biologicals, LLC, CO, USA)

      • Was tested in western blots and detected a very faint target band in WT liver lysate that was absent in Haao-/- lysate, with stronger non-specific bands occurring in both genotypes.

      • Was tested in IHC with DAB, producing non-specific staining on both WT and Haao-/- liver and kidney tissue 

      Anti-L-Kynurenine Hydrolase antibody (11796-1-AP, Proteintech Group, IL, USA)

      • Was tested in western blots and detected a faint target band (52 KD) in E11.5, E12.5 E13.5, and E14.5 yolk sac lysates. Detected a weak band in E14.5 liver, a stronger band in E16.5 liver, but not in E14.5 placenta. The target band was only resolved with normal ECL substrate and extended exposure when the >75 KD part of the blot was cut off. 

      • Was re-tested in western blots comparing WT, Haao-/-, and Kynu-/- E9.5-E11.5 embryo, E9.5 yolk sac, and adult liver tissues. It detected the target band only in WT and Haao-/- liver lysates, requiring Ultra Sensitive Substrate. No target band could be resolved in yolk sac or embryo lysates of any genotype.

      Anti-L-Kynurenine Hydrolase antibody (ab236980, Abcam, UK)

      • Was tested in western blots and detected a very faint target band (52 KD) in WT liver lysates and no band in Kynu-/- liver lysates. Multiple non-specific bands occurred irrespective of the Kynu genotype of the lysate.

      • Was tested in IHC with DAB and IF, producing non-specific staining on both WT and Kynu-/- liver and kidney tissue 

      Anti-QPRT (orb317756, Biorbyt, NC, USA)

      • Was tested in western blots and detected a faint target band (31 KD) with multiple other bands between 25-75 KD and an extremely strong band around 150 KD on WT liver lysates.

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer 1 Public Review:

      The current dietary study narrows the period when deficiency can cause malformations (analysed at E18.5), and altered metabolite profiles (eg, increased 3HAA, lower NAD) are detected in the yolk sac and embryo at E10.5. However, without analysis of embryos at later stages in this experiment it is not known how long is needed for NAD synthesis to be recovered - and therefore until when the period of exposure to insufficient NAD lasts. This information would inform the understanding of the developmental origin of the observed defects.

      Our previous published work (Cuny et al 2023 https://doi.org/10.1242/dmm.049647) indicates that the timing of NAD de novo synthesis pathway precursor availability and consequently the timing of NAD deficiency during organogenesis drives which organs are affected in their development. Furthermore, experimental data of another project (manuscript submitted) shows that mouse embryos (from mothers on an NAD precursor restricted diet that induces CNDD) were NAD deficient at E9.5 and E11.5, but embryo NAD levels were fully recovered at E14.5 when compared to same-stage embryos from mothers on precursor-sufficient diet. This was observed irrespective of the embryos’ Haao genotype. In the current study, NAD precursor provision was only restricted until E10.5. Thus, we expect that our embryos phenotyped at E18.5 had recovered their NAD levels back to normal by E14.5 at the latest.  More research, beyond the scope of the current manuscript, is required to spatio-temporally link embryonic NAD deficiency to the occurrence of specific defect types and elucidate the mechanistic origin of the defects. To acknowledge this, we updated the respective Discussion paragraph on page 7 and added the following statement: “This observation supports our hypothesis that the timing of NAD deficiency during organogenesis determines which organs/tissues are affected (Cuny et al., 2023), but more research is needed to fully characterise the onset and duration of embryonic NAD deficiency in dietary NAD precursor restriction mouse models.”

      More importantly, there is still a question of whether in addition to the yolk sac, there is HAAO activity within the embryo itself prior to E12.5 (when it has first been assayed in the liver - Figure 1C). The prediction is that within the conceptus (embryo, chorioallantoic placenta, and visceral yok sac) the embryo is unlikely to be the site of NAD synthesis prior to liver development. Reanalysis of scRNA-seq (Fig 1B) shows expression of all the enzymes of the kynurenine pathway from E9.5 onwards. However, the expression of another available dataset at E10.5 (Fig S3) suggested that expression is 'negligible'. While the expression in Figure 1B, Figure S1 is weak this creates a lack of clarity about the possible expression of HAAO in the hepatocyte lineage, or especially elsewhere in the embryo prior to E10.5 (corresponding to the period when the authors have demonstrated that de novo NAD synthesis in the conceptus is needed). Given these questions, a direct analysis of RNA and/or protein expression in the embryos at E7.5-10.5 would be helpful. 

      We now have included additional data showing that whole embryos at E11.5 and embryos with their livers removed at E14.5 have negligible HAAO enzyme activity. The observed lack of HAAO activity in the embryo at E11.5 is consistent with the absence of a functional embryonic liver at that stage. Thus, it confirms that the embryo is dependent of extraembryonic tissues (the yolk sac) for NAD de novo synthesis prior to E12.5. The additional datasets are now included in Supplementary Table S1 and as Supplementary Figure 2. The Results section on page 2 has been updated to refer to these datasets.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Page 4 and Table S4. The descriptors for malformations of organs such as the kidney and vertebrae are quite vague and uninformative. More specific details are required to convey the type and range of anomalies observed as a consequence of NAD deficiency. 

      We now provide more information about the malformation types in the Results on page 4. Also, Table S4 now defines the missing vertebral, sternum, and kidney descriptors.

      Can the authors define whether the role of the NAD pathway in a couple of tissue or organ systems is the same? By this I mean is the molecular or cellular effect of NAD deficiency is the same in the vertebrae and organs such as the kidney. What unifies the effects on these specific tissues and organs and are all tissues and organs affected? If some are not, can the authors explain why they escape the need for the NAD pathway? 

      This is a good comment, highlighting that further research, beyond the scope of this manuscript, is needed to better understand the underlying mechanisms of CNDD causation. We have expanded the Discussion paragraph “NAD deficiency in early organogenesis is sufficient to cause CNDD” to indicate that while the timing of NAD deficiency during embryogenesis explains variability in phenotypes among the CNDD spectrum, it is unknown why other organs/tissues are seemingly not affected by NAD deficiency.

      To answer the reviewer’s questions and elucidate the underlying cellular and molecular processes in individual organs affected by NAD deficiency, a multiomic approach is required. This is because NAD is involved in hundreds of molecular and cellular processes affecting gene expression, protein levels, metabolism, etc. For details of NAD functions that have relevance to embryogenesis, the reviewer may refer to our recent review article (Dunwoodie et al 2023 https://doi.org/10.1089/ars.2023.0349). 

      Page 5 and Figure 6C. The expectation and conclusion for whether specific genes are expressed in particular cell types in scRNA-seq datasets depend on the number of cells sequenced, the technology (methodology) used, the depth of sequencing, and also the resolution of the analysis. It is therefore essential to perform secondary validation of the analysis of scRNA-seq data. At a minimum, the authors should perform in situ hybridization or immunostaining for Tdo2, Afmid, Kmo, Kynu, Haao, Qprt, and Nadsyn1 or some combination thereof at multiple time points during early mouse embryogenesis to truly understand the spatiotemporal dynamics of expression and NAD synthesis. 

      We have tested antibodies against HAAO, KYNU, and QPRT in adult mouse liver samples (the main site of NAD de novo synthesis) but these produced non-specific bands in western blotting experiments. Therefore, immunostaining studies on embryonic tissues were not feasible. 

      However, we agree that histological methods such as in situ hybridisation would provide secondary validation of the exact cell types that express these genes. To acknowledge this, we have updated a sentence on page 5 referring to the data shown in Figure 6C as follows: “While histological methods such as in situ hybridisation would be required to confirm the exact cell types expressing these genes, the available expression data indicates that the genes encoding those enzymes required to convert L-kynurenine to NAD (kynurenine pathway) are exclusively expressed in the yolk sac endoderm lineage from the onset of organogenesis (E8.0-8.5).”

      Absolute functional proof of the yolk sac endoderm as being essential and required for NAD synthesis in the context of CNDD might require conditional deletion of Haao in the yolk sac versus embryo using appropriate Cre driver lines or in the absence of a conditional allele, could be performed by tetraploid embryo-ES cell complementation approaches. But temporal dietary intervention can also approximate the same thing by perturbing NAD synthesis Shen the yolk sac is the primary source versus when the liver becomes the primary source in the embryo. 

      Reviewer 1 has made a similar comment about confirming that indeed NAD de novo synthesis activity is limited to extraembryonic tissues (=yolk sacs) and absent in the embryo prior to development of an embryonic liver. We now have included additional data showing that whole embryos at E11.5 and embryos with their livers removed at E14.5 have negligible HAAO enzyme activity. The observed lack of HAAO activity in the embryo at E11.5 is consistent with the absence of a functional embryonic liver at that stage. We think this provides enough proof that the embryo is dependent of extraembryonic tissues (the yolk sac) for NAD de novo synthesis prior to E12.5. The additional datasets are now included in Supplementary Table S1 and as Supplementary Figure 2. The Results section on page 2 has been updated to refer to these data.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      (1) Introduction (page 1) introduces mouse models with defects in the kynurenine pathway "confirming that NAD de novo synthesis is required during embryogenesis ...". This requirement is revealed by the imposition of maternal dietary deficiency and more detail (or a more clear link to the following sentences) here would help the reader who is not familiar with the previous papers using the HAAO mice and dietary modulation.

      We have updated this paragraph in the Introduction to better indicate that the requirement of NAD de novo synthesis for embryogenesis was confirmed in mouse models by modulating the maternal dietary NAD precursor provision during pregnancy.

      (2) Discussion - throughout the introduction and results the authors refer to the NAD de novo synthesis pathway, with the study focussing on the effects of HAAO loss of function. Data implies that the kynurenine pathway is active in the yolk sac but whether de novo synthesis from L-tryptophan occurs has not been addressed. The first sub-heading of the discussion could be more accurate referring to the kynurenine pathway, or synthesis from kynurenine. 

      We agree that our manuscript needed to make better distinction between NAD de novo synthesis starting from kynurenine and starting from tryptophan. We removed “from Ltryptophan” from the sub-heading in the Discussion and clarified in this paragraph which genes are required to convert tryptophan to kynurenine and which genes to convert kynurenine to NAD. We also updated two Results paragraphs (page 2, 2nd paragraph; page 5, 5th paragraph) to improve clarity.

      It is worth noting that our statement in the Discussion “this is the first demonstration of NAD de novo synthesis occurring in a tissue outside of the liver and kidney.” is valid because vascular smooth muscle cells express Tdo2 and in combination with the other requisite genes expressed in endoderm cells, the yolk sac has the capability to synthesise NAD de novo from L-tryptophan.

      (3) Outlook - While this section is designed to be looking ahead to the potential implications of the work, the last section on gene therapy of the yolk sac seems far removed from the paper content and highly speculative. I feel this could detract from the main points of the study and could be removed. 

      We have updated the Outlook paragraph and shortened the final part to “Further research is required to better understand the mechanisms of CNDD causation and of other causes of adverse pregnancy outcomes involving the yolk sac.”

      (4) In Figure 2D it would be useful to label the clusters as the colours in the legend are difficult to match to the heatmap. 

      We now have labelled the clusters with lowercase letters above the heatmap to make it easier to match the clusters in Figure 2D to the colours used for designating tissues and genotypes. These labels are described in the figure’s key and the figure legend.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Page 4 and Table S4. The descriptors for malformations of organs such as the kidney and vertebrae are quite vague and uninformative. More specific details are required to convey the type and range of anomalies observed as a consequence of NAD deficiency. 

      We now provide more information about the malformation types in the Results on page 4. Also, Table S4 now defines the missing vertebral, sternum, and kidney descriptors.

      Can the authors define whether the role of the NAD pathway in a couple of tissue or organ systems is the same? By this I mean is the molecular or cellular effect of NAD deficiency is the same in the vertebrae and organs such as the kidney. What unifies the effects on these specific tissues and organs and are all tissues and organs affected? If some are not, can the authors explain why they escape the need for the NAD pathway? 

      This is a good comment, highlighting that further research, beyond the scope of this manuscript, is needed to better understand the underlying mechanisms of CNDD causation. We have expanded the Discussion paragraph “NAD deficiency in early organogenesis is sufficient to cause CNDD” to indicate that while the timing of NAD deficiency during embryogenesis explains variability in phenotypes among the CNDD spectrum, it is unknown why other organs/tissues are seemingly not affected by NAD deficiency.

      To answer the reviewer’s questions and elucidate the underlying cellular and molecular processes in individual organs affected by NAD deficiency, a multiomic approach is required. This is because NAD is involved in hundreds of molecular and cellular processes affecting gene expression, protein levels, metabolism, etc. For details of NAD functions that have relevance to embryogenesis, the reviewer may refer to our recent review article (Dunwoodie et al 2023 https://doi.org/10.1089/ars.2023.0349). 

      Page 5 and Figure 6C. The expectation and conclusion for whether specific genes are expressed in particular cell types in scRNA-seq datasets depend on the number of cells sequenced, the technology (methodology) used, the depth of sequencing, and also the resolution of the analysis. It is therefore essential to perform secondary validation of the analysis of scRNA-seq data. At a minimum, the authors should perform in situ hybridization or immunostaining for Tdo2, Afmid, Kmo, Kynu, Haao, Qprt, and Nadsyn1 or some combination thereof at multiple time points during early mouse embryogenesis to truly understand the spatiotemporal dynamics of expression and NAD synthesis. 

      We have tested antibodies against HAAO, KYNU, and QPRT in adult mouse liver samples (the main site of NAD de novo synthesis) but these produced non-specific bands in western blotting experiments. Therefore, immunostaining studies on embryonic tissues were not feasible. 

      However, we agree that histological methods such as in situ hybridisation would provide secondary validation of the exact cell types that express these genes. To acknowledge this, we have updated a sentence on page 5 referring to the data shown in Figure 6C as follows: “While histological methods such as in situ hybridisation would be required to confirm the exact cell types expressing these genes, the available expression data indicates that the genes encoding those enzymes required to convert L-kynurenine to NAD (kynurenine pathway) are exclusively expressed in the yolk sac endoderm lineage from the onset of organogenesis (E8.0-8.5).”

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this paper by Brickwedde et al., the authors observe an increase in posterior alpha when anticipating auditory as opposed to visual targets. The authors also observe an enhancement in both visual and auditory steady-state sensory evoked potentials in anticipation of auditory targets, in correlation with enhanced occipital alpha. The authors conclude that alpha does not reflect inhibition of early sensory processing, but rather orchestrates signal transmission to later stages of the sensory processing stream. However, there are several major concerns that need to be addressed in order to draw this conclusion.

      First, I am not convinced that the frequency tagging method and the associated analyses are adequate for dissociating visual vs auditory steady-state sensory evoked potentials.

      Second, if the authors want to propose a general revision for the function of alpha, it would be important to show that alpha effects in the visual cortex for visual perception are analogous to alpha effects in the auditory cortex for auditory perception.

      Third, the authors propose an alternative function for alpha - that alpha orchestrates signal transmission to later stages of the sensory processing stream. However, the supporting evidence for this alternative function is lacking. I will elaborate on these major concerns below.

      (1) Potential bleed-over across frequencies in the spectral domain is a major concern for all of the results in this paper. The fact that alpha power, 36Hz and 40Hz frequency-tagged amplitude and 4Hz intermodulation frequency power is generally correlated with one another amplifies this concern. The authors are attaching specific meaning to each of these frequencies, but perhaps there is simply a broadband increase in neural activity when anticipating an auditory target compared to a visual target?

      (2) Moreover, 36Hz visual and 40Hz auditory signals are expected to be filtered in the neocortex. Applying standard filters and Hilbert transform to estimate sensory evoked potentials appears to rely on huge assumptions that are not fully substantiated in this paper. In Figure 4, 36Hz "visual" and 40Hz "auditory" signals seem largely indistinguishable from one another, suggesting that the analysis failed to fully demix these signals.

      (3) The asymmetric results in the visual and auditory modalities preclude a modality-general conclusion about the function of alpha. However, much of the language seems to generalize across sensory modalities (e.g., use of the term 'sensory' rather than 'visual').

      (4) In this vein, some of the conclusions would be far more convincing if there was at least a trend towards symmetry in source-localized analyses of MEG signals. For example, how does alpha power in the primary auditory cortex (A1) compare when anticipating auditory vs visual target? What do the frequency-tagged visual and auditory responses look like when just looking at the primary visual cortex (V1) or A1?

      (5) Blinking would have a huge impact on the subject's ability to ignore the visual distractor. The best thing to do would be to exclude from analysis all trials where the subjects blinked during the cue-to-target interval. The authors mention that in the MEG experiment, "To remove blinks, trials with very large eye-movements (> 10 degrees of visual angle) were removed from the data (See supplement Fig. 5)." This sentence needs to be clarified since eye-movements cannot be measured during blinking. In addition, it seems possible to remove putative blink trials from EEG experiments as well, since blinks can be detected in the EEG signals.

      (6) It would be interesting to examine the neutral cue trials in this task. For example, comparing auditory vs visual vs neutral cue conditions would be indicative of whether alpha was actively recruited or actively suppressed. In addition, comparing spectral activity during cue-to-target period on neutral-cue auditory correct vs incorrect trials should mimic the comparison of auditory-cue vs visual-cue trials. Likewise, neutral-cue visual correct vs incorrect trials should mimic the attention-related differences in visual-cue vs auditory-cue trials.

      (7) In the abstract, the authors state that "This implies that alpha modulation does not solely regulate 'gain control' in early sensory areas but rather orchestrates signal transmission to later stages of the processing stream." However, I don't see any supporting evidence for the latter claim, that alpha orchestrates signal transmission to later stages of the processing stream. If the authors are claiming an alternative function to alpha, this claim should be strongly substantiated.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have used the UK Biobank data to interrogate the association between plasma metabolites and glaucoma.

      (1) They initially assessed plasma metabolites as predictors of glaucoma: The addition of NMR-derived metabolomic data to existing models containing clinical and genetic data was marginal.

      (2) They then determined whether certain metabolites might protect against glaucoma in individuals at high genetic risk: Certain molecules in bioenergetic pathways (lactate, pyruvate, and citrate) conferred protection.

      (3) They provide support for protection conferred by pyruvate in a murine model.

      Strengths:

      (1) The huge sample size supports a powerful statistical analysis and the opportunity for the inclusion of multiple covariates and interactions without overfitting the models.

      (2) The authors have constructed a robust methodology and statistical design.

      (3) The manuscript is well written, and the study is logically presented.

      (4) The figures are of good quality.

      (5) Broadly, the conclusions are justified by the findings.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Although it is an invaluable treasure trove of data, selection bias and self-reporting are inescapable problems when using the UK Biobank data for glaucoma research. The high-impact glaucoma-related GWAS publications (references 26 and 27) referenced in support of the method suffer the same limitations. This doesn't negate the conclusions but must be taken into consideration. The authors might note that it is somewhat reassuring that the proportion of glaucoma cases (4%) is close to what would be expected in a population-based study of 40-69-year-olds of predominantly white ethnicity.

      (2) As noted by the authors, a limitation is the predominantly white ethnicity profile that comprises the UK Biobank.

      (3) Also as noted by the authors, the study is cross-sectional and is limited by the "correlation does not imply causation" issue.

      (4) The optimal collection, transport, and processing of the samples for NMR metabolite analysis is critical for accurate results. Strict policies were in place for these procedures, but deviations from protocol remain an unknown influence on the data.

      (5) In addition, all UK Biobank blood samples had unintended dilution during the initial sample storage process at UK Biobank facilities. (Julkunen, H. et al. Atlas of plasma NMR biomarkers for health and disease in 118,461 individuals from the UK Biobank. Nat Commun 14, 604 (2023) Samples from aliquot 3, used for the NMR measurements, suffered from 5-10% dilution. (Allen, Naomi E., et al. Wellcome Open Research 5 (2021): 222.) Julkunen et al. report that "The dilution is believed to come from mixing of participant samples with water due to seals that failed to hold a system vacuum in the automated liquid handling systems. While this issue is likely to have an impact on some of the absolute biomarker concentration values, it is expected to have limited impact on most epidemiological analyses."

      Impact:

      The findings advance personalized prognostics for glaucoma that combine metabolomic and genetic data. In addition, the protective effect of certain metabolites influences further research on novel therapeutic strategies.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study addresses how faces and bodies are integrated in two STS face areas revealed by fMRI in the primate brain. It builds upon recordings and analysis of the responses of large populations of neurons to three sets of images, that vary face and body positions. These sets allowed the authors to thoroughly investigate invariance to position on the screen (MC HC), to pose (P1 P2), to rotation (0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315), to inversion, to possible and impossible postures (all vs straight), to the presentation of head and body together or in isolation. By analyzing neuronal responses, they found that different neurons showed preferences for body orientation, head orientation, or the interaction between the two. By using a linear support vector machine classifier, they show that the neuronal population can decode head-body angle presented across orientations, in the anterior aSTS patch (but not middle mSTS patch), except for mirror orientation.

      Strengths:

      These results extend prior work on the role of Anterior STS fundus face area in face-body integration and its invariance to mirror symmetry, with a rigorous set of stimuli revealing the workings of these neuronal populations in processing individuals as a whole, in an important series of carefully designed conditions.

      Minor issues and questions that could be addressed by the authors:

      (1) Methods. While monkeys certainly infer/recognize that individual pictures refer to the same pose with varying orientations based on prior studies (Wang et al.), I am wondering whether in this study monkeys saw a full rotation of each of the monkey poses as a video before seeing the individual pictures of the different orientations, during recordings.

      (2) Experiment 1. The authors mention that neurons are preselected as face-selective, body-selective, or both-selective. Do the Monkey Sum Index and ANOVA main effects change per Neuron type?

      (3) I might have missed this information, but the correlation between P1 and P2 seems to not be tested although they carry similar behavioral relevance in terms of where attention is allocated and where the body is facing for each given head-body orientation.

      (4) Is the invariance for position HC-MC larger in aSTS neurons compared to mSTS neurons, as could be expected from their larger receptive fields?

      (5) L492 "The body-inversion effect likely results from greater exposure to upright than inverted bodies during development". Monkeys display more hanging upside-down behavior than humans, however, does the head appear more tilted in these natural configurations?

      (6) Methods in Experiment 1. SVM. How many neurons are sufficient to decode the orientation?

      (7) Figure 3D 3E. Could the authors please indicate for each of these neurons whether they show a main effect of face, body, or interaction, as well as their median corrected correlation to get a flavor of these numbers for these examples?

      (8) Methods and Figure 1A. It could be informative to precise whether the recordings are carried in the lateral part of the STS or in the fundus of the STS both for aSTS and mSTS for comparison to other studies that are using these distinctions (AF, AL, MF, ML).

      Wang, G., Obama, S., Yamashita, W. et al. Prior experience of rotation is not required for recognizing objects seen from different angles. Nat Neurosci 8, 1768-1775 (2005). https://doi-org.insb.bib.cnrs.fr/10.1038/nn1600

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zafirova et al. investigated the interaction of head and body orientation in the macaque superior temporal sulcus (STS). Combining fMRI and electrophysiology, they recorded responses of visual neurons to a monkey avatar with varying head and body orientations. They found that STS neurons integrate head and body information in a nonlinear way, showing selectivity for specific combinations of head-body orientations. Head-body configuration angles can be reliably decoded, particularly for neurons in the anterior STS. Furthermore, body inversion resulted in reduced decoding of head-body configuration angles. Compared to previous work that examined face or body alone, this study demonstrates how head and body information are integrated to compute a socially meaningful signal.

      Strengths:

      This work presents an elegant design of visual stimuli, with a monkey avatar of varying head and body orientations, making the analysis and interpretation straightforward. Together with several control experiments, the authors systematically investigated different aspects of head-body integration in the macaque STS. The results and analyses of the paper are mostly convincing.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Using ANOVA, the authors demonstrate the existence of nonlinear interactions between head and body orientations. While this is a conventional way of identifying nonlinear interactions, it does not specify the exact type of the interaction. Although the computation of the head-body configuration angle requires some nonlinearity, it's unclear whether these interactions actually contribute. Figure 3 shows some example neurons, but a more detailed analysis is needed to reveal the diversity of the interactions. One suggestion would be to examine the relationship between the presence of an interaction and the neural encoding of the configuration angle.

      (2) Figure 4 of the paper shows a better decoding of the configuration angle in the anterior STS than in the middle STS. This is an interesting result, suggesting a transformation in the neural representation between these two areas. However, some control analyses are needed to further elucidate the nature of this transformation. For example, what about the decoding of head and body orientations - dose absolute orientation information decrease along the hierarchy, accompanying the increase in configuration information?

      (3) While this work has characterized the neural integration of head and body information in detail, it's unclear how the neural representation relates to the animal's perception. Behavioural experiments using the same set of stimuli could help address this question, but I agree that these additional experiments may be beyond the scope of the current paper. I think the authors should at least discuss the potential outcomes of such experiments, which can be tested in future studies.

    1. 2024流行模因总结

      请提取以下文章的关键点,并以中文返回:

      文章关键点提取 (中文)

      这篇文章主要讨论了 社交媒体上流行的模因趋势,并为品牌如何利用模因来提升社交媒体营销效果提供了指导。文章按月份列出了 2025 年 2 月至 2024 年 1 月期间流行的模因,并总结了品牌使用模因的最佳实践。

      核心思想: 模因是品牌展示个性、与受众建立联系、提升内容互动性的有效工具。

      2025 年 2 月和 2025 年 1 月的流行模因:

      • 2025 年 2 月流行模因:

        • 超级碗模因 (Superbowl meme): 模仿超级碗期间的搞笑瞬间,关键是抓住流行文化热点。
        • 格莱美模因 (Grammys meme): 格莱美颁奖典礼上的经典瞬间,例如碧昂丝 (Beyoncé) 的模因,容易引起病毒式传播。
      • 2025 年 1 月流行模因:

        • Irena Aizen 兔子艺术 (Irena Aizen Bunny Art): 使用艺术家 Irena Aizen 的兔子画作,以“当强盗拿走我的 [物品] 时我看着强盗”开头,第二张图片用 “Noo mi [物品]” 作为 punchline。 品牌可用于突出重要产品或特色。
        • “当我看着…” (How I look when...): TikTok 用户表达情感的模因,可配上流行音频。品牌可使用员工照片配上幽默标题。

      2024 年 12 月至 2024 年 1 月的流行模因 (部分例子):

      • 2024 年 12 月流行模因:

        • 国王虾皮皮模因 (Pepe the King meme): 配上“Like a Prayer” (Choir Version) 音频,分享办公室或团队的有趣故事。
        • Hello Kitty 模因 (Hello Kitty memes): “Untamed Kitty” 版本在 X 和 LinkedIn 上流行,表达疲惫或不知所措等感受。
        • 艾玛·罗伯茨模因 (Emma Roberts Meme): 艾玛·罗伯茨尴尬微笑的表情包,表达不确定情况下的窘迫。
        • 蓝色 Grinch (Blinch): 蓝色 Grinch 期待膝盖手术的图片,表达意想不到的幽默情景。
      • 2024 年 11 月流行模因:

        • 冷静的家伙模因 (Chill Guy meme): “冷静的家伙”形象被置于各种情境中,表达轻松幽默的态度。
        • 小姆明模因 (Little Moomin meme): 小姆明女孩形象,表达强烈情感、大胆观点或俏皮的讽刺。
        • 吸烟猫模因 (Smoking cat (Money Talks)): 表现“感觉富有”的时刻。
        • 青蛙 Kermit 模因 (Kermit the Frog meme): 表达被误解或失控的感觉。
      • 2024 年 10 月流行模因:

        • 骑扫帚的猫 (Cat on a broomstick): 猫消失在黑暗中,表达想要逃离的时刻。
        • “在 klerb 里,我们都是一家人” (In the klerb, we’re all fam): 表达社区归属感。
        • 盯着看的机器人 (The Staring Robot): 描述可预测但又出乎意料的情况。
        • 拉里·大卫 Zoom 通话模因 (Larry David Zoom call meme): 拉里·大卫在 Zoom 通话中模糊的形象,捕捉虚拟会议等尴尬情景。
        • 小河马 Moo Deng (Moo deng): 泰国小河马的可爱形象,代表可爱又笨拙的瞬间。
        • 跳舞的外星人在 Ne-Yo 背景音乐下 (Dancing alien on Ne-Yo): 外星人随着 Ne-Yo 的音乐跳舞,用幽默的方式呈现令人沮丧的事实。
      • 2024 年 9 月流行模因:

        • “非常端庄,非常用心” (Very demure, very mindful): 用讽刺的语气表达。
        • 亨利·丹杰模因 (Henry Danger): 电视剧《亨利·丹杰》的剧照,搭配 Ashanti 的 “Rain on Me” 音频,表达戏剧化的搞笑故事。
        • “我在客厅为自己起立鼓掌” (Standing ovation from me in my living room): 模仿戛纳电影节的起立鼓掌,庆祝品牌成就或产品。
      • 2024 年 8 月流行模因:

        • 奥运手枪射击运动员模因 (Olympic Pistol shooter): 对比土耳其射击运动员的随意姿势和韩国射击运动员的高科技风格,展现产品风格或体验的对比。
        • 交响海豚模因 (Symphony Dolphin): 发光的海豚视觉效果配上 Zara Larsson 的 “Symphony” 音频,使用自嘲的幽默文案。
        • “不幸的是,我没有被选中参加奥运会” (Unfortunately, I wasn’t chosen for the Olympics): 人们假装摔倒的视频,展现公司文化。
        • 《头脑特工队 2》模因 (Inside out 2 memes): 电影截图,捕捉关键情绪,引发共鸣。
      • 2024 年 7 月流行模因:

        • “小屁孩 (Brat)” 模因 (Brat): 与 Charli XCX 的专辑相关,代表 “小屁孩文化”。
        • 跳舞的浣熊模因 (Raccoon dancing): 浣熊循环跳舞的视频,表达喜悦或展示迷恋之物。
        • 绘画模因 (Painting meme (Honore Daumier, Il Difensore meme)): 古典绘画与幽默标题结合,营造反差感。
        • 不情愿的新娘模因 (Reluctant bride): 绘画《不情愿的新娘》的局部特写,表达不情愿但不得不做的心情。
        • 死侍和金刚狼绿幕模因 (Deadpool and Wolverine green screen meme): 死侍和金刚狼并肩作战的场景,展现品牌团队或产品的不同风格。
      • 2024 年 6 月流行模因:

        • “Huh” 猫模因 (Huh cat): 猫咪疑惑的表情包,表达困惑不解。
        • 黑猫发呆模因 (Black cat zoning out): 黑猫发呆的表情包,表达无语或厌恶。
      • 2024 年 5 月流行模因:

        • 完全清醒的婴儿模因 (Fully conscious baby): 婴儿淡定说“我”的视频,用于回应任何与 “我” 相关的事物。
        • Met Gala 模因 (Met Gala Memes): Met Gala 盛典的明星照片,配上相关的幽默标题。
        • “我在寻找…” 模因 (I’m looking for…): “我在寻找金融男” 的音频,用户在此基础上进行创意发挥。
      • 2024 年 4 月流行模因:

        • 日食模因 (Solar eclipse memes): 与日食相关的创意幽默。
        • “你在我长大的精神病院里活不过一小时” 模因 (You wouldn’t last an hour in the asylum where they raised me): Taylor Swift 歌曲的歌词,分享怀旧或搞笑故事。
        • 光环积分模因 (Aura points): 衡量“酷”的一种轻松方式。
      • 2024 年 3 月流行模因:

        • “所有这些努力,我得到了什么” 模因 (All that work and what did it get me): 表达努力没有回报的失望。
        • 奥斯卡模因 (The Oscar memes): 奥斯卡颁奖典礼上的经典瞬间,配上幽默标题。
        • “我不会告诉任何人我中了彩票,但会有迹象” 模因 (I wouldn’t tell anyone I won the lottery, but there will be signs): 暗示中彩票后生活改变的幽默方式。
      • 2024 年 2 月流行模因:

        • 悲伤仓鼠模因 (Sad hamster meme): 悲伤仓鼠的图片,表达难以应对的困境。
        • “哈哈,是的…” 模因 (Ha ha yeah…): 小女孩讽刺地说 “哈哈,是的…”,用于表达讽刺或隐藏秘密。
        • 基里安·墨菲模因 (Cillian Murphy memes): 基里安·墨菲困惑的表情,表达厌烦或疲惫。
      • 2024 年 1 月流行模因:

        • “谢谢你,瑞秋” 模因 (Thank you Rachel): 小女孩讽刺地说 “谢谢你,瑞秋!非常感谢!” 表达挫败感。
        • 企鹅模因 (Penguin meme): 玩具总动员 2 中的悲伤企鹅,表达悲伤或不便。
        • Hasbulla 走路模因 (Hasbulla walking meme): Hasbulla 充满活力地走路的视频,表达决心和兴奋。

      品牌使用模因的最佳实践:

      1. 追踪模因效果: 分析模因的表现,确保与营销目标相关。使用社交媒体竞争对手分析工具进行效果评估。
      2. 注意内容版权: 确保模因素材在商业用途上合法合规,避免版权问题。
      3. 确保与品牌调性一致: 选择与品牌声音和价值观相符的模因,维护品牌形象和受众信任。
      4. 创建模因日历: 结合即将到来的事件、节日或活动,提前规划模因内容,确保内容及时且相关。

      结论:

      模因是强大的营销工具,可以帮助品牌与受众建立联系,提高互动性,并展示品牌个性。 品牌需要深入了解受众行为,选择合适的模因,并把握发布时机,才能成功利用模因进行营销。

      常见问题解答 (FAQ):

      • 什么是模因? 以图片、声音、视频或文字形式传播的娱乐内容,通常幽默或易于产生共鸣。
      • 如何找到流行的模因? 关注社交媒体平台的热门趋势、模因账号,以及定期分享模因汇总的博客。
      • 最流行的社交媒体模因有哪些? 列举了 “分心男友”、“莱昂纳多·迪卡普里奥大笑”、“女人对着猫喊”、“惊讶的皮卡丘”、“德雷克 ‘Hotline Bling’ ” 等经典模因。
    1. The novel transcript (named vIL-4 as discussed below) was found to be highly abundant both in vitro and in vivo. In the in vitro semi-quantitative IsoSeq data, the vIL-4 transcript was present at 3247 and 2606 viral transcripts per million (vTPM) in 1874C5 and CEO/LaryngoVac, respectively. By rank, these equated to the 18th and 19th most abundant transcript in each strain. Short-read RNA-Seq revealed the vIL-4 transcript to be even more abundant in vivo, representing the fifth-most abundant viral transcript in birds inoculated with either 1874C5 or CEO/LaryngoVac (Figure 2).

      Sequencing data are inherently compositional because they are constrained by the total number of reads obtained, which affects the interpretation of the data. Each read count is dependent not only on its own abundance but also on the abundance of other transcripts in the sample. This means the data are subject to a constant sum constraint, which can lead to misleading conclusions about relative transcript abundances. Methods that do not account for the compositional structure of the data can lead to biased interpretations. It might be inappropriate to interpret the transcript per million (TPM) values and rankings directly. There are some packages for compositional analysis (CoDA) and some transformations in DESeq2 and edgeR designed to help with this. It might be worth exploring these and seeing if this observation still holds.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors address the question of differences in the development of the central complex (Cx), a brain structure mainly controlling spatial orientation and locomotion in insects, which can be traced back to the neuroblast lineages that produce the Cx structure. The lineages are called type-II neuroblast (NB) lineages and assumed to be conserved in insects. While Tribolium castaneum produces a functional larval Cx that only consists of one part of the adult Cx structure, the fan-shaped body, in Drosophila melanogaster a non-functional neuropile primordium is formed by neurons produced by the embryonic type-II NBs which then enter a dormant state and continue development in late larval and pupal stages.

      The authors present a meticulous study demonstrating that type-II neuroblast (NB) lineages are indeed present in the developing brain of Tribolium castaneum. In contrast to type-I NB lineages, type-II NBs produce additional intermediate progenitors. The authors generate a fluorescent enhancer trap line called fez/earmuff which prominently labels the mushroom bodies but also the intermediate progenitors (INPs) of the type-II NB lineages. This is convincingly demonstrated by high resolution images that show cellular staining next to large pointed labelled cells, a marker for type-II NBs in Drosophila melanogaster. Using these and other markers (e.g. deadpan, asense), the authors show that the cell type composition and embryonic development of the type-II NB lineages are similar to their counterparts in Drosophila melanogaster. Furthermore, the expression of the Drosophila type-II NB lineage markers six3 and six4 in subsets of the Tribolium type-II NB lineages (anterior 1-4 and 1-6 type-II NB lineages) and the expression of the Cx marker skh in the distal part of most of the lineages provide further evidence that the identified NB lineages are equivalent to the Drosophila lineages that establish the central complex. However, in contrast to Drosophila, there are 9 instead of 8 embryonic type-II NB lineages per brain hemisphere and the lineages contain more progenitor cells compared to the Drosophila lineages. The authors argue that the higher number of dividing progenitor cells supports the earlier development of a functional Cx in Tribolium.

      While the manuscript clearly shows that type-II NB lineages similar to Drosophila exist in Tribolium, it does not establish a direct link between the characteristics of these lineages and a functional larval Cx in Tribolium, i.e., it does not identify the cause of the heterochronic development of the Cx in these insects. However, the detailed study lays the foundation for lineage tracing and gene function experiments that will elucidate if the higher number of Tribolium type-II NB lineage progenitors, the additional lineage and the timing of developmental progression of the progenitors can indeed be linked with the earlier function of the Cx and/or if other components are required for establishing the functional larval neural circuits in Tribolium such as e.g. larval born neurons as is the case in Drosophila.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      General Response to Public Reviews

      We thank the three reviewers for their positive evaluation of our work, which presents the first molecular characterization of type-II NB lineages in an insect outside the fly Drosophila. They seem convinced of our finding of an additional type-II NB and increased proliferation during embryogenesis in the red flour beetle. The reviewers expressed hesitations on our interpretation that the observed quantitative differences of embryonic lineages can directly be linked to the embryonic development of the central complex in Tribolium. While we still believe that a connection of both observations is a valid and likely hypothesis, we acknowledge that due the lack of functional experiments and lineage tracing a causal link has not directly been shown. We have therefore changed the manuscript to an even more careful wording that on one hand describes the correlation between increased embryonic proliferation with the earlier development of the Cx but on the other hand also stresses the need for additional functional and lineage tracing experiments to test this hypothesis. We have also strengthened the discussion on alternative explanations of the increased lineage size and emphasize the less disputed elements like presence and conservation of type-II NB lineages. 

      While our manuscript could in conclusion not directly show that the reason of the heterochronic shift lies in the progenitor behaviour, we still provide a first approach to answering the question of the developmental basis of this shift and testable hypotheses directly emerge from our work. We agree with reviewer#1 that functional work is best suited to test our hypothesis and we are planning to do so. However, we believe that the presented work is already rich in novel data and significantly advances our understanding on the conservation and divergence of type-II NBs in insects. We would also like to stress that most transgenic tools for which genome-wide collections exist for Drosophila have to be created for Tribolium and doing so can be quite time consuming. Conducting RNAi experiments is certainly possible in Tribolium but observing phenotypes in this defined cellular context will need laborious optimization. We have for example tried knocking down Tc-fez/erm but could not see any embryonic phenotype which might be due to an escaper effect in which only mildly affected or wild type-like embryos survive while the others die in early embryogenesis. Due to pleiotropic functions of the involved genes a cell-specific knockdown might be necessary and we are working towards establishing a system to do that in the red flour beetle. For the stated reasons, we see our work as an important basis to inspire future functional studies that build up on the framework that we introduced. 

      In response to these common points, we have made the following changes to the manuscript

      -        The title has been changed from ‘being associated’ to ‘correlate’

      -        The conclusions part of the abstract has been changed

      -        We deleted the statement ‘…thus providing the material for the early central complex formation…’

      -        Rephrased to saying that the two observations just correlate

      -        The part of the discussion ‘Divergent timing of type-II NB activity and heterochronic development of the central complex’ has been extensively rewritten and now discusses several alternative explanations that were suggested by the reviewers. It also stresses the need for further functional work and lineage tracing (line 859-862 (608-611)).

      In addition, we have made numerous changes to the manuscript to account for more specific comments of the reviewers and to the recommendations for the authors.

      Our responses to the individual comments can be found in the following. 

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      Insects inhabit diverse environments and have neuroanatomical structures appropriate to each habitat. Although the molecular mechanism of insect neural development has been mainly studied in Drosophila, the beetle, Tribolium castaneum has been introduced as another model to understand the differences and similarities in the process of insect neural development. In this manuscript, the authors focused on the origin of the central complex. In Drosophila, type II neuroblasts have been known as the origin of the central complex. Then, the authors tried to identify those cells in the beetle brain. They established a Tribolium fez enhancer trap line to visualize putative type II neuroblasts and successfully identified 9 of those cells. In addition, they also examined expression patterns of several genes that are known to be expressed in the type II neuroblasts or their lineage in Drosophila. They concluded that the putative type II neuroblasts they identified were type II neuroblasts because those cells showed characteristics of type II neuroblasts in terms of genetic codes, cell diameter, and cell lineage. 

      Strengths: 

      The authors established a useful enhancer trap line to visualize type II neuroblasts in Tribolium embryos. Using this tool, they have identified that there are 9 type II neuroblasts in the brain hemisphere during embryonic development. Since the enhancer trap line also visualized the lineage of those cells, the authors found that the lineage size of the type II neuroblasts in the beetle is larger than that in the fly. They also showed that several genetic markers are also expressed in the type II neuroblasts and their lineages as observed in Drosophila. 

      Weaknesses: 

      I recommend the authors reconstruct the manuscript because several parts of the present version are not logical. For example, the author should first examine the expression of dpn, a well-known marker of neuroblast. Without examining the expression of at least one neuroblast marker, no one can say confidently that it is a neuroblast. The purpose of this study is to understand what makes neuroanatomical differences between insects which is appropriate to their habitats. To obtain clues to the question, I think, functional analyses are necessary as well as descriptive analyses. 

      The expression of an exclusive type-II neuroblast marker would indeed have been the most convincing evidence. However, asense is absent from type-II NBs and deadpan is not specific enough as it is expressed in many other cells of the developing protocerebrum. The gene pointed, although also expressed elsewhere, emerged as the the most specific marker. Therefore, we start with pointed and fez/erm to describe the first appearance and developmental progression of the cells and then add further evidence that these cells are indeed type-II neuroblasts. Further evidence is provided in the following chapters.  We have discussed the need for functional work in the general response. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      The authors address the question of differences in the development of the central complex (Cx), a brain structure mainly controlling spatial orientation and locomotion in insects, which can be traced back to the neuroblast lineages that produce the Cx structure. The lineages are called type-II neuroblast (NB) lineages and are assumed to be conserved in insects. While Tribolium castaneum produces a functional larval Cx that only consists of one part of the adult Cx structure, the fan-shaped body, in Drosophila melanogaster a non-functional neuropile primordium is formed by neurons produced by the embryonic type-II NBs which then enter a dormant state and continue development in late larval and pupal stages. 

      The authors present a meticulous study demonstrating that type-II neuroblast (NB) lineages are indeed present in the developing brain of Tribolium castaneum. In contrast to type-I NB lineages, type-II NBs produce additional intermediate progenitors. The authors generate a fluorescent enhancer trap line called fez/earmuff which prominently labels the mushroom bodies but also the intermediate progenitors (INPs) of the type-II NB lineages. This is convincingly demonstrated by high-resolution images that show cellular staining next to large pointed labelled cells, a marker for type-II NBs in Drosophila melanogaster. Using these and other markers (e.g. deadpan, asense), the authors show that the cell type composition and embryonic development of the type-II NB lineages are similar to their counterparts in Drosophila melanogaster. Furthermore, the expression of the Drosophila type-II NB lineage markers six3 and six4 in subsets of the Tribolium type-II NB lineages (anterior 1-4 and 1-6 type-II NB lineages) and the expression of the Cx marker skh in the distal part of most of the lineages provide further evidence that the identified NB lineages are equivalent to the Drosophila lineages that establish the central complex. However, in contrast to Drosophila, there are 9 instead of 8 embryonic type-II NB lineages per brain hemisphere and the lineages contain more progenitor cells compared to the Drosophila lineages. The authors argue that the higher number of dividing progenitor cells supports the earlier development of a functional Cx in Tribolium. 

      While the manuscript clearly shows that type-II NB lineages similar to Drosophila exist in Tribolium, it does not considerably advance our understanding of the heterochronic development of the Cx in these insects. First of all, the contribution of these lineages to a functional larval Cx is not clear. For example, how do the described type-II NB lineages relate to the DM1-4 lineages that produce the columnar neurons of the Cx? What is the evidence that the embryonically produced type-II NB lineage neurons contribute to a functional larval Cx? The formation of functional circuits could rely on larval neurons (like in Drosophila) which would make a comparison of embryonic lineages less informative with respect to understanding the underlying variations of the developmental processes. Furthermore, the higher number of progenitors (and consequently neurons) in Tribolium could simply reflect the demand for a higher number of cells required to build the fan-shaped body compared to Drosophila. In addition, the larger lineages in Tribolium, including the higher number of INPs could be due to a greater number of NBs within the individual clusters, rather than a higher rate of proliferation of individual neuroblasts, as suggested. What is the evidence that there is only one NB per cluster? The presented schemes (Fig. 7/12) and description of the marker gene expression and classification of progenitor cells are inconsistent but indicate that NBs and immature INPs cannot be consistently distinguished. 

      We thank this reviewer for pointing out the inconsistency in our classification of cells within the lineages as one central part of our manuscript. These were due to a confusion in the used terms (young vs. immature). We have corrected this mistake and have changed the naming of the INP subtypes to immature-I and immature-II. We are confident that based on the analysed markers, type-II NBs and immature INPs can actually be distinguished with confidence.

      We agree that a functional link of increased proliferation to heterochronic CX development is not shown although we consider it to be likely. As stated in the general response we have changed the manuscript to saying that the two observations (higher number of progenitors and larger lineages/more INPs) correlate but that a causal link can only be hypothesized for the time being. At the same time, we have strengthened the discussion on alternative explanations.

      We would like to remain with our statement of an increased number of embryonic progeny of Tribolium type-II NBs. We counted the total number of progenitor cells emerging from the anterior median cluster and divided this by the number of type II NBs in that cluster. Hence, the shown increased number of cells represents an average per NB but is not influenced by the increased number of NBs. On the same line, we have never seen indication for the presence of additional NBs within any cluster while one type-II NB is what we regularly found. Hence, we are confident that we know the number of respective NBs. The fact that the fly data included also neurons and was counted at a later stage indicates that the observed differences are actually minimum estimates.

      We have discussed that based on the position and comparison to the grasshopper we believe that Tribolium type-II NB 1-4 contribute to the x, y, z and w tracts. To confirm this, lineage tracing experiments would be necessary, for which tools remain to be developed. 

      We agree that the role of larvally born neurons and the fate of Tribolium neuroblasts through the transition from embryo to larva and pupa need to be further studied.

      Available data suggests that the adult fan shaped body in Tribolium does not hugely differ in size from the Drosophila counterpart, although no data in terms of cell number is available. In the larva, however, no fan shaped body or protocerebral bridge can be distinguished in flies while in beetle larvae, these structures are clearly developed. Hence, we think that it is more likely that differences observed in the embryo reflect differences in the larval central complex. We discuss the need for further investigation of larval stages.

      The main difference between Tribolium and Drosophila Cx development with regards to the larval functionality might be that Drosophila type-II NB lineage-derived neurons undergo quiescence at the end of embryogenesis so that the development of the Cx is halted, while a developmental arrest does not occur in Tribolium. However, this needs to be confirmed (as the authors rightly observe). 

      Indeed, there is evidence that cells contributing to the CX go into quiescence in flies – hence, this certainly is one of the mechanisms. However, based on our data we would suggest that in addition, the balance of embryonic versus larval proliferation of type-II lineages is different between the two insects: The increased embryonic proliferation and development leads to a functional larval CX in beetles while in flies, postembryonic proliferation may be increased in order to catch up.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary: 

      In this paper, Rethemeier et al capitalize on their previous observation that the beetle central complex develops heterochronically compared to the fly and try to identify the developmental origin of this difference. For this reason, they use a fez enhancer trap line that they generated to study the neuronal stem cells (INPs) that give rise to the central complex. Using this line and staining against Drosophila type-II neuroblast markers, they elegantly dissect the number of developmental progression of the beetle type II neuroblasts. They show that the NBs, INPs, and GMCs have a conserved marker progression by comparing to Drosophila marker genes, although the expression of some of the lineage markers (otd, six3, and six4) is slightly different. Finally, they show that the beetle type II neuroblast lineages are likely longer than the equivalent ones in Drosophila and argue that this might be the underlying reason for the observed heterochrony. 

      Strengths: 

      - A very interesting study system that compares a conserved structure that, however, develops in a heterochronic manner. 

      - Identification of a conserved molecular signature of type-II neuroblasts between beetles and flies. At the same time, identification of transcription factors expression differences in the neuroblasts, as well as identification of an extra neuroblast. 

      - Nice detailed experiments to describe the expression of conserved and divergent marker genes, including some lineaging looking into the co-expression of progenitor (fez) and neuronal (skh) markers. 

      Weaknesses: 

      - Comparing between different species is difficult as one doesn't know what the equivalent developmental stages are. How do the authors know when to compare the sizes of the lineages between Drosophila and Tribolium? Moreover, the fact that the authors recover more INPs and GMCs could also mean that the progenitors divide more slowly and, therefore, there is an accumulation of progenitors who have not undergone their programmed number of divisions. 

      We understand the difficulty of comparing stages between species, but we feel that our analysis is on the save side. At stages comparable with respect to overall embryonic development (retracting or retracted germband), the fly numbers are clearly smaller. To account for potential heterochronic shifts in NB activity, we have selected the stages to compare based on the criteria given: In Drosophila the number of INPs goes down after stage 16, meaning that they reach a peak at the selected stages. In Tribolium the chosen stages also reflect the phase when lineage size is larger than in all previous stages. Therefore, we believe that the conclusion that Tribolium has larger lineages and more INPs is well founded. Lineage size in Tribolium might further increase just before hatching (stage 15) but we were for technical reasons not able to look at this. As lineage size goes down in the last stage of Drosophila embryogenesis the number of INPs goes down and type-II NB enter quiescence, we think it is highly unlikely that the ratio between Tribolium and Drosophila INPs reverses at this stage, but a study of the behaviour of type-II NB in Tribolium and whether there is a stage of quiescence is still needed.

      - The main conclusion that the earlier central complex development in beetles is due to the enhanced activity of the neuroblasts is very handwavy and is not the only possible conclusion from their data. 

      As discussed in the general response we have made several changes to the manuscript to account for this criticism and discuss alternative explanations for the observations.

      - The argument for conserved patterns of gene expression between Tribolium and Drosophila type-II NBs, INPs, and GMCs is a bit circular, as the authors use Drosophila markers to identify the Tribolium cells. 

      We tested the hypothesis that in Tribolium there are type-II NBs with a molecular signature similar to flies. Our results are in line with that hypothesis. If pointed had not clearly marked cells with NB-morphology or fez/erm had not marked dividing cells adjacent to these NBs, we would have concluded that no such cells/lineages exist in the Tribolium embryo, or that central complex producing lineages exist but express different markers. Therefore, we regard this a valid scientific approach and hence find this argument not problematic.  

      An appraisal of whether the authors achieved their aims, and whether the results support their conclusions: Based on the above, I believe that the authors, despite advancing significantly, fall short of identifying the reasons for the divergent timing of central complex development between beetle and fly. 

      We agree that based on the available data, we cannot firmly make that link and we have changed the text accordingly.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      In addition to these descriptive analyses, functional analyses can be included. RNAi is highly effective in this beetle. 

      We agree that functional analyses of some of the studied genes and possible effects of gene knockdowns on the studied cell lineages and on central complex development could be highly informative. However, when studying specific cell types or organs these experiments are less straight forward than it may seem as knockdowns often lead to pleiotropic effects, sterility or lethality. All the genes involved are expressed in additional cells and may have essential functions there. Given the systemic RNAi of Tribolium, it is challenging to unequivocally assign phenotypes to one of the cell groups. Overcoming these challenges is often possible but needs extensive optimization. Our study, though descriptive is already rich in data and is the first description of NB-II lineages in Tribolium central complex development. We see it as a basis for future studies on central complex development that will include functional experiments.

      (1) Introduction 

      For these reasons the beetle... 

      Could you explain the differences in the habitats between Tribolium and Drosophila? or What is the biggest difference between these two species at the ecological aspect? 

      We have added a short characterisation of the main differences.

      The insect central complex is an anterior... 

      The author should explain why they focus on the structure. 

      Added

      It is however not known how these temporal... 

      If the authors want to get the answer to the question, they need to conduct functional analyses. 

      While we agree with the importance of functional work (see above) we believe that detailed descriptions under the inclusion of molecular markers as presented here is very informative by itself for understanding developmental processes and sets the foundation for the analysis of mutant/RNAi- phenotypes in future studies.

      CX - Central complex? 

      We have opted to not use this abbreviation anymore for clarity.

      “because intermediate cycling progenitors have also been...” 

      Is the sentence correct? 

      We have included ‘INPs’ in the sentence to make clear what the comparison refers to and added a comma

      “However, molecular characterization of such lineage in another...” 

      The authors should explain why molecular characterization is necessary. 

      We have done so

      (2) Results 

      a) Figure 8. Could you delineate the skh/eGFP expression region? 

      We have added brackets to figure 1 panel A to indicate the extent of skh and other gene expressions within the lineages.

      b) This section should be reorganized for better logical flow. 

      There certainly are different ways to organize this part and we have considered different structures of the results part. We eventually subjectively concluded that the chosen one is the best fit for our data (also see comment below on dpn-expression).

      c) For the tables. The authors should mention what statistical analysis they have conducted. 

      The tables themselves are just listing the raw numbers. They are the basis for the graph in figure 9. Statistical tests (t-test) are mentioned in the legend of that figure and now also in the Methods sections.

      “We also found that the large Tc-pnt...” 

      The authors could examine the mitotic index using an anti-pH3 antibody. 

      We have used the anti-pH3 antibody to detect mitoses (figure 3C, table 1 and 3) but as data on mitoses based on this antibody is only a snapshot it would require a lot of image data to reliably determine an index in this specific cells. While mitotic activity over time possibly combined with live imaging might be very interesting in this system also with regards to the timing of development, for this basic study we are satisfied with the statement that the type-II NB are indeed dividing at these stages.

      “Based on their position by the end of embryogenesis...” 

      How can the authors conclude that they are neuroblasts without examining the expression of NB markers? 

      Type-II NB do not express asense as the key marker for type I neuroblasts. To corroborate our argument that the cells are neuroblasts we have used several criteria:

      - We have used the same markers that are used in Drosophila to label type-II NBs (pnt, dpn, six4). We are not aware of any other marker that would be more specific.

      - We have shown that these cells are larger and have larger nuclei than neighbouring cells and they are dividing

      - We have shown that these cells through their INP lineages give rise to central complex neuropile

      We believe that these features taken together leave little doubt that the described cells are indeed neuroblasts. 

      “We found that the cells they had assigned as...” 

      How did the authors distinguish that they are really neuroblasts? 

      We see the difficulty that we first describe the position and development of these cells (e.g. fig 3) and then add further evidence (cell size, additional marker dpn) that these are neuroblasts (also see above). However, without previous knowledge on position (and on pnt expression as the most specific marker) the type-II NB could not have been distinguished from other NBs based on cell size or expression of other markers.

      “Conserved patterns of gene expression...” 

      This must be the first (especially dpn). 

      Dpn is not specific to type-II NB because it is also expressed in type-1 NBs, mature INPs and possibly other neural cells. It is therefore impossible to identify type-II NBs based on this gene alone. We therefore first used the most specific marker, pnt, in addition to adjacent fez expression to identify candidates for type-II lineages. Then we mapped expression of further genes on these lineages to support the interpretation (and show homology to the Drosophila lineages). Although of course the structure of a paper does not necessarily have to reflect the sequence in which experiments were done we would find putting dpn expression first misleading as it would not be clear why exactly a certain part of the expression should belong to type-II NB. Also, our pnt-fez expression data shows the position of the NB-II in the context of the whole head lobe whereas the other gene expressions are higher magnifications focussing on details. We therefore believe that the structure we chose best fits our data and the other reviewers seemed to find it acceptable as well.  

      “As type-II NBs contribute to central...” 

      Before the sentence, the author could explain differences in the central complex structure between Tribolium and Drosophila in terms of cell number and tissue size. 

      We have added references on the comparisons of tissue sizes, but unfortunately there is no Tribolium data that can be directly compared to available Drosophila resources in terms of cell number.  

      “We conclude that the embryonic development of...” 

      How did the authors conclude? They must explain their logic. 

      Actually, before this sentence, I only found the description of the comparison between Tribolium NBs and Drosophila once. 

      We agree that this conclusion is not fully evident from the presented data. We have therefore changed this part to stating that there is a correlation with the earlier central complex development described in Tribolium. See also response to the general reviewer comments.

      “Hence, we wondered...” 

      The authors need to do a functional assessment of the genes they mentioned. 

      We agree that the goals originally stated at the beginning of this paragraph can only be achieved with functional experiments. We have therefore rephrased this part.

      (3) Discussion

      “A beetle enhancer trap line...” 

      This part should be moved elsewhere (it does not seem to be a discussion) 

      In accordance with this comment and reviewer#2’s similar comment we have removed this section. We have added a statement on the importance of testing the expression of an enhancer trap line to the results part and an added the use of CRISPR-Cas9 for line generation to the introduction. 

      “We have identified a total...” 

      The authors emphasized that they discovered 9 type II NBs. The authors should clarify how important this it

      We have added some discussion on the importance of this finding.

      Dpn is a neural marker - Is this correct? 

      According to Bier et al 1992 (now added as reference) dpn is a pan-neural marker. Reviewer#2 also recommended calling dpn a neural marker.

      “Previous work described a heterochronic...” - reference? 

      Reference have been added

      “By contrast, we show that Tribolium...” 

      What about the number of neurons in the central complex in Tribolium and Drosophila? 

      Does the lineage size of type II NBs reflect the number? 

      Unfortunately, we do not have numbers for that.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      I recommend using page and line numbers to make reviewing and revising less timeconsuming. 

      We apologize for this oversight. We include a line numbering system into our resubmission.

      (1) Abstract 

      "These neural stem cells are believed to be conserved among insects, but their molecular characteristics and their role in brain development in other insect neurogenetics models, such as the beetle Tribolium castaneum have so far not been studied." 

      I recommend explaining the importance of studying Tribolium with regard to the evolution of brain centres rather than just stating that data are lacking. 

      We have now emphasized the importance of Tribolium as model for the evolution of brain centres.

      "Intriguingly, we found 9 type-II neuroblast lineages in the Tribolium embryo while Drosophila produces only 8 per brain hemisphere." 

      It should be made clear that the 9 lineages also refer to brain hemispheres. 

      We have added this information

      (2) Introduction 

      I would remove the first paragraph of the introduction; the use of Tribolium as model representative for insects is too general. The authors should focus on the specific question, i.e. the introduction should start with paragraph 2. 

      While we can relate to the preference for short and concise writing, we feel that giving some background on Tribolium might be important as we expect that many of our readers might be primarily Drosophila researchers. Keeping this paragraph also seems in line with a recommendation of reviewer#1 to add some additional information on Tribolium ecology.  

      "Several NBs of the anterior-most part of the neuroectoderm contribute to the CX and compared…”

      The abbreviation has not been introduced. 

      For clarity we have now opted to not use this abbreviation but to always spell out central complex.

      "Several NBs of the anterior-most part of the neuroectoderm contribute to the CX and compared to the ventral ganglia produced by the trunk segments, it is of distinctively greater complexity..." 

      Puzzling statement. Why would you compare a brain center with ventral ganglia? I recommend removing this. 

      We have changed this statement to just emphasizing the complexity of the brain structure.

      "The dramatically increased number of neural cells that are produced by individual type-II lineages, and the fact that one lineage can produce different types of neurons..."  In my opinion, this statement is too vague and unprofessional in style. Instead of "dramatically increased" use numbers. 

      We have removed ‘dramatically increased’ and now give a numeric example.

      "The dramatically increased number of neural cells that are produced by individual type-II lineages, and the fact that one lineage can produce different types of neurons, leads to the generation of increased neural complexity within the anterior insect brain when compared to the ventral nerve cord.." 

      I assume that this statement relates to the comparison of type I and II nb lineages. However, type I NB lineages also produce different types of neurons due to GMC temporal identity, and neuronal hemi-lineage identity. 

      We have rephrased and tried to make clear that the second part of the statement is not specific to type-II NB only. In line with the comment above we have also removed the reference to the ventral nerve cord.

      "In addition, in Drosophila brain tumours have been induced from type-II NBs lineages [34], opening up the possibility of modelling tumorigenesis in an invertebrate brain, thus making these lineages one of the most intriguing stem cell models in invertebrates [35,36]." 

      This statement is misplaced here; it should be mentioned at the start (if at all). 

      We have moved this statement up.

      "However, molecular characterisation of such lineages in another insect but the fly and a thorough comparison of type-II NBs lineages and their sub-cell-types between fly and beetle are still lacking" 

      The background information should include what is known about type-II NB lineages in Tribolium, including marker gene expression, e.g. Farnworth et al. 

      We refer to He et al 2019, Farnworth et al 2020 and Garcia-Perez 2021. All these publications speculate about a contribution of type-II NBs to Tribolium central complex development but do not show evidence of it. As we emphasize throughout the manuscript, the present work is the first description of type-II NB in Tribolium. 

      "The ETS-transcription factor pointed (pnt) marks type-II NBs [40,41], which do not express the type-I NB marker asense (ase) but the pro-neural gene deadpan (dpn)"  Deadpan is considered a pan-neural gene. To avoid confusion, I would remove "proneural" throughout.

      We have done so throughout the manuscript.

      "We further found that, like the type-II NBs itself, the youngest Tc-pnt-positive but fezmm-eGFP-negative INPs neither express Tc-ase (Fig. 5D, pink arrowheads)."  What is the evidence that these are the youngest pnt positive cells? Position? This needs to be explained. 

      We have clarified that ‘youngest pnt-positive cells’ refers to the position of these cells close to the type-II NB.

      "Therefore these neural markers can be used for a classification of type II NBs (Tc-pnt+, Tcase-), young INPs (Tc-pnt+, Tc-fez/erm-, Tc-ase-), immature INPs (Tc-pnt+, Tcfez/erm+, Tcase+), mature INPs (Tc-dpn+, Tc-ase+, Tc-fez/erm+, Tc-pros+), and GMCs (Tc-ase+, Tcfez/ erm+, Tc-pros+, Tc-dpn). This classification is summarized in Fig. 7 A-B." 

      This is not the best classification and not in line with the schemes in Figure 7 - the young INPs are also immature. What is the difference? It needs to be explained what "mature" means (dividing?). 

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have corrected the error in this part that confused the two original groups (young and immature). To take the immaturity of both types of INPs into account we have then also changed our naming of INP subtypes into immature-I and immature-II and throughout the manuscript). Figure 7 and figure 12 were also changed accordingly. While our classification if primarily based on gene expression the available data indicates that both types of immature INPs are not dividing, whereas mature INPs are. We have added a statement on that to this part.

      "In beetles a single-unit functional central complex develops during embryogenesis while in flies the structure is postembryonic." 

      This statement is vague - the authors need to explain what is meant by "single-unit". The phrase "The structure is postembryonic" also needs more explanation. The Drosophila CX neuroblasts lineages originate in the embryo and the neurons form a commissural tract that becomes incorporated into the fan-shaped body of the Cx. 

      We have explained single-unit central complex and have improved our summary of known differences in central complex development between fly and beetle.

      "To assess the size of the embryonic type-II NBs lineages in beetles we counted the Tc- fez/erm positive (fez-mm-eGFP) cells (INPs and GMCs) associated with a Tc-pntexpressing type-II NBs of the anterior medial group (type-II NBs lineages 1-7).  It is not clear what is meant by "with a Tc-pnt-expressing type-II NBs". Is this a typo?" 

      We have removed this bit.

      (3) Discussion 

      I would remove the first paragraph "A beetle enhancer trap lines reflects Tc-fez/earmuff expression". This is a repetition of the methods rather than a discussion. 

      This part has been removed also in line with reviewer#1’s comment.

      (4) Figures 

      Figure 2 

      To which developing structure do the strongly labelled areas in Figure 2D correspond? 

      We believe that these areas from the protocerebrum including central complex, mushroom bodies and optic lobe. We have added this to the text and to the figure legend.

      Figure 7 

      What do A and B represent? Different stages? 

      A and B show the same lineage but map the expression of different additional markers for clarity. We have added an explanation of this. 

      The classification contradicts the description in the section "Conserved patterns of gene expression mark Tribolium type-II NBs, different stages of INPs and GMCs" (last sentence) where young INPs are first in the sequence and described as pnt+, erm-, ase- and immature INPs as pnt+ erm+ and ase+. 

      We have corrected this mistake and changed the names of the subtypes into immatureI and immature-II (see above).

      "We conclude that the evolutionary ancient six3 territory gives rise to the neuropile of the z, y, x and w tracts." 

      Please clarify if six3 is also expressed in the corresponding grasshopper NB lineages or if your conclusion is based on the comparison of Drosophila and Tribolium and you assume that this is the ancestral condition. 

      Six3 expression has not been studied in grasshoppers. Owing to the highly conserved nature of an anterior median six3 domain in arthropods and bilaterian animals in general, we would expect it to be expressed anterior-medially in grasshoppers as well. In Drosophila the gene is expressed in the anterior-medial embryonic region where the type-II NBs are expected to develop, but to our knowledge it has not been specifically studied which type-II NB lineages are located within this domain. We have clarified in our text that we do not claim that the origin of anterior-medial type-II NB 1-4 and the X,Y, Z and W lineages from the six3 territory is highly conserved but only the territory itself. As far as we know our work is the first to analyse the relationship of type-II lineages and the conserved head patterning genes six3 and otd. We have added some clarification of this into this part of the discussion.

      (5) Methods 

      The methods section should include the methods for cell counting, as well as cell and nuclei size measurements including statistics (e.g. how many embryos, how many NB lineages). The comparison of the Tribolium NB lineage cell numbers to published Drosophila data should include a brief description of the method used in Drosophila (in addition to the method used here in Tribolium) so that the reader can understand how the data compare. 

      We have added a separate section on this to the Methods part which also includes the criteria used in Drosophila. We have also included some more information to the results part on the inclusion of neurons in the Drosophila counts that may only be partially included in our numbers. This does however not change the results in terms of larger numbers of progenitor cells in Tribolium.

      (6) Typos and minor errors 

      Abstract 

      “However, little is known on the developmental processes that create this diversity” 

      Change to ... little is known about

      Changed.

      NBs lineages 

      Change to NB lineages throughout. 

      We have used text search to find and replace all position where this was used erroneously,

      Results 

      "Schematic drawing of expression different markers in type-II NB lineages.." 

      Schematic drawing of expression of different markers 

      Corrected

      Discussion 

      "However, the type-II NB 7, which is we assigned to the anterior medial group but which..." 

      .... which we assigned.... 

      corrected

      "......might be the one that does not have a homologue in the fly embryo The identification of more..."  Full stop missing. 

      Added.

      "Adult like x, y, and w tracts as well as protocerebral bridge are...." 

      Change to "The adult like x, y, and w tracts as well as the protocerebral bridge are.... 

      This part has been removed with the rewriting of this paragraph.  

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      (1) Suggestions for improved or additional experiments, data, or analyses: 

      a) The analysis of nuclear size is wrong. The authors compare the largest cell of a cluster of cells with a number of random cells from the same brain. It is obvious that the largest cell of a cluster will be larger than the average cell of the same brain. A better control would be to compare the largest cell of the pnt+ cluster with the largest cell of a random sample of cells, although this also comes with biases. Personally, I have no doubt that the authors are looking at neuroblasts, based on the markers they are using, so I would recommend completely eliminating Figure 4.

      We agree that we produced a somewhat biased and expected result when we select the largest cell of a cluster for size comparison. However, we found it important to show based on a larger sample that these cells are also statistically larger than the average cell of a brain, which we think our assessment shows. We do not claim that type-II NBs are the largest cells of a brain, or that they are larger than type-I NBs, therefore in a random sample there might be cells that are equally big (see also distribution of the control sample shown in figure 4, and we have added a note on this to the text). We are happy to hear that this reviewer has no doubts we are looking at neural stem cells. However, reviewer#1 did express some hesitations and therefore we think it is important to keep the information on cell size as part of our argument that we are indeed looking at type-II NBs (gene expression, cell size, dividing, part of a neural lineage).

      b) The comparison of NB, INP, and GMC numbers between Drosophila and Trbolium (section "The Tribolium embryonic lineages of type-II NBs are larger and contain more mature INPs than those of Drosophila") compares an experiment that the authors did with published data. I would suggest that the authors repeat the Drosophila stainings and compare themselves to avoid cases of batch effects, inconsistent counting, etc.

      None of the authors is a Drosophila expert or has any experience at working with this model and reassessing the lineage size would require a number of combinatorial staining. Therefore, we feel that using the published data produced by experts and which also includes repeat experiments is for us the more reliable approach.

      c) In Figure 10, there are some otd+ GFP+ cells laterally. What are these? 

      We believe that these cells contribute to the eye anlagen. We have added this information to the legend.

      (2) Minor corrections to the text and figures: 

      a) There are some typos in the text: e.g. "pattering" in the abstract. 

      We have carefully checked the text for typos and hope that we have found everything.

      b) The referencing of figures in the text is inconsistent (eg "Figure 5 panel A" vs "Figure 5D" on page 12). 

      We have checked throughout the manuscript and made sure to always refer to a panel correctly.

      c) In Figure 3C, the white staining (anti-PH3) is not indicated in the Figure. 

      The label has been added in the figure.

      d) Moreover, in Figure 3, green is not very visible in the images. 

      We have improved the colour intensity where possible.

      e) In the figures, it might be better to outline the cells with color-coded dashed circles instead of using arrows. 

      We think that this would obscure some details of the stainings and create a rather artificial representation. We also feel that doing this consistently in all our images is an amount of work not justified by the degree of expected improvement to the figures

      NOTE: We are submitting a revised version of the supplementary material which only contains two minor changes: a headline was added to Table S4 (Antibodies and staining reagents) and a typo was corrected in line one of table S5 (TC to Tc).

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the work by Scerbo et al, the authors aim to better understand the open question of what factors constrain cells that are genetically predisposed to form cancer (e.g. those with a potentially cancer-causing mutation like activated Ras) to only infrequently undergo this malignant transformation, with a focus on the influence of embryonic or pluripotency factors (e.g. VENTX/NANOG). Using genetically defined zebrafish models, the authors can inducibly express the KRASG12V oncogene using a combination of Cre/Lox transgenes further controlled by optogenetically inducible Cre-activated (CreER fusion that becomes active with light-induced uncaging of a tamoxifen-analogue in a targeted region of the zebrafish embryo). They further show that transient expression and activation of a pluripotency factor (e.g. Ventx fused to a GR receptor that is activated with addition of dexamethasone) must occur in the model in order for overgrowth of cells to occur. This paper describes a genetically tractable and modifiable system for studying the requirements for inducing cellular hyperplasia in a whole organism by combining overexpression of canonical genetic drivers of cancer (like Ras) with epigenetic modifiers (like specific transcription factors), which could be used to study an array of combinations and temporal relationships of these cancer drivers/modifiers.

      Strengths:

      The combination of Cre/lox inducible gene expression with potentially localized optogenetic induction (CreER and uncaging of tamoxifen analogues) of recombination as well as inducible activation of a transcription factor expressed via mRNA injection (GR-fusion to the TF and dex induction) offers a flexible system for manipulating cell growth, identity, and transcriptional programs. With this system, the authors establish that Ras activation and at least transient Ventx overexpression are together required to induce a hyperproliferative phenotype in zebrafish tissues.

      The ability to live image embryos over the course of days with inducible fluorophores indicating recombination events and transgene overexpression offers a tractable in vivo system for studying hyperplastic cells in the context of a whole organism.

      The transplant experiments demonstrate the ability of the induced hyperplastic cells to grow upon transfer to new host.

      Weaknesses:

      There is minimal quantitation of key aspects of the system, most critically in the efficiency of activation of the Ras-TFP fusion (Fig 1) in, purportedly, a single cell. The authors note "On average the oncogene is then activated in a single cell, identified within ~1h by the blue fluorescence of its nuclear marker) but no additional quantitative information is provided. For a system that is aimed at "a statistically relevant single-cell<br /> tracking and characterization of the early stages of tumorigenesis", such information seems essential.

      The authors indicate that a single cell is "initiated" (Fig 2) using the laser optogenetic technique, but without definitive genetic lineage tracing, it is not possible to conclude that cells expressing TFP distant from the target site near the ear are daughter cells of the claimed single "initiated" cell. A plausible alternative explanation is 1) that the optogenetic targeting is more diffuse (i.e. some of the light of the appropriate wavelength hits other cells nearby due to reflection/diffraction), so these adjacent cells are additional independent "initiated" cells or 2) that the uncaged tamoxifen analogue can diffuse to nearby cells and allow for CreER activation and recombination. In Fig 2B, the claim is made that "the activated cell has divided, giving rise to two cells" - unless continuously imaged or genetically traced, this is unproven. In addition, it appears that Figures S3 and S4 are showing that hyperplasica can arise in many different tissues (including intestine, pancreas, and liver, S4C) with broad Ras + Ventx activation (while unclear from the text, it appears these embryos were broadly activated and were not "single cell activated using the set-up in Fig 1E? This should be clarified in the manuscript). In Fig S7 where single cell activation and potential metastasis is discussed, similar gut tissues have TFP+ cells that are called metastatic, but this seems consistent with the possibility that multiple independent sites of initiation are occurring even when focal activation is attempted.

      Although the hyperplastic cells are transplantable (Fig 4), the use of the term "cells of origin of cancer" or metastatic cells should be viewed with care in the experiments showing TFP+ cells (Fig 1, 2, 3) in embryos with targeted activation for the reasons noted above.

      Comments on latest version:

      The authors have clarified and strengthened a number of important conclusions/claims.

      In Figure 4, the requirement for both kRas and VentX activation for successful transplant and survival of transplanted activated cells does indeed support the need for both MAPK activation and the reprogramming factor. A limitation remains that, as in a tail vein injection in a mouse model, this may be a better measure of the ability of disbursed cells to survive in the embryo, and not "native" metastatic behavior as cells may just lodge in ectopic sites, and survive, but not exhibit complete metastatic potential. Still, these are interesting and important results about the combination effects of an oncogene and a reprogramming factor.

      Further, the addition of Fig 2A and additional explanation in the text on the specificity of the light-induced activation of the Ras and/or VentX supports that transgene induction is indeed limited to one or a few cells. We agree that visual tracking of daughter cells over days is technically challenging and will be a revealing and exciting potential addition in the future.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study employs an optogenetics approach aimed at activating oncogene (KRASG12V) expression in a single somatic cell, with a focus on following the progression of activated cell to examine tumourigenesis probabilities under altered tissue environments. The research explores the role of stemness factors (VENTX/NANOG/OCT4) in facilitating oncogenic RAS (KRASG12V)-driven malignant transformations. Although the evidence provided is incomplete, the authors propose an important mechanism whereby reactivation of re-programming factors correlates with the increased likelihood of a mutant cell undergoing malignant transformation.

      Strengths:

      · Innovative Use of Optogenetics: The application of optogenetics for precise activation of KRAS in a single cell is valuable to the field of cancer biology, offering an opportunity to uncover insight into cellular responses to oncogenic mutations.<br /> · Important Observations: The findings concerning stemness factors' role in promoting oncogenic transformation are important, contributing data to the field of cancer biology.

      Weaknesses:

      Lack of Methodological Clarity: The manuscript lacks detailed descriptions of methodologies, making it difficult to fully evaluate the experimental design and reproducibility, rendering incomplete evidence to support the conclusion. Improving methodological transparency and data presentation will crucially strengthen the paper's contributions to understanding the complex processes of tumorigenesis.

      Sub-optimal Data Presentation and Quality:<br /> The resolution of images through-out the manuscript are too low. Images presented in Figure 2 and Figure 4 are of very low resolution. It is very hard to distinguish individual cells and in which tissue they might reside.<br /> Lack of quantitative data and control condition data obtained from images of higher magnification limits the ability to robustly support the conclusions.

      Here are some details:<br /> · Tissue specificity of the cells express KRASG12V oncogene: In this study, the ubiquitin promoter was used to drive oncogenic KRASG12V expression. Despite this, the authors claim to activate KRAS in a single brain cell based on their localized photo-activation strategy. However, upon reviewing the methods section, the description was provided that 'Localized uncaging was performed by illumination for 7 minutes on a Nikon Ti microscope equipped with a light source peaking at 405 nm, Figure 1. The size of the uncaging region was controlled by an iris that defines a circular illumination with a diameter of approximately 80 μm.' It is surprising that an epi-fluorescent microscope with an illumination diameter of around 80μm can induce activation in a single brain cell beneath skin tissue. Additionally, given that the half-life for mTFP maturation is around 60 minutes, it is likely that more cells from a variety of different lineages could be activated, but the fluorescence would not be visible until more than 1-hour post-illumination. Authors might want to provide more evidence to support their claim on the single cell KRAS activation.<br /> · Stability of cCYC: The manuscript does not provide information on the half-life and stability of cCYC. Understanding these properties is crucial for evaluating the system's reliability and the likelihood of leakiness, which could significantly influence the study's outcomes.<br /> · Metastatic Dissemination claim: Typically, metastatic cancer cells migrate to and proliferate within specific niches that are conducive to outgrowth, such as the caudal hematopoietic tissue (CHT) or liver. In Figure 3 A, an image showing the presence of mTFP expressing cells in both the head and tail regions of the larva, with additional positive dots located at the fin fold. This is interpreted as "metastasis" by the authors. However, the absence of supportive cellular compartment within the fin-fold tissue makes the presence of mTFP-positive metastatic cells there particularly puzzling. This distribution raises concerns about the spatial specificity of the optogenetic activation protocol.<br /> The unexpected locations of these signals suggest potential ectopic activation of the KRAS oncogene, which could be occurring alongside or instead of targeted activation. This issue is critical as it could affect the interpretation of whether the observed mTFP signal expansion over time is due to actual cell proliferation and infiltration, or merely a result of ectopic RAS transgene activation.<br /> · Image Resolution Concerns: The cells depicted in Figure 3C β, which appear to be near the surface of the yolk sac and not within the digestive system as suggested in the MS, underscore the necessity for higher-resolution imaging. Without clearer images, it is challenging to ascertain the exact locations and states of these cells, thus complicating the assessment of experimental results.<br /> · The cell transplantation experiment is lacking protocol details: The manuscript does not adequately describe the experimental protocols used for cell transplantation, particularly concerning the origin and selection of cells used for injection into individual larvae. This omission makes it difficult to evaluate the reliability and reproducibility of the results. Such as the source of transplanted cells:<br /> • If the cells are derived from hyperplastic growths in larvae where RAS and VX (presumably VENTX) were locally activated, the manuscript fails to mention any use of fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) to enrich mTFP-positive cells. Such a method would be crucial for ensuring the specificity of the cells being studied and the validity of the results.<br /> • If the cells are obtained from whole larvae with induced RAS + VX expression, it is notable and somewhat surprising that the larvae survived up to six days post-induction (6dpi) before cells were harvested for transplantation. This survival rate and the subsequent ability to obtain single cell suspensions raise questions about the heterogeneity of the RAS + VX expressing cells that transplanted.<br /> · Unclear Experimental Conditions in Figure S3B: The images in Figure S3B lack crucial details about the experimental conditions. It is not specified whether the activation of KRAS was targeted to specific cells or involved whole-body exposure. This information is essential for interpreting the scope and implications of the results accurately.<br /> · Contrasting Data in Figure S3C compared to literatures: The graph in Figure S3C indicates that KRAS or KRAS + DEX induction did not result in any form of hyperplastic growth. This observation starkly contrasts with previous literature where oncogenic KRAS expression in zebrafish led to significant hyper-proliferation and abnormal growth, as evidenced by studies such as those published in and Neoplasia (2018), DOI: 10.1016/j.neo.2018.10.002; Molecular Cancer (2015), DOI: 10.1186/s12943-015-0288-2; Disease Models & Mechanisms (2014) DOI: 10.1242/dmm.007831. The lack of expected hyperplasia raises questions about the experimental setup or the specific conditions under which KRAS was expressed. The authors should provide detailed descriptions of the conditions under which the experiments were conducted in Figure S3B and clarifying the reasons for the discrepancies observed in Figure S3C are crucial. The authors should discuss potential reasons for the deviation from previous reports.<br /> Further comments:<br /> Throughout the study, KRAS-activated cell expansion and metastasis are two key phenotypes discussed that Ventx is promoting. However, the authors did not perform any experiments to directly show that KRAS+ cells proliferate only in Ventx-activated conditions. The authors also did not show any morphological features or time-lapse videos demonstrating that KRAS+ cells are motile, even though zebrafish is an excellent model for in vivo live imaging. This seems to be a missed opportunity for providing convincing evidence to support the authors' conclusions.<br /> There were minimal experimental details provided for the qPCR data presented in the supplementary figures S5 and S6, therefore, it is hard to evaluate results obtained.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      First, we thank the reviewers for a thorough reading of our paper and some useful comments. A recurrent remark of the reviewers concerns the appearance of kRas-expressing cells (labelled by a nuclear blue fluorescent marker) which we attribute to the progeny of the initially induced cell. The reviewers suggest that these cells may have been obtained through activation of the Cre-recombinase in other cells by cyclofen released from light scattering, via diffusion, leakiness, etc. These remarks are perfectly reasonable from people not familiar with the cyclofen uncaging approach that we are using, but are unwarranted as we shall show below. 

      We have been using cyclofen uncaging with subsequent activation of a Cre-recombinase (or some other proteins) since 2010 (see ref.34, Sinha et al., Zebrafish 7, 199-204 (2010) and our 2018 review (ref.35, Zhang et al., ChemBioChem 19,1-8 (2018)). In our experiments, the embryos are incubated in the dark in 6µM caged cyclofen (cCyc) and washed in E3 medium (and transferred to a new medium with no cCyc). In these conditions, over many years we never observed activation of the recombinase, i.e. the appearance of the associated fluorescent label in cells of embryos grown in E3 medium. Hence leakiness can be ruled out (in presence of cCyc or in its absence).

      Following transfer of the embryos to new E3 medium we illuminate the embryos locally with light at 405nm. In these conditions, cCyc is only partially uncaged and results in activation of Cre-recombinase in only a few cells (1,2, 3, …) within the illuminated region only, namely in the appearance of the kRas-associated nuclear blue fluorescent label in usually one cell (and sometimes in a few more). Data and statistics are now incorporated in the revised manuscript, see Fig.2A and S7. In absence of activation of a reprogramming factor these fluorescently labelled cells disappear within a few days (either via shut-down of their promotor, apoptosis or some other mechanism). The crucial point here is that we see less and not more kRas expressing cells (i.e. with nuclear blue fluorescence) in absence of VentX activation. This observation rules out activation of Cre-recombinase in other cells days after illumination due to leakiness, cyclofen released by light or diffusing from the illumination spot.

      To observe many more fluorescent cells days after activation of the initial cell, one needs to transiently activate VentX-GR by overnight incubation in dexamethasone (DEX). Injecting the embryos at 1-cell stage with VentX-GR only or incubating them in DEX (without injection of VentX-GR) does not result in the appearance of more blue fluorescent cells.  Following activation of VentX-GR, the fluorescent cells observed a couple of days after initiation are visualized in E3 medium (i.e. in absence of cyclofen) and are localized to the vicinity of the otic vesicle (the region where the initial cell was activated). In the revised manuscript we show images of these fluorescent cells taken a few days apart in the same embryo in which a single cell was initially activated (Fig.S8). Hence, we attribute these cells to the progeny of the activated cell. Obviously, single cell tracking via time-lapse microscopy would definitely nail down this issue and provide fascinating insight into the initial stages of tumor growth. Unfortunately, immobilization of embryos in the usual medium (e.g. MS222, tricaine) over 5-6 days to track the division and motion of single cells is not possible. We are considering some other possibilities (immobilization in bungarotoxin or via photo-activation of anionic channels), but these challenging experiments are for a future paper.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      The authors then performed allotransplantations of allegedly single fluorescent TICs in recipient larvae and found a large number of fluorescent cells in distant locations, claiming that these cells have all originated from the single transplanted TIC and migrated away. The number of fluorescent cells showed in the recipient larve just after two days is not compatible with a normal cell cycle length and more likely represents the progeny of more than one transplanted cell.  

      As mentioned in the manuscript, we measure the density of cells/nl and inject in the yolk of 2dpf Nacre embryos a volume equivalent to about 1 cell, following published protocols (S.Nicoli and M.Presta, Nat.Prot. 2,2918 (2007)). We further image the injected cell(s) by fluorescence microscopy immediately following injection, as shown in Fig.4A and Fig.S8B. We might miss a few cells but not many. With a typical cell cycle of ~10h the images of tumors in larvae at 3dpt (and not 2dpt) correspond to  ~100 cells. In any case the purpose of this experiment was to show that the progeny of the initial induced cell is capable of developing into a tumor in a naïve fish, which is the operational definition of cancer that we adopted here. 

      The ability to migrate from the injection site should be documented by time-lapse microscopy. 

      As stated above our purpose here is not to study tumor formation from transplanted cell(s)  but to use that assay as an operational test of cancer. Besides as mentioned earlier single cell tracking in larvea over 3-4dpt is not a trivial task.

      Then, the authors conclude that "By allowing for specific and reproducible single cell malignant transformation in vivo, their optogenetic approach opens the way for a quantitative study of the initial stages of cancer at the single cell level". However, the evidence for these claims are weak and further characterization should be performed to: 

      (1) Show that they are actually activating the oncogene in a single cell (the magnification is too low and it is difficult to distinguish a single nucleus, labelling of the cell membrane may help to demonstrate that they are effectively activating the oncogene in, or transplanting, a single cell)  

      In the revised manuscript we provide larger magnification of the initial induced cell and show examples of oncogene activation in more than one cell. 

      (2) The expression of the genes used as markers of tumorigenesis is performed in whole larvae, with only a few transformed cells in them. Changes should be confirmed in FACS sorted fluorescent cells  

      When the oncogene is activated in a whole larvae all cells are fluorescent and thus FACS  is of no use for cell sorting. Sorting could be done in larvae where single cells are activated , but then the efficiency of FACS is not good enough to isolate the few fluorescent cells among the many more non-fluorescent ones. We agree that the expression change of the genes used as markers of tumorigenesis is an underestimate of their true change, but our goal at this time is not to precisely measure the change in expression level, but to show that the pattern of change was different from the controls and corresponded to what is expected in tumorigenesis.

      (3) The histology of the so called "tumor masses" is not showing malignant transformation, but at the most just hyperplasia. 

      The histology of the hyperplasic tissues show cellular proliferation with a higher density of nuclear material which is characteristic of tumors, Fig.S4C. Besides the increased expression of pERK in these tissues, Fig.S4A,B is also a hallmark of cancer. 

      In the brain, the sections are not perfectly symmetrical and the increase of cellularity on one side of the optic tectum is compatible with this asymmetry. 

      The expected T-shape formed by the sections of the tegmentum and hypothalamus are compatible with the symmetric sections shown in Fg.2D. The asymmetry in the optic tectum is a result of the hyperplasic growth.

      (4) The number of fluorescent cells found dispersed in the larvae transplanted with one single TIC after 48 hours will require a very fast cell cycle to generate over 50 cells. Do we have an idea of the cell cycle features of the transplanted TICs? 

      As answered above, the transplanted larvae are shown at 3dpt. With a cell cycle of about 10h, a single cell can give rise to about 100 cells in that time lapse.  

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      This paper describes a genetically tractable and modifiable system …which could be used to study an array of combinations and temporal relationships of these cancer drivers/modifiers. 

      We thank this referee for its positive comments. We would also like to point out that our approach provides for the first quantitative means to estimate the probability of tumorigenesis from a single cell, an estimate which is crucial in any assessment of cancer malignancy and the effectiveness of prophylactics. 

      Weaknesses: 

      There is minimal quantitation of … the efficiency of activation of the Ras-TFP fusion (Fig 1) in, purportedly, a single cell. …, such information seems essential.  

      We have added more images of induction of a single (or a few cells) and a plot where the probability of RAS activation in one or a few cells is specified. 

      The authors indicate that a single cell is "initiated" (Fig 2) using the laser optogenetic technique, but without definitive genetic lineage tracing, it is not possible to conclude that cells expressing TFP distant from the target site near the ear are daughter cells of the claimed single "initiated" cell. A plausible alternative explanation is 1) that the optogenetic targeting is more diffuse (i.e. some of the light of the appropriate wavelength hits other cells nearby due to reflection/diffraction), so these adjacent cells are additional independent "initiated" cells or 2) that the uncaged tamoxifen analogue can diffuse to nearby cells and allow for CreER activation and recombination.  

      We have addressed this point in our general comments to the reviewers’ remarks. The possibilities mentioned by this reviewer would result in cells expressing TFP in absence of VentX activation, which is NOT the case. Cells expressing TFP away from the initial site are observed DAYS after activation of the oncogene (and TFP) in a single cell and ONLY upon activation of VentX.

      In Fig 2B, the claim is made that "the activated cell has divided, giving rise to two cells" - unless continuously imaged or genetically traced, this is unproven. 

      We have addressed this remark previously. Tracking of larvae over many days is not possible with the usual protocol using tricaine to immobilize the larvae. Nonetheless, in the revised version we present images of an embryo imaged at various times post activation (1hpi, 3dpi, 7dpi) where proliferation and metastasis of the cells can be observed. We are pursuing other alternatives for time-lapse microscopy over many days, since besides convincing the sceptics, a single cell tracking experiment (possibly coupled with in-situ spatial transcriptomics) will shed a new and fascinating light on the initial stages of tumor growth. 

      In addition, it appears that Figures S3 and S4 are showing that hyperplasia can arise in many different tissues (including intestine, pancreas, and liver, S4C) with broad Ras + Ventx activation …. This should be clarified in the manuscript). 

      This is true and has been clarified in the new version. 

      In Fig S7 where single cell activation and potential metastasis is discussed, similar gut tissues have TFP+ cells that are called metastatic, but this seems consistent with the possibility that multiple independent sites of initiation are occurring even when focal activation is attempted. 

      As mentioned previously this is ruled out by the fact that these cells are observed days after cyclofen uncaging (and TFP activation) and IF AND ONLY IF VentX was activated during the first dpi.

      Although the hyperplastic cells are transplantable (Fig 4), the use of the term "cells of origin of cancer" or metastatic cells should be viewed with care in the experiments showing TFP+ cells (Fig 1, 2, 3) in embryos with targeted activation for the reasons noted above.  

      The purpose of this transplantation experiment was to show that cell in which both kRas and VentX have been activated possess the capacity to metastasize and develop a tumor mass when transplanted in a naïve zebrafish. This -  to the best of our knowledge  - is the operational definition of a malignant tumor. Notice also that transplantation of kRAS only activated cells (i.e. without subsequent activation of VentX) does NOT yield tumors, rather the transplanted cell disappears after a few days, see Fig.S10. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      This study employs an optogenetics approach … to examine tumorigenesis probabilities under altered tissue environments.  

      We thank this reviewer for this remark, since we believe that the probability to assess the probability of tumorigenesis from a single cell is probably the most significant contribution of this work.

      Weaknesses: 

      Lack of Methodological Clarity: The manuscript lacks detailed descriptions of methodologies, 

      We have included additional detail of our methodology and statistical analyses in the revised manuscript.

      Sub-optimal Data Presentation and Quality:  

      Lack of quantitative data and control condition data obtained from images of higher magnification limits the ability to robustly support the conclusions.  

      We have included more images at higher magnification and quantitative data to support the main report of targeted single cell induction. 

      Here are some details:  

      Authors might want to provide more evidence to support their claim on the single cell KRAS activation.  

      More images and a data on activation of single or few cells in the illumination field are provided as well as statistical analysis of  cell induction.  

      Stability of cCYC: The manuscript does not provide information on the half-life and stability of cCYC. Understanding these properties is crucial for evaluating the system's reliability and the likelihood of leakiness, which could significantly influence the study's outcomes. 

      We have been using the cCyc system for about 14 years. We refer the reader to our previous papers and reviews on this methodology. Briefly, cCyc is stable when not illuminated with light around 375nm. Typically, we incubate our embryos in the dark for about 1h before washing, transferring them into E3 medium and illuminating them. Assessing the leakiness of the system is easy as expression of a fluorescent marker is permanently turned on. We have observed none in the conditions of our experiment or in previous works.

      Metastatic Dissemination claim: However, the absence of a supportive cellular compartment within the fin-fold tissue makes the presence of mTFP-positive metastatic cells there particularly puzzling. This distribution raises concerns about the spatial specificity of the optogenetic activation protocol … The unexpected locations of these signals suggest potential ectopic activation of the KRAS oncogene, 

      We have addressed this remark in the introduction and above. Specifically, metastatic and proliferative mTFP-positive cells are observed IF AND ONLY IF VentX is also activated concomitant with activation of kRAS in a single cell. No proliferative cells are observed in absence of VentX activation, or in presence of VentX or Dex alone, or if kRAS has not been activated by cyclofen uncaging. 

      Image Resolution Concerns: The cells depicted in Figure 3C β, which appear to be near the surface of the yolk sac and not within the digestive system as suggested in the MS, underscore the necessity for higher-resolution imaging. Without clearer images, it is challenging to ascertain the exact locations and states of these cells, thus complicating the assessment of experimental results. 

      Better images are provided in the revised version.

      The cell transplantation experiment is lacking protocol details:

      Details are provided. We have followed regular protocols for transplantation:  S.Nicoli and M.Presta, Nat.Prot. 2,2918 (2007). 

      If the cells are obtained from whole larvae with induced RAS + VX expression, it is notable and somewhat surprising that the larvae survived up to six days post-induction (6dpi) before cells were harvested for transplantation. This survival rate and the subsequent ability to obtain single cell suspensions raise questions about the heterogeneity of the RAS + VX expressing cells that transplanted. 

      From Fig.S4D, about 50% of the embryos survive at 6dpi. Though an interesting question by itself we have not (yet) addressed the important issue of the heterogeneity of the outgrowth obtained from a single cell. Our purpose here was just to show that cells in which both kRAS and VentX have been activated possess the capacity to metastasize and develop a tumor mass when transplanted in a naïve zebrafish. This -  to the best of our knowledge  - is the operational definition of a malignant tumor.

      Unclear Experimental Conditions in Figure S3B: …It is not specified whether the activation of KRAS was targeted to specific cells or involved whole-body exposure. 

      This was whole body (global) illumination and is specified in the revised version.

      Contrasting Data in Figure S3C compared to literature: The graph in Figure S3C indicates that KRAS or KRAS + DEX induction did not result in any form of hyperplastic growth. The authors should provide detailed descriptions of the conditions under which the experiments were conducted in Figure S3B and clarifying the reasons for the discrepancies observed in Figure S3C are crucial. The authors should discuss potential reasons for the deviation from previous reports. 

      This discrepancy is discussed in the revised version. First the previous reports consider the development of tumors within 3-4 weeks which we have not studied in detail. Second, the expression of the oncogene in these reports might be stronger than in ours. Third, the stochastic and random appearance of tumors in these reports suggest that some other mechanism (transient stress-induced reprogramming?) might have activated the oncogene in the initial cell. 

      Further comments: 

      Throughout the study, KRAS-activated cell expansion and metastasis are two key phenotypes discussed that Ventx is promoting. However, the authors did not perform any experiments to directly show that KRAS+ cells proliferate only in Ventx-activated conditions.  

      Yes, we did. See Fig. S1 and compare with Fig.S3B, or Fig.S10A in comparison with Fig.2A,B.

      The authors also did not show any morphological features or time-lapse videos demonstrating that KRAS+ cells are motile, even though zebrafish is an excellent model for in vivo live imaging. This seems to be a missed opportunity for providing convincing evidence to support the authors' conclusions.  

      Performing time-lapse microscopy on larvae over many (4-5) days is not possible with the regular tricaine protocol for immobilization. We are definitely planning such experiments, but they will require some other protocol, perhaps using bungarotoxin or some optogenetic inhibitory channels.

      There were minimal experimental details provided for the qPCR data presented in the supplementary figures S5 and S6, therefore, it is hard to evaluate result obtained. 

      More details are given in the revised version.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Abstract: what is the definition of tumors that they are using? I never heard of a full-blown tumor that develops in less than 6 days from a single cell!  

      This is indeed surprising! We are using an operational definition of a tumor: if cells from an hyperplasic tissue can metastasize and outgrow when transplanted in a naïve zebrafish, then it is a tumor. 

      Introduction: The claim that this is the first report of the induction of oncogene expression in a single cell in zebrafish is wrong as there are other reports (PMID: 27810924, PMID: 30061297) 

      These other approaches are invasive (electroporation and transplantation). We have added non-invasive in the revised version. 

      Figure 2: The quality of these images is too low to visualize the infiltration that they talk about, the sections are not perfectly coronal and the asymmetric distribution of cells may be confused with an infiltration. 

      We have addressed this question above. 

      Results, page 5: how do we know that these are metastatic cells? there could have been spurious activation in other locations, you need to prove that these cells moved from one place to the other and that they are of the same cell type as the primary tumor  

      We have addressed this question extensively in the introduction and in our answers to the reviewers. We have also added a figure showing cell proliferation in the same embryos at various time post induction. Time-lapse microscopy studies of tumor initiation and growth over many days are planned, but will be the subject of an other paper.

      Figure 3: not clear why they did not use anaesthetic or mounting media to take pictures of the transplanted fish  

      We tried to minimally stress the larvae that are already in a perilous condition…

      Results, page 6: Not clear why the authors used KRAS v12 as an oncogene and uncaged its expression in the brain, as KRAS is not a common oncogene for brain tumors. 

      There are reports of kRASG12V tumors in zebrafish brain (doi: 10.1186/s12943-015-0288-2)

      It is not clear what is the mechanism of Ventx -driven oncogenesis? What changes in gene expression, cell function etc are induced by Ventx in the cells that express KRASv12? The qPCR analysis performed is done on whole larvae and an analysis on single TICs and their progeny should be done following FACS sorting of fluorescent cells.  

      FACS sorting of a single TIC (and its progeny) among many thousand cells in the embryo is not possible. The analysis on whole larvae provides an underestimate of the changes in gene expression following activation of kRAS and VentX.  We are looking for spatial transcriptomics as a better approach of the changes in gene expression induced in single TICs and their progeny, but that is beyond the scope of this paper. 

      Nuclear staining is necessary to make sure that only 1 cell was transplanted. How is it possible that we get more than 50 cells from a single transplanted cell in less than 48 hours? What is the length of the cell cycle of these transformed cells? 

      Nuclear staining is not necessary as the transplanted cell is fluorescent. Thus we can see how many cells are transplanted. With a cell-cycle of about 10h in 3dpt, a single cell will have generated as many as 100 cells. 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Minor grammatical change - hyperplasic more commonly called hyperplastic. 

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Provide Detailed Methodologies: Clearly describe all experimental protocols used, particularly those for cell transplantation and photo-activation techniques. Detailed protocols will aid in replicating your findings and enhancing the manuscript's credibility.  

      Done.

      Provide High-Resolution Imaging data: To substantiate the claims about cell location and behaviour, provide high-resolution images where individual cells and their specific tissue contexts are clearly visible. 

      Greater magnification images provided.

      Quantitative Data: Incorporate quantitative analyses to strengthen the findings, particularly in experiments where cell proliferation and activation are key outcomes. 

      Done.

      Verify Single Cell Activation: Offer additional evidence or experimental validation to support the claim that KRASG12V activation is confined to single cells, considering the limitations mentioned about the photo-activation setup. 

      Discussion, figures and statistical analysis added in manuscript.

      Discuss Stability and Leakage of cCYC: Provide data on the stability and half-life of cCYC to assess the likelihood of system leakiness, which could influence the interpretation of your results.  

      Reference to our previous papers and reviews added.

      Clarify Metastatic Claims: Discuss the unexpected presence of mTFP-positive cells in nontraditional metastatic sites, like the fin fold, and consider additional experiments to verify whether these are cases of ectopic activation or true metastasis.

      Discussion added in manuscript

      Utilize time-lapse live imaging to visually document the motility and behaviour of KRAS+ cells over time, leveraging the strengths of the zebrafish model. 

      Definitely interesting, but non trivial to conduct over many days and subject for a future paper.

      Address Discrepancies in KRAS Activation Effects from literature: Specifically, discuss why your findings on KRAS-induced hyperplasia differ from existing literature. Consider whether experimental conditions or KRAS expression levels might have contributed to these differences.  

      Discussion added in revised version

    1. Substitute

      That is a method of pain.

      It is better just to know that 1. if \(F\left(x\right)=m\ddot{x}\left(t\right)=-kx\), then \(x\left(t\right)\) is sinusoidal in time, \(x\left(t\right)=A\sin\left(\omega t\right)\) or \(A\cos\left(\omega t\right)\) 2. alternatively, if \(U\left(x\right)=\tfrac{1}{2}kx^2\text{ then }F\left(x\right)=-\frac{d}{dx}U\left(x\right)=-kx\), so \(x\left(t\right)\) is sinusoidal etc.

      Then go from there.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      When different groups (populations, species) are presented with similar environmental pressures, how similar are the ultimate targets (genes, pathways)? This study sought to illuminate this broader question via experimental evolution in D. simulans and quantifying gene-expression changes, specifically in the context of standing genetic variation (and not de novo mutation). Ultimately, the authors showed pleiotropy and standing-genetic variation play a significant role in the "predictability" of evolution.

      The results of this manuscript look at the interplay between pleiotropy, standing genetic variation and parallelism (i.e. predictability of evolution) in gene expression. Ultimately, their results suggest that (a) pleiotropic genes typically have a smaller range in variation/expression, and (b) adaptation to similar environments tends to favor changes in pleiotropic genes, which leads to parallelism in mechanisms (though not dramatically). However, it is still uncertain how much parallelism is directly due to pleiotropy, instead of a complex interplay between them and ancestral variation.

      Yes, the reviewer is correct that our results for the direct effects of pleiotropy were not consistent for both measures of pleiotropy. We highlight this in the discussion:” Only tissue specificity had a significant direct effect, which was even larger than the indirect effect (Table 2). No significant direct effect was found for network connectivity. The discrepancy between the two measures of pleiotropy is particularly interesting given their significant correlation (Supplementary Figure 1). This suggests that both measures capture aspects of pleiotropy that differ in their biological implications.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Lai and collaborators use a previously published RNAseq dataset derived from an experimental evolution set up to compare the pleiotropic properties of genes which expression evolved in response to fluctuating temperature for over 100 generations. The authors correlate gene pleiotropy with the degree of parallelisms in the experimental evolution set up to ask: are genes that evolved in multiple replicates more or less pleiotropic?

      They find that, maybe counter to expectation, highly pleiotropic genes show more replicated evolution. And such effect seems to be driven by direct effects (which the authors can only speculate on) and indirect effect through low variance in pleiotropic genes (which the authors indirectly link to genetic variation underlying gene expression variance).

      Weaknesses:

      The results offer new insights into the evolution of gene expression and into the parameters that constrain such evolution, i.e., pleiotropy. Although the conclusions are supported by the data, I find the interpretation of the results a little bit complicated.

      We are very happy to read that the reviewer finds our conclusions to be supported by the data.

      Major comment:

      The major point I ask the authors to address is whether the connection between polygenic adaptation and parallelism can indeed be used to interpret gene expression parallelism. If the answer is not, please rephrase the introduction and discussion, if the answer is yes, please make it explicit in the text why it is so.

      Yes, we think that gene expression parallelism can be explained by polygenic adaptation.

      The authors argument: parallelism in gene expression is the same as parallelism in SNP allele frequency (AFC) (see L389-383 here they don't mention that this explanation is derived from SNP parallelism and not trait parallelism, and see Fig1 b). In previous publications the authors have explained the low level of AFC parallelism using a polygenic argument. Polygenic traits can reach a new trait optimum via multiple SNPs and therefore although the trait is parallel across replicates, the SNPs are not necessarily so.

      In the current paper, they seem to be exchanging SNP AFC by gene expression, and to me, those are two levels that cannot be interchanged. Gene expression is a trait, not a SNP, and therefore the fact that a gene expression doesn't replicate cannot be explained by polygenic basis, because again the trait is gene expression itself. And, actually the results of the simulations show that high polygenicity = less trait parallelism (Fig4).

      We agree with the reviewer that it is important to consider different hierarchies when talking about the implications of polygenic adaptation. The lowest hierarchical level is SNP variation and the highest level is fitness. In-between these extreme hierarchical levels is gene expression. While gene expression is a trait itself, as correctly pointed out by the reviewer, it is possible that selection is not favoring a specific trait value, because selection targets a trait on a higher hierarchical level. This implies that not only SNPs, but also intermediate traits such as gene expression can exhibit redundancy. Considering a simple example of one selected trait (e.g. body size), which is affected by the expression level of two genes A and B, each regulated by SNP A1, A2 and B1, B2. It is now possible to modulate the focal trait by allele frequency changes of A1, which in turn will only affect gene A. Alternatively, SNP B2 may change, modifying the expression of gene B, leading to the same change in body size. Hence, we could have redundancy both at the SNP level as well as on the gene expression level (although higher redundancy is expected on the SNP level). Most importantly, this redundancy at intermediate hierarchical levels is not pure theory, but it is supported by empirical evidence. We have shown that redundancy exists not only for gene expression (10.1111/mec.16274) but also for metabolite concentrations (10.1093/gbe/evad098).

      Now, if the authors focus on high parallel genes (present in e.g. 7 or more replicates) and they show that the eQTLs for those genes are many (highly polygenic) and the AFC of those eQTL are not parallel, then I would agree with the interpretation. But, given that here they just assess gene expression and not eQTL AFC, I do not think they can use the 'highly polygenic = low parallelism' explanation.

      This is clearly an interesting proposed research project, but we doubt that it would result in the expected outcome. Since most of the adaptive gene expression changes are not having a simple genetic basis (10.1093/gbe/evae077) and most expression variation is determined by trans-regulatory effects (10.1038/s41576-020-00304-w), eQTL mapping will most likely not identify all contributing loci. Large effect loci are more easily identified, but they are also expected to be more parallel.

      The interpretation of the results to me, should be limited to: genes with low variance and high pleiotropy tend to be more parallel, and the explanation might be synergistic pleiotropy.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion, but prefer to stick to our interpretation of the data.

      Comments on revisions: The authors didn't really address any of the comments made by any of the reviewers - basically nothing was changed in the main text. Therefore, I leave my original review unchanged.

      We modestly disagree, in our point to point reply, we respond to all reviewers’ comments. Since, we did not identify any major problem in our manuscript, we only modified the wording in some parts where we felt that a clarification could resolve the misunderstanding of the reviewers. In response to the reviewers’ comments, we added a new paragraph in the discussion and generated a new figure.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors aim to understand how gene pleiotropy affects parallel evolutionary changes among independent replicates of adaptation to a new hot environment of a set of experimental lines of Drosophila simulans using experimental evolution. The flies were RNAsequenced after more than 100 generations of lab adaptation and the changes in average gene expression were obtained relative to ancestral expression levels from reconstructed ancestral lines. Parallelism of gene expression change among lines is evaluated as variance in differential gene expression among lines relative to error variance. Similarly, the authors ask how the standing variation in gene expression estimated from a handful of flies from a reconstructed outbred line affects parallelism. The main findings are that parallelism in gene expression responses is positively associated with pleiotropy and negatively associated with expression variation. Those results are in contradiction with theoretical predictions and empirical findings. To explain those seemingly contradictory results the authors invoke the role of synergistic pleiotropy and correlated selection, although they do not attempt to measure either.

      Strengths:

      The study uses highly replicated outbred laboratory lines of Drosophila simulans evolved in the lab under constant hot regime for over 100 generations. This allows for robust comparisons of evolutionary responses among lines.

      The manuscript is well written and the hypotheses are clearly delineated at the onset.

      The authors have run a causal analysis to understand the causal dependencies between pleiotropy and expression variation on parallelism.

      The use of whole-body RNA extraction to study gene expression variation is well justified.

      Weaknesses:

      The accuracy of the estimate of ancestral phenotypic variation in gene expression is likely low because estimated from a small sample of 20 males from a reconstructed outbred line. It might not constitute a robust estimate of the genetic variation of the evolved lines under study.

      We agree with the reviewer that variation estimates based on 20 samples are not very precise. Nevertheless, we demonstrated that the estimated variance in gene expression was highly correlated between two independent samples from the same ancestral population. Furthermore, we identified a significant correlation of expression variance with evolutionary parallelism. In other words, the biological signal has been sufficiently strong despite the variance estimate has been noisy.

      There are no estimates of the standing genetic variation of expression levels of the genes under study, only estimates of their phenotypic variation. I wished the authors had been clear about that limitation and had refrained from equating phenotypic variation in expression level with standing genetic variation.

      The reviewer is right that we did not estimate genetic variation of gene expression, but use expression variation as a proxy for the standing genetic variation. There are two potential problems with this approach. First, a large expression variation could be caused by a single large effect variant segregating at intermediate frequency. Such large effect variants will exhibit a highly parallel selection response-contrary to our empirical results. Since we have shown previously (10.1093/gbe/evae077) that adaptive gene expression changes are mostly polygenic we do not consider this extreme scenario to be very relevant in our study. Rather, we would like to emphasize that neither a SNP analysis of the 5’ region nor an eQTL study will provide an unbiased estimator of genetic variation of gene expression. The second problem arises if gene expression noise differs among genes, hence more noisy genes will appear to have more standing genetic variation than genes with less noise. Since, we average across many different cells and cell types, gene expression noise is expected to be levelled out- this aspect is discussed in detail in the manuscript.

      In other words, despite these two potential limitations, we consider our approach superior to alternative approaches of estimating genetic variation in gene expression.

      Moreover, since the phenotype studied is gene expression, its genetic basis extends beyond expressed sequences. The phenotypic variation of a gene's expression may thus likely misrepresent the genetic variation available for its evolution. The authors do not present evidence that sequence variation correlates with expression variation.

      Gene expression is determined by the joint effects of cis-regulatory and trans-regulatory variation. Hence, recombination can create more extreme phenotypes than the one of the parental lines (in quantitative genetics this is called transgressive segregation). It is unclear to what extent this constitutes a problem for our analyses. Nevertheless, we would like to point out that eQTL mapping will miss many trans-acting variants and therefore we doubt that the requested empirical evidence for correlation between genetic variation (estimated by eQTL mapping) and observed expression variation is as straight forward as suggested by the reviewer.

      Nevertheless, we reference an empirical study, which showed a positive correlation between expression variation and cis-regulatory variation.

      The authors have not attempted to estimate synergistic pleiotropy among genes, nor how selection acts on gene expression modules. It makes their conclusion regarding the role of synergistic pleiotropy rather speculative.

      The reviewer is correct that we did not demonstrate synergistic pleiotropy, but we discuss this as a possible explanation for the observed direct effects of pleiotropy.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The results of this manuscript look at the interplay between pleiotropy, standing genetic variation, and parallelism (i.e. predictability of evolution) in gene expression. Ultimately, their results suggest that (a) pleiotropic genes typically have a smaller range in variation/expression, and (b) adaptation to similar environments tends to favor changes in pleiotropic genes, which leads to parallelism in mechanisms (though not dramatically). However, it is still uncertain how much parallelism is directly due to pleiotropy, instead of a complex interplay between them and ancestral variation.

      I have a few things that I was uncertain about. It may be these things are easily answered but require more discussion or clarity in the manuscript.

      (1) The variation being talked about in this manuscript is expression levels, and not SNPs within coding regions (or elsewhere). The cause of any specific gene having a change in expression can obviously be varied - transcription factors, repressors, promoter region variation, etc. Is this taken into account within the "network connectivity" measurement? I understand the network connectivity is a proxy for pleiotropy - what I'm asking is, conceptually, what can be said about how/why those highly pleiotropic genes have a change (or not) in expression. This might be a question for another project/paper, but it feels like a next step worth mentioning somewhere.

      In current study, we are only able to detect significant and repeatable expression changes but unable to identify the underlying causal variants. An eQTL study in the founder population in combination with genomic resequencing for both evolved and ancestral populations would be required to address this question.

      (2) The authors do have a passing statement in line 361 about cis-regulatory regions. Is the assumption that genetic variation in promoter regions is the ultimate "mechanism" driving any change in expression? In the same vein, the authors bring up a potential confounding factor, though they dismiss it based on a specific citation (lines 476-481; citation 65). I'm of the mindset that in order to more confidently disregard this "issue" based on previous evidence, it requires more than one citation. Especially since the one citation is a plant. That specific point jumps out to me as needing a more careful rebuttal.

      It was not our intention to claim that the expression changes in our experiment are caused by cis-regulatory variation only. We believe that the observed expression variation has both cis- and trans-genetic components, where as some studies tend to estimate much higher cisvariation for gene expression in Drosophila populations (e.g. [1, 2]). We mentioned the positive correlation between cis-regulatory polymorphism and expression variation to (1) highlight the genetic control of gene expression and (2) make the connection between polygenic adaptation and gene expression evolutionary parallelism.

      (3) I feel like there isn't enough exploration of tissue specificity versus network connectivity. Tissue specificity was best explained by a model in which pleiotropy had both direct and indirect effects on parallelism; while network connectivity was best explained (by a small margin) via the model which was mostly pleiotropy having a direct effect on ancestral variation, that then had a direct effect on parallelism. When the strengths of either direct/indirect effects were quantified, tissue specificity showed a stronger direct effect, while network connectivity had none (i.e. not significant). My confusion is with the last point - if network connectivity is explained by a direct effect in the best-supported model, how does this work, since the direct effect isn't significant? Perhaps I am misunderstanding something.

      To clarify, for network connectivity, there’s a significant “indirect” effect on parallelism (i.e. network connectivity affect ancestral gene expression and ancestral gene expression affect parallelism). Hence, in table 2, the direct effect of network connectivity on parallelism is weak and not significant while the indirect effect via ancestral variation is significant.

      Also, network connectivity might favor the most pleiotropic genes being transcription factor hubs (or master regulators for various homeostasis pathways); while the tissue specificity metric perhaps is a kind of a space/time element. I get that a gene having expression across multiple tissues does fit the definition of pleiotropy in the broad sense, but I'm wondering if some important details are getting lost - I'm just thinking about the relative importance of what tissue specificity measurements say versus the network connectivity measurement.

      We examined the statistical relationship between the two measures and found a moderate positive correlation on the basis of which we argued that the two measures may capture different aspects of pleiotropy. We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestions about the biological basis of the two estimates of pleiotropy, but we think that without further experimental insights, an extended discussion of this topic is too premature to provide meaningful insights to the readership.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Lai and collaborators use a previously published RNAseq dataset derived from an experimental evolution set up to compare the pleiotropic properties of genes whose expression evolved in response to fluctuating temperature for over 100 generations. The authors correlate gene pleiotropy with the degree of parallelisms in the experimental evolution set up to ask: are genes that evolved in multiple replicates more or less pleiotropic?

      They find that, maybe counter to expectation, highly pleiotropic genes show more replicated evolution. Such an effect seems to be driven by direct effects (which the authors can only speculate on) and indirect effects through low variance in pleiotropic genes (which the authors indirectly link to genetic variation underlying gene expression variance).

      Weaknesses:

      The results offer new insights into the evolution of gene expression and into the parameters that constrain such evolution, i.e., pleiotropy. Although the conclusions are supported by the data, I find the interpretation of the results a little bit complicated.

      Major comment:

      The major point I ask the authors to address is whether the connection between polygenic adaptation and parallelism can indeed be used to interpret gene expression parallelism. If the answer is not, please rephrase the introduction and discussion, if the answer is yes, please make it explicit in the text why it is so.

      Our answer is yes, we interpreted gene expression parallelism (high ancestral variance -> less parallelism) using the same framework that links polygenic adaptation and parallelism (high polygenicity = less trait parallelism). We believe that our response covers several of the reviewer’s concerns.

      The authors' argument: parallelism in gene expression is the same as parallelism in SNP allele frequency (AFC) (see L389-383 here they don't mention that this explanation is derived from SNP parallelism and not trait parallelism, and see Figure 1 b). In previous publications, the authors have explained the low level of AFC parallelism using a polygenic argument. Polygenic traits can reach a new trait optimum via multiple SNPs and therefore although the trait is parallel across replicates, the SNPs are not necessarily so.

      Importantly, our rationale is based on the idea that gene expression is rarely the direct target of selection, but rather an intermediate trait [3]. Recently, we have specifically tested this assumption for gene expression and metabolite concentrations and our analysis showed that both traits were are redundant [4], as previously shown for DNA sequences [5]. The important implication for this manuscript is that gene expression is also redundant, so that adaptation can be achieved by distinct changes in gene expression in replicate populations adapting to the same selection pressure. This implies that we can use the same simulation framework for gene expression as for sequencing data. In our case different SNP frequencies correspond to different expression levels (averaged across individuals from a population), which in turn increases fitness by modifying the selected trait. Importantly, the selected trait in our simulations is not gene expression, but a not defined high level phenotype. A key insight from our simulations is that with increasing polygenicity the expression of a gene is more variable in the ancestral population.

      In the current paper, they seem to be exchanging SNP AFC by gene expression, and to me, those are two levels that cannot be interchanged. Gene expression is a trait, not an SNP, and therefore the fact that a gene expression doesn't replicate cannot be explained by a polygenic basis, because again the trait is gene expression itself. And, actually, the results of the simulations show that high polygenicity = less trait parallelism (Figure 4).

      As detailed above, because adaptation can be reached by changes in gene expression at different sets of genes, redundancy is also operating on the expression level not just on the level of SNPs. To clarify, the x-axis of Fig. 4 is the expression variation in the ancestral population.

      Now, if the authors focus on high parallel genes (present in e.g. 7 or more replicates) and they show that the eQTLs for those genes are many (highly polygenic) and the AFC of those eQTLs are not parallel, then I would agree with the interpretation. But, given that here they just assess gene expression and not eQTL AFC, I do not think they can use the 'highly polygenic = low parallelism' explanation.

      The interpretation of the results to me, should be limited to: genes with low variance and high pleiotropy tend to be more parallel, and the explanation might be synergistic pleiotropy.

      While we understand the desire to model the full hierarchy from eQTLs to gene expression and adaptive traits, we raise caution that this would be a very challenging task. eQTLs very often underestimate the contribution of trans-acting factors, hence the understanding of gene expression evolution based on eQTLs is very likely incomplete and cannot explain the redundancy of gene expression during adaptation. Hence, we think that the focus on redundant gene expression is conceptually simpler and thus allows us to address the question of pleiotropy without the incorporation of allele frequency changes.  

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors aim to understand how gene pleiotropy affects parallel evolutionary changes among independent replicates of adaptation to a new hot environment of a set of experimental lines of Drosophila simulans using experimental evolution. The flies were RNAsequenced after more than 100 generations of lab adaptation and the changes in average gene expression were obtained relative to ancestral expression levels from reconstructed ancestral lines. Parallelism of gene expression change among lines is evaluated as variance in differential gene expression among lines relative to error variance. Similarly, the authors ask how the standing variation in gene expression estimated from a handful of flies from a reconstructed outbred line affects parallelism. The main findings are that parallelism in gene expression responses is positively associated with pleiotropy and negatively associated with expression variation. Those results are in contradiction with theoretical predictions and empirical findings. To explain those seemingly contradictory results the authors invoke the role of synergistic pleiotropy and correlated selection, although they do not attempt to measure either.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study uses highly replicated outbred laboratory lines of Drosophila simulans evolved in the lab under a constant hot regime for over 100 generations. This allows for robust comparisons of evolutionary responses among lines.

      (2) The manuscript is well written and the hypotheses are clearly delineated at the onset.

      (3) The authors have run a causal analysis to understand the causal dependencies between pleiotropy and expression variation on parallelism.

      (4) The use of whole-body RNA extraction to study gene expression variation is well justified.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It is unclear how well phenotypic variation in gene expression of the evolved lines has been estimated by the sample of 20 males from a reconstructed outbred line not directly linked to the evolved lines under study. I see this as a general weakness of the experimental design.

      Our intention was not to measure the phenotypic variance of the evolved lines, but rather to estimate the phenotypic variance at the beginning of the experiment. Hence, we measured and investigated the variation of gene expression in the ancestral population since this was the beginning of the replicated experimental evolution. Furthermore, since the ancestral population represents the natural population in Florida, the gene expression variation reflects the history of selection history acting on it.

      (2) There are no estimates of standing genetic variation of expression levels of the genes under study, only phenotypic variation. I wished the authors had been clear about that limitation and had discussed the consequences of the analysis. This also constitutes a weakness of the study.

      The reviewer is correct that we do not aim to estimate the standing genetic variation, which is responsible for differences in gene expression. While we agree that it could be an interesting research question to use eQTL mapping to identify the genetic basis of gene expression, we caution that trans-effects are difficult to estimate and therefore an important component of gene expression evolution will be difficult to estimate. Hence, we consider that our focus on variation in gene expression without explicit information about the genetic basis is simpler and sufficient to address the question about the role of pleiotropy.

      (3) Moreover, since the phenotype studied is gene expression, its genetic basis extends beyond expressed sequences. The phenotypic variation of a gene's expression may thus likely misrepresent the genetic variation available for its evolution. The genetic variation of gene expression phenotypes could be estimated from a cross or pedigree information but since individuals were pool-sequenced (by batches of 50 males), this type of analysis is not possible in this study.

      We agree with the reviewer that gene expression variation may also have a non-genetic basis, we discuss this in depth in the discussion of the manuscript.  

      (4) The authors have not attempted to estimate synergistic pleiotropy among genes, nor how selection acts on gene expression modules. It makes any conclusion regarding the role of synergistic pleiotropy highly speculative.

      We mentioned synergistic pleiotropy as a possible explanation for our results. A positive correlation between the fitness effect of gene expression variation would predict more replicable evolutionary changes. A similar argument has been made by [6]. 

      I don't understand the reason why the analysis would be restricted to significantly differentially expressed genes only. It is then unclear whether pleiotropy, parallelism, and expression variation do play a role in adaptation because the two groups of adaptive and non-adaptive genes have not been compared. I recommend performing those comparisons to help us better understand how "adaptive" genes differentially contribute to adaptation relative to "nonadaptive" genes relative to their difference in population and genetic properties.

      We agree with the reviewer that the comparison between the pleiotropy of adaptive and nonadaptive genes is interesting. We performed the analysis but omitted from the current manuscript for simplicity. Similar to the results in [6], non-adaptive genes are more pleiotropic than the adaptive genes. For adaptive genes we find a positive correlation between the level of pleiotropy and evolutionary parallelism. Thus, high pleiotropy limits the evolvability of a gene, but moderate and potentially synergistic pleiotropy increases the repeatability of adaptive evolution. We included this result in the revised manuscript and discuss it.

      There is a lack of theoretical groundings on the role of so-called synergistic pleiotropy for parallel genetic evolution. The Discussion does not address this particular prediction. It could be removed from the Introduction.

      We modestly disagree with the reviewer, synergistic pleiotropy is covered by theory and empirical results also support the importance of synergistic pleiotropy. 

      References

      (1) Genissel A, McIntyre LM, Wayne ML, Nuzhdin SV. Cis and trans regulatory effects contribute to natural variation in transcriptome of Drosophila melanogaster. Molecular biology and evolution. 2008;25(1):101-10. Epub 20071112. doi: 10.1093/molbev/msm247. PubMed PMID: 17998255.

      (2) Osada N, Miyagi R, Takahashi A. Cis- and Trans-regulatory Effects on Gene Expression in a Natural Population of Drosophila melanogaster. Genetics. 2017;206(4):2139-48. Epub 20170614. doi: 10.1534/genetics.117.201459. PubMed PMID: 28615283; PubMed Central PMCID: PMCPMC5560811.

      (3) Barghi N, Hermisson J, Schlötterer C. Polygenic adaptation: a unifying framework to understand positive selection. Nature reviews Genetics. 2020;21(12):769-81. Epub 2020/07/01. doi: 10.1038/s41576-020-0250-z. PubMed PMID: 32601318.

      (4) Lai WY, Otte KA, Schlötterer C. Evolution of Metabolome and Transcriptome Supports a Hierarchical Organization of Adaptive Traits. Genome biology and evolution. 2023;15(6). Epub 2023/05/26. doi: 10.1093/gbe/evad098. PubMed PMID: 37232360; PubMed Central PMCID: PMCPMC10246829.

      (5) Barghi N, Tobler R, Nolte V, Jaksic AM, Mallard F, Otte KA, et al. Genetic redundancy fuels polygenic adaptation in Drosophila. PLoS biology. 2019;17(2):e3000128. Epub 2019/02/05. doi: 10.1371/journal.pbio.3000128. PubMed PMID: 30716062.

      (6) Rennison DJ, Peichel CL. Pleiotropy facilitates parallel adaptation in sticklebacks. Molecular ecology. 2022;31(5):1476-86. Epub 2022/01/09. doi: 10.1111/mec.16335. PubMed PMID: 34997980; PubMed Central PMCID: PMCPMC9306781.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      The authors conducted a study on one of the fundamental research topics in neuroscience: neural mechanisms of credit assignment. Building on the original studies of Walton and his colleagues and subsequent studies on the same topic, the authors extended the research into the delayed credit assignment problem with clever task design, which compared the non-delayed (direct) and delayed (indirect) credit assignment processes. Their primary goal was to elucidate the neural basis of these processes in humans, advancing our understanding beyond previous studies.

      Major Strengths and Considerations

      Strengths:

      (1) Innovative task design distinguishing between direct and indirect credit assignment.<br /> (2) Use of sophisticated multivariate pattern analysis to identify neural correlates of pending representations.<br /> (3) Well-executed study with clear presentation of results.<br /> (4) Extension of previous research to human subjects, providing valuable comparative insights.

      Considerations for Future Research:

      (1) The task design, while clear and effective, might be further developed to capture more real-world complexity in credit assignment.<br /> (2) There's potential for deeper exploration of the role of task structure understanding in credit assignment processes.<br /> (3) The interpretation of lateral orbitofrontal cortex (lOFC) involvement could be expanded to consider its role in both credit assignment and task structure representation.

      Achievement of Aims and Support of Conclusions

      The authors successfully achieved their aim of investigating direct and indirect credit assignment processes in humans. Their results provide valuable insights into the neural representations involved in these processes. The study's conclusions are generally well-supported by the data, particularly in identifying neural correlates of pending representations crucial for delayed credit assignment.

      Impact on the Field and Utility of Methods

      This study makes a significant contribution to the field of credit assignment research by bridging animal and human studies. The methods, particularly the multivariate pattern analysis approach, provide a robust template for future investigations in this area. The data generated offers valuable insights for researchers comparing human and animal models of credit assignment, as well as those studying the neural basis of decision-making and learning.

      The study's focus on the lOFC and its role in credit assignment adds to our understanding of this brain region's function

      Additional Context and Future Directions

      (1) Temporal ambiguity in credit assignment: While the current design provides clear task conditions, future studies could explore more ambiguous scenarios to further reflect real-world complexity.

      (2) Role of task structure understanding: The difference in task comprehension between human subjects in this study and animal subjects in previous studies offers an interesting point of comparison.

      (3) The authors used a sophisticated method of multivariate pattern analysis to find the neural correlate of the pending representation of the previous choice, which will be used for credit assignment process in the later trials. The authors tend to use expressions that these representations are maintained throughout this intervening period. However the analysis period is specifically at the feedback period, which is irrelevant for the credit assignment of the immediately preceding choice. This task period can interfere with the interference of ongoing credit assignment process. Thus, rather than the passive process of maintaining the information of the previous choice, the activity of this specific period can mean the active process of protecting the information from interfering and irrelevant information. It would be great if the authors could comment on this important interpretational issue.

      (4) Broader neural involvement: While the focus on specific regions of interest (ROIs) provided clear results, future studies could benefit from a whole-brain analysis approach to provide a more comprehensive understanding of the neural networks involved in credit assignment.

      Comments after the revision:

      The authors have adequately addressed the majority of concerns raised in my previous review. The manuscript has demonstrably improved as a result of these revisions and represents a valuable contribution to the literature on credit assignment.

      However, some limitations persist that, while not readily resolvable within the scope of the current study, warrant attention. Specifically, the investigation focuses primarily on the temporal dimension of credit assignment. In real-world scenarios, the complexity of credit assignment extends beyond temporal distance to encompass the inherent ambiguity of causal attribution arising from the presence of multiple potential causal events. Resolving this ambiguity necessitates a form of structural understanding of the environment, a capacity presumably possessed by humans and animals. While the experimental design of this study provides explicit cues regarding the structure of the environment, deciphering such structure in natural settings is a crucial component of the credit assignment process.<br /> Future research should prioritize the investigation of credit assignment within more ecologically valid contexts, focusing on the role of structural understanding in navigating the causal ambiguity inherent in real-world environments. Addressing this aspect will be crucial for developing a more complete and nuanced understanding of credit assignment mechanisms.

      In addition, the newly added whole-brain searchlight decoding analysis provides an important nuance regarding the neural substrates of credit assignment (Figure S7). The results reveal not only activity in the lateral orbitofrontal cortex (lOFC), but also, and more robustly, in the medial orbitofrontal cortex/ventromedial prefrontal cortex (mOFC/vmPFC) specifically during the "indirect transition condition" and not the "direct transition condition." This finding suggests a potentially more significant role for mOFC/vmPFC in processing complex, non-immediate credit assignment scenarios. This nuance should be explicitly noted to appreciate the complexity of the neural mechanisms at play.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer 1:

      Point 1 of public reviews and point 2 of recommendations to authors. 

      Temporal ambiguity in credit assignment: While the current design provides clear task conditions, future studies could explore more ambiguous scenarios to further reflect real-world complexity…. The role of ambiguity is very important for the credit assignment process. However, in the current task design, the instruction of the task design almost eliminates the ambiguity of which the trial's choice should be assigned credit to. The authors claim the realworld complexity of credit assignment in this task design. However, the real-world complexity of this type of temporal credit assignment involves this type of temporal ambiguity of responsibility as causal events. I am curious about the consequence of increasing the complexity of the credit assignment process, which is closer to the complexity in the real world.

      We agree that the structure of causal relationships can be more ambiguous in real-world contexts. However, we also believe that there are multiple ways in which a task might approach “real-world complexity”. One way is by increasing the ambiguity in the relationships between choices and outcomes (as done by Jocham et al., 2016). Another is by adding interim decisions that must be completed between viewing the outcome of a first choice, which mimics task structures such as the cooking tasks described in the introduction. In such tasks, the temporal structure of the actions maybe irrelevant, but the relationship between choice identities and the actions is critical to be effective in the task (e.g., it doesn’t matter whether I add spice before or after the salt, all I need to know that adding spice will result in spicy soup).  While ambiguity about either form of causal relation is clearly an important part of real-world complexity, and would make credit assignment harder, our study focuses on how links between outcomes and specific past choice identities are created at the neural level when they are known to be causal. 

      We consequently felt it necessary to resolve temporal ambiguity for participants. Instructing participants on the structure of the task allowed us to make assumptions about how credit assignment for choice identities should proceed (assign credit to the choice made N trials back) and allowed us make positive predictions about the content of representations in OFC when viewing an outcome. This gave the highest power to detect multivariate information about the causal choice and the highest interpretability of such findings. 

      In contrast, if we had not resolved this ambiguity, it would be difficult to tell if incorrect decoding from the classifier resulted from noise in the neural signal, or if on that trial participants were assigning credit to non-causal choices that they erroneously believed to have caused the outcome due to the perceived temporal structure. We believe this would have ultimately decreased our power to determine whether representations of the causal choice were present at the time of outcome because we would have to make assumptions about what counts as a “true” causal representation. 

      We have commented on this in the discussions (p.13): 

      “While our study was designed to focus on the complexity of assigning credit in tasks with different known causal structures, another important component of real-world credit assignment is temporal ambiguity. To isolate the mechanisms which create associations between specific choices and specific outcomes, we instructed participants on the causal structure of each task, removing temporal ambiguity about the causal choice.  However, our results are largely congruent with previously reported results in tasks that dissolved the typical experimental trial structure, producing temporal ambiguity, and which observed more pronounced spreading of effect, in addition to appropriate credit assignment (Jocham et al, 2016).  Namely, this study found that activation in the lOFC increased only when participants received rewards contingent on a previous action, an effect that was more pronounced in subjects whose behavior reflected more accurate credit assignment. This suggests a shared lOFC mechanism for credit assignment in different types of complex environments. Whether these mechanisms extend to situations where the temporal causal structure is completely unknown remains an important question.”

      Point 2 of public reviews and point 1 of recommendations to authors

      Role of task structure understanding: The difference in task comprehension between human subjects in this study and animal subjects in previous studies offers an interesting point of comparison…. The credit assignment involves the resolution of the ambiguity in which the causal responsibility of an outcome event is assigned to one of the preceding events. In the original study of Walton and his colleagues, the monkey subjects could not be instructed on the task structure defining the causal relationships of the events. Then, the authors of the original study observed the spreading of the credit assignments to the "irrelevant" events, which did not occur in the same trial of the outcome event but to the events (choices) in neighbouring trials. This aberrant pattern of the credit assignment can be due to the malfunctions of the credit assignment per se or the general confusion of the task structure on the part of the monkey subjects. In the current study design, the subjects are humans and they are not confused about the task structure. Consistently, it is well known that human subjects rarely show the same patterns of the "spreading of credit assignment". So the implicit mechanism of the credit assignment process involves the understanding of the task structure. In the current study, there are clearly demarked task conditions that almost resolve the ambiguity inherent in the credit assignment process. Yet, the focus of the current analysis stops short of elucidating the role of understanding the task structure. It would be great if the authors could comment on the general difference in the process between the conditions, whether it is behavioral or neural.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for making this important point. We believe that understanding the structure of the credit-assignment problem above is quite important, at least for the type of credit assignment described here. That is, because participants know that the outcome viewed is caused by the choice they made, 0 or 1 trials into the past, they can flexibly link choice identities to the newly observed outcomes as the probabilities change. Note, however, that this is already very challenging in the 1-back condition because participants need to track the two independently changing probabilities. We believe this is critical to address the questions we aimed to answer with this experiment, as described above. 

      We agree that this might be quite different from previous studies done with non-human primates, which also included many more training trials and lesions to the lOFC. Both of these aspects could manifest as difference in task performance and processing at behavioural and neural levels, respectively. Consistent with this possibility, in our task, we found no differences in credit spreading between conditions, suggesting that humans were quite precise in both, despite causal relationships being harder to track in the “indirect transition condition”. This lack of credit spreading could be because humans better understood the task-structure compared to macaques or be due to differences in functioning of the OFC and other regions. Because all participants were trained to understand, and were cued with explicit knowledge of, the task structure, it is difficult to isolate its role as we would need another condition in which they were not instructed about the task structure. This would also be an interesting study, and we leave it to future research to parse the contributions of task-structure ambiguity to credit assignment. 

      Point 3 of public reviews. 

      The authors used a sophisticated method of multivariate pattern analysis to find the neural correlate of the pending representation of the previous choice, which will be used for the credit assignment process in the later trials. The authors tend to use expressions that these representations are maintained throughout this intervening period. However, the analysis period is specifically at the feedback period, which is irrelevant to the credit assignment of the immediately preceding choice. This task period can interfere with the ongoing credit assignment process. Thus, rather than the passive process of maintaining the information of the previous choice, the activity of this specific period can mean the active process of protecting the information from interfering and irrelevant information. It would be great if the authors could comment on this important interpretational issue.

      We agree that lFPC is likely actively protecting the pending choice representation from interference with the most recent choice for future credit assignment. This interpretation is largely congruent with the idea of “prospective memory” (e.g., Burgess, Gonen-Yaacovi, Volle, 2011), in which the lFPC can be thought of as protecting information that will be needed in the future but is not currently needed for ongoing behavior. That said, from our study alone it is difficult to make claims about whether the information maintained in frontal pole is actively protecting this information because of potentially interfering processes. Our “indirect transition condition” only contains trials where there is incoming, potentially interfering information about new outcomes, but no trials that might avoid interference (e.g., an interim choice made but there is nothing to be learned from it). We comment on this important future direction on page 14:  

      “One interpretation of these results is that the lFPC actively protects information about causal choices when potentially interfering information must be processed. Future studies will be needed to determine if the lFPC’s contributions are specific to these instances of potential interference, and whether this is a passive or active process”

      Point 3 of recommendation to authors 

      A slightly minor, but still important issue is the interpretation of the role of lOFC. The authors compared the observed patterns of the credit assignment to the ideal patterns of credit assignment. Then, the similarity between these two matrices is used to find the associated brain region. In the assumption that lOFC is involved in the optimal credit assignment, the result seems reasonable. But as mentioned above, the current design involves the heavy role of understanding the task structure, it is debatable whether the lOFC is just involved in the credit assignment process or a more general role of representing the task structure.

      We agree that this is an important distinction to make, and it is very likely that multiple regions of the OFC carry information about the task structure, and the extent to which participants understood this structure may be reflected in behavioral estimates of credit assignment or the overall patterns of the matrices (though all participants verbalized the correct structure prior to the task). However, we believe that in our task the lOFC is specifically involved in credit-assignment because of the content of the information we decoded. We demonstrated that the lOFC and HPC carry information about the causal choice during the outcome. These results cannot be explained by differences in understanding of the task structure because that understanding would have been consistent across trials where participants choose either shape identity. Thus, a classifier could not use this to separate these types of trials and would reflect chance decoding.   

      One interpretation of the lOFC’s role in credit assignment is that it is particularly important when a model of the task structure has to be used to assign credit appropriately. Here, we show lOFC the reinstates specific causal representations precisely at the time credit needs to be assigned, which are appropriate to participants’ knowledge of the task structure.  These representations may exist alongside representations of the task structure, in the lOFC and other regions of the brain (Park et al., 2020; Boorman et al., 2021; Seo and Lee, 2010; Schuck et al., 2016). We have added the following sentences to clarify our perspective on this point in the discussion (p. 13):

      “Our results from the “indirect transition” condition show that these patterns are not merely representations of the most recent choice but are representations of the causal choice given the current task structure, and may exist alongside representations of the task structure, in the lOFC and elsewhere (Boorman et al., 2021; Park et al., 2020; Schuck et al., 2016; Seo & Lee, 2010).”

      Point 4 of public reviews and point 4 of recommendation to authors

      Broader neural involvement: While the focus on specific regions of interest (ROIs) provided clear results, future studies could benefit from a whole-brain analysis approach to provide a more comprehensive understanding of the neural networks involved in credit assignment… Also, given the ROI constraint of the analysis, the other neural structure may be involved in representing the task structure but not detected in the current analysis

      Given our strong a priori hypotheses about regions of interest (ROIs) in this study, we focused on these specific areas. This choice was based on theoretical and empirical grounds that guided our investigation. However, we thank the reviewer for pointing this out and agree that there could be other unexplored areas that are critical to credit-assignment which we did not examine. 

      We conducted the same searchlight decoding procedure on a whole brain map and corrected for multiple comparisons using TFCE. We found no significant regions of the brain in the “direct transition condition” but did find other significant regions in our information connectivity analysis of the “indirect transition condition”. In addition to replicating the effects in lOFC and HPC, we also found a region of mOFC which showed a strong correlation with pending choice in lFPC. It’s difficult to say whether this region is involved in credit assignment per se, because we did not see this region in the “direct transition condition” and so we cannot say that it is consistently related to this process. However, the mOFC is thought to be critical to representing the current task state (Schuck et al., 2016), and the task structure (Park et al., 2020). In our task, it could be a critical region for communicating how to assign credit given the more complex task structure of the “indirect transition condition” but more evidence would be needed to support this interpretation. 

      For now, we have added the results of this whole brain analysis to a new supplementary figure S7 (page 41), and all unthresholded maps have been deposited in a Neurovault repository, which is linked in the paper, for interested readers to assess.  

      Minor points:

      There are some missing and confusing details in the Figure reference in the main text. For example, references to Figure 3 are almost missing in the section "Pending item representations in FPl during indirect transitions predict credit assignment in lOFC". For readability, the authors should improve this point in this section and other sections.

      Thank you to the reviewer for pointing this out. We have now added references to Figure 3 on page 8:

      “Our analysis revealed a cluster of voxels specifically within the right lFPC ([x,y,z] = [28, 54, 8], t(19) = 3.74, pTFCE <0.05 ROI-corrected; left hemisphere all pTFCE > 0.1, Fig. 3A)”

      And on page 10: 

      Specifically, we found significant correlations in decoding distance between lFPC and bilateral lOFC ([x,y,z] = [-32,24, -22], t(19) = 3.81, [x,y,z] = [20, 38, -14], t(19) = 3.87, pTFCE <0.05 ROI corrected]) and bilateral HC ([x,y,z] = [-28, -10, -24], t(19) = 3.41, [x,y,z] = [22, -10, -24], t(19) = 4.21, pTFCE <0.05 ROI corrected]), Fig. 3C).

      Task instructions for the two conditions (direct and indirect) play important roles in the study. If possible, please include the following parts in the figures and descriptions in the introduction and/or results sections.

      We have now included a short description of the condition instructions beginning on page 5: 

      “Participants were instructed about which condition they were in with a screen displaying “Your latest choice” in the direct transition condition, and “Your previous choice” in the indirect condition.”

      And have modified Figure 1 to include the instructions in the title of each condition. We thought this to be the most parsimonious solution so that the choice options in the examples were not occluded. 

      The subject sample size might be slightly too small in the current standards. Please give some justifications.

      We originally selected the sample size for this study to be commensurate with previous studies that looked for similar behavioral and neural effects (see Boorman et al., 2016; Howard et al., 2015; Jocham et al., 2016). This has been mentioned in the “methods” section on page 24.  

      However, to be thorough, we performed a power analysis of this sample size using simulations based on an independently collected, unpublished data set. In this data set, 28 participants competed an associative learning task similar to the task in the current manuscript. We trained a classifier to decode causal choice option at the time of feedback, using the same searchlight and cross-validation procedures described in the current manuscript, for the same lateral OFC ROI. We calculated power for various sample sizes by drawing N participants with replacement 1000 times, for values of N ranging from 15 to 25. After sampling the participants, we tested for significant decoding for the causal choice within the subset of data, using smallvolume TFCE correction to correct for multiple comparisons. Finally, we calculated the proportion of these samples that were significant at a level of pTFCE <.05.  

      The results of this procedure show that an N of 20 would result in 84.2% power, which is slightly above the typically acceptable level of 80%. We have added the following sentences to the methods section on page 25: 

      “Using an independent, unpublished data set, we conducted a power analysis for the desire neural effect in lOFC. We found that this number of participants had 84% power to detect this effect (Fig. S8).” 

      We also added the following figure to the supplemental figures page (42):

      Reviewer 2:

      I have several concerns regarding the causality analyses in this study. While Multivariate analyses of information connectivity between regions are interesting and appear rigorous, they make some assumptions about the nature of the input data. It is unclear if fMRI with its poor temporal resolution (in addition to possible region-specific heterogeneity in the readouts), can be coupled with these casual analysis methods to meaningfully study dynamics on a decision task where temporal dynamics is a core component (i.e., delay). It would be helpful to include more information/justification on the methods for inferring relationships across regions from fMRI data. Along this line, discussing the reported findings in light of these limitations would be essential.

      We agree that fMRI is limited for capturing fast neural dynamics, and that it can be difficult to separate events that occur within a few seconds. However, we designed the information connectivity analysis to maximally separate the events in question – the representations of the causal choice being held in a pending state, and the representation of the causal choice during credit assignment. These events were separated by at least 10 seconds and by 15 seconds on average, which is commensurate with recommended intervals for disentangling information in such analysis (Mumford et al., 2012, 2014, also see van Loon et al., 2018, eLife; as example of fluctuations in decodability over time). This feature of our task design may not have been clear because information connectivity analyses are typically performed in the same task period. We clarify this point on page 32:

      “Note that the decoding fidelity metric at each time point represents the decodability of the same choice at different phases of the task. These phases were separated by at least 10 seconds and 15 seconds on average, which can be sufficient for disentangling unique activity (Mumford et al., 2012, 2014).”

      However, we agree with the reviewer that the limitations of fMRI make it difficult to precisely determine how roles of the OFC and lFPC might change over time, and whether other regions may contribute to information transfer at times scales which cannot be detected by fMRI. Further, we do not wish to imply causality between lFPC and lOFC (something we believe we do not claim in the paper), only that information strength in lFPC predicts subsequent strength of the same information in the OFC and HC. We have clarified this limitation on page 14:

      “Although we show evidence that lFPC is involved in maintaining specific content about causal choices during interim choices, the limited temporal resolution of fMRI makes it difficult to tell if other regions may be supporting the learning processes at timescales not detectable in the BOLD response. Thus, it is possible that the network of regions supporting credit assignment in complex tasks may be much larger. Our results provide a critical first stem in discerning the nature of interactions between cognitive subsystems that make different contributions to the learning process in these complex tasks.”

      Reviewer 3:  

      Point 1 of public reviews:

      They do find (not surprisingly) that the one-back task is harder. It would be good to ensure that the reason that they had more trouble detecting direct HC & lOFC effects on the harder task was not because the task is harder and thus that there are more learning failures on the harder oneback task. (I suspect their explanation that it is mediated by FPl is likely to be correct. But it would be nice to do some subsampling of the zero-back task [matched to the success rate of the one-back task] to ensure that they still see the direct HC and lOFC there).

      We would like to thank the reviewer for this comment and agree that the “indirect transition condition” is more difficult than the direct transition condition. However, in this task it is difficult to have an explicit measure of learning failures per se because the “correctness” of a choice is to some extent subjective (i.e., based on the gift card preference and the computational model). We could infer when learning failures occur through the computational model by looking at trials in which participants made choices that the model would consider improbable, (i.e., non-reward maximizing) while accounting for outcome preference. However, there are also a myriad of other possible explanations for these choices, such as exploratory/confirmatory strategies, lapses in attention etc. Thus, we could not guarantee that the two conditions would be uniquely matched in difficulty with specific regard to learning even if we subsampled these trials. We feel it would be better left to future experiments which can specifically compare learning failures to tackle this issue. We have now addressed this point when discussing the model on page 31:  

      “Note that learning failures are not trivial to identify in our paradigm and model, because every choice is based on a participant’s preference between gift card outcomes, and the ability of the computational model to accurately estimate participants’ beliefs in the stimulus-outcome transition probabilities.”

      Point 2 of public reviews:

      The evidence that they present in the main text (Figure 3) that the HC and lOFC are mediated by FPl is a correlation. I found the evidence presented in Supplemental Figure 7 to be much more convincing. As I understand it, what they are showing in SF7 is that when FPl decodes the cue, then (and only then) HC and lOFC decode the cue. If my understanding is correct, then this is a much cleaner explanation for what is going on than the secondary correlation analysis. If my understanding here is incorrect, then they should provide a better explanation of what is going on so as to not confuse the reader.

      SF7 (now Figures 3C and 3D) does show that positive decoding in the HC and lOFC are more likely to occur when there is positive decoding in lFPC. However, the analysis shown in these figures are only meant to be control analysis to further characterise what is being captured, but not necessarily implied, by the information connectivity analysis. For example, in principle the classifier might never correctly decode a choice label in the lOFC or HC while still getting closer to the hyperplane when the lFPC patterns are correctly decoded. This would lead to a positive correlation, but a difficult to interpret result since patterns in lOFC and HPC are incorrect. Figure SF7A (now Fig. 3C) shows that this is not the case. Lateral OFC and HC have higher than chance positive decoding when lFPC has positive decoding. Figure SF7B (now Fig. 3D) shows that we can decode that information even if a new hyperplane is constructed. However, both cases have less information about the relationship between these regions because they do not include the trials where lOFC/HC and lFPC classifiers were incorrect at the same time. The correlation in Figure 3B includes these failures, giving a more wholistic picture of the data. We therefore try to concisely clarify this point on page 10:

      “These signed distances allow us to relate both success in decoding information, as well as failures, between regions.”

      And here on page 10: 

      “Subsequent analyses confirmed that this effect was due to these regions showing a significant increase in positive (correct) decoding in trials where pending information could be positively (correctly) decoded in lFPC, and not simply due to a reduction in incorrect information fidelity (see Fig. 3C & 3D).”

      And have integrated these figures on page 9:

      Point 3 of public reviews:

      I like the idea of "credit spreading" across trials (Figure 1E). I think that credit spreading in each direction (into the past [lower left] and into the future [upper right]) is not equivalent. This can be seen in Figure 1D, where the two tasks show credit spreading differently. I think a lot more could be studied here. Does credit spreading in each of these directions decode in interesting ways in different places in the brain?

      We agree that this an interesting question because each component of the off diagonal (upper and lower triangles) may reflect qualitatively different processes of credit spreading. However, we believe this analysis is difficult to carry out with the current dataset for two reasons. First, we designed this study to ask specifically about the information represented in key credit assignment regions during precise credit assignment, meaning we did not optimize the task to induce credit spreading at any point. Indeed, our efforts to train participants on the task were to ensure they would correctly assign credit as much as possible. Figure 1F shows that the regression coefficients representing credit spreading in each condition are near zero (in the negative direction), with little individual differences compared to the credit assignment coefficients. Thus, any analysis aiming to test for credit spreading would unfortunately be poorly powered. Studies such as Jocham et al. (2016), with more variability in causal structures, or studies with ambiguity about the causal structure by dissolving the typical trial structure would be better suited to address this interesting question. The second reason why such an analysis would be challenging is that due to our design, it is difficult to intuitively determine what kind of information should be coded by neural regions when credit spreads to the upper diagonal, since these cells reflect current outcomes that are being linked to future choices. 

      Replace all the FPl with LFPC (lateral frontal polar cortex)

      We have no replace “FPl” with “LFPC” throughout the text and figures

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors applied an innovative approach (CO-Detection by indEXing - CODEX) together with sophisticated computational analyses to image pancreas tissues from rare organ donors with type 1 diabetes. They aimed to assess key features of inflammation in both islet and extra-islet tissue areas; they report that the extra-islet space of lobules with extensive islet infiltration differs from the extra-islet space of less infiltrated areas within the same tissue section. The study also identifies four sub-states of inflamed islets characterized by the activation profiles of CD8+T cells enriched in islets relative to the surrounding tissue. Lymphoid structures are identified in the pancreas tissue away from islets, and these were enriched in CD45RA+ T cells - a population also enriched in one of the inflamed islet sub-states. Together, these data help define the coordination between islets and the extra-islet pancreas in the pathogenesis of human T1D.

      Strengths:

      The analysis of tissue from well-characterized organ donors, provided by the Network for the Pancreatic Organ Donor with Diabetes, adds strength to the validity of the findings.

      By using their innovative imaging/computation approaches, key known features of islet autoimmunity were confirmed, providing validation of the methodology.

      The detection of IDO+ vasculature in inflamed islets - but not in normal islets or islets that have lost insulin-expression links this expression to the islet inflammation, and it is a novel observation. IDO expression in the vasculature may be induced by inflammation and may lost as disease progresses, and it may provide a potential therapeutic avenue.

      The high-dimensional spatial phenotyping of CD8+T cells in T1D islets confirmed that most T cells were antigen experienced. Some additional subsets were noted: a small population of T cells expressing CD45RA and CD69, possibly naive or TEMRA cells, and cells expressing Lag-3, Granzyme-B, and ICOS.

      While much attention has been devoted to the study of the insulitis lesion in T1D, our current knowledge is quite limited; the description of four sub-clusters characterized by the<br /> activation profile of the islet-infiltrating CD8+T cells is novel. Their presence in all T1D donors, indicates that the disease process is asynchronous and is not at the same stage across all islets. Although this concept is not novel, this appears to be the most advanced characterization of insulitis stages.

      When examining together both the exocrine and islet areas, which is rarely done, authors report that pancreatic lobules affected by insulitis are characterized by distinct tissue markers. Their data support the concept that disease progression may require crosstalk between cells in the islet and extra-islet compartments. Lobules enriched in β-cell-depleted islets were also enriched in nerves, vasculature, and Granzyme-B+/CD3- cells, which may be natural killer cells.

      Lastly, authors report that immature tertiary lymphoid structures (TLS) exist both near and away from islets, where CD45RA+ CD8+T cells aggregate, and also observed an inflamed islet-subcluster characterized by an abundance of CD45RA+/CD8+ T cells. These TLS may represent a point of entry for T cells and this study further supports their role in islet autoimmunity.

      Weaknesses:

      As the author themselves acknowledge, the major limitation is that the number of donors examined is limited as those satisfying study criteria are rare. Thus, it is not possible to examine disease heterogeneity, and the impact of age at diagnosis. Of 8 T1D donors examined, 4 would be considered newly diagnosed (less than 3 months from onset) and 4 had longer disease durations (2, 2, 5 and 6 years). It was unclear if disease duration impacted the results in this small cohort. In the introduction, the authors discuss that most of the pancreata from nPOD donors with T1D lack insulitis. This is correct, yet it is a function of time from diagnosis. Donors with shorter duration will be more likely to have insulitis. A related point is that the proportion of islets with insulitis is low even near diagnosis, Finally, only one donor was examined that while not diagnosed with T1D, was likely in the preclinical disease stage and had autoantibodies and insulitis. This is a critically important disease stage where the methodology developed by the investigators could be applied in future efforts.

      While this was not the focus of this investigation, it appears that the approach was very much immune-focused and there could be value in examining islet cells in greater depth using the methodology the authors developed.

      Additional comments

      Overall, the authors were able to study pancreas tissues from T1D donors and perform sophisticated imaging and computational analysis that reproduce and importantly extend our understanding of inflammation in T1D. Despite the limitations associated with the small sample size, the results appear robust, and the claims are well supported.

      The study expands the conceptual framework of inflammation and islet autoimmunity, especially by the definition of different clusters (stages) of insulitis and by the characterization of immune cells in and outside the islets.

      Comments on revisions:

      I have not felt the need to update the initial review.

      However, I note that the paragraph describing the nPOD repository (lines 154-158) can be misinterpreted that insulitis is infrequent in T1D (17 of 200 donors had it) without the clarification that insulitis is present around the time of diagnosis in most patients and it subsides over time. Thus, authors are urged to clarify that the presence of insulitis and its severity are impacted by the disease stage and disease duration.

      The last sentence of this paragraph, lines 164-165, although linked to the previous sentence about the cause of death in the donors, may be misconstrued in the context of this paragraph, and it is unclear what data support this statement. Please delete this sentence.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Barlow and coauthors utilized the high-parameter imaging platform of CODEX to characterize the cellular composition of immune cells in situ from tissues obtained from organ donors with type 1 diabetes, subjects presented with autoantibodies who are at elevated risk, or non-diabetic organ donor controls. The panels used in this important study were based on prior publications using this technology, as well as a priori and domain-specific knowledge of the field by the investigators. Thus, there was some bias in the markers selected for analysis. The authors acknowledge that these types of experiments may be complemented moving forward with the inclusion of unbiased tissue analysis platforms that are emerging that can conduct a more comprehensive analysis of pathological signatures employing emerging technologies for both high-parameter protein imaging and spatial transcriptomics.

      Strengths:

      In terms of major findings, the authors provide important confirmatory observations regarding a number of autoimmune-associated signatures reported previously. The high parameter staining now increases the resolution for linking these features with specific cellular subsets using machine learning algorithms. These signatures include a robust signature indicative of IFN-driven responses that would be expected to induce a cytotoxic T-cell-mediated immune response within the pancreas. Notable findings include the upregulation of indolamine 2,3-dioxygenase-1 in the islet microvasculature. Furthermore, the authors provide key insights as to the cell:cell interactions within organ donors, again supporting a previously reported interaction between presumably autoreactive T and B cells.

      Weaknesses:

      These studies also highlight a number of molecular pathways that will require additional validation studies to more completely understand whether they are potentially causal for pathology, or rather, epiphenomenon associated with increased innate inflammation within the pancreas of T1D subjects. Given the limitations noted above, the study does present a rich and integrated dataset for analysis of enriched immune markers that can be segmented and annotated within distinct cellular networks. This enabled the authors to analyze distinct cellular subsets and phenotypes in situ, including within islets that peri-islet infiltration and/or intra-islet insulitis.

      Despite the many technical challenges and unique organ donor cohort utilized, the data are still limited in terms of subject numbers - a challenge in a disease characterized by extensive heterogeneity in terms of age of onset and clinical and histopathological presentation. Therefore, these studies cannot adequately account for all of the potential covariates that may drive variability and alterations in the histopathologies observed (such as age of onset, background genetics, and organ donor conditions). In this study, the manuscript and figures could be improved in terms of clarifying how variable the observed signatures were across each individual donor, with the clear notion that non-diabetic donors will present with some similar challenges and variability.

      Thank you to all reviewers and editors for their thoughtful and constructive engagement with our manuscript. We agree that patient heterogeneity and the sample size limited the impact of this study. In the future, more cases with insulitis will become available and spatial technologies will become more scalable.

      Given these constraints, we have made a significant effort to illustrate the individual heterogeneity of the disease by using the same color for each nPOD case ID throughout the manuscript and showing individual donors whenever feasible (e.g. Figures 1D-E, 2C, 2I, 3E, 3G, 4B-C, 5C, and 5F). For figures related to insulitis, we do not typically include non-T1D controls since they did not have any insulitis (Figure 2C). We also explicitly discuss the differences in the two autoantibody-positive, non-T1D cases: one closely resembled the T1D cases with respect to multiple features and the other more closely resembled the non-T1D, autoantibody-negative controls.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to characterize the cellular phenotype and spatial relationship of cell types infiltrating the islets of Langerhans in human T1D using CODEX, a multiplexed examination of cellular markers

      Strengths:

      Major strengths of this study are the use of pancreas tissue from well-characterized tissue donors, and the use of CODEX, a state-of-the-art detection technique of extensive characterization and spatial characterization of cell types and cellular interactions. The authors have achieved their aims with the identification of the heterogeneity of the CD8+ T cell populations in insulitis, the identification of a vasculature phenotype and other markers that may mark insulitis-prone islets, and the characterization of tertiary lymphoid structures in the acinar tissue of the pancreas. These findings are very likely to have a positive impact on our understanding (conceptual advance) of the cellular factors involved in T1D pathogenesis which the field requires to make progress in therapeutics.

      Weaknesses:

      A major limitation of the study is the cohort size, which the authors directly state. However, this study provides avenues of inquiry for researchers to gain further understanding of the pathological process in human T1D.

      Thank you for your analysis. We point the reader to our above description of our efforts to faithfully report the patient variability despite the small sample size.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors applied an innovative approach (CO-Detection by indEXing - CODEX) together with sophisticated computational analyses to image pancreas tissues from rare organ donors with type 1 diabetes. They aimed to assess key features of inflammation in both islet and extra-islet tissue areas; they reported that the extra-islet space of lobules with extensive islet infiltration differs from the extra-islet space of less infiltrated areas within the same tissue section. The study also identifies four sub-states of inflamed islets characterized by the activation profiles of CD8+T cells enriched in islets relative to the surrounding tissue. Lymphoid structures are identified in the pancreas tissue away from islets, and these were enriched in CD45RA+ T cells - a population also enriched in one of the inflamed islet sub-states. Together, these data help define the coordination between islets and the extra-islet pancreas in the pathogenesis of human T1D.

      Strengths:

      The analysis of tissue from well-characterized organ donors, provided by the Network for the Pancreatic Organ Donor with Diabetes, adds strength to the validity of the findings.

      By using their innovative imaging/computation approaches, key known features of islet autoimmunity were confirmed, providing validation of the methodology.

      The detection of IDO+ vasculature in inflamed islets - but not in normal islets or islets that have lost insulin-expression links this expression to the islet inflammation, and it is a novel observation. IDO expression in the vasculature may be induced by inflammation and may be lost as disease progresses, and it may provide a potential therapeutic avenue.

      The high-dimensional spatial phenotyping of CD8+T cells in T1D islets confirmed that most T cells were antigen-experienced. Some additional subsets were noted: a small population of T cells expressing CD45RA and CD69, possibly naive or TEMRA cells, and cells expressing Lag-3, Granzyme-B, and ICOS.

      While much attention has been devoted to the study of the insulitis lesion in T1D, our current knowledge is quite limited; the description of four sub-clusters characterized by the activation profile of the islet-infiltrating CD8+T cells is novel. Their presence in all T1D donors indicates that the disease process is asynchronous and is not at the same stage across all islets. Although this concept is not novel, this appears to be the most advanced characterization of insulitis stages.

      When examining together both the exocrine and islet areas, which is rarely done, authors report that pancreatic lobules affected by insulitis are characterized by distinct tissue markers. Their data support the concept that disease progression may require crosstalk between cells in the islet and extra-islet compartments. Lobules enriched in β-cell-depleted islets were also enriched in nerves, vasculature, and Granzyme-B+/CD3- cells, which may be natural killer cells.

      Lastly, authors report that immature tertiary lymphoid structures (TLS) exist both near and away from islets, where CD45RA+ CD8+T cells aggregate, and also observed an inflamed islet-subcluster characterized by an abundance of CD45RA+/CD8+ T cells. These TLS may represent a point of entry for T cells and this study further supports their role in islet autoimmunity.

      Weaknesses:

      As the authors themselves acknowledge, the major limitation is that the number of donors examined is limited as those satisfying study criteria are rare. Thus, it is not possible to examine disease heterogeneity and the impact of age at diagnosis. Of 8 T1D donors examined, 4 would be considered newly diagnosed (less than 3 months from onset) and 4 had longer disease durations (2, 2, 5, and 6 years). It was unclear if disease duration impacted the results in this small cohort. In the introduction, the authors discuss that most of the pancreata from nPOD donors with T1D lack insulitis. This is correct, yet it is a function of time from diagnosis. Donors with shorter duration will be more likely to have insulitis. A related point is that the proportion of islets with insulitis is low even near diagnosis, Finally, only one donor was examined that while not diagnosed with T1D, was likely in the preclinical disease stage and had autoantibodies and insulitis. This is a critically important disease stage where the methodology developed by the investigators could be applied in future efforts.

      While this was not the focus of this investigation, it appears that the approach was very much immune-focused and there could be value in examining islet cells in greater depth using the methodology the authors developed.

      Additional comments:

      Overall, the authors were able to study pancreas tissues from T1D donors and perform sophisticated imaging and computational analysis that reproduce and importantly extend our understanding of inflammation in T1D. Despite the limitations associated with the small sample size, the results appear robust, and the claims well-supported.

      The study expands the conceptual framework of inflammation and islet autoimmunity, especially by the definition of different clusters (stages) of insulitis and by the characterization of immune cells in and outside the islets.

      Thank you for your feedback. We agree that it would be very informative to expand on our analysis of autoantibody-positive cases and look at additional non-immune features. 

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Do any of the observed cellular or structural features correlate with age of onset or disease duration? While numbers of subjects are low, considering these as continuous variables may clarify some of the findings.

      Thank you for the suggestion. In Supplemental Figure 5B-C, we plotted the key immune signatures from the manuscript against the diabetes duration and age of onset.

      (2) The IDO is an interesting observation and has prior support in the literature. The authors speculate this may be induced as a feature of IFNg expressed by lymphocytes in the local microenvironment. Can any of these concepts be further validated by staining for transcription factors or surrogate downstream markers associated with Th1 skewing (e.g., Tbet, CXCR3, etc)?

      The only other interferon-stimulated gene in our panel is HLA-ABC. We updated Supplemental Figure 2F to include HLA-ABC expression in IDO- and IDO+ islets (within the “Inflamed” group). Consistent with the hypothesis that IDO is stimulated by interferon, HLA-ABC is also significantly higher in IDO+ islets than IDO- islets. PDL1, another interferon-stimulated gene. was included in the panel but we did not detect any signal. This antibody was very weak during testing in the tonsil, so we couldn’t confidently claim that PDL1 was not expressed.

      (3) The authors discuss the potential that CD45RA may be expressed in Temra populations. This could use additional clarification and a distinction from Tscm if possible.

      Unfortunately, we did not have the appropriate markers to distinguish naïve, TEMRA, or Tscm cells from each other. We updated the text in the discussion to include this consideration (Line 432).

      (4) Supplemental Figure 5 is not informative in the current display.

      Thank you, we replotted these data.

      (5) Supplemental Table 1 could be expanded with additional metadata of interest, including the genetic features of the donors (e.g, class II diplotype and GRS2 values) that are published and available in the nPOD program.

      Some genetic data are only available to nPOD investigators. We think it is more appropriate to request the data directly from them.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I had only a few specific comments. I think the statement in Lines 317 and 318 is too strong. It implies that each lobe is always homogeneous for having all islets with insulitis or not having insulitis. Some lobes are certainly enriched for islets with insulitis but insulin+ islets without insulitis in some lobes in some T1D donors are seen. Please soften that statement.

      We apologize for our lack of clarity. We have edited the text (line 305-309) to better articulate that organ donors fall on a spectrum. Thank you for raising this point as we think the motivation for our analysis is much clearer after these revisions.

      (2) Please cite and discuss In't Veld Diabetes 20210 PMID: 20413508. While the main point of the paper is that there is beta cell replication after prolonged life support, another observation is that there is a correlation between prolonged life support and CD45+ cells in the pancreas parenchyma. This might indicate that not all immune cells in the parenchyma are T1D associated in donors with T1D.

      Thank you, we have added this citation to our discussion of the importance of duration of stay in the ICU (Line 471).

      (3) Can you rule out that CD46RA+/CD69+ CD8+ T cells in the islets are not TSCM?

      (See above)

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Similar studies in experimental models may afford increased opportunity to evaluate the significance of these findings and model their potential relevance for disease staging and therapeutic targeting.

      We agree that the lack of experimental data limits the ability to interpret and validate the significance of our findings. We hope that our study motivates and helps inform such experiments.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This revision has further improved the clarity of the paper, better articulating assumptions of the model and data analysis. I particularly appreciate the authors' thorough response to eLife assessment. However, the authors did not provide point-by-point response to the specific comments I had from last round of review and didn't revise the manuscript accordingly, so my major concerns remain.

      At conceptual level, my biggest concern with the model is the lack of constraint on V*(K), which makes the null neutral model too "liberal". On the one hand, the number of descendants of each gene copy must be non-negative; on the other hand, even homogenizing process within an individual is extremely strong, it cannot "spread" gene copies across individuals, so the maximum number of descendants of one gene copy cannot exceed the number of offspring that individual has times C. For these reasons, I believe there must be a theoretical upper bound of the value of V*(K), and the actual V*(K) is likely much smaller under realistic strength of the homogenizing process. When I asked about modeling of the underlying homogenizing process, I did not mean the authors need to include specific molecular process in the model; instead, I am asking the authors to provide some realistic scenarios that can give rise to very large V*(K) values. As a result of the very "liberal" neutral model, although I do agree that rejection of null provides stronger evidence for selection in human, it is unclear whether there is no evidence of selection in mouse. Please see below for my specific comments regarding the definition and assumptions of V*(K) (copied from last review).

      Regarding the data analysis, although I understand the authors' methodology and rationale behind, I am not convinced that high sequence similarity between rDNA copies guarantees no biases in alignment and variant calling. Furthermore, given divergence between species, I am particularly concerned about the practice of aligning reads of different species to human and mus musculus reference sequences. A separate issue is the calculation of divergence level. Instead of using Fst>0.8 as the criterion of calling fixed sites, the authors could calculate the pairwise average divergence between a random copy from one species and a random copy from another species. Mathematically, this could be calculated as p1(1-p2)+p2(1-p1). The observation that the estimated substitution rates for rDNA with and without CpG sites are so close seems to be an indication of technical error. Please also see below for my specific questions about data analysis (copied from last round of review).

      Specific comments from last round of review:

      Questions regarding V*(K)<br /> (1) Another key parameter V*(K) was still not defined within the paper. In response 9, the authors explained that V*(K) refers to "the number of progeny to whom the gene copy of interest is transmitted (K) over a specific time interval". However, the meaning of "progeny" remains unclear. Are the authors referring to the descendent copies of a gene copy, or the offspring individuals (i.e., the living organisms)? For example, if a variant spreads horizontally through homogenizing processes and transmits vertically to multiple offspring individuals, the number of descent gene copies could differ substantially from the number of descendent individuals to whom a gene copy is transmitted to. This distinction needs to be clarified and clearly stated in the paper.

      (2) The authors state that V*(K)>=1 for rDNA genes because of the homogenizing processes (lines 139-141) without providing justification. It is unclear, at least to me, whether homogenizing processes are expected increase or decrease the variance in "reproductive success" across gene copies. Moreover, the authors claim that V*(K) "can potentially reach values in the hundreds and may even exceed C, resulting in C*=C/V*(K)<1" (Response 7). This claim is unlikely to be true, as the minimum value of K is bounded by zero and E(K) is assumed to be 1. Even in the extreme case that 1% gene copies leave large numbers of descends while the others leave none, V*(K) would still be less than 100. Such extreme case seems highly improbable, given realistic rates of the homogenizing processes.

      (3) Regardless of how the authors define V*(K), it is not immediately clear why Equation 1 (N*=NC/V*(K)) holds. Both sides of the equation have their independent meanings, so the authors need to provide a step-by-step derivation demonstrating that they are equal. Only by doing this will the implicit underlying assumptions become clearer. I also strongly recommend that the authors conduct forward-in-time simulations with fixed N, C, V*(K) (however they define it) and μ to confirm that the right side of Equation 1 actually predicts the N* as calculated from the polymorphism level using the equation in line 165.

      Questions about Ne* for multi-copy system

      (1) While Ne is clearly defined in the standard single-copy gene model as the reciprocal of genetic drift (i.e., the decay in heterozygosity), its meaning for multiple-copy genes is unclear. Based on the context, it appears that the authors define Ne as the parameter that fits the population polymorphism level (Hs) using the equation in line 165. This definition is reasonable, but it should be explicitly clarified in the text."

      (2) Without providing justification, the authors assumed that a certain number N* exists for rRNA such that it fits both the polymorphism level (line 156) in recent timescales and divergence level in longer timescales (i.e., in the comparison between Tf and Td). However, if N, C or any other relevant parameters have varied substantially throughout evolution, N* is expected to vary with time, and the same value may not fit both polymorphism and divergence data simultaneously.

      Questions about data analysis

      (1) A significant issue with aligning reads to a single reference genome is reference bias, referring to the phenomenon that reads carrying the reference alleles tend to align more easily than those with one or more non-reference alleles, thus creating a bias in genotype calling or variant allele frequency quantification. As a result, there may be an underrepresentation of non-reference alleles in called variants or an underestimate of non-reference allele frequency, particularly in regions with high genetic diversity. Simply focusing on bi-allelic SNVs is insufficient to minimize reference bias. Given the fourfold increase in diversity within rDNA, the authors must either provide evidence that reference bias is not a significant concern or adopt graph-based reference genomes or more sophisticated alignment algorithms to address this issue.

      (2) The potential for reference bias also renders the analysis of divergence sites unreliable, as aligning reads from one species (e.g. chimpanzee) to the reference of another species (e.g., human) is likely to introduce biases in variant calling between the two. One commonly adopted approach to address this imbalance is to align reads from both species to a third reference genome that is expected to be equidistantly related to both.

      (3) Although it is somewhat reassuring that the estimated divergence rate of rDNA between human and macaque is comparable to that of the rest of the genome, there still remains concern of a under-estimation of divergence in rDNA regions due to reference bias issue. Note that while the "third genome" approach reduces imbalance between two genomes in comparison, it may still under-estimate overall divergence level due to under-calling of non-reference variants.<br /> (4) In response to my question about the similarity in rDNA substitution rates estimated with or without CpG sites, the authors suggest that this "may be due to strong homogenizing forces, which can rapidly fix or eliminate variants" (response17). However, this explanation is insufficient, because the observed substitution rate depends on the mutation rate multiplied by the fixation probability, and accelerated fixation or loss does not alter either. Unless the authors can provide more convincing explanation, technical errors in calling of fixed sites still remain a concern.

      Minor points:

      Line 157: The statement "where μ is the mutation rate of the entire gene" must be wrong, as the heterozygosity calculated with such μ would correspond to the chance of seeing two different haplotypes at gene level, which is incompatible with the empirical calculation specified in Equation 2. Instead, μ must represent the mutation rate per site averaged over the entire gene.

      In response 22, the authors explained that the allele frequency spectrum shown in Fig 3 is folded, because the ancestral allele was not determined. However, this is inconsistent with x-axis Fig 3 ranging between 0 and 1. I suspect the x-axis represents the frequency of the alternative (i.e., non-reference) allele. If so, the reported correlation is inflated, as the reference allele is somewhat random, and a variant at joint ALT allele frequencies of (0.9, 0.9) is no different from a variant at (0.1, 0.1). The proper way of calculate this correlation is to first determine the minor allele frequency across individuals and then calculate the correlation between minor allele frequencies.

      Similarly, in response 14, it is unclear what the x-axis represents. Is it the ALT allele frequency or derived allele frequency? If the former, why are only variants with AF>0.8 defined as fixed variants, while those with AF<0.2 excluded? If it is the latter, please describe how ancestral state is determined.

    1. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      In this study, Wasilewska and colleagues generated tmbim5-/- zebrafish line and demonstrated that tmbim5 loss of function leads to decrease in zebrafish size and induces muscle atrophy. Authors used immunohistochemistry to suggest that tmbim5-/- zebrafish shows reduced glycogen levels in muscle and liver. However, most of the immunohistochemistry is not quantitated and only qualitative differences are shown. Next, the authors measured mitochondrial calcium levels in the brain of tmbim5-/- zebrafish but there was no behavioral phenotype in the fish. It would have be better to measure mitochondrial calcium levels in the muscles of tmbim5-/- zebrafish as phenotype is muscle atrophy. Further, it is reported that the mitochondrial membrane potential and glycogen levels were perturbed in tmbim5-/- zebrafish.

      Next, the authors generated a scl8b1-/- (a probable NCLX ortholog in zebrafish) zebrafish, which did not show any drastic phenotype. However, neither slc8b1 function nor the phenotype of scl8b1-/- zebrafish was well characterized. Further, authors created two double knockout zebrafish lines i.e. tmbim5-/-/mcu-/- and tmbim5-/-/slc8b1-/-. Interestingly, both these lines were viable and do not show any drastic phenotypes. The authors concluded that in these transgenic fishes compensatory and/or alternative mitochondrial Ca2+ mobilization pathways counterbalance the effects of silencing of these proteins.

      Although it is an interesting study, the conclusions are not well supported with the data. At several places only qualitative images are shown and quantitative data is missing. Similarly, Ca2+ imaging in muscles of tmbim5-/- zebrafish is not performed. Finally, no molecular mechanism or molecular details are provided. Though Tmbim5's potential role in EMRE degradation is discussed, it is not experimentally investigated. The quality of the manuscript would significantly enhance if authors perform the suggested experiments.

      Major Comments:

      1. As a potential mechanism, Tmbim5's potential role in EMRE degradation is discussed but it is not experimentally investigated. It is very easy to test this hypothesis. If this is the case, it would be a very good contribution to the field.
      2. On Page 16, authors state that slc8b1 does not constitutes the major mitochondrial Ca2+ efflux transport system. Authors should do calcium imaging experiments just like they did with tmbim5 and mcu double knockouts (data presented in Figure 4C) to make any comments on functioning of slc8b1 in mitochondrial Ca2+ transport. This is important because slc8b1 is only a predictive ortholog of human NCLX and it is not experimentally examined yet.
      3. The data presented in Fig. 4C is very important but it is not fully explained and discussed in the results. Please discuss all the data sets presented in Fig4C in detail. As such, it is very difficult to follow and interpret the data.
      4. In tmbim5-/- zebrafish, what happens to mitochondrial Ca2+ signaling in muscle as phenotype is muscle atrophy only?
      5. Please validate the observation of decreased glycogen levels in tmbim5-/- fish by one more way. Only immunohistochemistry that too without quantitation is not convincing (Fig. 2E-H).

      Minor Comments:

      1. Authors state that tmbim5 loss of function leads to metabolic changes but the only data provided is decrease in glycogen levels. It would be helpful for the authors to focus comments specifically on the data presented in the manuscript to avoid potential over-interpretation.
      2. While discussing Fig4., authors mention that Tmbim5 may act as a MCU independent Ca2+ uptake mechanism and therefore they crossed tmbim5 mutants with mcu KO fish. But from the data presented in Fig.3 and as concluded by the authors themselves tmbim5 mutants do not show changes in the mitochondrial Ca2+ levels. Authors may clarify this point.
      3. Does tmbim5 contributes to mitochondrial Ca2+ uptake in presence or along with MCU. Further analysis of Fig4C may shed some light on this. Authors should test significance between tmbim5-/- and WT as well as between tmbim5-/- and tmbim5+/+ in mcu-/- background.
      4. Please check the labeling on traces in Fig3D.
      5. Please include quantitation of data presented in EV2E-F.
      6. Please include quantitation of immunohistochemistry data presented in 2E-H.

      Referee cross-commenting

      Several comments are common between the reviewers highlighting that those experiments are critical. Secondly, I agree with the concerns raised by other two reviewers.

      Significance

      In this study, authors report couple of new transgenic zebrafish lines. However, further characterization of slc8b1-/- is required. This study reinforces the existing idea that there are very robust compensatory mechanisms that maintain mitochondrial Ca2+ homeostasis. While the work provides useful insights, it could benefit from a broader scope to provide substantial advancement to existing knowledge.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents evidence of ’vocal style’ in sperm whale vocal clans. Vocal style was defined as specific patterns in the way that rhythmic codas were produced, providing a fine-scale means of comparing coda variations. Vocal style effectively distinguished clans similar to the way in which vocal repertoires are typically employed. For non-identity codas, vocal style was found to be more similar among clans with more geographic overlap. This suggests the presence of social transmission across sympatric clans while maintaining clan vocal identity.

      Strengths:

      This is a well-executed study that contributes exciting new insights into cultural vocal learning in sperm whales. The methodology is sound and appropriate for the research question, building on previous work and ground-truthing much of their theories. The use of the Dominica dataset to validate their method lends strength to the concept of vocal style and its application more broadly to the Pacific dataset. The results are framed well in the context of previous works and clearly explain what novel insights the results provide to the current understanding of sperm whale vocal clans. The discussion does an overall great job of outlining why horizontal social learning is the best explanation for the results found.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary issues with the manuscript are in the technical nature of the writing and a lack of clarity at times with certain terminology. For example, several tree figures are presented and ’distance’ between trees is key to the results, yet ’distance’ is not clearly defined in a way for someone unfamiliar with Markov chains to understand. However, these are issues that can easily be dealt with through minor revisions with a view towards making the manuscript more accessible to a general audience.

      I also feel that the discussion could focus a bit more on the broader implications - specifically what the developed methods and results might imply about cultural transmission in other species. This is specifically mentioned in the abstract but not really delved into in detail during the discussion.

      We are grateful for the Reviewer’s recognition of the study’s contributions to understanding cultural vocal learning in sperm whales. In response to the concerns regarding clarity and accessibility, we have revised the manuscript to improve the definition of key concepts, such as the notion of “distance” between subcoda trees. This adjustment ensures clarity for readers unfamiliar with the technical details of Markov chains. Additionally, we have expanded the discussion to highlight broader implications of our findings, particularly their relevance to understanding cultural transmission in other species, as suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The current article presents a new type of analytical approach to the sequential organisation of whale coda units.

      Strengths:

      The detailed description of the internal temporal structure of whale codas is something that has been thus far lacking.

      Weaknesses:

      It is unclear how the insight gained from these analyses differs or adds to the voluminous available literature on how codas varies between whale groups and populations. It provides new details, but what new aspects have been learned, or what features of variation seem to be only revealed by this new approach? The theoretical basis and concepts of the paper are problematical and indeed, hamper potentially the insights into whale communication that the methods could offer. Some aspects of the results are also overstated.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s acknowledgment of the novelty in describing the internal temporal structure of whale codas. Regarding the concern about the unique contributions of this approach, we have further emphasized in the revised manuscript how our methodology reveals previously uncharacterized dimensions of coda structure. Specifically, our work highlights how non-identity codas, which have received limited attention, play a significant role in inter-clan acoustic interactions. By leveraging Variable Length Markov Chains, we provide a nuanced understanding of coda subunits that complements existing studies and demonstrates the value of this analytical approach.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study presented by Leitao et al., represents an important advancement in comprehending the social learning processes of sperm whales across various communicative and socio-cultural contexts. The authors introduce the concept of ”vocal style” as an addition to the previously established notion of ”vocal repertoire,” thereby enhancing our understanding of sperm whale vocal identity.

      Strengths:

      A key finding of this research is the correlation between the similarity of clan vocal styles for non-ID codas and spatial overlap (while no change occurs for ID codas), suggesting that social learning plays a crucial role in shaping symbolic cultural boundaries among sperm whale populations. This work holds great appeal for researchers interested in animal cultures and communication. It is poised to attract a broad audience, including scholars studying animal communication and social learning processes across diverse species, particularly cetaceans.

      Weaknesses:

      In terms of terminology, while the authors use the term ”saying” to describe whale vocalizations, it may be more conservative to employ terms like ”vocalize” or ”whale speech” throughout the manuscript. This approach aligns with the distinction between human speech and other forms of animal communication, as outlined in prior research (Hockett, 1960; Cheney & Seyfarth, 1998; Hauser et al., 2002; Pinker & Jackendoff, 2005; Tomasello, 2010).

      We thank the Reviewer for recognizing the importance of our findings and their appeal to broader audiences interested in animal cultures and communication. In response to the suggestion regarding terminology, we have adopted a more conservative language to align with distinctions between human and non-human communication systems. For example, terms like “vocalize” and “vocal repertoire” are used in place of anthropomorphic terms such as “saying”. This ensures consistency with established conventions while maintaining clarity for a broad readership.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations):

      Comment 1

      Lines 11-13: As mentioned above, the implications for comparing communication systems and cultural transmission in other species isn’t really discussed much and I think it’s a really interesting component of the study’s broader implications.

      Thank you for the comment.

      Action - We added a few more sentences to the discussion regarding this.

      Comment 2

      Figure 1: More information on the figure of these trees would help. What do the connecting lines represent? What do the plain black dots and the black dot with the white dot represent? Especially since the ”distance between trees” is a key result, it’s important that someone unfamiliar with Markov chains can understand the basics of how this is calculated and what it represents. It is explained in the methods, but a brief explanation here would make the results and the figure a lot clearer since the methods are the last section of the manuscript.

      These were omitted as we believed that attempting to introduce the mathematical structure and the methodology to compare two instances, in a figure caption, would have caused more ambiguity than necessary.

      Action - Added an informal introduction to these concepts on the figure caption. Also added a pointer to the Supplementary Materials.

      Comment 3

      Table 1: A definition of dICIs should be included here.

      Added the definition of discrete ICI to the table.

      Comment 4

      Figure 2: The placement of the figures is a bit confusing because they are quite far from the text that references them.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out, we tried to edit the manuscript to improve this issue, but this part of the editing is more within the journal’s powers than our own.

      Action - Moved images closes to the corresponding text in manuscript.

      Comment 5

      Line 117: Probabilistic distance needs to be briefly explained earlier when you first mention distance (see Lines 11-13 comments).

      Action - Clarifications added in the caption of figure 1. as per comment on Lines 11-13

      Comment 6

      Figure 4: Is order considered in these pairwise comparisons? It looks like there are two dots for each pairwise comparison. Additionally, why is the overlap different in these two comparisons? For example, short:four-plus has an overlap of 0.6, while four-plus:short has an overlap of 0.95.

      The x-axis of the plots in Figure 4 is geographical clan overlap. This is calculated as per (Hersh et al., 2022) and is described in our Methods (see “Measuring clan overlap” section). Given two clans—for example, the Four-Plus and the Short clan—spatial overlap is calculated twice: as the proportion of the Four-Plus clan’s repertoires that were recorded within 1,000 km of at least one of the Short clan’s repertoires, and as the proportion of the Short clan’s repertoires that were recorded within 1,000 km of at least one of the Four-Plus clan’s repertoires.

      Order is important in these pairwise comparisons and generates an asymmetric matrix because the clans have different spatial extents. A clan found in only one small region might overlap completely with a clan that spans the Pacific Ocean, while the opposite is not true. For example, the Short clan spans the Pacific Ocean while the Four-Plus clan has been documented over a smaller area (but that smaller area overlaps extensively with the Short clan range). That is why the value is smaller (0.6) when considering how much of the Short clan’s range is shared with the Four-Plus clan, and larger ( 0.95) when considering how much of the Four-Plus clan’s range is shared with the Short clan.

      Action - We have now added a reference to that section of the Methods in our Figure 4 caption and include the clan spatial overlap matrix as a supplemental table (Table S5).

      Comment 7

      Figure 4: I think the reference should be Hersh et al. [11].

      Thank you for catching this.

      Action - Reference corrected

      Comment 8

      Line 227: What aspect of your analysis looked at how often codas were produced? You mention coda frequency, but it is unclear how this was incorporated into your analysis. If this is included in the methods, the language is a bit too technical to easily parse it out.

      Indeed here we are referencing the results of the paper mentioned in the previous line. We do not look at coda production frequency.

      Action - Added citation to paper that actually performs this analysis.

      Comment 9

      Lines 253-255: I think you could dig into this a little more, as ”there is currently no evidence” is not the most convincing argument that something is not a driver. Perhaps expanding on the latter sentence that clans are recognizable across oceans basins would be helpful. Does this suggest that clans with similar geographic overlap experience diverse environmental conditions across ocean basins? If so, this might better strengthen your argument against environmental drivers.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We feel that the next sentence highlights that clans are recognizable across environmental variation from one side to the other of the ocean basin, which supports the inductive reasoning that codas do not vary systematically with environment. However, we have edited these sentences for clarity.

      Comment 10

      Lines 311-314: It would also be interesting to look at vocal style across non-ID coda types. Are some more similar to each other across clans than others? Perhaps vocal style can further distinguish types of non-ID codas.

      In supplementary Materials 3.4.2 and 3.5 we highlight our results when the codas are separated by coda type summarized in Table S4. We do compare the vocal style across non-ID coda types across clans and within the same clan. The results however are aggregated to highlight the differences in style between the clans and a a coda type-only comparison is not shown.

      Comment 11

      Lines 390-392: I’m assuming this is why pairwise comparisons were directional (i.e., there was both an A:B and a B:A comparison)? Can you speak to why A:B and B:A comparisons can have such different overlap values?

      Given two clans—for example, the Four-Plus and the Short clan—spatial overlap is calculated twice: as the proportion of the Four-Plus clan’s repertoires that were recorded within 1,000 km of at least one of the Short clan’s repertoires, and as the proportion of the Short clan’s repertoires that were recorded within 1,000 km of at least one of the Four-Plus clan’s repertoires.

      Order is important in these pairwise comparisons and generates an asymmetric matrix because the clans have different spatial extents. A clan found in only one small region might overlap completely with a clan that spans the Pacific Ocean, while the opposite is not true. For example, the Short clan spans the Pacific Ocean while the Four-Plus clan has been documented over a smaller area (but that smaller area overlaps extensively with the Short clan range). That is why the value is smaller (0.6) when considering how much of the Short clan’s range is shared with the Four-Plus clan, and larger (0.95) when considering how much of the Four-Plus clan’s range is shared with the Short clan.

      Action - We now include the clan spatial overlap matrix as a supplemental table (Table S5).

      Comment 13

      Line 56: Can you briefly explain what memory means in the context of Markov chains?

      We provide an explanation of the meaning of memory in the Methods section on ”Variable length Markov Chains”. Briefly, the memory in this case means how many states in the past of the Markov chain’s current state are required to predict the next transition of the chain itself. Standard Markov chains “look” back only one time step, while k-th order Markov chains look back k steps. In our case, there was no reason to assume that the memory required to predict different sequences of states (interclick intervals) should be the same across all sequences, and thus we adopted the formalism of variable length Markov chains, that allow for different levels of memory across the system.

      Comment 14

      Supplementary Figure S3: Like in the main manuscript, briefly explain or remind us what the blank nodes and the yellow nodes are.

      Action - Clarified that the orange node represents the root of the tree in the figures.

      Comment 15

      Supplementary Figure S7: Put the letters before the dataset name.

      Action - Done.

      Comment 16

      Supplementary Figure S10: Unclear what ’inner vs outer’ means.

      One specifies comparisons across clans (outer) and the other within the same clan (inner)

      Action - Added clarification on the caption of Figure S10

      Comment 17

      Supplementary Figure S14: Include a-c labels in the figure itself.

      Action - Labels added to figure

      Comment 18

      Supplementary Figure S14: The information about the nodes is what needs to be included earlier and in the main body when discussing the trees.

      Action - Added the explanation earlier in the text and in the main body

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations):

      Comment 19

      Line 22: ”Symbolic” and ”Arbitrary” are not synonyms. Please see the comment above.

      We agree. Here, we make the point that the evolution of symbolic markers of group identity can be explained from what are initially arbitrary, and meaningless, signals (see [L1, L2]). Our point being that any vocalization, any coda, could have become selected for as an identity coda, and to become symbolic, and evolve to play a key role in cultural group formation and in-group favoritism because they enable a community of individuals to solve the problem of with whom to collaborate. The specific coda itself does not affect collaborative pay offs, but group specific differences in behavior can, as such the coda is arguably symbolic; as it is observable and recognizable, and can serve as a means for social assortment even when the behavioural differences are not. This can explain the means by which the social segregation which is observed among behaviorally distinct clans of sperm whales. However, in this manuscript, we do not extend this discussion of existing literature and have attempted to concisely describe this in a couple of lines, which clearly do a disservice to the large body of literature on the evolution of symbolic markers and human ethnic groups. We have added some citations to this section so that the reader may follow up should they disagree with out brief introductory statements.

      Action - Added citations and pointers to the literature.

      Comment 20

      Line 24: The authors’ terminology around ”markers”, ”arbitrary”, ”symbolic” is unnecessarily confusing and mystifying, giving the impression these terms are interchangeable. They are not. These terms are an integral and long-established part of key definitions in signal theory. Term use should be followed accordingly. The observation that whale vocal signals vary per population does not necessarily mean that they function as a social tag. The word ”dog” varies per population but its use relates to an animal, not the population that utters the word. ”Dog” is not ”symbolic” of England, English-speaking populations or the English language. Furthermore, the function of whale vocal signals is extremely challenging to determine. In the best conditions, researchers can pin the signal’s context, this is distinct from signal’s function and further even for the signal’s meaning. How exactly the authors determine that whale vocal signals are arbitrary is, thus, perplexing given that this would require a detailed description and understanding of who is producing the song, when, towards whom, and how the receivers react, none of which the authors have and without which no claim on the signals’ function can be made. This terminological laxness and the sensu latu in extremis to various terms in an unjustified, unnecessary and unhelpful.

      We use these terms as established in Hersh et al 2022 and the works leading up to it over the last 20 years in the study of sperm whales. These are often derived from definitions by Boyd and Richerson’s work on culture in humans and animals along with evolution of symbolic markers both in theory and in humans. We agree with the reviewer that these are difficult to establish in non-humans, whales or otherwise, but feel strongly that the accumulating evidence provides strong support for the function of these signals as symbolic markers of cultural groups, and that they likely evolved from initially arbitrary calls which were a part of the vocal repertoire (similar to the process and selective environment in Efferson et al. [L1] and McElreath et al. [L2]). We feel that we do not use these terms interchangeably here, and have inherited their use from definitions from anthropology. The work presented here uses terminology built across two decades of work in cetacean, and sperm whale, culture. And do not feel that these terms should be omitted here.

      Comment 21

      Lines 21-27: Overly broad and hazy paragraph.

      We hope the replies above and our changes satisfy this comment and clarify the text.

      Comment 22

      Figure 1 legend: What are ”memory structures”? Unjustified descriptor.

      The phrase was chosen to make draw some intuition on the variation of context length in variable length markov models.

      Action - Re-worded from memory structures to statistical properties

      Comment 23

      Line 30: Omit ”finite”.

      Action - Omitted.

      Comment 24

      Line 31: Please define and distinguish ”rhythm” and ”tempo”. Also see comment above, rhythm and tempo definitions require the use of IOIs.

      We disagree with the reviewer’s claims here. In our research specifically, and for sperm whale research generally, coda inter-click intervals (ICIs) are calculated as the time between the start of the first click and the start of the subsequent click. This makes ICIs identical to inter-onset intervals (IOIs) under all definitions we are aware of. For example, Burchardt and Knornschild [L3] define IOIs as such: “In a sequence of acoustic signals, the time span between the start of an element and the next element, comprising the element duration and the following gap duration”. We now include a sentence making this point.

      Regardless, we disagree on a more fundamental level with the statement that unless researchers quantify inter-onset intervals (IOIs), they cannot make any claims about rhythm. There are many studies that investigate rhythmic aspects of human and animal vocalizations without using IOIs [L4–L7]. If the duration of sound elements of interest is relatively constant (as is the case for sperm whale clicks), then rhythm analyses can still be meaningfully conducted on inter-call intervals (the silent intervals between calls).

      For sperm whales, coda rhythm is defined by the relative ICIs standardized by their total duration. These can be clustered into discrete, defined rhythm types based on characteristic ICI patterns. Coda tempo is relative to the total duration of the coda itself. This can also be clustered into discrete tempo types across all coda durations as well (see [L8]).

      Action - We added a sentence specifying that in this case we can use both ICIs and IOIs because of the standardized length of a single click.

      Comment 25

      Line 36: Are there non-vocalized codas to require the disambiguation here?

      No, we have omitted for clarity.

      Comment 26

      Line 44: ”Higher” than which other social group class?

      Sperm whales live in a multi-level social organization. Clans are a “higher” level of social organization than the social “units” which we define in line 40. Clans are made up of all units which share similar production repertoire of codas.

      Action - We have added ’above social units’ on line 44 to make this clear.

      Comment 27

      Line 47: The use of “symbolic” continues to be enigmatic, even if authors are taking in this classification from other researchers. In signal theory (semiotics), not all biomarkers are necessarily symbols. I advise the authors to avoid the use of the term colloquially and instead adopt the definition used in the research field within which the study falls in.

      There is ample examples of the use of ”symbolic” when referring to markers of in-group membership both in human and non-human cultures.Our choice to use the term “symbolic” is based on a previous study [L9] that found quantitative evidence that sperm whale identity codas function as symbolic markers of cultural identity, at least for Pacific Ocean clans. The full reasoning behind why the authors used the term “symbolic markers” is given in that paper, but briefly, they found evidence that identity coda usage becomes more distinct as clan overlap increases, while non-identity coda usage does not change. This matches theoretical and empirical work on human symbolic markers[L1, L2, L10, L11].

      Action - We retain the use of the term here, as defined in the works cited, and based on its prior usage in the study of both human and non-human cultures.

      Comment 28

      Line 50: This statement is not technically accurate. The use of a signal as a marker by individuals can only be determined by how individuals ”interpret” and react to that signal - e.g., via playback experiments - it cannot be determined by how different populations use and produce the signals.

      We respectfully disagree. While we agree that the optimal situation would be that of playback, the contextual use can provide insight into the functional use of signals; as can expected patterns of use and variation, as was tested in the papers we cite. However, this argument is not the scope nor the synthesis of this paper. These statements are supported by existing published works, as cited, and we encourage the reviewer to take exception with those papers.

      Comment 29

      Line 69: ”Meaningful speech characteristics”??? These terms do not logically or technically follow the previous statement. Why not stay faithful to the results and state that the method used seems to be valid and reliable because it confirms former studies and methods?

      Action - Reworded to better underline the method’s results with previous studies

      Comment 30

      Lines 72-74: This statement doesn’t seem to accurately capture/explain/resume the difference between ID and non-ID codas.

      We are not sure what the reviewer is referring to in this case. The sentence in this case was meant to explain the different relations that ID/non-ID codas have with clan sympatry.

      Comment 31

      Line 75: The information provided in the few previous sentences does not allow the reader to understand why these results support the notion that cultural transmission and social learning occurs between clans.

      We conclude out introduction with a brief summary of our overall findings, which we then use the rest of the manuscript to support these statements.

      Comment 32

      Table 1: So far, the authors refer to their analyses as capturing the ”rhythm” of whale clicks. Consequently, it is not readily clear at this point why the authors rely on ”ICIs” (inter click intervals) instead of the ”universal” measure used across taxa to capture the rhythm of signal sequences - IOIs (inter onset intervals). If ICIs are the same measure as IOIs, why not use the common term, instead of creating a new term name? Alternatively, if ICIs are not equivalent to IOIs, then arguably the analyses do not capture the ”rhythm” of whale clicks, as claimed by the authors. Any rhythmic claim will need to be based on IOI measures. In animal behaviour, stereotyped is primarily used to describe pathological, dysfunctional behaviour. I suggest the use of other adjective, such as ”regular”, ”repetitive”, ”recurring”, ”predictable”. Another deviation from typical terminology: ”usage frequency” -¿ ”production rate”. Why is a clan a ”higher-order” level of social organization? This requires explanation, at least a mention, of what are the ”lower-order” levels. To the non-expert reader, there is a logical circularity/gap here: Clans are said to produce clan-specific codas, and then, it is said that codas are used to delineate clans. Either one deduces, or one infers, but not both. This raises the question, are clans confirmed by any other means than codas?

      We are not creating a “new term name”: inter-click interval (ICI) is the standard terminology used in odontocete (toothed whale) research. We take the reviewer’s point that some readers will not be coming to our paper with that background, however, and now explicitly point out that ICI is synonymous with IOI for sperm whales. Please see our response to your earlier comment for more on this point.

      Comment 33

      Line 92: Unclear term, ”sub-sequence”. Fig. 1B doesn’t seem to readily help disambiguate the meaning of the term.

      In fact reference to Fig. 1B is misplaced as it does not refer to the text. A sub-sequence is simply a contiguous subset of a coda, a subset of it.

      Action - Removed ambiguous reference to Fig. 1B

      Comment 34

      Line 94: How does the use of ”sequence” compare here with ”sub-sequence” above?

      In fact its the same situation although the previous comment highlighted a source of ambiguity.

      Action - Reworded the sentence to be less confusing.

      Comment 35

      Line 95: Signal sequences don’t ”contain” memory, they require memory for processing.

      Action - Rephrased from “sequences contain memory” to “states depend on previous sequences of varying length”.

      Comment 36

      Lines 95-97: The analogy with human language seems forced, combinatorics in any given species are expected to entail different transitions between unit/unit-sequences.

      Thank you for the comment. Indeed, the purpose of the analogy is to illustrate how variable length Markov Chains work (which have been shown to be good at discerning even accents of the same language). We used human language as an analogy to provide the readers’ with a more intuitive understanding of the results.

      Action - Revised paragraph to read: “Despite we do not have direct evidence of unitary blocks in sperm whale communication, on can imagine this effect similarly to what happens with words (e.g., a word beginning with “re” can continue in more ways than one starting with “zy”).”

      Comment 37

      Line 97: Unclear which possibility is this.

      Action - Made the wording clearer.

      Comment 38

      Line 99: Invocation of memory, although common in the use of Markov chains, in inadequate here given that the research did not study how individuals perceived or processed click sequences, only how individual produced click sequences. If the authors are referring to the cognitive load imposed by producing clicks sequences, terms such as ”sequence planning” will be more accurate.

      Here, we use the term “fixed-memory” in relation to the definition of a variable length Markov model. We feel that, in this section of the manuscript, the context is clear that it is a mathematical definition and in no way invokes the biological idea of memory or cognition. It is rather standard to use memory to describe the order of Markov chains. Swapping words in the definition of mathematical objects when the context is clear seems to cause unnecessary ambiguity.

      Action - We clarified this in the manuscript (see comments above).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations):

      Comment 39

      Line 16: Add ”broadly defined” as there are many other more restricted definitions (see for example Tomasello 1999; 2009). Tomasello M (1999) The cultural origins of human cognition. Harvard University Press, Cambridge Tomasello M (2009) The question of chimpanzee culture, plus postscript (chimpanzee culture 2009). In: Laland KN, Galef BG (eds) The question of animal culture. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, pp 198-221.

      Thanks for the clarification.

      Action - We added the term “broadly” and added the last reference.

      Comment 40

      Line 22: Is all stable social learned behavior that becomes idiosyncratic and ”distinguishable” considered symbolic markers? If not, consider adding ”potentially.”

      No, but the evolution of cultural groups with differing behavior can reorganize the selective environment in such a way that it can favour an in-group bias that was not initially advantageous to individuals and lead to a preference towards others who share an overt symbolic marker that initially had no meaning and a random frequency in both populations. That is to say, even randomly assigned trivial groups can evolve arbitrary symbolic markers through in-group favouritism once behavioural differences exist even in the absence of any history of rivalry, conflict, or competition between groups. See for example [L1, L2].

      Comment 41

      Table 1: Identity codas are defined as a ”Subset of coda types most frequently used by a sperm whale clan; canonically used to define vocal clans.” Therefore, I infer that an identity coda is not exclusively used by a specific clan and may be utilized by other clans, albeit less frequently. If this is the case, what criteria determine the frequency of usage for a coda to be categorized as an identity or non-identity coda? Does the criteria used to differentiate between ID and non-ID codas reflect the observed differences in micro changes between the two and within clans?

      The methods for this categorization are defined, discussed, and justified in previous work in [L9, L12]. We feel its outside the scope of this paper to review these details here in this manuscript. However, the differences between vocal styles discussed here and the frequency production repertoires which allow for the definition of identity codas are on different scales. The differences between identity and non-identity codas are not the observed differences in vocal style reported here.

      Comment 42

      Table 1: The definition of vocal style states that it ”Encodes the rhythmic variations within codas.” However, if rhythm changes, does the type of coda change as well? Typically, in musical terms, the component that maintains the structure of a rhythm is ”tempo,” not ”rhythm.” How much microvariation is acceptable to maintain the same rhythm, and when do these variations constitute a new rhythm?

      Thank you for raising this important point about the relationship between rhythmic variations and coda categorization. In our definition, ”vocal style” refers to subtle, micro-level variations in the rhythmic structure of codas that do not alter their overarching categorical identity. These microvariations are akin to ”tempo” changes in musical terms, which can modify the expression of a rhythm without fundamentally altering its structure.

      The threshold at which microvariations constitute a new rhythm, and thus a new coda type, remains an open question and is a limitation of current analytical approaches. In our study, we used established classification methods to group codas into types, treating variations within these groups as part of the same rhythm. Future work could refine these thresholds to better distinguish between meaningful rhythmic variation and the emergence of new coda types.

      Comment 43

      Table 1: Change ”say” to ”vocalize” (similarly as used in line 273 for humpback whales ”vocalizations”).

      Thanks.

      Action - Done.

      Comment 44

      Lines 33-35 and Figure 1-C: Can a lay listener discern the microvariations within each coda type by ear? Consider including sound samples of individual rhythmic microvariations for the same coda type pattern (e.g., Four plus, Palindrome, Plus One, Regular) to provide readers/listeners with an impression of their detectability. If authors considered too much or redundant Supplemental material at least give a sound sample for each the 4 subcodas modeled structures examples of 4R2 coda variations depicted in Figure 1-C so the reader can have an acoustic impression of them.

      We do not think that human listeners would be able to all of the variation detected here. However, this does not mean that it is not important variation for the whales. Human observers being able to classify call variation aurally shouldn’t be seen as a bar representing important biological variation for non-human species, given that their hearing and vocal production systems have evolved independently. Importantly, ’Four Plus’,’Palindrome’, etc are names of Clans; sympatric, but socially segregated, communities of whale families, which share a distinct vocal dialect of coda types. These clans each have have distinguishable coda dialects made up of dozens of coda types (and delineated based on identity codas), these are not names/categorical coda types themselves.

      Action - We now provide audio samples of all coda types listed in Figure 1B in the paper’s Github repository.

      Comment 45

      Line 69: As stated above, it may be confusing to refer to it as ”speech.” I suggest adding something like: ”Our method does capture one essential characteristic of human speech: phonology.” Reply 45.—Thank you for drawing our attention to this.

      Action - We removed the word “speech” from the manuscript, using “communication” and/or “vocalization” depending on the context.

      Comment 46

      Line 111-112: Consider adding a sound sample of the variation of the 4R2 coda type that can be vocalized as BCC but also as CBB as supplementary data.

      What the reviewer has correctly observed is that the traditional categorical coda type ’names’ do not capture the variation within a type by rhythm nor by tempo.

      Action - We have added samples of all coda types listed in Figure 1B in the paper’s Github repo.

      Comment 47

      Figure 3: Include a sound sample for each of the 7 coda types in Figure 1B (”specific vocal repertoires”) to illustrate the set of coda types used and their associated usage frequencies, or at least for each of the 7 coda types in Figure 3 and tables S1 and S2.

      Sperm whales in the Eastern Caribbean produce dozens of rhythm types across at least five categorical tempo types [L8, L13]. The coda types represented in Figure 1B do not demonstrate all the variability inherent in the sperm whales’ vocal dialect. Importantly, Figure 3, as well as table S1 and S2, refer to clan-level dialects not specific individual coda types.

      Action - We added sound samples for each coda rhythm type listed in Figure 1B to the Github repository.

      Comment 48

      Lines 184-190: It is unclear what human analogy term is used for ID codas. This needs clarification.

      We are not making an analogy in humans for the role of ID vs non-ID codas, but only providing the example of accents as changes in vocalization (style) without a change in the actual words used (repertoire).

      Action - We tried to make it clearer in the manuscript.

      Comment 49

      Line 190: Change ”whale speech” to ”whale vocalizations.”

      Thanks.

      Action - Done.

      Comment 50

      Figure 4: Correct citation number Hersh ”10” to Hersh ”11.”

      Thanks.

      Action - Fixed the reference.

      Comment 51

      Lines 224-232: Clarify whether the reference to how spatial overlap affects the frequency of ID codas refers to shared ID codas between clans or the production frequency of each coda within the total repertoire of codas.

      The similarity between ID coda repertoires we are referring to there is based on the ID codas of both clans.

      More details on the comparison can be found in [L9].

      Action - We added a sentence explaining the comparison is made using the joint set of ID codas.

      Comment 52

      Lines 240-241: What are non-ID codas vocal cues for?

      Non-ID codas likely serve as flexible, context-dependent signals that facilitate group coordination, convey environmental or social context, and promote social learning, especially in mixed-clan or overlapping habitats. Their variability suggests multifunctional roles shaped by ecological and social pressures.

      Comment 53

      Lines 267-268: It’s unclear whether non-ID coda vocal styles are genetically inherited or not, as argued in lines 257-258.

      We did not intend to argue that non-ID coda vocal styles are genetically inherited. Instead, we aimed to present a hypothetical consideration: if non-ID coda vocal styles were genetically inherited, one would expect a direct correlation between vocal style similarity and genetic relatedness. This hypothetical framework was introduced to strengthen our argument that the observed patterns are unlikely to be explained by genetic inheritance, as such correlations have not been observed. While we acknowledge that we lack definitive proof to rule out genetic influences entirely, the evidence available strongly suggests that social learning, rather than genetic transmission, is the more plausible mechanism.

      Action - Clarified in manuscript.

      Comment 54

      Line 277: Can males mate with females from different clans?

      Yes, genetic evidence shows that males may even switch ocean basins.

      Action - We have clarified that we mean the female members of units from different clans have only rarely been observed to interact at sea between clans.

      Comment 55

      Lines 287-292: Consider discussing the difference between controlled/voluntary and automatic/involuntary imitation and their implications for cultural selection and social learning (see Heyes 2011; 2012). Heyes, C. (2011). Automatic imitation. Psychological bulletin, 137(3), 463. Heyes, C. (2012). What’s social about social learning?. Journal of comparative psychology, 126(2), 193.

      Thank you for your insightful comment regarding this. The distinction between controlled/voluntary and automatic/involuntary imitation, as highlighted by Heyes [L14, L15], provides a potentially valuable framework for interpreting social learning mechanisms in sperm whales. Automatic imitation refers to reflexive, often unconscious mimicry driven by perceptual or motor coupling, while controlled imitation involves deliberate and goal-directed efforts to replicate behaviors. Both forms likely play complementary roles in the cultural transmission observed in sperm whales.

      This dual-process perspective highlights the potential for cultural selection to act at different levels. Automatic imitation may drive convergence in shared environments, promoting acoustic homogeneity and facilitating inter-clan communication. In contrast, controlled imitation ensures the preservation of clan-specific vocal traditions, maintaining cultural diversity. This interplay between automatic and controlled processes could reflect a balancing act between cultural assimilation and differentiation, underscoring the adaptive value of these mechanisms in dynamic social and ecological contexts.

      Action - We have incorporated a short discussion of this distinction and its implications for our findings in the Discussion. Additionally, we have cited [L14, L15] to provide theoretical grounding for this interpretation.

      Comment 56

      Methods: Consider integrating the paragraph from lines 319-321 into lines 28-35 and eliminate redundant information.

      Thanks.

      Action - We implemented the suggestion, removing the first paragraph of the Dataset description and integrating the information when we introduce the concepts of codas and clicks.

      [L1] C. Efferson, R. Lalive, and E. Fehr, Science 321, 1844 (2008).

      [L2] R. McElreath, R. Boyd, and P. Richerson, Curr. Anthropol. 44, 122 (2003).

      [L3] L. S. Burchardt and M. Knornschild, PLoS Computational Biology 16, e1007755 (2020).

      [L4] A. Ravignani and K. de Reus, Evolutionary Bioinformatics 15, 1176934318823558 (2019).

      [L5] C. T. Kello, S. D. Bella, B. Med´ e, and R. Balasubramaniam, Journal of the Royal Society Interface 14, 20170231 (2017).

      [L6] D. Gerhard, Canadian Acoustics 31, 22 (2003).

      [L7] N. Mathevon, C. Casey, C. Reichmuth, and I. Charrier, Current Biology 27, 2352 (2017).

      [L8] P. Sharma, S. Gero, R. Payne, D. F. Gruber, D. Rus, A. Torralba, and J. Andreas, Nature Communications 15, 3617 (2024).

      [L9] T. A. Hersh, S. Gero, L. Rendell, M. Cantor, L. Weilgart, M. Amano, S. M. Dawson, E. Slooten, C. M. Johnson, I. Kerr, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 119, e2201692119 (2022).

      [L10] R. Boyd and P. J. Richerson, Cult Anthropol 2, 65 (1987). [L11] E. Cohen, Curr. Anthropol. 53, 588 (2012).

      [L12] T. A. Hersh, S. Gero, L. Rendell, and H. Whitehead, Methods Ecol. Evol. 12, 1668 (2021), ISSN 2041-210X, 2041-210X.

      [L13] S. Gero, A. Bøttcher, H. Whitehead, and P. T. Madsen, R. Soc. Open Sci. 3, 160061 (2016).

      [L14] C. Heyes, Psychological Bulletin 137, 463 (2011).

      [L15] C. Heyes, Journal of Comparative Psychology 126, 193 (2012).

    1. Briefing Document : Examen des biais institutionnels et de leur impact sur la prestation des services publics Source : Excerpts from "Comprendre les biais institutionnels et leur impact sur la prestation des services publics" (Youth Job Accelerator - Yojoa, basé sur diverses recherches dont Mugglin et al., 2022).

      Date : 18 juin 2024

      Introduction :

      • Ce document présente une synthèse des principaux thèmes et idées clés issus de l'article "Comprendre les biais institutionnels et leur impact sur la prestation des services publics".

      Ce travail explore la nature des biais institutionnels, leurs différences avec les biais individuels et leurs conséquences significatives sur la qualité et l'équité de la prestation des services publics, en particulier dans les secteurs de la santé et des services d'urgence.

      L'article s'appuie sur une revue de la littérature internationale et met en lumière les résultats d'études menées en Suisse, notamment celles de Mugglin et al. (2022) sur le racisme structurel.

      Thèmes Principaux et Idées Clés :

      1. Définition et Prévalence des Biais :

      • Biais Individuel : Préjugé en faveur ou contre une chose, une personne ou un groupe par rapport à un autre, souvent considéré comme injuste ou déraisonnable dans les processus décisionnels.

      "Le biais est défini comme un préjugé en faveur ou contre une chose, une personne ou un groupe par rapport à un autre, ce qui est généralement considéré comme injuste ou déraisonnable, en particulier dans les processus décisionnels (Sparkman-Key, 2020)".

      • Universalité des Biais : Les biais affectent tout le monde, influencés par des facteurs historiques, la socialisation, l'exposition aux médias et les expériences personnelles (genre, opinions politiques, classe sociale, âge, handicap, religion, sexualité, race, ethnicité, langue et nationalité).

      • Biais Institutionnel (ou Institutionnalisé) : Discriminations systémiques intégrées dans les structures et les pratiques des institutions, désavantageant certains groupes.

      Ce sont des "coutumes et des pratiques établies qui reflètent et produisent systématiquement des inégalités basées sur les groupes (Dovidio, 2013)".

      • Distinction Individuel vs. Institutionnel : Le biais individuel se situe au niveau des préjugés personnels, tandis que le biais institutionnel opère au niveau des organisations et des systèmes.

      Ils peuvent se renforcer mutuellement. "Dans les cas où les individus peuvent ne pas avoir de préjugés ou de comportements stéréotypés, les espaces dans lesquels ils se trouvent peuvent manifester un biais systémique contre les groupes sociaux marginalisés."

      • Origines du Biais Institutionnel : Il ne résulte pas toujours d'une discrimination délibérée, mais souvent de l'adhésion involontaire de la majorité aux normes sociales existantes et de l'application (consciente ou inconsciente) des biais par la direction dans les politiques et pratiques (recrutement, promotion, services, etc.).

      2. Impacts du Biais Institutionnel sur la Prestation des Services :

      Système de Santé :

      • Préjugés Inconscients des Professionnels : De nombreux professionnels de la santé présentent des préjugés inconscients à l'égard de certains groupes de patients.

      • Racisme dans les Interactions : Le biais racial affecte l'octroi de traitement et de diagnostic, entraînant un manque de confiance et un retard dans la recherche de soins pour les minorités racialisées.

      "Selon l'étude, les minorités racialisées reçoivent des soins inadéquats dans les interactions de soins de santé, ce qui entraîne un manque de confiance et un retard dans la recherche de soins."

      • Stéréotypes Négatifs : Les patients appartenant à des minorités raciales sont parfois perçus comme difficiles.
      • Biais en Faveur du Groupe Majoritaire : Influence négative sur les décisions médicales.

      • Réticence à Discuter du Racisme : Tendance à considérer le service de santé comme impartial et à éviter les discussions sur le racisme au travail.

      • Expériences de Racisme en Suisse : Des soignants racisés en Suisse rapportent que le racisme structurel passe souvent inaperçu, avec des minimisations ou des évitements de la discussion par les patients et parfois les collègues.

      La discrimination va du rejet aux doutes sur les compétences et aux commentaires blessants. "Schwarz (2019) souligne que 'ce qui rend ces expériences particulièrement inquiétantes, c'est leur caractère récurrent'."

      • Race comme Déterminant de la Santé : La race, en tant que construction sociale, influence les inégalités dans la prestation des soins.

      • Trois Facteurs Alimentant les Inégalités : attitudes et biais implicites des prestataires, stéréotypes de maladies et nomenclature clinique, et algorithmes cliniques, outils et directives de traitement.

      • Stéréotypes de Maladies et Nomenclature Clinique : Association erronée de certaines maladies à des origines raciales spécifiques (exemples de la drépanocytose et de la maladie de Tay-Sachs). Nécessité de passer des stéréotypes raciaux aux facteurs de risque réels.

      • Algorithmes Cliniques et Technologies : Biais et performances sous-optimales de certaines technologies médicales en raison d'une prise en compte insuffisante de la diversité des patients (biais de sélection, décisions inéquitables, racisme systémique).

      • Impact de la Pigmentation de la Peau : Les oxymètres de pouls sont moins précis chez les individus à la pigmentation de peau plus foncée, pouvant entraîner des décisions cliniques incorrectes. Des disparités similaires existent pour certains dispositifs ophtalmologiques.

      • Biais dans le Triage d'Urgence : Une étude révèle que le sexe et l'origine ethnique peuvent influencer la décision de priorisation. Les cas masculins sont plus souvent considérés comme des urgences vitales que les cas féminins, et les patients noirs simulés reçoivent une priorité inférieure par rapport aux autres groupes ethniques.

      • Syndrome Méditerranéen : Biais implicite où les professionnels de la santé ont la fausse idée que les personnes d'origine maghrébine, africaine et d’Europe de l'Est sont moins sensibles à la douleur ou exagèrent leur douleur, menant à de moins bons résultats de santé.

      • Pseudo-diagnostics Non Divulgués : En Suisse, des professionnels de la santé ont posé des pseudo-diagnostics sans les communiquer à des patients racisés en raison de difficultés de communication.

      • Croyance en une Tolérance à la Douleur Plus Élevée : Persistance de cette croyance chez le personnel médical suisse concernant les individus noirs, affectant la proposition d'anesthésie péridurale aux femmes noires en travail.

      • Disparités Ethniques en Santé Maternelle : Au Royaume-Uni et en Irlande, les femmes noires ont un risque significativement plus élevé de mortalité maternelle et post-partum, avec des témoignages de douleur ignorée et de stéréotypes. "Il y a un stéréotype selon lequel les femmes noires ne ressentent pas la douleur et sont assez agressives et bruyantes, très fortes, donc nous sommes capables de supporter plus de douleur."

      Organisations des Services d'Urgence (Police, Pompiers, Services Médicaux d'Urgence) :

      • Sous-représentation des Personnes de Couleur : Présence de biais pouvant conduire à cette sous-représentation dans le personnel de sécurité.

      • Biais Raciaux dans la Vérification des Antécédents : Utilisation de facteurs sociaux (pauvreté) et de jugement humain (biais d'affinité, de confirmation, statistique) pouvant défavoriser les personnes de couleur dans l'obtention d'habilitations de sécurité.

      • Sous-représentation chez les Pompiers aux États-Unis :

      Les personnes blanches et non hispaniques représentent une majorité écrasante.

      Les causes potentielles incluent des biais socio-économiques liés à l'éducation primaire et secondaire (ségrégation raciale dans les écoles publiques) et aux effets de la criminalité et de la pauvreté (faible qualité de vie et d'éducation, problèmes de santé mentale).

      3. Perspectives de la Recherche de Mugglin et al. (2022) en Suisse :

      • Racisme Structurel Avéré : L'étude a révélé des indications claires de discrimination institutionnelle et structurelle dans divers domaines en Suisse.

      • Domaine du Travail :Moins de chances pour les personnes hautement qualifiées issues de milieux migrants d'accéder à des postes de direction dans le travail social, même avec une éducation et une naturalisation suisses.

      • Discrimination variable selon l'origine, avec moins de discrimination pour les personnes venant de France, d'Allemagne ou du Portugal comparées à celles perçues comme venant des Balkans ou d'Afrique.

      • Écarts salariaux, taux de chômage et types d'emplois disproportionnés pour les personnes originaires des Balkans ou d'Afrique.

      • Marché du Travail (Étude de Hangartner et al., 2021) : Les personnes portant des noms de famille étrangers reçoivent moins de clics sur les plateformes de recrutement en ligne, avec des écarts plus importants pour les personnes d'Europe de l'Est, des pays de l'ex-Yougoslavie et d'Afrique subsaharienne.

      • Police : Le profilage racial est une pratique institutionnelle. Les hommes noirs et les personnes d'origine asiatique sont particulièrement concernés. Des témoignages d'hommes d'Afrique de l'Ouest en Suisse rapportent des contrôles arbitraires, un manque d'explication, un sentiment d'impuissance et une limitation de la liberté de mouvement.

      4. Rôle de la Culture Institutionnelle :

      • Une culture institutionnelle progressiste favorise l'égalité et la productivité.

      • L'intégration de la diversité et de l'inclusion accélère les performances.

      • Une étude sur les pompiers monégasques montre une tension entre les préjugés individuels et la culture officielle de service public égalitaire.

      L'engagement envers le service public peut atténuer les préjugés personnels et inciter à agir de manière impartiale.

      "Même lorsque les pompier·e·s individuel·le·s avaient des préjugés inconciliables avec l'engagement de l'institution envers un service égalitaire, l'étude a montré leur capacité à contenir leurs préjugés et à agir de manière impartiale dans leurs responsabilités envers le public."

      • Des politiques et pratiques institutionnelles solides, valorisant le service et l'égalitarisme, sont essentielles.

      5. Stratégies pour Lutter Contre les Biais Institutionnels :

      • Promouvoir une Culture Progressive Axée sur le Service : Les institutions et les agences gouvernementales devraient activement développer une telle culture.

      • Mise en Œuvre de Politiques et Pratiques Inclusives et Diversifiées : L'inclusion à tous les niveaux et dans les processus décisionnels est cruciale.

      • Identification et Correction Rapide des Biais : La direction et les employés doivent être vigilants et réactifs.

      • Examen Critique Régulier des Politiques, Lois et Pratiques : Pour identifier et démanteler les biais.

      • Encourager des Canaux de Communication Efficaces : Entre les employés et la direction pour traiter les préoccupations liées aux biais. L'utilisation de technologies d'IA pour la communication dans le secteur de la santé peut aider à réduire les biais liés aux barrières linguistiques.

      • Éducation Continue sur l'Inclusion, la Diversité et les Biais : Sensibiliser les travailleurs du secteur public à leurs propres biais personnels et institutionnels.

      • Promouvoir la Sensibilisation du Public aux Biais : Habiliter les individus à identifier et accepter leurs biais pour pouvoir les corriger.

      • Formation aux Compétences de Gestion des Biais et Sensibilisation aux Effets Néfastes : Particulièrement dans le système de santé.

      • Programmes d'Action Positive : Pour accroître la représentation des groupes défavorisés dans divers secteurs de leadership.

      Conclusion :

      Le biais institutionnel est un problème sociétal omniprésent, profondément ancré dans les structures systémiques et allant au-delà du biais individuel.

      Il entraîne des disparités significatives dans l'emploi, l'éducation, les soins de santé et l'application de la loi.

      Pour le combattre efficacement, une approche multifacette est nécessaire, incluant des réformes politiques, une sensibilisation accrue et un changement de culture institutionnelle.

      Les institutions doivent également tenir compte des contextes culturels lors de l'élaboration de stratégies contre les biais. Seuls des efforts concertés permettront de construire une société plus équitable garantissant un accès égal aux services publics pour tous.

    1. 要点

      思维过程: 1. 初步分析: 文章探讨了ChatGPT在现代教育中的地位,从介绍、功能、局限性到实际应用、未来展望以及师生建议,结构完整,层次清晰。重点在于理解ChatGPT是什么、能做什么、不能做什么,以及如何在教育中有效利用和应对其挑战。

      1. 关键信息提取: 分段阅读,提炼每段核心观点和关键信息,尤其关注定义、功能、限制、应用案例、未来趋势和建议部分。

        • 引言: ChatGPT是教育未来重要组成部分,引发无限可能和担忧,需探索其潜力并解决担忧。
        • 定义: OpenAI开发的先进语言模型,理解和生成类人文本,深度学习,用途广泛。
        • 理解ChatGPT: 基于Transformer架构的AI,分析预测数据模式,自然对话体验。
        • 功能: 内容创作、即时反馈、互动学习,辅助课程开发、创意写作、对话模拟。
        • 局限性: 难以处理细致/专业话题,缺乏实时学习能力,需持续关注。
        • 学习工具: 师生通用,辅助备课、生成素材、互动练习,模拟人物对话。
        • 课程目标对齐: 需策略性整合,根据学习目标定制AI功能,提升写作/科学技能。
        • 培养批判性思维: 开放式对话挑战学生观点,鼓励深度思考,讨论不同观点/结果。
        • 缺点警惕: 情境理解限制、内容偏见、监管需求、过度依赖风险、隐私数据安全。
        • 设定明确期望: AI是工具非替代品,辅助教师,教师引导和完善AI贡献,控制学习体验。
        • 课堂应用实例: 互动故事、历史人物对话、科学情景模拟,培养创造力、合作、批判性思维。
        • 教育未来: 拥抱AI而非禁止,未来学习转向人类能力,AI自动化基础任务,推动项目式、个性化学习。
        • 定制学习: AI助手个性化学习,历史/语言学习案例,挑战在于情境理解/情感智能。
        • 教师角色: 伙伴非替代,角色转变为导师,AI辅助基础工作,教师提供情感支持/指导,教师专业知识不可替代。
        • 教师如何辅助ChatGPT: 教育领导者观点:ChatGPT能力和局限,大学应对策略(短期评估风险,长期调整教学),ChatGPT增强课堂体验方式(辅助基础任务,转向高阶思维,个性化学习)。
        • 教师最大化ChatGPT潜力策略: 用于高阶任务、项目式学习、定制评估、评估AI-proof评估、用于对话AI应用、课程转向高阶思维、用于文本生成任务、强调人类专业知识价值。
        • 结论: AI融入学生生活,教育需拥抱变革,平衡人类智慧与AI辅助。
        • 学生建议: 拥抱技术素养、平衡AI辅助与个人成长、寻求协作学习机会。
        • 教师建议: 培养AI素养、重塑批判性思维评估、整合AI为协作工具。
      2. 组织关键点: 按照文章结构,将提取的信息分类组织,形成清晰的结构框架,方便阅读和理解。使用一级、二级标题突出重点。

      3. 细节补充与完善: 在结构框架下,补充关键细节,例如具体的AI功能、应用案例、局限性示例、建议的具体内容等,使关键点更丰满、更具体。对一些专业术语进行简单解释(如Conversational AI),方便理解。检查关键点是否全面覆盖原文核心内容,并进行微调和润色,确保语言简洁准确。

      4. 最终结果: 按照指定格式输出,包括思维过程和最终结果,保证两者清晰呈现。调整最终结果格式,使其更易读、重点突出。

      最终结果: 思维过程: 1. 初步分析: 2. 关键信息提取: 3. 组织关键点: 4. 细节补充与完善: 5. 最终结果:

      最终结果:

      关键点提取:ChatGPT 在现代教育中的地位

      导言

      • 教育的未来: ChatGPT 代表学习空间的新景象,融合对话式 AI 引发无限可能和担忧。
      • 探索与展望: 文章旨在探索教育创新的未来,深入研究 ChatGPT 的潜力并应对相关担忧。

      什么是 ChatGPT?

      • 先进语言模型: OpenAI 开发,理解和生成类人文本,基于输入信息。
      • 深度学习技术: 利用深度学习处理和生成上下文相关的响应,多用途工具,包括教育。

      理解 ChatGPT 的工作原理

      • 核心技术:人工智能 (AI) 采用 Transformer 架构,分析和预测数据模式。
      • 自然对话体验: 理解和响应用户输入,创造自然的对话体验。

      ChatGPT 的能力

      • 多样且影响力深远的应用:
        • 内容创作辅助
        • 即时反馈提供
        • 互动学习促进
      • 高级功能:
        • 课程开发辅助
        • 创意写作 Prompt 生成
        • 语言学习对话模拟
      • 教育创新资产: 为寻求教学方法创新的教育工作者提供宝贵资源。

      ChatGPT 的局限性

      • 尚待克服的限制:
        • 难以处理细致入微或高度专业化的话题。
        • 缺乏实时学习能力,适应不断变化的环境可能存在延迟。
      • 理解局限性至关重要: 有效利用 AI 助手于教育环境。

      将 ChatGPT 用作学习工具

      • 通用学习工具: 教师和学生的通用学习工具,改进传统教育方法。
      • 教师应用:
        • 内容创作辅助:生成教案、测验和互动学习材料。
      • 学生应用:
        • 语言技能提升:参与对话练习。
        • 互动课程生动化:模拟历史人物或文学角色进行互动对话。

      使 ChatGPT 与课程目标保持一致

      • 策略性整合: 识别具体学习成果,定制 AI 功能以实现目标。
      • 应用示例:
        • 写作课程:提供个性化写作 Prompt 和建设性反馈。
        • 科学课程:模拟科学讨论,帮助理解复杂概念。

      利用 ChatGPT 培养批判性思维

      • 开放式对话: 挑战学生观点,培养深度思考习惯。
      • 应用示例:
        • 文学课:Prompt 讨论不同情节走向或人物动机,鼓励发散思维。
      • 培养核心技能: 提供不同视角,鼓励分析,培养批判性思维、学术成功和现实问题解决能力。

      使用 ChatGPT 的缺点及注意事项

      • 潜在的缺点:
        • 情境理解的局限性
        • 生成内容中潜在的偏见
        • 需要警惕的监督,确保回应的适当性
      • 教育工作者的注意事项:
        • 警惕对 AI 的过度依赖,尤其是在需要细致理解的专业科目中。
        • 隐私和数据安全问题。

      设定和沟通明确的期望

      • 工具而非替代品: 将 AI 助手视为工具,而非取代人类专业知识。
      • 辅助而非取代教师: AI 旨在辅助教师,而非取代其角色。
      • 协作伙伴关系: 教师指导和完善 AI 的贡献,AI 的有效性取决于如何运用,教师掌控学习体验。

      课堂实践应用案例

      • 互动故事讲述 (语言艺术课): 学生协作创作故事,ChatGPT 接续,培养创造力和合作。
      • 历史人物对话 (历史课): 模拟与历史人物对话,学生提问,AI 模拟人物回应,提供历史背景见解。
      • 科学情景模拟 (科学课): 模拟生态挑战,学生与 AI 讨论并 Brainstorm 解决方案,培养批判性思维和问题解决能力。

      ChatGPT 赋能的教育未来

      • 挑战与应对: 正视 AI 带来的挑战,禁止非解决之道,应制定明确的应用指南。
      • 新教育范式: 未来学习将以人为本,更多依赖 AI 技术自动化基础任务。
      • 更全面的教学与评估策略: 项目导向、探究式、合作式、个性化、跨学科教育。
      • 培养面向未来的持久技能: 从死记硬背转向发展批判性思维、创造力等核心技能。

      ChatGPT 助力定制化学习

      • 个性化教育时代: AI 助手充当定制化伙伴,打造个性化学习体验。
      • 应用示例:
        • 历史研究:AI 助手生成详细摘要、解答细致问题,辅助深入理解。
        • 语言学习:AI 充当语言伙伴,进行对话练习,提供即时反馈。
      • 潜在挑战:
        • AI 缺乏情境理解或误解细微线索 (语言学习中 Idiomatic expressions 或文化 Nuances)。
        • 情感智能缺失 (难以识别和处理学生 Frustration 或 Confusion)。

      ChatGPT 时代教师的角色

      • 伙伴,而非替代品: AI 增强教师影响力,而非取代教师。
      • 教师角色转变: 导师,侧重提供深刻反馈,培养创造力,引导动态课程。
      • AI 承担基础工作: AI 助手承担生成情景、促进互动学习等基础任务。
      • 保留情感支持与指导: AI 无法取代教师提供情感支持、指导和理解学生情感状态的作用。
      • 教师专业知识不可替代: 教师的专业知识、创造力、指导作用至关重要,AI 时代赋能教师,而非取代。

      教育工作者如何辅助 ChatGPT

      • 教育界领袖的共识: 强调人类专业知识与 AI 协作伙伴关系。
      • ChatGPT 在教育中的能力与局限: 文本生成 (完成、释义、摘要)、机器翻译、问答、代码编写等,但情境理解和情感智能不足。
      • 大学应对 ChatGPT 对学习成果影响的策略:
        • 短期:评估影响,设计 “ChatGPT-proof” 评估,培养学生新技能。
        • 长期:调整教学使命,适应 AI 工具的普及。
      • ChatGPT 增强课堂体验和教育的方式:
        • 推动课程转向更高层次的批判性思维。
        • Chatbots 辅助基础教育任务,教师关注高阶教学。
        • 实验项目式学习和个性化评估。
        • 定制学习过程,更好匹配学生多样化需求。

      教师最大化 ChatGPT 潜力的策略

      • 用于高阶任务: 辅助学生处理更高级的课程内容。
      • 实验项目式学习: 用作 Brainstorming 工具,激发创造性思维和参与度。
      • 定制评估: 根据学生 индивидуальные потребности 和风格调整作业或测验。
      • 评估 AI-proof 评估: 开发需要批判性思维和高阶技能的评估方式。
      • 用于对话 AI 应用: 创建 Chatbots 或虚拟助手,增强学生参与度和提供额外支持。
      • 课程转向更高阶批判性思维: 调整教学方法,适应 AI 带来的课程转变。
      • 用于文本生成任务: 文本完成、释义、摘要、机器翻译、问答,简化管理和沟通流程。
      • 强调人类专业知识的价值: 强调情感支持、指导和细致理解在学习中的不可替代性。

      结论

      • AI 融入学生生活: AI 不再遥远,而是伴随学生成长的重要组成部分。
      • 教育变革: 学生学习体验与十年前显著不同,需正视变革。

      给学生的建议

      • 拥抱技术素养: 理解 AI 工具的能力和局限性,有效利用 AI 辅助学习。
      • 平衡 AI 辅助与个人成长: AI 是辅助工具,侧重发展批判性思维、创造力、情商等 AI 无法取代的核心技能。
      • 寻求协作学习机会: 利用 AI 增强小组项目、讨论和创造性活动,促进人机协同。

      给教育工作者的建议

      • 培养学生 AI 素养: 使学生掌握 AI 工具的使用技能,为技术驱动的未来做好准备。
      • 重塑批判性思维评估: 设计 AI-proof 评估,考察学生真实理解和知识应用能力。
      • 整合 AI 作为协作工具: 增强个性化学习体验,简化管理任务,提供额外支持,教师侧重指导和引导。

      总结

      • AI 融入教育是现实: 需要平衡的方法,庆祝人类智慧与 AI 辅助的协同作用。
      • 拥抱变革: 迎接 AI 赋能的教育新时代。
    2. 简要介绍

      思维过程: 1. 初步分析: 文章讨论了公共空间中的数字艺术,重点在于其定义、益处、历史发展、技术作用、城市规划融合、伦理考量和未来潜力。文章结构清晰,分点论述,易于提取关键信息。

      1. 关键信息提取: 逐段阅读,提取每段的核心概念和论点。

        • 定义: 数字工具和技术在公共空间创作装置、雕塑、投影、互动体验;融合艺术与城市规划。
        • 益处: 美学提升、公民参与、文化认同、经济影响、可访问性。
        • 历史: 20世纪后期兴起,早期抽象实验,后期互动参与;技术进步推动发展。
        • 案例: 列举Ivan Navarro、Random International、Olafur Eliasson、Doug Aitken、Bruce Munro等艺术家的著名装置作品及其特点。
        • 技术作用: 传感器(运动、光、声音)、投影系统、AI、AR、社交媒体连接,提升互动性和沉浸感。
        • 城市规划融合: 指路、城市再生、可持续性推广、社区建设。
        • 伦理考量: 隐私、干扰、可访问性、环境影响、文化敏感性。
        • 结论: 动态演进的领域,增强公民参与,促进文化认同,贡献经济活力,未来潜力巨大。
      2. 组织关键点: 按照文章结构,将提取的信息归类整理,形成清晰的结构化关键点。使用标题和小标题,使信息更易读和理解。

      3. 细节补充与完善: 在关键点框架下,补充重要的细节信息,例如具体的艺术家和作品名称、技术类型的例子、伦理考量的具体方面等,使关键点更充实。同时,对一些术语进行简单的解释,例如AR、GIS等,方便理解。 检查关键点是否全面覆盖文章核心内容,并进行微调和润色,确保表达准确简洁。

      4. 最终结果: 按照要求格式输出,包括思维过程和最终结果,确保两者都清晰呈现。调整最终结果的格式,使其更易于阅读和理解。

      最终结果: 思维过程: 1. 初步分析: 2. 关键信息提取: 3. 组织关键点: 4. 细节补充与完善: 5. 最终结果:

      最终结果:

      关键点提取:公共空间中的数字艺术:改造城市环境

      定义

      • 数字工具与技术: 利用数字工具和技术在公共空间创作装置、雕塑、投影、互动体验的艺术实践。
      • 融合艺术与城市规划: 作品常与物理环境互动,模糊艺术与城市规划的界限。

      公共空间数字艺术的益处

      • 美学提升: 为城市景观增添活力和视觉趣味,将沉闷空间转变为充满活力的艺术中心。
      • 公民参与: 互动艺术鼓励公众参与,促进艺术家、作品和观众之间的对话。
      • 文化认同: 反映当地文化和历史,加强社区联系,创造场所感。
      • 经济影响: 吸引游客,为周边企业创收。
      • 可访问性: 提供音频描述等无障碍功能,使残障人士也能欣赏艺术。

      历史演变

      • 兴起于20世纪后期: 得益于廉价数字工具和计算机技术进步。
      • 早期装置: 侧重于创造抽象和实验形式,挑战传统艺术观念。
      • 技术发展推动: 艺术家开始探索互动和参与式体验,将公共空间转变为动态和引人入胜的环境。

      著名数字艺术装置案例

      • Pulse Portal (Ivan Navarro): 纽约时代广场大型LED灯光雕塑, реагирует на движения пешеходов.
      • Rain Room (Random International): 伦敦巴比肯艺术中心互动装置, посетители могут пройти сквозь дождь, не промокнув.
      • Digital Graffiti Wall (Olafur Eliasson): 丹麦哥本哈根投影艺术作品, участники могут создавать собственные цифровые граффити.
      • Mirage (Doug Aitken): 洛杉矶沙漠镜面雕塑系列, 反映和扭曲周围环境.
      • Field of Light Uluru (Bruce Munro): 澳大利亚沙漠彩色灯光装置, ночное освещение ландшафта.

      技术在数字公共艺术中的作用

      • 传感器: 运动、光线和音频传感器检测并响应观众 присутствие,创造沉浸式和自适应体验。
      • 投影系统: 先进投影技术将高分辨率图像和视频投射到建筑物、墙壁和其他表面。
      • 人工智能 (AI): AI算法生成独特和动态的视觉内容,响应环境和观众.
      • 增强现实 (AR): AR应用程序将数字内容叠加到物理环境上, создает иммерсивное сочетание реального и виртуального миров.
      • 社交媒体连接: 社交媒体平台帮助艺术家扩展装置艺术的影响力,并在线与观众互动。

      数字艺术融入城市规划

      • 指路: 数字装置引导行人,提供周边区域信息。
      • 城市再生: 数字艺术振兴未充分利用的空间, превращая их в оживленные культурные центры.
      • 可持续性: 数字艺术装置通过提高对环境问题的认识来促进可持续实践.
      • 社区建设: 公共艺术项目通过共同体验 объединяют людей, 培养社区意识.

      数字公共艺术的伦理考量

      • 隐私: 收集观众数据的装置必须遵守严格的隐私准则.
      • 干扰: 数字艺术 не должна создавать чрезмерного шумового или визуального загрязнения, которое может беспокоить жителей или предприятия.
      • 可访问性: 艺术品设计应考虑包容性, обеспечивая доступ для всех членов сообщества.
      • 环境影响: 应仔细考虑数字艺术装置的能源消耗和材料使用, чтобы минимизировать воздействие на окружающую среду.
      • 文化敏感性: 艺术家应尊重场地的文化背景,并与当地社区互动, чтобы их работа соответствовала культуре.

      结论

      • 动态发展领域: 公共空间数字艺术是一个 динамично развивающаяся область, 转变城市环境,创造沉浸式和引人入胜的体验.
      • 拥抱技术与公众参与: 通过拥抱技术和促进艺术与公众参与之间的对话, 数字艺术 усиливает гражданскую активность.
      • 促进文化认同与经济活力: 数字艺术 способствуют укреплению культурной самобытности, и вносят вклад в экономическое оживление городов.
      • 未来潜力巨大: 随着技术不断进步, 潜力 для цифрового искусства в общественных местах будет продолжать расширяться, 提供激动人心的机会 для художников и зрителей для общения, творчества и формирования будущего городских ландшафтов.
    3. 简要介绍

      这篇文章《知识与数据:探索因纽特知识在海洋管理决策支持系统中的应用》,探讨了在海洋和沿海管理实践中,如何将因纽特知识转化为数据并融入决策支持系统(DSS)和工具的过程。以下是文档的主题与关键点:

      1. 因纽特知识的背景与重要性

      • 因纽特知识是基于长期的环境观察、记忆和经验积累的社会文化性知识,尤其在加拿大北极地区具有重要地位。随着海洋与沿海管理逐渐依赖数据驱动的决策系统,因纽特知识在这些系统中的作用愈加突出。
      • 由于因纽特的知识是经验性的情境化的,它与传统的现代科学知识或数据形式存在本体论上的张力。

      2. 知识转化为数据的过程

      • 知识的转化不仅仅是对数据的简单转换,而是涉及到抽象化去情境化的过程。这种转化常常失去其原有的背景和情感意义,因此,如何保留和传递因纽特知识的上下文,特别是在数据集成中,成为一个重要的课题。
      • 本文通过海冰安全知识等实例,探讨了因纽特知识如何转化为具体的数据(如地理坐标),并可能在数据集成过程中失去原始的情境意义。

      3. 因纽特本体论与决策支持系统

      • 文章分析了决策支持系统(DSS)决策支持工具(DST)如何应对因纽特本体论的挑战,包括如何在这些系统中融入因纽特的环境观念。
      • 当前的DSS和DST在数据整合、决策支持和跨文化程序的实施方面面临的挑战,特别是在如何有效整合传统知识与现代科学之间的张力。
      • 实例包括GIS、Marxan和SeaSketch等工具,它们在数据处理、分析和可视化方面具有优势,但在处理非空间数据(如口述历史和文化价值)方面存在局限。

      4. 设计因纽特本体论的决策支持系统的标准

      • 文章提出了几个标准,用于设计适合因纽特文化的决策支持系统:
        1. 全面的数据管理计划:确保因纽特数据在收集、保护和使用过程中得到尊重,并保留原有的情境信息。
        2. 文化价值的整合:在DSS中承认因纽特文化价值的独特性,避免知识的碎片化或不当的数据拆解。
        3. 数据情境化:确保因纽特来源的数据在系统中得到适当的情境化,避免数据的去情境化导致知识丧失。
        4. 参与式GIS:通过公共参与式GIS,确保因纽特社区能够在数据收集和决策过程中主动参与,增强决策透明度和社区控制权。
        5. 用户友好的系统:设计一个能够支持因纽特社区和其他利益相关者互动的系统,使其在数据使用和决策过程中具有可操作性。

      5. 结论与前景

      • 本文强调,因纽特知识的本体论差异数据转化过程中的挑战,需要在决策支持系统的设计和应用中得到充分考虑。通过确保因纽特本体论和文化价值被纳入DSS设计中,可以促进共治理跨文化协作,同时提升因纽特社区在海洋和沿海管理中的参与度。
      • 最终,文章提出,当前DSS和DST的功能仍有待改进,以适应因纽特社区的知识需求,并提出了一个更加符合因纽特社会文化特征的数据决策系统的设计方向。

      这篇文章为决策支持系统中的原住民知识整合提供了实践指导,尤其是在海洋空间规划和环境管理中,如何通过技术工具更好地融入因纽特知识,并维护其文化背景和实践意义。

    4. 后人类主义时代的伦理与怪异实体

      提取关键点:

      后人类主义艺术与思辨实在论 | ISABELLA SANDES

      导言

      “造物主啊,我可曾请求你,从我的黏土中塑造我这个人?我可曾恳求你,将我从黑暗中提升出来?” -约翰·弥尔顿,《失乐园》[1]

      玛丽·雪莱借用了《失乐园》中的一句引言,作为她 19 世纪的杰作《弗兰肯斯坦:或现代普罗米修斯》的题词。[2] 在引言中,亚当对上帝的质问不仅为雪莱的故事——关于一位雄心勃勃的医生及其对科学的追求——奠定了基础,也反映了当时的现代主义给进步和技术带来的担忧。 显然,雪莱的散文仍在历史中回响,通过创造者与被造物之间悲剧关系传达的对现代性的伦理批判在今天显得更加中肯。在前后人类主义时代,科学、技术、艺术和哲学开始探索对我们来说显得怪诞的未来可能性——有机物与无机物之间、事物与人之间的界限正在通过技术手段迅速而轻易地物化。 前后人类主义时代是一个不再属于我们自己的世界,它也居住着“怪异的实体”——从人类与非人类模糊边界中产生的异己。

      怪异的实体是强大的主体,它们本体论的地位在视觉上是难以察觉的,但可以通过美学,通过隐喻、转喻、诱惑和再现来推断。 对“他者性”的研究绝非新鲜事物; 在 20 世纪后期,后现代主义批评指出了知识体系中意义的内在不稳定性,并揭露了社会制度化结构中原本受压迫的身份。 然而,正如后殖民研究、女性主义研究、酷儿研究和动物权利研究将“他者性”带入视野一样,近期学术界对新本体论和新物质主义的研究也试图将非人类实体置于理论的前沿。 对怪异实体的分析源于哲学、机器人学、心理学、美学和后人类主义艺术的跨学科和理论交叉,并探讨了技术在社会中的作用,更具体地说,艺术家们是如何探索随之而来的后人类主义主题的。

      最近,技术与艺术的融合引发了关于怪异实体的具有挑战性的伦理和本体论问题。 其中,混合体、赛博格、嵌合体和转基因艺术是视觉探索的例子,它们之所以能触动我们,是因为它们对我们来说显得陌生。 这些怪异的实体之所以显得“陌生”,是因为它们的视觉表征在熟悉感和怪异感之间摇摆不定,这种不确定感挑战了我们对人、机器和事物的传统定义。 许多艺术家都将这种怪异效应视为一种重要的审美参与工具,它可以帮助我们通过思考后人类主义的伦理、本体论和审美含义来迎接后人类主义时代。

      走向思辨美学

      虽然许多艺术家通过强调技术与社会交叉所带来的焦虑的艺术考察来探讨后人类主义的分裂性含义,但另一些艺术家则欣然接受两者的交织,将其视为克服定义人类存在的脆弱性的解决方案。 以帕特里夏·皮奇尼尼和斯特拉克截然不同的作品为例。

      帕特里夏·皮奇尼尼是一位艺术家,她创作了引人注目的动物和人类嵌合体雕塑作品,审视了生物技术的伦理意义。 她的作品使用雕塑和数字媒体,在自然与人工之间摇摆不定,并在其拟人化的物化中呈现出怪异感。皮奇尼尼呼应了福山 (Yoshihiro Francis Fukuyama)、C.S.刘易斯和雪莱等作家的担忧,他们批评了对主体的技术和科学工具化。 从视觉上看,皮奇尼尼的嵌合体是怪异的,会引起恐惧感,尤其是在它们类人的皮肤上,布满了褶皱、皱纹和毛发。 只有在评估了它们的视觉特质之后,艺术家对生物技术的政治立场才显现出来。 皮奇尼尼还使一种同情心从拟人化的形象中传递给观众。 同情心是她的人物不仅仅成为简单的政治艺术考察的工具,但更重要的是,它是观众能够推测嵌合体主体性以及生物技术伦理(否则在视觉上不直接可见)的关键要素。

      帕特里夏·皮奇尼尼,《期待已久》,2008 年

      另一方面,斯特拉克自 20 世纪 80 年代以来一直是一位在新媒体领域工作的有影响力的艺术家,他以使用假肢、机器人、生物技术和虚拟现实系统而闻名,他的实践质疑了超人类主义和后人类主义的理想。 虽然超人类主义的目标是增强人类的智力、身体和心理能力,但后人类主义是一种批判理论,它克服了人类的首要地位,承认非人类实体。[3] 斯特拉克的著名作品,如《第三只手》(假肢手臂)、《外骨骼》(六足步行机器人)和《手臂上的耳朵》(手臂上的一只额外的耳朵,可以传输它听到的声音),概括了他的身体过时论,但也认为身体是另类形式的实验场所。 简单地将他的作品解读为扩展人类特有的美德,就等于无视他提出的丰富的理论挑战和意义,而这些挑战和意义远远超出了肉体。 通过技术,斯特拉克等艺术家的作品对身体作为意识容器进行了解构,转而将身体作为通往“他者性”出现的出发点。

      斯特拉克的作品呈现了多种形式的对“身体”的僭越。 实际上,斯特拉克已经错置了肉体——在他的美学实验中,身体显得怪异——但更重要的是,他打破了身体的概念,并将化身的原始人类美德和主体性分散到不同的技术平台,从而分散到非人类事物上。 正如布莱恩·马苏米所暗示的那样,斯特拉克并没有展示 21 世纪身体的理想转变,而是展示了身体与非人类事物共享的物质性,以及由此产生的挑战。[4]

      斯特拉克的“外骨骼”

      皮奇尼尼和斯特拉克的作品虽然呈现了美学上不同的后人类未来观念,但也鼓励人们推测异己及其在人类世界中的地位。 皮奇尼尼的作品让我们能够推测动物和人类嵌合体、它们的伦理地位以及对生物技术的担忧。 斯特拉克提出了身体的过时性,并进一步让我们思考非人类和非有机物以及它们在与人类共享的物质性以及身体分散到其他平台上的主体性和化身。

      超越目的论的创造

      亚当对上帝提出的问题,类似于造物诘问弗兰肯斯坦博士,强调了创造者的去中心化。 同样,当怪异的实体从传统定义的边缘出现时,人类在其本体论地位上的去中心化也恰恰发生了。

      正如之前的例子所见,当代艺术家挑战了我们在世界中的地位,并提供了对潜在伦理维度的惊鸿一瞥。 新本体论和新物质主义研究与美学的交叉表明,我们也应思考技术和科学在多大程度上延续了隐藏在超人类主义中的人文主义理想。 因此,在技术和科学持续主导社会的不可避免性中,审美考察的作用至关重要,它可以让我们认识到怪异的实体,并让我们质疑我们作为世界一部分的角色。

      关键点提取:

      1. 导言:后人类主义时代的伦理与怪异实体

      • 《弗兰肯斯坦》的题词与现代担忧: 玛丽·雪莱借用《失乐园》的题词,预示了科学进步和技术发展带来的伦理问题,这些问题在后人类主义时代依然 актуальность。
      • 边界模糊与怪异实体的出现: 前后人类主义时代,有机物与无机物、人与物之间的界限日益模糊,催生了“怪异实体”。
      • 怪异实体的本体论地位: 怪异实体拥有强大的主体性,其本体论地位虽不可视,但可通过美学(隐喻、转喻等)推断。
      • 研究“他者性”的延续: 后人类主义艺术对怪异实体的研究,延续了后现代主义、后殖民主义等对“他者性”的关注,并将非人类实体置于理论前沿。
      • 跨学科研究: 对怪异实体的分析融合了哲学、机器人学、心理学、美学和后人类主义艺术。
      • 技术与艺术的融合: 技术与艺术的融合引发了关于怪异实体的伦理和本体论问题。
      • 怪异效应的美学价值: 艺术家利用怪异效应挑战传统定义,促使我们思考后人类主义的伦理、本体论和审美含义,迎接后人类主义时代。

      2. 走向思辨美学:用艺术应对后人类主义

      • 两种艺术应对后人类主义的路径:
        • 焦虑与批判: 部分艺术家强调技术与社会交叉带来的焦虑。
        • 拥抱与超越: 另一部分艺术家拥抱技术与社会的融合,视其为克服人类脆弱性的方案。
      • 帕特里夏·皮奇尼尼 (Patricia Piccinini) 的嵌合体雕塑:
        • 主题: 探索生物技术的伦理意义。
        • 风格: 在自然与人工之间摇摆,拟人化的嵌合体呈现怪异感,引发恐惧和不安。
        • 伦理批判: 呼应福山、刘易斯、雪莱等作者对技术工具化的批判。
        • 情感共鸣: 通过拟人化的形象引发观众的同情,使作品超越政治批判,引发对嵌合体主体性和生物技术伦理的思辨。
      • 斯特拉克 (Stelarc) 的身体解构实验:
        • 媒介: 假肢、机器人、生物技术、虚拟现实。
        • 主题: 质疑超人类主义和后人类主义,探讨“过时身体”和身体的另类存在形式。
        • 作品范例: 《第三只手》、《外骨骼》、《手臂上的耳朵》。
        • 解构身体: 通过技术解构身体作为意识容器的概念,将身体视为通往“他者性”的起点。
        • 身体的错置与分散: 斯特拉克打破了身体的概念,将人类的美德和主体性分散到技术平台和非人类事物上。
        • 与非人类事物共享物质性: 斯特拉克的作品展现了身体与非人类事物共享的物质性,以及由此引发的挑战。

      3. 比较皮奇尼尼和斯特拉克

      • 共同目标: 促使观众思辨“异己”及其在人类世界中的地位。
      • 皮奇尼尼: 引发对动物和人类嵌合体、生物技术伦理的思辨。
      • 斯特拉克: 引发对身体过时性、非人类事物的主体性以及人与非人共享物质性的思辨。

      4. 超越目的论的创造:去中心化的人类

      • 创造者的去中心化: 亚当和弗兰肯斯坦的造物对创造者的质问,都强调了创造者的去中心化。
      • 人类的去中心化: 怪异实体的出现,标志着人类本体论地位的去中心化。
      • 审美考察的重要性: 在技术和科学主导社会的背景下,审美考察至关重要,帮助我们认识怪异实体,反思人类在世界中的角色。
      • 挑战人文主义理想: 当代艺术和美学研究需要思考技术和科学在多大程度上延续了超人类主义中隐藏的人文主义理想。

      总结:

      本文探讨了后人类主义艺术如何通过对“怪异实体”的呈现和“思辨美学”的探索,引发我们对人类中心主义的反思,并重新审视人类与非人类的关系。 通过分析皮奇尼尼和斯特拉克两位艺术家的作品,文章阐述了艺术家们如何利用技术和艺术手段,挑战传统的人类定义,并促使观众思考后人类主义时代的伦理、本体论和审美问题。 核心观点是,审美考察在认识和应对后人类主义时代的挑战中具有至关重要的作用。

    5. 工业5.0中的人类数字双胞胎:通过先进的AI和情感分析实现工人安全与福祉的整体方法

      文章《工业5.0中的人类数字双胞胎:通过先进的AI和情感分析实现工人安全与福祉的整体方法》探讨了如何通过先进的AI技术和情感分析提升工业环境中工人的安全和福祉。文章提出了一个概念框架,旨在通过集成系统实现对工人身体、心理和情感状态的实时监测和分析,尤其适用于石油和天然气建设工地等高风险工作场所。

      关键点:

      1. 人类数字双胞胎(HDT)和工业5.0
      2. 本文介绍了数字双胞胎技术在提升工人安全和健康中的作用,特别是在工业5.0环境下的应用。该技术旨在为工人创建一个集成的数字双胞胎模型,以实时监控其身体、情感和心理状态。
      3. 在此框架下,数字双胞胎不仅包括传统的身体健康数据,还扩展到情感和心理健康状态的监测。

      4. 先进情感分析技术

      5. 文章提出使用情感人工智能(EAI)技术,结合自然语言处理(NLP)和视频日志分析,来分析工人通过对话和面部表情表达的情感。这些数据将有助于识别工作中的压力源和心理健康问题(如焦虑和抑郁),进而防止工作中的潜在危险。
      6. 使用聊天机器人(如ChatGPT)进行情感分析,能够提供一个情感支持的平台,帮助识别员工的压力或焦虑状态,从而采取预防性措施。

      7. 集成智能设备进行实时监测

      8. 本文研究了如何利用智能手表和智能体重秤等设备来监控工人的健康状态,收集心率、压力水平、睡眠质量等数据。这些数据通过先进的AI分析处理,能够帮助实时评估工人的安全风险。
      9. 这些设备不仅帮助监控身体健康,还能够通过位置跟踪确保工人处于安全区域。

      10. 心理和情感健康的分析

      11. 在心理健康方面,文章提出了使用人格测试来分析工人的心理状态,帮助识别可能的心理压力源。通过对“神经质”等人格特征的分析,能够预测工人可能面临的心理健康问题。
      12. 在情感健康方面,通过面部表情识别和语音情感分析来实时评估工人的情感状态,并通过情感仪表盘进行展示,提供更好的决策支持。

      13. 数字双胞胎模型的整合与应用

      14. 文章提出的数字双胞胎(HDT)框架通过集成多个数据来源,包括身体、情感和心理的实时数据,为每个工人创建一个详细的数字档案。这个档案可以用于实时监控,识别风险,并根据工人的整体健康状况提供个性化的干预措施。
      15. 在实际应用中,数字双胞胎模型可用于预测工人的疲劳、压力和其他健康问题,及时调整工作任务或提供支持,从而确保工人的安全。

      16. 未来研究方向

      17. 文章最后提出,尽管当前的研究为数字双胞胎技术在工作环境中的应用奠定了基础,但仍有许多挑战需要克服。包括如何提高情感识别的准确性、进一步完善心理评估模型、以及在全球范围内落实严格的数据保护和隐私政策。

      总结:

      该研究为工业5.0环境下的工人安全与福祉提供了一种创新的整体方法,结合了数字双胞胎技术、情感人工智能和实时监控设备,为构建更安全、更健康的工作环境提供了新的思路。通过智能监测和数据分析,该方法能够识别工人的身体、情感和心理健康问题,促进及时的干预和决策,从而减少工伤和提高工作效率。

    6. 图表解读

      上图展示了一个关于全面健康监测的框架。该框架试图通过从多个维度收集个人的数据来进行健康和情绪状态的评估。这些维度涵盖了情感、心理状态、身体健康和行为日志等多个方面。具体来说,图中的四个主要区域及其相关内容如下:

      1. 情感领域(Emotional Domain)

      该领域聚焦于个人的情感状态评估,包括: - 面部表情情感(Face Expressions Emotion):通过识别面部表情来推测情感状态。 - 语音情感(Speech Emotion):通过分析语音中的情感特征(如语调、语速等)来了解情感。 - 文本情感(Text to Emotion):分析文本内容中的情感色彩(例如,社交媒体或日记内容)。 - 同理心评估(Empathic Evaluator):根据个人的反馈或行为表现,评估他们的情感需求和反应。

      2. 心理状态领域(Mental Domain)

      该领域关注个人的心理健康,包括: - 个性测试(Personality Test):通过问卷或心理测评工具评估个体的个性特征。 - 认知能力(Cognitive Abilities):评估个体的注意力、记忆力、问题解决能力等认知功能。 - 情绪调节能力(Emotional Self-Regulation):评估一个人管理自己情绪的能力。 - 一致性(Consistency):测量一个人行为和情感的稳定性。

      3. 身体健康领域(Physical Domain)

      此部分评估身体的健康状况,包括: - 体重、BMI、肌肉质量等(Weight, BMI, Hydration, Bone & Muscle Mass, Fat %):这些数据通过体重秤等设备来监测个人的健康状况。 - 心率变异性(HRV):通过心率变化评估身体的应激反应和恢复能力。 - 步数、睡眠质量、压力水平(Steps, Sleep Quality, Stress Level, GPS Location):这些通过智能设备(如智能手表)进行实时监控,帮助了解日常活动和睡眠质量。

      4. 行为日志领域(Behavioral Domain)

      这一部分记录个人的日常活动,主要包括: - 视频日志(Video Log):记录日常生活中的视频日志,可能用来分析个人的行为和情感状态。 - 会话日志(Conversational Log):记录和分析个人的对话内容,可能用于情感分析或者社交互动评估。

      总结

      总体而言,这张图通过从多个维度(情感、心理、身体、行为等)收集数据来综合评估个人的健康和情绪状态。它展示了一个多数据源集成的模型,其中包括智能设备、心理测试、情感分析等工具的使用,目的是提供一个全面的健康监测框架,以便从身体健康到心理状态、情感反应等方面更好地了解个体的整体健康状况。

    1. 摘要

      文章《A Visual Data Storytelling Framework》提出了一种全新的框架,旨在将数据可视化与故事讲述结合起来,为普通观众提供更加生动、有趣且具有教育意义的数据呈现方式。以下是该论文的关键要点:

      1. 数据故事讲述的概念

      • 文章提出了视觉数据故事讲述的框架,结合了数字故事讲述、严肃游戏和数据可视化的元素,将数据转化为有意义的、易于理解的故事。这种方法旨在打破传统的数据可视化图表,通过富有故事性的视觉内容,将复杂的数据内容包装成可供普通观众轻松消化的形式。

      2. 框架的三大核心组成部分

      • 概念层面:定义了数据故事讲述的基本原则和策略。
      • 组成层面:展示了扩展的视觉数据故事讲述设计空间,以及信息结构中的关键元素。
      • 过程层面:解释了如何将数据转化为视觉故事内容的过程,从数据分析到可视化展示。

      3. 信息单元

      • 信息单元是构成视觉数据故事的基本组成部分,包括数据消息、故事组件和表达附件。每个信息单元承载着关键的信息,并通过视觉设计传递给观众。

      4. 视觉元素与故事环境

      • 视觉元素是将信息单元编码为可视化的对象,例如角色、背景、动作等。故事环境则是通过视觉元素组合成的一个场景,展示数据所表达的故事。
      • 视觉通道:每个视觉元素通过不同的视觉通道来传递信息,如颜色、大小、速度等。

      5. 故事化的数据呈现

      • 数据故事讲述不仅仅是呈现数据,它强调将数据内容构建成有故事结构的形式,使其更具娱乐性和记忆性。通过故事结构中的人物、背景、事件和效果,观众能够更容易地理解和记住数据中的信息。

      6. 设计过程

      • 框架设计包括三个主要阶段:
        • 结构化:识别并确定要传达的数据消息和故事组件。
        • 创作:将数据消息与故事组件结合,形成故事构架。
        • 转换:将构建的故事内容转化为可视化元素,并通过视觉通道进行呈现。

      7. 与传统数据可视化的区别

      • 与传统的分析导向的数据可视化不同,数据故事讲述是一种叙事导向的过程,强调情节的构建和数据的讲述,而不仅仅是数据的展示。它采用更具互动性和娱乐性的方式,将数据内容转化为动态、引人入胜的故事。

      8. 原型展示与验证

      • 文章通过原型展示了该框架的实施。该原型结合了机器学习方法,通过动态的、互动的故事环境呈现数据,增强了观众的参与感和数据理解。

      9. 未来的应用与发展

      • 本研究的框架不仅限于数据可视化领域,也对教育、娱乐和商业领域中的数据呈现和沟通有重要的启示。通过丰富的数据呈现方式,它为数据的普及和非专业观众的接受度提供了新的视角和方法。

      总的来说,文章通过构建视觉数据故事讲述框架,提出了一种创新的方式,将数据分析与叙事性可视化结合,帮助普通观众以更生动、互动和娱乐化的方式理解和体验复杂数据。

    1. Human Digital Twin in Industry 5.0: A Holistic Approach toWorker Safety and Well-Being through Advanced AI andEmotional Analytics

      文章《工业5.0中的人类数字双胞胎:通过先进的AI和情感分析实现工人安全与福祉的整体方法》探讨了如何通过先进的AI技术和情感分析提升工业环境中工人的安全和福祉。文章提出了一个概念框架,旨在通过集成系统实现对工人身体、心理和情感状态的实时监测和分析,尤其适用于石油和天然气建设工地等高风险工作场所。

      关键点:

      1. 人类数字双胞胎(HDT)和工业5.0
      2. 本文介绍了数字双胞胎技术在提升工人安全和健康中的作用,特别是在工业5.0环境下的应用。该技术旨在为工人创建一个集成的数字双胞胎模型,以实时监控其身体、情感和心理状态。
      3. 在此框架下,数字双胞胎不仅包括传统的身体健康数据,还扩展到情感和心理健康状态的监测。

      4. 先进情感分析技术

      5. 文章提出使用情感人工智能(EAI)技术,结合自然语言处理(NLP)和视频日志分析,来分析工人通过对话和面部表情表达的情感。这些数据将有助于识别工作中的压力源和心理健康问题(如焦虑和抑郁),进而防止工作中的潜在危险。
      6. 使用聊天机器人(如ChatGPT)进行情感分析,能够提供一个情感支持的平台,帮助识别员工的压力或焦虑状态,从而采取预防性措施。

      7. 集成智能设备进行实时监测

      8. 本文研究了如何利用智能手表和智能体重秤等设备来监控工人的健康状态,收集心率、压力水平、睡眠质量等数据。这些数据通过先进的AI分析处理,能够帮助实时评估工人的安全风险。
      9. 这些设备不仅帮助监控身体健康,还能够通过位置跟踪确保工人处于安全区域。

      10. 心理和情感健康的分析

      11. 在心理健康方面,文章提出了使用人格测试来分析工人的心理状态,帮助识别可能的心理压力源。通过对“神经质”等人格特征的分析,能够预测工人可能面临的心理健康问题。
      12. 在情感健康方面,通过面部表情识别和语音情感分析来实时评估工人的情感状态,并通过情感仪表盘进行展示,提供更好的决策支持。

      13. 数字双胞胎模型的整合与应用

      14. 文章提出的数字双胞胎(HDT)框架通过集成多个数据来源,包括身体、情感和心理的实时数据,为每个工人创建一个详细的数字档案。这个档案可以用于实时监控,识别风险,并根据工人的整体健康状况提供个性化的干预措施。
      15. 在实际应用中,数字双胞胎模型可用于预测工人的疲劳、压力和其他健康问题,及时调整工作任务或提供支持,从而确保工人的安全。

      16. 未来研究方向

      17. 文章最后提出,尽管当前的研究为数字双胞胎技术在工作环境中的应用奠定了基础,但仍有许多挑战需要克服。包括如何提高情感识别的准确性、进一步完善心理评估模型、以及在全球范围内落实严格的数据保护和隐私政策。

      总结:

      该研究为工业5.0环境下的工人安全与福祉提供了一种创新的整体方法,结合了数字双胞胎技术、情感人工智能和实时监控设备,为构建更安全、更健康的工作环境提供了新的思路。通过智能监测和数据分析,该方法能够识别工人的身体、情感和心理健康问题,促进及时的干预和决策,从而减少工伤和提高工作效率。

    1. Important components of a college-going culture include equipping students not only with the academic skills and knowledge for college success but also with the soft skills that we do not always think about when we talk about students being "college-readY:' Schools with a strong college-going culture also employ staff who help all students access rigorous courses, 2 and include a curriculum that promotes student achievement3 and equips them with the time management, study, critical thinking, and other academic behaviors and skills they need for college. 4 Students in urban schools often experience a watered-down curriculum in primary school, and only a small segment of the school population has access to the advanced classes neces-sary for college entry.

      The author expands the definition of college readiness beyond academics. Many students who make it to college struggle because they were not taught time management, study skills, or how to navigate a new environment. Schools need to focus on both academic content and practical life skills to ensure long-term success.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Cao et al. examines an important but understudied question of how chronic exposure to heat drives changes in affective and social behaviors. It has long been known that temperature can be a potent driver of behaviors and can lead to anxiety and aggression. However, the neural circuitry that mediates these changes is not known. Cao et al. take on this question by integrating optical tools of systems neuroscience to record and manipulate bulk activity in neural circuits, in combination with a creative battery of behavior assays. They demonstrate that chronic daily exposure to heat leads to changes in anxiety, locomotion, social approach, and aggression. They identify a circuit from the preoptic area (POA) to the posterior paraventricular thalamus (pPVT) in mediating these behavior changes. The POA-PVT circuit increases activity during heat exposure. Further, manipulation of this circuit can drive affective and social behavioral phenotypes even in the absence of heat exposure. Moreover, silencing this circuit during heat exposure prevents the development of negative phenotypes. Overall the manuscript makes an important contribution to the understudied area of how ambient temperature shapes motivated behaviors.

      Strengths:

      The use of state-of-the-art systems neuroscience tools (in vivo optogenetics and fiber photometry, slice electrophysiology), chronic temperature-controlled experiments, and a rigorous battery of behavioral assays to determine affective phenotypes. The optogenetic gain of function of affective phenotypes in the absence of heat, and loss of function in the presence of heat are very convincing manipulation data. Overall a significant contribution to the circuit-level instantiation of temperature-induced changes in motivated behavior, and creative experiments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There is no quantification of cFos/rabies overlap shown in Figure 2, and no report of whether the POA-PVT circuit has a higher percentage of Fos+ cells than the general POA population. Similarly, there is no quantification of cFos in POA recipient PVT cells for Figure 2 Supplement 2.

      Thanks for the comment. The quantification results of c-Fos signal have been provided in the main text and figures.  

      (2) The authors do not address whether stimulation of POA-PVT also increases core body temperature in Figure 3 or its relevant supplements. This seems like an important phenotype to make note of and could be addressed with a thermal camera or telemetry.

      Thanks for raising this point. We did indeed monitor the core body temperature during stimulation of POA-PVT pathway, but we did not observe any significant changes. We have included this finding in the revised manuscript.

      (3) In Figure 3G: is Day 1 vs Day 22 "pre-heat" significant? The statistics are not shown, but this would be the most conclusive comparison to show that POA-PVT cells develop persistent activity after chronic heat exposure, which is one of the main claims the authors make in the text. This analysis is necessary in order to make the claim of persistent circuit activity after chronic heat exposure.

      Figure 3G does compare the Day 1 preheat to Day22 preheat, and the difference was significant. The wording has been corrected to avoid confusion. Also, we have modified Figure 3D to 3H in our revised manuscript to improve the clarity of these plots.

      (4) In Figure 4, the control virus (AAV1-EYFP) is a different serotype and reporter than the ChR2 virus (AAV9-ChR2-mCherry). This discrepancy could lead to somewhat different baseline behaviors.

      Thanks for bringing out this issue. We acknowledge that using AA1-EGFP (a different serotype and reporter compared to the AAV9-ChR2-mCherry) as our control virus is not ideal. But based on our own prior experiments, we observed no significant differences in baseline behaviors between animals injected with AAV1 and AAV9 EYFP as well as control mice without virus injection. Therefore, we believe that the baseline behaviors of the animals were unaffected.

      (5) In Figure 5G, N for the photometry data: the authors assess the maximum z-score as a measure of the strength of calcium response, however the area under the curve (AUC) is a more robust and useful readout than the maximum z score for this. Maximum z-score can simply identify brief peaks in amplitude, but the overall area under the curve seems quite similar, especially for Figure 5N.

      Thanks for the comment. We agree with the reviewer that the area under the curve (AUC) is an alternative readout for measurement of the strength of calcium response. However, the reason why we chose the maximum z-score is based on the observation that we found POA recipient pPVT neurons after chronic heat treatment exhibited a higher calcium peak corresponding to certain behavioral performances when compared to pre-heat conditions. We thus applied the maximum z-score as a representative way to describe the neuronal activity changes of mice during certain behaviors before and after chronic heat treatment. The other consideration is that we want to reflect that POA recipient pPVT neurons become more sensitive and easier to be activated after chronic heat exposure under the same stressful situations compared to control mice. The maximum z score represented by peak in combination with particular behavioral performances is considered more suitable to highlight our findings in this study.

      (6) For Fig 5V: the authors run the statistics on behavior bouts pooled from many animals, but it is better to do this analysis as an animal average, not by compiling bouts. Compiling bouts over-inflates the power and can yield significant p values that would not exist if the analysis were carried out with each animal as an n of 1.

      Thanks for the comment and suggestion. We had tried both methods and the statistical results were similar. As suggested, we have updated Fig 5V, as well as Fig. 5H and 5O by comparing animal average in our revised manuscript.

      (7) In general this is an excellent analysis of circuit function but leaves out the question of whether there may be other inputs to pPVT that also mediate the same behavioral effect. Future experiments that use activity-dependent Fos-TRAP labeling in combination with rabies can identify other inputs to heat-sensitive pPVT cells, which may have convergent or divergent functions compared to the POA inputs.

      Thanks for the valuable suggestion, which would enhance the conclusion. We will consider adopting this approach in future investigations into this question.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      The study by Cao et al. highlights an interesting and important aspect of heat- and thermal biology: the effect of repetitive, long-term heat exposure and its impact on brain function.

      Even though peripheral, sensory temperature sensors and afferent neuronal pathways conveying acute temperature information to the CNS have been well established, it is largely unknown how persistent, long-term temperature stimuli interact with and shape CNS function, and how these thermally-induced CNS alterations modulate efferent pathways to change physiology and behavior. This study is therefore not only novel but, given global warming, also timely.

      The authors provide compelling evidence that neurons of the paraventricular thalamus change plastically over three weeks of episodic heat stimulation and they convincingly show that these changes affect behavioral outputs such as social interactions, and anxiety-related behaviors.

      Strengths

      (1) It is impressive that the assessed behaviors can be (i) recruited by optogenetic fiber activation and (ii) inhibited by optogenetic fiber inhibition when mice are exposed to heat. Technically, when/how long is the fiber inhibition performed? It says in the text "3 min on and 3 min off". Is this only during the 20-minute heat stimulation or also at other times?

      Thanks for pointing out the need for clarification. Our optogenetic inhibition had been conducted for 21 days during the heat exposure period (90 mins) for each mouse. And to avoid the light-induced heating effect, we applied the cyclical mode of 3 minutes’ light on and 3 minutes’ light off only during the process of heat exposure but not other time. The detailed description has been supplemented in the Method part of our revised manuscript.

      (2) It is interesting that the frequency of activity in pPVT neurons, as assessed by fiber photometry, stays increased after long-term heat exposure (day 22) when mice are back at normal room temperature. This appears similar to a previous study that found long-term heat exposure to transform POA neurons plastically to become tonically active (https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2024.08.06.606929v1). Interestingly, the POA neurons that become tonically active by persistent heat exposure described in the above study are largely excitatory, and thus these could drive the activity of the pPVT neurons analyzed in this study.

      Thanks for pointing out this study that suggests similar plasticity of POA neurons under long-term heat exposure serving a different purpose. We have included this information in our discussion as well.  

      (3) How can it be reconciled that the majority of the inputs from the POA are found to be largely inhibitory (Fig. 2H)? Is it possible that this result stems from the fact that non-selective POA-to-pPVT projections are labelled by the approach used in this study and not only those pathways activated by heat? These points would be nice to discuss.

      Thanks for raising these important questions. Although it is not our primary focus, we are aware of the substantial inhibitory inputs from POA to pPVT which suggests an important function. However, we do not think that this pathway, which would exert an opposite effect on POA-recipient pPVT neurons compared to the excitatory input, contributes to the long-term effect of chronic heat exposure. This is due to the increased, rather than decreased, excitability of the neurons. There is a possibility that this inhibitory input serves as a short-term inhibitory control for other purpose. Further work is needed to fully address this question.

      (4) It is very interesting that no LTP can be induced after chronic heat exposure (Figures K-M); the authors suggest that "the pathway in these mice were already saturated" (line 375). Could this hypothesis be tested in slices by employing a protocol to extinguish pre-existing (chronic heat exposure-induced) LTP? This would provide further strength to the findings/suggestion that an important synaptic plasticity mechanism is at play that conveys behavioral changes upon chronic heat stimulation.

      We agree with the reviewer that the results of the suggested experiment would further strengthen our hypothesis. We will try to confirm this in future studies.

      (5) It is interesting that long-term heat does not increase parameters associated with depression (Figure 1N-Q), how is it with acute heat stress, are those depression parameters increased acutely? It would be interesting to learn if "depression indicators" increase acutely but then adapt (as a consequence of heat acclimation) or if they are not changed at all and are also low during acute heat exposure.

      Based on our observations, we did not find increased depression parameters after acute heat stress in our experiments (data not shown), which was consistent with other two previous studies (Beas et al., 2018; Zhang et al., 2021). It appears that acute heat stress is more associated with anxiety-like behavior and may not be sufficient to induce depression-like phenotypes in rodents, aligning with our observation during experiments.

      Beas BS, Wright BJ, Skirzewski M, Leng Y, Hyun JH, Koita O, Ringelberg N, Kwon HB, Buonanno A, Penzo MA (2018) The locus coeruleus drives disinhibition in the midline thalamus via a dopaminergic mechanism Nat Neurosci 21:963-973.

      Zhang GW, Shen L, Tao C, Jung AH, Peng B, Li Z, Zhang LI, Whit Tao HZ (2021) Medial preoptic area antagonistically mediates stress-induced anxiety and parental behavior Nat Neurosci 24:516-528.

      Weaknesses/suggestions for improvement.

      (1) The introduction and general tenet of the study is, to us, a bit too one-sided/biased: generally, repetitive heat exposure --heat acclimation-- paradigms are known to not only be detrimental to animals and humans but also convey beneficial effects in allowing the animals and humans to gain heat tolerance (by strengthening the cardiovascular system, reducing energy metabolism and weight, etc.).

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have modified the introduction in our revised manuscript to make it more balanced.

      (2) The point is well taken that these authors here want to correlate their model (90 minutes of heat exposure per day) to heat waves. Nevertheless, and to more fully appreciate the entire biology of repetitive/chronic/persistent heat exposure (heat acclimation), it would be helpful to the general readership if the authors would also include these other aspects in their introduction (and/or discussion) and compare their 90-minute heat exposure paradigm to other heat acclimation paradigms. For example, many past studies (using mice or rats)m have used more subtle temperatures but permanently (and not only for 90 minutes) stimulated them over several days and weeks (for example see PMID: 35413138). This can have several beneficial effects related to cardiovascular fitness, energy metabolism, and other aspects. In this regard: 38{degree sign}C used in this study is a very high temperature for mice, in particular when they are placed there without acclimating slowly to this temperature but are directly placed there from normal ambient temperatures (22{degree sign}C-24{degree sign}C) which is cold/coolish for mice. Since the accuracy of temperature measurement is given as +/- 2{degree sign}C, it could also be 40{degree sign}C -- this temperature, 40{degree sign}C, non-heat acclimated C57bl/6 mice will not survive for long.

      The authors could consider discussing that this very strong, short episodic heat-stress model used here in this study may emphasize detrimental effects of heat, while more subtle long-term persistent exposure may be able to make animals adapt to heat, become more tolerant, and perhaps even prevent the detrimental cognitive effects observed in this study (which would be interesting to assess in a follow-up study).

      Thanks for pointing out the important aspect regarding the different heat exposure paradigms and their potential impacts. We have incorporated these points into both the Introduction and Discussion sections of the revised manuscript.

      (3) Line 140: It would help to be clear in the text that the behaviors are measured 1 day after the acute heat exposure - this is mentioned in the legend to the figure, but we believe it is important to stress this point also in the text. Similarly, this is also relevant for chronic heat stimulation: it needs to be made very clear that the behavior is measured 1 day after the last heat stimulus. If the behaviors had been measured during the heat stimulus, the results would likely be very different.

      Thanks for the suggestion, and we have clarified the procedure in the revised manuscript.

      (4) Figure 2 D and Figure 2- Figure Supplement 1: since there is quite some baseline cFos activity in the pPVT region we believe it is important to include some control (room temperature) mice with anterograde labelling; in our view, it is difficult/not possible to conclude, based on Fig 2 supplement 2C, that nearly 100% of the cfos positive cells are contacted by POA fibre terminals (line 168). By eye there are several green cells that don't have any red label on (or next to) them; additionally, even if there is a little bit of red signal next to a green cell: this is not definitive proof that this is a synaptic contact. It is therefore advisable to revisit the quantification and also revisit the interpretation/wording about synaptic contacts.

      In relation to the above: Figure 2h suggests that all neurons are connected (the majority receiving inhibitory inputs), is this really the case, is there not a single neuron out of the 63 recorded pPVT neurons that does not receive direct synaptic input from the POA?

      Thanks for the comments. For Figure 2-figure supplement 1, the baseline c-Fos activity in pPVT were indeed measured from mouse under room temperature. Observed activity may be attributed to the diverse functions that the pPVT is responsible for. Compared to the heat-exposed group, we observed significant increases in c-Fos signals, suggesting the effect of heat exposure.

      For Figure 2-figure supplement 2, through targeted injection of AAV1-Cre into the POA, we achieved selective expression of Cre-dependent ChR2-mCherry in pPVT neurons receiving POA inputs. Following heat exposure, we observed substantial colocalization between heat-induced c-Fos expression (green signal) and ChR2-mCherry-labeled neurons (red signal) in the pPVT. This extensive overlap indicates that POA-recipient pPVT neurons are predominantly heat-responsive and likely mediate the behavioral alterations induced by chronic heat exposure. We have validated these signals and included updated quantification in our revised manuscript.

      For Fig 2H, we specifically patched those neurons that were surrounded by red fluorescence under the microscope, ensuring that the patched neurons had a high likelihood of being innervated from POA. This is why all 63 recorded pPVT neurons were found to receive direct synaptic input from the POA.

      (5) It would be nice to characterize the POA population that connects to the pPVT, it is possible/likely that not only warm-responsive POA neurons connect to that region but also others. The current POA-to-pPVT optogenetic fibre stimulations (Figure 4) are not selective for preoptic warm responsive neurons; since the POA subserves many different functions, this optogenetic strategy will likely activate other pathways. The referees acknowledge that molecular analysis of the POA population would be a major undertaking. Instead, this could be acknowledged in the discussion, for example in a section like "limitation of this study".

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have supplemented this part in our revised manuscript.

      (6) Figure 3a the strategy to express Gcamp in a Cre-dependent manner: it seems that the Gcamp8f signal would be polluted by EGFP (coming from the Cre virus injected into the POA): The excitation peak for both is close to 490nm and emission spectra/peaks of GCaMP8f (510-520 nm) and EGFP (507-510 nm) are also highly overlapping. We presume that the high background (EGFP) fluorescence signal would preclude sensitive calcium detection via Gcamp8f, how did the authors tackle this problem?

      Thank you for pointing out this issue. We acknowledge that we included AAV1-EGFP when recording the GCaMP8F signal to assist in the post-verification of the accuracy of the injection site. But we also collected recording data from mice with AAV1-Cre without EGFP injected into POA and Cre-dependent GCaMP8F in pPVT, albert in a smaller number. We did not observe any obvious differences in the change in calcium signal between these two virus strategies, suggesting that the sensitivity of the GCaMP signals was not significantly affected by the increased baseline fluorescence due to EGFP.

      (7) How did the authors perform the social interaction test (Figures 1F, G)? Was the intruder mouse male or female? If it was a male mouse would the interaction with the female mouse be a form of mating behavior? If so, the interpretation of the results (Figures 1F, G) could be "episodic heat exposure over the course of 3 weeks reduces mating behavior".

      Thanks for the comment. For this female encounter test, we strictly followed the protocol by Ago Y, et al., (2015). During this test, both the strange male and female mice were placed into a wired cup (which is made up of mental wire entanglement and the size for each hole is 0.5 cm [L] x 0.5 cm [W]), which successfully prevented large body contact and the mating behavior but only innate sex-motivated moving around the cup. We have supplemented the details in the method part of our revised manuscript.

      Ago Y, Hasebe S, Nishiyama S, Oka S, Onaka Y, Hashimoto H, Takuma K, Matsuda T (2015) The Female Encounter Test: A Novel Method for Evaluating Reward-Seeking Behavior or Motivation in Mice Int J Neuropsychopharmacol 18: pyv062.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this study, Cao et al. explore the neural mechanisms by which chronic heat exposure induces negative valence and hyperarousal in mice, focusing on the role of the posterior paraventricular nucleus (pPVT) neurons that receive projections from the preoptic area (POA). The authors show that chronic heat exposure leads to heightened activity of the POA projection-receiving pPVT neurons, potentially contributing to behavioral changes such as increased anxiety level and reduced sociability, along with heightened startle responses. In addition, using electrophysiological methods, the authors suggest that increased membrane excitability of pPVT neurons may underlie these behavioral changes. The use of a variety of behavioral assays enhances the robustness of their claim. Moreover, while previous research on thermoregulation has predominantly focused on physiological responses to thermal stress, this study adds a unique and valuable perspective by exploring how thermal stress impacts affective states and behaviors, thereby broadening the field of thermoregulation. However, a few points warrant further consideration to enhance the clarity and impact of the findings.

      (1) The authors claim that behavior changes induced by chronic heat exposure are mediated by the POA-pPVT circuit. However, it remains unclear whether these changes are unique to heat exposure or if this circuit represents a more general response to chronic stress. It would be valuable to include control experiments with other forms of chronic stress, such as chronic pain, social defeat, or restraint stress, to determine if the observed changes in the POA-pPVT circuit are indeed specific to thermal stress or indicative of a more universal stress response mechanism.

      We also share similar considerations as the reviewer and indeed have conducted experiments to explore this possibility. Our findings suggest that the POA-pPVT pathway may also mediate behavioral changes induced by other chronic stress, e.g. chronic restraint stress. Nevertheless, given the well-known prominent role of POA neurons in heat perception, we do believe that the POA-pPVT has a specialized role in mediating chronic heat induced changes. The role of this pathway in other stress-related responses will need a more comprehensive study in the future.

      (2) The authors use the term "negative emotion and hyperarousal" to interpret behavioral changes induced by chronic heat (consistently throughout the manuscript, including the title and lines 33-34). However, the term "emotion" is broad and inherently difficult to quantify, as it encompasses various factors, including both valence and arousal (Tye, 2018; Barrett, L. F. 1999; Schachter, S. 1962). Therefore, the reviewer suggests the authors use a more precise term to describe these behaviors, such as valence. Additionally, in lines 117 and 137-139, replacing "emotion" with "stress responses," a term that aligns more closely with the physiological observations, would provide greater specificity and clarity in interpreting the findings.

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have modified the description of “emotion” to “emotional valence” in various places throughout the revised manuscript.

      (3) Related to the role of POA input to pPVT,

      a) The authors showed increased activity in pPVT neurons that receive projections from the POA (Figure 3), and these neurons are necessary for heat-induced behavioral changes (Figures 4N-W). However, is the POA input to the pPVT circuit truly critical? Since recipient pPVT neurons can receive inputs from various brain regions, the reviewer suggests that experiments directly inhibiting the POA-to-pPVT projection itself are needed to confirm the role of POA input. Alternatively, the authors could show that the increased activity of pPVT neurons due to chronic heat exposure is not observed when the POA is blocked. If these experiments are not feasible, the reviewer suggests that the authors consider toning down the emphasis on the role of the POA throughout the manuscript and discuss this as a limitation.<br /> b) In the electrophysiology experiments shown in Figures 6A-I, the authors conducted in vitro slice recordings on pPVT neurons. However, the interpretation of these results (e.g., "The increase in presynaptic excitability of the POA to pPVT excitatory pathway suggested plastic changes induced by the chronic heat treatment.", lines 349-350) appears to be an overclaim. It is difficult to conclude that the increased excitability of pPVT neurons due to heat exposure is specifically caused by inputs from the POA. To clarify this, the reviewer suggests the authors conduct experiments targeting recipient neurons in the pPVT, with anterograde labeling from the POA to validate the source of excitatory inputs.

      For point (a), we acknowledge that pPVT neurons receiving POA inputs may also receive projections from other brain regions. While these additional inputs warrant investigation, they fall beyond the scope of our current study and represent promising directions for future research. Notably, compared to other well-characterized regions such as the amygdala and ventral hippocampus, the pPVT receives particularly robust projections from hypothalamic nuclei (Beas et al., 2018). Our optogenetic inhibition of POA-recipient pPVT neurons during chronic heat exposure effectively prevented the influence of POA excitatory projections on pPVT neurons. Furthermore, selective optogenetic activation of POA excitatory terminals within the pPVT was sufficient to induce similar behavioral abnormalities in mice, strongly supporting the causal role of POA inputs in mediating chronic heat exposure-induced behavioral alterations.

      Beas BS, Wright BJ, Skirzewski M, Leng Y, Hyun JH, Koita O, Ringelberg N, Kwon HB, Buonanno A, Penzo MA (2018) The locus coeruleus drives disinhibition in the midline thalamus via a dopaminergic mechanism Nat Neurosci 21:963-973.

      Regarding point (b), we acknowledge certain limitations in our in vitro patch-clamp recordings when attributing increased pPVT neuronal excitability to enhanced presynaptic POA inputs. Nevertheless, our brain slice recordings clearly demonstrated heightened excitability of pPVT neurons following chronic heat exposure. This finding was further corroborated by our in vivo fiber photometry recordings specifically targeting POA-recipient pPVT neurons, which confirmed that the increased pPVT neuronal activity was indeed modulated by POA inputs. The causal relationship was strengthened by our observation that optogenetic activation of POA excitatory terminals within the pPVT reproduced behavioral abnormalities similar to those observed in chronic heat-exposed mice. Additionally, our inability to induce circuit-specific LTP in the POA-pPVT pathway suggests that these synapses were already potentiated and saturated, reflecting enhanced excitatory inputs from the POA to pPVT. Collectively, these findings support our conclusion that increased excitatory projections from the POA to pPVT likely represent a key mechanism underlying chronic heat exposure-induced behavioral alterations in mice.

      (4) The authors focus on the excitatory connection between the POA and pPVT (e.g., "Together, our results indicate that most of the pPVT-projecting POA neurons responded to heat treatment, which would then recruit their downstream neurons in the pPVT by exerting a net excitatory influence.", lines 169-171). However, are the POA neurons projecting to the pPVT indeed excitatory? This is surprising, considering i) the electrophysiological data shown in Figures 2E-K that inhibitory current was recorded in 52.4% of pPVT neurons by stimulation of POA terminal, and ii) POA projection neurons involved in modulating thermoregulatory responses to other brain regions are primarily GABAergic (Tan et al., 2016; Morrison and Nakamura, 2019). The reviewer suggests showing whether the heat-responsive POA neurons projecting to the pPVT are indeed excitatory (This could be achieved by retrogradely labeling POA neurons that project to the pPVT and conducting fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) assays against Slc32a1, Slc17a6, and Fos to label neurons activated by warmth). Alternatively, demonstrate, at least, that pPVT-projecting POA neurons are a distinct population from the GABAergic POA neurons that project to thermoregulatory regions such as DMH or rRPa. This would clarify how the POA-pPVT circuit integrates with the previously established thermoregulatory pathways.

      Thanks for the comment and suggestion. We acknowledge that there are both excitatory and inhibitory projections from POA to pPVT. Although it is not our primary focus, we are aware of the substantial inhibitory inputs from POA to pPVT which suggests an important function. However, we do not think that this pathway, which would exert an opposite effect on POA-recipient pPVT neurons compared to the excitatory input, contributes to the long-term effect of chronic heat exposure. This is due to the increased, rather than decreased, excitability of the neurons. There is a possibility that this inhibitory input serves as a short-term inhibitory control for other purpose. Further work is needed to fully address this question.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have a number of suggested minor edits that would improve the readability and interpretation of figures for the reader. In many figures, there are places where it is unclear what is being tested, and making minor changes would make the manuscript flow more easily for the reader:

      (1) The authors could add additional details about the behavior paradigms in the Figures, especially Figure 1. How long was the chronic heat exposure for? At what temperature? What is the length of time between the end of heat exposure and the start of behaviors? What was the schedule of testing for EPM and social behaviors? Was it all on the same day or on different days? These details will make it easier for the reader to understand the behavior tests.

      We have revised our experimental scheme, especially Figure 1, and added more detailed descriptions in the method section. The modifications have also been applied to the other figures.

      (2) In Figures 1J and 1K, it is a bit unclear what is being shown in the right panel, since there are no axes or labels to interpret what is being plotted.

      We have added body kinetics (purple dot) in the left panel of Figure 1J and 1K to align with the right panels, and we have updated our descriptions in the figure legend.

      (3) In general, Figure 1 would benefit from more headers/labels or schematics to demonstrate what is being tested (for example, it's unclear that forced swim, tail suspension, open field, aggression, sucrose preference, or acoustic startle are being studied unless the reader looks at the figure legend in depth. Simple schematics or titles for each panel would help.

      We have added the abbreviated titles for each panel of Figure 1 to help readers to better understand what was being tested.

      (4) Figure 2A would benefit from edits to the schematic so that it is clear that heat exposure is being done before the animal is sacrificed and cFos is stained.

      We have revised the text to clarify that heat exposure occurred before the animal was sacrificed and c-Fos was stained.

      (5) Figure 2D: would help if the quantification of overlap of cFos and rabies was shown in the figure in addition to reporting it in the text (84%).

      We have added quantification in Figure 2D.

      (6) The supplemental data in Figure 2 - Supplemental Figure 1 showing increased Fos in PVT and POA after heat exposure would actually help if it was in main Figure 2 so that the reader can more clearly see the rationale for choosing the POA-PVT circuit. But this is a matter of preference and up to the author where they want to show this data.

      Thanks for the suggestion. But considering the layout and space, we will prefer to retain this part in Figure 2-supplemental figure 1.

      (7) Figure 3 would benefit from a behavior schematic illustrating the time course of the experiment and what the heat exposure protocol is for each day (how many minutes heat 'on' vs 'off', the temperature of heat, etc). Also, what is different about day 22 that makes it chronic heat vs day 21? Currently, it is a bit hard to understand the protocol.

      We have added the temperature and time of chronic heat exposure in the schematic of Figure 3. The “day 22” represented the time point after chronic heat exposure. And we measured the calcium activity of POA recipient pPVT neurons on day 22 to compare with day 1 to demonstrate that the activity changes of POA recipient pPVT neurons after chronic heat exposure.

      (8) Figure 3D, it is unclear what the difference is between the Day 1 data on the left and Day 1 data on the right. Same with Figure 3H, unclear what the difference is between the left and the right.

      The left panel and right panel reflect different parameters: frequency /min (left) and amplitude (△F/F) for Figure 3D-3H. By doing this, we want to reflect the dynamic activity changes of POA recipient pPVT neurons throughout chronic heat exposure process. Now, all figures in panel 3D to 3H have been revised to make them clearer in meaning.

      (9) Figure 4A would benefit from schematics showing the stimulation protocol for chronic optogenetics (how many days? Frequency? Duration of time? Etc)

      We have added detailed schematics in our Figure 4A.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors)

      (1) It is interesting that social behavior appears to be reduced upon long-term heat exposure but not after acute heat exposure. Interaction of animals, such as huddling, can be used by animals as a form of behavioral thermoregulation in cold environments and heat may drive animals apart to allow for better heat dissipation. The social interaction measured here is not huddling (because, I assume, the animals are separated by a divider?) but is this form of behavior measured here related to huddling/"social thermoregulation"? This could be discussed.

      Our behavioral tests were performed at room temperature. Even though huddling is a type of social behavior, based on our observation, the tested mouse was actively revolving around the mental cap, suggesting this type of behavior is not related to huddling/social thermoregulation type of social behavior.

      (2) Line 113: The statement "Chronic treatment did not change body temperature" should be clarified/rephrased because 90 minutes of 38 degrees centigrade exposure to heat will increase the body temperature of mice. It would be helpful if the authors made clear that they measure body temperature before the heat stimulus (and not during the heat stimulus), which is now only obvious if one digs into the methods section.

      We have revised the text and clarified that body temperature was measured before the heat stimulus in the revised manuscript.

      (3) Figure 1J and K: for the non-experts, these graphs are difficult to interpret, some more explanation is needed (what exactly is measured ?). We believe that the term "arousal" may not be justified in this context because the authors have not measured sleep patterns (EEG and EMG) to show that the mice arouse from a sleep (or sleep-like) stage; the authors may consider changing the terminology, e.g. something along the lines of "agitation" or "activity".

      We have further elaborated the meaning of Figure 1J and K in our revised manuscript. The acoustic startle response is a well-recognized behavioral parameter reflecting arousal levels in rodent model. The more agitation in response to stimulus, the higher the arousal levels in mice. We have used the term “agitation” to describe mice’s performance in the acoustic startle response test.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors suggest in the introduction of the manuscript that the HPA axis and other multifaceted factors may influence emotional changes caused by heat stress (lines 63-78). However, there are no experiments or discussions on how the POA-pPVT circuit interacts with these factors. In line with the study's proposed direction in the introduction section, it would be valuable to explore, or at least discuss, whether and how the POA-pPVT circuit interacts with the HPA axis or other neural circuits known to regulate emotional and stress responses. Alternatively, the reviewer suggests revising the content of the introduction to align with the focus of the study.

      Although POA is known to possibly interact with the HPA axis via its connection with the paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus, there is hardly any evidence for the pPVT. Thus, we prefer not to speculate this question, which remains open, in our current manuscript.

      (2) In Figure 5, the authors report that pPVT neurons that receive projections from the POA exhibited increased responses to stressful situations following chronic heat exposure. However, considering the long pre- and post-recording time gap of approximately three weeks, the additional expression of GCaMP protein over time could potentially account for the increased signal. Therefore, the reviewer recommends including a control group without heat exposure to rule out this possibility.

      We have included Figure 3-figure supplement 1 in our manuscript to exclude the effect of expression of GCaMP protein over time on the recording of calcium signal.

      (3) Related to Figure 2, a) Please include quantification data of the overlap between retrogradely labeled and c-Fos-expressing POA neurons, which can be presented as a bar graph in Figure 2. This would be beneficial for readers to estimate how many warm-activated POA neurons connected to the pPVT are actively engaged under these conditions.

      In the revised manuscript, we have included the quantification analysis in Figure 2.

      b) The images in Figure 2 - Figure Supplement 1 seem to degrade in quality when magnified, making it difficult to discern finer details. Higher-resolution images would greatly improve the clarity and help in accurately visualizing the c-Fos expression patterns in the POA and pPVT regions.

      We have changed our images of Figure 2-figure supplement 1 to higher-resolution in the revised manuscript.

      c) The c-Fos images in Figure 2D and Figure 2 - Figure Supplement 2C appear unusual in that the c-Fos signal seems to fill the entire cell, whereas c-Fos protein is localized to the nucleus. Could the authors clarify whether this image accurately represents c-Fos staining or if there might be an issue with the staining or imaging process?

      We are confident that the green signals in both Figure 2D and Figure 2-figure supplement 2C, which did not occupy the whole cell body, have already accurately reflected the c-Fos and that they were nucleus staining. We have updated the amplified picture in Figure 2D.

      d) In Supplemental Figure 2B, the square marking the region of interest should be clearly explained in the figure legend to ensure that readers can fully understand the context and focus of the image.

      We have further modified our figure legend in Figure 2-figure supplement 1 in our revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):  

      Summary:  

      Satoshi Yamashita et al., investigate the physical mechanisms driving tissue bending using the cellular Potts Model, starting from a planar cellular monolayer. They argue that apical length-independent tension control alone cannot explain bending phenomena in the cellular Potts Model, contrasting with previous works, particularly Vertex Models. They conclude that an apical elastic term, with zero rest value (due to endocytosis/exocytosis), is necessary to achieve apical constriction, and that tissue bending can be enhanced by adding a supracellular myosin cable. Additionally, a very high apical elastic constant promotes planar tissue configurations, opposing bending.  

      Strengths:  

      - The finding of the required mechanisms for tissue bending in the cellular Potts Model provides a natural alternative for studying bending processes in situations with highly curved cells. 

      - Despite viewing cellular delamination as an undesired outcome in this particular manuscript, the model's capability to naturally allow T1 events might prove useful for studying cell mechanics during out-of-plane extrusion. 

      We thank the reviewer for the careful comments and suggestions.

      Weaknesses: 

      - The authors claim that the cellular Potts Model (CPM) is unable to achieve the results of the vertex model (VM) simulations due to naturally non-straight cellular junctions in the CPM versus the VM. The lack of a substantial comparison undermines this assertion. None of the references mentioned in the manuscript are from a work using vertex model with straight cellular junctions, simulating apical constriction purely by a enhancing a length-independent apical tension. Sherrard et al and Pérez-González et al. use 2D and 3D Vertex Models, respectively, with a "contractility" force driving apical constriction. However, their models allow cell curvature. Both references suggest that the cell side flexibility of the CPM shouldn't be the main issue of the "contractility model" for apical constriction. 

      We appreciate the comment.

      For the reports by Sherrard et al and Pérez-Gonález et al, lack of the cell rearrangement (T1 transition) might have caused the difference. Other than these, Muñoz et al. (doi:10.1016/j.jbiomech.2006.05.006), Polyakov et al. (doi:10.1016/j.bpj.2014.07.013), Inoue et al.

      (doi:10.1007/s10237-016-0794-1), Sui et al.

      (doi:10.1038/s41467-018-06497-3), and Guo et al. (doi:10.7554/eLife.69082) used simulation models with the straight lateral surface.

      We updated an explanation about the difference between the vertex model and the cellular Potts model in the discussion.

      P12L318 “An edge in the vertex model can be bent by interpolating vertices or can be represented with an arc of circle (Brakke, 1992). Even in cases where vertex models were extended to allow bent lateral surfaces, the model still limited cell rearrangement and neighbor changes (Pérez-González et al., 2021), limiting the cell delamination. Thus the difference in simulation results between the models could be due to whether the cell rearrangement was included or not. However, it is not clear how the absence of the cell rearrangement affected cell behaviors in the simulation, and it shall be studied in future. In contrast to the vertex model, the cellular Potts model included the curved cell surface and the cell rearrangement innately, it elucidated the importance of those factors.”

      - The myosin cable is assumed to encircle the invaginated cells. Therefore, it is not clear why the force acts over the entire system (even when decreasing towards the center), and not locally in the contour of the group of cells under constriction. The specific form of the associated potential is missing. It is unclear how dependent the results of the manuscript are on these not-well-motivated and model-specific rules for the myosin cable.

      A circle radius decreases when the circle perimeter shrinks, and this was simulated with the myosin cable moving toward the midline in the cross section.

      We added an explanation in the introduction and the results.

      P2L74 “In the same way with the contracting circumferential myosin belt in a cell decreasing the cell apical surface, the circular supracellular myosin cable contraction decreases the perimeter, the radius of the circle, and an area inside the circle.”

      P6L197 “In the cross section, the shrinkage of the circular supracellular myosin cable was simulated with a move of adherens junction under the myosin cable toward the midline.”

      - The authors are using different names than the conventional ones for the energy terms. Their current attempt to clarify what is usually done in other works might lead to further confusion. 

      The reviewer is correct. However we named the energy terms differently because the conventional naming would be misleading in our simulation model.

      We added an explanation in the results.

      P4L140 “Note that the naming for the energy terms differs from preceding studies. For example, Farhadifar et al. (2007) named a surface energy term expressed by a proportional function "line tensions" and a term expressed by a quadratic function "contractility of the cell perimeter". In this study, however, calling the quadratic term "contractility" would be misleading since it prevents the contraction when  < _0. Therefore we renamed the terms accordingly.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      In their work, the Authors study local mechanics in an invaginating epithelial tissue. The work, which is mostly computational, relies on the Cellular Potts model. The main result shows that an increased apical "contractility" is not sufficient to properly drive apical constriction and subsequent tissue invagination. The Authors propose an alternative model, where they consider an alternative driver, namely the "apical surface elasticity". 

      Strengths: 

      It is surprising that despite the fact that apical constriction and tissue invagination are probably most studied processes in tissue morphogenesis, the underlying physical mechanisms are still not entirely understood. This work supports this notion by showing that simply increasing apical tension is perhaps not sufficient to locally constrict and invaginate a tissue. 

      We thank the reviewer for the careful comments.

      Weaknesses: 

      Although the Authors have improved and clarified certain aspects of their results as suggested by the Reviewers, the presentation still mostly relies on showing simulation snapshots. Snapshots can be useful, but when there are too many, the results are hard to read. The manuscript would benefit from more quantitative plots like phase diagrams etc. 

      We agree with the comment.

      However, we could not make the qualitative measurement for the phase diagram since 1) the measurement must be applicable to all simulation results, and 2) measured values must match with the interpretation of the results. To do so, the measurement must distinguish a bent tissue, delaminated cells, a tissue with curved basal surface and flat apical surface, and a tissue with closed invagination. Such measurement is hardly designed.

      Recommendations for the authors: 

      Reviewing Editor (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      I see that the authors have worked on improving their paper in the revision. However, I agree with both reviewer #1 and reviewer #2 that the presentation and discussion of findings could be clearer. 

      Concrete recommendations for improvement: 

      (1) I find the observation by reviewer #1 on cell rearrangement very illuminating: It is indeed another key difference between the Cellular Potts Model that the authors use compared to typical Vertex Models, and could very well explain the different model outcomes. The authors could expand on the discussion of this point. 

      We updated an explanation about the difference between the vertex model and the cellular Potts model in the discussion.

      P12L318 “An edge in the vertex model can be bent by interpolating vertices or can be represented with an arc of circle (Brakke, 1992). Even in cases where vertex models were extended to allow bent lateral surfaces, the model still limited cell rearrangement and neighbor changes (Pérez-González et al., 2021), limiting the cell delamination. Thus the difference in simulation results between the models could be due to whether the cell rearrangement was included or not. However, it is not clear how the absence of the cell rearrangement affected cell behaviors in the simulation, and it shall be studied in future. In contrast to the vertex model, the cellular Potts model included the curved cell surface and the cell rearrangement innately, it elucidated the importance of those factors.”

      (2) In lines 161-164, the authors write "Some preceding studies assumed that the apical myosin generated the contractile force (Sherrard et al, 2010: Conte et al., 2012; Perez-Mockus et al., 2017; Perez-Gonzalez et al., 2021), while others assumed the elastic force (Polyakov et al., 2014; Inoue et al. 2016; Nematbakhsh et al., 2020)." 

      Similarly, in lines 316-319 the authors write "In the preceding studies, the apically localized myosin was assumed to generate either the contractile force (Sherrard et al, 2010: Conte et al., 2012; Perez-Mockus et al., 2017; Perez-Gonzalez et al., 2021), or the elastic force (Polyakov et al., 2014; Inoue et al. 2016; Nematbakhsh et al., 2020)." 

      The phrasing here is poor, as it suggests that the latter three studies (Polyakov et al., 2014; Inoue et al. 2016; Nematbakhsh et al., 2020) do not use the assumption that apical myosin generated contractile forces. This is wrong. All three of these studies do in fact assume apical surface contractility mediated by myosin. In addition, they also include other factors such as elastic restoring forces from the cell membrane (but not mediated by myosin as far as I understand). 

      These statements should be corrected. 

      We named the energy term expressed with the proportional function “contractility” and the energy term expressed with the quadratic function “elasticity”. Here we did not define what biological molecules correspond with the contractility or the elasticity.

      For the three studies, the effect of myosin was expressed by the quadratic function, and Polyakov et al. (2014) named it “springlike elastic properties”, Inoue et al. (2016) named it “Apical circumference elasticity”, and Nematbakhsh et al. (2020) named it “Actomyosin contractility”. To explain that the for generated by myosin was expressed with the quadratic function in these studies, we wrote that they “assumed the elastic force”.

      We assumed the myosin activity to be approximated with the proportional function in later parts and proposed that the membrane might be expressed with the quadratic function and responsible for the apical constriction based on other studies.

      To clarify this, we added it to the results.

      P4L175 “Some preceding studies assumed that the apical myosin generated the contractile force (Sherrard et al., 2010; Conte et al., 2012; Perez-Mockus et al., 2017; Pérez-González et al., 2021), while the others assumed the myosin to generate the elastic force (Polyakov et al., 2014; Inoue et al., 2016; Nematbakhsh et al., 2020).”

      (3) Lines 294-296: The phrasing suggests that the "alternative driving mechanism" consists of apical surface elasticity remodelling alone. This is not true, it's an additional mechanism, not an alternative. The authors' model works by the combined action of increased apical surface contractility and apical surface elasticity remodelling (and the effect can be strengthened by including a supracellular actomyosin cable). 

      We agree with the comment that the surface remodeling is not solely driving the apical constriction but with myosin activity. However, if we wrote it as an additional mechanism, it might look like that both the myosin activity alone and the surface remodeling alone could drive the apical constriction, and they would drive it better when combined together. So we replaced “mechanism” with “model”.

      P12L311 “In this study, we demonstrated that the increased apical surface contractility could not drive the apical constriction, and proposed the alternative driving model with the apical surface elasticity remodeling.”

      (4) In general, the part of the results section encompassing equations 1-5 should more explicitly state which equations were used in all simulations (Eqs1+5), and which ones were used only for certain conditions (Eqs2+3+4). 

      We added it as follows.

      P4L153 “While the terms Equation 1 and Equation 5 were included in all simulations since they were fundamental and designed in the original cellular Potts model (Graner and Glazier, 1992), the other terms Equation 2-Equation 4 were optional and employed only for certain conditions.”

      (5) Lines 150-152: Please state which parameters were examined. I assume Equation 4 was also left out of this initial simulation, as it is the potential energy of the actomyosin cable that was only included in some simulations. 

      We added it as follows.

      P4L163 “The term Equation 4 was not included either. For a cell, its compression was determined by a balance between the pressure and the surface tension, i.e., the heigher surface tension would compress the cell more. The bulk modulus 𝜆 was set 1, the lateral cell-cell junction contractility 𝐽_𝑙 was varied for different cell compressions, and the apical and basal surface contractilities 𝐽_𝑎 and 𝐽_𝑏 were varied proportional to 𝐽_𝑙.”

      (6) Lines 118-122: The sentence is very long and hard to parse. I suggest the following rephrasing: 

      “In this study, we assumed that the cell surface tension consisted of contractility and elasticity. We modelled the contractility as constant to decrease the surface, but not dependent on surface width or strain. We modelled the elasticity as proportional to the surface strain, working to return the surface to its original width." 

      We updated the explanation as follows.

      P3L121 “In this study, we assumed that the cell surface tension consisted of contractility and elasticity. We modeled the contractility as a constant force to decrease the surface, but not dependent on surface width or strain. We modeled the elasticity as a force proportional to the surface strain, working to return the surface to its original width.”

      (7) Lines 270-274: Another long sentence that is difficult to understand.

      Suggested rephrasing: 

      "Note that the supracellular myosin cable alone could not reproduce the apical constriction (Figure 2c), and cell surface elasticity in isolation caused the tissue to stay almost flat. However, combining both the supracellular myosin cable and the cell surface elasticity was sufficient to bend the tissue when a high enough pulling force acted on the adherens junctions." 

      We updated the sentence as follows.

      P9L287 “Note that the supracellular myosin cable alone could not reproduce the apical constriction (Figure 2c), and that with some parameters the modified cell surface elasticity kept the tissue almost flat (Figure 4). However, combining both the supracellular myosin cable and the cell surface elasticity made a sharp bending when the pulling force acting on the adherens junction was sufficiently high.”

      (8) Lines 434-435: Unclear what is meant with sentence starting with "Rest of sites" 

      We update the sentence as follows.

      P17L456 “At the initial configuration and during the simulation, sites adjacent to medium and not marked as apical are marked as basal.”

      (9) Fixing typos and other minor grammar and wording changes would improve readability. Following is a list in order of appearance in the text with suggestions for improvement. 

      We greatly appreciate the careful editing, and corrected the manuscript accordingly.

      Line 14: "a" is not needed in the phrase "increased a pressure" 

      Line 15: "cell into not the wedge shape" --"cell not into the wedge shape"  In fact it might be better to flip the sentence around to say, e.g. "making the cells adopt a drop shape instead of the expected wedge shape". 

      Line 24: "cells decrease its apical surface" --"cells decrease their apical surface" 

      Line 25: instead of "turn into wedge shape", a more natural-sounding expression could be "adopt a wedge shape" 

      Line 28: "which crosslink and contract" --because the subject is the singular "motor protein", the verb tense needs to be changed to "crosslinks and contracts" 

      Line 29: I suggest to use the definite article "the" before "actin filament network" as this is expected to be a known concept to the reader. 

      Line 31: "adherens junction and tight junction" --use the plural, because there are many per cell: "adherens junctions and tight junctions" 

      Line 42: "In vertebrate" --"In vertebrates" 

      Line 46: "Since the interruption to" --"Since the interruption of" 

      Line 56: "the surface tension of the invaginated cells were" --since the subject is "the surface tension", the verb "were" needs to be changed to "was"  Line 63: "extra cellular matrix" --generally written as "extracellular matrix" without the first space 

      Line 66: "many epithelial tissues" --"in many epithelial tissues" 

      Line 70: "This supracellular cables" --"These supracellular cables" 

      Line 72: "encircling salivary gland" --either "encircling the salivary gland" or "encircling salivary glands" 

      Lines 76-77: "investigated a cell physical property required" --"investigated what cell physical properties were required" 

      Line 78: "was another framework" --"is another framework" (it is a generally and currently valid true statement, so use the present tense) 

      Line 79: "simulated an effect of the apically localized myosin" --for clarity, I suggest rephrasing as "simulated the effect of increased apical contractility mediated by apically localized myosin" 

      Similarly, in Line 80: "did not reproduce the apical constriction" --"did not reproduce tissue invagination by apical constriction", as technically the cells in the model do reduce their apical area, but fail to invaginate as a tissue. 

      Line 82: "we found that a force" --"we found that the force" 

      Line 101: "apico-basaly" --"apico-basally" 

      Lines 107-108: "in order to save a computational cost" --"in order to save on computational cost" 

      Line 114: "Therefore an area of the cell" --"Therefore the interior area of the cell" 

      Line 139: "formed along adherens junction" --"formed along adherens junctions" 

      Line 166: "we ignored an effect" --"we ignored the effect" 

      Line 167: "and discussed it later" --"and discuss it later" 

      Lines 167-168: "an experiment with a cell cultured on a micro pattern showed that the myosin activity was well corresponded by the contractility" --"an experiment with cells cultured on a micro pattern showed that the myosin activity corresponded well to the contractility" 

      Line 172: "success of failure" --"success or failure" 

      Figure 1 caption: "none-polar" --"non-polarized"; "reg" --"red" 

      Line 179: "To prevented the surface" --"To prevent the surface" 

      Line 180: "It kept the cells surface" --"It kept the cells' surface" (apostrophe missing) 

      Line 181: "cells were delaminated and resulted in similar shapes" --"cells were delaminated and adopted similar shapes" 

      Line 190: "To investigate what made the difference" --"To investigate the origin of the difference" 

      Line 203: For clarity, I would suggest to add more specific wording. "the pressure, and a difference in the pressure between the cells resulted in" --"the internal pressure due to cell volume conservation, and a difference in the pressure between the contracting and non-contracting cells resulted in" 

      Line 206: "by analyzing the energy with respect to a cell shape" --"by analyzing the energy with respect to cell shape" 

      Line 220: "indicating that cell could shrink" --"indicating that a cell could shrink" 

      Line 224: For clarity, I would suggest more specific wording "lateral surface, while it seems not natural for the epithelial cells" --"lateral surface imposed on the vertex model, a restriction that seems not natural for epithelial cells" 

      Line 244: "succeeded in invaginating" --"succeeding in invaginating" 

      Line 247: "were checked whether the cells" --"were checked to assess whether the cells" 

      Line 250: "cells became the wedge shape" --"cells adopted the wedge shape" 

      Line 286: "there were no obvious change in a distribution pattern" --"there was no obvious change in the distribution pattern" 

      Lines 296-297: "When the cells were assigned the high apical surface contractility, the cells were rounded" --"When the cells were assigned a high apical surface contractility, the cells became rounded" 

      Line 298: "This simulation results" --"These simulation results" 

      Lines 301-302: I suggest to increase clarity by somewhat rephrasing.  "Even when the vertex model allowed the curved lateral surface, the model did not assume the cells to be rearranged and change neighbors" --"Even in cases where vertex models were extended to allow curved lateral surfaces, the model still limited cell rearrangement and neighbor changes" 

      Line 326: "high surface tension tried to keep" --"high surface tension will keep" 

      Line 334: "In many tissue" --"In many tissues" 

      Line 345: "turned back to its original shape" --"turned back to their original shape" (subject is the plural "cells") 

      Lines 348-349: "resembles the result of simulation" --"resembles the result of simulations" 

      Line 352: "how the myosin" --"how do the myosin" 

      Line 356: "it bears the surface tension when extended and its magnitude" What does the last "its" refer to? The surface tension? 

      Line 365: "the endocytosis decrease" --"the endocytosis decreases" 

      Line 371: "activatoin" --"activation" 

      Line 374 "the cells undergoes" --"the cells undergo" 

      Line 378: "entier" --"entire" 

      Line 389: "individual tissue accomplish" --"individual tissues accomplish" 

      Line 423: "is determined" --"are determined" (subject is the plural "labels") 

      Line 430: "phyisical" --"physical" 

      Table 6 caption: "cell-ECN" --cell-ECM 

      Line 557: "do not confused" --"should not be confused" 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      - The phrase "In addition, the encircling supracellular myosin cable largely promoted the invagination by the apical constriction, suggesting that too high apical surface tension may keep the epithelium apical surface flat." is not clear to me. It sounds contradictory. 

      This finding was unexpected and surprising for us too. However, it is actually not contradictory since stronger surface tension will make the surface flatter in general. Figure 4 shows the flat apical surface with the wedge shape cells for the too strong apical surface tension. On the other hand, the supracellular myosin cable promoted the cell shape changes without raising the surface tension, and thus it could make a sharp bending (Figure 5).

      We updated the explanation for the effect of the supracellular myosin cable as follows.

      P2L74 “In the same way as the contracting circumferential myosin belt in a cell decreasing the cell apical surface, the circular supracellular myosin cable contraction decreases the perimeter, the radius of the circle, and an area inside the circle.”

      P6L197 “In the cross section, the shrinkage of the circular supracellular myosin cable was simulated with a move of adherens junction under the myosin cable toward the midline.”

      - Even when the authors now avoid to say "in contrast to vertex model simulations" in pg.4, in the next section there is still the intention to compare VM to CPM. Idem in the Discussion section. The conclusion in that section is that the difference between the results arising with VM (achieving the constriction) and the CPM (not achieving the constriction, and leading to cell delamination) are due to the straight lateral surfaces. However, Sherrard et at could achieve the constriction with an enhanced apical surface contractility using a 2D VM that allows curvatures. Therefore, I don't think the main difference is given by the deformability of the lateral surfaces. Instead, it might be due to the facility of the CPM to drive cellular rearrangements, coupled to specific modeling rules such as the permanent lost of the "apical side" once a delamination occurs and the boundary conditions. A clear example is the observation of loss of cell-cell adherence when all the tensions are set the same. Instead, in a VM cells conserve their lateral neighbors in the uniform tension regime (Sherrard et at). Is it noteworthy that the two mentioned works using vertex models to achieve apical constriction (Sherrard et at. (2D) and Pérez-González (3D) et al.) seem to neglect T1 transitions. I specifically think the added discussion on the impact of the T1 events (fundamental for cell delamination) is quite poor. A more detailed description would help justify the differences between model outcomes. 

      We updated an explanation about the difference between the vertex model and the cellular Potts model in the discussion.

      P12L318 “ An edge in the vertex model can be bent by interpolating vertices or can be represented with an arc of circle (Brakke, 1992). Even in cases where vertex models were extended to allow bent lateral surfaces, the model still limited cell rearrangement and neighbor changes (Pérez-González et al., 2021), limiting the cell delamination. Thus the difference in simulation results between the models could be due to whether the cell rearrangement was included or not. However, it is not clear how the absence of the cell rearrangement affected cell behaviors in the simulation, and it shall be studied in future. In contrast to the vertex model, the cellular Potts model included the curved cell surface and the cell rearrangement innately, it elucidated the importance of those factors.”

      - Fig6c: cell boundary colors are quite difficult to see. 

      The images were drawn by custom scripts, and those scripts do not implement a method to draw wide lines.

      - Title Table 1: "epitherila". 

      We corrected the typo.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      The Authors have addressed most of my initial comments. In my opinion, the results could be better represented. Overall, the manuscript contains too many snapshots that are hard to read. I am sure the Authors could come up with a parameter that would tell the overall shape of the tissue and distinguish between a proper invagination and delamination. Then they could plot this parameter in a phase diagram using color plots to show how varying values of model parameters affects the shape. Presentation aside, I believe the manuscript will be a valuable piece of work that will be very useful for the community of computational tissue mechanics. 

      We agree with the comment.

      However, we could not make a suitable qualitative measurement method. For the phase diagrams, the measurement must be applicable to simulation results, otherwise each figure introduce a new measurement and a color representation would just redraw the snapshots but no comparison between the figures. So the different measurements would make the figures more difficult to read.

      The single measurement must distinguish the cell delamination by the increased surface contractility from the invagination by the modified surface elasticity and the supracellular contractile ring, even though the center cells were covered by the surrounding cells and lost contact with apical side extracellular medium in both cases.

      With the center of mass, the delaminated cells would return large values because they were moved basally. With the tissue basal surface curvature, it would not measure if the tissue apical surface was also curved or kept flat. If the phase diagram and interpretation of the simulation results do not match with each other, it would be misleading.

      A measurement meeting all these conditions was hardly designed.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer #1 Evidence, reproducibility and clarity Summary: Bhatt et al. seek to define factors that influence H3.3 incorporation in the embryo. They test various hypotheses, pinpointing the nuclear/cytoplasmic ratio and Chk1, which affects cell cycle state, as influencers. The authors use a variety of clever Drosophila genetic manipulations in this comprehensive study. The data are presented well and conclusions reasonably drawn and not overblown. I have only minor comments to improve readability and clarity. I suggest two OPTIONAL experiments below. We thank the reviewer for their positive and helpful comments. Major comments: We found this manuscript well written and experimentally thorough, and the data are meticulously presented. We have one modification that we feel is essential to reader understanding and one experimental concern: The authors provide the photobleaching details in the methodology, but given how integral this measurement is to the conclusions of the paper, we feel that this should be addressed in clear prose in the body of the text. The authors explain briefly how nuclear export is assayed, but not import (line 99). Would help tremendously to clarify the methods here. This is especially important as import is again measured in Fig 4. This should also be clarified (also in the main body and not solely in the methods). We have added the following sentences to the main body of the text to clarify how photobleaching and import were assayed. “We note that these differences are not due to photobleaching as our measurements on imaged and unimaged embryos indicate that photobleaching is negligible under our experimental conditions (see methods, Figure S1G-H)” lines 98-101 and “Since nuclear export is effectively zero, we attribute the increase in total H3.3 over time solely to import and therefore the slope of total H3.3 over time corresponds to the import rate.” lines 111-113 Revision Plan In addition we have clarified how import was calculated to figure legends in Figure 5D (formerly 4D) and S1F which now read: “Initial slopes of nuclear import curves (change in total nuclear intensity over time for the first 5 timepoints) …” We also added the following explanation of how nuclear import rates were calculated to the methods section: “Import rates were calculated by using a linear regression for the total nuclear intensity over time for the first 5 timepoints in the nuclear import curves.” lines 471-473, methods If the embryos appeared "reasonably healthy" (line 113) after slbp RNAi, how do the authors know that the RNAi was effective, especially in THESE embryos, given siblings had clear and drastic phenotype? This is especially critical given that the authors find no effect on H3.3 incorporation after slbp RNAi (and presumably H3 reduction), but this result would also be observed if the slbp RNAi was just not effective in these embryos. We apologize for the confusion caused by our word choice. The “healthy” slbp-RNAi embryos had measurable phenotypes consistent with histone depletion that we have reported previously (Chari et al, 2019) including cell cycle elongation and early cell cycle arrest (Figure S4D). However, they did not have the catastrophic mitosis observed in more severely affected embryos. We agree with the reviewer that a concern of this experiment is that the less severely affected embryos likely have more remaining RD histones including H3. To address this we also tested H3.3 incorporation in the embryos that fail to progress to later cell cycles in the cycles that we could measure. Even in these more severely affected embryos we were not able to detect a change in H3.3 incorporation relative to controls (lines 240-243 and Fig S4B). Unfortunately, it is impossible to conduct the ideal experiment, which would be a complete removal of H3 since this is incompatible with oogenesis and embryo survival. To address this confusion we have added supplemental videos of control, moderately affected and severely affected SLBP-RNAi embryos as movies 3-5 and modified the text to read: “All embryos that survive through at least NC12, had elongated cell cycles in NC12 and 60% arrested in NC13 as reported previously indicating the effectiveness of the knockdown (Figure S4C, Movie 3-5)39. In these embryos, H3.3 incorporation is largely unaffected by the reduction in RD H3 (Figure 6B).” lines 236-240 Finally, to characterize the range of SLBP knockdown in the RNAi embryos we propose to do single embryo RT-qPCRs for SLBP mRNA for multiple individual embryos. This will provide a measure of the range knockdown that we observed in our H3.3 movies. Minor comments: Introduction: Revision Plan Consider using "replication dependent" (RD) rather than "replication coupled." Both are used in the field, but RD parallels RI ("replication independent"). We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have made the text edits to change "replication coupled" (RC) to "replication dependent" (RD) throughout the manuscript. Would help for clarity if the authors noted that H3 is equivalent to H3.2 in Drosophila. Also it is relevant that there are two H3.3 loci as the authors knock mutations into the H3.3A locus, but leave the H3.3B locus intact. The authors should clarify that there are two H3.3 genes in the Drosophila genome. We have changed the text as follows to increase clarity as suggested: “Similarly, we have previously shown that RD H3.2 (hereafter referred to as H3) is replaced by RI H3.3 during these same cycles, though the cause remains unclear29” lines 52-54 “There are ~100 copies of H3 in the Drosophila genome, but only 2 of H3.3 (H3.3A and H3.3B)26. To determine which factor controls nuclear availability and chromatin incorporation, we genetically engineered flies to express Dendra2-tagged H3/H3.3 chimeras at the endogenous H3.3A locus, keeping the H3.3B locus intact.” lines 127-131 Please add information and citation (line 58): H3.3 is required to complete development when H3.2 copy number is reduced (PMID: 37279945, McPherson et al. 2023) We have added the suggested information. The text now reads “Nonetheless, H3.3 is required to complete development when H3.2 copy number is reduced54.” lines 61-62 Results: Embryo genotype is unclear (line 147): Hira[ssm] haploid embryos inherit the Hira mutation maternally? Are Hira homozygous mothers crossed to homozygous fathers to generate these embryos, or are mothers heterozygous? This detail should be in the main text for clarity. The Hira mutants are maternal effect. We crossed homozygous Hirassm females to their hemizygous Hirassm or FM7C brothers. However, the genotype of the male is irrelevant since the Hira phenotype prevents sperm pronuclear fusion and therefore there is no paternal contribution to the embryonic genotype. We have clarified this point in the text: “We generated embryos lacking functional maternal Hira using Hirassm-185b (hereafter Hirassm) homozygous mothers which have a point mutation in the Hira locus57.” lines 160-162 Revision Plan Line 161: Shkl affects nuclear density, but it also appears from Fig 3 to affect nuclear size? The authors do not address this, but it should at least be mentioned. We thank the reviewer for the astute observation. More dense regions of the Shkl embryos do in fact have smaller nuclei. We believe that this is a direct result of the increased N/C ratio since nuclear size also falls during normal development as the N/C ratio increases. We have added a new figure 1 in which we more carefully describe the events of early embryogenesis in flies including a quantification of nuclear size and number in the pre-ZGA cell cycles (Figure 1C). We also note the correlation of nuclear size with nuclear density in the text: “During the pre-ZGA cycles (NC10-13), the maximum volume that each nucleus attains decreases in response to the doubling number of nuclei with each division (Figure 1C).” lines 86-87 “To test this, we employed mutants in the gene Shackleton (shkl) whose embryos have non-uniform nuclear densities and therefore a gradient of nuclear sizes across the anterior/posterior axis (Figure 3A-B, Movie 1-2)58.” lines 180-183 The authors often describe nuclear H3/H3.3 as chromatin incorporated, but these image-based methods do not distinguish between chromatin-incorporated and nuclear protein. To distinguish between chromatin incorporated and nuclear free histone we have exploited the fact that histones that are not incorporated into DNA freely diffuse away from the chromatin mass during mitosis while those that are bound into nucleosomes remain on chromatin during this time. In our previous study we showed that H3-Dendra2 that is photoconverted during mitosis remains stably associated with the mitotic chromatin through multiple cell cycles (Shindo and Amodeo, 2019) strengthening our use of this metric. To help clarify this point as well as other methodological details we have added a new Figure 1B which documents the time points at which we make various measurements within the lifecycle of the nucleus. We also edited the text to read: “We have previously shown that with each NC, the pool of free H3 in the nucleus is depleted and its levels on chromatin during mitosis decrease (Figure 1D, S1C-D)29. In contrast, H3.3 mitotic chromatin levels increase during the same cycles (Figure 1D, S1C-D)29.” lines 89-92 I very much appreciate how the authors laid out their model in Fig 3 and then used the same figure to explain which part of the model they are testing in Figs 4 and 5. This is not a critique- we can complement too! Thank you! Revision Plan OPTIONAL experimental suggestion: The experiments in Figure 4 and 5 are clever. One would expect that H3 levels might exhaust faster in embryos lacking all H3.2 histone genes (Gunesdogan, 2010, PMID: 20814422), allowing a comparison testing the H3 availability > H3.3 incorporation portion of the hypothesis without manipulating the N/C ratio. This might also result in a more consistent system than slbp RNAi (below). We thank the reviewer for the experimental suggestion. We also considered this experimental manipulation to decrease RD histone H3.2. We chose not to do this experiment because in the Gunesdogan paper they show that the zygotic HisC nulls have normal development until after NC14 (unlike the maternal SLBP-RNAi that we used) suggesting that maternal H3.2 supplies do not become limiting until after the stages under consideration in our paper. Maternal HisC-nulls are, of course, impossible to generate since histones are essential. O'Haren 2024 (PMID: 39661467) did not find increased Pol II at the HLB after zelda RNAi (line 227). Might also want to mention here that zelda RNAi does not result in changes to H3 at the mRNA level (O'Haren 2024), as that would confound the model. We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We have removed the discussion of Pol II localization and replaced it with the information about histone mRNA : “zelda controls the transcription of the majority of Pol II genes during ZGA but disruption of zelda does not change RD histone mRNA levels67–70”. lines 249-251 Discussion: Should discuss results in context of McPherson et al. 2023 (PMID: 37279945), who showed that decreasing H3.2 gene numbers does not increase H3.3 production at the mRNA or protein levels. We expanded our discussion to include the following: “Given the fact that H3.3 pool size does not respond to H3 copy number in other Drosophila tissues,54 our results suggest that H3.3 incorporation dynamics are likely independent of H3 availability.” lines 278-280 The Shackleton mutation is a clever way to alter N/C ratio, but the authors should point out that it is difficult (impossible?) to directly and cleanly manipulate the N/C ratio. For example, Shkl mutants seem to also have various nuclear sizes. As discussed above, we think that nuclear size is a direct response to the N/C ratio. We have added the following sentence to the discussion as well as a citation to a paper which discusses how the N/C ratio might contribute to nuclear import in early embryos to the discussion: “This may be due to N/C ratio-dependent changes in nuclear import dynamics which may also contribute to the observed changes in nuclear size across the shkl embryo75.” lines 307-309 Revision Plan How is H3.3 expression controlled? Is it possible that H3.3 biosynthesis is affected in Chk1 mutants? To address this question we propose to perform RT-qPCR for H3.3A and H3.3B as well as Hira in the Chk1 mutant. Unfortunately, we do not have antibodies that reliably distinguish between H3 and H3.3 in our hands (despite literature reports), but we will also perform a pan-H3 immunostaining in the Chk1 embryos to measure how the total H3-type histone pool changes as a result of the loss of Chk1. Figures: While I appreciate the statistical summaries in tables, it is still helpful to display standard significance on the figures themselves. We have added statistical comparisons in Figure 3 (formerly Figure 2). We do not feel that it is appropriate to directly compare the intensities of the H3-Dendra2 construct expressed from the pseudo-endogenous locus to the H3.3 and chimeric proteins expressed from the H3.3A locus as they were imaged using different settings. Although we plot H3 on the same graph as the other proteins to allow for ease of comparison of their trends over time it is not appropriate to directly compare their normalized intensities which including statistical tests would encourage. We have added a note to the legend of Figure 1 explaining this which reads: “Note that statistical comparisons between the two Dendra2 constructs have not been done as they were expressed from different loci and imaged under different experimental settings.” Fig 1: A: Is it possible to label panels with the nuclear cycle? We have done this. B: Statistics required - caption suggests statistics are in Table S2, but why not put on graph? Please see the explanation above for why we do not feel that it is appropriate to perform this comparison. C/D: Would be helpful if authors could plot H3/H3.3 on same graph because what we really need to compare is NC13 between H3/H3.3 (and statistics between these curves) Please see the explanation above for why we do not feel that it is appropriate to perform this comparison. These curves can be directly compared within a construct and we can evaluate their trends over time, but the normalized values should not be directly compared in the way that would be encouraged by plotting the data as suggested. E: The comparison in the text is between H3.3 and H3, but only H3.3 data is shown. I realize that it is published prior, but the comparison in figure would be helpful. We have added the previously published values to the text. Revision Plan “These changes in nuclear import and incorporation result in a less complete loss of the free nuclear H3.3 pool (~70% free in NC11 to ~30% in NC13) than previously seen for H3 (~55% free in NC11 to ~20% in NC13)” lines 116-119 Fig 2: A: A very helpful figure. Slightly unclear that the H3 that is not Dendra tagged is at the H3.3 locus. Also unclear that the H3.3A-Dendra2 line exists and used as control, as is not shown in figure. Should show H3 and H3.3 controls (Figure S2) We have edited the figure to add Dendra2 to all of the constructs and made clear the location of each construct including adding the landing site for H3-Dendra2. We have also cited Figure S1 in the legend which contains a more detailed diagram of the integration strategy. F/H- As the comparison is between H3 and ASVM, it would help to combine these data onto the same graph. As the color is currently used unnecessarily to represent nuclear cycle, the authors could use their purple/pink color coding to represent H3/ASVM. We have combined these data onto a single graph as requested and changed the colors appropriately. We have not added statistical comparisons to this graph as we again believe that they would be inappropriate. In the legend of Fig 2 the authors write "in the absence of Hira." Technically, there is only a point mutation in Hira. It is not absent. Good catch! We have changed this to “in Hirassm mutants”. Fig 3: G: Please show WT for comparison. Can use data in Fig 3A. We have added the color-coded number of neighbor embryo representations for WT and Shkl embryos underneath the example embryo images in 4A-B (formerly 3A-B,G). Model in H is very helpful (complement)! Thank you. Fig 4: B/C/F/G: The authors use a point size scale to represent the number of nuclei, but the graphs are so overlaid that it is not particularly useful. Is there a better way to display this dimension? We chose to represent the data in this way so that the visual impact of each line is representative of the amount of data (number of nuclei in each bin) that underlies it. This helps to prevent sparsely populated outlier bins at the edges of the distribution from dominating the interpretation of the data. If the reviewer has a suggestion for a better way to visualize this information we would welcome their suggestion, but we cannot think of a better way at this time. D/E/H/I: What does "min volume" mean on the X axis? Since the uneven N/C ratio in the shkl embryos results in a wavy cell cycle pattern there is no single time point where we can calculate the number of neighbors for the whole embryo (since Revision Plan not all nuclei are in the same cell cycle at a given point). Therefore, we had to choose a criterion for when we would calculate the number of neighbors for each nucleus. We chose nuclear size as a proxy for nuclear age since nuclear size increases throughout interphase (see new figure 1B). So, the minimum volume is the newly formed nucleus in a given cell cycle. We also tested other timepoints for the number of neighbors (maximum nuclear volume, just before nuclear envelope breakdown and midway between these two points) and found similar results. We chose to use minimum volume in this paper because this is the time point when the nucleus is growing most quickly and nuclear import is at its highest. We have added the following explanation to the methods: “For shkl embryos, as the nuclear cycles are asynchronous, nuclear divisions start at different timepoints within the same cell cycle and the nuclear density changes as the neighboring nuclei divide. Therefore, the total intensity traces were aligned to match their minimum volumes (as shown in Figure 1B) to T0.” lines 485-488, methods And the following detail to the figure legend: “...plotted by the number of nuclear neighbors at their minimum nuclear volume…” Figure 5 legend We also added a depiction of the lifecycle of the nucleus in which we marked the minimum volume as the new Figure 1B. Fig 5: F: OPTIONAL Experimental request: Here I would like to see H3 as a control. This is a very good suggestion, and we are currently imaging H3-Dendra2 in the Chk1 background. However, our preliminary results suggest that there may be some synthetic early lethality between the tagged H3-Dendra2 and Chk1 since these embryos are much less healthy than H3.3-Dendra2 Chk1 embryos or Chk1 with other reporters. In addition, we have observed a much higher level of background fluorescence in this cross than in the H3-Dendra2 control. We are uncertain if we will be able to obtain usable data from this experiment, but will continue to try to find conditions that allow us to analyze this data. As an orthogonal approach to answer the question, we will perform immunostaining with a pan-H3 antibody in Chk1 mutant embryos to measure total H3 levels under these conditions. Since the majority of H3-type histone is H3.2 and we know how H3.3 changes, this staining will give us insight into the dynamics of H3 in Chk1 mutant embryos. Significance General assessment: Many long-standing mysteries surround zygotic genome activation, and here the authors tackle one: what are the signals to remodel the zygotic chromatin around ZGA? This is a tricky question to answer, as basically all manipulations done to the embryo Revision Plan have widespread effects on gene expression in general, confounding any conclusions. The authors use clever novel techniques to address the question. Using photoconvertible H3 and H3.3, they can compare the nuclear dynamics of these proteins after embryo manipulation. Their model is thorough and they address most aspects of it. The hurdle this study struggles to overcome is the same that all ZGA studies have, which is that manipulation of the embryo causes cascading disasters (for example, one cannot manipulate the nuclear:cytoplasmic ratio without also altering cell cycle timing), so it's challenging to attribute molecular phenotypes to a single cause. This doesn't diminish the utility of the study. Advance: The conceptual advance of this study is that it implicates the nuclear:cytoplasmic ratio and Chk1 in H3.3 incorporation. The authors suggest these factors influence cell cycle closing, which then affects H3.3 incorporation, although directly testing the granularity of this model is beyond the scope of the study. The authors also provide technical advancement in their use of measuring histone dynamics and using changes in the dynamics upon treatment as a useful readout. I envision this strategy (and the dendra transgenes) to be broadly useful in the cell cycle and developmental fields. Audience: The basic research presented in this study will likely attract colleagues from the cell cycle and embryogenesis fields. It has broader implications beyond Drosophila and even zygotic genome activation. This reviewer's expertise: Chromatin, Drosophila, Gene Regulation Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)): This manuscript investigates the regulation of H3.3 incorporation during zygotic genome activation (ZGA) in Drosophila, proposing that the nuclear-to-cytoplasmic (N/C) ratio plays a central role in this process. While the study is conceptually interesting, several concerns arise regarding the lack of proper control experiments and the clarity of the writing. The manuscript is difficult to follow due to vague descriptions, insufficient distinctions between established knowledge and novel findings, and a lack of rigorous statistical analyses. These issues need to be addressed before the study can be considered for publication. We thank the reviewers for their careful reading of this manuscript. We have sought to clarify the concerns regarding clarity through numerous text edits detailed below. We did include ANOVA analysis for all of the relevant statistical comparisons in the supplemental table. However, to increase clarity we have also added some statistical comparisons in the main figures. We note that we do not feel that it is appropriate to directly compare the intensities of the H3-Dendra2 construct expressed from the pseudo-endogenous locus to the H3.3 and chimeric proteins expressed from the H3.3A locus as they were imaged using different settings. Although we plot H3 on the same graph as the other proteins to allow for ease of comparison of their trends over time it is not appropriate to directly compare their normalized intensities which including statistical tests would encourage. We have added a note to the legend of the new Figure 1 Revision Plan explaining this which reads: “Note that statistical comparisons between the two Dendra2 constructs have not been done as they were expressed from different loci and imaged under different experimental settings.” Major Concerns The manuscript would benefit from a clearer introduction that explicitly distinguishes between previously known mechanisms of histone regulation during ZGA and the novel contributions of this study. Currently, the introduction lacks sufficient background on early embryonic chromatin regulation, making it difficult for readers unfamiliar with the field to grasp the significance of the findings. The authors should also be more precise when discussing the timing of ZGA. While they state that ZGA occurs after 13 nuclear divisions, it is well established that a minor wave of ZGA begins at nuclear cycle 7-8, whereas the major wave occurs after cycle 13. Clarifying this distinction will improve the manuscript's accessibility to a broader audience. We have added a new figure 1 to make the timing and nuclear behaviors of the embryo during ZGA in Drosophila more clear. We have also added information about how the chromatin changes during Drosophila ZGA in the following sentence: “ In Drosophila, these changes include refinement of nucleosomal positioning, partitioning of euchromatin and heterochromatin and formation of topologically associated domains20–22,24.” lines 39-41 We have clarified the major and minor waves of ZGA in the introduction and results by adding the following sentences to the introduction and results respectively: “In most organisms ZGA happens in multiple waves but the chromatin undergoes extensive remodeling to facilitate bulk transcription during the major wave of ZGA (hereafter referred to as ZGA)18–20,22–25..” lines 36-39 “In Drosophila, ZGA occurs in 2 waves. The minor wave starts as early as the 7th cycle, while major ZGA occurs after 13 rapid syncytial nuclear cycles (NCs) and is accompanied by cell cycle slowing and cellularization (Figure 1A-B).” lines 83-85 We hope that these changes help to reduce confusion and make the paper more accessible. However, we are happy to add additional information if the reviewer can provide specific points which require further attention. One of the primary weaknesses of this study is the lack of adequate control experiments. In Figure 1, the authors suggest that the levels of H3 and H3.3 are influenced by the N/C ratio, but Revision Plan it is unclear whether transcription itself plays a role in these dynamics. To properly test this, RNA-seq or Western blot analyses should be performed at nuclear cycles 10 and 13-14 to compare the levels of newly transcribed H3 or H3.3 against maternally supplied histones. Without such data, the authors cannot rule out transcriptional regulation as a contributing factor. In the pre-ZGA cell cycles the vast majority of protein including histones is maternally loaded. Gunesdogan et al. (2010) showed that the zygotic RD histone cluster nulls survive past NC14 (well past ZGA) with no discernible defects indicating that maternal RD histone supplies are sufficient for normal development during the cell cycles under consideration. Therefore, new transcription of replication coupled histones is not needed for apparently normal development during this period. Moreover, we have done the western blot analysis using a Pan-H3 antibody as suggested by the reviewer in our previously published paper (Shindo and Amodeo, 2019 supplemental figure S3A-B) and found that total H3-type histone proteins only increase moderately during this period of development, nowhere near the rate of the nuclear doublings. We have added the following sentence to clarify this point. “These divisions are driven by maternally provided components and the total amount of H3 type histones do not keep up with the pace of new DNA produced29.” lines 88-89 We have also previously done RNA-seq on wild-type embryos (and those with altered maternal histone levels) (Chari et al 2019). In this RNA-seq (like most RNA-seq in flies) we used poly-A selection and therefore cannot detect the RD histone mRNAs (which have a stem-loop instead of a poly-A tail). We have plotted the mRNA concentrations for both H3.3 variants from that dataset below for the reviewers reference (we have not included this in the revised manuscript). The total H3.3 mRNA levels are nearly constant from egg laying (NC0- these are from unfertilized embryos) until after ZGA (NC14). These data combined with the westerns discussed above give us confidence that what we are observing is the partitioning of large pools of maternally provided histones with only a relatively small contribution of new histone synthesis. Revision Plan In Figure 2, the manuscript introduces chimeric embryos expressing modified histone variants, but their developmental viability is not addressed. It is essential to determine whether these embryos survive and whether they exhibit any phenotypic consequences such as altered hatching rates, defects in nuclear division, or developmental arrest. Tagging histones is often deleterious to organismal health. In Drosophila there are two H3.3 loci (H3.3A and H3.3B). In all of our chimera experiments we have left the H3.3B and one copy of the H3.3A locus unperturbed to provide a supply of untagged H3.3. This allows us to study H3.3 and chimera dynamics without compromising organism health. All of our chimeras are viable and fertile with no obvious morphological defects. We have added the following sentences to the text to clarify this point: “There are ~100 copies of H3 in the Drosophila genome, but only 2 of H3.3 (H3.3A and H3.3B)26. To determine which factor controls nuclear availability and chromatin incorporation, we genetically engineered flies to express Dendra2-tagged H3/H3.3 chimeras at the endogenous H3.3A locus, keeping the H3.3B locus intact….These chimeras were all viable and fertile. ” lines 127-131, 136 In addition we propose performing hatch rate assays for embryos from the chimeric embryos of S31A, SVM and ASVM to assess if there is any decrease in fecundity due to the presence of the chimeras. Moreover, given that H3.3 is associated with actively transcribed genes, an RNA-seq analysis of chimeric embryos should be included to assess transcriptional changes linked to H3.3 incorporation. This is an excellent suggestion and will definitely be a future project for the lab. However, to do this experiment correctly we will need to generate untagged chimeric lines that will (hopefully) allow for the full replacement of H3.3 with the chimeric histones instead of a single copy among 4. This is beyond the scope of this paper. Figures 3 and 4 raise additional concerns about whether histone cluster transcription is altered in shkl mutant embryos. The authors propose that the shkl mutation affects the N/C ratio, yet it remains unclear whether this leads to changes in the transcription of histone clusters. Furthermore, since HIRA is a key chaperone for H3.3, it would be important to assess whether its levels or function are compromised in shkl mutants. To address these gaps, RT-qPCR or RNA-seq should be performed to quantify histone cluster transcription, and Western blot analysis should be used to determine if HIRA protein levels are affected. The changes in the N/C ratio that are observed in the shkl mutant are within SINGLE embryo (differences in nuclear spacing). In these experiments we are comparing nuclei within a common cytoplasm that have different local nuclear densities (N/C ratios). Therefore, if Shkl Revision Plan were somehow affecting the transcription of histones or their chaperones we would expect all of the nuclei within the same mutant embryo to be equally affected since they are genetically identical and share a common cytoplasm. We do not directly compare the behavior of shkl embryos to wildtype except to demonstrate that there is no positional effect on the import of H3 and H3.3 across the length of the embryo in wildtype. To clarify our experimental system for these experiments we have added additional panels to Figure 4A and B that depict the number of neighbors for both control and Shkl embryos. Nonetheless, to address the reviewer’s concern that shkl may change the amount of H3 present in the embryo, we propose to conduct a western blot comparison of wildtype and shkl embryos using a pan-H3 antibody. There are no tools (antibodies or fluorescently tagged proteins) to assess HIRA protein levels in Drosophila. We therefore propose to perform RT-qPCR for HIRA in wildtype and shkl embryos. A similar issue arises in Figure 5, where the authors claim that H3.3 incorporation is dependent on cell cycle state but do not sufficiently test whether this is linked to changes in HIRA levels. Given the importance of HIRA in H3.3 deposition, its levels should be examined in Slbp, Zelda, and Chk1 RNAi embryos to verify whether changes in H3.3 incorporation correlate with HIRA function. Without this, it is difficult to conclude that the observed effects are strictly due to cell cycle regulation rather than histone chaperone dynamics. Since H3.3 incorporation is unaffected in the Slbp and Zelda-RNAi lines there is no reason to suspect a change in HIRA function. There are no available tools (antibodies or fluorescently tagged proteins) to directly measure HIRA protein in Drosophila. To test if changes in HIRA loading might contribute to the decreased H3.3 incorporation in the Chk1 mutant we propose to perform RT-qPCR for HIRA in wildtype and Chk1 embryos. Several figures require additional statistical analyses to support the claims made. In Figure 1B, statistical testing should be included to validate the reported differences. Figure 1C-D states that "H3.3 accumulation reduces more slowly than H3," yet there is no quantitative comparison to substantiate this claim. Similarly, Figure 1E presents the conclusion that "These changes in nuclear import and incorporation result in a less dramatic loss of the free nuclear H3.3 pool than previously seen for H3," despite the fact that H3 data are not included in this figure. The conclusions drawn from these data need to be supported with appropriate statistical comparisons and more precise descriptions of what is being measured. For Figure 1B (now 2B) we do not feel that it is appropriate to directly compare the intensities of the H3-Dendra2 construct expressed from the pseudo-endogenous locus to the H3.3 and chimeric proteins expressed from the H3.3A locus as they were imaged using different settings and therefore we do not feel that direct statistical tests are appropriate. Rather, we plot the two histones on the same graph normalized to their own NC10 values so that the trend in their decrease over time may be compared. The statistical tests for H3.3 compared to the chimeras which were originally in the supplemental table have been added to Figure 3 (formerly figure 2). Revision Plan It is important to note that in this directly comparable situation the ASVM mutant (whose trends closely mirror H3) is highly statistically distinct from H3.3. We have added a note to the legend of the new Figure 1 explaining this which reads: “Note that statistical comparisons between the two Dendra2 constructs have not been done as they were expressed from different loci and imaged under different experimental settings.” For Figure 1C-D (now 2C-D) we have removed this claim from the text. We were referring to the plateau in nuclear import for H3 that is less dramatic in H3.3, but this is more carefully discussed in the next paragraph and its addition at that point generated confusion. The text now reads: “To further assess how nuclear uptake dynamics changed during these cycles, we tracked total nuclear H3 and H3.3 in each cycle (Figure 2C-D). Since nuclear export is effectively zero, we attribute the increase in total H3.3 over time solely to import and therefore the slope of total H3.3 over time corresponds to the import rate. Though the change in initial import rates between NC10 and NC13 are similar between the two histones (Figure S1F), we observed a notable difference in their behavior in NC13. H3 nuclear accumulation plateaus ~5 minutes into NC13, whereas H3.3 nuclear accumulation merely slows (Figure 2C-D).” lines 109-116 For Figure 1E (now 2E), to address the difference between H3 and H3.3 free pools we have added the previously published values to the text and changed the phrasing from “less dramatic” to “less complete”. The sentence now reads: “These changes in nuclear import and incorporation result in a less complete loss of the free nuclear H3.3 pool (~70% free in NC11 to ~30% in NC13) than previously seen for H3 (~55% free in NC11 to ~20% in NC13)” lines 116-119 Figure 2 presents additional concerns regarding data interpretation. The comparisons between H3.3 and H3.3S31A to H3 and H3.3SVM/ASVM lack statistical analysis, making it difficult to determine the significance of the observed differences. As discussed above, it is not appropriate to directly compare H3 to H3.3 and the chimeras at the H3.3A locus since they are expressed from different promoters and imaged with different settings. The ANOVA comparisons between all of the constructs in the H3.3A locus can be found in the supplemental table. We have also added the statistical significance between each chimera and H3.3 within a cell cycle to the figure. Including the full set of comparisons for all genotypes and timepoints makes the figure nearly impossible to interpret, but they remain available in the supplemental table. Revision Plan The disappearance of H3.3 from mitotic chromosomes in Figure 2E is also not explained. If this phenomenon is functionally relevant, the authors should provide a mechanistic interpretation, or at the very least, discuss potential explanations in the text. In Figures 2F-H, the reasoning behind comparing the nuclear intensity of H3.3 to H3 in Hira mutants is unclear. To properly assess the role of HIRA in H3.3 chromatin accumulation, a more appropriate comparison would be between wild-type H3.3 and H3.3 levels in Hira knockdown embryos. As explained in the text and depicted in Figure 3D (formerly 2D), the HIRAssm mutant is a point mutation that prevents observable H3.3 chromatin incorporation, but not nuclear import. This is what is depicted in Figure 3E (formerly 2E). The loss of H3.3 from mitotic chromatin is due to the inability to incorporate H3.3 into chromatin as expected for a HIRA mutant. We have edited the figure 3 legend to make this more clear. It now reads: “Hirassm mutation nearly abolishes the observable H3.3 on mitotic chromatin (E).” In Figure 3F (formerly 2F-H) we ask what happens to H3 chromatin incorporation when there is almost no incorporation of H3.3 due to the HIRA mutation. In this mutant there is so little H3.3 incorporation that we cannot quantify H3.3 levels on mitotic chromatin (see the new Figure 1B for the stage where chromatin levels are quantified). This experiment was done to test if H3.3ASVM (expressed at the H3.3A locus) is incorporated into chromatin in embryos lacking the function of H3.3’s canonical chaperone. We have edited the text to make this more clear: “Since the chromatin incorporation of the H3/H3.3 chimeras appears to depend on their chaperone binding sites, we asked if impairing the canonical H3.3 chaperone, Hira, would affect the incorporation of H3.3ASVMexpressed from the H3.3A locus.”lines 158-160 A broader concern is that the authors only test HIRA as a histone chaperone but do not consider alternative chaperones that could influence H3.3 deposition. Since multiple chaperone systems regulate histone incorporation, it would strengthen the conclusions if additional chaperones were tested. Since HIRAssm reduced H3.3-Dendra2 incorporation to nearly undetectable levels (Figure 3E) we believe that it is the primary H3.3 incorporation pathway during this period of development. Therefore, we believe that removing HIRA function is a sufficient test of the dependance of H3.3ASVM on the major H3.3 chaperone at this time. Although it would be interesting to fully map how all H3 and H3.3 chimera constructs respond to all histone chaperone pathways, we believe that this is beyond the scope of this manuscript. Additionally, the manuscript does not include any validation of the RNAi knockdown efficiencies used throughout the study. This raises concerns about whether the observed phenotypes are truly due to target gene depletion or off-target effects. RT-qPCR or Western blot analyses should be performed to confirm knockdown efficiency. Revision Plan Both the Zelda and slbp-RNAi lines used for knockdowns have been used and validated in the early fly embryo in previously published works ((Yamada et al., 2019), (Duan et al., 2021), (O’Haren et al., 2025), (Chari et al, 2019)) and the phenotypes that we observe in our embryos are consistent with the published data including altered cell cycle durations (Figure S4C) and lack of cellularization/gastrulation. We note that the zelda RNAi phenotypes are also highly consistent with the effects of Zelda germline clones. To validate that slbp-RNAi knocks down histones we included a western blot for Pan-H3 in slbp-RNAi embryos that demonstrates a large effect on total H3 levels (Figure S4A). To further demonstrate the phenotypic effects of the slbp-RNAi we have added supplemental movies (Videos 4 and 5). To fully characterize the RNAi efficiency under our conditions we propose to perform RT-qPCR for slbp in slbp-RNAi and Zelda in Zelda-RNAi compared to control (w) RNAi embryos. Finally, the section discussing "H3.3 incorporation depends on cell cycle state, but not cell cycle duration" is unclear. The term "cell cycle state" is vague and should be explicitly defined. Does this refer to a specific phase of the cell cycle, changes in chromatin accessibility, or another regulatory mechanism? The term cell cycle state is deliberately vague. We know that Chk1 regulates many aspects of cell cycle progression and cannot determine from our data which aspect(s) of cell cycle regulation by Chk1 are important for H3.3 incorporation. Our data indicate that it is not simply interphase duration as we originally hypothesized. We have expanded our discussion section to underscore some aspects of Chk1 regulation that we speculate may be responsible for the change in H3.3 behavior. “Chk1 mutants decrease H3.3 incorporation even before the cell cycle is significantly slowed. Cell cycle slowing has been previously reported to regulate the incorporation of other histone variants in Drosophila15. However, our results indicate that cell cycle state and not duration per se, regulates H3.3 incorporation. In most cell types, the primary role of Chk1 is to stall the cell cycle to protect chromatin in response to DNA damage. Therefore, Chk1 activity directly or indirectly affects the chromatin state in a variety of ways. We speculate that Chk1’s role in regulating origin firing may be particularly important in this context73,74. Late replicating regions and heterochromatin first emerge during ZGA, and Chk1 mutants proceed into mitosis before the chromatin is fully replicated22,23,25,71. Since H3.3 is often associated with heterochromatin, the decreased H3.3 incorporation in Chk1 mutants may be an indirect result of increased origin firing and decreased heterochromatin formation73,74.” lines 287-298 Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)): This manuscript investigates the regulation of H3.3 incorporation during zygotic genome Revision Plan activation (ZGA) in Drosophila, proposing that the nuclear-to-cytoplasmic (N/C) ratio plays a central role in this process. While the study is conceptually interesting, several concerns arise regarding the lack of proper control experiments and the clarity of the writing. The manuscript is difficult to follow due to vague descriptions, insufficient distinctions between established knowledge and novel findings, and a lack of rigorous statistical analyses. These issues need to be addressed before the study can be considered for publication. Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)): Summary: Based on previous findings of the changing ratios of histone H3 to its variant H3.3, the authors test how H3.3 incorporation into chromatin is regulated for ZGA. They demonstrate here that H3 nuclear availability drops and replacement by H3.3 relies on chaperone binding, though not on its typical chaperone Hira. Furthermore, they show that nuclear-cytoplasmic (N/C) ratios can influence this histone exchange likely by influencing cell cycle state. We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful comments. We note that our data ARE consistent with H3.3 incorporation depending on Hira through its chaperone binding site. Major comments: 1. The claims are largely supported by the data but I think a couple more experiments could help bolster the claims about cell cycle and chk1 regulation. a. Creating a phosphomimetic of the chk1 phosphorylation site on H3.3 to see if it can overcome the defects seen in chk1 mutants b. Assessing heterochromatin of embryos without chk1 (or ASVM mutants) for example, by looking at H3K9me3 levels The first experiments could take several months if the flies haven't already been generated by the authors but the second should be quicker. a. This is an excellent experimental suggestion which is bolstered by the fact that in frogs H3.3 S31A cannot rescue H3.3 morpholino during gastrulation, but H3.3S31D can (Sitbon et al, 2020). However, to correctly conduct this experiment would require generating and validating multiple additional endogenous H3.3 replacement lines, likely without a fluorescent tag as they can interfere with histone rescue constructs in most species. As the reviewer notes, this would take several months of work (we have not generated the critical flies yet) and may not yield a satisfying answer since there are reports that H3.3 may be dispensable in flies aside from as a source of H3-type histone outside of S-phase (Hödl and Bassler, 2012). While we hope to continue experiments along these lines in the future we feel that this is beyond the scope of the current manuscript. Revision Plan b. To address this we propose to stain for H3K9me3 in wildtype and Chk1-/- embryos. Since the ASVM line is not a full replacement of all H3.3 we think that staining for H3K9me3 in this line is unlikely to yield a detectable difference. 2. It would also be interesting to see what the health of the flies with some mutations in this paper are beyond the embryo stage if they are viable (e.g., development to adulthood, fertility etc.) a. the SVM, ASVM mutations b. the hira + ASVM mutations The authors might already have this data but if not they have the flies and it shouldn't take long to get these data. a. To address this concern we propose to conduct hatch rate assays for embryos from the Dendra tagged H3.3, S31A, SVM, ASVM flies. However, we do note that in our experiments only one copy of the H3.3A locus was mutated and tagged with Dendra2 leaving one copy of H3.3A and both copies of H3.3B untouched to ensure normal development as tagging all copies of histone genes can lead to lethality. b. All Hira mutants develop as haploids due to the inability to decondense the sperm chromatin (which is dependent on Hira). This leads to one extra division to restore the N/C ratio prior to cell cycle slowing and ZGA. These embryos go on to gastralate and die late in development after cuticle formation (presumably due to their decreased ploidy) (Loppin et al., 2000). The addition of ASVM into the Hira background does not appear to rescue the ploidy defect as these embryos also undergo the extra division (Figure 3H). We are therefore confident that these embryos will not hatch. We have added the information about the development of Hira mutant to the text as follow: “These embryos develop as haploids and undergo one additional syncytial division before ZGA (NC14). Hirassmembryos develop otherwise phenotypically normally through organogenesis and cuticle formation, but die before hatching57.” lines 164-167 3. In the discussion section, can the authors speculate on how they think H3.3 ASVM is getting incorporated if not through Hira. Are there other known H3 variant chaperones, or can the core histone chaperone substitute? We have expanded our discussion to include the the following: “In the case of the chimeric histone proteins the incorporation behavior was dependent on the chaperone binding site. For example, H3.3ASVM import and incorporation was similar to H3 in control embryos and H3.3ASVM was still incorporated in Hirassm mutants. This is consistent with the chaperone binding site determining the chromatin incorporation pathway and suggests that H3.3ASVM likely interacts with H3 chaperones such as Caf1.” lines 280-285 Revision Plan Minor comments: While the paper is well written, I found the figures very confusing and difficult to interpret. Comments here are meant to make it easier to interpret. 1. Fig 1 and most of the paper would benefit from a schematic of early embryo transitions labelled with time and stages of cell cycle to make interpreting data easier This is an excellent suggestion! We have added a new figure (Figure 1) to explain both the biological system and the way that we measured many properties in this paper. 2. Fig 1- same green color is used for nuclear cycle 12 and for H3.3 making it confusing when reading graphs. Please check other figures where there is a similar use of color for two different things We have changed the colors so that they are more distinct. 3. Fig 1C,D might benefit more from being split up into 3 graphs by cell cycle with H3 and H3.3 plotted on the same graphs rather than the way it is now We do not feel that it is appropriate to directly compare the intensities of the H3-Dendra2 construct expressed from the pseudo-endogenous locus to the H3.3 and chimeric proteins expressed from the H3.3A locus as they were imaged using different settings. These curves can be directly compared within a construct and we can evaluate their trends over time, but the normalized values should not be directly compared in the way that would be encouraged by plotting the data as suggested. 4. Line 130-133: can they also comment on the different between SVM and ASVM. It seems like SVM might be even worse than ASVM (Fig 2C). Is this related to chk1 phosphorylation? We think that this is a property of the mixed chimeras since S31A is also imported less efficiently than H3.3 (though we cannot be sure without further experiments). We have added this explanation to the text: “We speculate that chimeric histone proteins (H3.3S31A and H3.3SVM) are not as efficiently handled by the chaperone machinery as species that are normally found in the organism including H3.3ASVM which is protein-identical to H3.” lines 150-152 5. Fig 2F-G: It is very difficult to compare between histones when they are on different graphs, please consider putting H3, H3.3 and H3.3ASVM in a hirassm background on the same graph. We have done this in the new Figure 3F. Revision Plan 6. Fig 3- move G to become A and then have A and B. We have restructured this figure to include the nuclear density map of control in response to a comment from Reviewer 1. Although not exactly what the reviewer has envisioned, we hope that this adds clarity to the figure. 7. The initial slope graphs in 4D, E, H and I are not easy to understand and would benefit from an explanation in the legend. We have edited the legend of Figure 5D (formerly 4D) and S1F which now read: “Initial slopes of nuclear import curves (change in total nuclear intensity over time for the first 5 timepoints) …” In addition we have updated the methods to include: “Import rates were calculated by using a linear regression for the total nuclear intensity over time for the first 5 timepoints in the nuclear import curves.” lines 471-473, methods Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)): This paper addresses an important and understudied question- how do histones and their variants mediate chromatin regulation in the early embryo before zygotic genome activation? The authors follow up on some previous findings and provide new insights using clever genetics and cell biology in Drosophila melanogaster. However, the authors do not directly look at chromatin structural changes using existing genomic tools. This may be beyond the scope of this work but would make for a nice addition to strengthen their claims if they can implement these chromatin accessibility techniques in the early embryo. Histones affect a majority of biological processes and understanding their role in the early embryo is key to understanding development. I believe this study applies to a broad audience interested in basic science. However, I do think the authors might benefit from a more broad discussion of their results to attract a broad readership.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary:

      Based on previous findings of the changing ratios of histone H3 to its variant H3.3, the authors test how H3.3 incorporation into chromatin is regulated for ZGA. They demonstrate here that H3 nuclear availability drops and replacement by H3.3 relies on chaperone binding, though not on its typical chaperone Hira. Furthermore, they show that nuclear-cytoplasmic (N/C) ratios can influence this histone exchange likely by influencing cell cycle state.

      Major comments:

      1. The claims are largely supported by the data but I think a couple more experiments could help bolster the claims about cell cycle and chk1 regulation.

      a. Creating a phosphomimetic of the chk1 phosphorylation site on H3.3 to see if it can overcome the defects seen in chk1 mutants

      b. Assessing heterochromatin of embryos without chk1 (or ASVM mutants) for example, by looking at H3K9me3 levels The first experiments could take several months if the flies haven't already been generated by the authors but the second should be quicker. 2. It would also be interesting to see what the health of the flies with some mutations in this paper are beyond the embryo stage if they are viable (e.g., development to adulthood, fertility etc.)

      a. the SVM, ASVM mutations

      b. the hira + ASVM mutations The authors might already have this data but if not they have the flies and it shouldn't take long to get these data. 3. In the discussion section, can the authors speculate on how they think H3.3 ASVM is getting incorporated if not through Hira. Are there other known H3 variant chaperones, or can the core histone chaperone substitute?

      Minor comments:

      While the paper is well written, I found the figures very confusing and difficult to interpret. Comments here are meant to make it easier to interpret.

      1. Fig 1 and most of the paper would benefit from a schematic of early embryo transitions labelled with time and stages of cell cycle to make interpreting data easier
      2. Fig 1- same green color is used for nuclear cycle 12 and for H3.3 making it confusing when reading graphs. Please check other figures where there is a similar use of color for two different things
      3. Fig 1C,D might benefit more from being split up into 3 graphs by cell cycle with H3 and H3.3 plotted on the same graphs rather than the way it is now
      4. Line 130-133: can they also comment on the different between SVM and ASVM. It seems like SVM might be even worse than ASVM (Fig 2C). Is this related to chk1 phosphorylation?
      5. Fig 2F-G: It is very difficult to compare between histones when they are on different graphs, please consider putting H3, H3.3 and H3.3ASVM in a hirassm background on the same graph.
      6. Fig 3- move G to become A and then have A and B.
      7. The initial slope graphs in 4D, E, H and I are not easy to understand and would benefit from an explanation in the legend.

      Significance

      This paper addresses an important and understudied question- how do histones and their variants mediate chromatin regulation in the early embryo before zygotic genome activation? The authors follow up on some previous findings and provide new insights using clever genetics and cell biology in Drosophila melanogaster. However, the authors do not directly look at chromatin structural changes using existing genomic tools. This may be beyond the scope of this work but would make for a nice addition to strengthen their claims if they can implement these chromatin accessibility techniques in the early embryo.

      Histones affect a majority of biological processes and understanding their role in the early embryo is key to understanding development. I believe this study applies to a broad audience interested in basic science. However, I do think the authors might benefit from a more broad discussion of their results to attract a broad readership.

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This manuscript investigates the regulation of H3.3 incorporation during zygotic genome activation (ZGA) in Drosophila, proposing that the nuclear-to-cytoplasmic (N/C) ratio plays a central role in this process. While the study is conceptually interesting, several concerns arise regarding the lack of proper control experiments and the clarity of the writing. The manuscript is difficult to follow due to vague descriptions, insufficient distinctions between established knowledge and novel findings, and a lack of rigorous statistical analyses. These issues need to be addressed before the study can be considered for publication.

      Major Concerns

      The manuscript would benefit from a clearer introduction that explicitly distinguishes between previously known mechanisms of histone regulation during ZGA and the novel contributions of this study. Currently, the introduction lacks sufficient background on early embryonic chromatin regulation, making it difficult for readers unfamiliar with the field to grasp the significance of the findings. The authors should also be more precise when discussing the timing of ZGA. While they state that ZGA occurs after 13 nuclear divisions, it is well established that a minor wave of ZGA begins at nuclear cycle 7-8, whereas the major wave occurs after cycle 13. Clarifying this distinction will improve the manuscript's accessibility to a broader audience. One of the primary weaknesses of this study is the lack of adequate control experiments. In Figure 1, the authors suggest that the levels of H3 and H3.3 are influenced by the N/C ratio, but it is unclear whether transcription itself plays a role in these dynamics. To properly test this, RNA-seq or Western blot analyses should be performed at nuclear cycles 10 and 13-14 to compare the levels of newly transcribed H3 or H3.3 against maternally supplied histones. Without such data, the authors cannot rule out transcriptional regulation as a contributing factor. In Figure 2, the manuscript introduces chimeric embryos expressing modified histone variants, but their developmental viability is not addressed. It is essential to determine whether these embryos survive and whether they exhibit any phenotypic consequences such as altered hatching rates, defects in nuclear division, or developmental arrest. Moreover, given that H3.3 is associated with actively transcribed genes, an RNA-seq analysis of chimeric embryos should be included to assess transcriptional changes linked to H3.3 incorporation. Figures 3 and 4 raise additional concerns about whether histone cluster transcription is altered in shkl mutant embryos. The authors propose that the shkl mutation affects the N/C ratio, yet it remains unclear whether this leads to changes in the transcription of histone clusters. Furthermore, since HIRA is a key chaperone for H3.3, it would be important to assess whether its levels or function are compromised in shkl mutants. To address these gaps, RT-qPCR or RNA-seq should be performed to quantify histone cluster transcription, and Western blot analysis should be used to determine if HIRA protein levels are affected. A similar issue arises in Figure 5, where the authors claim that H3.3 incorporation is dependent on cell cycle state but do not sufficiently test whether this is linked to changes in HIRA levels. Given the importance of HIRA in H3.3 deposition, its levels should be examined in Slbp, Zelda, and Chk1 RNAi embryos to verify whether changes in H3.3 incorporation correlate with HIRA function. Without this, it is difficult to conclude that the observed effects are strictly due to cell cycle regulation rather than histone chaperone dynamics. Several figures require additional statistical analyses to support the claims made. In Figure 1B, statistical testing should be included to validate the reported differences. Figure 1C-D states that "H3.3 accumulation reduces more slowly than H3," yet there is no quantitative comparison to substantiate this claim. Similarly, Figure 1E presents the conclusion that "These changes in nuclear import and incorporation result in a less dramatic loss of the free nuclear H3.3 pool than previously seen for H3," despite the fact that H3 data are not included in this figure. The conclusions drawn from these data need to be supported with appropriate statistical comparisons and more precise descriptions of what is being measured.

      Figure 2 presents additional concerns regarding data interpretation. The comparisons between H3.3 and H3.3S31A to H3 and H3.3SVM/ASVM lack statistical analysis, making it difficult to determine the significance of the observed differences. The disappearance of H3.3 from mitotic chromosomes in Figure 2E is also not explained. If this phenomenon is functionally relevant, the authors should provide a mechanistic interpretation, or at the very least, discuss potential explanations in the text. In Figures 2F-H, the reasoning behind comparing the nuclear intensity of H3.3 to H3 in Hira mutants is unclear. To properly assess the role of HIRA in H3.3 chromatin accumulation, a more appropriate comparison would be between wild-type H3.3 and H3.3 levels in Hira knockdown embryos. A broader concern is that the authors only test HIRA as a histone chaperone but do not consider alternative chaperones that could influence H3.3 deposition. Since multiple chaperone systems regulate histone incorporation, it would strengthen the conclusions if additional chaperones were tested. Additionally, the manuscript does not include any validation of the RNAi knockdown efficiencies used throughout the study. This raises concerns about whether the observed phenotypes are truly due to target gene depletion or off-target effects. RT-qPCR or Western blot analyses should be performed to confirm knockdown efficiency. Finally, the section discussing "H3.3 incorporation depends on cell cycle state, but not cell cycle duration" is unclear. The term "cell cycle state" is vague and should be explicitly defined. Does this refer to a specific phase of the cell cycle, changes in chromatin accessibility, or another regulatory mechanism?

      Significance

      This manuscript investigates the regulation of H3.3 incorporation during zygotic genome activation (ZGA) in Drosophila, proposing that the nuclear-to-cytoplasmic (N/C) ratio plays a central role in this process. While the study is conceptually interesting, several concerns arise regarding the lack of proper control experiments and the clarity of the writing. The manuscript is difficult to follow due to vague descriptions, insufficient distinctions between established knowledge and novel findings, and a lack of rigorous statistical analyses. These issues need to be addressed before the study can be considered for publication.

    4. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary:

      Bhatt et al. seek to define factors that influence H3.3 incorporation in the embryo. They test various hypotheses, pinpointing the nuclear/cytoplasmic ratio and Chk1, which affects cell cycle state, as influencers. The authors use a variety of clever Drosophila genetic manipulations in this comprehensive study. The data are presented well and conclusions reasonably drawn and not overblown. I have only minor comments to improve readability and clarity. I suggest two OPTIONAL experiments below.

      Major comments:

      We found this manuscript well written and experimentally thorough, and the data are meticulously presented. We have one modification that we feel is essential to reader understanding and one experimental concern: The authors provide the photobleaching details in the methodology, but given how integral this measurement is to the conclusions of the paper, we feel that this should be addressed in clear prose in the body of the text. The authors explain briefly how nuclear export is assayed, but not import (line 99). Would help tremendously to clarify the methods here. This is especially important as import is again measured in Fig 4. This should also be clarified (also in the main body and not solely in the methods).

      If the embryos appeared "reasonably healthy" (line 113) after slbp RNAi, how do the authors know that the RNAi was effective, especially in THESE embryos, given siblings had clear and drastic phenotype? This is especially critical given that the authors find no effect on H3.3 incorporation after slbp RNAi (and presumably H3 reduction), but this result would also be observed if the slbp RNAi was just not effective in these embryos.

      Minor comments:

      Introduction:

      Consider using "replication dependent" (RD) rather than "replication coupled." Both are used in the field, but RD parallels RI ("replication independent"). Would help for clarity if the authors noted that H3 is equivalent to H3.2 in Drosophila. Also it is relevant that there are two H3.3 loci as the authors knock mutations into the H3.3A locus, but leave the H3.3B locus intact. The authors should clarify that there are two H3.3 genes in the Drosophila genome. Please add information and citation (line 58): H3.3 is required to complete development when H3.2 copy number is reduced (PMID: 37279945, McPherson et al. 2023)

      Results:

      Embryo genotype is unclear (line 147): Hira[ssm] haploid embryos inherit the Hira mutation maternally? Are Hira homozygous mothers crossed to homozygous fathers to generate these embryos, or are mothers heterozygous? This detail should be in the main text for clarity. Line 161: Shkl affects nuclear density, but it also appears from Fig 3 to affect nuclear size? The authors do not address this, but it should at least be mentioned. The authors often describe nuclear H3/H3.3 as chromatin incorporated, but these image-based methods do not distinguish between chromatin-incorporated and nuclear protein. I very much appreciate how the authors laid out their model in Fig 3 and then used the same figure to explain which part of the model they are testing in Figs 4 and 5. This is not a critique- we can complement too! OPTIONAL experimental suggestion: The experiments in Figure 4 and 5 are clever. One would expect that H3 levels might exhaust faster in embryos lacking all H3.2 histone genes (Gunesdogan, 2010, PMID: 20814422), allowing a comparison testing the H3 availability > H3.3 incorporation portion of the hypothesis without manipulating the N/C ratio. This might also result in a more consistent system than slbp RNAi (below). O'Haren 2024 (PMID: 39661467) did not find increased Pol II at the HLB after zelda RNAi (line 227). Might also want to mention here that zelda RNAi does not result in changes to H3 at the mRNA level (O'Haren 2024), as that would confound the model.

      Discussion:

      Should discuss results in context of McPherson et al. 2023 (PMID: 37279945), who showed that decreasing H3.2 gene numbers does not increase H3.3 production at the mRNA or protein levels. The Shackleton mutation is a clever way to alter N/C ratio, but the authors should point out that it is difficult (impossible?) to directly and cleanly manipulate the N/C ratio. For example, Shkl mutants seem to also have various nuclear sizes. How is H3.3 expression controlled? Is it possible that H3.3 biosynthesis is affected in Chk1 mutants? Figures:

      While I appreciate the statistical summaries in tables, it is still helpful to display standard significance on the figures themselves.

      Fig 1:

      A: Is it possible to label panels with the nuclear cycle? B: Statistics required - caption suggests statistics are in Table S2, but why not put on graph? C/D: Would be helpful if authors could plot H3/H3.3 on same graph because what we really need to compare is NC13 between H3/H3.3 (and statistics between these curves) E: The comparison in the text is between H3.3 and H3, but only H3.3 data is shown. I realize that it is published prior, but the comparison in figure would be helpful.

      Fig 2:

      A: A very helpful figure. Slightly unclear that the H3 that is not Dendra tagged is at the H3.3 locus. Also unclear that the H3.3A-Dendra2 line exists and used as control, as is not shown in figure. Should show H3 and H3.3 controls (Figure S2) F/H- As the comparison is between H3 and ASVM, it would help to combine these data onto the same graph. As the color is currently used unnecessarily to represent nuclear cycle, the authors could use their purple/pink color coding to represent H3/ASVM. In the legend of Fig 2 the authors write "in the absence of Hira." Technically, there is only a point mutation in Hira. It is not absent.

      Fig 3:

      G: Please show WT for comparison. Can use data in Fig 3A. Model in H is very helpful (complement)!

      Fig 4:

      B/C/F/G: The authors use a point size scale to represent the number of nuclei, but the graphs are so overlaid that it is not particularly useful. Is there a better way to display this dimension? D/E/H/I: What does "min volume" mean on the X axis?

      Fig 5:

      F: OPTIONAL Experimental request: Here I would like to see H3 as a control.

      Significance

      General assessment: Many long-standing mysteries surround zygotic genome activation, and here the authors tackle one: what are the signals to remodel the zygotic chromatin around ZGA? This is a tricky question to answer, as basically all manipulations done to the embryo have widespread effects on gene expression in general, confounding any conclusions. The authors use clever novel techniques to address the question. Using photoconvertible H3 and H3.3, they can compare the nuclear dynamics of these proteins after embryo manipulation. Their model is thorough and they address most aspects of it. The hurdle this study struggles to overcome is the same that all ZGA studies have, which is that manipulation of the embryo causes cascading disasters (for example, one cannot manipulate the nuclear:cytoplasmic ratio without also altering cell cycle timing), so it's challenging to attribute molecular phenotypes to a single cause. This doesn't diminish the utility of the study.

      Advance: The conceptual advance of this study is that it implicates the nuclear:cytoplasmic ratio and Chk1 in H3.3 incorporation. The authors suggest these factors influence cell cycle closing, which then affects H3.3 incorporation, although directly testing the granularity of this model is beyond the scope of the study. The authors also provide technical advancement in their use of measuring histone dynamics and using changes in the dynamics upon treatment as a useful readout. I envision this strategy (and the dendra transgenes) to be broadly useful in the cell cycle and developmental fields.

      Audience: The basic research presented in this study will likely attract colleagues from the cell cycle and embryogenesis fields. It has broader implications beyond Drosophila and even zygotic genome activation.

      This reviewer's expertise: Chromatin, Drosophila, Gene Regulation

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This important study proposes a framework to understand and predict generalization in visual perceptual learning in humans based on form invariants. Using behavioral experiments in humans and by training deep networks, the authors offer evidence that the presence of stable invariants in a task leads to faster learning. However, this interpretation is promising but incomplete. It can be strengthened through clearer theoretical justification, additional experiments, and by rejecting alternate explanations.

      We sincerely thank the editors and reviewers for their thoughtful feedback and constructive comments on our study. We have taken significant steps to address the points raised, particularly the concern regarding the incomplete interpretation of our findings.

      In response to Reviewer #1, we have included long-term learning curves from the human experiments to provide a clearer demonstration of the differences in learning rates across invariants, and have incorporated a new experiment to investigate location generalization within each invariant stability level. These new findings have shifted the focus of our interpretation from learning rates to the generalization patterns both within and across invariants, which, alongside the observed weight changes across DNN layers, support our proposed framework based on the Klein hierarchy of geometries and the Reverse Hierarchy Theory (RHT).

      We have also worked to clarify the conceptual foundation of our study and strengthen the theoretical interpretation of our results in light of the concerns raised by Reviewers #1 and #2. We have further expanded the discussion linking our findings to previous work on VPL generalization, and addressed alternative explanations raised by Reviewers #1.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Visual Perceptual Learning (VPL) results in varying degrees of generalization to tasks or stimuli not seen during training. The question of which stimulus or task features predict whether learning will transfer to a different perceptual task has long been central in the field of perceptual learning, with numerous theories proposed to address it. This paper introduces a novel framework for understanding generalization in VPL, focusing on the form invariants of the training stimulus. Contrary to a previously proposed theory that task difficulty predicts the extent of generalization - suggesting that more challenging tasks yield less transfer to other tasks or stimuli - this paper offers an alternative perspective. It introduces the concept of task invariants and investigates how the structural stability of these invariants affects VPL and its generalization. The study finds that tasks with high-stability invariants are learned more quickly. However, training with low-stability invariants leads to greater generalization to tasks with higher stability, but not the reverse. This indicates that, at least based on the experiments in this paper, an easier training task results in less generalization, challenging previous theories that focus on task difficulty (or precision). Instead, this paper posits that the structural stability of stimulus or task invariants is the key factor in explaining VPL generalization across different tasks

      Strengths:

      - The paper effectively demonstrates that the difficulty of a perceptual task does not necessarily correlate with its learning generalization to other tasks, challenging previous theories in the field of Visual Perceptual Learning. Instead, it proposes a significant and novel approach, suggesting that the form invariants of training stimuli are more reliable predictors of learning generalization. The results consistently bolster this theory, underlining the role of invariant stability in forecasting the extent of VPL generalization across different tasks.

      - The experiments conducted in the study are thoughtfully designed and provide robust support for the central claim about the significance of form invariants in VPL generalization.

      Weaknesses:

      - The paper assumes a considerable familiarity with the Erlangen program and the definitions of invariants and their structural stability, potentially alienating readers who are not versed in these concepts. This assumption may hinder the understanding of the paper's theoretical rationale and the selection of stimuli for the experiments, particularly for those unfamiliar with the Erlangen program's application in psychophysics. A brief introduction to these key concepts would greatly enhance the paper's accessibility. The justification for the chosen stimuli and the design of the three experiments could be more thoroughly articulated.

      We appreciate your feedback regarding the accessibility of our paper, particularly concerning the Erlangen Program and its associated concepts. We have revised the manuscript to include a more detailed introduction to Klein’s Erlangen Program in the second paragraph of Introduction section. It provides clear descriptions and illustrative examples for the three invariants within the Klein hierarchy of geometries, as well as the nested relationships among them (see revised Figure 1). We believe this addition will enhance the accessibility of the theoretical framework for readers who may not be familiar with these concepts.

      In the revised manuscript, we have also expanded the descriptions of the stimuli and experimental design for psychophysics experiments. These additions aim to clarify the rationale behind our choices, ensuring that readers can fully understand the connection between our theoretical framework and experimental approach.

      - The paper does not clearly articulate how its proposed theory can be integrated with existing observations in the field of VPL. While it acknowledges previous theories on VPL generalization, the paper falls short in explaining how its framework might apply to classical tasks and stimuli that have been widely used in the VPL literature, such as orientation or motion discrimination with Gabors, vernier acuity, etc. It also does not provide insight into the application of this framework to more naturalistic tasks or stimuli. If the stability of invariants is a key factor in predicting a task's generalization potential, the paper should elucidate how to define the stability of new stimuli or tasks. This issue ties back to the earlier mentioned weakness: namely, the absence of a clear explanation of the Erlangen program and its relevant concepts.

      We thank you for highlighting the necessary to integrate our proposed framework with existing observations in VPL research.

      Prior VPL studies have not concurrently examined multiple geometrical invariants with varying stability levels, making direct comparisons challenging. However, we have identified tasks from the literature that align with specific invariants. For example, orientation discrimination with Gabors (e.g., Dosher & Lu, 2005) and texture discrimination task (e.g., Wang et al., 2016) involve Euclidean invariants, and circle versus square discrimination (e.g., Kraft et al., 2010) involves affine invariants. On the other hand, our framework does not apply to studies using stimuli that are unrelated to geometric transformations, such as motion discrimination with Gabors or random dots, depth discrimination, vernier acuity, spatial frequency discrimination, contrast detection or discrimination.

      By focusing on geometrical properties of stimuli, our work addresses a gap in the field and introduces a novel approach to studying VPL through the lens of invariant extraction, echoing Gibson’s ecological approach to perceptual learning.

      In the revised manuscript, we have added a clearer explanation of Klein’s Erlangen Program, including the definition of geometrical invariants and their stability (the second paragraph in Introduction section). Additionally, we have expanded the Discussion section to draw more explicit comparisons between our results and previous studies on VPL generalization, highlighting both similarities and differences, as well as potential shared mechanisms.

      - The paper does not convincingly establish the necessity of its introduced concept of invariant stability for interpreting the presented data. For instance, consider an alternative explanation: performing in the collinearity task requires orientation invariance. Therefore, it's straightforward that learning the collinearity task doesn't aid in performing the other two tasks (parallelism and orientation), which do require orientation estimation. Interestingly, orientation invariance is more characteristic of higher visual areas, which, consistent with the Reverse Hierarchy Theory, are engaged more rapidly in learning compared to lower visual areas. This simpler explanation, grounded in established concepts of VPL and the tuning properties of neurons across the visual cortex, can account for the observed effects, at least in one scenario. This approach has previously been used/proposed to explain VPL generalization, as seen in (Chowdhury and DeAngelis, Neuron, 2008), (Liu and Pack, Neuron, 2017), and (Bakhtiari et al., JoV, 2020). The question then is: how does the concept of invariant stability provide additional insights beyond this simpler explanation?

      We appreciate your thoughtful alternative explanation. While this explanation accounts for why learning the collinearity task does not transfer to the orientation task—which requires orientation estimation—it does not explain why learning the collinearity task fails to transfer to the parallelism task, which requires orientation invariance rather than orientation estimation. Instead, the asymmetric transfer observed in our study could be perfectly explained by incorporating the framework of the Klein hierarchy of geometries.

      According to the Klein hierarchy, invariants with higher stability are more perceptually salient and detectable, and they are nested hierarchically, with higher-stability invariants encompassing lower-stability invariants (as clarified in the revised Introduction). In our invariant discrimination tasks, participants need only extract and utilize the most stable invariant to differentiate stimuli, optimizing their ability to discriminate that invariant while leaving the less stable invariants unoptimized.

      For example:

      • In the collinearity task, participants extract the most stable invariant, collinearity, to perform the task. Although the stimuli also contain differences in parallelism and orientation, these lower-stability invariants are not utilized or optimized during the task.

      • In the parallelism task, participants optimize their sensitivity to parallelism, the highest-stability invariant available in this task, while orientation, a lower-stability invariant, remains irrelevant and unoptimized.

      • In the orientation task, participants can only rely on differences in orientation to complete the task. Thus, the least stable invariant, orientation, is extracted and optimized.

      This hierarchical process explains why training on a higher-stability invariant (e.g., collinearity) does not transfer to tasks involving lower-stability invariants (e.g., parallelism or orientation). Conversely, tasks involving lower-stability invariants (e.g., orientation) can aid in tasks requiring higher-stability invariants, as these higher-stability invariants inherently encompass the lower ones, resulting in a low-to-high-stability transfer effect.

      This unique perspective underscores the importance of invariant stability in understanding generalization in VPL, complementing and extending existing theories such as the Reverse Hierarchy Theory. To help the reader understand our proposed theory, we revised the Introduction and Discussion section.

      - While the paper discusses the transfer of learning between tasks with varying levels of invariant stability, the mechanism of this transfer within each invariant condition remains unclear. A more detailed analysis would involve keeping the invariant's stability constant while altering a feature of the stimulus in the test condition. For example, in the VPL literature, one of the primary methods for testing generalization is examining transfer to a new stimulus location. The paper does not address the expected outcomes of location transfer in relation to the stability of the invariant. Moreover, in the affine and Euclidean conditions one could maintain consistent orientations for the distractors and targets during training, then switch them in the testing phase to assess transfer within the same level of invariant structural stability.

      We thank you for this good suggestion. Using one of the primary methods for test generalization, we performed a new psychophysics experiment to specifically examine how VPL generalizes to a new test location within a single invariant stability level (see Experiment 3 in the revised manuscript). The results show that the collinearity task exhibits greater location generalization compared to the parallelism task. This finding suggests the involvement of higher-order visual areas during high-stability invariant training, aligning with our theoretical framework based on the Reverse Hierarchy Theory (RHT). We attribute the unexpected location generalization observed in the orientation task to an additional requirement for spatial integration in its specific experimental design (as explained in the revised Results section “Location generalization within each invariant”). Moreover, based on previous VPL studies that have reported location specificity in orientation discrimination (Fiorentini and Berardi, 1980; Schoups et al., 1995; Shiu and Pashler, 1992), along with the substantial weight changes observed in lower layers of DNNs trained on the orientation task (Figure 9B, C), we infer that under a more controlled experimental design—such as the two-interval, two-alternative forced choice (2I2AFC) task employed in DNN simulations, where spatial integration is not required for any of the three invariants—the plasticity for orientation tasks would more likely occur in lower-order areas.

      In the revised manuscript, we have discussed how these findings, together with the observed asymmetric transfer across invariants and the distribution of learning across DNN layers, collectively reveal the neural mechanisms underlying VPL of geometrical invariants.

      - In the section detailing the modeling experiment using deep neural networks (DNN), the takeaway was unclear. While it was interesting to observe that the DNN exhibited a generalization pattern across conditions similar to that seen in the human experiments, the claim made in the abstract and introduction that the model provides a 'mechanistic' explanation for the phenomenon seems overstated. The pattern of weight changes across layers, as depicted in Figure 7, does not conclusively explain the observed variability in generalizations. Furthermore, the substantial weight change observed in the first two layers during the orientation discrimination task is somewhat counterintuitive. Given that neurons in early layers typically have smaller receptive fields and narrower tunings, one would expect this to result in less transfer, not more.

      We appreciate your suggestion regarding the clarity of DNN modeling. While the DNN employed in our study recapitulates several known behavioral and physiological VPL effects (Manenti et al., 2023; Wenliang and Seitz, 2018), we acknowledge that the claim in the abstract and introduction suggesting the model provides a ‘mechanistic’ explanation for the phenomenon may have been overstated. The DNN serves primarily as a tool to generate important predictions about the underlying neural substrates and provides a promising testbed for investigating learning-related plasticity in the visual hierarchy.

      In the revised manuscript, we have made significant improvements in explaining the weight change across DNN layers and its implication for understanding “when” and “where” learning occurs in the visual hierarchy. Specifically, in the Results ("Distribution of learning across layers") and Discussion sections, we have provided a more explicit explanation of the weight change across layers, emphasizing its implications for understanding the observed variability in generalizations and the underlying neural mechanisms.

      Regarding the substantial weight change observed in the first two layers during the orientation discrimination task, we interpret this as evidence that VPL of this least stable invariant relies more on the plasticity of lower-level brain areas, which may explain the poorer generalization performance to new locations or features observed in the previous literature (Fiorentini and Berardi, 1980; Schoups et al., 1995; Shiu and Pashler, 1992). However, this does not imply that learning effects of this least stable invariant cannot transfer to more stable invariants. From the perspective of Klein’s Erlangen program, the extraction of more stable invariants is implicitly required when processing less stable ones, which leads to their automatic learning. Additionally, within the framework of the Reverse Hierarchy Theory (RHT), plasticity in lower-level visual areas affects higher-level areas that receive the same low-level input, due to the feedforward anatomical hierarchy of the visual system (Ahissar and Hochstein, 2004, 1997; Markov et al., 2013; McGovern et al., 2012). Therefore, the improved signal from lower-level plasticity resulted from training on less stable invariants can enhance higher-level representations of more stable invariants, facilitating the transfer effect from low- to high-stability invariants.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The strengths of this paper are clear: The authors are asking a novel question about geometric representation that would be relevant to a broad audience. Their question has a clear grounding in pre-existing mathematical concepts, that, to my knowledge, have been only minimally explored in cognitive science. Moreover, the data themselves are quite striking, such that my only concern would be that the data seem almost *too* clean. It is hard to know what to make of that, however. From one perspective, this is even more reason the results should be publicly available. Yet I am of the (perhaps unorthodox) opinion that reviewers should voice these gut reactions, even if it does not influence the evaluation otherwise. Below I offer some more concrete comments:

      (1) The justification for the designs is not well explained. The authors simply tell the audience in a single sentence that they test projective, affine, and Euclidean geometry. But despite my familiarity with these terms -- familiarity that many readers may not have -- I still had to pause for a very long time to make sense of how these considerations led to the stimuli that were created. I think the authors must, for a point that is so central to the paper, thoroughly explain exactly why the stimuli were designed the way that they were and how these designs map onto the theoretical constructs being tested.

      We thank you for reminding us to better justify our experimental designs. In response, we have provided a detailed introduction to Klein’s Erlangen Program, describing projective, affine, and Euclidean geometries, their associated invariants, and the hierarchical relationships among them (see revised Introduction and Figure 1).

      All experiments in our study employed stimuli with varying structural stability (collinearity, parallelism, orientation, see revised Figure 2, 4), enabling us to investigate the impact of invariant stability on visual perceptual learning. Experiment 1 was adapted from paradigms studying the "configural superiority effect," commonly used to assess the salience of geometric invariants. This paradigm was chosen to align with and build upon related research, thereby enhancing comparability across studies. To address the limitations of Experiment 1 (as detailed in our Results section), Experiments 2, 3, and 4 employed a 2AFC (two-alternative forced choice)-like paradigm, which is more common in visual perceptual learning research. Additionally, we have expanded descriptions of our stimuli and designs. aiming to ensure clarity and accessibility for all readers.

      (2) I wondered if the design in Experiment 1 was flawed in one small but critical way. The goal of the parallelism stimuli, I gathered, was to have a set of items that is not parallel to the other set of items. But in doing that, isn't the manipulation effectively the same as the manipulation in the orientation stimuli? Both functionally involve just rotating one set by a fixed amount. (Note: This does not seem to be a problem in Experiment 2, in which the conditions are more clearly delineated.)

      We appreciate your insightful observation regarding the design of Experiment 1 and the potential similarity between the manipulations of the parallelism and orientation stimuli.

      The parallelism and orientation stimuli in Experiment 1 were originally introduced by Olson and Attneave (1970) to support line-based models of shape coding and were later adapted by Chen (1986) to measure the relative salience of different geometric properties. In the parallelism stimuli, the odd quadrant differs from the others in line slope, while in the orientation stimuli, the odd quadrant contains identical line segments but differs in the direction pointed by their angles. The faster detection of the odd quadrant in the parallelism stimuli compared to the orientation stimuli has traditionally been interpreted as evidence supporting line-based models of shape coding. However, as Chen (1986, 2005) proposed, the concept of invariants over transformations offers a different interpretation: in the parallelism stimuli, the fact that line segments share the same slope essentially implies that they are parallel, and the discrimination may be actually based on parallelism. This reinterpretation suggests that the superior performance with parallelism stimuli reflects the relative perceptual salience of parallelism (an affine invariant property) compared to the orientation of angles (a Euclidean invariant property).

      In the collinearity and orientation tasks, the odd quadrant and the other quadrants differ in their corresponding geometries, such as being collinear versus non-collinear. However, in the parallelism task, participants could rely either on the non-parallel relationship between the odd quadrant and the other quadrants or on the difference in line slope to complete the task, which can be seen as effectively similar to the manipulation in the orientation stimuli, as you pointed out. Nonetheless, this set of stimuli and the associated paradigm have been used in prior studies to address questions about Klein’s hierarchy of geometries (Chen, 2005; Wang et al., 2007; Meng et al., 2019). Given its historical significance and the importance of ensuring comparability with previous research, we adopted this set of stimuli despite its imperfections. Other limitations of this paradigm are discussed in the Results section (“The paradigm of ‘configural superiority effects’ with reaction time measures”), and optimized experimental designs were implemented in Experiment 2, 3, and 4 to produce more reliable results.

      (3) I wondered if the results would hold up for stimuli that were more diverse. It seems that a determined experimenter could easily design an "adversarial" version of these experiments for which the results would be unlikely to replicate. For instance: In the orientation group in Experiment 1, what if the odd-one-out was rotated 90 degrees instead of 180 degrees? Intuitively, it seems like this trial type would now be much easier, and the pattern observed here would not hold up. If it did hold up, that would provide stronger support for the authors' theory.

      It is not enough, in my opinion, to simply have some confirmatory evidence of this theory. One would have to have thoroughly tested many possible ways that theory could fail. I'm unsure that enough has been done here to convince me that these ideas would hold up across a more diverse set of stimuli.

      Thanks for your nice suggestion to validate our results using more diverse stimuli. However, the limitations of Experiment 1 make it less suitable for rigorous testing of diverse or "adversarial" stimuli. In addition to the limitation discussed in response to (2), another issue is that participants may rely on grouping effects among shapes in the quadrants, rather than solely extracting the geometrical invariants that are the focus of our study. As a result, the reaction times measured in this paradigm may not exclusively reflect the extraction time of geometrical invariants but could also be influenced by these grouping effects.

      Therefore, we have shifted our focus to the improved design used in Experiment 2 to provide stronger evidence for our theory. Building on this more robust design, we have extended our investigations to study location generalization (revised Experiment 3) and long-term learning effects (revised Figure 6—figure supplement 2). These enhancements allow us to provide stronger evidence for our theory while addressing potential confounds present in Experiment 1.

      While we did not explicitly test the 90-degree rotation scenario in Experiment 1, future studies could employ more diverse set of stimuli within the Experiment 2 framework to better understand the limits and applicability of our theoretical predictions. We appreciate this suggestion, as it offers a valuable direction for further research.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major comments:

      - A concise introduction to the Erlangen program, geometric invariants, and their structural stability would greatly enhance the paper. This would not only clarify these concepts for readers unfamiliar with them but also provide a more intuitive explanation for the choice of tasks and stimuli used in the study.

      - I recommend adding a section that discusses how this new framework aligns with previous observations in VPL, especially those involving more classical stimuli like Gabors, random dot kinematograms, etc. This would help in contextualizing the framework within the broader spectrum of VPL research.

      - Exploring how each level of invariant stability transfers within itself would be an intriguing addition. Previous theories often consider transfer within a condition. For instance, in an orientation discrimination task, a challenging training condition might transfer less to a new stimulus test location (e.g., a different visual quadrant). Applying a similar approach to examine how VPL generalizes to a new test location within a single invariant stability level could provide insightful contrasts between the proposed theory and existing ones. This would be particularly relevant in the context of Experiment 2, which could be adapted for such a test.

      - I suggest including some example learning curves from the human experiment for a more clear demonstration of the differences in the learning rates across conditions. Easier conditions are expected to be learned faster (i.e. plateau faster to a higher accuracy level). The learning speed is reported for the DNN but not for the human subjects.

      - In the modeling section, it would be beneficial to focus on offering an explanation for the observed generalization as a function of the stability of the invariants. As it stands, the neural network model primarily demonstrates that DNNs replicate the same generalization pattern observed in human experiments. While this finding is indeed interesting, the model currently falls short of providing deeper insights or explanations. A more detailed analysis of how the DNN model contributes to our understanding of the relationship between invariant stability and generalization would significantly enhance this section of the paper.

      Minor comments:

      - Line 46: "it is remains" --> "it remains"

      - Larger font sizes for the vertical axis in Figure 6B would be helpful.

      We thank your detailed and constructive comments, which have significantly helped us improve the clarity and rigor of our manuscript. Below, we provide a response to each point raised.

      Major Comments

      (1) A concise introduction to the Erlangen program, geometric invariants, and their structural stability:

      We appreciate your suggestion to provide a clearer introduction to these foundational concepts. In the revised manuscript, we have added a dedicated section in the Introduction that offers a concise explanation of Klein’s Erlangen Program, including the concept of geometric invariants and their structural stability. This addition aims to make the theoretical framework more accessible to readers unfamiliar with these concepts and to better justify the choice of tasks and stimuli used in the study.

      (2) Contextualizing the framework within the broader spectrum of VPL research:

      We have expanded the Discussion section to better integrate our framework with previous VPL studies that reported generalization, including those using classical stimuli such as Gabors (Dosher and Lu, 2005; Hung and Seitz, 2014; Jeter et al., 2009; Liu and Pack, 2017; Manenti et al., 2023) and random dot kinematograms (Chang et al., 2013; Chen et al., 2016; Huang et al., 2007; Liu and Pack, 2017). In particular, we now discuss the similarities and differences between our findings and these earlier studies, exploring potential shared mechanisms underlying VPL generalization across different types of stimuli. These additions aim to contextualize our framework within the broader field of VPL research and highlight its relevance to existing literature.

      (3) Exploring transfer within each invariant stability level:

      In response to this insightful suggestion, we have added a new psychophysics experiment in the revised manuscript (Experiment 3) to examine how VPL generalizes to a new test location within the same invariant stability level. This experiment provides an opportunity to further explore the neural substrates underlying VPL of geometrical invariants, offering a contrast to existing theories and strengthening the connection between our framework and location generalization findings in the VPL literature.

      (4) Including example learning curves from the human experiments:

      We appreciate your suggestion to include learning curves for human subjects. In the revised manuscript, we have added learning curves of long-term VPL (see revised Figure 6—figure supplement 2) to track the temporal learning processes across invariant conditions. Interestingly, and in contrast to the results reported in the DNN simulations, these curves show that less stable invariants are learned faster and exhibit greater magnitudes of learning. We interpret this discrepancy as a result of differences in initial performance levels between humans and DNNs, as discussed in the revised Discussion section.

      (5) Offering a deeper explanation of the DNN model's findings:

      We acknowledge your concern that the modeling section primarily demonstrates that DNNs replicate human generalization patterns without offering deeper mechanistic insights. To address this, we have expanded the Results and Discussion sections to more explicitly interpret the weight change patterns observed across DNN layers in relation to invariant stability and generalization. We discuss how the model contributes to understanding the observed generalization within and across invariants with different stability, focusing on the neural network's role in generating predictions about the neural mechanisms underlying these effects.

      Minor Comments

      (1) Line 46: Correction of “it is remains” to “it remains”:

      We have corrected this typo in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Vertical axis font size in Figure 6B:

      We have increased the font size of the vertical axis labels in revised Figure 8B for improved readability.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) There are many details throughout the paper that are confusing, such as the caption for Figure 4, which does not appear to correspond to what is shown (and is perhaps a copy-paste of the caption for Experiment 1?). Similarly, I wasn't sure about many methodological details, like: How participants made their second response in Experiment 2? It says somewhere that they pressed the corresponding key to indicate which one was the target, but I didn't see anything explaining what that meant. Also, I couldn't tell if the items in the figures were representative of all trials; the stimuli were described minimally in the paper.

      (2) The language in the paper felt slightly off at times, in minor but noticeable ways. Consider the abstract. The word "could" in the first sentence is confusing, and, more generally, that first sentence is actually quite vague (i.e., it just states something that would appear to be true of any perceptual system). In the following sentence, I wasn't sure what was meant by "prior to be perceived in the visual system". Though I was able to discern what the authors were intending to say most times, I was required to "read between the lines" a bit. This is not to fault the authors. But these issues need to be addressed, I think.

      (1) We sincerely apologize for the oversight regarding the caption for (original) Figure 4, and thank you for pointing out this error. In the revised manuscript, we have corrected the caption for Figure 4 (revised Figure 5) and ensured it accurately describes the content of the figure. Additionally, we have strengthened the descriptions of the stimuli and tasks in both the Materials and Methods section and the captions for (revised) Figures 4 and 5 to provide a clearer and more comprehensive explanation of Experiment 2. These revisions aim to help readers fully understand the experimental design and methodology.

      (2) We appreciate your feedback regarding the clarity and precision of the language in the manuscript. We acknowledge that some expressions, particularly in the abstract, were unclear or imprecise. In the revised manuscript, we have rewritten the abstract to improve clarity and ensure that the statements are concise and accurately convey our intended meaning. Additionally, we have thoroughly reviewed the entire manuscript to address any other instances of ambiguous language, aiming to eliminate the need for readers to "read between the lines." We are grateful for your suggestions, which have helped us enhance the overall readability of the paper.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examined the changes in ATL GABA levels induced by cTBS and its relationship with BOLD signal changes and performance in a semantic task. The findings suggest that the increase in ATL GABA levels induced by cTBS is associated with a decrease in BOLD signal. The relationship between ATL GABA levels and semantic task performance is nonlinear, and more specifically, the authors propose that the relationship is an inverted U-shaped relationship.

      Strengths:

      The findings of the research regarding the increase of GABA and decrease of BOLD caused by cTBS, as well as the correlation between the two, appear to be reliable. This should be valuable for understanding the biological effects of cTBS.

      Weakness:

      I am pleased to see the authors' feedback on my previous questions and suggestions, and I believe the additional data analysis they have added is helpful. Here are my reserved concerns and newly discovered issues.

      (1) Regarding the Inverted U-Shaped Curve In the revised manuscript, the authors have accepted some of my suggestions and conducted further analysis, which is now presented in Figure 3B. These results provide partial support for the authors' hypothesis. However, I still believe that the data from this study hardly convincingly support an inverted U-shaped distribution relationship.<br /> The authors stated in their response, "it is challenging to determine the optimal level of ATL GABA," but I think this is achievable. From Figures 4C and 4D, the ATL GABA levels corresponding to the peak of the inverted U-shaped curve fall between 85 and 90. In my understanding, this can be considered as the optimal level of ATL GABA estimated based on the existing data and the inverted U-shaped curve relationship. However, in the latter half of the inverted U-shaped curve, there are quite few data points, and such a small number of data points hardly provides reliable support for the quantitative relationship in the latter half of the curve. I suggest that the authors should at least explicitly acknowledge this and be cautious in drawing conclusions. I also suggest that the authors consider fitting the data with more types of non-linear relationships, such as a ceiling effect (a combination of a slope and a horizontal line), or a logarithmic curve.

      (2) In Figure 2F, the authors demonstrated a strong practice effect in this study, which to some extent offsets the decrease in behavioral performance caused by cTBS. Therefore, I recommend that the authors give sufficient consideration to the practice effect in the data analysis.<br /> One issue is the impact of the practice effect on the classification of responders and non-responders. Currently, most participants are classified as non-responders, suggesting that the majority of the population may not respond to the cTBS used in this study. This greatly challenges the generalizability of the experimental conclusions. However, the emergence of so many non-responders is likely due to the prominent practice effect, which offsets part of the experimental effect. If the practice effect is excluded, the number of responders may increase. The authors might estimate the practice effect based on the vertex simulation condition and reclassify participants after excluding the influence of the practice effect.<br /> Another issue is that considering the significant practice effect, the analysis in Figure 4D, which mixes pre- and post-test data, may not be reliable.

      (3) The analysis in Figure 3A has a double dipping issue. Suppose we generate 100 pairs of random numbers as pre- and post-test scores, and then group the data based on whether the scores decrease or increase; the pre-test scores of the group with decreased scores will have a very high probability of being higher than those of the group with increased scores. Therefore, the findings in Figure 3A seem to be meaningless.

      (4) The authors use IE as a behavioral measure in some analyses and use accuracy in others. I recommend that the authors adopt a consistent behavioral measure.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1(Public review):

      Strengths:

      Utilization of both human placental samples and multiple mouse models to explore the mechanisms linking inflammatory macrophages and T cells to preeclampsia (PE).<br /> Incorporation of advanced techniques such as CyTOF, scRNA-seq, bulk RNA-seq, and flow cytometry.

      Identification of specific immune cell populations and their roles in PE, including the IGF1-IGF1R ligand-receptor pair in macrophage-mediated Th17 cell differentiation.<br /> Demonstration of the adverse effects of pro-inflammatory macrophages and T cells on pregnancy outcomes through transfer experiments.

      Weaknesses:

      Comment 1. Inconsistent use of uterine and placental cells, which are distinct tissues with different macrophage populations, potentially confounding results.

      Response1: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have done the green fluorescent protein (GFP) pregnant mice-related animal experiment, which was not shown in this manuscript. The wild-type (WT) female mice were mated with either transgenic male mice, genetically modified to express GFP, or with WT male mice, in order to generate either GFP-expressing pups (GFP-pups) or their genetically unmodified counterparts (WT-pups), respectively. Mice were euthanized on day 18.5 of gestation, and the uteri of the pregnant females and the placentas of the offspring were analyzed using flow cytometry. The majority of macrophages in the uterus and placenta are of maternal origin, which was defined by GFP negative. In contrast, fetal-derived macrophages, distinguished by their expression of GFP, represent a mere fraction of the total macrophage population. We have added the GFP pregnant mice-related data in uterine and placental cells (Line204-212).

      Comment 2. Missing observational data for the initial experiment transferring RUPP-derived macrophages to normal pregnant mice.

      Response 2: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have added the observational data (Figure 4-figure supplement 1D, 1E) and a corresponding description of the data (Line 198-203).

      Comment 3. Unclear mechanisms of anti-macrophage compounds and their effects on placental/fetal macrophages.

      Response 3: We thank the reviewers' comments. PLX3397, the inhibitor of CSF1R, which is needed for macrophage development (Nature. 2023, PMID: 36890231; Cell Mol Immunol. 2022, PMID: 36220994), we have stated that on Line 227-230. However, PLX3397 is a small molecule compound that possesses the potential to cross the placental barrier and affect fetal macrophages. We have discussed the impact of this factor on the experiment in the Discussion section (Line457-459).

      Comment 4. Difficulty in distinguishing donor cells from recipient cells in murine single-cell data complicates interpretation.

      Response 4: We thank the reviewers' comments. Upon analysis, we observed a notable elevation in the frequency of total macrophages within the CD45<sup>+</sup> cell population. Then we subsequently performed macrophage clustering and uncovered a marked increase in the frequency of Cluster 0, implying a potential correlation between Cluster 0 and donor-derived cells. RNA sequencing revealed that the F480<sup>+</sup>CD206<sup>-</sup> pro-inflammatory donor macrophages exhibited a Folr2<sup>+</sup>Ccl7<sup>+</sup>Ccl8<sup>+</sup>C1qa<sup>+</sup>C1qb<sup>+</sup>C1qc<sup>+</sup> phenotype, which is consistent with the phenotype of cluster 0 in macrophages observed in single-cell RNA sequencing (Figure 4D and Figure 5E). Therefore, we believe that the donor cells should be cluster 0 in macrophages.

      Comment 5. Limitation of using the LPS model in the final experiments, as it more closely resembles systemic inflammation seen in endotoxemia rather than the specific pathology of PE.

      Response 5: We thank the reviewers' comments. Firstly, our other animal experiments in this manuscript used the Reduction in Uterine Perfusion Pressure (RUPP) mouse model to simulate the pathology of PE. However, the RUPP model requires ligation of the uterine arteries in pregnant mice on day 12.5 of gestation, which hinders T cells returning from the tail vein from reaching the maternal-fetal interface. In addition, this experiment aims to prove that CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells are differentiated into memory-like Th17 cells through IGF-1R receptor signaling to affect pregnancy by clearing CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells in vivo with an anti-CD4 antibody followed by injecting IGF-1R inhibitor-treated CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells. And we proved that injection of RUPP-derived memory-like CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells into pregnant mice induces PE-like symptoms (Figure 6F-6H). In summary, the application of the LPS model in the final experiments does not affect the conclusions.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Strengths:

      (1) This study combines human and mouse analyses and allows for some amount of mechanistic insight into the role of pro-inflammatory and anti-inflammatory macrophages in the pathogenesis of pre-eclampsia (PE), and their interaction with Th17 cells.

      (2) Importantly, they do this using matched cohorts across normal pregnancy and common PE comorbidities like gestation diabetes (GDM).

      (3) The authors have developed clear translational opportunities from these "big data" studies by moving to pursue potential IGF1-based interventions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Clearly the authors generated vast amounts of multi-omic data using CyTOF and single-cell RNA-seq (scRNA-seq), but their central message becomes muddled very quickly. The reader has to do a lot of work to follow the authors' multiple lines of inquiry rather than smoothly following along with their unified rationale. The title description tells fairly little about the substance of the study. The manuscript is very challenging to follow. The paper would benefit from substantial reorganizations and editing for grammatical and spelling errors. For example, RUPP is introduced in Figure 4 but in the text not defined or even talked about what it is until Figure 6. (The figure comparing pro- and anti-inflammatory macrophages does not add much to the manuscript as this is an expected finding).

      Response 1: We thank the reviewers' comments. According to the reviewer's suggestion, we have made the necessary revisions. Firstly, the title of the article has been modified to be more specific. We also introduce the RUPP mouse model when interpreted Figure 4-figure supplement 1. Thirdly, We have moved the images of Figure 7 to the Figure 6-figure supplement 2 make them easier to follow. Finally, we diligently corrected the grammatical and spelling errors in the article. As for the figure comparing pro- and anti-inflammatory macrophages, the Editor requested a more comprehensive description of the macrophage phenotype during the initial submission. As a result, we conducted the transcriptome RNA-seq of both uterine-derived pro-inflammatory and anti-inflammatory macrophages and conducted a detailed analysis of macrophages in scRNA-seq.

      Comment 2. The methods lack critical detail about how human placenta samples were processed. The maternal-fetal interface is a highly heterogeneous tissue environment and care must be taken to ensure proper focus on maternal or fetal cells of origin. Lacking this detail in the present manuscript, there are many unanswered questions about the nature of the immune cells analyzed. It is impossible to figure out which part of the placental unit is analyzed for the human or mouse data. Is this the decidua, the placental villi, or the fetal membranes? This is of key importance to the central findings of the manuscript as the immune makeup of these compartments is very different. Or is this analyzed as the entirety of the placenta, which would be a mix of these compartments and significantly less exciting?

      Response 2: We thank the reviewers' comments. Placental villi rather than fetal membranes and decidua were used for CyToF in this study. This detail about how human placenta samples were processed have been added to the Materials and Methods section (Line564-576).

      Comment 3. Similarly, methods lack any detail about the analysis of the CyTOF and scRNAseq data, much more detail needs to be added here. How were these clustered, what was the QC for scRNAseq data, etc? The two small paragraphs lack any detail.

      Response 3: We thank the reviewers' comments. The details about the analysis of the CyTOF (Line577-586) and scRNAseq (Line600-615) data have been added in the Materials and Methods section.

      Comment 4. There is also insufficient detail presented about the quantities or proportions of various cell populations. For example, gdT cells represent very small proportions of the CyTOF plots shown in Figures 1B, 1C, & 1E, yet in Figures 2I, 2K, & 2K there are many gdT cells shown in subcluster analysis without a description of how many cells are actually represented, and where they came from. How were biological replicates normalized for fair statistical comparison between groups?

      Response 4: We thank the reviewers' comments. In our study, approximately 8×10^<sup>5</sup> cells were collected per group for analysis using CyTOF. Of these, about 10% (8×10^<sup>4</sup> cells per group) were utilized to generate Figure 1B. As depicted in Figure 1B, gdT cells constitute roughly 1% of each group, with specific percentages as follows: NP group (1.23%), PE group (0.97%), GDM group (0.94%), and GDM&PE group (1.26%), which equates to approximately 800 cells per group. For the subsequent gdT cell analysis presented in Figure 2I, we employed data from all cells within each group to construct the tSNE maps, comprising approximately 8000 cells per group. Consequently, it may initially appear that the number of gdT cells is significantly higher than what is shown in Figure 1B. To clarify this, we have included pertinent explanations in the figure legend. Given the relatively low proportions of gdT cells, we did not pursue further investigations of these cells in subsequent experiments. Following your suggestion, we have relocated this result to the supplementary materials, where it is now presented as Figure 2-figure supplement 1D-E.

      The number of biological replicates (samples) is consistent with Figure 1, and this information has been added to the figure legend.

      Comment 5. The figures themselves are very tricky to follow. The clusters are numbered rather than identified by what the authors think they are, the numbers are so small, that they are challenging to read. The paper would be significantly improved if the clusters were clearly labeled and identified. All the heatmaps and the abundance of clusters should be in separate supplementary figures.

      Response 5: We thank the reviewers' comments. Based on your suggestions, we have labeled and defined the Clusters (Figure 2A, 2F, Figure 3A, Figure 5C and Figure 6A). Additionally, we have moved most of the heatmaps to the supplementary materials.

      Comment 6. The authors should take additional care when constructing figures that their biological replicates (and all replicates) are accurately represented. Figure 2H-2K shows N=10 data points for the normal pregnant (NP) samples when clearly their Table 1 and test denote they only studied N=9 normal subjects.

      Response 6: We thank the reviewers' careful checking. During our verification, we found that one sample in the NP group had pregnancy complications other than PE and GDM. The data in Figure 2H-2K was not updated in a timely manner. We have promptly updated this data and reanalyze it.

      Comment 7. There is little to no evaluation of regulatory T cells (Tregs) which are well known to undergird maternal tolerance of the fetus, and which are well known to have overlapping developmental trajectory with RORgt+ Th17 cells. We recommend the authors evaluate whether the loss of Treg function, quantity, or quality leaves CD4+ effector T cells more unrestrained in their effect on PE phenotypes. References should include, accordingly: PMCID: PMC6448013 / DOI: 10.3389/fimmu.2019.00478; PMC4700932 / DOI: 10.1126/science.aaa9420.

      Response 7: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have done the Treg-related animal experiment, which was not shown in this manuscript. We have added the Treg-related data in Figure 6F-6H. The injection of CD4<sup>+</sup>CD44<sup>+</sup> T cells derived from RUPP mouse, characterized by a reduced frequency of Tregs, could induce PE-like symptoms in pregnant mice (Line297-304). Additionally, we have added a necessary discussion about Tregs and cited the literature you mentioned (Line433-439).

      Comment 8. In discussing gMDSCs in Figure 3, the authors have missed key opportunities to evaluate bona fide Neutrophils. We recommend they conduct FACS or CyTOF staining including CD66b if they have additional tissues or cells available. Please refer to this helpful review article that highlights key points of distinguishing human MDSC from neutrophils: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41577-024-01062-0. This will both help the evaluation of potentially regulatory myeloid cells that may suppress effector T cells as well as aid in understanding at the end of the study if IL-17 produced by CD4+ Th17 cells might recruit neutrophils to the placenta and cause ROS immunopathology and fetal resorption.

      Response 8: We thank the reviewers' comments. Although we do not have additional tissues or cells available to conduct FACS or CyTOF staining, including for CD66b, we have utilized CD15 and CD66b antibodies for immunofluorescence stain of placental tissue, and our findings revealed a pronounced increase in the proportion of neutrophils among PE patients, fostering the hypothesis that IL-17A produced by Th17 cells might orchestrate the migration of neutrophils towards the placental milieu (Figure 6-figure supplement 2F; Line 325-328). We have cited these references and discussed them in the Discussion section (Line 459-465).

      Comment 9. Depletion of macrophages using several different methodologies (PLX3397, or clodronate liposomes) should be accompanied by supplementary data showing the efficiency of depletion, especially within tissue compartments of interest (uterine horns, placenta). The clodronate piece is not at all discussed in the main text. Both should be addressed in much more detail.

      Response 9: We thank the reviewers' comments. We already have the additional data on the efficiency of macrophage depletion involving PLX3397 and clodronate liposomes, which were not present in this manuscript, and we'll add it to the Figure 4-figure supplement 2A,2B. The clodronate piece is mentioned in the main text (Line236-239), but only briefly described, because the results using clodronate we obtained were similar to those using PLX3397.

      Comment 10. There are many heatmaps and tSNE / UMAP plots with unhelpful labels and no statistical tests applied. Many of these plots (e.g. Figure 7) could be moved to supplemental figures or pared down and combined with existing main figures to help the authors streamline and unify their message.

      Response 10: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have moved the images of Figure 7 to the Figure 6-figure supplement 2. We also have moved most of the heatmaps to the supplementary materials.

      Comment 11. There are claims that this study fills a gap that "only one report has provided an overall analysis of immune cells in the human placental villi in the presence and absence of spontaneous labor at term by scRNA-seq (Miller 2022)" (lines 362-364), yet this study itself does not exhaustively study all immune cell subsets...that's a monumental task, even with the two multi-omic methods used in this paper. There are several other datasets that have performed similar analyses and should be referenced.

      Response 11: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have search for more literature and reference additional studies that have conducted similar analyses (Line382-393).

      Comment 12. Inappropriate statistical tests are used in many of the analyses. Figures 1-2 use the Shapiro-Wilk test, which is a test of "goodness of fit", to compare unpaired groups. A Kruskal-Wallis or other nonparametric t-test is much more appropriate. In other instances, there is no mention of statistical tests (Figures 6-7) at all. Appropriate tests should be added throughout.

      Response 12: We thank the reviewers' comments. As stated in the Statistical Analysis section (lines 672-676), the Kruskal-Wallis test was used to compare the results of experiments with multiple groups. Comparisons between the two groups in Figures 5 were conducted using Student's t-test. The aforementioned statistical methods have been included in the figure legends.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Overall, the study has several strengths, including the use of human samples and animal models, as well as the incorporation of multiple cutting-edge techniques. However, there are some significant issues with the murine model experiments that need to be addressed:

      Comment 1. The authors are not consistent in their use of or focus on uterine and placental cells. These are distinct tissues, and numerous prior reports have indicated differences in the macrophage populations of these tissues, due in part to the predominantly maternal origin of macrophages in the uterus and the largely fetal origin of those in the placenta. The rationale for switching between uterine and placental cells in different experiments is not clear, and the inclusion of cells from both (such as in the bulk RNAseq experiments) could be potentially confounding.

      Response 1: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have done the green fluorescent protein (GFP) pregnant mice-related animal experiment, which was not shown in this manuscript. The wild-type (WT) female mice were mated with either transgenic male mice, genetically modified to express GFP, or with WT male mice, in order to generate either GFP-expressing pups (GFP-pups) or their genetically unmodified counterparts (WT-pups), respectively. Mice were euthanized on day 18.5 of gestation, and the uteri of the pregnant females and the placentas of the offspring were analyzed using flow cytometry. The majority of macrophages in the uterus and placenta are of maternal origin, which was defined by GFP negative. In contrast, fetal-derived macrophages, distinguished by their expression of GFP, represent a mere fraction of the total macrophage population, signifying their inconsequential or restricted presence amidst the broader cellular landscape. We have added the GPF pregnant mice-related data in Figure 4-figure supplement 1D-1E to explain the different macrophage populations in the uterine and placental cells.

      Comment 2. The observational data for the initial experiment transferring RUPP-derived macrophages to normal pregnant mice (without any other manipulations) seems to be missing. They do not seem to be presented in Figure 4 where they are expected based on the results text.

      Response 2: We thank the reviewers' comments. We thank the reviewers' comments. We have added the observational data (Figure 4-figure supplement 1D, 1E) and a corresponding description of the data (Line 198-203).

      Comment 3. The action of the anti-macrophage compounds is not well explained, nor are their mechanisms validated as affecting or not affecting the placental/fetal macrophage populations. It is important to clarify whether the macrophages are depleted or merely inhibited by these treatments, and it is absolutely critical to determine whether these treatments are affecting placental/fetal macrophage populations (the latter indicative of placental transfer), given the focus on placental macrophages.

      Response 3: We thank the reviewers' comments. PLX3397, the inhibitor of CSF1R, which is needed for macrophage development (Nature. 2023, PMID: 36890231; Cell Mol Immunol. 2022, PMID: 36220994), we have stated that on Line227-230. However, PLX3397 is a small molecule compound that possesses the potential to cross the placental barrier and affect fetal macrophages. We will discuss the impact of this factor on the experiment in the Discussion section (Line457-459).

      Comment 4. The interpretation of the murine single-cell data is hampered by the lack of means for distinguishing donor cells from recipient cells, which is important when seeking to identify the influence of the donor cells.

      Response 4: We thank the reviewers' comments. Upon analysis, we observed a notable elevation in the frequency of total macrophages within the CD45<sup>+</sup> cell population. Then we subsequently per formed macrophage clustering and uncovered a marked increase in the frequency of Cluster 0, implying a potential correlation between Cluster 0 and donor-derived cells. RNA sequencing revealed that the F480<sup>+</sup>CD206<sup>-</sup> pro-inflammatory donor macrophages exhibited a Folr2<sup>+</sup>Ccl7<sup>+</sup>Ccl8<sup>+</sup>C1qa<sup>+</sup>C1qb<sup>+</sup>C1qc<sup>+</sup> phenotype, which is consistent with the phenotype of cluster 0 in macrophages observed in single-cell RNA sequencing (Figure 4D and Figure 5E). Therefore, the donor cells should be in cluster 0 in macrophages.

      Comment 5. The switch to the LPS model in the final experiments is a limitation, as this model more closely resembles the systemic inflammation seen in endotoxemia rather than the specific pathology of preeclampsia (PE). While this is not an exhaustive list, the number of weaknesses in the experimental design makes it difficult to evaluate the findings comprehensively.

      Response 5: We thank the reviewers' comments. Firstly, our other animal experiments in this manuscript used the RUPP mouse model to simulate the pathology of PE. However, the RUPP model requires ligation of the uterine arteries in pregnant mice on day 12.5 of gestation, which hinders T cells returning from the tail vein from reaching the maternal-fetal interface. In addition, this experiment aims to prove that CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells are differentiated into memory-like Th17 cells through IGF-1R receptor signaling to affect pregnancy by clearing CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells in vivo with an anti-CD4 antibody followed by injecting IGF-1R inhibitor-treated CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells. We proved that injection of RUPP-derived memory-like CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells into pregnant rats induces PE-like symptoms (Figure 6F-6H). In summary, applying the LPS model in the final experiments does not affect the conclusions.

      Minor comments:

      Comment 1. Introduction, Lines 67-74: The phrasing here is unclear as to the roles that each mentioned immune cell subset is playing in preeclampsia. Given the statement "Elevated levels of maternal inflammation...", does this imply that the numbers of all mentioned immune cell subsets are increased in the maternal circulation? If not, please consider rewording this.

      Response 1: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have revised the manuscript as follows: Currently, the pivotal mechanism underpinning the pathogenesis of preeclampsia is widely acknowledged to involve an increased frequency of pro-inflammatory M1-like maternal macrophages, along with an elevation in Granulocytes capable of superoxide generation, CD56<sup>+</sup> CD94<sup>+</sup> natural killer (NK) cells, CD19<sup>+</sup>CD5<sup>+</sup> B1 lymphocytes, and activated γδ T cells. Conversely, this pathological process is accompanied by a notable decrease in the frequency of anti-inflammatory M2-like macrophages and NKp46<sup>+</sup> NK cells (Line67-77).

      Comment 2. Introduction, Lines 67-80: Is the involvement of the described immune cell subsets largely ubiquitous to preeclampsia? Recent multi-omic studies suggest that preeclampsia is a heterogeneous condition with different subsets, some more biased towards systemic immune activation than others. Thus, it is important to clarify whether the involvement of specific immune subsets is generally observed or more specific.

      Response 2: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have added a new paragraph as follows: Moreover, as PE can be subdivided into early- and late-onset PE diagnosed before 34 weeks or from 34 weeks of gestation, respectively. Research has revealed that among the myriad of cellular alterations in PE, pro-inflammatory M1-like macrophages and intrauterine B1 cells display an augmented presence at the maternal-fetal interface of both early-onset and late-onset PE patients. Decidual natural killer (dNK) cells and neutrophils emerge as paramount contributors, playing a more crucial role in the pathogenesis of early-onset PE than late-onset PE (Front Immunol. 2020. PMID: 33013837) (Line83-89).

      Comment 3. Introduction, Lines 81-86: The point of this short paragraph is not clear; the authors mention two very specific cellular interactions without explaining why.

      Response 3: In the previous paragraph, we uncovered a heightened inflammatory response among multiple immune cells in patients with PE, yet the intricate interplay between these individual immune cells has been seldom elucidated in the context of PE patient. This is precisely why we delve into the realm of specific immune cellular interactions in relation to other pregnancy complications in this paragraph (Line91-98).

      Comment 4. Methods: What placental tissues (e.g., villous tree, chorionic plate, extraplacental membranes) were included for CyTOF analysis? Was any decidual tissue (e.g., basal plate) included? Please clarify.

      Response 4: Placental villi rather than chorionic plate and extraplacental membranes were used for CyToF in this study. The relevant content has been incorporated into the "Materials and Methods" section (Line564-576).

      Comment 5. Results, Table 1: The authors should clarify that all PE samples were not full term (i.e., were less than 37 weeks of gestation), which is to be expected. In addition, were the PE cases all late-onset PE?

      Response 5: All PE samples enumerated in Table 1 demonstrate a late-onset preeclampsia, with placental specimens being procured from patients more than 35 weeks of gestation and less than the 38 weeks of pregnancy. The relevant content has been incorporated into the "Materials and Methods" section (Line574-576).

      Comment 6. Results, Figure 1: Are the authors considering the identified Macrophage cluster as being largely fetal (e.g., Hofbauer cells)? This also depends on whether any decidual tissue was included in the placental samples for CyTOF.

      Response 6: Firstly, the specimens subjected to CyToF analysis were devoid of decidual tissue and exclusively comprised placental villi. Secondly, the Macrophage cluster in Figure 1 undeniably encompasses Hofbauer cells, and we considering fetal-derived macrophages likely constituting the substantial proportion of the cellular population. However, a limitation of the CyToF technique lies in its inability to discern between maternal and fetal origins of these cells, thereby precluding a definitive distinction.

      Comment 7. Results, Figure 2C: Did the authors validate other T-cell subset markers (e.g., Th1, Th2, Th9, etc.)?

      Response 7: In this study, we did not validate additional T-cell subset markers presented in Figure 2C, recognizing the potential for deeper insights. As we embark on our subsequent research endeavors, we aim to meticulously explore and characterize the intricate changes in diverse T-cell populations at the maternal-fetal interface, with a particular focus on preeclampsia patients, thereby advancing our understanding of this complex condition.

      Comment 8. Results, Figure 2D: Where were the detected memory-like T cells located in the placenta? Did they cluster in certain areas or were they widely distributed?

      Response 8: Upon a thorough re-evaluation of the immunofluorescence images specific to the placenta, we observed a notable preponderance of memory-like T cells residing within the placental sinusoids (Line135-139).

      Comment 9. Results, Figure 2E: I would suggest separating the two plots so that the Y-axis can be expanded for TIM3, as it is impossible to view the medians currently.

      Response 9: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have made the adjustment to Figure 2E according to the reviewers' suggestions.

      Comment 10. Results, Lines 138-140: Do the authors consider that the altered T-cells are largely resident cells of the placenta or newly invading/recruited cells? The clarification of distribution within the placental tissues as mentioned above would help answer this.

      Response 10: Our analysis revealed the presence of memory-like T cells within the placental sinusoids, as evident from the immunofluorescence examination of placental tissues. Consequently, these T cells may represent recently recruited cellular entities, traversing the placental vasculature and integrating into this unique maternal-fetal microenvironment (Line135-139).

      Comment 11. Results, Figure 3C: Has a reduction of gMDSCs (or MDSCs in general) been previously reported in PE?

      Response 11: Myeloid-derived suppressor cells (MDSCs) constitute a diverse population of myeloid-derived cells that exhibit immunosuppressive functions under various conditions. Previous reports have documented a decrease in the levels of gMDSCs from peripheral blood or umbilical cord blood among patients with preeclampsia (Am J Reprod Immunol. 2020, PMID: 32418253; J Reprod Immunol. 2018, PMID: 29763854; Biol Reprod. 2023, PMID: 36504233). Nevertheless, there was no documented reports thus far on the alterations and specific characteristics in gMDSCs within the placenta of PE patients.

      Comment 12. Results, Figure 3D-E: It is not clear what new information is added by the correlations, as the increase of both cluster 23 in CD11b+ cells and cluster 8 in CD4+ T cells in PE cases was already apparent. Are these simply to confirm what was shown from the quantification data?

      Response 12: Despite the evident increase in both cluster 23 within CD11b<sup>+</sup> cells and cluster 8 within CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells in PE cases, the existence of a potential correlation between these two clusters remains elusive. To gain insight into this question, we conducted a Pearson correlation analysis, which is presented in Figure 3D-E, revealing a positive correlation between the two clusters.

      Comment 13. Results, Figure 4A: Please clarify in the results text that the RNA-seq of macrophages from RUPP mice was performed prior to their injection into normal pregnant mice.

      Response 13: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have updated Figure 4A according to the reviewers' suggestions.

      Comment 14. Results / Methods, Figure 4: For the transfer of macrophages from RUPP mice into normal mice, why were the uterine tissues included to isolate cells? The uterine macrophages will be almost completely maternal, as opposed to the largely fetal placental macrophages, and despite the sorting for specific markers these are likely distinct subsets that have been combined for injection. This could potentially impact the differential gene expression analysis and should be accounted for. In addition, did murine placental samples include decidua? This should be clarified.

      Response 14: We thank the reviewers' comments. For our experimental design involving human samples, we meticulously selected placental tissue as the primary focus. Initially, we aimed for uniformity by contemplating the utilization of mouse placenta. However, a pivotal revelation emerged from the GFP pregnant mice-related data in Figure 4-figure supplement 1D,1E: the uterus and placenta of mice are predominantly populated by maternal macrophages, with fetal macrophages virtually absent, marking a notable divergence from the human scenario. Furthermore, the uterine milieu exhibits a macrophage concentration exceeding 20% of total cellular composition, whereas in the placenta, this proportion dwindles to less than 5%, underscoring a distinct distribution pattern. Given these discrepancies and considerations, we incorporated mouse uterine tissues into our protocol to isolate cells, ensuring a more comprehensive and informative exploration that acknowledges the inherent differences between human and mouse placental biology.

      Comment 15. Results, Lines 186-187: I think the figure citation should be Figure 4D here.

      Response 15: We thank the reviewers' careful checking. We have revised and updated Figure 4 accordingly.

      Comment 16. Results, Figure 4: Where are the results of the injection of anti-inflammatory and pro-inflammatory macrophages into normal mice? This experiment is mentioned in Figure 4A, but the only results shown in Figure 4 are with the PLX3397 depletion.

      Response 16: The aim of this experiment in figure 4 is to conclusively ascertain the influence of pro-inflammatory and anti-inflammatory macrophages on the other immune cells within the maternal-fetal interface, as well as their implications for pregnancy outcomes. To achieve this, we employed a strategic approach involving the administration of PLX3397, a compound capable of eliminating the preexisting macrophages in mice. Subsequently, anti-inflam or pro-inflam macrophages were injected to these mice, thereby eliminating the confounding influence of the native macrophage population. This methodology allows for a more discernible observation of the specific effects these two types of macrophages exert on the immune landscape at the maternal-fetal interface and their ultimate impact on pregnancy outcomes.

      Comment 17. Results, Lines 189-190: Does PLX3397 inhibit macrophage development/signaling/etc. or result in macrophage depletion? This is an important distinction. If depletion is induced, does this affect placental/fetal macrophages or just maternal macrophages?

      Response 17: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have updated the additional data on the efficiency of macrophage depletion involving PLX3397 in Figure 4-figure supplement 2A. PLX3397 is a small molecule compound that possesses the potential to cross the placental barrier and affect fetal macrophages. We have discussed the impact of this factor on the experiment in the Discussion section (Line457-459).

      Comment 18. Results, Lines 197-198: Similarly, does clodronate liposome administration affect only maternal macrophages, or also placental/fetal macrophages?

      Response 18: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have updated the additional data on the efficiency of macrophage depletion involving Clodronate Liposomes in Figure 4-figure supplement 2B. Clodronate Liposomes, which are intricate vesicles encapsulating diverse substances, while only small molecule compounds possess the potential to cross the placental barrier. Consequently, we hold the view that the influence of these liposomes is likely confined to the maternal macrophages (Artif Cells Nanomed Biotechnol. 2023. PMID: 37594208).  

      Comment 19. Results, Line 206: A minor point, but consider continuing to refer to the preeclampsia model mice as RUPP mice rather than PE mice.

      Response 19: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have revised and updated this section accordingly.

      Comment 20. Results / Methods, Figure 5: For these experiments, why did the authors focus on the mouse uterus?

      Response 20: We have previously addressed this query in our Response 14. We incorporated mouse uterine tissues for cell isolation due to the profound differences in placental biology between humans and mice.

      Comment 21. Results, Figure 5: Did the authors have a means of distinguishing the transferred donor cells from the recipient cells for their single-cell analysis? If the goal is to separate the effects of the macrophage transfer on other uterine immune cells, then it would be important to identify and separate the donor cells.

      Response 21: We thank the reviewers' comments. Upon analysis, we observed a notable elevation in the frequency of total macrophages within the CD45<sup>+</sup> cell population. Then we subsequently performed macrophage clustering and uncovered a marked increase in the frequency of Cluster 0, implying a potential correlation between Cluster 0 and donor-derived cells. RNA sequencing revealed that the F480<sup>+</sup>CD206<sup>-</sup> pro-inflammatory donor macrophages exhibited a Folr2<sup>+</sup>Ccl7<sup>+</sup>Ccl8<sup>+</sup>C1qa<sup>+</sup>C1qb<sup>+</sup>C1qc<sup>+</sup> phenotype, which is consistent with the phenotype of cluster 0 in macrophages observed in single-cell RNA sequencing (Figure 4D and Figure 5E). Therefore, the donor cells should be in cluster 0 in macrophages.

      Comment 22. Results, Lines 247-248: While the authors have prudently noted that the observed T-cell phenotypes are merely suggestive of immunosuppression, any claims regarding changes in the immunosuppressive function after macrophage transfer would require functional studies of the T cells.

      Response 22: We thank the reviewers' comments. Upon revisiting and meticulously reviewing the pertinent literature, we have refined our terminology, transitioning from 'immunosuppression' to 'immunomodulation', thereby enhancing the accuracy and precision of our Results (Line285-287).

      Comment 23. Results, Figure 6G: The observation of worsened outcomes and PE-like symptoms after T-cell transfer is interesting, but other models of PE induced by the administration of Th1-like cells have already been reported. Are the authors' findings consistent with these reports? These findings are strengthened by the evaluation of second-pregnancy outcomes following the transfer of T cells in the first pregnancy.

      Response 23: We thank the reviewers' comments. As we verified in Figure 6F-6H, the injection of CD4<sup>+</sup>CD44<sup>+</sup> T cells derived from RUPP mouse, characterized by a reduced frequency of Tregs and an increased frequency of Th17 cells, could induce PE-like symptoms in pregnant mice. In line with other studies, which have implicated Th1-like cells in the manifestation of PE-like symptoms, we posit a novel hypothesis: beyond Th1 cells, Th17 cells also have the potential to induce PE-like symptoms.

      Comment 24. Results, Lines 327-337: The disease model implied by the authors here is not clear. Given that the authors' human findings are in the placental macrophages, are the authors proposing that placental macrophages are induced to an M1 phenotype by placenta-derived EVs? Please elaborate on and clarify the proposed model.

      Response 24 In the article authored by our team, titled "Trophoblast-Derived Extracellular Vesicles Promote Preeclampsia by Regulating Macrophage Polarization" published in Hypertension (Hypertension. 2022, PMID: 35993233), we employed trophoblast-derived extracellular vesicles isolated from PE patients as a means to induce an M1-like macrophage phenotype in macrophages from human peripheral blood in vitro. Consequently, in the present study, we have directly leveraged this established methodology to induce pro-inflammatory macrophages.

      Comment 25. Results / Methods, Figure 8E-H: What is the reasoning for switching to an LPS model in this experiment? LPS is less specific to PE than the RUPP model.

      Response 25: We thank the reviewers' comments. Firstly, our other animal experiments in this manuscript used the RUPP mouse model to simulate the pathology of PE. However, the RUPP model requires ligation of the uterine arteries in pregnant mice on day 12.5 of gestation, which hinders T cells returning from the tail vein from reaching the maternal-fetal interface. In addition, this experiment aims to prove that CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells are differentiated into memory-like Th17 cells through IGF-1R receptor signaling to affect pregnancy by clearing CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells in vivo with an anti-CD4 antibody followed by injecting IGF-1R inhibitor-treated CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells. And we proved that injection of RUPP-derived memory-like CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells into pregnant mice induces PE-like symptoms (Figure 6). In summary, the application of the LPS model in the final experiments does not affect the conclusions.

      Comment 26. Discussion: What do the authors consider to be the origins of the inflammatory cells associated with PE onset? Are these maternal cells invading the placental tissues, or are these placental resident (likely fetal) cells?

      Response 26: We thank the reviewers' comments. Numerous reports have consistently observed the presence of inflammatory cells and factors in the maternal peripheral blood and placenta tissues of PE patients, fostering the prevailing notion that the progression of PE is intricately linked to the maternal immune system's inflammatory response towards the fetus. Nevertheless, intriguing findings from single-cell RNA sequencing, analyzed through bioinformatic methods, have challenged this perspective (Elife. 2019. PMID: 31829938;Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2017.PMID: 28830992). These studies reveal that the placenta harbors not just immune cells of maternal origin but also those of fetal origin, raising questions about whether these are maternal cells infiltrating placental tissues or resident (possibly fetal) placental cells. Further investigation is imperative to elucidate this complex interplay.

      Comment 27. Discussion: Given the observed lack of changes in the GDM or GDM+PE groups, do the authors consider that GDM represents a distinct pathology that can lead to secondary PE, and thus is different from primary PE without GDM?

      Response 27: It's possible. Though previous studies reported GDM is associated with aberrant maternal immune cell adaption the findings remained controversial. It seems that GDM does not induce significant alterations in placental immune cell profile in our study, which made us pay more attention to the immune mechanism in PE. However, it is confusing for the reasons why individuals with GDM&PE were protected from the immune alterations at the maternal fetal interface. Limited placental samples in the GDM&PE group can partly explain it, for it is hard to collect clean samples excluding confounding factors. A study reported that macrophages in human placenta maintained anti-inflammatory properties despite GDM (Front Immunol, 2017, PMID: 28824621).Barke et al. also found that more CD163<sup>+</sup> cells were observed in GDM placentas compared to normal controls (PLoS One, 2014, PMID: 24983948). Thus, GDM is likely to have a protective property in the placental immune environment when the individuals are complicated with PE.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Comment 1. IF images need to be quantified.

      Response 1: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have quantified and calculated the fluorescence intensity and added it in Figure 2D.

      Comment 2. Cluster 12 in Figure 3 is labeled as granulocytes but listed under macrophages.

      Response 2: We thank the reviewers' careful checking. We have revised and updated Figure 3A.

      Comment 3. Figure 4 labels in the text and figure do not match, no 4G in the figure.

      Response 3: We thank the reviewers' careful checking. The figure labels of Figure 4 have been revised and updated.

    1. https://ivyroseroberts.wordpress.com/2014/10/08/glitch-art/: 深入的理论

      思维导图构建:

      1. 中心主题: Glitch Art (故障艺术)

      2. 核心论点: 故障艺术的潜力在于批判技术决定论,但其自身实践可能受限

      3. 主要分支 (论点展开):

        • 历史化尝试的不足 (Historicizing Glitch Art):

          • 尼克·布里兹 (Nick Briz) 的历史化尝试 (与 John Cage 等比较)
          • 批评:过于宽泛,误解“偶然性”本质 (电脑偶然性 vs. 人为偶然性)
          • 声音艺术 vs. 视频艺术:本体论差异 (声音更感知性,视频更视觉性)
          • 视觉性遮蔽本体论:视频艺术的局限
        • 前卫视频艺术的探索 (Avant Garde Video Art):

          • 早期艺术家对电视广播社会决定论的质疑 (Serra, Paik)
          • 揭示商品本质:视频的 (非)物质性,技术结构的暴露
          • Joselit 的电视装置理论:商品化与电磁波的辩证关系 (感染宿主的潜力)
          • Crary 的观点:形式管理取代内容,网络数据流的本质
          • 界面遮蔽非物质性:屏幕的必要性,数字视频的纯粹视觉性
          • 故障视频艺术的目标:分离数据流与媒介,揭示表象幻觉
        • 透明媒介的迷思 (Transparent Media):

          • Sterne 和 Kelly 的研究:声音技术、压缩、保真度与透明度意识形态
          • 音频压缩的透明性幻觉:MP3 的自然感假象
          • Kelly 的“破解媒介 (cracked media)” 理论:媒介自身成为创作对象
          • Datamosh 技术的例子:视觉性仍然主导,偏离格式本体论的揭示
          • 故障艺术与表现主义的共通困境:视觉媒介如何超越光学性?
        • 故障艺术的政治性 (Why is Glitch Art Political?):

          • 控制与噪音的辩证:并非天然负面,意识形态化使用是关键
          • 数字系统中的控制:标准化、软件控制,缓解噪音
          • Sterne 论音频压缩标准:控制系统的意识形态性
          • Cloninger 论噪音的政治性:过滤行为,无意识过滤的危险
          • 故障艺术家对技术决定论的预设:将技术系统视为决定论机制
          • Nunes 论误差的解放潜力:错误作为对系统控制的抽象表达 (误导策略)
          • 批评:故障艺术更多是感知和技术性的,而非空间性和情境性的
        • 格式理论 (Form(at) Theory):

          • 艺术作品的物质性和固定性的质疑:“后艺术”、“后媒介”等概念
          • Joselit 的“后艺术 (After Art)”:格式取代艺术形式,代码和货币成为交换媒介
          • 格式:网络化通道,而非固定对象,强调网络关系和艺术能动性
          • 对形式主义和技术决定论的反思:转向格式视角,能动性和可能性如何演变?
          • 视频作为随时间演变的抽象数据流,而非离散图像 (关键帧和 P 帧的压缩原理)
          • 视频格式的意义在于网络关系,而非图像本身
          • Spielmann 论视频的自反媒介性:不稳定的视觉状态,开放性和不可预测性
          • 疑问:为何故障艺术家倾向于自恋美学和技术决定论的朴素可视化?
        • 野生与驯化故障 (Wild and Domesticated Glitches):

          • 区分野生故障 (wild glitch) 和驯化故障 (domesticated glitch)
          • Cloninger:野生故障作为艺术的再语境化
          • Menkman:野生故障是被动挪用,驯化故障是主动生产
          • 野生故障的能动性潜力:观看者与实时视觉错误互动
          • 驯化故障的局限:人工复制,商品化回归,缺乏积极参与
          • 核心问题:故障审美化后,是否仍能揭示格式本质?
        • 故障狩猎 (Glitch Safari):

          • 互联网社群,捕捉日常情境中的数字故障
          • 目的:识别问题,社会化反思,而非创造新事物
          • 强调社会参与和互动,而非形式美学
          • 质疑“被动挪用”:用户主动参与,语境化野生故障,社会和审美意义
          • Bourriaud 引用:“框架”与社会框架,捕捉与释放的程序
        • 数据混淆 (Datamoshing):

          • 技术原理:移除关键帧,混合像素,揭示时间栅格流动
          • 代表作品:Takeshi Murata《怪物电影 (Monster Movie)》
          • 审美效果:迷幻、眩晕,视觉性压倒过程揭示
          • Scott 论故障美学的技术决定论:特定技术时代的产物,依赖硬件和数据组织方式
          • 艺术家能动性质疑:remix 过程,软件预编程,计算机执行,缺乏艺术主观性
          • 商品化回归:故障美学将不稳定格式潜力再次商品化
        • 对抗决定论:现场故障视频表演 (Combating Determinism: Live Glitch Video Performance):

          • 现场表演的策略:位移视觉性,演员身体作为媒介,活生生的时间性
          • 表演性对抗技术决定论:艺术家主动选择操作,基于情境和可能性
          • Spielmann 论视频的自反性:技术装置与媒介的结合,结构性可辨识性
          • Bishop 论参与式艺术:奇观与参与的张力,平衡商品与网络
          • 故障艺术的局限:重艺术过程,轻参与性,视觉作为最终产品
          • Bishop 引用:艺术与社会关系,道德或自由为基础,“参与作为缺席的志愿者工作”
      4. 总结与结论 (隐含): 野生故障>驯化故障,现场表演>数据混淆,参与式方法可能更有潜力,需要超越视觉性,关注媒介本体论和社会语境。故障艺术需要找到更有效的方式来批判技术决定论,并实现艺术能动性和社会参与的平衡。

      基于以上思维导图,接下来可以撰写详细的关键点总结。

      总的来说,这个项目探讨了故障艺术作为一种艺术形式,如何试图批判数字视频格式的技术决定论,以及这种尝试的局限性与潜力。 文章从历史、美学、政治和理论等多个维度,深入分析了故障艺术的特点、困境和未来方向,并提出了通过野生故障的捕捉、现场表演的探索和参与式方法的实践来增强故障艺术的批判性和能动性的观点。 <ctrl3348>基于提供的文本,以下是关键点的提取,组织如下:

      核心论点: 故障艺术试图通过揭示数字视频格式的技术特性来批判技术决定论,但其自身实践往往陷入形式主义和视觉自恋,限制了其批判潜力。

      一、故障艺术的历史化困境:

      • 尼克·布里兹的历史化尝试: 将故障艺术与立体主义、达达主义、波普艺术以及约翰·凯奇的偶然音乐联系起来,但作者认为这种类比过于宽泛和薄弱。
      • 偶然性的误解: 布里兹将计算机故障的“偶然性”与凯奇的“偶然音乐”相提并论,但作者指出计算机的“偶然性”是表面的,本质上是确定性的系统运作,与人为的偶然性不同。
      • 声音艺术 vs. 视频艺术: 声音艺术 (如凯奇的4'33") 更能指向媒介的缺席 (absence),而视频艺术的视觉性难以逃脱其作为图像媒介的本质。
      • 视觉性遮蔽本体论: 视频艺术的视觉表象容易掩盖其技术本体论,使得观众更关注视觉效果而非媒介的内在机制。

      二、前卫视频艺术的先驱与启示:

      • 早期视频艺术家对电视广播的批判: 理查德·塞拉 (Richard Serra) 和白南准 (Nam June Paik) 等艺术家通过作品揭示电视广播作为商品系统的本质及其技术决定论。
      • 塞拉的《电视输送人》: 揭示观众在商业广播中被商品化的地位,以及VHS 磁带的物理损坏本身就揭示了格式的技术决定论。
      • 白南准的《磁铁电视》: 通过磁铁干扰电视信号,直观地展现广播信号的可被操纵性,对抗技术图像的决定论。
      • 乔斯利特的电视装置理论: 将电视视为商品化与电磁波融合的网络拓扑,视频艺术可以“感染”和扰乱这种固定的格式。
      • 克拉里的“奇观社会”批判: 指出视频图像的内容掩盖了其作为数据网络的本质,互联网视频和公共显示屏依然延续了界面对非物质性的遮蔽。
      • 故障视频艺术的使命: 将数据流从媒介中分离出来,将格式视为意识形态系统,通过故障化图像来揭示表象的幻觉。

      三、透明媒介的迷思与 Datamosh 的局限:

      • 透明媒介的意识形态: 斯特恩 (Sterne) 和凯利 (Kelly) 揭示了音频技术追求“透明”和“保真”的意识形态,以及媒介力图消失以凸显内容的幻觉。
      • Datamosh 技术的兴起与 Takeshi Murata 的《怪物电影》: Datamosh 通过移除关键帧混合像素,形成独特的视觉风格,但观众往往沉迷于其迷幻的视觉效果,而忽略了其揭示视频格式结构的意图。
      • 故障美学的技术决定论: 安特·斯科特 (Ant Scott) 认为故障美学是特定技术时代的产物,其视觉特征受制于处理器、数据组织和显示设备等技术因素。
      • 艺术家能动性的质疑: Datamosh 创作过程依赖预先存在的软件和算法,艺术家的能动性似乎被技术流程所取代,沦为对预设程序的批判。
      • 故障美学的商品化倾向: 故障艺术的视觉风格容易被商品化和消费,未能有效对抗视觉文化的决定论。

      四、故障艺术的政治性与解放潜力:

      • 控制与噪音的辩证关系: 控制和噪音本身并非负面,关键在于其被意识形态化利用的方式。控制可以维持系统平衡,但被滥用则会成为压迫工具。
      • 数字系统中的控制与标准化: 视频格式的标准化是一种控制形式,旨在确保兼容性,但也可能隐含意识形态。
      • 克林格 (Cloninger) 论噪音的政治性: 噪音不仅仅是技术属性,更是一种过滤行为,警惕不自觉地被过滤掉噪音。
      • 努内斯 (Nunes) 论误差的解放潜力: 误差可以打破系统控制的边界,成为一种“误导策略”,为变异、游戏和意外结果创造空间。
      • 批判: 故障艺术的政治性并非如情境主义那样具有空间性和行动性,更多是感知和技术层面,将技术系统预设为决定论机制,可能过于简单化。

      五、格式理论的引入与自反媒介性:

      • 乔斯利特的“格式”概念: 将格式视为网络化通道和力场,而非固定的媒介或对象,强调网络关系和动态性。
      • 视频格式的抽象数据流本质: 视频并非由离散图像构成,而是随时间演变的像素数据网络,意义在于图像之间的关系而非图像本身。
      • 施皮尔曼 (Spielmann) 的自反媒介理论: 视频格式具有不稳定的视觉状态和开放性,为艺术游戏和偶然性提供了空间。
      • 疑问: 既然格式理论强调视频的开放性和自反性,为何故障艺术实践仍倾向于自恋美学和技术决定论的简单可视化?

      六、野生故障 vs. 驯化故障:

      • 区分野生与驯化故障: 野生故障是日常生活中自然发生的错误,驯化故障是人为制造的错误。
      • 野生故障的能动性: 捕捉野生故障本身就是一种积极的互动过程,指向对数字控制网络的社会认知。
      • 驯化故障的局限: 人工复制的驯化故障容易回到商品化的层面,缺乏对系统故障的积极参与。
      • 核心问题: 故障被审美化后,是否还能保持揭示技术、政治或意识形态格式本质的潜力?

      七、Glitch Safari (故障狩猎) 的实践:

      • 互联网社群的野生故障捕捉行动: 用户捕捉日常生活中的数字故障并上传,促进对技术错误的社会性反思。
      • 强调社会参与而非形式美学: Glitch Safari 的重点在于社会互动和对数字控制网络的共同认知,而非追求审美价值。
      • 对“被动挪用”的反驳: 用户在捕捉和再语境化野生故障的过程中积极参与,赋予技术错误社会和审美意义。

      八、Datamoshing 的能动性困境与商品化回归:

      • Datamosh 技术的缺陷: 尽管Datamosh 试图通过技术手段揭示视频格式的结构,但其过程很大程度上依赖计算机的预设程序,艺术家的能动性受到限制。
      • 视觉性压倒批判性: Datamosh 形成的视觉风格容易分散观众对格式批判的注意力,使故障艺术沦为一种新的视觉奇观。
      • 商品化陷阱: 故障美学可能将对不稳定格式的潜在批判力转化为新的商品形式。
      • 缺乏表演性: Datamosh 缺乏现场表演的维度,未能将政治 дискурс 从广播渠道和物质电视机中解放出来,使得故障美学与社会语境脱节。

      九、对抗决定论:现场故障视频表演的可能性:

      • 现场表演的策略: 通过现场表演,将视频的光学性转移到演员身体,将固定的时间性转化为活生生的经验,对抗数字系统的决定论。
      • 表演性的能动性: 表演者在现场根据情境和可能性主动选择操作,展现艺术家的主观能动性。
      • 施皮尔曼论视频的表演性: 强调视频媒介结合技术装置和媒介,使其结构在表演中变得可辨识。
      • 比肖普 (Bishop) 论参与式艺术的启示: 借鉴比肖普对参与式艺术中奇观与参与张力平衡的思考,探索故障艺术的参与性潜力。
      • 故障艺术超越视觉中心主义的路径: 通过现场表演等形式,将视觉维度与其他感官体验结合,超越纯粹的视觉奇观,更有效地批判技术决定论。

      总结: Ivy Roberts 的论文深入探讨了故障艺术的批判性潜力及其局限性,认为野生故障的捕捉和社会化讨论、以及现场表演等形式,可能比驯化故障和 Datamosh 等技术更具解放和批判的潜力。论文最终指向 参与性表演性 可能是故障艺术未来发展的重要方向,以对抗其固有的视觉自恋和被商品化的风险,真正实现对技术决定论的有效批判。

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Sugimoto et al. explore the relationship between glucose dynamics - specifically value, variability, and autocorrelation - and coronary plaque vulnerability in patients with varying glucose tolerance levels. The study identifies three independent predictive factors for %NC and emphasizes the use of continuous glucose monitoring (CGM)-derived indices for coronary artery disease (CAD) risk assessment. By employing robust statistical methods and validating findings across datasets from Japan, America, and China, the authors highlight the limitations of conventional markers while proposing CGM as a novel approach for risk prediction. The study has the potential to reshape CAD risk assessment by emphasizing CGM-derived indices, aligning well with personalized medicine trends.

      Strengths:

      (1) The introduction of autocorrelation as a predictive factor for plaque vulnerability adds a novel dimension to glucose dynamic analysis.

      (2) Inclusion of datasets from diverse regions enhances generalizability.

      (3) The use of a well-characterized cohort with controlled cholesterol and blood pressure levels strengthens the findings.

      (4) The focus on CGM-derived indices aligns with personalized medicine trends, showcasing the potential for CAD risk stratification.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The link between autocorrelation and plaque vulnerability remains speculative without a proposed biological explanation.

      (2) The relatively small sample size (n=270) limits statistical power, especially when stratified by glucose tolerance levels.

      (3) Strict participant selection criteria may reduce applicability to broader populations.

      (4) CGM-derived indices like AC_Var and ADRR may be too complex for routine clinical use without simplified models or guidelines.

      (5) The study does not compare CGM-derived indices to existing advanced CAD risk models, limiting the ability to assess their true predictive superiority.

      (6) Varying CGM sampling intervals (5-minute vs. 15-minute) were not thoroughly analyzed for impact on results.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a retrospective analysis of 53 individuals over 26 features (12 clinical phenotypes, 12 CGM features, and 2 autocorrelation features) to examine which features were most informative in predicting percent necrotic core (%NC) as a parameter for coronary plaque vulnerability. Multiple regression analysis demonstrated a better ability to predict %NC from 3 selected CGM-derived features than 3 selected clinical phenotypes. LASSO regularization and partial least squares (PLS) with VIP scores were used to identify 4 CGM features that most contribute to the precision of %NC. Using factor analysis they identify 3 components that have CGM-related features: value (relating to the value of blood glucose), variability (relating to glucose variability), and autocorrelation (composed of the two autocorrelation features). These three groupings appeared in the 3 validation cohorts and when performing hierarchical clustering. To demonstrate how these three features change, a simulation was created to allow the user to examine these features under different conditions.

      Review:

      The goal of this study was to identify CGM features that relate to %NC. Through multiple feature selection methods, they arrive at 3 components: value, variability, and autocorrelation. While the feature list is highly correlated, the authors take steps to ensure feature selection is robust. There is a lack of clarity of what each component (value, variability, and autocorrelation) includes as while similar CGM indices fall within each component, there appear to be some indices that appear as relevant to value in one dataset and to variability in the validation. We are sceptical about statements of significance without documentation of p-values. While hesitations remain, the ability of these authors to find groupings of these many CGM metrics in relation to %NC is of interest. The believability of the associations is impeded by an obtuse presentation of the results with core data (i.e. correlation plots between CGM metrics and %NC) buried in the supplement while main figures contain plots of numerical estimates from models which would be more usefully presented in supplementary tables. Given the small sample size in the primary analysis, there is a lot of modeling done with parameters estimated where simpler measures would serve and be more convincing as they require less data manipulation. A major example of this is that the pairwise correlation/covariance between CGM_mean, CGM_std, and AC_var is not shown and would be much more compelling in the claim that these are independent factors. Lack of methodological detail is another challenge. For example, the time period of CGM metrics or CGM placement in the primary study in relation to the IVUS-derived measurements of coronary plaques is unclear. Are they temporally distant or proximal/ concurrent with the PCI? A patient undergoing PCI for coronary intervention would be expected to have physiological and iatrogenic glycemic disturbances that do not reflect their baseline state. This is not considered or discussed. The attempts at validation in external cohorts, Japanese, American, and Chinese are very poorly detailed. We could only find even an attempt to examine cardiovascular parameters in the Chinese data set but the outcome variables are unspecified with regard to what macrovascular events are included, their temporal relation to the CGM metrics, etc. Notably macrovascular event diagnoses are very different from the coronary plaque necrosis quantification. This could be a source of strength in the findings if carefully investigated and detailed but due to the lack of detail seems like an apples-to-oranges comparison. Finally, the simulations at the end are not relevant to the main claims of the paper and we would recommend removing them for the coherence of this manuscript.

    3. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study identified three independent components of glucose dynamics-"value," "variability," and "autocorrelation", and reported important findings indicating that they play an important role in predicting coronary plaque vulnerability. Although the generalizability of the results needs further investigation due to the limited sample size and validation cohort limitations, this study makes several notable contributions: validation of autocorrelation as a new clinical indicator, theoretical support through mathematical modeling, and development of a web application for practical implementation. These contributions are likely to attract broad interest from researchers in both diabetology and cardiology and may suggest the potential for a new approach to glucose monitoring that goes beyond conventional glycemic control indicators in clinical practice.

      Strengths:

      The most notable strength of this study is the identification of three independent elements in glycemic dynamics: value, variability, and autocorrelation. In particular, the metric of autocorrelation, which has not been captured by conventional glycemic control indices, may bring a new perspective for understanding glycemic dynamics. In terms of methodological aspects, the study uses an analytical approach combining various statistical methods such as factor analysis, LASSO, and PLS regression, and enhances the reliability of results through theoretical validation using mathematical models and validation in other cohorts. In addition, the practical aspect of the research results, such as the development of a Web application, is also an important contribution to clinical implementation.

      We appreciate reviewer #1 for the positive assessment and for the valuable and constructive comments on our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      The most significant weakness of this study is the relatively small sample size of 53 study subjects. This sample size limitation leads to a lack of statistical power, especially in subgroup analyses, and to limitations in the assessment of rare events.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding the sample size. We acknowledge that a larger sample size would increase statistical power, especially for subgroup analyses and the assessment of rare events.

      We would like to clarify several points regarding the statistical power and validation of our findings. Our sample size determination followed established methodological frameworks, including the guidelines outlined by Muyembe Asenahabi, Bostely, and Peters Anselemo Ikoha. “Scientific research sample size determination.” (2023). These guidelines balance the risks of inadequate sample size with the challenges of unnecessarily large samples. For our primary analysis examining the correlation between CGM-derived measures and %NC, power calculations (a type I error of 0.05, a power of 0.8, and an expected correlation coefficient of 0.4) indicated that a minimum of 47 participants was required. Our sample size of 53 exceeded this threshold and allowed us to detect statistically significant correlations, as described in the Methods section. Moreover, to provide transparency about the precision of our estimates, we have included confidence intervals for all coefficients.

      Furthermore, our sample size aligns with previous studies investigating the associations between glucose profiles and clinical parameters, including Torimoto, Keiichi, et al. “Relationship between fluctuations in glucose levels measured by continuous glucose monitoring and vascular endothelial dysfunction in type 2 diabetes mellitus.” Cardiovascular Diabetology 12 (2013): 1-7. (n=57), Hall, Heather, et al. “Glucotypes reveal new patterns of glucose dysregulation.” PLoS biology 16.7 (2018): e2005143. (n=57), and Metwally, Ahmed A., et al. “Prediction of metabolic subphenotypes of type 2 diabetes via continuous glucose monitoring and machine learning.” Nature Biomedical Engineering (2024): 1-18. (n=32).

      Furthermore, the primary objective of our study was not to assess rare events, but rather to demonstrate that glucose dynamics can be decomposed into three main factors - mean, variance and autocorrelation - whereas traditional measures have primarily captured mean and variance without adequately reflecting autocorrelation. We believe that our current sample size effectively addresses this objective.

      Regarding the classification of glucose dynamics components, we have conducted additional validation across diverse populations including 64 Japanese, 53 American, and 100 Chinese individuals. These validation efforts have consistently supported our identification of three independent glucose dynamics components.

      However, we acknowledge the importance of further validation on a larger scale. To address this, we conducted a large follow-up study of over 8,000 individuals (Sugimoto, Hikaru, et al. “Stratification of individuals without prior diagnosis of diabetes using continuous glucose monitoring” medRxiv (2025)), which confirmed our main finding that glucose dynamics consist of mean, variance, and autocorrelation. As this large study was beyond the scope of the present manuscript due to differences in primary objectives and analytical approaches, it was not included in this paper; however, it provides further support for the clinical relevance and generalizability of our findings.

      To address the sample size considerations, we will add the following sentences in the Discussion section:

      Although our analysis included four datasets with a total of 270 individuals, and our sample size of 53 met the required threshold based on power calculations with a type I error of 0.05, a power of 0.8, and an expected correlation coefficient of 0.4, we acknowledge that the sample size may still be considered relatively small for a comprehensive assessment of these relationships. To further validate these findings, larger prospective studies with diverse populations are needed to improve the predictive utility and generalizability of our findings.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback and believe that these clarifications will strengthen the manuscript.

      In terms of validation, several challenges exist, including geographical and ethnic biases in the validation cohorts, lack of long-term follow-up data, and insufficient validation across different clinical settings. In terms of data representativeness, limiting factors include the inclusion of only subjects with well-controlled serum cholesterol and blood pressure and the use of only short-term measurement data.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the challenges associated with validation. In terms of geographic and ethnic diversity, our study includes validation cohorts from diverse populations, including 64 Japanese, 53 American and 100 Chinese individuals. These cohorts include a wide range of metabolic states, from healthy individuals to those with diabetes, ensuring validation across different clinical conditions. In addition, we recognize the limited availability of publicly available datasets with sufficient sample sizes for factor decomposition that include both healthy individuals and those with type 2 diabetes (Zhao, Qinpei, et al. “Chinese diabetes datasets for data-driven machine learning.” Scientific Data 10.1 (2023): 35.). The main publicly available datasets with relevant clinical characteristics have already been analyzed in this study using unbiased approaches.

      However, we fully agree with the reviewer that expanding the geographic and ethnic scope, including long-term follow-up data, and validation in different clinical settings would further strengthen the robustness and generalizability of our findings. To address this, we conducted a large follow-up study of over 8,000 individuals with two years of follow-up (Sugimoto, Hikaru, et al. “Stratification of individuals without prior diagnosis of diabetes using continuous glucose monitoring” medRxiv (2025)), which confirmed our main finding that glucose dynamics consist of mean, variance, and autocorrelation. As this large study was beyond the scope of the present manuscript due to differences in primary objectives and analytical approaches, it was not included in this paper; however, it provides further support for the clinical relevance and generalizability of our findings.

      Regarding the validation considerations, we will add the following sentences to the Discussion section:

      Although our analysis included four datasets with a total of 270 individuals, and our sample size of 53 met the required threshold based on power calculations with a type I error of 0.05, a power of 0.8, and an expected correlation coefficient of 0.4, we acknowledge that the sample size may still be considered relatively small for a comprehensive assessment of these relationships. To further validate these findings, larger prospective studies with diverse populations are needed to improve the predictive utility and generalizability of our findings.

      Although our LASSO and factor analysis indicated that CGM-derived measures were strong predictors of %NC, this does not mean that other clinical parameters, such as lipids and blood pressure, are irrelevant in T2DM complications. Our study specifically focused on characterizing glucose dynamics, and we analyzed individuals with well-controlled serum cholesterol and blood pressure to reduce confounding effects. While we anticipate that inclusion of a more diverse population would not alter our primary findings regarding glucose dynamics, it is likely that a broader data set would reveal additional predictive contributions from lipid and blood pressure parameters.

      In terms of elucidation of physical mechanisms, the study is not sufficient to elucidate the mechanisms linking autocorrelation and clinical outcomes or to verify them at the cellular or molecular level.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s point regarding the need for further elucidation of the physical mechanisms linking glucose autocorrelation to clinical outcomes. We fully agree with the reviewer that the detailed molecular and cellular mechanisms underlying this relationship are not yet fully understood, as noted in our Discussion section.

      However, we would like to emphasize the theoretical basis that supports the clinical relevance of autocorrelation. Our results show that glucose profiles with identical mean and variability can exhibit different autocorrelation patterns, highlighting that conventional measures such as mean or variance alone may not fully capture inter-individual metabolic differences. Incorporating autocorrelation analysis provides a more comprehensive characterization of metabolic states. Consequently, incorporating autocorrelation measures alongside traditional diabetes diagnostic criteria - such as fasting glucose, HbA1c and PG120, which primarily reflect only the “mean” component - can improve predictive accuracy for various clinical outcomes. While further research at the cellular and molecular level is needed to fully validate these findings, it is important to note that the primary goal of this study was to analyze the characteristics of glucose dynamics and gain new insights into metabolism, rather than to perform molecular biology experiments.

      Furthermore, our previous research has shown that glucose autocorrelation reflects changes in insulin clearance (Sugimoto, Hikaru, et al. “Improved Detection of Decreased Glucose Handling Capacities via Novel Continuous Glucose Monitoring-Derived Indices: AC_Mean and AC_Var.” medRxiv (2023): 2023-09.). The relationship between insulin clearance and cardiovascular disease has been well documented (Randrianarisoa, Elko, et al. “Reduced insulin clearance is linked to subclinical atherosclerosis in individuals at risk for type 2 diabetes mellitus.” Scientific reports 10.1 (2020): 22453.), and the mechanisms described in this prior work may potentially explain the association between glucose autocorrelation and clinical outcomes observed in the present study.

      Rather than a limitation, we view these currently unexplored associations as an opportunity for further research. The identification of autocorrelation as a key glycemic feature introduces a new dimension to metabolic regulation that could serve as the basis for future investigations exploring the molecular mechanisms underlying these patterns.

      While we agree that further research at the cellular and molecular level is needed to fully validate these findings, we believe that our study provides a strong theoretical framework to support the clinical utility of autocorrelation analysis in glucose monitoring, and that this could serve as the basis for future investigations exploring the molecular mechanisms underlying these autocorrelation patterns, which adds to the broad interest of this study. Regarding the physical mechanisms linking autocorrelation and clinical outcomes, we will add the following sentences in the Discussion section:

      This study also provided evidence that autocorrelation can vary independently from the mean and variance components using simulated data. In addition, simulated glucose dynamics indicated that even individuals with high AC_Var did not necessarily have high maximum and minimum blood glucose levels. This study also indicated that these three components qualitatively corresponded to the four distinct glucose patterns observed after glucose administration, which were identified in a previous study (Hulman et al., 2018). Thus, the inclusion of autocorrelation in addition to mean and variance may improve the characterization of inter-individual differences in glucose regulation and improve the predictive accuracy of various clinical outcomes.

      Despite increasing evidence linking glycemic variability to oxidative stress and endothelial dysfunction in T2DM complications (Ceriello et al., 2008; Monnier et al., 2008), the biological mechanisms underlying the independent predictive value of autocorrelation remain to be elucidated. Our previous work has shown that glucose autocorrelation is influenced by insulin clearance (Sugimoto et al., 2023), a process known to be associated with cardiovascular disease risk (Randrianarisoa et al., 2020). Therefore, the molecular pathways linking glucose autocorrelation to cardiovascular disease may share common mechanisms with those linking insulin clearance to cardiovascular disease. Although previous studies have primarily focused on investigating the molecular mechanisms associated with mean glucose levels and glycemic variability, our findings open new avenues for exploring the molecular basis of glucose autocorrelation, potentially revealing novel therapeutic targets for preventing diabetic complications.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Sugimoto et al. explore the relationship between glucose dynamics - specifically value, variability, and autocorrelation - and coronary plaque vulnerability in patients with varying glucose tolerance levels. The study identifies three independent predictive factors for %NC and emphasizes the use of continuous glucose monitoring (CGM)-derived indices for coronary artery disease (CAD) risk assessment. By employing robust statistical methods and validating findings across datasets from Japan, America, and China, the authors highlight the limitations of conventional markers while proposing CGM as a novel approach for risk prediction. The study has the potential to reshape CAD risk assessment by emphasizing CGM-derived indices, aligning well with personalized medicine trends.

      Strengths:

      (1) The introduction of autocorrelation as a predictive factor for plaque vulnerability adds a novel dimension to glucose dynamic analysis.

      (2) Inclusion of datasets from diverse regions enhances generalizability.

      (3) The use of a well-characterized cohort with controlled cholesterol and blood pressure levels strengthens the findings.

      (4) The focus on CGM-derived indices aligns with personalized medicine trends, showcasing the potential for CAD risk stratification.

      We appreciate reviewer #2 for the positive assessment and for the valuable and constructive comments on our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The link between autocorrelation and plaque vulnerability remains speculative without a proposed biological explanation.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s point about the need for a clearer biological explanation linking glucose autocorrelation to plaque vulnerability. We fully agree with the reviewer that the detailed biological mechanisms underlying this relationship are not yet fully understood, as noted in our Discussion section.

      However, we would like to emphasize the theoretical basis that supports the clinical relevance of autocorrelation. Our results show that glucose profiles with identical mean and variability can exhibit different autocorrelation patterns, highlighting that conventional measures such as mean or variance alone may not fully capture inter-individual metabolic differences. Incorporating autocorrelation analysis provides a more comprehensive characterization of metabolic states. Consequently, incorporating autocorrelation measures alongside traditional diabetes diagnostic criteria - such as fasting glucose, HbA1c and PG120, which primarily reflect only the “mean” component - can improve predictive accuracy for various clinical outcomes.

      Furthermore, our previous research has shown that glucose autocorrelation reflects changes in insulin clearance (Sugimoto, Hikaru, et al. “Improved Detection of Decreased Glucose Handling Capacities via Novel Continuous Glucose Monitoring-Derived Indices: AC_Mean and AC_Var.” medRxiv (2023): 2023-09.). The relationship between insulin clearance and cardiovascular disease has been well documented (Randrianarisoa, Elko, et al. “Reduced insulin clearance is linked to subclinical atherosclerosis in individuals at risk for type 2 diabetes mellitus.” Scientific reports 10.1 (2020): 22453.), and the mechanisms described in this prior work may potentially explain the association between glucose autocorrelation and clinical outcomes observed in the present study.

      Rather than a limitation, we view these currently unexplored associations as an opportunity for further research. The identification of autocorrelation as a key glycemic feature introduces a new dimension to metabolic regulation that could serve as the basis for future investigations exploring the molecular mechanisms underlying these patterns.

      While we agree that further research at the cellular and molecular level is needed to fully validate these findings, we believe that our study provides a strong theoretical framework to support the clinical utility of autocorrelation analysis in glucose monitoring, and that this could serve as the basis for future investigations exploring the molecular mechanisms underlying these autocorrelation patterns, which adds to the broad interest of this study. Regarding the physical mechanisms linking autocorrelation and clinical outcomes, we will add the following sentences in the Discussion section:

      This study also provided evidence that autocorrelation can vary independently from the mean and variance components using simulated data. In addition, simulated glucose dynamics indicated that even individuals with high AC_Var did not necessarily have high maximum and minimum blood glucose levels. This study also indicated that these three components qualitatively corresponded to the four distinct glucose patterns observed after glucose administration, which were identified in a previous study (Hulman et al., 2018). Thus, the inclusion of autocorrelation in addition to mean and variance may improve the characterization of inter-individual differences in glucose regulation and improve the predictive accuracy of various clinical outcomes.

      Despite increasing evidence linking glycemic variability to oxidative stress and endothelial dysfunction in T2DM complications (Ceriello et al., 2008; Monnier et al., 2008), the biological mechanisms underlying the independent predictive value of autocorrelation remain to be elucidated. Our previous work has shown that glucose autocorrelation is influenced by insulin clearance (Sugimoto et al., 2023), a process known to be associated with cardiovascular disease risk (Randrianarisoa et al., 2020). Therefore, the molecular pathways linking glucose autocorrelation to cardiovascular disease may share common mechanisms with those linking insulin clearance to cardiovascular disease. Although previous studies have primarily focused on investigating the molecular mechanisms associated with mean glucose levels and glycemic variability, our findings open new avenues for exploring the molecular basis of glucose autocorrelation, potentially revealing novel therapeutic targets for preventing diabetic complications.

      (2) The relatively small sample size (n=270) limits statistical power, especially when stratified by glucose tolerance levels.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding sample size and its potential impact on statistical power, especially when stratified by glucose tolerance level. We fully agree that a larger sample size would increase statistical power, especially for subgroup analyses.

      We would like to clarify several points regarding the statistical power and validation of our findings. Our sample size determination followed established methodological frameworks, including the guidelines outlined by Muyembe Asenahabi, Bostely, and Peters Anselemo Ikoha. “Scientific research sample size determination.” (2023). These guidelines balance the risks of inadequate sample size with the challenges of unnecessarily large samples. For our primary analysis examining the correlation between CGM-derived measures and %NC, power calculations (a type I error of 0.05, a power of 0.8, and an expected correlation coefficient of 0.4) indicated that a minimum of 47 participants was required. Our sample size of 53 exceeded this threshold and allowed us to detect statistically significant correlations, as described in the Methods section. Moreover, to provide transparency about the precision of our estimates, we have included confidence intervals for all coefficients.

      Furthermore, our sample size aligns with previous studies investigating the associations between glucose profiles and clinical parameters, including Torimoto, Keiichi, et al. “Relationship between fluctuations in glucose levels measured by continuous glucose monitoring and vascular endothelial dysfunction in type 2 diabetes mellitus.” Cardiovascular Diabetology 12 (2013): 1-7. (n=57), Hall, Heather, et al. “Glucotypes reveal new patterns of glucose dysregulation.” PLoS biology 16.7 (2018): e2005143. (n=57), and Metwally, Ahmed A., et al. “Prediction of metabolic subphenotypes of type 2 diabetes via continuous glucose monitoring and machine learning.” Nature Biomedical Engineering (2024): 1-18. (n=32).

      Regarding the classification of glucose dynamics components, we have conducted additional validation across diverse populations including 64 Japanese, 53 American, and 100 Chinese individuals. These validation efforts have consistently supported our identification of three independent glucose dynamics components.

      However, we acknowledge the importance of further validation on a larger scale. To address this, we conducted a large follow-up study of over 8,000 individuals with two years of follow-up (Sugimoto, Hikaru, et al. “Stratification of individuals without prior diagnosis of diabetes using continuous glucose monitoring” medRxiv (2025)), which confirmed our main finding that glucose dynamics consist of mean, variance, and autocorrelation. As this large study was beyond the scope of the present manuscript due to differences in primary objectives and analytical approaches, it was not included in this paper; however, it provides further support for the clinical relevance and generalizability of our findings.

      To address the sample size considerations, we will add the following sentences in the Discussion section:

      Although our analysis included four datasets with a total of 270 individuals, and our sample size of 53 met the required threshold based on power calculations with a type I error of 0.05, a power of 0.8, and an expected correlation coefficient of 0.4, we acknowledge that the sample size may still be considered relatively small for a comprehensive assessment of these relationships. To further validate these findings, larger prospective studies with diverse populations are needed to improve the predictive utility and generalizability of our findings.

      (3) Strict participant selection criteria may reduce applicability to broader populations.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the potential impact of strict participant selection criteria on the broader applicability of our findings. We acknowledge that extending validation to more diverse populations would improve the generalizability of our findings.

      Our study includes validation cohorts from diverse populations, including 64 Japanese, 53 American and 100 Chinese individuals. These cohorts include a wide range of metabolic states, from healthy individuals to those with diabetes, ensuring validation across different clinical conditions. However, we acknowledge that further validation in additional populations and clinical settings would strengthen our conclusions. To address this, we conducted a large follow-up study of over 8,000 individuals (Sugimoto, Hikaru, et al. “Stratification of individuals without prior diagnosis of diabetes using continuous glucose monitoring” medRxiv (2025)), which confirmed our main finding that glucose dynamics consist of mean, variance, and autocorrelation. As this large study was beyond the scope of the present manuscript due to differences in primary objectives and analytical approaches, it was not included in this paper; however, it provides further support for the clinical relevance and generalizability of our findings.

      We will add the following text to the Discussion section to address these considerations:

      Although our analysis included four datasets with a total of 270 individuals, and our sample size of 53 met the required threshold based on power calculations with a type I error of 0.05, a power of 0.8, and an expected correlation coefficient of 0.4, we acknowledge that the sample size may still be considered relatively small for a comprehensive assessment of these relationships. To further validate these findings, larger prospective studies with diverse populations are needed to improve the predictive utility and generalizability of our findings.

      Although our LASSO and factor analysis indicated that CGM-derived measures were strong predictors of %NC, this does not mean that other clinical parameters, such as lipids and blood pressure, are irrelevant in T2DM complications. Our study specifically focused on characterizing glucose dynamics, and we analyzed individuals with well-controlled serum cholesterol and blood pressure to reduce confounding effects. While we anticipate that inclusion of a more diverse population would not alter our primary findings regarding glucose dynamics, it is likely that a broader data set would reveal additional predictive contributions from lipid and blood pressure parameters.

      (4) CGM-derived indices like AC_Var and ADRR may be too complex for routine clinical use without simplified models or guidelines.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern about the complexity of CGM-derived indices such as AC_Var and ADRR for routine clinical use. We acknowledge that for these indices to be of practical use, they must be both interpretable and easily accessible to healthcare providers.

      To address this concern, we have developed an easy-to-use web application that automatically calculates these measures, including AC_Var, mean glucose levels, and glucose variability. This tool eliminates the need for manual calculations, making these indices more practical for clinical implementation.

      Regarding interpretability, we acknowledge that establishing specific clinical guidelines would enhance the practical utility of these measures. For example, defining a cut-off value for AC_Var above which the risk of diabetes complications increases significantly would provide clearer clinical guidance. However, given our current sample size limitations and our predefined objective of investigating correlations among indices, we have taken a conservative approach by focusing on the correlation between AC_Var and %NC rather than establishing definitive cutoffs. This approach intentionally avoids problematic statistical practices like p-hacking. It is not realistic to expect a single study to accomplish everything from proposing a new concept to conducting large-scale clinical trials to establishing clinical guidelines. Establishing clinical guidelines typically requires the accumulation of multiple studies over many years. Recognizing this reality, we have been careful in our manuscript to make modest claims about the discovery of new “correlations” rather than exaggerated claims about immediate routine clinical use.

      To address this limitation, we conducted a large follow-up study of over 8,000 individuals in the next study (Sugimoto, Hikaru, et al. “Stratification of individuals without prior diagnosis of diabetes using continuous glucose monitoring” medRxiv (2025)), which proposed clinically relevant cutoffs and reference ranges for AC_Var and other CGM-derived indices. As this large study was beyond the scope of the present manuscript due to differences in primary objectives and analytical approaches, it was not included in this paper; however, by integrating automated calculation tools with clear clinical thresholds, we expect to make these measures more accessible for clinical use.

      We will add the following text to the Discussion section to address these considerations:

      While CGM-derived indices such as AC_Var and ADRR hold promise for CAD risk assessment, their complexity may present challenges for routine clinical implementation. To improve usability, we have developed a web-based calculator that automates these calculations. However, the definition of clinically relevant thresholds and reference ranges requires further validation in larger cohorts.

      (5) The study does not compare CGM-derived indices to existing advanced CAD risk models, limiting the ability to assess their true predictive superiority.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the comparison of CGM-derived indices with existing CAD risk models. Given that our study population consisted of individuals with well-controlled total cholesterol and blood pressure levels, a direct comparison with the Framingham Risk Score for Hard Coronary Heart Disease (Wilson, Peter WF, et al. “Prediction of coronary heart disease using risk factor categories.” Circulation 97.18 (1998): 1837-1847.) may introduce inherent bias, as these factors are key components of the score.

      Nevertheless, to further assess the predictive value of the CGM-derived indices, we performed additional analyses using linear regression to predict %NC. Using the Framingham Risk Score, we obtained an R² of 0.04 and an Akaike Information Criterion (AIC) of 330. In contrast, our proposed model incorporating the three glycemic parameters - CGM_Mean, CGM_Std, and AC_Var - achieved a significantly improved R² of 0.36 and a lower AIC of 321, indicating superior predictive accuracy.

      We will add the following text to the Result section:

      The regression model including CGM_Mean, CGM_Std and AC_Var to predict %NC achieved an R² of 0.36 and an Akaike Information Criterion (AIC) of 321. Each of these indices showed statistically significant independent positive correlations with %NC. In contrast, the model using conventional glycemic markers (FBG, HbA1c, and PG120) yielded an R<sup>2</sup> of only 0.05 and an AIC of 340. Similarly, the model using the Framingham Risk Score for Hard Coronary Heart Disease (Wilson et al., 1998) showed limited predictive value, with an R<sup>2</sup> of 0.04 and an AIC of 330.

      (6) Varying CGM sampling intervals (5-minute vs. 15-minute) were not thoroughly analyzed for impact on results.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the potential impact of different CGM sampling intervals on our results. To assess the robustness of our findings across different sampling frequencies, we performed a down sampling analysis by converting our 5-minute interval data to 15-minute intervals. The AC_Var value calculated from 15-minute intervals was significantly correlated with that calculated from 5-minute intervals (R = 0.99, 95% CI: 0.97-1.00). Furthermore, the regression model using CGM_Mean, CGM_Std, and AC_Var from 15-minute intervals to predict %NC achieved an R<sup>2</sup> of 0.36 and an AIC of 321, identical to the model using 5-minute intervals. These results indicate that our results are robust to variations in CGM sampling frequency.

      We will add this analysis to the Result section:

      The AC_Var value calculated from 15-minute intervals was significantly correlated with that calculated from 5-minute intervals (R = 0.99, 95% CI: 0.97-1.00). Consequently, the regression model including CGM_Mean, CGM_Std and AC_Var from 15-minute intervals to predict %NC achieved an R² of 0.36 and an AIC of 321.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a retrospective analysis of 53 individuals over 26 features (12 clinical phenotypes, 12 CGM features, and 2 autocorrelation features) to examine which features were most informative in predicting percent necrotic core (%NC) as a parameter for coronary plaque vulnerability. Multiple regression analysis demonstrated a better ability to predict %NC from 3 selected CGM-derived features than 3 selected clinical phenotypes. LASSO regularization and partial least squares (PLS) with VIP scores were used to identify 4 CGM features that most contribute to the precision of %NC. Using factor analysis they identify 3 components that have CGM-related features: value (relating to the value of blood glucose), variability (relating to glucose variability), and autocorrelation (composed of the two autocorrelation features). These three groupings appeared in the 3 validation cohorts and when performing hierarchical clustering. To demonstrate how these three features change, a simulation was created to allow the user to examine these features under different conditions.

      We appreciate reviewer #3 for the valuable and constructive comments on our manuscript.

      Review:

      The goal of this study was to identify CGM features that relate to %NC. Through multiple feature selection methods, they arrive at 3 components: value, variability, and autocorrelation. While the feature list is highly correlated, the authors take steps to ensure feature selection is robust. There is a lack of clarity of what each component (value, variability, and autocorrelation) includes as while similar CGM indices fall within each component, there appear to be some indices that appear as relevant to value in one dataset and to variability in the validation.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the classification of CGM-derived measures into the three components: value, variability, and autocorrelation. As the reviewer correctly points out, some measures may load differently between the value and variability components in different datasets. However, we believe that this variability reflects the inherent mathematical properties of these measures rather than a limitation of our study.

      For example, the HBGI clusters differently across datasets due to its dependence on the number of glucose readings above a threshold. In populations where mean glucose levels are predominantly below this threshold, the HBGI is more sensitive to glucose variability (Fig. S7A). Conversely, in populations with a wider range of mean glucose levels, HBGI correlates more strongly with mean glucose levels (Fig. 3A). This context-dependent behavior is expected given the mathematical properties of these measures and does not indicate an inconsistency in our classification approach.

      Importantly, our main findings remain robust: CGM-derived measures systematically fall into three components-value, variability, and autocorrelation. Traditional CGM-derived measures primarily reflect either value or variability, and this categorization is consistently observed across datasets. While specific indices such as HBGI may shift classification depending on population characteristics, the overall structure of CGM data remains stable.

      To address these considerations, we will add the following text to the Discussion section:

      Some indices, such as HBGI, showed variation in classification across datasets, with some populations showing higher factor loadings in the “value” component and others in the “variability” component. This variation occurs because HBGI calculations depend on the number of glucose readings above a threshold. In populations where mean glucose levels are predominantly below this threshold, the HBGI is more sensitive to glucose variability (Fig. S7A). Conversely, in populations with a wider range of mean glucose levels, the HBGI correlates more strongly with mean glucose levels (Fig. 3A). Despite these differences, our validation analyses confirm that CGM-derived indices consistently cluster into three components: value, variability, and autocorrelation.

      We are sceptical about statements of significance without documentation of p-values.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding statistical significance and the documentation of p values.

      First, given the multiple comparisons in our study, we used q values rather than p values, as shown in Figure S1. Q values provide a more rigorous statistical framework for controlling the false discovery rate in multiple testing scenarios, thereby reducing the likelihood of false positives.

      Second, our statistical reporting follows established guidelines, including those of the New England Journal of Medicine (Harrington, David, et al. “New guidelines for statistical reporting in the journal.” New England Journal of Medicine 381.3 (2019): 285-286.), which recommend that “reporting of exploratory end points should be limited to point estimates of effects with 95% confidence intervals” and that “replace p values with estimates of effects or association and 95% confidence intervals”. According to these guidelines, p values should not be reported in this type of study. We determined significance based on whether these 95% confidence intervals excluded zero - a statistical method for determining whether an association is significantly different from zero (Tan, Sze Huey, and Say Beng Tan. "The correct interpretation of confidence intervals." Proceedings of Singapore Healthcare 19.3 (2010): 276-278.).

      For the sake of transparency, we provide p values for readers who may be interested, although we emphasize that they should not be the basis for interpretation, as discussed in the referenced guidelines. Specifically, in Figure 1, the p values for CGM_Mean, CGM_Std, and AC_Var were 0.02, 0.02, and <0.01, respectively, while those for FBG, HbA1c, and PG120 were 0.83, 0.91, and 0.25, respectively. In Figure 3C, the p values for factors 1–5 were 0.03, 0.03, 0.03, 0.24, and 0.87, respectively, and in Figure S10B, the p values for factors 1–3 were <0.01, <0.01, and 0.20, respectively.

      We appreciate the opportunity to clarify our statistical methodology and are happy to provide additional details if needed.

      While hesitations remain, the ability of these authors to find groupings of these many CGM metrics in relation to %NC is of interest. The believability of the associations is impeded by an obtuse presentation of the results with core data (i.e. correlation plots between CGM metrics and %NC) buried in the supplement while main figures contain plots of numerical estimates from models which would be more usefully presented in supplementary tables.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the presentation of our results and recognize the importance of ensuring clarity and accessibility of the core data.

      The central finding of our study is twofold: first, that the numerous CGM-derived measures can be systematically classified into three distinct components-mean, variance, and autocorrelation-and second, that each of these components is independently associated with %NC. This insight cannot be derived simply from examining scatter plots of individual correlations, which are provided in the Supplementary Figures. Instead, it emerges from our statistical analyses in the main figures, including multiple regression models that reveal the independent contributions of these components to %NC.

      However, we acknowledge the reviewer’s concern regarding the accessibility of key data. To improve clarity, we will move several scatter plots from the Supplementary Figures to the main figures to allow readers to more directly visualize the relationships between CGM-derived measures and %NC. We believe this revision will improve the transparency and readability of our results while maintaining the rigor of our analytical approach.

      Given the small sample size in the primary analysis, there is a lot of modeling done with parameters estimated where simpler measures would serve and be more convincing as they require less data manipulation. A major example of this is that the pairwise correlation/covariance between CGM_mean, CGM_std, and AC_var is not shown and would be much more compelling in the claim that these are independent factors.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback on our statistical analysis and data presentation. The correlations between CGM_Mean, CGM_Std, and AC_Var are documented in Figure S1B. However, to improve accessibility and clarity, we will move these correlation analyses to the main figures. Regarding our modeling approach, we chose LASSO and PLS methods because they are well-established techniques that are particularly suited to scenarios with many input variables and a relatively small sample size. These methods have been extensively validated in the literature as robust approaches for variable selection under such conditions (Tibshirani R. 1996. Regression shrinkage and selection via the lasso. J R Stat Soc 58:267–288. Wold S, Sjöström M, Eriksson L. 2001. PLS-regression: a basic tool of chemometrics. Chemometrics Intellig Lab Syst 58:109–130. Pei X, Qi D, Liu J, Si H, Huang S, Zou S, Lu D, Li Z. 2023. Screening marker genes of type 2 diabetes mellitus in mouse lacrimal gland by LASSO regression. Sci Rep 13:6862. Wang C, Kong H, Guan Y, Yang J, Gu J, Yang S, Xu G. 2005. Plasma phospholipid metabolic profiling and biomarkers of type 2 diabetes mellitus based on high-performance liquid chromatography/electrospray mass spectrometry and multivariate statistical analysis. Anal Chem 77:4108–4116.).

      Lack of methodological detail is another challenge. For example, the time period of CGM metrics or CGM placement in the primary study in relation to the IVUS-derived measurements of coronary plaques is unclear. Are they temporally distant or proximal/ concurrent with the PCI?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s important question regarding the temporal relationship between CGM measurements and IVUS-derived plaque assessments. As described in our previous work (Otowa‐Suematsu, Natsu, et al. “Comparison of the relationship between multiple parameters of glycemic variability and coronary plaque vulnerability assessed by virtual histology–intravascular ultrasound.” Journal of Diabetes Investigation 9.3 (2018): 610-615.), all individuals underwent continuous glucose monitoring for at least three consecutive days within the seven-day period prior to the PCI procedure. To improve clarity for readers, we will include this methodological detail in the revised manuscript.

      A patient undergoing PCI for coronary intervention would be expected to have physiological and iatrogenic glycemic disturbances that do not reflect their baseline state. This is not considered or discussed.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding potential glycemic disturbances associated with PCI. As described in our previous work (Otowa‐Suematsu, Natsu, et al. “Comparison of the relationship between multiple parameters of glycemic variability and coronary plaque vulnerability assessed by virtual histology–intravascular ultrasound.” Journal of Diabetes Investigation 9.3 (2018): 610-615.), all CGM measurements were performed before the PCI procedure. This temporal separation ensures that the glycemic patterns analyzed in our study reflect the baseline metabolic state of the patients, rather than any physiological or iatrogenic effects of PCI. To avoid any misunderstanding, we will clarify this temporal relationship in the revised manuscript.

      The attempts at validation in external cohorts, Japanese, American, and Chinese are very poorly detailed. We could only find even an attempt to examine cardiovascular parameters in the Chinese data set but the outcome variables are unspecified with regard to what macrovascular events are included, their temporal relation to the CGM metrics, etc. Notably macrovascular event diagnoses are very different from the coronary plaque necrosis quantification. This could be a source of strength in the findings if carefully investigated and detailed but due to the lack of detail seems like an apples-to-oranges comparison.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the validation cohorts and the need for greater clarity, particularly in the Chinese dataset. We acknowledge that our initial description lacked sufficient methodological detail, and we will expand the Methods section to provide a more comprehensive explanation.

      For the Chinese dataset, the data collection protocol was previously documented (Zhao, Qinpei, et al. “Chinese diabetes datasets for data-driven machine learning.” Scientific Data 10.1 (2023): 35.). Briefly, trained research staff used standardized questionnaires to collect demographic and clinical information, including diabetes diagnosis, treatment history, comorbidities, and medication use. Physical examinations included anthropometric measurements, and body mass index was calculated using standard protocols. CGM monitoring was performed using the FreeStyle Libre H device (Abbott Diabetes Care, UK), which records interstitial glucose levels at 15-minute intervals for up to 14 days. Laboratory measurements, including metabolic panels, lipid profiles, and renal function tests, were obtained within six months of CGM placement. While previous studies have linked necrotic core to macrovascular events (Xie, Yong, et al. “Clinical outcome of nonculprit plaque ruptures in patients with acute coronary syndrome in the PROSPECT study.” JACC: Cardiovascular Imaging 7.4 (2014): 397-405.), we acknowledge the limitations of the cardiovascular outcomes in the Chinese data set. These outcomes were extracted from medical records rather than standardized diagnostic procedures or imaging studies. To address these concerns, we will expand the Discussion section to clarify the differences in outcome definitions and methodological approaches between the data sets.

      Finally, the simulations at the end are not relevant to the main claims of the paper and we would recommend removing them for the coherence of this manuscript.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback regarding the relevance of the simulation component of our manuscript. The primary contribution of our study goes beyond demonstrating correlations between CGM-derived measures and %NC; it highlights three fundamental components of glycemic patterns-mean, variability, and autocorrelation-and their independent relationships with coronary plaque characteristics.

      The simulations are included to illustrate how glycemic patterns with identical means and variability can have different autocorrelation structures. Because temporal autocorrelation can be conceptually difficult to interpret, these visualizations were intended to provide intuitive examples for the readers.

      However, we recognize the reviewer’s concern about the coherence of the manuscript. In response, we will streamline the simulation section by removing technical simulations that do not directly support our primary conclusions, while retaining only those that enhance understanding of the three glycemic components.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors have demonstrated the use of adenine base editors delivered via adeno-associated viruses to introduce edits in the mitochondrial genome. The manuscript describes the methodology well, and the conclusions are aptly supported by the results. It highlights the potential of these base editors to model mtDNA variations in somatic tissues in animal models.

      However, there are a few comments that need to be addressed:

      (1) Limitations of the small sample size need to be explained clearly for the results described.

      (2) It will be beneficial for the readers if some light is shed on the possible reasons why the efficiencies of adenine base editing are lower than those reported for published cytosine base editors to introduce edits in the mitochondrial DNA.

      (3) The conclusion should more explicitly address the limitations and future directions on low editing efficiency and what can be possible optimization steps.

      (4) In Figure 1, A-to-G editing for the genes Mt-Cytb, Mt-CoII, and Mt-Atp6 appears to be strand-specific for the different architectures of adenine base editors. Do authors have a possible hypothesis if one of the strands is more favorable to editing depending on where the TadA8 binds or is it random?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In all animals, the fertilized egg is transcriptionally silent, and thus early embryonic development relies on maternally deposited factors. A key mode of regulation is translational control to produce the proteins needed by the developing embryo. In zebrafish as well as other animals, distinct ribosomes, those coming from the maternal pool (maternal ribosomes produced in the germ line/oocytes), and those produced from new transcription after genome activation (somatic ribosomes). In zebrafish, the maternal pool consists of a "maternal" rRNA produced from rDNA on chromosome 4, that has previously been shown to be amplified or expressed specifically in the germ line and in oocytes. The observed sex-specific expression of m-rDNA has led to models that it is involved in sex differentiation and/or maternal control of early embryonic development, both as mediators of translation and as a source of raw materials needed to produce new ribosomes. The work to date in the field indicates that maternal and somatic ribosomes are distinct in their expression profiles but whether they have unique, or gene-specific activities awaits determining if somatic rDNA can functionally replace m-rDNA.

      In this manuscript, the authors investigated the expression profiles, protein composition, and ability of maternal and somatic ribosome components to interact with one another and their association with polysomes. This study reports sequence differences between maternal and somatic ribosomal components as well as proteomics and structural analysis of ribosome composition in oocytes and early development. This analysis shows that ribosome subunit composition changes over developmental time but did not uncover evidence suggesting maternal or somatic ribosome-specific ribosomal protein paralog use. The key findings of this work are:<br /> (1) Observation of hybrid ribosomes composed of subunits of maternal and somatic origin in the embryo.<br /> (2) Detection of both maternal and somatic ribosomes in polysomes, indicating maternal and somatic ribosomes both support translation in the embryos and may not be functionally unique.<br /> (3) Persistent expression of m-rRNA in germ cells, suggesting m-ribosomes, as the main ribosome type present, are important for translation in germ cells. The question of ribosome heterogeneity and the function of maternal versus somatic rDNA and ribosomes is of great interest to the broader scientific community. Overall, the manuscript is clearly written and the solid data provided support the main ideas and conclusions.

      Specific points are detailed below.

      (1) In Figure 1D the m-rRNA abundance goes down at 3dpf, then up again while the s-rRNA steadily increases and peaks at 3dpf then drops thereafter. As presented in the graph it is unclear if this up-then-down trend is consistently observed or not. There are bars on the graph for m-rRNA but not for s-rRNA, thus it is unclear how many times this experiment was performed for the s-rRNA or how variable the results were from sample to sample. Beyond this technical point, if the pattern is consistent, this is an interesting observation as it would signal either a shift in rDNA transcription to silence the somatic locus and/or post-transcriptional targeted degradation of the somatic rRNA in germ cells.

      (2) Although qualified by the authors to some extent, the conclusion regarding maternal ribosomes and specificity related to the translation of germ line-specific transcripts is potentially confusing or misleading. Since the maternal form appears to be the only or predominant form of ribosomes in the germ cells at this stage, these would be the only ribosomes available for translation in germ cells. So, any RNA being translated in the germ cells, even RNAs that are not specifically expressed in the germline would be "enriched in association with" and translated by the maternal ribosomes in germ cells. Additional supporting evidence would be required to support the conclusion that the maternal ribosomes are specifically dedicated to the translation of germ cell-specific RNAs, like nanos3, rather than just general translation in germ cells. Consistent with a more general role for the maternal ribosomes in translation in germ cells, differential codon use has been previously documented for the RNAs produced in oocytes (aka maternal RNAs) (for example Bazzini et al EMBO 2016; Mishima and Tomari Mol Cell 2016), and tRNA genes were recently reported by Wilson and Postlethwait to reside along with the maternal 5S genes and maternal-specific spliceosome components in the region of chromosome 4 that is differentially activated in oocytes and testis (region 2 coding genes are silenced in the ovary but maternal ribosome-related genes are expressed in the ovary; region 4 contains the maternal 45S gene). Further, some of the authors of this manuscript undergo a shift in tRNA repertoire and a change in iso-decoder expression at the onset of gastrulation (Rappol et al, Nucleic Acids Research 2024). Technical limitations pose challenges to definitively testing the hypothesis, but it would be helpful to place the findings here in the context of the published work.

      (3) "An alternate and non-exclusive hypothesis is that the maternal rDNA locus may be involved in PGC fate and sex determination in zebrafish." It would be helpful to further discuss the published evidence supporting this hypothesis. In accord with a potential role for m-rDNA in ovary differentiation, differential methylation of m-rDNA has been previously reported, with high methylation in testis and low methylation in ovaries. Further, several groups have shown that treating fish with broad inhibitors of methyltransferases causes testis-biased differentiation of the gonad. Finally, Moser et al (Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B 2024) recently published work in which CRISPR-Cas9 was used to target the 45S m-rDNA promoter and interfere with its expression. The mutants with these promoter mutations developed as fertile males, consistent with a role for m-rDNA in ovary differentiation. A recent paper from Moser et. al. (Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B 2024) showing that disrupting the m-rDNA locus leads to male-only development should be discussed. This paper does not exclude the possibility of a maternal role for the ribosomes since only one female was recovered among the 45S-m-rDNA mutants. The expression data in Figure 1D of this manuscript showing that m-rRNA levels go down and then up in PGCs indicates the PGCs are making their own m-rRNA. This observation together with the recovery of fertile males reported in the Moser et al study (Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B 2024) doesn't seem to support a requirement for m-rDNA in PGC fate or germ cell-specific translation, at least in testis, since the mutant males produce sperm and are fertile.

      (4) Although the rationale for examining rRNAs in adult tumors, cultured zebrafish cell lines, and during fin regeneration is clear based on the published literature showing elevated embryonic rRNAs, this line of investigation doesn't add much to this study and is a bit of a distraction. That said, the observation that in contrast to published work, neither the maternal (early embryo) nor the specific rRNAs examined are unregulated in these contexts is important and warrants communication with the research community.

      (5) The numbers of embryos and stages are not consistently stated in the manuscript. For example, in the "Isolation of zebrafish ribosome." and "isolation of monosomes" sections of the methods, the stage and number of embryos used for the IPs are not clearly stated in the methods. These important details should be stated throughout the manuscript so that others can perform future studies in a manner that will facilitate comparisons.

      (6) The terminology used for the RiboFLAG experiments is potentially confusing or misleading. Specifically, different terms are used to describe the source of the ribosomes (Figure 5, Figure S7, Figure S8 and in the text). For example, "transmission" is used to describe "maternal transmission" for Mat-RiboFLAG, and "paternal transmission" is used for Som-RiboFLAG, and in Figure 5 and Figure S8 "maternally provided" and "paternally provided" are used. However, these terms may be confusing or unintentionally misleading because transmission and provided refer to two different things. In the case of Mat-RiboFLAG, the terms refer to the maternal Rpl10-FLAG ribosomes, which the progeny receive from their mother independent of whether or not they express the transgene. On the other hand, for Som-RiboFLAG, the terms refer to the transgene rather than the Rpl10-FLAG ribosomes that will be produced by the embryo using the transgene they inherited from their father. Consider instead sticking to "maternal" and "somatic", or alternatively "zygotic expression" and "maternal expression" or "zygotic ribosomes" and "maternal ribosomes".

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This work derives a general theory of optimal gain modulation in neural populations. It demonstrates that population homeostasis is a consequence of optimal modulation for information maximization with noisy neurons. The developed theory is then applied to the distributed distributional code (DDC) model of the primary visual cortex to demonstrate that homeostatic DDCs can account for stimulus-specific adaptation.

      What I consider to be the most important contribution of this work is the unification of efficient information transmission in neural populations with population homeostasis. The former is an established theoretical framework, and the latter is a well-known empirical phenomenon - the relationship between them has never been fully clarified. I consider this work to be an interesting and relevant step in that direction.

      The theory proposed in the paper is rigorous and the analysis is thorough. The manuscript begins with a general mathematical setting to identify normative solutions to the problem of information maximization. It then gradually builds towards questions about approximate solutions, neural implementation and plausibility of these solutions, applications of the theory to specific models of neural computation (DDC), and finally comparisons to experimental data in V1. Such a connection of different levels of abstraction is an obvious strength of this work.

      Overall I find this contribution interesting and assess it positively. At the same time, I have three major points of criticism, which I believe the authors should address. I list them below, followed by a number of more specific comments and feedback.

      Major comments:

      (1) Interpretation of key results and relationship between different parts of the manuscript. The manuscript begins with an information-transmission ansatz which is described as "independent of the computational goal" (e.g. p. 17). While information theory indeed is not concerned with what quantity is being encoded (e.g. whether it is sensory periphery or hippocampus), the goal of the studied system is to *transmit* the largest amount of bits about the input in the presence of noise. In my view, this does not make the proposed framework "independent of the computational goal". Furthermore, the derived theory is then applied to a DDC model which proposes a very specific solution to inference problems. The relationship between information transmission and inference is deep and nuanced. Because the writing is very dense, it is quite hard to understand how the information transmission framework developed in the first part applies to the inference problem. How does the neural coding diagram in Figure 3 map onto the inference diagram in Figure 10? How does the problem of information transmission under constraints from the first part of the manuscript become an inference problem with DDCs? I am certain that authors have good answers to these questions - but they should be explained much better.

      (2) Clarity of writing for an interdisciplinary audience. I do not believe that in its current form, the manuscript is accessible to a broader, interdisciplinary audience such as eLife readers. The writing is very dense and technical, which I believe unnecessarily obscures the key results of this study.

      (3) Positioning within the context of the field and relationship to prior work. While the proposed theory is interesting and timely, the manuscript omits multiple closely related results which in my view should be discussed in relationship to the current work. In particular:

      A number of recent studies propose normative criteria for gain modulation in populations:

      - Duong, L., Simoncelli, E., Chklovskii, D. and Lipshutz, D., 2024. Adaptive whitening with fast gain modulation and slow synaptic plasticity. Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems<br /> - Tring, E., Dipoppa, M. and Ringach, D.L., 2023. A power law describes the magnitude of adaptation in neural populations of primary visual cortex. Nature Communications, 14(1), p.8366.<br /> - Młynarski, W. and Tkačik, G., 2022. Efficient coding theory of dynamic attentional modulation. PLoS Biology<br /> - Haimerl, C., Ruff, D.A., Cohen, M.R., Savin, C. and Simoncelli, E.P., 2023. Targeted V1 co-modulation supports task-adaptive sensory decisions. Nature Communications<br /> - The Ganguli and Simoncelli framework has been extended to a multivariate case and analyzed for a generalized class of error measures:<br /> - Yerxa, T.E., Kee, E., DeWeese, M.R. and Cooper, E.A., 2020. Efficient sensory coding of multidimensional stimuli. PLoS Computational Biology<br /> - Wang, Z., Stocker, A.A. and Lee, D.D., 2016. Efficient neural codes that minimize LP reconstruction error. Neural Computation, 28(12),

      More detailed comments and feedback:

      (1) I believe that this work offers the possibility to address an important question about novelty responses in the cortex (e.g. Homann et al, 2021 PNAS). Are they encoding novelty per-se, or are they inefficient responses of a not-yet-adapted population? Perhaps it's worth speculating about.

      (2) Clustering in populations - typically in efficient coding studies, tuning curve distributions are a consequence of input statistics, constraints, and optimality criteria. Here the authors introduce randomly perturbed curves for each cluster - how to interpret that in light of the efficient coding theory? This links to a more general aspect of this work - it does not specify how to find optimal tuning curves, just how to modulate them (already addressed in the discussion).

      (3) Figure 8 - where do Hz come from as physical units? As I understand there are no physical units in simulations.

      (4) Inference with DDCs in changing environments. To perform efficient inference in a dynamically changing environment (as considered here), an ideal observer needs some form of posterior-prior updating. Where does that enter here?

      (5) Page 6 - "We did this in such a way that, for all ν, the correlation matrices, ρ(ν), were derived from covariance matrices with a 1/n power-law eigenspectrum (i.e., the ranked eigenvalues of the covariance matrix fall off inversely with their rank), in line with the findings of Stringer et al. (2019) in the primary visual cortex." This is a very specific assumption, taken from a study of a specific brain region - how does it relate to the generality of the approach?

    1. 编辑了关于伪造品和艺术哲学的文集《伪造者的艺术》(The Forger's Art),为形式主义的辩护提供了平台。

      根据原文,Denis Dutton (1944-2010) 作为艺术哲学家、美学家和进化心理学家,其被提及主要是因为他 编辑了文集《伪造者的艺术》(The Forger's Art),而这篇文章集成为了 形式主义辩护提供了一个平台。 为了详细解释这一点,我们需要从以下几个方面展开:

      1. 丹尼斯·达顿 (Denis Dutton) 的背景与领域:

      • 文章中提到 Denis Dutton 的身份是 "In 1983 Denis Dutton published a collection of articles on forgery and the philosophy of art under the title The Forger’s Art." (1983年,丹尼斯·达顿出版了一本关于伪造品和艺术哲学的文章集,题为《伪造者的艺术》)。
      • 虽然原文没有详细展开 Dutton 的学术背景,但根据用户提供的背景信息 "艺术哲学、美学以及进化心理学",我们可以了解到 Dutton 是一位在 艺术哲学、美学 领域有深入研究的学者,并且他的研究领域还包括 进化心理学。 这意味着他可能从更广泛的学科视角来审视艺术和美学问题。

      2. 《伪造者的艺术》(The Forger's Art) 文集:

      • 编辑者: Denis Dutton 是这本文集的 编辑 (published a collection of articles ... under the title The Forger's Art),意味着他负责组织、收集、编纂和出版了这本文集。
      • 主题: 文集的主题是 "forgery and the philosophy of art" (伪造品和艺术哲学)。 这表明文集围绕着 艺术伪造 这一现象,并从 哲学层面 探讨其对艺术本质、价值、定义等问题的启示。
      • 出版时间: 文集出版于 1983 年 (In 1983 Denis Dutton published...),这个时间点处于对传统形式主义进行深刻反思和批判的时期 (如文章前面提到的沃尔顿和丹托的反形式主义论证)。

      3. 《伪造者的艺术》如何为形式主义辩护提供平台:

      • 反思反形式主义的挑战: 在 20 世纪后期,以沃尔顿和丹托为代表的反形式主义论证对传统形式主义提出了强有力的挑战,动摇了形式主义在美学领域的主导地位。 在这样的背景下,需要有声音为形式主义进行辩护和回应。
      • 聚焦 "伪造品" 案例的意义: “伪造品” 案例成为了一个 重要的哲学实验,用来检验各种美学理论的有效性。 对于形式主义而言,完美伪造品的例子似乎是一个挑战,因为如果艺术价值仅仅在于感官表面,那么完美伪造品应该与原作具有相同的价值。 然而,直觉告诉我们并非如此。
      • 文集收录形式主义辩护文章: Dutton 编辑的《伪造者的艺术》文集,正是 汇集了不同学者对伪造品问题的思考和分析。 其中,杰克·梅兰德 (Jack Meiland) 的文章 就是 为形式主义辩护的代表。 文章明确指出 "in an article written for the collection, Jack Meiland argues that the value of originality in art is not an aesthetic value." (在该文集中,杰克·梅兰德在一篇文章中论证说,艺术原创性的价值并非审美价值)。
      • 梅兰德的论证策略: 梅兰德通过区分 “审美价值”“艺术价值” 来为形式主义辩护。 他认为,审美价值 确实只与感官表面有关,完美伪造品在审美价值上与原作相同。 而我们之所以认为伪造品价值不如原作,是因为我们混淆了 审美价值艺术价值艺术价值 可能包含了原创性、历史性等非感官因素,但这 不影响形式主义关于审美价值的观点

      4. 平台作用的体现:

      • 提供发声渠道: 《伪造者的艺术》文集为像梅兰德这样的形式主义辩护者提供了一个 发表观点、回应批评 的平台。 在反形式主义占据话语优势的背景下,这样的平台尤为重要。
      • 引发更深入的讨论: 文集通过呈现不同视角的文章, 促进了关于伪造品、艺术价值、审美价值以及形式主义本身更深入的学术讨论。 它使得形式主义的观点能够被更广泛地传播和审视,而不是被简单地否定或忽视。
      • 推动形式主义的演变: 文集中的辩论和反思,也可能 促进了形式主义自身的发展和演变,例如,促使当代形式主义 (如赞格威尔的温和形式主义) 更加 nuanced 地回应反形式主义的挑战,并尝试在形式主义框架内纳入一些非形式的因素。

      总结:

      Denis Dutton 编辑《伪造者的艺术》文集, 并非直接提出他自己的形式主义理论,而是 提供了一个平台,让包括杰克·梅兰德在内的学者能够就艺术伪造品问题展开讨论,并为形式主义进行辩护。 文集聚焦于 “伪造品” 这一哲学案例,使得关于 “艺术品是否仅仅是感官表面” 以及 “艺术价值与审美价值是否应该区分” 等核心问题被更清晰地呈现和探讨。 Dutton 的贡献在于 搭建了一个对话和辩论的舞台,使得在反形式主义浪潮中,形式主义的声音能够被听见,并推动了美学领域对形式主义的进一步反思和发展。

    1. 主要学者

      在论文《信息美学:一次英雄实验》中提到的学者包括以下几位,他们对信息美学的形成和发展有着重要影响:

      1. Max Bense(马克斯·本塞)

      • 简介: Max Bense(1910-1990)是德国著名的哲学家、数学家和信息理论学者,通常被认为是信息美学的奠基人之一。他是斯图加特大学哲学与知识理论研究所的负责人。Bense的工作跨越了哲学、数学、物理学和美学的多个领域,尤其在信息理论美学的结合方面具有开创性。

      • 与信息美学的关系: Max Bense 提出了信息美学的基本理念,试图基于信息理论来创建一个客观的美学标准,排除了主观的审美感受。他认为,美学可以通过数学和信息理论的工具来量化,尤其是通过统计信息的方式,来定义美学对象的秩序与复杂度。他的理论为信息美学奠定了理论基础,尤其是在美学的客观性定量分析方面的探索。

      2. Abraham A. Moles(亚伯拉罕·莫莱斯)

      • 简介: Abraham Moles(1920-1992)是法国的物理学家和心理学家,他的研究涉及信息学、符号学以及美学领域。Moles在信息美学中的贡献主要是通过美学信息的概念,将信息理论与美学结合。相比于Bense,Moles更为注重语义信息美学信息之间的区分,强调艺术作品不仅仅是客观的信号集合,而是通过传递信息来影响观众的心理状态。

      • 与信息美学的关系: Moles提出了美学信息的概念,认为艺术作品传递的美学信息与作品的物理信息是相对应的。他区分了语义信息美学信息,并通过这一理论框架探讨艺术作品如何影响观众的情感和感知。Moles认为,美学信息不仅仅是符号系统中的信息,它还关乎如何通过作品的呈现方式影响观众的心理反应。他的思想推动了信息美学的进一步发展,尤其是在心理学艺术交叉的领域。

      3. George D. Birkhoff(乔治·D·比尔科夫)

      • 简介: George D. Birkhoff(1884-1944)是美国著名的数学家,他的研究领域涵盖了数学美学,即如何将美学量化。Birkhoff提出了美学公式,该公式通过计算艺术作品的秩序与复杂度比率来衡量其美学价值,这一理论至今仍在美学和设计领域具有一定的影响力。

      • 与信息美学的关系: Birkhoff的公式为信息美学提供了数学模型的基础。他的美学公式通过计算对象的秩序度复杂度的比率(\(M = O / C\))来衡量作品的美学价值。在信息美学中,Birkhoff的公式被转化为信息理论的术语,成为量化艺术作品美学的一部分。Birkhoff的工作为后来的信息美学奠定了数学基础,尤其是他通过量化秩序和复杂度为美学的客观性提供了理论支持。

      4. Helmar Frank(赫尔玛·弗兰克)

      • 简介: Helmar Frank 是德国的艺术学者,研究领域涉及信息理论美学的结合。他提出了基于香农信息理论的美学信息测量方法,进一步发展了信息美学的理论框架。他的研究重点是美学信息如何通过统计方法来量化,并探讨了惊讶度穿透度等概念。

      • 与信息美学的关系: Frank在信息美学中扩展了信息测量的理论,提出了惊讶度穿透度等度量指标,用以量化艺术作品中符号的突发性频繁度。他利用香农的量化信息理论,通过计算作品中符号的信息内容和冗余度,为信息美学提供了更为细化的分析工具。他的贡献使得信息美学的量化更加丰富,并推动了美学信息理论的发展。

      5. Rul Gunzenhäuser(鲁尔·冈岑豪泽)

      • 简介: Rul Gunzenhäuser 是一位研究美学和信息理论的学者,他将Birkhoff的美学公式与信息理论结合,提出了通过信息理论量化艺术作品的复杂度和秩序的理论框架。

      • 与信息美学的关系: Gunzenhäuser基于信息理论对Birkhoff的公式进行了解读,提出将复杂度与秩序转化为信息量冗余度,并通过信息内容的最大化与冗余度最小化来衡量美学对象的美学价值。他的工作为信息美学提供了进一步的数学化手段,推动了信息美学理论的深入发展。

      总结:

      这些学者在信息美学中的贡献各具特色,但共同点是他们都试图将美学量化,通过数学模型信息理论对艺术作品进行客观的评价。Max Bense 和 Abraham Moles 是信息美学的主要奠基人,他们的理论分别侧重于理性化的美学标准美学信息的心理学层面;Birkhoff则为其提供了数学上的支持,通过秩序与复杂度的比率来量化美学;而Helmar Frank 和Rul Gunzenhäuser则进一步深化了信息美学的数学化,将信息理论的工具引入美学测量。

    2. 信息美学取得哪些成果与影响

      在论文《信息美学:一次英雄实验》中,信息美学作为一个学术流派,虽然最终未能长久维持其影响力,但它仍然在多个方面取得了重要成果,并对后来的艺术理论和技术发展产生了深远的影响。以下是文中提到的信息美学的主要成果与影响

      1. 提出了美学的客观测量标准

      • 信息美学的核心成果之一是尝试通过数学和信息理论的工具,提出一个客观的美学测量标准。其基本假设是通过秩序复杂度这两个参数来衡量艺术作品的美学价值。
      • 这种标准化的尝试是前所未有的,基于信息理论的量化方法让美学评价从主观经验的束缚中解放出来,追求更加理性客观的评判方式。
      • 例如,Birkhoff的公式(秩序度与复杂度的比率)被转化为信息理论的术语,进一步推动了美学的数学化。

      2. 将信息理论应用于艺术与美学

      • 信息美学的一大影响是将信息理论应用于艺术和美学中,尤其是将香农信息理论(Shannon's Information Theory)与艺术作品的美学信息相结合。
      • 通过这种方式,美学不仅仅依赖于感性判断,而是尝试从信息量冗余度等信息学的角度来量化艺术作品的美学属性。这种结合为现代艺术与美学研究提供了新的视角和方法论。

      3. 推动了生成艺术(Generative Art)的发展

      • 生成艺术作为信息美学的延伸,得到了重要推动。通过生成美学的理论框架,艺术家和设计师开始尝试算法生成艺术,即使用程序和数学模型来创作艺术作品。
      • 这种方法标志着艺术创作过程的算法化,为后来的数字艺术计算机艺术互动艺术的发展铺平了道路。
      • 比如,早期的计算机生成艺术就受到了信息美学的启发,艺术家们使用计算机程序生成图像,这些图像是根据预定的美学标准和算法生成的,具有很强的系统性和结构性。

      4. 影响了设计与艺术教育

      • 信息美学不仅影响了艺术家和设计师,还对艺术教育产生了影响。在1960年代,斯图加特学派斯特拉斯堡学派的学者(如Max Bense和Abraham Moles)对艺术教育进行了理论上的探讨,尤其是在设计和艺术创作的理性化系统化方面。
      • 这一影响促使了当时的一些艺术学生和年轻知识分子深入思考艺术创作背后的数学和逻辑结构,推动了艺术与科技的结合
      • 同时,信息美学的概念和方法也对美学理论的教育产生了影响,尤其是对生成设计计算设计的学科影响深远。

      5. 催生了对艺术品评价方法的反思

      • 信息美学的倡导者提出了一种新的艺术评价标准,即从客观的数学模型出发,而非单纯依赖观众的主观感受或传统的艺术评价标准。
      • 尽管这一方法因其简化主义和程序化的局限性未能长期流行,但它促使学术界对艺术评价标准进行深入反思,并推动了对算法化评价艺术作品的探索。
      • 尤其在当今的数字艺术生成艺术领域,信息美学的理念仍然对如何理解和评估艺术作品产生影响。

      6. 对后来的数字艺术和互动艺术的影响

      • 信息美学的思想为后来的数字艺术互动艺术提供了理论支持。在这些领域,艺术作品不再仅仅是静态的图像或雕塑,而是通过算法、代码、计算机程序等动态生成的。
      • 例如,现代的互动艺术网络艺术,许多作品依赖于计算机程序生成内容或与观众互动,这些都受到信息美学生成美学和算法创作的启发。

      7. 提出了艺术品的客观化评估方法

      • 信息美学尝试通过信息量秩序度复杂度等参数来对艺术品进行客观化的评估,这推动了对艺术品创作过程、设计过程及其审美价值的系统性分析。
      • 尽管这一方法存在局限,但它为后来的算法艺术数据艺术的创作方法提供了思想来源,尤其在当今的计算机艺术生成设计领域,这一方法的影响依然存在。

      总结:

      信息美学在20世纪60年代的提出,为艺术和美学领域引入了数学化信息论的思想,提出了一种新的艺术测量标准,并在艺术创作、教育和理论研究中产生了广泛的影响。尽管它的理论过于简化和程序化,最终未能长久维持影响力,但它对生成艺术数字艺术算法艺术等后现代艺术形式的出现与发展起到了重要的推动作用。

    3. 内容简介

      以下是从文章《信息美学:一次英雄实验》中提取的要点:

      1. 客观美学与信息理论
      2. 信息美学试图建立一个基于数学严谨性的理性客观美学理论,特别通过信息理论符号学传播理论
      3. 其核心思想是使用统计信息的概念(由Claude E. Shannon提出)作为客观衡量美学的数学基础,目标是创建一个客观的美学衡量标准,类似于用温度计测量温度。

      4. 基本假设

      5. 一般性和客观性特征是美学对象的特征,使得美学测量成为可能。
      6. 美学状态是对象的物质载体,这种美学状态独立于主观观察者
      7. 美学现实是共现实;它超越了对象的物理现实,并在传播过程中发挥作用。
      8. 该方法使用数学公式,如香农的信息测量来量化美学价值,依赖于统计概率和冗余。

      9. 数学基础

      10. 美学测量来自于对象的秩序度与复杂度的比率(基于Birkhoff的公式),并转化为信息理论术语。
      11. 数学模型假定对象是一个由基础符号构成的复杂符号,其信息内容由概率分布定义。

      12. 美学对象与评价

      13. 引入了生成美学的概念,转移了焦点从分析现有作品到根据美学衡量标准生成新作品。
      14. 美学过程包括创作评价两个阶段。在实践中,艺术家的创作与社会的感知将对象转化为艺术。

      15. 批判与缺陷

      16. 该方法被认为是简化主义程式化的,过分依赖定量测量,忽视了主观和感性经验
      17. 假设美学价值可以简化为数学测量的观点失败了,因为它忽略了情境、参与和人类感知的动态特性的重要性。
      18. 信息美学中使用的简化模型(即信息从源头到接收者的传播)不足以理解人类艺术感知的复杂性。

      19. 生成美学与计算机艺术

      20. 生成美学的转变标志着从分析到通过算法创作艺术的转变。
      21. 计算机生成艺术的早期实验开始出现,设计了生成符合预定美学测量标准的作品的程序。
      22. 一个关键的进展是算法艺术,程序基于一组数学参数生成艺术,实际上将科学方法引入人文学科。

      23. 失败与遗产

      24. 尽管最初激起了兴奋,信息美学因其过于理性化的方式而逐渐消失,这种方式未能考虑到艺术的主观和情境性。
      25. 信息美学的遗产体现在它对生成艺术计算机艺术以及更广泛的算法创意探索的贡献,尽管其基础假设存在缺陷。

      26. 结论

      27. 信息美学是一个雄心勃勃的尝试,旨在通过数学模型衡量艺术的美学价值。然而,它的失败表明,试图算法化定义艺术有其局限性,并且在美学中平衡客观测量与主观、人类经验的重要性。

      这些要点总结了文章的内容,提供了信息美学理论的背景、假设、批判以及它在生成艺术领域的持久影响。

    1. synthèse basé sur les sources que vous avez fournies, rédigé en français.

      Document de Synthèse: Importation et Exportation de Données (CSV et Excel) dans Tabletop Creator

      Introduction

      Ce document résume les principaux thèmes et informations clés concernant l'importation et l'exportation de données en utilisant les formats CSV et Excel dans Tabletop Creator. Il met en évidence les options de configuration, de filtrage, de formatage des données et de cartographie (mapping), ainsi que les aspects à considérer pour assurer une importation/exportation réussie.

      1. Localisation des Options d'Import/Export

      CSV: Les options d'importation et d'exportation CSV se trouvent dans la zone "Set/Item Properties", accessible via le menu "More Options". Excel: Les options d'importation et d'exportation Excel se trouvent dans l'écran "Components". 2. Exportation de Données

      2.1. Options de Contenu des Données

      Les deux formats offrent des options similaires pour sélectionner les propriétés à inclure dans l'export:

      Quantité de l'élément ("Item amount"). Valeur principale du panneau ("panel main value"). Visibilité du panneau ("panel visible property"). Couleur du panneau ("panel color"). Couleur de fond/remplissage du panneau ("panel background / fill color"). Propriétés avancées du panneau ("panel advanced properties"). 2.2. Options de Filtrage des Données

      Les deux formats permettent de filtrer les données exportées :

      Inclusion des valeurs du blueprint ("Include blueprint values"). Inclusion des valeurs par défaut du blueprint ("Include blueprint default property values"). Inclusion des panneaux non éditables du blueprint ("Include non-editable blueprint panels"). Inclusion des détails non référencés par le blueprint ("Include details not referenced by the blueprint"). Suppression des propriétés de détail de colonne inutilisées ("Skip unused column detail properties"), pour réduire la redondance. 2.3. Options de Formatage des Données

      Les options de formatage des données comprennent :

      Inclusion des noms de détails dans la première ligne (en-tête) : "Include detail names in the first row" Tri des colonnes par nom de détail : "Sort columns by detail name" Forcer le panneau principal à être trié comme première colonne : "Force main panel to be sorted as the first column" (Excel seulement) Formatage des cellules NULL avec une couleur gris clair : "Format NULL cells with light gray color" 3. Importation de Données

      3.1. Configuration Générale

      Les deux formats nécessitent une configuration avant l'importation :

      Indiquer si la première ligne contient les noms de colonnes ("First row contains the column names"). Cette information est essentielle pour le fonctionnement de la fonctionnalité d'auto-mapping. Choisir si l'on doit supprimer tous les éléments existants avant l'importation (mode remplacement) : "Delete all Items before importing (replace mode)". Définir si les éléments existants doivent être mis à jour en utilisant la valeur du panneau principal du blueprint comme identifiant d'élément : "Update existing items in the set using the blueprint main panel as item ID". Spécifier si toutes les valeurs des propriétés doivent être écrasées, y compris les valeurs NULL du fichier (CSV ou Excel) : "Override all property values, including null values from the CSV" / "Override all property values including null values from the Excel". 3.2. Auto-Mapping

      Tabletop Creator offre une fonctionnalité d'auto-mapping qui tente de faire correspondre automatiquement les colonnes du fichier importé aux données du Set. Pour que l'auto-mapping fonctionne correctement :

      CSV: Les noms des colonnes doivent suivre un certain format ( [Item Amount], detail_name, detail_name:property_name). Excel: Les feuilles Excel doivent être nommées selon le format set_name@blueprint_name, et les colonnes doivent respecter les mêmes formats que pour le CSV. Il est possible de réinitialiser l'auto-mapping si nécessaire.

      3.3. Data Mapping Manuel

      L'utilisateur a la possibilité d'ajuster manuellement les correspondances pour chaque colonne, en spécifiant le panneau cible et la propriété concernée. Des icônes d'avertissement ⚠️ signalent les erreurs potentielles.

      Exemples d'avertissements courants :

      CSV:Nombre irrégulier de colonnes. Colonnes non mappées. Noms de détails inexistants (ils seront créés). Propriétés non utilisées (elles seront importées). Mappage dupliqué. Excel:Feuille Excel non mappée à aucun set. Nom de Set inexistant (sera créé). Les mêmes erreurs que CSV. 4. Format de Données Compris

      CSV: "Comma-Separated Values". Chaque ligne représente un enregistrement, et les valeurs sont séparées par des virgules. Les caractères spéciaux doivent être entourés de guillemets doubles. Excel: Format XLSX (OOXML). Les formats plus anciens comme XLS ne sont pas pris en charge. An important consideration is that when a cell in Excel contains no data (an empty string), it is treated as NULL. If you need to override a property in your item with an empty string as its value, the cell must contain the Unicode character U+200B (Zero width space). Conclusion

      L'importation et l'exportation de données via CSV et Excel dans Tabletop Creator offrent une grande flexibilité. Il est crucial de comprendre les options de configuration, de filtrage et de mapping pour garantir l'intégrité des données. La résolution des avertissements avant l'importation est fortement conseillée.

    1. synthèse basé sur les sources que vous avez fournies, rédigé en français.

      Document de Synthèse: Importation et Exportation de Données (CSV et Excel) dans Tabletop Creator

      Introduction

      Ce document résume les principaux thèmes et informations clés concernant l'importation et l'exportation de données en utilisant les formats CSV et Excel dans Tabletop Creator. Il met en évidence les options de configuration, de filtrage, de formatage des données et de cartographie (mapping), ainsi que les aspects à considérer pour assurer une importation/exportation réussie.

      1. Localisation des Options d'Import/Export

      CSV: Les options d'importation et d'exportation CSV se trouvent dans la zone "Set/Item Properties", accessible via le menu "More Options". Excel: Les options d'importation et d'exportation Excel se trouvent dans l'écran "Components". 2. Exportation de Données

      2.1. Options de Contenu des Données

      Les deux formats offrent des options similaires pour sélectionner les propriétés à inclure dans l'export:

      Quantité de l'élément ("Item amount"). Valeur principale du panneau ("panel main value"). Visibilité du panneau ("panel visible property"). Couleur du panneau ("panel color"). Couleur de fond/remplissage du panneau ("panel background / fill color"). Propriétés avancées du panneau ("panel advanced properties"). 2.2. Options de Filtrage des Données

      Les deux formats permettent de filtrer les données exportées :

      Inclusion des valeurs du blueprint ("Include blueprint values"). Inclusion des valeurs par défaut du blueprint ("Include blueprint default property values"). Inclusion des panneaux non éditables du blueprint ("Include non-editable blueprint panels"). Inclusion des détails non référencés par le blueprint ("Include details not referenced by the blueprint"). Suppression des propriétés de détail de colonne inutilisées ("Skip unused column detail properties"), pour réduire la redondance. 2.3. Options de Formatage des Données

      Les options de formatage des données comprennent :

      Inclusion des noms de détails dans la première ligne (en-tête) : "Include detail names in the first row" Tri des colonnes par nom de détail : "Sort columns by detail name" Forcer le panneau principal à être trié comme première colonne : "Force main panel to be sorted as the first column" (Excel seulement) Formatage des cellules NULL avec une couleur gris clair : "Format NULL cells with light gray color" 3. Importation de Données

      3.1. Configuration Générale

      Les deux formats nécessitent une configuration avant l'importation :

      Indiquer si la première ligne contient les noms de colonnes ("First row contains the column names"). Cette information est essentielle pour le fonctionnement de la fonctionnalité d'auto-mapping. Choisir si l'on doit supprimer tous les éléments existants avant l'importation (mode remplacement) : "Delete all Items before importing (replace mode)". Définir si les éléments existants doivent être mis à jour en utilisant la valeur du panneau principal du blueprint comme identifiant d'élément : "Update existing items in the set using the blueprint main panel as item ID". Spécifier si toutes les valeurs des propriétés doivent être écrasées, y compris les valeurs NULL du fichier (CSV ou Excel) : "Override all property values, including null values from the CSV" / "Override all property values including null values from the Excel". 3.2. Auto-Mapping

      Tabletop Creator offre une fonctionnalité d'auto-mapping qui tente de faire correspondre automatiquement les colonnes du fichier importé aux données du Set. Pour que l'auto-mapping fonctionne correctement :

      CSV: Les noms des colonnes doivent suivre un certain format ( [Item Amount], detail_name, detail_name:property_name). Excel: Les feuilles Excel doivent être nommées selon le format set_name@blueprint_name, et les colonnes doivent respecter les mêmes formats que pour le CSV. Il est possible de réinitialiser l'auto-mapping si nécessaire.

      3.3. Data Mapping Manuel

      L'utilisateur a la possibilité d'ajuster manuellement les correspondances pour chaque colonne, en spécifiant le panneau cible et la propriété concernée. Des icônes d'avertissement ⚠️ signalent les erreurs potentielles.

      Exemples d'avertissements courants :

      CSV:Nombre irrégulier de colonnes. Colonnes non mappées. Noms de détails inexistants (ils seront créés). Propriétés non utilisées (elles seront importées). Mappage dupliqué. Excel:Feuille Excel non mappée à aucun set. Nom de Set inexistant (sera créé). Les mêmes erreurs que CSV. 4. Format de Données Compris

      CSV: "Comma-Separated Values". Chaque ligne représente un enregistrement, et les valeurs sont séparées par des virgules. Les caractères spéciaux doivent être entourés de guillemets doubles. Excel: Format XLSX (OOXML). Les formats plus anciens comme XLS ne sont pas pris en charge. An important consideration is that when a cell in Excel contains no data (an empty string), it is treated as NULL. If you need to override a property in your item with an empty string as its value, the cell must contain the Unicode character U+200B (Zero width space). Conclusion

      L'importation et l'exportation de données via CSV et Excel dans Tabletop Creator offrent une grande flexibilité. Il est crucial de comprendre les options de configuration, de filtrage et de mapping pour garantir l'intégrité des données. La résolution des avertissements avant l'importation est fortement conseillée.

    1. {2"id": "pout_F681qslJ3ba70q",3"entity": "payout",4"fund_account_id": "fa_F681qr6Bqy1Je7",5"fund_account": {6"id": "fa_F681qr6Bqy1Je7",7"entity": "fund_account",8"contact_id": "cont_F681qmU11CfPDl",9"contact": {10"id": "cont_F681qmU11CfPDl",11"entity": "contact",

      Indentation is wrong

    1. REFERENC ESAdekoya, O. B., Oliyide, J. A., Yaya, O. S., & Al-Faryan, M. A. S. (2022).Does oil connect differently with prominent assets during war? Analy-sis of intra-day data during the Russia-Ukraine saga. Resources Policy,77, 102728.Aguinis, H., Cope, A., & Martin, U. M. (2022). On the parable of the man-agement scholars and the Russia–Ukraine war. British Journal of Man-agement, (in press), 33, 1668–1672.Ahmed, S., Hasan, M. M., & Kamal, M. R. (2022). Russia–Ukraine crisis:The effects on the European stock market. European Financial Man-agement (in press).AkÇalI, E., & Görmüs¸, E. (2021). Business people in war times, the ‘fluidcapital’ and the ‘shy diaspora’: The case of Syrians in Turkey. Journalof Refugee Studies, 34(3), 2891–2911.Alyukov, M. (2022). Making sense of the news in an authoritarian regime:Russian television viewers' reception of the Russia-Ukraine conflict.Europe-Asia Studies, 74(3), 337–359.Behnassi, M., & El Haiba, M. (2022). Implications of the Russia–Ukrainewar for global food security. Nature Human Behaviour, 6, 1–2.Boston, W. (2022, March 3). Ukraine war plunges auto makers into newsupply-chain crisis. Wall Street Journal, 3. https://www.wsj.com/articles/ukraine-war-plunges-auto-makers-into-new-supply-chain-crisis-11646309152Boungou, W., & Yatie, A. (2022). The impact of the Ukraine-Russia war onworld stock market returns. Economics Letters, 215, 1–3.Cai, H., Bai, W., Zheng, Y., Zhang, L., Cheung, T., Su, Z., … Xiang, Y. T.(2022). International collaboration for addressing mental health crisisamong child and adolescent refugees during the Russia-Ukraine war.Asian Journal of Psychiatry, 72, 103109.Casson, M., & Li, Y. (2022). Complexity in international business: Theimplications for theory. Journal of International Business Studies(in press).Chapra, M. U. (2011). The global financial crisis: Some suggestions forreform of the global financial architecture in the light of Islamicfinance. Thunderbird International Business Review, 53(5),565–579.Cumming, D. J. (2022). Management scholarship and the Russia-Ukrainewar. British Journal of Management, (in press), 33, 1663–1667.Curran, L., & Zignago, S. (2011). The financial crisis and trade—Keyimpacts, interactions, and outcomes. Thunderbird International BusinessReview, 53(2), 115–128.Dombo, E. A. (2022). War, religion, and social work. Journal of Religion &Spirituality in Social Work: Social Thought, 41, 121–122.Grossi, G., & Vakulenko, V. (2022). New development: Accounting forhuman-made disasters- comparative analysis of the support toUkraine in times of war. Public Money & Management (in press).Haukkala, H. (2015). From cooperative to contested Europe? Theconflict in Ukraine as a culmination of a long-term crisis inEU-Russia relations. Journal of Contemporary European Studies,23(1), 25–40.Higgins-Desbiolles, F. (2022). The question of solidarity in tourism. Journalof Policy Research in Tourism, Leisure and Events, 1(1), 1–10.Jackson, T. (2022). Engaging with contemporary issues: Should we studywar? International Journal of Cross-Cultural Management, 22(1), 3–6.Johannesson, J., & Clowes, D. (2022). Energy resources and markets –Perspectives on the Russia–Ukraine war. European Review, 30(1),4–23.Kammer, A., Azour, J., Selassie, A. A., Goldfajn, I., & Rhee, C. (2022, March,15). How war in Ukraine is reverberating across world's regions. IMF,2022. In press.Kayed, R. N., & Hassan, M. K. (2011). The global financial crisis andIslamic finance. Thunderbird International Business Review, 53(5),551–564.Lichterman, A. (2022). The peace movement and the Ukraine war: Whereto now? Journal for Peace and Nuclear Disarmament, 5, 1–13.Lim, M., Chin, M. W. C., Ee, Y. S., Fung, C. Y., Giang, C. S., Heng, K. S., …Weissmann, M. A. (2022). What is at stake in a war? A prospectiveevaluation of the Ukraine and Russian conflict for business and soci-ety. Global Business and Organizational Excellence, 1–14. In press.Markus, S. (2017). Oligarchs and corruption in Putin's Russia: Of sand cas-tles and geopolitical volunteering. Georgetown Journal of InternationalAffairs, 18, 26–32.Markus, S. (2022). Long-term business implications of Russia's war inUkraine. Asian Business & Management (in press).Mendez, A., Forcadell, F. J., & Horiachko, K. (2022). Russia–Ukraine crisis:China's belt road initiative at the crossroads. Asian Business & Manage-ment, 21(4), 488–496.Michailova, S. (2022). An attempt to understand the war in Ukraine–Anescalation of commitment perspective. British Journal of Management,(in press), 33, 1673–1677.Orhan, E. (2022). The effects of the Russia-Ukraine war on global trade.Journal of International Trade, Logistics and Law, 8(1), 141–146.Owens, M. (2022). Exploiting bullets: International business and thedynamics of war. Critical Perspectives on International Business(in press).Pattit, J., & Pattit, K. (2022). Responding to crisis: World war 2, COVID-19, and the business school. Business and Society Review, 127,319–342.Richard, C., Burdekin, K., & Siklos, P. (2022). Armageddon and the stock mar-ket: US, Canadian and Mexican market responses to the 1962 Cubanmissile crisis. Quarterly Review of Economics Finance, 84, 112–117.Sahebalzamani, S., Jørgensen, E. J. B., Bertella, G., & Nilsen, E. R. (2022). Adynamic capabilities approach to business model innovation in timesof crisis. Tourism Planning & Development, 1–24. In press.Siddi, M. (2022). The partnership that failed: EU-Russia relations and thewar in Ukraine. Journal of European Integration, 44, 1–6.Sigurjonsson, T. O., & Mixa, M. W. (2011). Learning from the “worstbehaved”: Iceland's financial crisis and the Nordic comparison. Thun-derbird International Business Review, 53(2), 209–223.Teagarden, M. B., & Hinrichs, M. A. (2009). Learning from toys: Reflectionson the 2007 recall crisis. Thunderbird International Business Review,51(1), 5–17.Titov, A. (2022). The impact of the Ukraine war on Russia. Political Insight,13(2), 32–36.Umar, Z., Polat, O., Choi, S. Y., & Teplova, T. (2022). The impact of theRussia-Ukraine conflict on the connectedness of financial markets.Finance Research Letters, 102976. In press.UNCTAD. (2022). Trade and Development Report.United Nations. (2022). Global impact of war in Ukraine on food, energyand finance systems (Brief No 1).Wise, J. (2022). Ukraine conflict: Global research community reviews linkswith Russia. BMJ, 376, o637. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.0637Zahra, S. A. (2022). Institutional change and international entrepreneurshipafter the war in Ukraine. British Journal of Management, (in press), 33,1689–1693.Zhang, C., & Gao, H. (2022). Managing business-to-business disruptions:Surviving and thriving in the face of challenges. Industrial MarketingManagement, 105, 72–78.270 COMMENTARY

      many sources used throughout. could show not much original research.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer 1

      Major issue #1. Regarding the conclusions on IRE1 signaling, both yeast species have different IRE1 activities (https://elifesciences.org/articles/00048), the total deletion of IRE1 in S pombe appears to indicate that expansion of perinuclear ER is independent of IRE1, however since IRE1 signaling has exclusively a negative impact on mRNA expression, it might be relevant to identify mRNA whose expression is stabilized under those circumstances and evaluate whether those could confer a mechanism which would also yield perinuclear ER expansion (eg differential deregulation of ER stress controlled lipid biosynthesis required for lipid membrane synthesis). In S. cerevisiae, do the authors observe HAC1 mRNA splicing?

      We have not tested whether HAC1 mRNA is processed in S. cerevisiae.

      In addition, as requested by the reviewers, we reassessed our RNA-seq data and compared it with data from (Kimmig et al., 2012) (UPR activation in S. pombe), which added a new layer of data that reinforces the differences between the transcriptomic responses induced by HU and DIA and the canonical UPR. The following information is now included in the paper (page 26, highlighted in blue):

      “We further compared our transcriptomic data with that obtained by Kimmig et al. from DTT- treated S. pombe cells. When we compared the genes that were downregulated in our conditions with the ones described by Kimmig et al. (FC≤-1), we found no similarities between HU treatment (75 mM HU for 150 minutes) and UPR-induced downregulation, and only three genes ( ist2, efn1 and xpa1) all of them encode for transmembrane proteins, were common with DIA treatment (3 mM DIA for 60 minutes). Additionally, ist2 and xpa1, but not efn1, are considered Ire1-dependent downregulated genes and are located in the ER. These results show that HU- or DIA- induced transcriptomic programs are different from UPR, as they do not heavily rely on mRNA decay and favor gene overexpression. Interestingly, we found similarities between genes showed to be upregulated more that twofold by DTT in Kimmig et al., and HU and DIA conditions. When the two N-Cap-inducing conditions were compared with DTT, we found eight common upregulated genes (frp1, plr1, SPCC663.08c, srx1, gst2, str3, caf5 and hsp16) mostly involved in reduction processes and the chaperone Hsp16 which suggests folding stress”.

      Major issue #2. The authors indicate that HU and DIA lead to thiol stress, it might be relevant to evaluate the thiol-redox status of major secretory proteins in S. pombe (or even cargo reporters if necessary) to fully document the stress impact on global protein redox status.

      We agree with the reviewer that it is important to determine the redox and the functional state of the secretory pathway in our conditions to fully understand the cellular consequences of these treatments, especially in the case of HU, as it is routinely used in clinics. In this context, we have already included new data showing that HU or DIA treatment leads to alterations in the Golgi apparatus and in the distribution of secretory proteins (Figures 3A-B). In addition, we are currently performing mass spectrometry experiment to detect protein glutathionylation in our conditions, as it has been previously shown that DIA treatment leads to glutathionylation of key ER proteins such as Bip1, Pdi or Ero1 (Lind et al., 2002; Wang & Sevier, 2016), which might by reproduced upon HU treatment. Finally, we plan to test the folding and processing of specific secretory cargoes by western blot in our experimental conditions (See below, Reviewer 2, Major issue #1).

      What happens if HU-treated yeast cells are grown in the presence of n-acetyl cysteine?

      We have tested whether the addition of this antioxidant could prevent and/or revert the N-Cap phenotype. We found that NAC in combination with HU increased N-Cap incidence (Figure 5H). As NAC is a GSH precursor and we find that GSH is required to develop the phenotype of N-Cap (Figure 5A-B, D, G), this result further supports that the HU-induced cellular damage might involve ectopic glutathionylation of proteins.

      Unfortunately, we have not tested NAC in combination with DIA, as NAC seems to reduce DIA as soon as they get in contact, as judged by the change in the characteristic orange color of DIA, the same that happens when we combine GSH and DIA (Supplementary Figure 5A-B).

      In this regard, the following information has been added to the manuscript (page 30, highlighted in blue):

      “We also tested GSH addition to the medium in combination with either HU or DIA. When mixed with DIA, we noticed that the color of the culture changed after GSH addition (Figure S5A), which suggests that GSH and DIA can interact extracellularly, thus preventing us from being able to draw conclusions from those experiments. On the other hand, combining GSH with HU increased N-Cap incidence (Figure 5G), as expected based on our previous observations. Additionally, we checked whether the addition of the antioxidant N-acetyl cysteine (NAC), a GSH precursor, impacted upon the N-Cap phenotype. The results were the same as with GSH addition: when combined with HU, NAC increased N-Cap incidence (Figure 5H), whereas in combination, the two compounds interacted extracellularly (Figure S5B). These data align with NAC being a precursor of GSH, as incrementing GSH levels augments the penetrance of the HU-induced phenotype”.

      Major issue #3. The appearance of cytosolic aggregates is intriguing, do the authors have any idea on the nature of the protein aggregates?

      DIA is a strong oxidant, and HU treatment results in the production of reactive oxygen species (ROS). Therefore, one hypothesis would be that cytoplasmic chaperone foci represent oxidized and/or misfolded soluble proteins. Indeed, in this revised version of the manuscript we have included data showing that guk1-9-GFP and Rho1.C17R-GFP soluble reporters of misfolding accumulate in cytoplasmic foci upon HU or DIA treatment that colocalize with Hsp104 (Figure 4I-J, pages 23-24 and 29), which demonstrate that cytoplasmic chaperone foci contain misfolded proteins. We have also tested if they contain Vgl1, which is one of the main components of heat shock induced stress granules in S. pombe (Wen et al., 2010). However, we found that HU or DIA-induced foci lacked this stress granule marker, and indeed Vgl1 did not form any foci in response to these treatments. Therefore, our aggregates differ from the canonical stress-induced granules.

      Are those resulting from proficient retrotranslocation or reflux of misfolded proteins from the ER?

      To test whether these cytosolic aggregates result from retrotranslocation from the ER, we plan to use the vacuolar Carboxipeptidase Y mutant reporter CPY*, which is misfolded. This misfolded protein is imported into the ER lumen but does not reach the vacuole. Instead, it is retrotranslocated to the cytoplasm, where it is ubiquitinated and degraded by the proteasome (Mukaiyama et al., 2012). We will analyze by fluorescence microscopy the localization of CPY*´-GFP and Hsp104-containing aggregates upon HU or DIA treatment and with or without proteasome inhibitors. We can also test the levels, processing and ubiquitination of CPY*-GFP by western blot, as ubiquitination of retrotranslocated proteins occurs once they are in the cytoplasm.

      Are those aggregates membrane bound or do they correspond to aggresomes as initially defined? The Walter lab has demonstrated a tight balance between ER phagy and ER membrane expansion (https://journals.plos.org/plosbiology/article?id=10.1371/journal.pbio.0040423), which could also impact on the presence of protein aggregates in the cytosol.

      Our results suggest that these aggregates are not bound to ER membranes, as they do not appear in close proximity to the ER area marked by mCherry-AHDL in fluorescence microscopy images.

      To fully rule out this possibility, we have tested whether these Hsp104-aggregates colocalized with ER transmembrane proteins Rtn1 and Yop1, and with Gma12-GFP that marks the Golgi apparatus. In none of the cases the Hsp104-containing aggregates colocalized or were surrounded by membranes. This information will be added to the final version of the manuscript.

      With respect to autophagy, we have tested whether deletion of key genes involved in autophagy affected the N-Cap phenotype. To this end, we used deletions of vac8 and atg8 in strains expressing Cut11-GFP and/or mCherry-AHDL and found that none of them affected N-Cap formation. These data suggest that the core machinery of autophagy is not critical for HU/DIA-induced ER expansion. We plan to include this data in the final version of the manuscript along with the rest of experiments proposed.

      To get deeper insights and to fully rule out a possible contribution of macro-autophagy to the HU- and DIA-induced phenotypes, we plan to analyze by western blot whether GFP-Atg8 is induced and cleaved upon HU or DIA treatments which would be indicative of macroautophagy activation.

      To test whether the cytoplasmic aggregates are the result of an imbalance between ER-expansion and ER-phagy we plan to analyze the localization of GFP-Atg8 and Hsp104-RFP in the atg7Δ mutant, impaired in the core macro-autophagy machinery. In these conditions, the number or size of the cytoplasmic aggregates might be impacted.

      On the other hand, it has been recently shown that an ER-selective microautophagy occurs in yeasts upon ER stress (Schäfer et al., 2020; Schuck et al., 2014). This micro-ER-phagy involves the direct uptake of ER membranes into lysosomes, is independent of the core autophagy machinery and depends on the ESCRT system and is influenced by the Nem1-Spo7 phosphatase. ESCRT directly functions in scission of the lysosomal membrane to complete the uptake of the ER membrane. Interestingly, N-Caps are fragmented in the absence of cmp7 and specially in the absence of vps4 or lem2, the nuclear adaptor of the ESCRT (Figure 3E), We had initially interpreted these results as the need to maintain nuclear membrane identity during the process of ER expansion (Kume et al., 2019); however, the appearance of fragmented ER upon HU treatment in the absence of ESCRT might also be due to an inability to complete microautophagic uptake of ER membranes. To test this hypothesis, we plan to analyze whether the fragmented ER in these conditions co-localize with lysosome/vacuole markers.

      Major issue #4. Nucleotide depletion was previously shown to lead to HSP16 expression through activation of the spc1 MAPK pathway (https://academic.oup.com/nar/article/29/14/3030/2383924), one might think that HU (or diamide) could lead to this through a nucleotide dependent mechanism and not necessary through a thiol-redox protein misfolding stress. This issue has to be sorted out to ensure that the HSP effect is independent of nucleotide depletion.

      As stated in (Taricani et al., 2001), hsp16 expression is strongly induced in a cdc22-M45 mutant background. We performed experiments in this mutant that were included in the original version of the manuscript and remain in the current version (Sup. Fig. 2C) and, under restrictive conditions, we do not see spontaneous N-Cap formation. If Hsp16 overexpression and nucleotide depletion were key to the mechanism triggering N-Cap appearance, we would expect this mutant to eventually form N-Caps when placed at restrictive temperature. Furthermore, Taricani et al. show that Hsp16 expression was abolished in a Δatf1 mutant background in the presence of HU, and we found that this mutant is still able to produce N-Caps in HU; therefore, our results strongly suggest that the phenotype of N-cap is independent on the MAPK pathway and on the expression of hsp16.

      Minor issues

      1. __P1 - UPR = Unfolded Protein Response: __Corrected in the manuscript
      2. 2__. P22 - HSP upregulation "might" be indicative of a folding stress:__ Corrected in the manuscript
      3. __ The abstract does not reflect the findings presented in the manuscript. In addition, I would recommend the authors revise the storytelling in their manuscript to push forward the message on either the specific phenotype associated with perinuclear ER or on the characterization of protein misfolding stress.__ We have modified the abstract to better reflect our findings and will further revise our arguments in the final version of the manuscript once we have the results of the experiments proposed

      Reviewer 2

      Major issue #1. The authors state the cytoplasmic and ER folding are both disrupted. The impact on ER protein biogenesis would be bolstered with some biochemical data focused on the folding of one or more nascent secretory proteins. Is disulfide bond formation and/or protein folding indeed disrupted?

      We have addressed the status of secretion in cells treated with HU or DIA by assessing the morphology of the Golgi apparatus and the localization of several secretory proteins by fluorescence microscopy and found that both HU and DIA treatments impact the secretion system. In addition, we plan on addressing the redox status of ER proteins (Bip1, Pdi or Ero1) by biochemical approaches. Please see the answer to major issue #2 from reviewer 1.

      We will also analyze by western blot the biogenesis and processing of the wildtype vacuolar Carboxypeptidase Y (Cpy1-GFP) and/or alkaline phosphase (Pho8-GFP), two widely used markers to test the functionality of the ER/endomembrane system.

      Major issue #2. Increased signal of Bip1 in the expanded perinuclear ER is shown and is suggested as consistent with immobilization of BiP upon binding of misfolded proteins. The authors suggest that this increased signal must reflect Bip1 redistribution because "Bip1 levels are constant". Yet, the western image (Figure 4B) looks to show increased level of Bip1 protein up HU treatment. Given the abundance of Bip1 in cells, it seems possible that a two-fold increase in newly synthesized proteins in the perinuclear region may account for the increased signal. These original data cited by the authors uses photobleaching (not just fluorescence intensity) to show a change in crowding / mobility, which the authors should consider to support their conclusion. Alternatively, a detected increased engagement of Bip1 with substrates (e.g. pulldown experiment) would be similarly strengthening.

      This same issue arose with reviewer 3, so we decided to change the image of the western blot showing another one with less exposure and added a quantification showing that Bip1-GFP levels remain mostly constant between control conditions and treatments with HU and DIA.

      We have also performed the suggested photobleaching experiment to analyze potential changes in crowding and mobility in Bip1-GFP upon HU treatment. We found that Bip1-GFP signal recovers after photobleaching the perinuclear ER in HU-treated cells that had not yet expanded the ER, showing that Bip1-GFP is dynamic in these conditions. However, Bip1-GFP signal did not recover after photobleaching the whole N-Cap in cells that had fully developed the expanded perinuclear ER phenotype, whereas it did recover when only half of the N-Cap region was bleached. This suggests that Bip1-GFP is mobile within the expanded perinuclear ER but cannot freely diffuse between the cortical and the perinuclear ER once the N-Cap is formed.

      These data have been included in the revised version of the manuscript, in figure 4B, sup. figures 4A-B, and in page 22.

      Major issue #3. It is curious that cycloheximide (CHX) has a distinct impact on HU versus DIA treatment. Blocking protein synthesis with CHX exacerbates the phenotype with DIA, but not HU. The authors use the data with CHX to argue that their drug treatments are interfering with folding during synthesis and translation into the ER. If so, what is the rationale as to why CHX treatment decreases expansion upon HU treatment? Relatedly, is protein synthesis and/or ER import impacted upon treatment with HU and/or DIA?

      As all three reviewers had comments about the CHX and Pm-related data, we revised those experiments and noticed a phenotype occurring upon HU+CHX treatment that had gone unnoticed previously and that changed our understanding about the effect of these drugs on the ER. Briefly, we noticed that, although CHX treatment decreases the HU-induced expansion of the perinuclear ER, it indeed induced expansion but in this case in the cortical area of the ER. This means that the phenotype of ER expansion in HU is not being suppressed by addition of CHX, but rather taking place in another area of the ER (cortical ER). We do not understand why this happens; however, these results show that ER expansion is exacerbated both in DIA and HU when combined with CHX. We have included this data in Figures 3C-D and in page 21.

      We also examined the trafficking of secretory proteins that go from the ER to the cell tips and noticed that this transit was affected under both drugs (Figures 3A-B). This suggests that, although there is still protein synthesis when cells are exposed to the drugs (as can be seen by the higher levels of chaperones induced by both stresses (Figure 4C-E)), their protein synthesis capacity is possibly impinged on to certain degree. All this information is now included in the manuscript (page 18).

      Major issue #4. While the authors suggest that there is disulfide stress in the ER / nucleus, the redox environment in these compartments is not tested directly (only cytoplasmic probes).

      Although we have only included experiments using one redox sensor in the manuscript, we had tested the oxidation of several biosensors during HU and DIA exposure monitoring cytoplasmic, mitochondrial and glutathione-specific probes. We have tried to use ER directed probes however, we have not been successful due to oversaturation of the probe in the highly oxidative environment of the ER lumen.

      Although so far we have not been able to directly test the redox status of the ER with optical probes, we plan to test the folding and redox status of several ER proteins and secretory markers by biochemical approaches, so hopefully these experiments will give us more information on this question (See answer to Reviewer 1, Main Issue #2 and Reviewer 2, Main issue #1).

      Major Issue #5. What do the authors envision is the role of the cytoplasmic chaperone foci? Do CHX / Pm treatment with HU/DIA reverse the chaperone foci?

      Pm causes premature termination of translation, leading to the release of truncated, misfolded, or incomplete polypeptides into the cytosol and the re-engagement of ribosomes in a new cycle of unproductive translation, as puromycin does not block ribosomes (Aviner, 2020; Azzam & Algranati, 1973). This likely decreases the number of peptides entering the ER that can be targeted by either HU or DIA, decreasing in turn ER expansion. Indeed, we have found that Pm treatment alone results in the formation of multiple cytoplasmic protein aggregates marked by Hsp104-GFP (Figure 4K), consistent with a continuous release of incomplete and misfolded nascent peptides to the cytoplasm. This would explain why Pm treatment suppresses N-Cap formation when cells are treated with either HU or DIA.

      To further test this idea, we analyzed the number and size of Hsp104-containing cytoplasmic aggregates in cells treated with HU or DIA and Pm, where N-Caps are suppressed. As expected, we found an increase in the accumulation of proteotoxicity in the cytoplasm in these conditions. This information has now been added to the paper (Figure 4K, pages 23-24 and 29).

      On the other hand, CHX inhibits translation elongation by stalling ribosomes on mRNAs, preventing further peptide elongation but leaving incomplete polypeptides tethered to the blocked ribosomes. This reduces overall protein load entering the ER by blocking new protein synthesis and stabilizes misfolded proteins bound to ribosomes. Accordingly, it has been shown previously that blocking translation with CHX abolishes cytoplasmic protein aggregation (Cabrera et al., 2020; Zhou et al., 2014). Similarly, we have found that Hsp104 foci are not observed when we add CHX alone or in combination with HU or DIA (Figures 4K-L). These results suggest that cytoplasmic foci that we observe upon HU or DIA treatment likely contain misfolded proteins derived from ongoing translation.

      As this question had also been raised by reviewer 1, we further explored the nature of these cytoplasmic foci (please see answer to Reviewer1, Issue 3). Briefly:

      • We tested whether they colocalize with the foci of Guk1-9-GFP and Rho1.C17R-GFP reporters of misfolding that appear upon HU or DIA treatments and, indeed, Hsp104-containing aggregates colocalize with Guk1-9-GFP and Rho1.C17R-GFP. This information has now been added to the paper (Figure 4I-J, pages 23-24 and 29).
      • We tested whether these foci were membrane bound with several ER transmembrane proteins (Tts1, Yop1, Rtn1) and integral membrane protein Ish1, and in none of the cases we detected membranes surrounding the aggregates. This information will be included in the final version of the paper.
      • We plan to test whether the cytoplasmic foci represent proteins retro-translocated from the ER.
      • We will also test whether autophagy or an imbalance between ER expansion and ER-phagy might contribute to the accumulation of cytoplasmic protein foci. The new data regarding the suppression of cytoplasmic foci by CHX treatment has already been included in the current version of the manuscript in Figure 4K and in the text (page 29).

      The authors argue that cytoplasmic foci are "independent" from ER expansion and are "not a direct consequence of thiol stress" based on the observation that DTT does not reverse these foci. This seems like a strong statement based on the limited analysis of these foci.

      We agree with the reviewer. We have toned down our statements about the relationship between thiol stress, the cytoplasmic chaperone foci and their relationship with ER expansion. We have removed from the text the statement that cytoplasmic foci are independent from ER expansion and thiol stress and have further revised our claims about CHX and Pm in the main text and the discussion to address these and the other reviewers’ concerns.

      Major Issue #6. Based on the transcriptional data, the authors speculate a potential role on role on iron-sulfur cluster protein biogenesis. This would seem to be rather straightforward to test.

      To address this issue, we plan to analyze the localization of proteins involved in iron-sulfur cluster assembly and/or containing iron-sulfur clusters by in vivo fluorescence microscopy, such as DNA polymerase Dna2 or Grx5, during HU or DIA treatments.

      Related to this, we have found that a subunit of the ribonucleotide reductase (RNR) aggregated in the cytoplasm upon HU exposure (Figure S2B). It is worth noting that RNR is an iron-containing protein whose maturation needs cytosolic Grxs (Cotruvo & Stubbe, 2011; Mühlenhoff et al., 2020). The catalytic site, the activity site (which governs overall RNR activity through interactions with ATP) and the specificity site (which determines substrate choice) are located in the R1 (Cdc22) subunits, which are the ones that aggregate, while the R2 subunits (Suc22) contain the di-nuclear iron center and a tyrosyl radical that can be transferred to the catalytic site during RNR activity (Aye et al., 2015). The fact that a subunit of RNR aggregates could be related to an impingement on its synthesis and/or maturation due to defects in iron-sulfur cluster formation, as it has been recently published that RNR cofactor biosynthesis shares components with cytosolic iron-sulfur protein biogenesis and that the iron-sulfur cluster assembly machinery is essential for iron loading and cofactor assembly in RNR in yeast (Li et al., 2017). This information has been added to the discussion.

      Major Issue #7. The authors suggest that "pre-treatment" with DTT before HU addition suppresses formation of the N-Caps. However, these samples (Figure 2J) contain DTT coincident with the treatment as well. To say it is the effect of pre-treatment, the DTT should be added and then washed out prior to HU or DIA addition. Alternatively, the language used to describe these experiments and their outcomes could be revised.

      We modified the language used to describe the experiment in the manuscript, as suggested by the reviewer, to clarify that while DTT is kept in the medium, N-Caps never form. In addition, we have also performed a pre-treatment with DTT; adding 1 mM DTT one hour before, washing the reducing agent out and adding HU to the medium then. The result indicates that pre-treating cells with DTT significantly reduces N-Cap formation after a 4-hour incubation with HU, which suggests that triggering reducing stress “protects” cells from the oxidative damage induced by HU and DIA. This information has been also added to the manuscript (Figure 2J).

      Major Issue #8. For a manuscript with 128 references there is rather limited discussion of the data in the context of the wider literature. The discussion primarily focuses on a recap of the results. The authors do cite several prior works focused on redox-dependent nuclear expansion. However, while cited, there is no real discussion of the relationship between this work in the context of that previously published (including several known disulfide bonded proteins that are involved in nuclear/ER architecture).

      We have revised and expanded our discussion. In addition, in the final revision of our work we will increase the discussion in the context of the new results obtained.

      Minor points

      1. __ Figure numbering goes from figure 4 to S6 to 5.__ We have updated the numbering of the figures after merging several supplementary figures, so now this issue is fixed.

      __ It would be helpful to the reader to explain what some of the reporters are in brief. For example, Guk1-9-GFP and Rho1.C17R-GFP reporters__.

      Both the Guk1-9-GFP and Rho1.C17R-GFP are two thermosensitive mutants in guanylate kinase and Rho1 GTPase respectively, that have been previously used in S. pombe as soluble reporters of misfolding in conditions of heat stress. During mild heat shock, both mutants aggregate into reversible protein aggregate centers (Cabrera et al., 2020). This information has now been added to the manuscript.

      __ Supplementary Figure 3. The main text suggests panel 3A is focused on diamide treatment. The figure legend discusses this in terms of HU treatment. Which is correct?__

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this mistake. The experiment was performed in 75 mM HU, the legend was correct. It has now been corrected in the manuscript.

      __ The authors use ref 110 and 111 to suggest the importance of UPR-independent signaling. However, they do not point out that this UPR-independent signaling referred to in these papers is dependent on the UPR transmembrane kinase IRE1.__

      We have included pertinent clarification in the new discussion.

      Reviewer 3

      Major issue #1. It is hard to see how the claim of ER stress can be supported if BiP levels do not change (Fig. 4B). Also, this figure is overexposed. The RNA-seq data should be able to establish ER stress as well, but no rigorous analysis of ER stress markers is presented.

      Regarding the levels of Bip1, we now show in Figure 4 a less exposed image of the western blot, and a quantification of Bip1-GFP intensity from three independent experiments. We find that, in our experimental conditions, neither HU nor DIA treatments significantly altered Bip1 levels.

      With respect to the RNA-Seq, as we mentioned in the major issue 1 from reviewer 1, we reassessed our data to further clarify and add information about ER stress markers induced or repressed by HU and DIA.

      Major issue #2. The interpretation of the CHX and puromycin experiments of Figure 3A-B is hard to follow. My best guess is that the authors argue that CHX decreases misfolded protein load and that puromycin increases misfolded protein load, and that since DIA is a stronger oxidative stress than HU hence CHX is only protective under HU and not DIA. However, while CHX decreases misfolded protein load, puromycin hasn't been show directly to increase it and I don't see how this explains puromycin being protective at all.

      We have found that puromycin treatment alone results in the formation of cytoplasmic foci containing Hsp104, suggesting that puromycin indeed increases folding stress in the cytoplasm. We have now included this data in Figure 4K (please see Main Issue #5 from Reviewer 2). Pm suppresses the formation of N-caps induced by HU or DIA; however, we have not addressed cell survival or fitness in these conditions and therefore we cannot conclude about being protective.

      In addition, upon the reevaluation of our data, we have realized that CHX treatment suppresses HU-induced perinuclear expansion, although it does not suppress but instead enhances ER expansion in the cortical region. This data has been added to the present version of the manuscript in Figure 3C-D (pages 20-21).

      Furthermore, puromycin causes Ca leakage from the ER (which can be recapitulated with thapsigargin and blocked with anisomycin; easy experiments), which could be responsible for the differences from CHX, and the model does not address the effects on downstream stress signaling. The authors should be much more clear regarding their argument, since this data is used to support the argument of disrupted ER proteostasis.

      Thapsigargin has been described to be ineffective in yeasts as they lack a (SERCA)‐type Ca2+ pump which is the target of this drug (Strayle et al., 1999). However, deletion of the P5A-type ATPase Cta4, which is required for calcium transport into ER membranes (Lustoza et al., 2011), reduced but did not abolish ER expansion. We also tested the effect of anisomycin. We found that anisomycin in combination with HU or DIA mimicked CHX behavior (ER expansion occurrs in both conditions, exacerbating perinuclear ER expansion in combination with DIA and cortical ER expansion when combined with HU). It is difficult to correlate this result with a role of Ca leakage in ER expansion, as there is no recent information regarding CHX and Ca leakage, although it has been indicated that CHX treatment does not increase cytoplasmic Ca levels (Moses & Kline, 1995). As anisomycin, like CHX, blocks protein synthesis and stabilizes polysomes, what we can conclude from this information is that nascent peptides attached to ribosomes during protein synthesis do promote ER expansion when combined with HU or DIA. This information will be added to the final version of the paper.

      Regarding the downstream effects of HU or DIA treatment on ER proteostasis, we plan to further explore the effect of these drugs on the secretory system (please see major issue #2 from Reviewer 1) and to evaluate the redox state and processing of several key ER and secretory proteins. We have also further explored the nature of the aggregates that appear in the cytoplasm in our experimental conditions, which also shed light into the downstream effects of these drugs in cytoplasmic proteostasis (please see answer to issue #5 from Reviewer 2).

      Major issue #3. The claim that a canonical UPR is not induced is weak. First, the transcriptional program of S. cerevisiae from Travers et al is used as the canonical UPR, and compared to HU/DIA induced stress in S. pombe. These organisms may not be similar enough to assume that they have transcriptionally identical UPRs. Second, no consideration is given to the mechanism by which the different transcripts are modulated between "canonical" and HU/DIA induced UPR. Is it solely through RIDD, or does it point to differences in sensing or signaling transduction?

      We readdressed this topic by analyzing the genes that have been described to be differentially expressed during UPR activation in S. pombe and comparing them with our data by reevaluating our transcriptomic data.. The re-analysis of our RNA-Seq data have allowed us to infer the mechanisms that modulate the ER response to HU or DIA treatment and further separate them from UPR. This information has been added to the paper (page 26). As an alternative approach, we will also analyse the levels of UPR targets by western blot upon HU or DIA treatment

      Finally, the p-values used are unadjusted (e.g. by Bonferroni's method or by ANOVA or at least controlled by an FDR approach) and unmodulated (extremely important when n = 3 and variance is poorly sampled), which makes them not dependable. It looks like HSF1 targets are induced, which should be addressed.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We forgot to include this information which now appears in the M&M section as follows:

      “A gene was considered as differentially expressed when it showed an absolute value of log2FC(LFC)≥1 and an adjusted p-valueIn this regard, we are currently performing proteome-wide mass spectrometry experiments to detect protein glutathionylation in our conditions, as it has been previously shown that DIA treatment leads to glutathionylation of key ER proteins such as Bip1, Pdi or Ero1 (Lind et al., 2002; Wang & Sevier, 2016), which might by reproduced upon HU treatment. We also plan to test the folding and processing of specific secretory cargoes by western blot in our experimental conditions (see below, and Reviewer 2, Major issue #1).

      We have already tested whether mutant strains with deletions of key enzymes in both cytoplasmic and ER redox systems are able to expand the ER upon HU or DIA treatment. We have found that only pgr1Δ (glutathione reductase), gsa1Δ (glutathione synthetase) and gcs1Δ (glutamate-cysteine ligase) mutants fully suppressed N-Cap formation, which suggests that glutathione has an important role in the phenotype of ER expansion. We have now added the pgr1Δ mutant strain to the main text of the manuscript (Figure 5C, page 30).

      Major issue #5. Figure S5 presents weak ER expansion in fibrosarcoma cells in response to HU (at very low concentrations and DIA is not included). The lack of any other phenotypes being presented could suggest that such experiments were done but didn't show any effect. The authors should straightforwardly discuss whether they performed experiments looking for perinuclear ER expansion or NPC clustering, and if not, what challenges precluded such experiments. Given how important this line of experimentation is for establishing generality, much more discussion is needed here.

      We not only investigated the effects of HU on the ER in mammalian cells, but also of DIA. The results from this experiment mimicked the effect of HU (an increase in ER-ID fluorescence intensity in DIA). We merely excluded this information from the manuscript because we were focusing on HU at that point due to its importance as it is used currently in clinics. In this new version of the manuscript, we have included an extra panel in supplementary figure 5 to show the results from DIA in mammalian cells.

      Minor concerns

      1) Figure 1A should show individual data points (i.e. 3 averages of independent experiments) in the bar graph.

      Although we initially changed the graph, we believe the bar plot disposition facilitates its comprehension and went back to the initial one. Also, as the rest of the graphs similar to 1A are all expressed as bar plots. Therefore, we preferred keeping the figure as it was in the original version. However, we include here the graph with each of the averages of the independent experiments.

      2) It is argued that Figure 1B demonstrates that the SPB is clustered with the NPC cluster. However, a single image is not enough to support this claim, as the association could be coincidental.

      We have changed the image to show a whole population of cells, with several of them having NPC clusters, and we have indicated the position of SPB in each of them (all colocalizing with the N-Cap).

      3) Figures 1B through 1D do not indicate the HU concentration.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this mistake. Figures 1B and 1C represent cells exposed to 15 mM HU for 4 hours, while the graph in 1D shows the results from cells exposed to 75 mM HU over a 4-hour period. This information has been now added to the corresponding figure legend.

      4) I was confused by the photobleaching experiments of Figure S1. How do the authors know that there is complete photobleaching of the cytoplasm or nucleus in the absence of a positive control? If photobleaching is incomplete, they could be measuring motility without compartments rather than transport between compartments, and hence the conclusion that trafficking is unaffected could be wrong.

      Our control is the background of each microscopy image; we make sure that after the laser bleaches a cell, the bleached area coincides with the background noise. That way, we make sure that fluorescence from any remaining GFP is completely removed from the bleached area.

      5) On page 8, they say "exposure to DIA" when they intend HU.

      This has been corrected in the manuscript.

      6) In Figure S3A, the colocalization of INM proteins with the ER are presented. It is not clearly explained what conclusions are meant to be drawn from this figure, but it seems it would have been more useful to compare INM and Cut11, to see whether the NPCs are localizing at the INM or ONM.

      We have added an explanation in the main text to clarify the main conclusions derived from this figure. We think that NPCs localize in a section of the nucleus where the two membranes (INM and ONM) are still bound together.

      7) I had to read Figure 2C's description and caption several times to understand the experiment. A schematic would be helpful. 20 mM HU is low compared to most conditions used. Does repositioning eventually take place for 75 mM HU or 3 mM DIA treatment, or do the cells just die before they get a chance?

      20 mM HU was used in this experiment to provide a time frame suitable for analysis after HU addition, as a higher HU concentration increases the repositioning time. We found that both HU (75mM 4h) and DIA (3mM 4h)-induced ER expansions are reversible upon drug washout. If HU is kept in the media, ER expansions are eventually resolved. However, DIA is a strong oxidant and if it is kept in the media ER expansions are not resolved and cells do not survive.

      8) Figure 2D shows little oxidative consequence from 75 mM HU treatment until 40 min., the same time that phenotypes are observed (Figure 1D). Is this relationship consistent with the kinetics of other concentrations of HU, or of DIA? Seems like a pretty important mechanistic consideration that can rationalize the effects of the two oxidants.

      Thanks to this comment we realized that the numbering underneath Figure 1D (1E in the new version of the manuscript) was wrongly annotated. The original timings shown in the figure were “random”, meaning that the time stablished as 40 minutes was not measuring the passing of 40 minutes since the beginning of the experiment. We have now corrected this panel: the timings are now normalized to the moment when NPCs cluster. The fact that, before, that moment coincided with “40 minutes” does not mean N-Caps appear at that time point in HU (they indeed appear after a >2 hour incubation).

      9) Figure S4 is missing the asterisk on the lower left cell.

      Fixed in the corresponding figure.

      10) How is roundness determined in Figure S4B?

      Roundness in Figure S4B (now S2E) is determined the same way as in Figure 1D, and as is described in the Method section (copied below). A clarification has been added to the legend to address that.

      The ‘roundness’ parameter in the ‘Shape Descriptors’ plugin of Fiji/ImageJ was used after applying a threshold to the image in order to select only the more intense regions and subtract background noise (Schindelin et al., 2012). Roundness descriptor follows the function:

      where [Area] constitutes the area of an ellipse fitted to the selected region in the image and [Major axis] is the diameter of the round shape that in this case would fit the perimeter of the nucleus.

      11) What threshold is used to determine whether cells analyzed in Figures S4C have "small ER" or "large ER"?

      Large ER are considered when their area along the projection of a 3-Z section is over 4 μm2 (more than twice the mean area of the ER in cells with N-Caps in milder conditions). This has now been clarified in the legend of the corresponding figure.

      __12) The authors interpret Figure 4K as indicating that ER expansion is not involved in the generation of punctal misfolded protein aggregates. However, the washout occurs only after the proteins have already aggregated. The proper interpretation is that the aggregates are not reversible by resolution of the stress, and hence are not physically reliant on disulfide bonds. __

      We agree with the reviewer and have modified the interpretation of the indicated figure accordingly (page 29).


      The speculation that these proteins are iron dependent is a stretch; there is no reason to believe that losses of iron metabolism are the most important stress in these cells. It seems at least as likely that oxidizing cysteine-containing proteins in the cytosol or messing with the GSH/GSSG ratio in the cytosol would make plenty of proteins misfold; oxidative stress in budding yeast does activate hsf1. However, this point could be addresses by centrifugation and mass spectrometry to identify the aggregated proteome. It is also surprising that the authors did not investigate ER protein aggregation, perhaps by looking at puncta formation of chaperones beyond BiP. By contrast, the fact that gcs1 deletion prevents ER expansion but does not prevent Hsp104 puncta does support the idea that cytoplasmic aggregation is not dependent on ER expansion.

      To address this suggestion, we plan to analyze the localization of other chaperones and components of the protein quality control such as the ER Hsp40 Scj1 or the ribosome-associated Hsp70 Sks2.

      13) Figure 4L is cited on page 28 when Figure 4K is intended.

      This has been corrected in the text, although new panels have been added and now it is 4N.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This article makes the following claims, using S. pombe as their model system. Hydroxyurea (HU) and diamide (DIA) induce ER stress, an atypical UPR, and cytoplasmic protein aggregation. HU and DIA induce IRE1-independent and GSH-dependent reversible ER perinuclear expansion which causes nuclear pore clustering with no effect on protein trafficking, and can be reversed by DTT.

      Major concerns:

      1. It is hard to see how the claim of ER stress can be supported if BiP levels do not change (Fig. 4B). Also, this figure is overexposed. The RNA-seq data should be able to establish ER stress as well, but no rigorous analysis of ER stress markers is presented.
      2. The interpretation of the CHX and puromycin experiments of Figure 3A-B is hard to follow. My best guess is that the authors argue that CHX decreases misfolded protein load and that puromycin increases misfolded protein load, and that since DIA is a stronger oxidative stress than HU hence CHX is only protective under HU and not DIA. However, while CHX decreases misfolded protein load, puromycin hasn't been show directly to increase it and I don't see how this explains puromycin being protective at all. Furthermore, puromycin causes Ca leakage from the ER (which can be recapitulated with thapsigargin and blocked with anisomycin; easy experiments), which could be responsible for the differences from CHX, and the model does not address the effects on downstream stress signaling. The authors should be much more clear regarding their argument, since this data is used to support the argument of disrupted ER proteostasis.
      3. The claim that a canonical UPR is not induced is weak. First, the transcriptional program of S. cerevisiae from Travers et al is used as the canonical UPR, and compared to HU/DIA induced stress in S. pombe. These organisms may not be similar enough to assume that they have transcriptionally identical UPRs. Second, no consideration is given to the mechanism by which the different transcripts are modulated between "canonical" and HU/DIA induced UPR. Is it solely through RIDD, or does it point to differences in sensing or signaling transduction? Finally, the p-values used are unadjusted (e.g. by Bonferroni's method or by ANOVA or at least controlled by an FDR approach) and unmodulated (extremely important when n = 3 and variance is poorly sampled), which makes them not dependable. It looks like HSF1 targets are induced, which should be addressed.
      4. Mechanistically, one would expect effects to be mediated by PDIs and oxidoreductases. No effort is made to characterize the redox state of these molecules, nor how that relates to the kinetics of ER expansion and resolution under HU/DIA treatment. No discussion is made of the existing literature on oxidants and ER stress. A few papers: PMID: 29504610, PMID: 31595201.
      5. Figure S5 presents weak ER expansion in fribrosarcoma cells in response to HU (at very low concentrations and DIA is not included). The lack of any other phenotypes being presented could suggest that such experiments were done but didn't show any effect. The authors should straightforwardly discuss whether they performed experiments looking for perinuclear ER expansion or NPC clustering, and if not, what challenges precluded such experiments. Given how important this line of experimentation is for establishing generality, much more discussion is needed here.

      Minor concerns:

      1. Figure 1A should show individual data points (i.e. 3 averages of independent experiments) in the bar graph.
      2. It is argued that Figure 1B demonstrates that the SPB is clustered with the NPC cluster. However, a single image is not enough to support this claim, as the association could be coincidental.
      3. Figures 1B through 1D do not indicate the HU concentration.
      4. I was confused by the photobleaching experiments of Figure S1. How do the authors know that there is complete photobleaching of the cytoplasm or nucleus in the absence of a positive control? If photobleaching is incomplete, they could be measuring motility without compartments rather than transport between compartments, and hence the conclusion that trafficking is unaffected could be wrong.
      5. On page 8, they say "exposure to DIA" when they intend HU.
      6. In Figure S3A, the colocalization of INM proteins with the ER are presented. It is not clearly explained what conclusions are meant to be drawn from this figure, but it seems it would have been more useful to compare INM and Cut11, to see whether the NPCs are localizing at the INM or ONM.
      7. I had to read Figure 2C's description and caption several times to understand the experiment. A schematic would be helpful. 20 mM HU is low compared to most conditions used. Does repositioning eventually take place for 75 mM HU or 3 mM DIA treatment, or do the cells just die before they get a chance?
      8. Figure 2D shows little oxidative consequence from 75 mM HU treatment until 40 min., the same time that phenotypes are observed (Figure 1D). Is this relationship consistent with the kinetics of other concentrations of HU, or of DIA? Seems like a pretty important mechanistic consideration that can rationalize the effects of the two oxidants.
      9. Figure S4 is missing the asterisk on the lower left cell.
      10. How is roundness determine in Figure S4B?
      11. What threshold is used to determine whether cells analyzed in Figures S4C have "small ER" or "large ER"?
      12. The authors interpret Figure 4K as indicating that ER expansion is not involved in the generation of punctal misfolded protein aggregates. However, the washout occurs only after the proteins have already aggregated. The proper interpretation is that the aggregates are not reversible by resolution of the stress, and hence are not physically reliant on disulfide bonds. The speculation that these proteins are iron dependent is a stretch; there is no reason to believe that losses of iron metabolism are the most important stress in these cells. It seems at least as likely that oxidizing cysteine-containing proteins in the cytosol or messing with the GSH/GSSG ratio in the cytosol would make plenty of proteins misfold; oxidative stress in budding yeast does activate hsf1. However, this point could be addresses by centrifugation and mass spectrometry to identify the aggregated proteome. It is also surprising that the authors did not investigate ER protein aggregation, perhaps by looking at puncta formation of chaperones beyond BiP. By contrast, the fact that gcs1 deletion prevents ER expansion but does not prevent Hsp104 puncta does support the idea that cytoplasmic aggregation is not dependent on ER expansion.
      13. Figure 4L is cited on page 28 when Figure 4K is intended.

      Significance

      This paper is for the most part well-written, presenting a logical chain of experiments that fully support the most important claims that have been made. Specifically, they show that HU and DIA induce reversible perinuclear expansion and nuclear pore clustering in an IRE1-independent and GSH-dependent manner, and that DTT can prevent and accelerate recovery of this phenotype. Both oxidants clearly induce protein aggregation in the cytosol. The evidence that perinuclear expansion is responsible for nuclear pore clustering is compelling, with strong support from the kinetics and the nup120 deletion experiments. Some conclusions are not supported, including the claim of an atypical UPR and of ER stress, but the validity of these claims does not substantively affect the overall importance of the paper and could be handled by withdrawal or tempering of the claims. The lack of a molecular mechanism connecting oxidation with ER expansion moderately detracts from the potential impact. Adequate experimental detail is provided unless otherwise noted

      This paper is likely to be important for cell biologists interested in interorganelle communication and how the cell responds to oxidative stress. Modulating ER oxidoreductase activity has been shown to be a powerful way to regulate ER stress and proteostasis, and this paper shows how specific oxidative stresses that have not widely been investigated in this context, as opposed to the more commonly studied reductive and electrophilic stresses, can remodel the ER with cell-wide consequences. More specifically, the nuclear pore and nuclear morphology phenotypes, while not yet functionally significant in yeast, could be significant in other unexplored ways identified in the future. Towards that end, it would be valuable to see if these gross phenotypes reproduce in any metazoan cell or tissue, rather than just looking at ER expansion as in the current manuscript. My expertise is centered around ER proteostasis and chaperones, and as such I consider this paper important to my field.

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      The manuscript by Sánchez-Molina et al describes a striking time and dose-dependent clustering of nuclear pores and perinuclear ER expansion in response to hydroxyurea (HU) or diamide (DIA) treatment in S. pombe. Using microscopy, the authors establish clustering is reversible upon drug washout or extended drug treatment. Pretreatment or post-treatment with the reductant DTT prevents or reverses the clustering and expansion effects, as does the release of translating polypeptides from ribosomes (with puromycin). The phenotypes were established to occur independent of the established impact of HU on RNR activity and the cell cycle. The authors suggest instead that the phenotypes (referred to as nuclear-cap (N-Cap) formation) are associated with disulfide-based folding stress. Overlapping transcriptional responses for HU and DIA treatment suggest that cells are experiencing folding stress (based on chaperone induction) and/or a disruption in iron homeostasis (induction of genes involved in iron homeostasis). The observed clustering, ER expansion, and transcriptional profiles are independent of the well-established ER stress response pathway: the UPR.

      The manuscript outlines several interesting phenotypic observations, and they establish the potential for conserved of this ER expansion and nuclear pore clustering from yeast (S. cerevisiae) and mammals (HT1080 fibrosarcoma cells). Data clearly establish the time and dose-dependent formation of these interesting structures. Additional experiments with combined drug treatments points towards a role for changes in the redox environment in cells, an impact on cytoplasmic protein aggregation, and a potential impact on the ER folding environment / ER redox environment.

      Data obtained with thiol oxidants and reductants, alongside translation inhibitors, suggest a potential connection between the N-Cap phenotype and oxidative folding within the ER. Yet, this latter observation remains a suggestive link with less clear mechanistic connections. Some experiments that would more directly assess the suggested changes within the nuclear/ER region are outlined below.

      1. The authors state the cytoplasmic and ER folding are both disrupted. The impact on ER protein biogenesis would be bolstered with some biochemical data focused on the folding of one or more nascent secretory proteins. Is disulfide bond formation and/or protein folding indeed disrupted?
      2. Increased signal of Bip1 in the expanded perinuclear ER is shown and is suggested as consistent with immobilization of BiP upon binding of misfolded proteins. The authors suggest that this increased signal must reflect Bip1 redistribution because "Bip1 levels are constant". Yet, the western image (Figure 4B) looks to show increased level of Bip1 protein up HU treatment. Given the abundance of Bip1 in cells, it seems possible that a two-fold increase in newly synthesized proteins in the perinuclear region may account for the increased signal. These original data cited by the authors uses photobleaching (not just fluorescence intensity) to show a change in crowding / mobility, which the authors should consider to support their conclusion. Alternatively, a detected increased engagement of Bip1 with substrates (e.g. pulldown experiment) would be similarly strengthening.
      3. It is curious that cycloheximide (CHX) has a distinct impact on HU versus DIA treatment. Blocking protein synthesis with CHX exacerbates the phenotype with DIA, but not HU. The authors use the data with CHX to argue that their drug treatments are interfering with folding during synthesis and translation into the ER. If so, what is the rationale as to why CHX treatment decreases expansion upon HU treatment? Relatedly, is protein synthesis and/or ER import impacted upon treatment with HU and/or DIA?
      4. While the authors suggest that there is disulfide stress in the ER / nucleus, the redox environment in these compartments is not tested directly (only cytoplasmic probes).

      Addition suggestions / comments:

      1. What do the authors envision is the role of the cytoplasmic chaperone foci? Do CHX / Pm treatment with HU/DIA reverse the chaperone foci? The authors argue that cytoplasmic foci are "independent" from ER expansion and are "not a direct consequence of thiol stress" based on the observation that DTT does not reverse these foci. This seems like a strong statement based on the limited analysis of these foci.
      2. Based on the transcriptional data, the authors speculate a potential role on role on iron-sulfur cluster protein biogenesis. This would seem to be rather straightforward to test.
      3. The authors suggest that "pre-treatment" with DTT before HU addition suppresses formation of the N-Caps. However, these samples (Figure 2J) contain DTT coincident with the treatment as well. To say it is the effect of pre-treatment, the DTT should be added and then washed out prior to HU or DIA addition. Alternatively, the language used to describe these experiments and their outcomes could be revised.
      4. For a manuscript with 128 references there is rather limited discussion of the data in the context of the wider literature. The discussion primarily focuses on a recap of the results. The authors do cite several prior works focused on redox-dependent nuclear expansion. However, while cited, there is no real discussion of the relationship between this work in the context of that previously published (including several known disulfide bonded proteins that are involved in nuclear/ER architecture).

      Minor points

      1. Figure numbering goes from figure 4 to S6 to 5.
      2. It would be helpful to the reader to explain what some of the reporters are in brief. For example, Guk1-9-GFP and Rho1.C17R-GFP reporters.
      3. Supplementary Figure 3. The main text suggests panel 3A is focused on diamide treatment. The figure legend discusses this in terms of HU treatment. Which is correct?
      4. The authors use ref 110 and 111 to suggest the importance of UPR-independent signaling. However, they do not point out that this UPR-independent signalling referred to in these papers is dependent on the UPR transmembrane kinase IRE1.

      Significance

      An interesting finding that is well-supported as a phenotype. What would raise the impact would be data that connect these observations more directly with a mechanism. In particular, there are suggestions of a disruption in ER folding and/or the ER redox environment that are logical but not directly tested. How one viewed these additional experiments will depend on what journal is considering the manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Jena et al. addresses important questions on the fundamental mechanisms of genetic adaptation, specifically, does adaptation proceed via changes of copy number (gene duplication and amplification "GDA") or by point mutation. While this question has been worked on (for example by Tomanek and Guet) the authors add several important aspects relating to resistance against antibiotics and they clarify the ability of Lon protease to reduce duplication formation (previous work was more indirect).

      A key finding Jena et al. present is that point mutations after significant competition displace GDA. A second one is that alternative GDA constantly arise and displace each other (see work on GDA-2 in Figure 3). Finally, the authors found epistasis between resistance alleles that was contingent on lon. Together this shows an intricate interplay of lon proteolysis for the evolution and maintenance of antibiotic resistance by gene duplication.

      Strengths:

      The study has several important strengths: (i) the work on GDA stability and competition of GDA with point mutations is a very promising area of research and the authors contribute new aspects to it, (ii) rigorous experimentation, (iii) very clearly written introduction and discussion sections. To me, the best part of the data is that deletion of lon stimulates GDA, which has not been shown with such clarity until now.

      Weaknesses:

      The minor weaknesses of the manuscript are a lack of clarity in parts of the results section (Point 1) and the methods (Point 2).

      We thank the reviewer for their comments and suggestions on our manuscript. We also appreciate the succinct summary of primary findings that the Reviewer has taken cognisance of in their assessment, in particular the association of the Lon protease with the propensity for GDAs as well as its impact on their eventual fate. We have now revised the manuscript for greater clarity as suggested by Reviewer #1.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this strong study, the authors provide robust evidence for the role of proteostasis genes in the evolution of antimicrobial resistance, and moreover, for stabilizing the proteome in light of gene duplication events.

      Strengths:

      This strong study offers an important interaction between findings involving GDA, proteostasis, experimental evolution, protein evolution, and antimicrobial resistance. Overall, I found the study to be relatively well-grounded in each of these literatures, with experiments that spoke to potential concerns from each arena. For example, the literature on proteostasis and evolution is a growing one that includes organisms (even micro-organisms) of various sorts. One of my initial concerns involved whether the authors properly tested the mechanistic bases for the rule of Lon in promoting duplication events. The authors assuaged my concern with a set of assays (Figure 8).

      More broadly, the study does a nice job of demonstrating the agility of molecular evolution, with responsible explanations for the findings: gene duplications are a quick-fix, but can be out-competed relative to their mutational counterparts. Without Lon protease to keep the proteome stable, the cell allows for less stable solutions to the problem of antibiotic resistance.

      The study does what any bold and ambitious study should: it contains large claims and uses multiple sorts of evidence to test those claims.

      Weaknesses:

      While the general argument and conclusion are clear, this paper is written for a bacterial genetics audience that is familiar with the manner of bacterial experimental evolution. From the language to the visuals, the paper is written in a boutique fashion. The figures are even difficult for me - someone very familiar with proteostasis - to understand. I don't know if this is the fault of the authors or the modern culture of publishing (where figures are increasingly packed with information and hard to decipher), but I found the figures hard to follow with the captions. But let me also consider that the problem might be mine, and so I do not want to unfairly criticize the authors.

      For a generalist journal, more could be done to make this study clear, and in particular, to connect to the greater community of proteostasis researchers. I think this study needs a schematic diagram that outlines exactly what was accomplished here, at the beginning. Diagrams like this are especially important for studies like this one that offer a clear and direct set of findings, but conduct many different sorts of tests to get there. I recommend developing a visual abstract that would orient the readers to the work that has been done.

      The reviewer’s comments regarding data presentation are well-taken. Since we already had a diagrammatic model that sums up the chief findings of our study (Figure 9), we have now provided schematics in Figures 1, 3, 5 and 8 to clarify the workflow of smaller sections of the study. We hope that these diagrams provide greater clarity with regards to the experiments we have conducted.

      Next, I will make some more specific suggestions. In general, this study is well done and rigorous, but doesn't adequately address a growing literature that examines how proteostasis machinery influences molecular evolution in bacteria.

      While this paper might properly test the authors' claims about protein quality control and evolution, the paper does not engage a growing literature in this arena and is generally not very strong on the use of evolutionary theory. I recognize that this is not the aim of the paper, however, and I do not question the authors' authority on the topic. My thoughts here are less about the invocation of theory in evolution (which can be verbose and not relevant), and more about engagement with a growing literature in this very area.

      The authors mention Rodrigues 2016, but there are many other studies that should be engaged when discussing the interaction between protein quality control and evolution.

      A 2015 study demonstrated how proteostasis machinery can act as a barrier to the usage of novel genes: Bershtein, S., Serohijos, A. W., Bhattacharyya, S., Manhart, M., Choi, J. M., Mu, W., ... & Shakhnovich, E. I. (2015). Protein homeostasis imposes a barrier to functional integration of horizontally transferred genes in bacteria. PLoS genetics, 11(10), e1005612

      A 2019 study examined how Lon deletion influenced resistance mutations in DHFR specifically: Guerrero RF, Scarpino SV, Rodrigues JV, Hartl DL, Ogbunugafor CB. The proteostasis environment shapes higher-order epistasis operating on antibiotic resistance. Genetics. 2019 Jun 1;212(2):565-75.

      A 2020 study did something similar: Thompson, Samuel, et al. "Altered expression of a quality control protease in E. coli reshapes the in vivo mutational landscape of a model enzyme." Elife 9 (2020): e53476.

      And there's a new review (preprint) on this very topic that speaks directly to the various ways proteostasis shapes molecular evolution:

      Arenas, Carolina Diaz, Maristella Alvarez, Robert H. Wilson, Eugene I. Shakhnovich, C. Brandon Ogbunugafor, and C. Brandon Ogbunugafor. "Proteostasis is a master modulator of molecular evolution in bacteria."

      I am not simply attempting to list studies that should be cited, but rather, this study needs to be better situated in the contemporary discussion on how protein quality control is shaping evolution. This study adds to this list and is a unique and important contribution. However, the findings can be better summarized within the context of the current state of the field. This should be relatively easy to implement.

      We thank the reviewer for their encouraging assessment of our manuscript as well as this important critique regarding the context of other published work that relates proteostasis and molecular evolution. Indeed, this was a particularly difficult aspect for us given the different kinds of literature that were needed to make sense of our study. We have now added the references suggested by the reviewer as well as others to the manuscript. We have also added a paragraph in the discussion section (Lines 463-476) that address this aspect and hopefully fill the lacuna that the reviewer points out in this comment.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper investigates the relationship between the proteolytic stability of an antibiotic target enzyme and the evolution of antibiotic resistance via increased gene copy number. The target of the antibiotic trimethoprim is dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR). In Escherichia coli, DHFR is encoded by folA and the major proteolysis housekeeping protease is Lon (lon). In this manuscript, the authors report the results of the experimental evolution of a lon mutant strain of E. coli in response to sub-inhibitory concentrations of the antibiotic trimethoprim and then investigate the relationship between proteolytic stability of DHFR mutants and the evolution of folA gene duplication. After 25 generations of serial passaging in a fixed concentration of trimethoprim, the authors found that folA duplication events were more common during the evolution of the lon strain, than the wt strain. However, with continued passaging, some folA duplications were replaced by a single copy of folA containing a trimethoprim resistance-conferring point mutation. Interestingly, the evolution of the lon strain in the setting of increasing concentrations of trimethoprim resulted in evolved strains with different levels of DHFR expression. In particular, some strains maintained two copies of a mutant folA that encoded an unstable DHFR. In a lon+ background, this mutant folA did not express well and did not confer trimethoprim resistance. However, in the lon- background, it displayed higher expression and conferred high-level trimethoprim resistance. The authors concluded that maintenance of the gene duplication event (and the absence of Lon) compensated for the proteolytic instability of this mutant DHFR. In summary, they provide evidence that the proteolytic stability of an antibiotic target protein is an important determinant of the evolution of target gene copy number in the setting of antibiotic selection.

      Strengths:

      The major strength of this paper is identifying an example of antibiotic resistance evolution that illustrates the interplay between the proteolytic stability and copy number of an antibiotic target in the setting of antibiotic selection. If the weaknesses are addressed, then this paper will be of interest to microbiologists who study the evolution of antibiotic resistance.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the proposed mechanism is highly plausible and consistent with the data presented, the analysis of the experiments supporting the claim is incomplete and requires more rigor and reproducibility. The impact of this finding is somewhat limited given that it is a single example that occurred in a lon strain and compensatory mutations for evolved antibiotic resistance mechanisms are described. In this case, it is not clear that there is a functional difference between the evolution of copy number versus any other mechanism that meets a requirement for increased "expression demand" (e.g. promoter mutations that increase expression and protein stabilizing mutations).

      We thank the reviewer for their in-depth assessment of our work and appreciate their concerns regarding reproducibility and rigor in analysis of our data. We have now incorporated this feedback and provided necessary clarifications/corrections in the revised version of our manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Points:

      (1) The authors show that a deletion of lon increases the ability for GDA and they argue that this is adaptive during TMP treatment because it increases the dosage of folA (L. 129). However, the highest frequency of GDA occurred in drug-free conditions (see Figure 1C). This indicates either that GDA is selected in drug-free media and potentially selected against by certain antibiotics. It would help for the authors to discuss this possibility more clearly.

      We thank the reviewer for this astute observation. It is indeed striking that the GDA mutation (i.e. the GDA-2 mutation) selected in a lon-deficient background does not come up in presence of antibiotics. To probe this further, we have now measured the relative fitness of a representative population of lon-knockout from short-term evolution in drug-free LB (population #3) that harbours GDA-2 against its ancestor (marked with DlacZ). These competition experiments were performed in LB (in which GDA-2 emerged spontaneously), as well as in LB supplemented with antibiotics at the concentrations used during the short term evolution.

      Values of relative fitness, w (mean ± SD from 3 measurements), are provided below:

      LB: 1.4 ± 0.2

      LB + Trimethoprim: 1.6 ± 0.2

      LB + Spectinomycin: 0.9 ± 0.2

      LB + Erythromycin: 1.3 ± 0.3

      LB + Nalidixic acid: 1.5 ± 0.2

      LB + Rifampicin: 1.4 ± 0.2

      These data show an increase in relative fitness in drug-free LB as would be expected. Interestingly, we also observe an increase in relative fitness in LB supplemented with antibiotics, except spectinomycin. This result supports the idea that GDA-2 is a “media adaptation” and provides a general fitness advantage to the lon knockout. However, as the reviewer pointed out, we should expect to see GDA-2 emerge spontaneously in antibiotic-supplemented media as well. We think that this does not happen as the fitness advantage of drug-specific mutations (GDAs or point mutations) far exceed the advantage of a media adaptation GDA. As a result, we only see the specific mutations that provide high benefit against the antibiotic at least over the relatively short duration of 20-25 generations. It is noteworthy the GDA-2 mutation does come up in LTMPR1 when it is passaged over >200 generations in drug-free media, but shows fluctuating frequency over time. We expect, therefore, that given enough time we may detect the GDA-2 mutations even in antibiotic-supplemented media.  

      We note, however, that a major caveat in the above fitness calculations is that we cannot be sure that the competing ancestor has no GDA-2 mutations during the course of the experiment. Thus, the above fitness values are only indicative and not definitive. We have therefore not included these data in the revised manuscript.

      (2) It is unclear if the isolates WTMPR1 - 5 and LTMPR1 - 5 were pure clones. The authors write in L.488 "Colonies were randomly picked, cultured overnight in drug-free LB and frozen in 50% glycerol at -80C until further use." And in L. 492 "For long-term evolution, trimethoprim-resistant isolates LTMPR1, WTMPR4 and WTMPR5 were first revived from frozen stocks in drug-free LB overnight." From these descriptions, it is possible that the isolates contained a fraction of cells of other genotypes since colonies are often formed by more than one cell and thus, unless pure-streaked, a subpopulation is present and would in drug-free media be maintained. The possibility of pre-existing subpopulations is important for all statements relating to "reversal".

      This is indeed a valid concern. As far as we can tell all our initial isolates (i.e. WTMPR1-5 and LTMPR1-5) are pure clones at least as far as SNPs are concerned. This is based on whole genome sequencing data that we have reported earlier in Patel and Matange, eLife (2021), where we described the evolution and isolation of WTMPR1-5 and the present study for LTMPR1-5. All SNPs detected were present at a frequency of 100%. For clones with GDAs, however, there is no way to eliminate a sub-population that has a lower or higher gene copy number than average from an isolate. This is because of the inherent instability of GDAs that will inevitably result in heterogeneous gene copy number during standard growth. In this sense, there is most certainly a possibility of a pre-existing subpopulation within each of the clones that may have reversed the GDA. Indeed, we believe that it is this inherent instability that contributes to their rapid loss during growth in drug-free media.

      Minor Points:

      (1) L. 406. "allowing accumulation of IS transposases in E. coli" Please specify that it is the accumulation of transposase proteins (and not genes).

      We have made this change.

      (2) L. 221 typo. Known "to" stabilize.

      We have made this change.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Most of my suggestions are found in the public review. I believe this to be a strong study, and some slight fixes can solidify its presence in the literature.

      We have attempted to address the two main critiques by Reviewer 2. To simplify the understanding of our data, we have provided small schematics at various points in the paper to clarify the experimental pipelines used by us. We have also provided additional discussion situating our study in the emerging area of proteostasis and molecular evolution. We hope that our revisions have addressed these lacunae in our manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Points:

      (1) The manuscript is generally a bit difficult to follow. The writing is overly complicated and lacks clarity at times. It should be simplified and improved.

      We have made several revisions to the text, as well as provided schematics in some of our figures which hopefully make our paper easier to understand.

      (2) I cannot find the raw variant summary data for the lon strain evolution experiment in trimethoprim (after 25 generations). Were there any other mutations identified? If not, this should be explicitly stated in the text and the variant output summary from sequencing included as supplemental data.

      We apologise for this oversight. We have now provided these data as Table 1.

      (3) What is the trimethoprim IC50 of the starting (pre-evolution) strains (i.e. wt and lon)? I can't find this information, but it is critical to interpretation.

      We had reported these values earlier in Matange N., J Bact (2020). Wild type and lon-knockout have similar MIC values for trimethoprim, though the lon mutant shows a higher IC50 value. We have now mentioned this in the results section (Line 100-101) and also provided the reference for these data.

      (4) What was the average depth of coverage for WGS? This information is necessary to assess the quality of the variant calling, especially for the population WGS.

      All genome sequencing data has a coverage at least 100x. We have added this detail to the methods section (Line 580-581).

      (5) Five replicate evolution experiments (25 generations, or 7x 10% daily batch transfers) were performed in trimethoprim for the wt and lon strains. Duplication of the folA locus occurred in 1/5 and 4/5 experiments, respectively. It is not entirely clear what type of sampling was actually done to arrive at these numbers (this needs to be stated more clearly), but presumably 1 random colony was chosen at the end of the passaging protocol for each replicate. Based on this result, the authors conclude that folA duplication occurred more frequently in the lon strain, however, this is not rigorously supported by a statistical evaluation. With N=5, one cannot rigorously conclude that a 20% frequency and 80% frequency are significantly different. Furthermore, it's not entirely clear what the mechanism of resistance is for these strains. For example, in one colony sequenced (LTMPR5), it appears no known resistance mechanism (or mutations?) were identified, and yet the IC50 = 900 nM, which is also similar to other strains.

      Indeed, we agree with the reviewer that we don’t have the statistical power to rigorously make this claim. However, since the lon-knockout showed us a greater frequency of GDA across 3 different environments we are fairly confident that loss of lon enhances the overall frequency for GDA mutations. This idea in also supported by a number of previous papers that related GDAs and IS-element transpositions with Lon, viz. Nicoloff et al, Antimicrob Agent Chemother (2007), Derbyshire et al. PNAS (1990), Derbyshire and Grindley, Mol Microbiol (1996). We have therefore not provided further justification in the revised manuscript.

      We had indeed sampled a random isolate from each of the 5 populations and have added a schematic to figure 1 that provides greater clarity.

      Having relooked at the sequencing data for LTMPR1-5 isolates (Table 1), we realised that both LTMPR4 and LTMPR5 harbour mutations in the pitA gene. We had missed this locus during the previous iteration of this manuscript and misidentified an mgrB mutations in LTMPR4. PitA codes for a metal-phosphate symporter. We have observed mutations in pitA in earlier evolution experiments with trimethoprim as well (Vinchhi and Yelpure et al. mBio 2023). Interestingly, in LTMPR5 there was a deletion of pitA, along with 17 other contiguous genes mediated by IS5. To test if loss of pitA is beneficial in trimethoprim, we tested the ability of a pitA knockout to grow on trimethoprim supplemented plates. Indeed, loss of pitA conferred a growth advantage to E. coli on trimethoprim, comparable to loss of mgrB, indicating that the mechanism of resistance of LTMPR5 may be due to loss of pitA. We have added these data to the Supplementary Figure 1 of the revised manuscript and provided a brief description in Lines 103-108. How pitA deficiency confers trimethoprim resistance is yet to be investigated. The mechanism is likely to be by activating some intrinsic resistance mechanism as loss of pitA also conferred a fitness benefit against other antibiotics. This work is currently underway in our lab and hence we do not provide any further mechanism in the present manuscript.

      (6) Although measurement error/variance is reported, statistical tests were not performed for any of the experiments. This is critical to support the rigor and reproducibility of the conclusions.

      We have added statistical testing wherever appropriate to the revised manuscript.

      (7) Lines 150-155 and Figure 2E: Putting a wt copy of mgrB back into the WTMPR4 and LTMPR1 strains would be a better experiment to dissect out the role of mgrB versus the other gene duplications in these strains on fitness. Without this experiment, you cannot confidently attribute the fitness costs of these strains to the inactivation of mgrB alone.

      We agree with the reviewer that our claim was based on a correlation alone. We have now added some new data to confirm our model (Figure 2 E, F). The costs of mgrB mutations come from hyperactivation of PhoQP. In earlier work we have shown that the costs (and benefit) of mgrB mutations can be abrogated in media supplemented with Mg<sup>2+</sup>, which turns off the PhoQ receptor (Vinchhi and Yelpure et al. mBio, 2023). We use this strategy to show that like the mgrB-knockout, the costs of WTMPR4, WTMPR5 and LTMPR1 can be almost completely alleviated by adding Mg<sup>2+</sup> to growth media. These results confirm that the source of fitness cost of TMP-resistant bacteria was not linked to GDA mutations, but to hyperactivation of PhoQP.

      (8) Figure 3F and G: Does the top symbol refer to the starting strain for the 'long-term' evolution? If so, why does WTMPR4 not have the mgrB mutation (it does in Figure 1)? Based on your prior findings, it seems odd that this strain would evolve an mgrB loss of function mutation in the absence of trimethoprim exposure.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this error out. We have made the correction in the revised manuscript.

      (9) Figure 6A: If the marker is neutral, it should be maintained at 0.1% throughout the 'neutrality' experiment. In both plots, the proportion of some marked strains goes up and then down. This suggests either ongoing evolution (these competitions take place over 105 generations), or noisy data. I suspect these data are just inherently noisy. I don't see error bars in the plots. Were these experiments ever replicated? It seems that replicating the experiments might be able to separate out noise from signal and perhaps clarify this point and better confirm the hypothesis that the point mutants are more fit.

      These experiments were indeed noisy and the apparent enrichment is most likely a measurement error rather than a real change in frequency of competing genotypes. We have now provided individual traces for each of the competing pairs with mean and SD from triplicate observations at each time point.

      (10) Figure 6A: Please indicate which plotted line refers to which 'point mutant' using different colors. These mutants have different trimethoprim IC50s and doubling times, so it would be nice to be able to connect each mutant to its specific data plot.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now colour coded the different strain combinations as suggested.

      (11) Lines 284-285: I disagree that the IC50s are similar. The C-35T mutant has IC50 that is 2x that of LTMPR1. Perhaps more telling is that, compared to the folA duplication strain from the same time-point (which also carries the rpoS mutation), all of the point mutants have greater IC50s (~2x greater). 2-fold changes in IC50 are significant. It would seem that the point-mutants were likely not competing against LTMPR1 at the time they arose, so LTMPR1 might not be the best comparator if it was extinguished from the population early. I'm assuming this is why you chose a contemporary isolate (and, also, rpoS mutant) for the competition experiments. This should be explained more clearly.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. Indeed, the reviewer is correct about the rationale behind the use of a contemporary isolate and we have provided this clarification in the revised manuscript (Line 287-289). Also, the reviewer is correct in pointing out that a two-fold difference in IC50 cannot be ignored. However, the key point here would be in assessing the differences in growth rates at the antibiotic concentration used during competition (i.e. 300 ng/mL). We are unable to see a direct correlation between the growth rates and enrichment in culture indicating that the observed trends are unlikely to be driven by ‘level of resistance’ alone. We have added these clarifications to the modified manuscript (Lines 299-301)

      Minor Points:

      (1) Line 13: Add a comma before 'Escherichia'

      We have made this change.

      (2) Line 14: Consider changing "mutations...were beneficial in trimethoprim" to "mutations...were beneficial under trimethoprim exposure"

      We have made this change.

      (3) Line 32: Is gene dosage really only "relative to the genome"? Is it not simply its relative copy number generally? Consider changing to "The dosage of a gene, or its relative copy number, can impact its level of expression..."

      We have made this change.

      (4) Line 38: The idea that GDAs are 1000x more frequent than point mutations seems an overgeneralization.

      We agree with the reviewer and have softened our claim.

      (5) Line 50: The term "hard-wired" is confusing. Please be more specific.

      We have modified this statement to “…GDAs are less stable than point mutations….”.

      (6) Line 52-53: What do you mean by "there is also evidence to suggest that...more common in bacteria than appreciated"? Are you implying the field is naïve to this fact? If there is "evidence" of this, then a reference should be included. However, it's not clear why this is important to state in the article. I would consider simply removing this sentence. Less is more in this case.

      We have removed this statement.

      (7) Lines 59-60: Enzymes catalyze reactions. Please also state the substrates for DHFR. Consider, "It catalyzes the NADPH-dependent reduction of dihydrofolate to tetrahydrofolate, and important co-factor for..."

      We have made this change.

      (8) Line 72: Please change to, "In E. coli, DHFR is encoded by folA." You do not need to state this is a gene, as it is implicit with lowercase italics.

      We have made this change.

      (9) Lines 72-86: This paragraph is a bit confusing to read, as it has several different ideas in it. Consider breaking it into two paragraphs at Line 80, "In this study,...". The first paragraph could just review the trimethoprim resistance mechanisms in E. coli and so would change the first sentence (Line 72) to reflect this topic: "In E. coli, DHFR is encoded by folA and several different resistance mechanisms have been characterized." Then, just describe each mechanism in turn. Also, by "hot spots" it would seem you are referring to "point mutations" in the gene that alter the protein sequence and cluster onto the 3D protein structure when mapped? Please be more specific with this sentence for clarity.

      We have made these changes.

      (10) Lines 92-93: Please also state the MIC value of the strain to specifically define "sub-MIC". Alternatively, you could also state the fraction MIC (e.g. 0.1 x MIC).

      We have modified this statement to “…in 300 ng/mL of trimethoprim (corresponding to ~0.3 x MIC) for 25 generations.”

      (11) Lines 95-96. Remove, "These sequencing have been reported earlier, ...(2021)". You just need to cite the reference.

      We have made this change.

      (12) Line 96: Remove the word "gene".

      We have made this change.

      (13) Figure 1 and Figure 4C: The color scheme is tough for those with the most common type of color blindness. Red/green color deficiency causes a lot of difficulty with Red/gray, red/green, green/gray. Consider changing.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this to our notice. We have modified the colour scheme throughout the manuscript.

      (14) Figure 1: Was there a trimethoprim resistance mechanism identified for LTMPR5?

      As stated by us in response to major comment #7, LTMPR5’s resistance seems to come from a novel mechanism involving loss of the pitA gene.

      (15) Line 349-351: Please briefly define "lower proteolytic stability" as a relative susceptibility to proteolytic degradation and make sure it is clear to the reader that this causes less DHFR. This needs to be clarified because it is confusing how a mutation that causes DHFR proteolytic instability would lead to an increase in trimethoprim IC50. So, you also need to mention that some mutations can cause both increased trimethoprim inhibition and lower proteolytic stability simultaneously. It seems the Trp30Arg mutation is an example of this, as this mutation is associated with a net increase in trimethoprim resistance despite the competing effects of the mutation on enzyme inhibition and DHFR levels.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and agree that the text in the original manuscript did not fully convey the message. We have made modifications to this section (Lines 359-363) in the revised manuscript in agreement with the reviewer’s suggestions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors conducted a human neuroimaging study investigating the role of context in the representation of fear associations when the contingencies between a conditioned stimulus and shock unconditioned stimulus switch between contexts. The novelty of the analysis centered on neural pattern similarity to derive a measure of context and cue stability and generalization across different regions of the brain. Given the complexity and nuance of the results, it is kind of difficult to provide a concise summary. But during fear and reversal, there was cue generalization (between current CS+ cues) in the canonical fear network, and "item stability" for cues that changed their association with the shock in the IFG and precuneus. Reinstatement was quantified as pattern similarity for items or sets of cues from the earlier phases to the test phases, and they found different patterns in the IFG and dmPFC. A similar analytical strategy was applied to contexts.

      Strengths:

      Overall, I found this to be a novel use of MVPA to study the role of context in the reversal/extinction of human fear conditioning that yielded interesting results. The paper was overall well-written, with a strong introduction and fairly detailed methods and results. The lack of any univariate contrast results from the test phases was used as motivation for the neural pattern similarity approach, which I appreciated as a reader.

      Weaknesses:

      This is quite a complicated protocol and analysis plan. The authors did a decent job explaining it, given the complexity of the approach and the dense results. But it did take reading it a couple of times to start to understand it. I'm not sure if there is a simpler way to describe the approach though. Just an observation. But perhaps there is a better way to explain the density of the different comparisons between the multiple cues and contexts. It can be difficult to totally avoid jargon in a complex scientific article, but the paper is very jargon-y.

      Here are a few more comments and stray observations, in no particular order of importance.

      (1) I had a difficult time unpacking lines 419-420: "item stability represents the similarity of the neural representation of an item to other representations of this same item."

      (2) The authors use the phrase "representational geometry" several times in the paper without clearly defining what they mean by this.

      (3) The abstract is quite dense and will likely be challenging to decipher for those without a specialized knowledge of both the topic (fear conditioning) and the analytical approach. For instance, the goal of the study is clearly articulated in the first few sentences, but then suddenly jumps to a sentence stating "our data show that contingency changes during reversal induce memory traces with distinct representational geometries characterized by stable activity patterns across repetitions..." this would be challenging for a reader to grok without having a clear understanding of the complex analytical approach used in the paper.

      (4) Minor: I believe it is STM200 not the STM2000.

      (5) Line 146: "...could be particularly fruitful as a means to study the influence of fear reversal or extinction on context representations, which have never been analyzed in previous fear and extinction learning studies." I direct the authors to Hennings et al., 2020, Contextual reinstatement promotes extinction generalization in healthy adults but not PTSD, as an example of using MVPA to decipher reinstatement of the extinction context during test.

      (6) This is a methodological/conceptual point, but it appears from Figure 1 that the shock occurs 2.5 seconds after the CS (and context) goes off the screen. This would seem to be more like a trace conditioning procedure than a standard delay fear conditioning procedure. This could be a trivial point, but there have been numerous studies over the last several decades comparing differences between these two forms of fear acquisition, both behaviorally and neurally, including differences in how trace vs delay conditioning is extinguished.

      (7) In Figure 4, it would help to see the individual data points derived from the model used to test significance between the different conditions (reinstatement between Acq, reversal, and test-new).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors seek to understand the role of different ratios of excitatory to inhibitory (EI) neurons, which in experimental studies of the cerebral cortex have been shown to range from 4 to 9. They do this through a simulation study of sparsely connected networks of excitatory and inhibitory neurons.

      Their main finding is that the participation ratio and decoding accuracy increase as the E/I ratio decreases. This suggests higher computational complexity.

      This is the start of an interesting computational study. However, there is no analysis to explain the numerical results, although there is a long literature of reduced models for randomly connected neural networks which could potentially be applied here. (For example, it seems that the authors could derive a mean field expression for the expected firing rate and variance - hence CV - which could be used to target points in parameter space (vs. repeated simulation in Figures 1,2).) The paper would be stronger and more impactful if this was attempted.

      Strengths:

      Some issues I appreciated are:

      (1) The use of a publicly available simulator (Brian), which helps reproducibility. I would also request that the authors supply submission or configuration scripts (if applicable, I don't know Brian).

      (2) A thorough exploration of the parameter space of interest (shown in Figure 2).

      (3) A good motivation for the underlying question: other things being equal, how does the E/I ratio impact computational capacity?

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Lack of mathematical analysis of the network model

      Major issues I recommend that the authors address (not sure whether these are "weaknesses"):

      (1) In "Coding capacity in different layers of visual cortex" the authors measure PR values from layers 2/3 and 4 in VISp and find that layer 2/3 has a higher PR than layer 4.

      But in Dahmen et al. 2020 (https://doi.org/10.1101/2020.11.02.365072 ), the opposite was found (see Figure 2d of Dahmen et al.): layer 2 had a lower PR than layer 4. Can the authors explain how that difference might arise? i.e. were they analyzing the same data sets? If so why the different results? Could it have to do with the way the authors subsample for the E/I ratio?

      From the Methods of that paper: "Visual stimuli were generated using scripts based on PsychoPy and followed one of two stimulus sequences ("brain observatory 1.1" and<br /> "functional connectivity"). We focused on spontaneous neural activity registered while the animal was not performing any task. In each session, the spontaneous activity condition lasted 30 minutes while the animal was in front of a screen of mean grey luminance. We, therefore, analyzed 26 of the original 58 sessions corresponding to the "functional connectivity" subdataset as they included such a period of spontaneous activity. " This suggests to me they may have analyzed recordings with the other stimulus sequence; however, the hypothesis that E/I ratio should modulate dimensionality would not seem to "care" about which stimulus sequence was used.

      (2) In Discussion (pg. 20, line 383): "They showed that brain regions closer to sensory input, like the thalamus, have higher dimensionality than those further away, such as<br /> the visual cortex. " How is this consistent with the hypothesis that "higher dimensionality might be linked to more complex cognitive functions"?

      (3) What is the probability of connection between different populations? e.g. the probability of there being a synaptic connection between any two E cells? I could not find a statement about this. It should be included in the Methods.

      (4) pg. 27, line 540: "Synchronicity within the network" For each cell pair, the authors use the maximum cross-correlation over time lag. I don't think I have seen this before. Can the authors explain why they use this measurement, vs (a) integrated cross-correlation or (b) cross-correlation at some time scale? Also, it seems like this fails to account for neuron pairs for which there is a strong inhibitory correlation.

      (5) "When stimulated, a time-varying input, μext(t), is applied to 2,000 randomly selected excitatory neurons. " I would guess that computing PR would depend on the overlap of the 500 neurons analyzed and this population. Do the authors check or control for that?

      5b) Related: to clarify, are the 500 neurons chosen from the analysis equally likely to be E or I neurons?

    1. In tech, we have four of these constraints, anti-enshittificatory sources of discipline that make products and services better, pay workers more, and keep executives’ and shareholders' wealth from growing at the expense of customers, suppliers and labor.

      1) markets 2) regulation 3) interoperability 4) labor

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Manuscript number: RC-2024-02605

      Corresponding author: Woo Jae, Kim

      1. ____Point-by-point description of the revisions

      Reviewer #1

      General Comment: This study investigates the role of the foraging gene in modulating interval timing behaviors in flies, with a particular focus on mating duration. Using single-cell RNA sequencing and gene knockdown experiments, the research demonstrates the crucial role of foraging gene expression in Pdfr-positive cells for achieving longer mating duration (LMD). The study further identifies key neurons in the ellipsoid body (EB) as essential when the foraging gene is overexpressed, highlighting its specific influence on LMD. The findings suggest that a small subset of EB neurons must express the foraging gene to modulate LMD effectively.

      __Answer:____ __We would like to express our gratitude to the reviewer for their insightful comments and positive feedback on our manuscript. During the revision process, we serendipitously discovered that the heart-specific expression of the foraging gene plays a crucial role in regulating LMD behavior. We have elaborated on the significance of this finding in the revised manuscript and have addressed the reviewer's comments accordingly.

      Comment 1. *(optional) Integration of Neuronal Subsets into a Pathway: The knockdown experiments indicate that a small subset of neurons must express the foraging gene to influence LMD. Could these neurons be integrated into a potential signaling pathway, or being treated as separate components within the brain circuit? How might this integration provide a more cohesive understanding of their role in LMD? *

      Answer: We sincerely thank the reviewer for her/his insightful comments regarding the integration of neuronal subsets into a signaling pathway and their potential role in modulating LMD behavior. During the revision process, we conducted further experiments to address this question. While we were unable to identify a specific small subset of EB neurons expressing foraging, we utilized the recently developed EB-split GAL4 driver line (SS00096), which is restricted to the EB region of the brain, to confirm that foraging expression in the EB is indeed crucial for generating LMD behavior (Fig. 4L-M). This finding underscores the importance of foraging in specific neural circuits within the EB for interval timing.

      Additionally, we discovered that foraging expression in Hand-GAL4-labeled pericardial cells (PCs) of the heart is essential for LMD behavior. These PCs are also partially labeled by fru-GAL4 and 30y-GAL4 drivers, indicating that foraging functions in both neuronal and non-neuronal tissues to regulate interval timing. Importantly, we observed that group-reared males exhibit higher calcium activity in PCs compared to socially isolated males, suggesting that social context-dependent calcium dynamics in the heart play a critical role in modulating LMD behavior.

      These findings highlight a novel integration of neuronal and cardiac mechanisms, where foraging expression in both the EB and heart coordinates calcium dynamics to regulate interval timing. This dual-tissue involvement provides a more cohesive understanding of how foraging integrates social cues with internal physiological states to modulate complex behaviors like LMD. We believe this integration of neuronal and cardiac pathways offers a comprehensive framework for understanding the gene’s pleiotropic roles in behavior. We have included these new findings in the revised manuscript to better address the reviewer’s question and to strengthen the discussion of how foraging functions across tissues to regulate interval timing behaviors.

      Comment 2. Genetic Considerations in Gal4 System Usage (Fig. 1D): In the study, the elavc155-Gal4 transgene, located on chromosome I, produces hemizygous males after crossing, while the repo-Gal4 transgene, located on chromosome III, results in heterozygous males. Is there any evidence suggesting that this genetic configuration could impact the experimental outcomes? If so, what steps could be taken to address potential issues?

      Answer: We appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful consideration of potential genetic confounds related to the chromosomal locations of the elavc155 and repo-GAL4 transgenes. To address this concern, we conducted additional experiments using the nSyb-GAL4 driver, which is located on the third chromosome, and observed that knockdown of foraging with this driver also disrupts LMD behavior (Fig. S1G). This result aligns with our findings using elavc155 (chromosome I) and repo-GAL4 (chromosome III), indicating that the chromosomal location of the GAL4 transgene does not significantly impact the experimental outcomes.

      Furthermore, our extensive tissue-specific GAL4 screening, which included drivers on different chromosomes, consistently demonstrated that foraging knockdown effects on LMD are robust and reproducible across various genetic configurations. These results suggest that the observed behavioral deficits are due to the loss of foraging function rather than positional effects of the GAL4 transgenes. We thank the Reviewer for raising this important point and have taken care to address it thoroughly in our revised manuscript.

      Comment 3. Discrepancies in lacZ Signal Intensity (Fig. 5A): The observed discrepancies in lacZ signal intensity on the surface of the male brain have been attributed to the dissection procedure. Is it feasible to replace the current data with a new, more consistent dataset? How might improved dissection techniques mitigate these discrepancies?

      Answer____: We thank the reviewer for her/his observation regarding the discrepancies in lacZ signal intensity on the surface of the male brain, which we attributed to variations in the dissection procedure. While replacing the current dataset with a new one is feasible, we have instead shifted our focus to address this concern by leveraging more reliable and validated tissue-specific GAL4 drivers combined with foraging-RNAi.

      During the revision process, we extensively examined multiple foraging-GAL4 lines and found that foraging expression in the brain is limited and often inconsistent, despite scRNA-seq data from flySCope indicating broader expression across tissues, including the brain. This discrepancy suggests that many foraging-GAL4 lines may not accurately reflect endogenous foraging expression patterns. To circumvent this issue, we utilized well-characterized tissue-GAL4 drivers to systematically identify tissues where foraging plays a critical role in modulating LMD behavior.

      Our findings revealed that foraging expression in the heart, particularly in fru-positive heart cells, is essential for LMD. This discovery aligns with previous knowledge that foraging is highly enriched in glial cells in the brain, but our new data highlight a previously unrecognized role for cardiac foraging in regulating interval timing behaviors. Furthermore, we demonstrated that calcium activity in these heart cells is dynamically regulated by social context, suggesting that these cells play a crucial role in modulating male mating investment.

      We believe this new analysis addresses the reviewer’s concerns by providing a more robust and consistent approach to studying foraging function, focusing on its role in the heart rather than relying on potentially unreliable brain expression data. We hope these findings meet the reviewer’s expectations and provide a clearer understanding of foraging’s role in mating duration.

      Comment ____4. Rescue Experiment Data (Fig. S2L): Could additional data be provided to demonstrate the rescue effect using the c61-Gal4 driver, similar to what was observed with the 30y-Gal4 driver? How would such data enhance the study's conclusions regarding the specificity and robustness of the foraging gene's role in LMD?

      Answer: We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to provide additional rescue experiment data using the c61-GAL4 driver, similar to the results obtained with the 30y-GAL4 driver. While we do not currently have a UAS-for line to perform direct rescue experiments with c61-GAL4, we have conducted extensive follow-up experiments using both 30y-GAL4 driver to further validate the role of foraging in LMD behavior. These experiments consistently demonstrated that foraging knockdown in cells targeted by these drivers disrupts LMD, reinforcing the specificity and robustness of foraging’s role in interval timing.

      Additionally, our revised manuscript includes new findings that highlight the critical role of foraging expression in fru-positive heart neurons for generating male-specific mating investment. These heart neurons exhibit dynamic calcium activity changes in response to social context, further supporting the idea that foraging modulates LMD through both neuronal and non-neuronal mechanisms. While we acknowledge that direct rescue data with c61-GAL4 would strengthen the study, we believe the combination of 30y-GAL4 and c61-GAL4 knockdown results, along with the newly identified role of heart neurons, provides compelling evidence for foraging’s role in LMD.

      In addition, we have confirmed that the 30y-GAL4 driver labels fru-positive heart cells, further supporting the critical role of foraging expression in these cells for generating male-specific mating investment. This finding aligns with our broader results, demonstrating that foraging function in fru-positive heart neurons is essential for modulating interval timing behaviors, particularly LMD. We hope these additional analyses address the reviewer’s concerns and enhance the study’s conclusions regarding the specificity and robustness of foraging function in interval timing behaviors. We have incorporated the following findings into the main text:

      “Therefore, we conclude that the knockdown and genetic rescue effects observed with the Pdfr3A-GAL4 driver (Fig. 3J and 3N) and the 30y-GAL4 driver (Fig. 4A, S2A, and S2L) are attributable to their expression in the heart. In summary, our findings demonstrate that fru-positive heart cells expressing foraging and Pdfr play a critical role in mediating LMD behavior.”


      Reviewer #2

      General Comment: The authors nicely demonstrated that the Drosophila for gene is involved in the plastic LMD behavior that serves as a model for interval timing. For is widely expressed in the body, they have tentatively localized the LMD-relevant for functioning to the ellipsoid body of the central complex.

      Answer: We sincerely thank the reviewer for their positive feedback on our manuscript and their recognition of our findings regarding the role of the foraging gene in modulating plastic LMD behavior as a model for interval timing. In addition to its function in the ellipsoid body (EB) of the central complex, we have identified a novel and critical role for foraging in fru-positive heart neurons. These neurons are essential for regulating male-specific mating investment, as demonstrated by dynamic calcium activity changes in response to social context. This discovery expands our understanding of foraging’s pleiotropic roles, highlighting its function not only in neural circuits but also in non-neuronal tissues, particularly the heart, to modulate interval timing behaviors. We believe these findings provide a more comprehensive view of how *foraging* integrates genetic, neural, and physiological mechanisms to regulate complex behaviors. We hope this additional insight into the role of fru-positive heart neurons further strengthens the manuscript and aligns with the reviewer’s interest in the broader implications of foraging function.


      Major concerns: __ Comment 1.__ Please clarify how a loss-of-function forS allele can be dominant in the presence of overactive forR allele? In the same vein, please clarify how does the forR/forS transgeterozygote supports your hypothesis that high levels of PKG activity disrupt SMD and low levels of it disrupt LMD?

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for her/his insightful questions regarding the dominance of the forS allele in the presence of the overactive forR allele and the implications of the forR/forS transheterozygote phenotype. As the Reviewer noted, the forR allele is associated with higher PKG activity, while the forS allele exhibits lower PKG activity. The disruption of SMD in the presence of a single forR allele can be explained by the excessive PKG activity, which may hyperactivate or desensitize neural circuits required for SMD. Conversely, the forS homozygote disrupts LMD, suggesting that a minimum threshold of PKG activity is necessary for LMD generation.

      The forR/forS transheterozygote, which disrupts both LMD and SMD, presents an intriguing case. Unlike forR/+ or forS/+ heterozygotes, which show intact behaviors due to intermediate PKG activity levels, the forR/forS combination results in conflicting PKG activity levels that likely destabilize shared pathways required for both behaviors. We propose two hypotheses to explain this phenomenon:

      1. Metabolic Disruption: The foraginggene mediates adult plasticity and gene-environment interactions, particularly under conditions of food deprivation (Kent 2009). It influences body fat, carbohydrate metabolism, and gene expression levels, leading to metabolic and behavioral gene-environment interactions (GEI). In forR/forStransheterozygotes, the metabolic changes induced by each allele may accumulate without proper regulatory mechanisms, disrupting the male’s internal metabolic state and impairing the ability to accurately measure interval timing.

      Neuronal Polymorphism: The foraginggene regulates neuronal excitability, synaptic transmission, and nerve connectivity (Renger 1999). The forRand forS alleles may induce distinct neuronal polymorphisms, such as altered synaptic terminal morphology, which could lead to conflicting circuit dynamics in transheterozygotes. This neuronal mismatch may explain why forR/forS flies exhibit disrupted behaviors, unlike heterozygotes with a wild-type allele.

      These findings align with prior studies showing that PKG activity must be tightly regulated within context-dependent ranges for optimal behavior. The foraging gene’s pleiotropic roles, including its influence on metabolic and neural pathways, highlight the importance of allelic balance in maintaining behavioral robustness. The forR/forS transheterozygote phenotype underscores the complexity of foraging’s role in interval timing, where extreme or mismatched PKG activity levels disrupt circuit-specific thresholds critical for distinct behaviors. We hope this explanation clarifies the dominance effects and the role of PKG activity in LMD and SMD, and we have incorporated these insights into the revised manuscript to strengthen our discussion of foraging’s pleiotropic functions.

      We provide a concise explanation of this hypothesis in the Discussion section, as outlined below:

      “The foraging gene plays a critical role in regulating interval timing behaviors, with its allelic variants, rover and sitter, exhibiting distinct effects on LMD and SMD. These differences are primarily driven by their opposing impacts on cGMP-dependent protein kinase (PKG) activity. The forR allele, associated with higher PKG activity, disrupts SMD while maintaining normal LMD (Fig. 1A), suggesting that elevated PKG levels may hyperactivate or desensitize neural circuits specific to SMD processes. Conversely, the forS allele, characterized by lower PKG activity, impairs LMD but not SMD (Fig. 1B), indicating that reduced PKG activity fails to meet the neuromodulatory thresholds required for LMD coordination. The forR/forS transheterozygotes, which disrupt both LMD and SMD (Fig. 1C), reveal a complex interaction between these alleles, likely due to conflicting PKG activity levels or metabolic and neuronal polymorphisms that destabilize shared pathways. This phenomenon underscores the foraging gene’s pleiotropic roles, where allelic balance fine-tunes PKG activity to maintain behavioral robustness, while extreme or mismatched levels disrupt circuit-specific thresholds critical for distinct memory processes [6,10] .

      The foraging gene’s influence on interval timing behaviors extends beyond neural circuits to include metabolic and synaptic regulation. The intact behaviors observed in forR/+ or forS/+ heterozygotes suggest that intermediate PKG activity levels balance circuit dynamics, allowing for normal LMD and SMD. However, the dual deficits in forR/forS transheterozygotes highlight the importance of allelic balance, as conflicting PKG levels may lead to systemic disruptions in both metabolic and neural pathways. This aligns with previous studies showing that foraging mediates adult plasticity and gene-environment interactions, particularly under stress conditions, and regulates synaptic terminal morphology and neuronal excitability [29,77]. The gene’s role in integrating genetic and environmental cues further emphasizes its central role in adaptive behaviors. Collectively, these findings illustrate the complex interplay between PKG activity, neural circuits, and metabolic regulation in shaping interval timing behaviors, highlighting the foraging gene as a key modulator of behavioral plasticity in Drosophila [3,6,77].”

      Comment 2. Please consider removing lines 193-201 & Fig 3G,H, since abruptly and briefly returning to SMD could distract the reader and hinder the flow.

      Answer: We sincerely thank the reviewer for her/his suggestion to improve the flow of the manuscript. In response to reviewer’s feedback, we have removed Figure 3G-H and the related text (lines 193-201) from the main text. While the data on SMD behavior provided additional insights into the role of foraging in gustatory modulation via sNPF-expressing peptidergic neurons, we agree that its inclusion at this point in the manuscript could distract from the primary focus on LMD behavior and interval timing.

      Comment 3. Please use more specific Gal4 drivers to identify the exact subset of the EB-RNs where for function is necessary for LMD. Please note that Taghert lab already identified Pdfr+ EB-RN subset, and in contradiction to your findings, demonstrated that Cry is expressed in these Pdfr+ EB neurons

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for their suggestion to use more specific GAL4 drivers to identify the exact subset of EB ring neurons (EB-RNs) where foraging function is necessary for LMD. In response, we utilized the EB-split-GAL4 driver SS00096, which has been previously employed to map the neuroanatomical ultrastructure of the EB (Turner-Evans 2020). Knockdown of foraging using this refined EB driver disrupted LMD behavior, confirming that foraging function in the EB is indeed crucial for interval timing.

      Regarding the reviewer’s observation about the Taghert lab’s findings on Pdfr+ EB-RNs and the expression of Cry in these neurons, we acknowledge this discrepancy. However, during the revision process, we discovered that foraging and Pdfr are co-expressed not only in EB neurons but also in fru-positive heart neurons, which play a complementary role in modulating LMD behavior. This finding suggests that the apparent contradiction may arise from the dual-tissue involvement of foraging in both EB neurons and heart cells. While foraging function in the EB is critical, its role in heart neurons may provide an additional layer of regulation for interval timing behaviors, potentially compensating for or interacting with EB-related mechanisms.

      We have incorporated these insights into the revised manuscript, emphasizing the importance of both EB and heart neurons in mediating LMD behavior. This dual-tissue perspective offers a more comprehensive understanding of foraging’s role in interval timing and addresses the potential discrepancies highlighted by the reviewer. We hope this clarification resolves the reviewer’s concerns and strengthens the manuscript’s conclusions regarding the neural and non-neural mechanisms underlying foraging function.

      Comment 4. Please clarify how do you think for and Pdfr signaling molecularly interact in these neurons? Since your work doesn't implicate the for+ AL neurons, please remove lines 260-269.Please clarify if the Pdfr+ for+ EB neurons are also fru+.The lacZ staining in Fig5A-B is atypical in having a mosaic-like pattern. Please replace the image.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for her/his thoughtful questions regarding the molecular interaction between foraging and Pdfr signaling, as well as their observations on the atypical lacZ staining pattern. Below, we address each point in detail:

      1. Molecular Interaction Between foragingand PdfrSignaling: Our tissue-specific driver screening indicates that Pdfr and foraging do not co-express in the same neurons within the brain. Instead, we found that Pdfr and foraging are co-expressed in fru-positive heart cells, suggesting that PDF-Pdfr signaling in these cells modulates calcium activity in pericardial cells (PCs) in a social context-dependent manner. This finding aligns with our previous work showing that PDF signaling is crucial for LMD behavior (Kim 2013). We propose that PDF-Pdfr signaling operates not only through the brain’s sLNv to LNd neuronal circuit but also through a brain-to-heart signaling axis, influencing behaviors and physiological processes across multiple tissues.

      Removal of Lines 260-269: As suggested, we have removed lines 260-269, which discussed for+ AL neurons, as our findings do not implicate these neurons in LMD regulation. This revision helps streamline the manuscript and maintain focus on the relevant neural and cardiac mechanisms.

      Clarification on Pdfr+for+EB Neurons and fru Expression: While our data do not directly address whether Pdfr+ for+ EB neurons are also fru+, we have confirmed that foraging and Pdfr co-express in fru-positive heart cells. This suggests that fru may play a role in integrating foraging and Pdfr signaling in non-neuronal tissues, particularly in the heart, to regulate LMD behavior.

      Replacement of lacZ Staining Images: During the revision process, we extensively examined multiple foraging-GAL4lines and found that foragingexpression in the brain is limited and often inconsistent, despite scRNA-seq data from flySCope indicating broader expression across tissues, including the brain. This discrepancy suggests that many foraging-GAL4 lines may not accurately reflect endogenous foraging expression patterns. To circumvent this issue, we utilized well-characterized tissue-GAL4 drivers to systematically identify tissues where foraging plays a critical role in modulating LMD behavior. Our findings revealed that foraging expression in the heart, particularly in fru-positive heart cells, is essential for LMD. This discovery aligns with previous knowledge that foraging is highly enriched in glial cells in the brain, but our new data highlight a previously unrecognized role for cardiac foraging in regulating interval timing behaviors. Furthermore, we demonstrated that calcium activity in these heart cells is dynamically regulated by social context, suggesting that these cells play a crucial role in modulating male mating investment. We believe this new analysis addresses the reviewer’s concerns by providing a more robust and consistent approach to studying foraging function, focusing on its role in the heart rather than relying on potentially unreliable brain expression data. We hope these findings meet the reviewer’s expectations and provide a clearer understanding of foraging’s role in mating duration.

      We hope these revisions meet the Reviewer’s expectations and provide a clearer understanding of the interplay between foraging and Pdfr signaling in interval timing behaviors.

      Comment 5. Please consider removing lines 303-312, since this negative result may dilute your final conclusions without adding strong factual value.

      Answer: We appreciate the reviewer's suggestion regarding lines 303-312. Upon careful consideration, we believe this paragraph provides important context about the roles of dsx-positive and fru-positive cells in foraging behavior. Specifically, it highlights that the foraging function is associated with fru-positive cells rather than dsx-positive cells, which is a key distinction in our study. This information is relevant to understanding the broader implications of our findings, as it underscores the functional specificity of these genes in regulating behavior. However, to address the reviewer's concern, we have revised the paragraph to ensure it is more concise and directly tied to the study's conclusions. We have also integrated additional data from the new manuscript to further strengthen the factual value of this section. We hope this adjustment strikes the right balance between maintaining necessary context and avoiding any dilution of the final conclusions. Thank you for this thoughtful feedback.

      __Minor concerns: __

      __Comment 6. __Minor points: In the intro please mention other interval timing mechanisms and their underlying molecular mechanisms (e.g., CREB work of Crickmore lab). Please provide a better rationale for why you thought for is a good candidate for LMD? In line 124, when you start to talk about larval neurons - please specify which neurons you are referring to. In Fig 2E,G,H - 'glia' should be replaced with 'neurons'.

      Answer: We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comments regarding our conclusion linking LMD to interval timing behavior. Current research by Crickmore et al. has shed light on how mating duration in Drosophila serves as a powerful model for exploring changes in motivation over time as behavioral goals are achieved. For instance, at approximately six minutes into mating, sperm transfer occurs, leading to a significant shift in the male's nervous system: he no longer prioritizes sustaining the mating at the expense of his own survival. This change is driven by the output of four male-specific neurons that produce the neuropeptide Corazonin (Crz). When these Crz neurons are inhibited, sperm transfer does not occur, and the male fails to downregulate his motivation, resulting in matings that can last for hours instead of the typical ~23 minutes (Thornquist 2020).

      Recent research by Crickmore et al. has received NIH R01 funding (Mechanisms of Interval Timing, 1R01GM134222-01) to explore mating duration in Drosophila as a genetic model for interval timing. Their work highlights how changes in motivation over time can influence mating behavior, particularly noting that significant behavioral shifts occur during mating, such as the transfer of sperm at approximately six minutes, which correlates with a decrease in the male's motivation to continue mating (Thornquist 2020). These findings suggest that mating duration is not only a behavioral endpoint but may also reflect underlying mechanisms related to interval timing.

      In addition to the efforts of Crickmore's group to connect mating duration with a straightforward genetic model for interval timing, we have previously published several papers demonstrating that LMD and SMD can serve as effective genetic models for interval timing within the fly research community. For instance, we have successfully connected SMD to an interval timing model in a recently published paper (Lee 2023), as detailed below:

      "We hypothesize that SMD can serve as a straightforward genetic model system through which we can investigate "interval timing," the capacity of animals to distinguish between periods ranging from minutes to hours in duration.....

      In summary, we report a novel sensory pathway that controls mating investment related to sexual experiences in Drosophila. Since both LMD and SMD behaviors are involved in controlling male investment by varying the interval of mating, these two behavioral paradigms will provide a new avenue to study how the brain computes the ‘interval timing’ that allows an animal to subjectively experience the passage of physical time (Buhusi & Meck, 2005; Merchant et al, 2012; Allman et al, 2013; Rammsayer & Troche, 2014; Golombek et al, 2014; Jazayeri & Shadlen, 2015)."

      Lee, S. G., Sun, D., Miao, H., Wu, Z., Kang, C., Saad, B., ... & Kim, W. J. (2023). Taste and pheromonal inputs govern the regulation of time investment for mating by sexual experience in male Drosophila melanogaster. PLoS Genetics, 19(5), e1010753.

      We have also successfully linked LMD behavior to an interval timing model and have published several papers on this topic recently (Huang 2024,Zhang 2024,Sun 2024).

      Sun, Y., Zhang, X., Wu, Z., Li, W., & Kim, W. J. (2024). Genetic Screening Reveals Cone Cell-Specific Factors as Common Genetic Targets Modulating Rival-Induced Prolonged Mating in male Drosophila melanogaster. G3: Genes, Genomes, Genetics, jkae255.

      Zhang, T., Zhang, X., Sun, D., & Kim, W. J. (2024). Exploring the Asymmetric Body’s Influence on Interval Timing Behaviors of Drosophila melanogaster. Behavior Genetics, 54(5), 416-425.

      Huang, Y., Kwan, A., & Kim, W. J. (2024). Y chromosome genes interplay with interval timing in regulating mating duration of male Drosophila melanogaster. Gene Reports, 36, 101999.

      Finally, in this context, we have outlined in our INTRODUCTION section below how our LMD and SMD models are related to interval timing, aiming to persuade readers of their relevance. We hope that the reviewer and readers are convinced that mating duration and its associated motivational changes such as LMD and SMD provide a compelling model for studying the genetic basis of interval timing in Drosophila.

      “The mating duration (MD) of male fruit flies, Drosophila melanogaster, serves as an excellent model for studying interval timing behaviors. In Drosophila, two notable interval timing behaviors related to mating duration have been identified: Longer-Mating-Duration (LMD), which is observed when males are in the presence of competitors and extends their mating duration [15–17] and Shorter-Mating-Duration (SMD), which is characterized by a reduction in mating time and is exhibited by sexually experienced males [18,19]. The MD of male fruit flies serves as an excellent model for studying interval timing, a process that can be modulated by internal states and environmental contexts. Previous studies by our group (Kim 2013,Kim 2012,Zhang 2024,Lee 2023,Huang 2024) and others (Thornquist 2020,Crickmore 2013,Zhang 2019,Zhang 2021) have established robust frameworks for investigating MD using advanced genetic tools, enabling the dissection of neural circuits and molecular mechanisms that govern interval timing.

      The foraging gene emerged as a strong candidate for regulating LMD due to its well-documented role in behavioral plasticity and decision-making processes (Kent 2009,Alwash 2021,Anreiter 2019). The foraging gene encodes a cGMP-dependent protein kinase (PKG), which has been implicated in modulating foraging behavior, aggression, and other context-dependent behaviors in Drosophila. Its involvement in these processes suggests a potential role in integrating environmental cues and internal states to regulate interval timing, such as LMD. Furthermore, the molecular mechanisms underlying interval timing have been explored in other contexts, such as the work of the Crickmore et al., which has demonstrated the critical role of CREB (cAMP response element-binding protein) in regulating behavioral timing and plasticity. CREB-dependent signaling pathways, along with other molecular players like PKG, provide a broader framework for understanding how interval timing is orchestrated at the neural and molecular levels (Thornquist 2020,Zhang 2016,Zhang 2021,Zhang 2019,Crickmore 2013,Zhang 2023). By investigating foraging in the context of LMD, we aim to uncover how specific genetic and neural mechanisms fine-tune interval timing in response to social and environmental cues, contributing to a deeper understanding of the principles governing behavioral adaptation.”

      When describing larval neurons, we provide specific references to ensure clarity and accuracy, as outlined below:

      “Moreover, the cultured giant neural characteristics of these phenotypes are distinctly different [29].”

      We thank the reviewer for catching this error. We have corrected the incorrect label "Glia" to "Neuron" in Figures 2E, 2G, and 2H.

      Reviewer #3

      General Comment: This manuscript explores the foraging gene's role in mediating interval timing behaviors, particularly mating duration, in Drosophila melanogaster. The two distinct alleles of the foraging gene-rover and sitter-demonstrate differential impacts on mating behaviors. Rovers show deficiencies in shorter mating duration (SMD), while sitters are impaired in longer mating duration (LMD). The gene's expression in specific neuronal populations, particularly those expressing Pdfr (a critical regulator of circadian rhythms), is crucial for LMD. The study further identifies sexually dimorphic patterns of foraging gene expression, with male-biased expression possibly in the ellipsoid body (EB) being responsible for regulating LMD behavior. The findings suggest that the foraging gene operates through a complex neural circuitry that integrates genetic and environmental factors to influence mating behaviors in a time-dependent manner. Additionally, restoring foraging expression in Pdfr-positive cells rescues LMD behavior, confirming its central role in interval timing related to mating.

      Answer: We sincerely thank the reviewer for her/his thoughtful and comprehensive synthesis of our work, as well as their recognition of its key contributions. We are grateful that the reviewer highlighted the central findings of our study, including the allele-specific roles of forR (rover) and forS (sitter) in regulating distinct interval timing behaviors—specifically, the deficiencies of rovers in SMD and sitters in LMD. We also appreciate the reviewer’s emphasis on the sexually dimorphic expression of the *foraging* gene, particularly its male-biased expression in the ellipsoid body (EB), and its critical role in Pdfr-positive neurons for mediating LMD.

      We agree with the reviewer that the interplay between genetic factors (e.g., allelic variation in foraging) and environmental cues (e.g., circadian rhythms via Pdfr pathways) underscores the complexity of interval timing regulation. The rescue of LMD behavior by restoring foraging expression in Pdfr cells further supports our hypothesis that foraging operates through specialized neural circuits to integrate temporal and environmental inputs. This finding aligns with broader studies on interval timing mechanisms, such as the work of the Crickmore lab on CREB-dependent pathways, which have demonstrated how molecular and neural mechanisms converge to regulate behavioral plasticity and timing.

      In the revised manuscript, we will expand on these points to strengthen the discussion of foraging’s pleiotropic roles in time-dependent mating strategies and its potential links to evolutionary fitness. Specifically, we will incorporate additional insights from the new manuscript, including further evidence of how foraging balances behavioral plasticity with metabolic and neural demands, and how its expression in specific neuronal populations, such as the EB, contributes to adaptive behaviors. These updates will provide a more comprehensive understanding of the gene’s role in interval timing and its broader implications for behavioral adaptation. Once again, we thank the Reviewer for their valuable feedback, which has helped us refine and enhance the presentation of our findings.

      __Major concerns: __

      Comment 1. The sexually dimorphic expression of the foraging gene is not convincing. Specifically, the lacZ signal in the male brain is not representative.

      __Answer:____ __We sincerely thank the reviewer for her/his insightful comment regarding the sexually dimorphic expression of the foraging gene. We agree that the lacZ signal in the male brain, as presented, may not be fully representative, and we appreciate the reviewer’s observation regarding the discrepancies in signal intensity, which we attribute to variations in dissection procedures. While replacing the current dataset with a new one is feasible, we have chosen to address this concern by shifting our focus to a more reliable and validated approach using tissue-specific GAL4 drivers combined with foraging-RNAi.

      During the revision process, we conducted an extensive examination of multiple foraging-GAL4 lines and found that foraging expression in the brain is often limited and inconsistent, despite scRNA-seq data from flySCope indicating broader expression across tissues, including the brain. This discrepancy suggests that many foraging-GAL4 lines may not accurately reflect endogenous foraging expression patterns. To overcome this limitation, we employed well-characterized tissue-specific GAL4 drivers to systematically identify tissues where foraging plays a critical role in modulating LMD behavior.

      Our findings revealed that foraging expression in the heart, particularly in fru-positive heart cells, is essential for LMD. This discovery aligns with previous knowledge that foraging is highly enriched in glial cells in the brain, but our new data highlight a previously unrecognized role for cardiac foraging in regulating interval timing behaviors. Furthermore, we demonstrated that calcium activity in these heart cells is dynamically regulated by social context, suggesting that these cells play a crucial role in modulating male mating investment.

      By focusing on the heart and leveraging more reliable genetic tools, we believe this new analysis addresses the Reviewer’s concerns and provides a more robust and consistent approach to studying foraging function. We hope these findings meet the reviewer’s expectations and offer a clearer understanding of foraging’s role in mating duration. We are grateful for the Reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has significantly strengthened our study.

      Comment 2____. Key control genotypes are missing.

      Answer: We thank the Reviewer for raising this important point regarding control genotypes. We would like to clarify that all necessary control experiments have indeed been conducted, and the results are included in the manuscript. Detailed descriptions of these controls, including the specific genotypes and experimental conditions, are provided in the Methods section. For example, control experiments were performed to account for genetic background effects, GAL4 driver activity, and RNAi efficiency, ensuring the reliability and specificity of our findings. In the revised manuscript, we have further emphasized these control experiments and their outcomes to ensure transparency and reproducibility. We have also included additional details in the Results section to highlight how these controls validate our key findings. For instance, control genotypes lacking the foraging-RNAi or GAL4 drivers were used to confirm that the observed phenotypes are specifically due to the manipulation of foraging expression.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s attention to this critical aspect of our study and hope that the additional clarification and emphasis on control experiments in the revised manuscript address their concerns. If there are specific control genotypes or experiments the reviewer would like us to include or elaborate on further, we would be happy to do so. Thank you for this valuable feedback.

      Comment 3____.fru is not expressed in the EB, so the authors may need to reconcile their model in figure 5G.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for her/his insightful comment regarding the expression of fru in the ellipsoid body (EB) and its relevance to our model in Figure 5G. We agree that fru is not expressed in the EB, and we acknowledge the need to reconcile this aspect of our model. While initial evidence suggested a potential role for the EB in regulating foraging-dependent LMD behavior, further investigation has revealed that neurons outside the EB are more likely to be involved in this process.

      During our revision, we identified fru-positive heart neurons that coexpress Pdfr and foraging, which appear to play a critical role in modulating LMD behavior. These findings suggest that the heart, rather than the EB, may be a key site for foraging function in the context of interval timing and mating duration. Specifically, we demonstrated that calcium activity in these fru+ heart cells is dynamically regulated by social context, further supporting their role in modulating male mating investment.

      In light of these new findings, we revised Figure 5G as new Figure 6H and the accompanying model to reflect the updated understanding that fru+ heart neurons, rather than EB neurons, are central to the regulation of LMD behavior. This adjustment aligns with our broader goal of accurately representing the neural and molecular mechanisms underlying foraging’s role in interval timing. We appreciate the Reviewer’s feedback, which has helped us refine our model and strengthen the manuscript. We hope these revisions address their concerns and provide a clearer and more accurate representation of our findings. Thank you for this valuable input.

      Minor concerns: Comment 4____.

      Line 32, what do you mean by "overall success of the collective"

      Line 124-126: I suggest not using "sitter neurons" or "rover neurons". Line 301, typo with "male-specific".

      Answer: We thank the Reviewer for their careful reading and constructive feedback. We have addressed each of their comments as follows:

      1. Line 32: We agree with the reviewer that the phrase "overall success of the collective" was unclear and have completely revised the Abstract to remove this expression. The updated Abstract now provides a clearer and more concise summary of our findings.

      Lines 124-126: We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to avoid using the terms "sitter neurons" or "rover neurons," as they could be misleading. We have revised this phrasing to "neurons of sitter/rover allele" to more accurately reflect the genetic context of our study.

      Line 301: We have corrected the typo with "male-specific" to ensure accuracy and clarity in the text.

      We hope these revisions address the Reviewer’s concerns and improve the overall quality of the manuscript. Thank you for your valuable input, which has helped us refine our work.

      __Strengths and limitations of the study:______ This study presents a significant advancement in understanding the foraging gene's role in regulating mating behaviors through interval timing, and identifies the critical role of Pdfr-expressing neurons in the ellipsoid body for LMD. However, it does not fully explain how these neurons specifically modulate timing mechanisms. The lack of in-depth mechanistic exploration of how these neurons interact with other circuits involved in memory and decision-making leaves gaps in the understanding of the exact pathways influencing interval timing. Also, the study focuses more on LMD behaviors and the neural circuits involved, leaving the mechanisms underlying SMD comparatively underexplored.

      __Answer:____ __We thank the reviewer for her/his thoughtful assessment of the strengths and limitations of our study. We agree that our work represents a significant advancement in understanding the role of the foraging gene in regulating mating behaviors through interval timing, particularly in identifying the critical role of Pdfr-expressing neurons in the ellipsoid body (EB) for long mating duration (LMD). However, we acknowledge that the initial manuscript did not fully elucidate how these neurons specifically modulate timing mechanisms or interact with other neural circuits involved in memory and decision-making.

      In response to this feedback, we have conducted additional experiments and analyses, which are now included in the revised manuscript. Specifically, we identified fru-positive heart neurons that coexpress Pdfr and foraging, and we demonstrated their essential role in LMD using calcium imaging (CaLexA). These findings provide a more comprehensive mechanistic understanding of how foraging influences interval timing through cardiac activity, which is dynamically regulated by social context. This new evidence addresses the reviewer’s concern by offering a clearer picture of the neural and molecular pathways underlying LMD.

      Regarding SMD behavior, we agree that it was comparatively underexplored in the initial manuscript. However, we have extensively studied SMD in other contexts, as highlighted in several of our previously published papers. These studies have investigated the sensory mechanisms, memory processes, peptidergic signaling, and clock gene functions associated with SMD (Zhang 2024,Zhang 2024,Sun 2024,Wong 2019,Kim 2024,Lee 2023). While the current manuscript focuses primarily on LMD, we will include a discussion of these findings to provide a more balanced perspective on the mechanisms underlying both LMD and SMD.

      We believe these revisions address the Reviewer’s concerns and significantly strengthen the manuscript by providing a more detailed mechanistic understanding of foraging’s role in interval timing and mating behaviors. We are grateful for the Reviewer’s constructive feedback, which has helped us improve the depth and clarity of our study. Thank you for your valuable input.

      __Advance:______ This study brings a novel perspective to the foraging gene, previously known for its role in regulating food-search behavior. It demonstrates that foraging is also involved in interval timing, a cognitive process integral to mating behaviors in Drosophila. This discovery challenges the assumption that foraging is solely related to foraging strategies, revealing a broader function in time-based decision-making processes.

      Answer: We sincerely thank the reviewer for her/his insightful comments and for recognizing the novel contributions of our study. We are pleased that the reviewer highlighted how our work expands the understanding of the foraging gene, which was previously primarily associated with food-search behavior. By demonstrating its role in interval timing—a cognitive process critical to mating behaviors in Drosophila—we challenge the conventional assumption that foraging is solely related to foraging strategies. Instead, our findings reveal its broader function in time-based decision-making processes, particularly in the context of mating duration.

      This discovery not only advances our understanding of the pleiotropic roles of foraging but also opens new avenues for exploring how genetic and neural mechanisms integrate temporal and environmental cues to regulate complex behaviors. We are grateful for the reviewer’s support and acknowledgment of the significance of our findings. Thank you for this valuable feedback.

      __Audience:______ The study offers significant value to several specialized research communities, including behavioral genetics and evolutionary biology, especially those using the Drosophila model. This could inform future research on other behaviors that depend on precise timing and decision-making.

      Answer: We sincerely thank the reviewer for her/his thoughtful comment and for recognizing the broad relevance of our study. We are pleased that the reviewer highlighted the significant value our work offers to be specialized research communities, particularly in behavioral genetics and evolutionary biology, as well as to researchers using the Drosophila model. By elucidating the role of the foraging gene in interval timing and its impact on mating behaviors, our findings provide a foundation for future research on other behaviors that rely on precise timing and decision-making. This study not only advances our understanding of the genetic and neural mechanisms underlying interval timing but also opens new avenues for exploring how similar processes may operate in other species or contexts. We hope our work will inspire further investigations into the interplay between genetic variation, neural circuits, and environmental cues in shaping adaptive behaviors. Thank you for your valuable feedback and for acknowledging the potential impact of our research.

    1. AbstractThe development of long-read sequencing is promising to high-quality and comprehensive de novo assembly for various species around the world. However, it is still challenging for genome assemblers to well-handle thousands of genomes, tens of gigabase level genome sizes and terabase level datasets simultaneously and efficiently, which is a bottleneck to large de novo sequencing studies. A major cause is the read overlapping graph construction that state-of-the-art tools usually have to cost terabyte-level RAM space and tens of days for that of large genomes. Such lower performance and scalability are not suited to handle the numerous samples to be sequenced. Herein, we propose xRead, an iterative overlapping graph approach that achieves high performance, scalability and yield simultaneously. Under the guidance of its novel read coverage-based model, xRead uses heuristic alignment skeleton approach to implement incremental graph construction with highly controllable RAM space and faster speed. For example, it enables to process the 1.28 Tb A. mexicanum dataset with less than 64GB RAM and obviously lower time-cost. Moreover, the benchmarks on the datasets from various-sized genomes suggest that it achieves higher accuracy in overlap detection without loss of sensitivity which also guarantees the quality of the produced graphs. Overall, xRead is suited to handle numbers of datasets from large genomes, especially with limited computational resources, which may play important roles in many de novo sequencing studies.

      This work has been peer reviewed in GigaScience (https://doi.org/10.1093/gigascience/giaf007), which carries out open, named peer-review. These reviews are published under a CC-BY 4.0 license and were as follows:

      Reviewer #2: Anuradha Wickramarachchi

      Overall comments.

      Authors of the manuscript have developed an iterative overlap graph construction algorithm to support genome assembly. This is both an interesting and a demanding area of research due to very recent advancements in sequencing technologies.

      Although the text in the manuscript is interesting, grammar must be rechecked and revised. At some point it is difficult to keep track of the content and references to supplementary to make sense out of the content.

      Specific comments

      Page 1 Line 13: I believe the authors are talking about assembly sizes and not genome sizes. The sentences here could be a bit short to make them easy to understand.

      Page 2 Line 19: Theoretical time complexity O(m2n2) is bit of an overstatement due to the heuristics employed by most assemblers. For example, mash distance, minimisers and k-mer bins are there to prevent this explosion of complexity. Either acknowledge such methods or provide a range for the time complexity. I would be interesting to know the time complexities of the methods expressed in sentence starting Line 15.

      Page 5 Line 11: Was this performed with overlapping windows of 1gb? Otherwise, simulations may not have reads spanning across such regions.

      Page 5 Line 14: It seems you are simulating 9 + 4 + 4 datasets. This is unclear, please make this into bullet points or separate paragraphs and explain clearly. Include simulator information in the table itself by may be making it landscape (in supplementary).

      Fig 2: I believe authors should expand their analysis to more recent and popular assemblers. For example, wtdbg2 is designed for noisy reads and not specifically for more accurate R10/ HiFi reads. So please include, HiFi-asm, Flye where appropriate. Flye supports ONT out of the box and in my experience does produce good assemblies.

      Although, you are evaluating read overlaps, it is hard to ignore assemblers themselves just because they do not produce intermediate overlaps graphs.

      Page 5-9: In the benchmarks section, please include how True Positives and False Positives were labelled. Was this from simulation data?

      Page 11: Use of xRead has been evaluated on genome assemblies. This is a very important and it is a bit unfortunate that existing assemblers are not very flexible in terms of plugging in new intermediate steps. It might be worth exploring into creating a new assembler using the wtpoa2 cli command of wtdbg2.

      Page 16: What will happen if you only capture reads from a single chromosome due to longer length? I believe the objective is to gather longest reads capturing as much as possible covering the whole genome. Please comment on this.

      Page 19: In the Github Readme the download URL was wrong. Please correct it to the latest release

      Correct: https://github.com/tcKong47/xRead/releases/download/xRead-v1.0.0.1/xRead-v1.0.0.tar.gz Existing: https://github.com/tcKong47/xRead/releases/download/v1.0.0/xRead-v1.0.0.tar.gz

      Make command failed with make: *** No rule to make target main.h', needed bymain.o'. Stop.

      It seems the release does not have source code, but rather the compiled version. Please update github instructing how to compile code properly with a git clone.

    1. AbstractThe blue peafowl (Pavo cristatus) and the green peafowl (Pavo muticus) have significant public affection due to their stunning appearance, although the green peafowl is currently endangered. Some studies have suggested introgression between these the two species, although evidence is mixed. In this study, we successfully assembled a high-quality chromosome-level reference genome of the blue peafowl, including the autosomes, Z and W sex chromosomes as well as a complete mitochondria DNA sequence. Data from 77 peafowl whole genomes, 76 peafowl mitochondrial genomes and 33 peahen W chromosomes genomes provide the first substantial genetic evidence for recent hybridization between green and blue peafowl. We found three hybrid green peafowls in zoo samples rather than in the wild samples, with blue peafowl genomic content of 16-34%. Maternal genetic analysis showed that two of the hybrid female green peafowls contained complete blue peafowl mitochondrial genomes and W chromosomes. Hybridization of endangered species with its relatives is extremely detrimental to conservation. Some animal protection agencies release captive green peafowls in order to maintain the wild population of green peafowls. Therefore, in order to better protect the endangered green peafowl, we suggest that purebred identification must be carried out before releasing green peafowls from zoos into the wild in order to preventing the hybrid green peafowl from contaminating the wild green peafowl. In addition, we also found that there were historical introgression events of green peafowl to blue peafowl in four Zoo blue peafowl individuals. The introgressed genomic regions contain IGFBP1 and IGFBP2 genes that could affect blue peafowl body size. Finally, we identified that the nonsense mutation (g.4:12583552G>A) in the EDNRB2 gene is the genetic causative mutation for white feather color of blue peafowl (also called white peafowl), which prevents melanocytes from being transported into feathers, such that melanin cannot be deposited.

      This work has been peer reviewed in GigaScience (https://doi.org/10.1093/gigascience/giae124), which carries out open, named peer-review. These reviews are published under a CC-BY 4.0 license and were as follows:

      Reviewer #2: Subhradip Karmakar

      I read with interest the manuscript " Genomic evidence for hybridization and introgression between blue peafowl and endangered green peafowl and molecular Foundation of peafowl white plumage" by Lujiang et al. . This is a well-drafted, well-executed study that investigated the effect of introgression in shaping the genomic diversity landscape of peafowl. I am glad the authors undertook this much-needed study which is so critical from an evolutionary point of view. I have few queries and clarifications needed : 1. Fig S21 : Manhattan Plot : What is the loci on Chr 4 & Chr 6 that showed above threshold? What are the consequences of IL12b and IL25 ? 2. Page 50, Line : 929 : " The genes (IGF2BP3, TGBR1, ISPD, MEOX2, GLI3 and MC4R) related to body size in blue peafowl were also found to have introgression areas from green peafowl" What is the evidence for this ? Were these genes absent before the introgression events in blue peafowl? What are the modifications of IGFBP after introgression? Is it under positive selection? If yes why 3. There is not much discussion on Fig S 22 ( Suppl) on the KEGG Pathway hits. What is the significance of ribosome biogenesis? Protein processing in ER, etc 4. The white peafowls were homozygous for the mutant (A/A), resulting in the loss of EDNRB2 transcript. What is the reason for this mutant gene's fixation in white plumage birds? 5. The images, almost all of them, appear very hazy and blurry. It may be an issue with my computer. Please recheck 6. Please elaborate on the significance of IL6 and other immune-related genes in the discussion.

    1. AbstractBackground Precise prediction of epitope presentation on human leukocyte antigen (HLA) molecules is crucial for advancing vaccine development and immunotherapy. Conventional HLA-peptide binding affinity prediction tools often focus on specific alleles and lack a universal approach for comprehensive HLA site analysis. This limitation hinders efficient filtering of invalid peptide segments.Results We introduce TransHLA, a pioneering tool designed for epitope prediction across all HLA alleles, integrating Transformer and Residue CNN architectures. TransHLA utilizes the ESM2 large language model for sequence and structure embeddings, achieving high predictive accuracy. For HLA class I, it reaches an accuracy of 84.72% and an AUC of 91.95% on IEDB test data. For HLA class II, it achieves 79.94% accuracy and an AUC of 88.14%. Our case studies using datasets like CEDAR and VDJdb demonstrate that TransHLA surpasses existing models in specificity and sensitivity for identifying immunogenic epitopes and neoepitopes.Conclusions TransHLA significantly enhances vaccine design and immunotherapy by efficiently identifying broadly reactive peptides. Our resources, including data and code, are publicly accessible at https://github.com/SkywalkerLuke/TransHLA

      This work has been peer reviewed in GigaScience (https://doi.org/10.1093/gigascience/giaf008), which carries out open, named peer-review. These reviews are published under a CC-BY 4.0 license and were as follows:

      Reviewer 2: Markus Müller

      The authors present TransHLA, a deep learning tool to predict whether a peptide is an HLA binder or not. They use the ESM2 language model to create peptide embeddings for structural and sequence features and then use transformers and CNNs for the binding prediction. The article is well-written and clear. However, the authors must better justify the choice of their model and its potential application.

      Major comments:

      1) In personalized medicine, the HLA alleles of a patient can be obtained via WES and there is no need for such a HLA agnostic binding predictor. Could you briefly outline the most important medical applications where your TransHLA predictor could be most useful?

      2) Could you give more information about your IEDB training set? What are the frequencies of the HLA alleles, and the number of peptides per allele? How did you perform the splits into training, validation, and test sets? Were peptides from the same allele all present in all 3 sets? How does TransHLA perform for peptides binding to alleles not present in the training set compared to peptides binding to alleles present in the training set? How does the performance depend on the number of peptides of the allele in the training set? Is the model biased to these frequent alleles?

      3) Peptides are processed by many steps before being presented on HLA molecules. These include cleavage in the proteasome, transport via TAP to the ER, cleavage by ERADs and finally loading on the HLA complex. Why don't you perform your study on extended peptide sequences, where you take into account several amino acids before and after the peptide termini? Like this, you could also include the other processing steps. It would be interesting to see whether this sequence extension would improve prediction.

      4) Could you compare your approach with a 'simpler' approach, where you calculate all biopython features (such as flexibility), ev. choose the n most informative ones by feature selection, and use a standard classifier such as logistic regression or XGBoost to predict the HLA binding. This method has the advantage that it tells you directly which features are most relevant.

      5) Please provide the results of the ablation study in a table in the main text, where you compare the ablated models to the base model.

      6) Could you briefly explain what the different terms in the TIM loss are and why they are important?

      7) Does the flexibility depend on the length of the peptides? Peptides longer than 10 often bulge out of the binding groove, and naively one would expect them to be less stiff than peptides of length 8 or 9.

      Minor:

      1) In Equation 10, please define ^p_k. In the text, you use T for the number of classes, in the formulae K.

    1. 9 个美观且信息丰富的数据可视化示例

      以下是文章《9 个美观且信息丰富的数据可视化示例》的要点:

      数据可视化的重要性

      • 数据量激增: 2020 年人类生产了 59 泽字节的数据,且数据量预计将逐年呈指数级增长。
      • 数据分析的关键: 数据分析已成为不可或缺的专业领域,数据可视化是数据分析的关键部分。
      • 数据可视化的作用: 图形化表示数据能够帮助我们发现新的见解、进行高层次分析,并以清晰简洁的方式传达发现。

      数据可视化示例

      文章列举了 9 个数据可视化示例,展示了数据可视化的多样性、美观性和信息性,以及不同类型的图表在数据呈现上的应用:

      1. 可视化一个泽字节 (Visualizing a zettabyte): 思科公司 (Cisco) 的可视化图表,以形象化的方式展现了一个泽字节数据的庞大,帮助人们理解泽字节的概念。(来源:The Guardian / Cisco)
      2. 星球大战角色互动关系网络图 (Network graph of character interactions in the Star Wars franchise): 数据艺术家 Kirell Benzi 创建的网络图,展示了星球大战宇宙中 20,000 多个角色之间的联系,用节点和颜色编码的线条 (边) 表示角色和关系,突显了网络图在可视化大数据连接和群体方面的强大功能。(来源:Kirill Benzi)
      3. 新冠疫情潜在传播热力图 (Heat mapping the potential spread of the Covid-19): Tectonix GEO 使用匿名手机数据制作的热力图,展示了 2020 年春假期间佛罗里达州海滩的游客移动数据,以及疫情潜在的地理传播范围,体现了地图在位置数据可视化中的重要作用。(来源:YouTube / Tectonix GEO; 来源:New York Times / Tectonix GEO)
      4. 人口密度 3D 地图 (3D mapping of population density): Alasdair Rae 使用欧盟 GHS_POP 数据创建的欧洲人口密度 3D 地图,通过柱状图的高度表示每个 1 平方公里区域的人口数量,直观地展示了欧洲人口稠密地区,强调了 3D 地图在功能性上的应用,以及实质内容应先于风格的核心原则。(来源:Alisdair Rae / statsmapsnpix.com)
      5. CRAN 网络上流行的编程语言气泡图 (Popular programming languages on the CRAN network): Dr. Torsten Sprenger 创建的气泡图和圆形网络图的结合,展示了 CRAN 网络中 300 个软件包中流行编程语言的使用情况,气泡大小代表代码行数,颜色和位置表示编程语言,体现了数据可视化在数据分析主题上的应用。(来源:Dr Torsten Sprenger / GitHub)
      6. 全球地表温度折线图 (Line graph of global surface temperature): UNEP GRID 提供的折线图,展示了 1880 年至 2010 年代末的全球地表温度变化趋势,叠加了来自 NASA、NOAA、日本气象厅和英国气象局四个不同来源的数据,验证了数据的高度相关性,并以简洁明了的方式有力地展示了全球气温上升的趋势,强调了简洁清晰的数据可视化在政策制定和决策中的重要性。(来源:UNEP GRID)
      7. 良好政府互动式气泡图 (Interactive bubble chart of good government): Gov | DNA 创建的互动式网络工具,以气泡代表国家,用户可以点击比较不同国家的世界幸福指数与就业、预期寿命、新闻自由和腐败等变量之间的关系,展示了交互性在数据可视化中的作用,以及如何通过互动探索数据。(来源:Werner Helmich)
      8. 美国移民 Streamgraph 图 (Streamgraph of immigration to the US): 数据记者 Talia Bronshtein 创建的 Streamgraph 图,描绘了 200 年间 (1820 年至 2015 年) 移民到美国的移民国籍变化,快速展现了移民趋势和模式,例如战争时期移民停滞和移民来源地的变化,突出了 Streamgraph 图在快速识别模式方面的优势。(来源:Talia Bronshtein / insightfulinteraction.com)
      9. 智利 2010 年地震雕塑热力图 (Sculptural heat map of Chile’s 2010 earthquake): 艺术家 Janet Echelman 受 NOAA 海啸热力图的启发创作的雕塑作品 “1.26”,用彩色绳索悬挂在轻型框架上,将艺术成就与数据可视化相结合,证明了数据可视化和数据分析的创造性。(来源:NOAA / PMEL / Center for Tsunami Research; 来源:Janet Echelman)

      总结

      • 数据可视化形式多样,既可以信息丰富,又可以美观,并且在不同领域都有广泛的应用。
      • 推荐观看数据可视化领域的领导者 Hans Rosling 的视频,以获得更多启发。
      • 鼓励读者学习数据可视化,并推荐 CareerFoundry 的数据可视化 Python 课程。

      行动号召

      • 参加 CareerFoundry 的免费数据分析速成课程,亲身体验数据分析。
      • 参加 CareerFoundry 的免费在线数据分析活动,与行业专家交流。
      • 考虑参加 CareerFoundry 的数据分析师认证课程,开启数据分析职业生涯。
    2. 《9 个杰出的数据新闻范例》

      以下是文章《9 个杰出的数据新闻范例》的要点:

      引言

      • 数据新闻的兴起广受赞誉,因为它能够利用统计数据,以引人入胜的叙事方式呈现世界。
      • 面对海量数据,记者们正在积极尝试如何理解和呈现这些大数据集。
      • 全球出版物都在投资数据驱动的故事,以满足对深度报道日益增长的需求。
      • 数据新闻和调查性报道已成为近年来最紧迫和引人注目的新闻形式。
      • 尽管数据新闻潜力巨大,但除了少数资金充足的新闻机构外,数据记者通常面临资源有限、支持不足的挑战。
      • 幸运的是,如今记者可用的工具比以往任何时候都更加易用和强大。
      • 即使没有数据科学背景或外部专家团队,数据记者也能创作出精美的深度专题报道。

      9 个杰出的数据新闻范例

      文章列举了 9 个数据新闻的杰出范例,展示了不同规模的新闻团队如何运用数据讲述精彩故事:

      1. 绿化分歧:财富如何在变暖的世界中购买阴凉 | Stuff

        • 新闻机构: Stuff (Aotearoa 新西兰)
        • 主题: 经济不平等如何影响城市树木覆盖率,以及这与应对气候变化的关系。
        • 数据可视化: 图表展示了新西兰主要城市中心的数据,揭示了富裕郊区树木覆盖率更高的现象。
        • 亮点: 清晰地可视化了复杂数据集之间的关系,揭示了社会经济地位与环境资源分配的不平等。
      2. 德国联邦议院必须更具多样性吗?| ZDFheute

        • 新闻机构: ZDFheute (德国)
        • 主题: 德国联邦议院是否能代表德国人民的构成?
        • 数据可视化: 使用 598 个德国联邦议会议员的轮廓图,通过高亮和注释,直观地展示了德国人口结构与其议会代表之间的差异。
        • 亮点: 利用简单的视觉工具探讨了德国议会人口结构代表性的复杂问题,引发了对专家知识与多元生活经验结合的思考。
      3. 奥特亚罗瓦正在消失的物种 | RNZ

        • 新闻机构: RNZ (新西兰)
        • 主题: 新西兰人对国家“葱郁翠绿”的自我认知与生物多样性受威胁的现实之间的差距。
        • 数据可视化: 可视化了新西兰物种威胁分类系统的数据,用简单的图表和动态计数器,突出了新西兰特有物种面临的持续威胁。
        • 亮点: 通过简洁的数据呈现,将看似静态的数字转化为清晰的视觉感知,提升了人们对生物多样性威胁的紧迫感。
      4. 杀戮时代:澳大利亚边境战争的大屠杀地图 | 卫报

        • 新闻机构: 卫报 (The Guardian)
        • 主题: 揭露自 1788 年以来殖民暴力侵害澳大利亚原住民的规模。
        • 数据可视化: 交互式地图,用色点代表边境暴力事件,颜色编码表示死亡人数,并提供过滤器和事件详情,揭示了殖民暴力的规模和历史真相。
        • 亮点: 利用地图的视觉冲击力,有力地揭示了澳大利亚殖民历史中被隐藏的暴力真相,呼吁正视历史遗留问题。
      5. 俄罗斯入侵乌克兰地图——最新更新 | 金融时报

        • 新闻机构: 金融时报 (Financial Times)
        • 主题: 报道俄罗斯入侵乌克兰的战争局势。
        • 数据可视化: 使用 10 张不同的地图、数据可视化和地图集,提供“乌克兰战争的视觉指南”,结合地理信息与社会数据,例如用比例符号地图展示乌克兰难民在欧洲的分布。
        • 亮点: 通过地图和数据可视化,将复杂的人类叙事与地理信息相结合,直观地展现了战争的规模和人道主义危机。
      6. 底特律种族隔离墙依然存在,鲜明地提醒着种族分裂 | NBC 新闻

        • 新闻机构: NBC 新闻 & BridgeDetroit
        • 主题: 底特律 Birwood 墙(又称八英里墙)作为种族隔离历史的见证,及其持续的经济和文化影响。
        • 数据可视化: 使用滚动触发和动画地图,结合历史数据、房价数据和政府“红线政策”的历史背景,讲述了种族隔离的持续影响,以及白人政策制定者有意为之的种族经济隔离。
        • 亮点: 通过数据和可视化,结合纪录片、访谈和历史照片,有力地揭示了种族隔离的深远影响,以及种族分裂并非偶然的历史根源。
      7. 国际足联世界杯:他们赢得了没有决赛的世界杯 & 12 个惊人故事 | The Quint

        • 新闻机构: The Quint (印度)
        • 主题: 回顾国际足联世界杯历史上鲜为人知的有趣故事。
        • 数据可视化: 使用视频、历史照片和数据可视化,例如旋转的足球演变成地球,展示全球观众的比例;彩色图表展示了世界杯奖金的指数级增长;以及不同类型的数据图表,讲述了世界杯的精彩故事。
        • 亮点: 展示了数据新闻在娱乐领域的应用,利用数据可视化生动有趣地讲述了足球世界杯的历史趣闻。
      8. 今年冬天如何保暖:寒冷如何影响最脆弱的群体 | 半岛电视台

        • 新闻机构: 半岛电视台 (Al Jazeera)
        • 主题: 关注美国弱势群体在冬季面临的寒冷和生活成本上升问题。
        • 数据可视化: 结合宏观和微观视角,使用地图、图表和信息图表,展示了全国平均气温、无家可归率、能源价格等大数据,以及弱势群体的个人故事,例如在地铁站避寒的人们和努力降低生活成本的母亲们。
        • 亮点: 将宏观数据与微观个人故事相结合,生动地展现了社会问题对弱势群体的影响,并提供了节能建议。
      9. FiveThirtyEight 预测有多准?| FiveThirtyEight

        • 新闻机构: FiveThirtyEight (美国)
        • 主题: 回顾 FiveThirtyEight 自身预测的准确性,反思统计分析的实践。
        • 数据可视化: 使用校准图,以清晰简洁的方式展示了预测结果与实际结果之间的差异,并使用文本注释和深入图表,解释了统计不确定性和分辨率等概念。
        • 亮点: 展示了数据新闻的自省能力,以及如何运用数据分析方法评估自身预测的准确性,提升了公众对概率性思维的理解。

      结论

      • 数字并非人人喜爱,但它们是解读和传播重要故事(包括宏大叙事和个人故事)的宝贵工具。
      • 数据新闻提供了一种“不同的新闻报道方式”,记者不必成为数学家,只需成为会讲故事的人。
      • 文章希望通过这些杰出的数据新闻范例,激发读者对数据新闻的兴趣,并鼓励更多人尝试数据叙事创作。
    3. 内容简介

      以下是文章《8 个复杂数据可视化示例》的要点:

      视觉效果的力量

      文章开头强调了视觉效果在信息传递和受众说服方面的强大作用,并列举了一些数据来佐证:

      • 大脑可以识别持续仅 13 毫秒的图像。
      • 我们的眼睛每小时可以记录 36,000 条视觉信息
      • 我们可以在不到 1/10 秒的时间内感知视觉场景。
      • 传输到大脑的信息中 90% 是视觉信息
      • 大脑处理视觉信息的速度比处理文本快 60,000 倍

      8 个复杂数据可视化示例

      文章列举了 8 个数据可视化示例,展示了如何有效地呈现复杂数据:

      1. 极端贫困的减少 (The Dwindling of Extreme Poverty)

        • 来源: 布鲁金斯学会 (The Brookings Institute)
        • 目的: 展示过去一个世纪全球贫困的变化,更好地理解消除贫困的挑战。
        • 可视化内容: 交互式图表,曲线下面积代表发展中国家人口,按个人每日消费水平排列。曲线高度表示达到该生活水平的人数。贫困线左侧曲线下面积表示生活在贫困线以下的人数。
      2. 美国年龄结构金字塔 (The U.S. Age Pyramid)

        • 来源: The Next America (皮尤研究中心 - Pew Research Center)
        • 目的: 阐释美国人口结构随时间的变化,预测未来可能面临的挑战。
        • 可视化内容: 图表展示了从 1960 年到 2060 年美国年龄结构从金字塔形向矩形转变的过程,反映了寿命延长和出生率降低的人口趋势。
      3. 谷歌搜索词“节食” (The Word “Diet” from Google Search)

        • 来源: 谷歌搜索 (Google Search)
        • 目的: 描绘人们在节假日前后对“节食”行为和态度的变化。
        • 可视化内容: 折线图展示了全年“节食”一词的每日搜索量,显示节日前搜索量显著下降,新年伊始 резко 飙升的趋势。
      4. 租房 vs. 买房 (Renting vs. Buying)

        • 来源: 纽约时报 (The New York Times)
        • 目的: 帮助用户理解和决定是租房还是买房。
        • 可视化内容: 交互式计算器工具,计算租房和买房的常见费用,并考虑机会成本,帮助用户做出决策。
      5. 音乐时间轴 (The Music Timeline)

        • 来源: 谷歌 (Google)
        • 目的: 展示不同音乐流派随时间推移的流行程度。
        • 可视化内容: 时间轴图,每条色带代表一种音乐流派,色带厚度表示该流派在特定年份发行的音乐的流行程度。用户可以点击色带放大查看更细分的流派。
      6. 千禧一代的多样性 (Millennial Generation Diversity)

        • 来源: CNN
        • 目的: 展示不同世代的人口规模和多样性。
        • 可视化内容: 图表展示了千禧一代比婴儿潮一代规模更大、更多样化。
      7. 美国人口迁移模式 (U.S. Migration Patterns)

        • 来源: 纽约时报 (The New York Times)
        • 目的: 展示 1900 年以来美国人在各州之间的人口迁移情况。
        • 可视化内容: 地图可视化,按州细分,展示了美国各州居民的出生地迁移模式,例如怀俄明州长期以来主要由来自其他州的移民组成。
      8. 美国人口居住地 (Where America Lives)

        • 来源: 时代周刊 (Time)
        • 目的: 简洁有效地呈现美国各地人口分布的差异。
        • 可视化内容: 3D 风格地图,清晰地显示了人口稠密地区(都市区)和人口稀疏地区(乡村)。
    4. about Humble org chart

      The Humble Org Chart(谦虚的组织结构图)是由著名的商业思想家、管理顾问 Patty McCord 提出的概念,旨在挑战传统的、僵化的组织结构图(Org Chart)理念,强调更加灵活、透明和以员工为中心的工作方式。这个概念尤其与 Netflix 的文化和管理方法紧密相关,因为 McCord 曾是 Netflix 的首席人才官,并在该公司建立了创新的企业文化。

      主要特点和理念

      1. 去中心化的结构<br /> 传统的组织结构图通常是自上而下的,显示出明确的等级关系和权力流向,而“谦虚的组织结构图”则主张去除这些等级的严苛划分,采用更加开放和灵活的方式进行协作。它强调员工之间的平等关系,而不是固守传统的上下级关系。

      2. 动态变化<br /> 传统的组织结构图可能是静态的,随着时间的推移,它很少发生变化。但“谦虚的组织结构图”倡导一种更加动态的方式,结构和角色会根据公司的发展和团队需求进行调整。这种灵活性可以帮助企业更好地应对外部变化和内部创新。

      3. 强调透明与信任<br /> 传统组织结构图往往隐瞒了某些关键的信息或角色分配,导致员工在面对决策时缺乏清晰的理解。而“谦虚的组织结构图”倡导开放透明的信息流动,每个员工都能清楚地了解公司目标、角色分配以及决策过程,从而提升信任度和合作效率。

      4. 员工为核心<br /> 在这种结构下,员工被视为公司发展的关键力量,而不是传统意义上的"下属"。这种结构允许员工在公司内自由流动,寻找适合自己的角色和职责,促进员工的成长和自我驱动。

      5. 弱化官僚主义<br /> 传统的组织结构图往往会强化公司内部的官僚主义,使得决策和沟通变得缓慢和复杂。“谦虚的组织结构图”则通过打破过度的层级关系,减少官僚主义,提高组织的灵活性和响应速度。

      实际应用

      "谦虚的组织结构图"的实际应用可以在一些企业中看到,尤其是那些追求创新、灵活和扁平化管理的公司。例如,Netflix 强调个人责任与自由,鼓励员工自我管理并给他们足够的权力来做出决策,这种方式摒弃了传统的上下级指令链条,代之以更加灵活和高效的组织方式。

      总结

      “The Humble Org Chart” 是对传统组织结构的一种挑战,它提倡更灵活、更平等、透明的工作环境,鼓励创新与协作,强化员工的自我管理能力。这种概念尤其适用于现代快速发展的公司,尤其是那些需要快速响应市场变化和维持高效协作的公司。

    1. elevant legislation and(published) case law may be found relatively easily. In the first place, in doctri-nal books and articles (much less in Italy, however, where legislation is often dis-cussed without direct references to case law) and, for more recent months andyears, through electronic databases. But what to do with the context of the law?Occasionally, some explanations may be found in doctrinal legal writings, butuntil now this has been rather exceptional. Sometimes it was explained widely inthe international press, such as the financial crisis as the context and explanationfor some domestic and European changes in regulations of the financial sector.Sometimes, the researcher may discover historical, sociological, and/or economicliterature on her topic for a country included in the comparison, but that is notobvious either.

      what to compare? what sources to use-- 1) relevant legislation, 2) published case law, 3) doctrinal legal writings, 4) international press discussing motives behind regulations, 5) social science research (historical, sociological, economic)

    Annotators

    1. 1. Identify your legal issue. What question or issue do you want to compare across jurisdictions? You may want current awareness and news sources to find a novel question for your research. 2. Choose jurisdictions to compare. What are their similarities and differences? For this, you may want to review research guides and country background reports to determine the selected countries' legal systems and find the points of comparison in their legal institutions. 3. Find secondary sources. These may include treatises and scholarly articles, either comparative works, or on the law of each jurisdiction. These will give you descriptions of the legal institutions for each country, analysis and interpretation of the law, and citations and keywords for continuing your research. 4. Gather primary materials. Legal research guides will help you find these. You may need subscription databases, government sources, or print materials, and you may need interlibrary loan to find them. These will include constitutions, judicial decisions, and statutes. 5. Update your research as needed. Have laws you found been superseded? Are your secondary sources reviewing current law? 6. At every stage, take good notes. Keep track of what sources you have used and what search terms you used. Note the citations for everything in your notes.

      GOOD STEPS!!!!!!!! I GOT THESE ALL LOWKEY

    1. Once the researcher decides that he or she should opt for CLR because of the need to survey the diversity of experiences in relation to the felt difficulty in a chosen field, he or she should plan his CLR carefully. Statement of the problem, selection of comparative elements (jurisdictions, laws, institutions, legal families); identification of tertium comparationis; formulation of paradigm functionalist study; macro-comparison; cultural immersion; micro-comparison; comparison through application of methods of agreement, disagreement, residue, and aggregation; description and analysis; and estimation of relative merits and demerits are the specific steps in the course of CLR. However, it is not possible to suggest a rigid sequential order, as spontaneity of circumstances call for flexibility. In legal research for law reform, comparative study is the most common component of multimodal research.60

      STEPS TO A COMPARATIVE LAW RESEARCH PAPER!!! 1) STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEM, 2) IDENTIFICATION OF THE TERIUM COMPARATIONIS, 3) FORMULATION OF PARADIGM FUNCTIONALIST STUDY, 4) MACRO-COMPARISON, 5) CULTURAL IMMERSION, 6) MICRO-COMPARISON, 7) COMPARISON THROUGH APPLICATION OF STUFF, 8) DESCRIPTION AND ANALYSIS, AND 9) ESTIMATION OF MERITS

    1. The first part, (Rule 1) is acquiring theskills of a comparativist in order to evaluate law clearly,objectively, and neutrally. The second part, (Rule 2) is evaluationof the law as it is expressed concretely, in words, action, or orality.We can refer to this as the external law. Once we get anunderstanding of the law as actually stated, we can move on to thethird part, (Rule 3) of the methodology an evaluation of how thelaw actually operates within a culture. We might refer to this aslaw in action or the internal law.

      ANOTHER SUMMARY OF THE RULES EXCEPT WITHOUT STEP 4 FOR SOME REASON

    2. My proposal for comparativemethodology consists of these steps: Rule 1 consists of acquiringthe skills of a comparativist. That skill calls for immersion in theculture under review, linguistic knowledge, and the application ofneutral, objective, and evaluative skills. Rule 2 will applycomparative skill to evaluate the external law, consisting of thelaw as written or stated. Here we must do a close assessment ofthe similarities and differences of the law of different countriesunder review. Rule 3 will involve applying the same methodologyto the internal law, consisting of the law that lies beneath externallaw yet has important influences on the formation of law. Finally,Rule 4 will involve assembling the results of comparativeinvestigation in order to determine what we can learn from aforeign legal system and how that insight might reflect on our own

      THIS PART AND THE AFTER IS THE REALLY IMPORTANT PART!!!! THESE ARE THE STEPS

    1. 贝尔法斯特的声音艺术

      关键点总结

      1. 贝尔法斯特与声音文化
      2. 贝尔法斯特长期受到政治和宗教紧张关系的困扰,但通过声音文化找到了连接与共同体感,如朋克音乐和90年代的舞曲文化。
      3. 声音文化为北爱尔兰提供了不同于暴力冲突的替代声音,成为城市团结的媒介。

      4. 声音与空间

      5. 教堂钟声作为“声学领土”的象征,代表社区的界限和保护。
      6. 声音具有不确定性,依赖气候、风向等因素,导致边界在不同的时间和地点不断变化。

      7. 贝尔法斯特的艺术实验与声音艺术

      8. 1990年代,贝尔法斯特的Catalyst Arts空间成为艺术实验的核心,推动了声音艺术的发展,尤其是在电子音乐和声音装置方面。
      9. Catalyst Arts鼓励艺术家通过声音、表演和装置进行探索,尤其是Dan Shipsides的实验性艺术实践。

      10. Susan Philipsz与声艺术的认可

      11. Philipsz在贝尔法斯特时期的作品,如《Filter》(1999),以声音作为艺术手段,后来获得特纳奖,标志着声音艺术的主流认可。

      12. 学术机构的作用

      13. Sonic Arts Research Centre (SARC) 在贝尔法斯特的成立(2001年)将声音艺术学术化,推动了声音研究和音乐创作。
      14. SARC提供了一个先进的空间——Sonic Laboratory,用于沉浸式、三维声音呈现,并通过 Sonorities Festival 连接国际声音艺术界。

      15. 声音艺术的学术与实践

      16. Simon Waters强调声音艺术的跨感官体验,并扩展Sonorities Festival的范围,涵盖装置、展览和俱乐部夜晚等形式,吸引更广泛的公众参与。

      17. Helena Hamilton与声音艺术的创新

      18. Hamilton通过SARC的学习,结合视觉和声音的创作方式,开展了如《The Butterflies in My Brain》(2014)等互动性、实时生成的声音作品。

      19. Catalyst Arts与当代声音艺术的延续

      20. Catalyst Arts依旧在推动贝尔法斯特的声音艺术,现有的SARC博士生Liam McCartan继续推动与SARC的合作,并主办如《Resonance》等强调声音物理性展览。

      21. 声音艺术的挑战

      22. 声音艺术的界定模糊,往往在音乐、视觉艺术等类别之间摇摆不定,影响了艺术家在资金和支持上的定位。
      23. 这类艺术的多样性和不断变化的表现形式仍在挑战传统艺术机构的定义与支持体系。

      24. 贝尔法斯特的声音艺术未来

        • 贝尔法斯特的声音艺术逐渐形成独特的本土特色,尽管面临资金和市场限制,但艺术家们通过不断实验和跨领域合作持续推进这一实践。

      总的来说,贝尔法斯特的声音艺术从DIY和社群主义出发,逐渐形成了学术、艺术和实践相结合的独特生态。尽管面临分类模糊和市场不稳定的挑战,但声音艺术的创新和实验精神使其在该城市不断发展。

    1. local
      • RE 1151237
      • Órgão julgador: Tribunal Pleno
      • Relator(a): Min. ALEXANDRE DE MORAES
      • Julgamento: 03/10/2019
      • Publicação: 12/11/2019

      RECURSO EXTRAORDINÁRIO COM REPERCUSSÃO GERAL RECONHECIDA. COMPETÊNCIA PARA DENOMINAÇÃO DE PRÓPRIOS, VIAS E LOGRADOUROS PÚBLICOS E SUAS ALTERAÇÕES. COABITAÇÃO NORMATIVA ENTRE OS PODERES EXECUTIVO (DECRETO) E O LEGISLATIVO (LEI FORMAL), CADA QUAL NO ÂMBITO DE SUAS ATRIBUIÇÕES. 1. Tem-se, na origem, ação direta de inconstitucionalidade proposta perante o Tribunal de Justiça do Estado de São Paulo em face do art. 33, XII, da Lei Orgânica do Município de Sorocaba, que assim dispõe: “Art. 33. Cabe à Câmara Municipal, com a sanção do Prefeito, legislar sobre as matérias de competência do Município, especialmente no que se refere ao seguinte: (…) XII – denominação de próprios, vias e logradouros públicos e suas alterações”.

      1. Na inicial da ação direta, a Procuradoria-Geral de Justiça do Estado de São Paulo sustenta que tal atribuição é privativa do Chefe do Poder Executivo.

      2. O Tribunal de Justiça do Estado de São Paulo julgou procedente a ação no ponto, por considerar que a denominação de vias públicas compete tanto ao Poder Legislativo, quanto ao Executivo. Assim, reputou inconstitucional a norma, porque concede tal prerrogativa unicamente à Câmara Municipal.

      3. A Constituição Federal consagrou o Município como entidade federativa indispensável ao nosso sistema federativo, integrando-o na organização político-administrativa e garantindo-lhe plena autonomia, como se nota na análise dos artigos 1º, 18, 29, 30 e 34, VII, c , todos da Constituição Federal.

      4. As competências legislativas do município caracterizam-se pelo princípio da predominância do interesse local, que, apesar de difícil conceituação, refere-se àqueles interesses que disserem respeito mais diretamente às suas necessidades imediatas.

      5. A atividade legislativa municipal submete-se à Lei Orgânica dos municípios, à qual cabe o importante papel de definir, mesmo que exemplificativamente, as matérias de competência legislativa da Câmara, uma vez que a Constituição Federal (artigos 30 e 31) não as exaure, pois usa a expressão interesse local como catalisador dos assuntos de competência municipal. Essa função legislativa é exercida pela Câmara dos Vereadores, que é o órgão legislativo do município, em colaboração com o prefeito, a quem cabe também o poder de iniciativa das leis, assim como o poder de sancioná-las e promulgá-las, nos termos propostos como modelo, pelo processo legislativo federal.

      6. A Lei Orgânica do Município de Sorocaba, ao estabelecer, em seu artigo 33, inciso XII, como matéria de interesse local, e, consequentemente, de competência legislativa municipal, a disciplina de denominação de próprios, vias e logradouros públicos e suas alterações, representa legítimo exercício da competência legislativa municipal. Não há dúvida de que se trata de assunto predominantemente de interesse local (CF, art. 30, I).

      7. Por outro lado, a norma em exame não incidiu em qualquer desrespeito à Separação de Poderes, pois a matéria referente à “denominação de próprios, vias e logradouros públicos e suas alterações” não pode ser limitada tão somente à questão de “atos de gestão do Executivo”, pois, no exercício dessa competência, o Poder Legislativo local poderá realizar homenagens cívicas, bem como colaborar na concretização da memorização da história e da proteção do patrimônio cultural imaterial do Município.

      8. Em nenhum momento, a Lei Orgânica Municipal afastou expressamente a iniciativa concorrente para propositura do projeto de lei sobre a matéria. Portanto, deve ser interpretada no sentido de não excluir a competência administrativa do Prefeito Municipal para a prática de atos de gestão referentes a matéria; mas, também, por estabelecer ao Poder Legislativo, no exercício de competência legislativa, baseada no princípio da predominância do interesse, a possibilidade de edição de leis para definir denominação de próprios, vias e logradouros públicos e suas alterações .

      9. Recurso Extraordinário provido, para declarar a constitucionalidade do do art. 33, XII, da Lei Orgânica do Município de Sorocaba, concedendo-lhe interpretação conforme à Constituição Federal, no sentido da existência de uma coabitação normativa entre os Poderes Executivo (decreto) e o Legislativo (lei formal), para o exercício da competência destinada a “denominação de próprios, vias e logradouros públicos e suas alterações”, cada qual no âmbito de suas atribuições.

      10. Fixada a seguinte tese de Repercussão Geral: "É comum aos poderes Executivo (decreto) e Legislativo (lei formal) a competência destinada a denominação de próprios, vias e logradouros públicos e suas alterações, cada qual no âmbito de suas atribuições".

      Tema - 1070 - Competência para denominação de ruas, próprios, vias e logradouros públicos e suas alterações.

      Tese - É comum aos poderes Executivo (decreto) e Legislativo (lei formal) a competência destinada a denominação de próprios, vias e logradouros públicos e suas alterações, cada qual no âmbito de suas atribuições.

  2. Feb 2025
    1. 作者引用了Jonathan Sterne和Caleb Kelly的研究,讨论了声音技术中的透明度概念,并将其应用于视频艺术

      在原始文本中,作者引用了Jonathan Sterne和Caleb Kelly的研究,讨论了声音技术中的透明度概念,并将其应用于视频艺术的分析。以下是对这一观点的详细解释:

      1. Jonathan Sterne的研究:声音技术的透明度

      • Sterne在他的研究中,分析了声音技术,特别是音频压缩和保真度,以及与之相关的“拟真性”(verisimilitude)意识形态。
      • 他揭示了音频工程师如何通过开发感知编码技术,有效地最小化噪声,使声音听起来尽可能自然。
      • Sterne认为,MP3等音频格式的“透明度”是一种表象,它掩盖了技术媒介的本质。
      • 他指出,音频压缩技术的发展,实际上是为了让人们“透过”媒介看到内容,将媒介视为传输的工具。
      • 这种“透明度”的追求,使得人们忽略了媒介本身的存在,从而强化了对内容的“自然”感知。

      2. Caleb Kelly的研究:破碎的媒体

      • Kelly在Sterne研究的基础上,构建了“破碎的媒体”(cracked media)的理论框架。
      • 他认为,声音技术的目的是为了最终消除媒介,实现原始现场事件的完美复制。
      • 然而,这种目标并未实现,反而通过“破碎的媒体”实践,媒介本身成为了声音创作、作曲和表演的对象。
      • 换句话说,艺术家们不再试图隐藏媒介的存在,而是利用媒介的缺陷和特性,创造出新的艺术形式。

      3. 将透明度概念应用于视频艺术

      • 作者将Sterne和Kelly的研究成果应用于视频艺术的分析,探讨了视频技术中的透明度概念。
      • 类似于声音技术,视频技术也试图通过技术手段,消除媒介的存在,使观众能够“直接”看到图像。
      • 例如,数据混合(datamoshing)技术,通过操纵视频数据,创造出扭曲、模糊的视觉效果,试图揭示视频格式的本质。
      • 然而,作者认为,视频的视觉性可能会阻碍观众对媒介本质的理解,他们可能会更关注视觉效果,而忽略了技术过程。
      • 因此,作者质疑视频艺术是否能够像“破碎的媒体”那样,有效地揭示媒介的本质,并挑战其固有的意识形态。

      4. 总结

      • 作者通过引用Sterne和Kelly的研究,强调了“透明度”概念在媒体技术分析中的重要性。
      • 他们认为,通过揭示媒介的“透明度”幻觉,艺术家们可以挑战技术决定论,并创造出更具批判性的艺术作品。
      • 同时,作者也指出,不同媒介的特性,可能会影响其批判效果,需要艺术家们进行更深入的探索和实践。
    2. 作者讨论了20世纪60年代艺术家如何质疑电视广播的社会决定论。

      在原始文本中,作者讨论了20世纪60年代艺术家如何质疑电视广播的社会决定论,主要涉及以下几个方面:

      1. 电视广播的商品本质:

      • 20世纪60年代,随着电视的普及,艺术家们开始关注电视广播的社会作用,并质疑其作为一种信息传播媒介的“中立性”。
      • 他们发现,电视广播不仅仅是信息的传递者,更是一种商业运作的工具。
      • 广告商通过购买广播时段,将观众作为商品出售给广告客户,从而实现商业利益。
      • 因此,观众在观看电视的同时,也成为了被出售的商品。

      2. 艺术家的质疑和批判:

      • 为了揭示电视广播的商品本质,艺术家们通过创作各种形式的视频艺术作品,对电视广播的社会决定论提出了质疑。
      • 他们试图打破观众对电视作为中立信息传递者的固有观念,唤醒观众的批判性意识。
      • 通过操纵电视信号、干扰广播内容等方式,艺术家们揭示了电视广播的可操纵性,从而挑战了技术媒介的“透明性”。

      3. 代表作品和艺术家:

      • 理查德·塞拉的《电视传递人》(1973):
        • 这部作品通过在屏幕上呈现文字的方式,直接揭示了商业广播中观众的真实角色。
        • 塞拉指出,观众“付费”观看电视,实际上是为自己被广告商“出售”给广告商而付费。
        • 随着录像带的播放,图像的扭曲和声音的颤抖,也揭示了录像带作为商品的(非)物质性。
      • 白南准的《磁铁电视》(1965):
        • 白南准使用磁铁操纵电视屏幕,导致图像失真,从而揭示了广播信号的可操纵性。
        • 这部作品强调了视频信号的流动性和可变性,从而揭示了电视广播作为一种被操纵的媒介。

      4. 影响和意义:

      • 20世纪60年代艺术家对电视广播的质疑和批判,对后来的媒体艺术发展产生了重要影响。
      • 他们开创了使用视频作为艺术媒介的先河,为后来的艺术家提供了新的创作思路和表达方式。
      • 他们的作品也促使观众对媒体的本质进行更深入的思考,提高了观众的媒体素养。
    3. **战术故障:**故障被用来揭示数字技术中的偏见和限制,突出其非中立性。

      “战术故障”指的是艺术家们有意识地利用数字技术中的错误和故障,以揭示这些技术中隐藏的偏见、限制以及其并非中立的本质。以下是对这一概念的详细解释:

      1. 技术的非中立性:

      • 通常,人们认为技术是客观、中立的工具。然而,技术的开发和应用往往受到开发者的价值观、文化背景和社会环境的影响。
      • 算法、软件和硬件的设计都可能包含潜在的偏见,这些偏见会导致技术在某些情况下产生不公平或歧视性的结果。
      • “战术故障”旨在揭示这些隐藏的偏见,让人们意识到技术并非完全客观。

      2. 利用故障进行批判:

      • 艺术家们通过故意制造故障,如数据损坏、程序错误或视觉失真,来突出技术的局限性和潜在问题。
      • 这些故障可以揭示技术在处理特定数据或情况时的偏见,例如,面部识别软件可能对某些种族或性别的人群识别不准确。
      • 通过艺术作品,艺术家们鼓励观众思考技术对社会的影响,并质疑技术的“完美”形象。

      3. 揭示限制和控制:

      • 数字技术往往被视为强大的工具,但它们也受到自身的限制。
      • “战术故障”可以揭示这些限制,例如,某些软件可能无法处理复杂的数据或意外的输入。
      • 通过展示技术的脆弱性,艺术家们挑战了技术对人们生活的控制,并提醒人们保持警惕。

      4. 艺术实践的例子:

      • 艺术家们可能使用数据弯曲(data bending)技术,即修改文件格式或数据,以创造视觉或听觉的故障效果。
      • 他们也可能修改游戏或软件的代码,以制造异常行为,从而揭示游戏或软件设计中的潜在问题。
      • 通过这些实践,艺术家们将故障从一种意外的错误转变为一种有意识的批判工具。

      简而言之,“战术故障”是一种艺术策略,它利用数字技术中的故障来揭示技术的非中立性、偏见和限制,从而引发人们对技术与社会关系的思考。

    4. 简要介绍

      这篇文章主要讲述了两位插画师 Jordan Rosenberg 和 Iasmin Omar Ata 共同策划的“Glitch PokéZine”项目,这是一个以《精灵宝可梦》游戏中的故障(glitch)为主题的同人志。以下是文章的关键要点:

      1. 项目起源与主题:

      • Jordan Rosenberg 之前策划过以“幽灵”(Ghost)和“冰”(Ice)属性宝可梦为主题的同人志,广受欢迎。
      • Iasmin Omar Ata 提出了以游戏中的“故障”(Glitch)为主题的新项目。
      • “Glitch PokéZine”不以特定属性的宝可梦为主题,而是聚焦于游戏中因代码错误产生的故障宝可梦和相关现象。

      2. 故障宝可梦的吸引力:

      • 故障宝可梦通常是通过游戏代码漏洞或作弊码获得的,具有神秘和怪异的特点。
      • Missingno. 是最著名的故障宝可梦,其出现会引发游戏异常,给玩家带来既恐惧又好奇的体验。
      • 故障宝可梦唤起了玩家对童年游戏经历的回忆,尤其是那些在玩家间流传的谣言和传说。

      3. 创作理念:

      • 由于故障宝可梦的形象通常是混乱的像素,创作者们被鼓励进行自由的艺术诠释。
      • 该项目旨在探索故障宝可梦带来的独特情感体验,如恐惧、好奇和怀旧。

      4. 创作者的任天堂情结:

      • 两位创作者都深受任天堂游戏的影响,认为这些游戏塑造了他们的成长经历。
      • 他们对任天堂游戏的创新精神和艺术风格表示赞赏。
      • 他们认为任天堂游戏创造了令人难忘的虚拟世界,激发了他们的想象力。

      5. 创作工具:

      • Jordan Rosenberg 主要使用 MacBook Pro、Photoshop 和 InDesign 进行创作和排版。
      • Iasmin Omar Ata 推荐 Monoprice 绘图板,认为它具有优秀的压感和自然的手绘感。

      6. 喜欢的宝可梦:

      • Jordan Rosenberg 喜欢 Sylveon,因为它代表了游戏中非战斗的可爱元素。
      • Iasmin Omar Ata 喜欢 Cofagrigus,因为它既怪异又可爱。

      7. 项目特点:

      • 该项目汇集了 68 位艺术家的作品,以故障宝可梦为灵感,创作了 68 幅插画。
      • 该项目通过 Kickstarter 众筹,获得了远超预期的支持。
      • 该项目旨在唤起玩家对童年游戏经历的怀旧情感。
  3. ivyroseroberts.wordpress.com ivyroseroberts.wordpress.com
    1. Glitch Art

      这篇文章探讨了故障艺术(Glitch Art)的本质、历史、政治意义以及如何通过不同的形式来挑战其固有的技术决定论。以下是关键要点:

      1. 故障艺术的本质与挑战:

      • 故障艺术通过创造计算错误,可视化数字视频格式的本质,揭示其技术性。
      • 它延续了20世纪的表现主义传统,但面临着技术决定论和视觉自恋的挑战。
      • 文章质疑故障艺术是否能真正批判其自身的决定论,并探讨了不同类型的故障艺术。

      2. 故障艺术的历史化:

      • 作者批评了Nick Briz将故障艺术与20世纪其他表现主义艺术形式(如立体主义、达达主义和波普艺术)进行类比的做法,认为这种分析过于宽泛。
      • 作者认为,故障艺术与约翰·凯奇的偶然音乐(Chance Music)并不相似,因为故障艺术是特定于计算机的。
      • 作者强调,故障艺术容易将产品与过程混淆,强调故障的美学而非揭示故障系统中噪声的过程。

      3. 视频艺术与声音艺术的比较:

      • 作者比较了视频艺术和声音艺术,认为声音更具感知性,而视频无法逃脱其视觉媒介的本质。
      • 作者提出,视频艺术难以像声音艺术那样,通过“缺席”来表达概念。
      • 作者认为,技术决定论在艺术家和观众共同创造新的时间和可能性时,才能得到最好的批判。

      4. 前卫视频艺术与商品化:

      • 作者讨论了20世纪60年代艺术家如何质疑电视广播的社会决定论。
      • 作者引用了Richard Serra的《电视传递人》(Television Delivers People)和Nam June Paik的《磁铁电视》(Magnet TV)作为例子,说明艺术家如何通过故障来揭示视频作为商品的本质。
      • 作者借鉴了David Joselit和Jonathan Crary的理论,探讨了视频艺术如何在电视设备网络中运作,以及如何揭示电子图像的非物质性。

      5. 透明媒体与故障美学:

      • 作者引用了Jonathan Sterne和Caleb Kelly的研究,讨论了声音技术中的透明度概念,并将其应用于视频艺术。
      • 作者讨论了数据混合(datamoshing)技术,并质疑其是否能有效揭示视频格式的本质。
      • 作者认为,故障美学容易将去稳定化的格式潜力转化为商品。

      6. 故障艺术的政治性:

      • 作者讨论了故障艺术家如何将噪声视为一种政治性的过滤活动。
      • 作者引用了Curt Cloninger和Mark Nunes的观点,探讨了噪声、错误和意外结果在数字系统中的作用。
      • 作者认为,故障艺术家将技术系统预设为显示决定论的机制,并通过操纵底层噪声来开发策略。

      7. 形式理论与故障艺术实践:

      • 作者借鉴了David Joselit和Yvonne Spielmann的理论,提出了将视频视为网络化关系和艺术能动性的工具的观点。
      • 作者认为,视频格式是基于网络而非序列性的,并强调了时间和像素关系的重要性。
      • 作者质疑了为什么使用视频格式的故障艺术家倾向于自恋美学和对技术决定论的幼稚可视化。

      8. 野生故障与驯化故障:

      • 作者讨论了野生故障(wild glitches)和驯化故障(domesticated glitches)的区别,并质疑了美学化故障是否仍能揭示技术、政治或意识形态格式的本质。
      • 作者探讨了“故障狩猎”(Glitch Safari)项目,认为它是一种社会性的活动,而非形式美学。
      • 作者批评了数据混合(datamoshing)技术,认为它无法实现艺术能动性,并将格式潜力转化为商品。

      9. 对抗决定论:现场故障视频表演:

      • 作者认为,现场表演可以通过将视觉媒介的光学性转移到演员身上,来对抗视频的视觉性。
      • 作者借鉴了Claire Bishop的参与式艺术理论,提出了在奇观和参与之间保持张力的观点。
      • 作者认为,故障艺术需要一种物质性的中介,才能将其表演性展现出来。

      10. 结论:

      • 作者认为,故障艺术需要找到一种方式,在批判技术决定论的同时,避免陷入视觉自恋和商品化。
      • 作者强调了现场表演和参与式艺术的可能性,认为它们可以为故障艺术提供新的方向。
    1. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      In this study, Wasilewska and colleagues generated tmbim5-/- zebrafish line and demonstrated that tmbim5 loss of function leads to decrease in zebrafish size and induces muscle atrophy. Authors used immunohistochemistry to suggest that tmbim5-/- zebrafish shows reduced glycogen levels in muscle and liver. However, most of the immunohistochemistry is not quantitated and only qualitative differences are shown. Next, the authors measured mitochondrial calcium levels in the brain of tmbim5-/- zebrafish but there was no behavioral phenotype in the fish. It would have be better to measure mitochondrial calcium levels in the muscles of tmbim5-/- zebrafish as phenotype is muscle atrophy. Further, it is reported that the mitochondrial membrane potential and glycogen levels were perturbed in tmbim5-/- zebrafish.

      Next, the authors generated a scl8b1-/- (a probable NCLX ortholog in zebrafish) zebrafish, which did not show any drastic phenotype. However, neither slc8b1 function nor the phenotype of scl8b1-/- zebrafish was well characterized. Further, authors created two double knockout zebrafish lines i.e. tmbim5-/-/mcu-/- and tmbim5-/-/slc8b1-/-. Interestingly, both these lines were viable and do not show any drastic phenotypes. The authors concluded that in these transgenic fishes compensatory and/or alternative mitochondrial Ca2+ mobilization pathways counterbalance the effects of silencing of these proteins.

      Although it is an interesting study, the conclusions are not well supported with the data. At several places only qualitative images are shown and quantitative data is missing. Similarly, Ca2+ imaging in muscles of tmbim5-/- zebrafish is not performed. Finally, no molecular mechanism or molecular details are provided. Though Tmbim5's potential role in EMRE degradation is discussed, it is not experimentally investigated. The quality of the manuscript would significantly enhance if authors perform the suggested experiments.

      Major Comments:

      1. As a potential mechanism, Tmbim5's potential role in EMRE degradation is discussed but it is not experimentally investigated. It is very easy to test this hypothesis. If this is the case, it would be a very good contribution to the field.
      2. On Page 16, authors state that slc8b1 does not constitutes the major mitochondrial Ca2+ efflux transport system. Authors should do calcium imaging experiments just like they did with tmbim5 and mcu double knockouts (data presented in Figure 4C) to make any comments on functioning of slc8b1 in mitochondrial Ca2+ transport. This is important because slc8b1 is only a predictive ortholog of human NCLX and it is not experimentally examined yet.
      3. The data presented in Fig. 4C is very important but it is not fully explained and discussed in the results. Please discuss all the data sets presented in Fig4C in detail. As such, it is very difficult to follow and interpret the data.
      4. In tmbim5-/- zebrafish, what happens to mitochondrial Ca2+ signaling in muscle as phenotype is muscle atrophy only?
      5. Please validate the observation of decreased glycogen levels in tmbim5-/- fish by one more way. Only immunohistochemistry that too without quantitation is not convincing (Fig. 2E-H).

      Minor Comments:

      1. Authors state that tmbim5 loss of function leads to metabolic changes but the only data provided is decrease in glycogen levels. It would be helpful for the authors to focus comments specifically on the data presented in the manuscript to avoid potential over-interpretation.
      2. While discussing Fig4., authors mention that Tmbim5 may act as a MCU independent Ca2+ uptake mechanism and therefore they crossed tmbim5 mutants with mcu KO fish. But from the data presented in Fig.3 and as concluded by the authors themselves tmbim5 mutants do not show changes in the mitochondrial Ca2+ levels. Authors may clarify this point.
      3. Does tmbim5 contributes to mitochondrial Ca2+ uptake in presence or along with MCU. Further analysis of Fig4C may shed some light on this. Authors should test significance between tmbim5-/- and WT as well as between tmbim5-/- and tmbim5+/+ in mcu-/- background.
      4. Please check the labeling on traces in Fig3D.
      5. Please include quantitation of data presented in EV2E-F.
      6. Please include quantitation of immunohistochemistry data presented in 2E-H.

      Referee cross-commenting

      Several comments are common between the reviewers highlighting that those experiments are critical. Secondly, I agree with the concerns raised by other two reviewers.

      Significance

      In this study, authors report couple of new transgenic zebrafish lines. However, further characterization of slc8b1-/- is required. This study reinforces the existing idea that there are very robust compensatory mechanisms that maintain mitochondrial Ca2+ homeostasis. While the work provides useful insights, it could benefit from a broader scope to provide substantial advancement to existing knowledge.

    1. 未来主义噪声

      路易吉·鲁索洛(Luigi Russolo)在1913年发表的《噪音的艺术》(The Art of Noises)是一份未来主义宣言,呼吁音乐从传统的纯净声音转向对现代工业社会噪音的拥抱。以下是这份宣言的关键要点:

      1. 噪音的诞生与统治:

      • 鲁索洛认为,古代生活是寂静的,而19世纪机器的发明带来了噪音的诞生。
      • 在20世纪初,噪音已经战胜并统治了人类的感官。
      • 他认为,人们的听觉已经适应了现代生活中丰富多样的噪音,因此传统音乐的纯净声音显得苍白无力。

      2. 对传统音乐的批判:

      • 鲁索洛批评传统音乐的声音范围过于有限,无法满足现代人对丰富感官体验的需求。
      • 他认为,传统音乐的和谐与旋律已经变得陈旧乏味,无法激发人们的新鲜感。
      • 他认为,现代人从电车、汽车和人群的噪音中获得的乐趣,远远超过了对传统古典音乐的欣赏。
      • 他嘲讽了传统管弦乐队的庞大阵容,认为其产生的声学效果与付出的努力不成正比。

      3. 对噪音的赞美与探索:

      • 鲁索洛认为,噪音具有无限的多样性,能够唤起人们对真实生活的感受。
      • 他鼓励人们用耳朵去探索现代城市的噪音景观,从中发现各种各样的声音,如水、空气和气体在管道中的流动声、机器的运转声、电车在轨道上的行驶声等。
      • 他特别提到了现代战争的噪音,并引用了马里内蒂(Marinetti)的战壕信,生动地描绘了战争的嘈杂景象。

      4. 噪音的协调与控制:

      • 鲁索洛主张对噪音进行协调和控制,使其具有和谐的节奏和音调。
      • 他认为,噪音与声音的区别仅在于产生它们的振动是否混乱和不规则。
      • 他相信,通过对噪音进行选择、协调和控制,可以为人们带来新的感官愉悦。

      5. 未来主义噪音乐队的六大噪音家族:

      • 隆隆声、咆哮声、爆炸声、撞击声、泼溅声、轰鸣声
      • 口哨声、嘶嘶声、喷鼻声
      • 耳语声、喃喃声、嘟囔声、咕哝声、汩汩声
      • 尖叫声、吱吱声、隆隆声、嗡嗡声、噼啪声、刮擦声
      • 通过敲击金属、木材、皮革、石头、赤陶土等获得的噪音
      • 动物和人类的声音:喊叫声、尖叫声、呻吟声、尖厉声、嚎叫声、笑声、喘息声、啜泣声

      6. 对未来主义音乐家的呼吁:

      • 鲁索洛呼吁未来主义音乐家不断扩大和丰富声音的领域,用噪音代替声音。
      • 他鼓励年轻音乐家仔细观察各种噪音,了解它们的节奏和音调,并尝试用机械装置来再现它们。
      • 他预言,随着新机器的不断涌现,未来将会出现成千上万种不同的噪音,音乐家们可以根据自己的想象力来组合它们。
      • 他希望有一天,工业城市的机器和马达能够被有意识地协调起来,使每一家工厂都能变成一个令人陶醉的噪音乐队。

      7. 总结:

      • 《噪音的艺术》是未来主义音乐宣言,它挑战了传统音乐的审美观念,并为现代音乐的发展开辟了新的道路。
      • 鲁索洛的噪音理论对后来的实验音乐和噪音音乐产生了深远的影响。
      • 这份宣言反映了未来主义者对现代工业社会的拥抱,以及他们对感官体验的强烈追求。
    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      […] Weaknesses:

      Unfortunately, the revised manuscript does not show significant improvement. While the identification of the receptors is highly convincing, important issues about the biological relevance remain unaddressed. First, the main point I raised about the first version of this article is that the redundancy and/or specificity of the two receptors should be clarified, even though I understand that it cannot be deeply investigated here. I believe that this point, shared by all reviewers, is highly relevant for the scope of this work. In this revised version, it is still unclear how to reconcile gain and loss-of-function experiments and the different expression profiles of the receptors. Second, the newly added explanations and pieces of discussion provided about the mild in vivo phenotypes of early pupation upon Cad96ca or Fgfr1 knock-out do not clarify the issue but instead put emphasis on methodological issues. Indeed, it is not clear whether the mild phenotypes reflect the biological role of Cad96ca and Fgfr1, or the redundancy of these two RTKs (and/or others), or some issue with the knock-out strategy (partial efficiency, mosaicism...). Finally, parts of the updated discussion and the modifications to the figures are confusing.

      Thank you for asking the questions. We performed additional experiments, including editing Met1 individually (single knockout), Cad96ca and Fgfr1 together (double knockout), and Met1, Cad96ca and Fgfr1 together (triple knockout) using CRISPR/Cas9. The results showed that single mutation of Cad96ca or Fgfr1 caused precocious pupation, respectively. The double mutation of Cad96ca and Fgfr1 caused earlier pupation and death compared to the single mutation of Cad96ca or Fgfr1. The triple mutation of Met1, Cad96ca and Fgfr1 caused most serious effect on pupation time and death. These data suggested that both CAD96CA and FGFR1 can transmit JH signal to prevent pupation independently and cooperatively, and the JH exert a complete regulatory role through cell membrane receptors and intracellular receptor of JH. We increased the results in Lines 242-263 and discussion in Lines 328-375.

      CAD96CA and FGFR1 have similar functions in JH signaling, including transmitting JH signal for Kr-h1 expression, larval status maintaining, rapid intracellular calcium increase, phosphorylation of transcription factors MET1 and TAI, and high affinity to JH III. CAD96CA and FGFR1 are essential in the JH signal pathway, and the loss-of-function of each is sufficient to trigger strong effects on pupation, suggesting they can transmit JH signal individually. The difference is that CAD96CA expression has no tissue specificity, and the Fgfr1 gene is highly expressed in the midgut. A possibility is that CAD96CA and FGFR1 play roles by forming homodimer or heterodimer with each other or with other RTKs in tissues, which needs to be addressed in future studies. CAD96CA and FGFR1 transmit JH III signals in three different insect cell lines, suggesting their conserved roles in other insects.

      The mild phenotypes shown in the previous picture, Fig 4E, were counted from all the surviving individuals injected with gRNA, including mutated and non-mutated individuals. In fact, there is no phenotype of pupation on time in the mutants. According to the first round of reviewers' comments, we found that it was inappropriate to count all the surviving individuals injected with gRNA, so we replaced the picture by counting the phenotypes of all successfully mutated individuals in the second version to avoid the confusion of the phenotypes.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      […] Weaknesses:

      Results of their in vivo experiments, particularly those of their loss-of-function analyses using CRISPR mutants are still preliminary, and the results rather indicate that these membrane receptors do not have any physiologically significant roles in vivo. More specifically, previous studies in lepidopteran species have clearly and repeatedly shown that precocious metamorphosis is the hallmark phenotype for all JH signaling-deficient larvae. In contrast, the present study showed that Cad96ca and Fgfr1 G0 mutants only showed slight acceleration in their pupation timing, which is not a typical phenotype one would expect from JH signaling deficiency. This is inconsistent with their working model provided in Figure 6, which indicates that these cell membrane JH receptors promote the canonical JH signaling by phosphorylating Met/Tai. If the authors argue that this slight acceleration of pupation is indeed a major JH signaling-deficient phenotype in Helicoverpa, they need to provide more data to support their claim by analyzing CRISPR mutants of other genes involved in JH signaling, such as Jhamt and Met. An alternative explanation is that there is functional redundancy between CAD96CA and FGFR1 in mediating phosphorylation of Met/Tai. This possibility can be tested by analyzing double knockouts of these two receptors. Currently, the validity of their calcium imaging analysis in Figure 5 is also questionable. When performing calcium imaging in cultured cells, it is critically important to treat all the cells at the end of each experiment with a hormone or other chemical reagents that universally induce calcium increase in each particular cell line. Without such positive control, the validity of calcium imaging data remains unknown, and readers cannot properly evaluate their results.

      Thank you for the comments. We took your suggestions and performed additional experiments, editing Met1 individually (single knockout), Cad96ca and Fgfr1 together (double knockout), and Met1, Cad96ca and Fgfr1 together (triple knockout) using CRISPR/Cas9. We increased the results in Lines 242-263 and discussion in Lines 328-375.

      About the calcium imaging in cultured cells (now Fig 6), our goal is to examine the roles of CAD96CA and FGFR1 in JH trigged cellular responses. The experiment was well designed and controlled and the results were validated. For examples: JH III induced intracellular Ca<sup>2+</sup> release and extracellular Ca<sup>2+</sup> influx in Sf9 and S2 cells, but DMSO could not. However, knockdown of Cad96ca and Fgfr1 significantly decreased JH III-induced intracellular Ca<sup>2+</sup> release and extracellular Ca<sup>2+</sup> influx (Figure 6A, B), and Kr-h1 expression (Figure 6—figure supplement 1A and B), suggesting that CAD96CA and FGFR1 had a general function to transmit JH signal in S. frugiperda and D. melanogaster.

      Wild mammalian HEK-293T cells had no significant changes in calcium ion levels under JH III induction, because there is no CAD96CA and FGFR1 in mammal cells (Figure 6C). However, when HEK-293T cells were overexpressed insect CAD96CA or FGFR1, respectively, JH III triggered rapid cytosolic Ca<sup>2+</sup> release and influx (Figure 6D).

      An increase in Ca<sup>2+</sup> was not detected in mutants of CAD96CA-M3 and CAD96CA-M4 under JH III induction (Figure 6E) and nor in FGFR1-M4 (Figure 6F). These results confirmed that CAD96CA and FGFR1 play roles in transmitting JH III signal.

      We carefully revised the description of the results and methods to help people understand the study.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      […] Weaknesses:

      The authors have provided evidences that the Cad96Ca and FGF1 RTK receptors contribute to JH signaling through CRISPR/Cas9, inducing precocious metamorphosis, although not to the same extent as absence of JH. Therefore, it still remains unclear whether these RTKs are completely required for pathway activation or only necessary for high activation levels during the last larval stage. While the authors have included some additional data, the mechanism by which different RTKs function in transducing JH signaling in a tissue specific manner is still unclear. As the authors note in the discussion, it is possible that other RTKs may also play a role in facilitating the transduction of JH signaling. Lastly, the study does not yet explain how RTKs with known ligands could also bind JH and contribute to JH signaling activation. Although receptor promiscuity has been suggested as a possible mechanism, future studies could explore whether activation of RTK pathways by their known ligands induces certain levels of JH transducer phosphorylation, which, in the presence of JH, could contribute to full pathway activation without the need for direct JH-RTK binding.

      Thank you for your comments. To address your questions, we carried out additional experiments. The relevant results have been incorporated into Lines 242-263, and the corresponding discussion has been added to Lines 328-375.

      We agree with your suggestions that the future studies should resolve the questions such as how different RTKs function in transducing JH signaling in a tissue specific manner; whether other RTKs can transduce JH signal; how RTKs with known ligands could also bind JH and contribute to JH signaling activation; and how the RTK pathways are activated by their ligands.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) First, some of the new paragraphs, repeatedly used in the point-by-point answer to the reviewers, are highly confusing and need proofreading (i.e. 225-230; 320-340)

      Thank you for your advice. We have carefully revised the manuscript and the point-by-point answer to avoid repetition.

      (2) While the double knock-down or knock-out of Cad96ca and Fgfr1 is expected to provide valuable information regarding their respective functions, the authors indicated that they wouldn't provide experiments in that direction. It is not clear to me if they have tried or not. The Crispr/Cas9 approach might be difficult to put in place to test this interaction. However, couldn't the authors try the double knock-down compared to single knock-downs using dsRNA? This method gave convincing results to test the role of the putative receptors in mediating JH-induced developmental delay in vivo (Figure 1).

      Thank you for your suggestion. We added experiments, editing Met1 individually (single knockout), Cad96ca and Fgfr1 together (double knockout), and Met1, Cad96ca and Fgfr1 together (triple knockout) using CRISPR/Cas9, the new evidence fully defined the physiological roles of these receptors in JH signaling in vivo. We increased the results in Lines 242-263 and discussion in Lines 328-375.

      (3) Concerning the effect of Crispr knock-out on pupation timing, this paragraph was added: "The low death rate after Cad96ca and Fgfr1 knockout might be because of following reasons, including the editing efficiency (67% and 61% for Cad96ca mutant and Fgfr1 mutant, respectively), the chimera of the gene knockout at the G0 generation, and the redundant RTKs that play similar roles in JH signaling". A similar explanation applies to the pupation phenotype itself... I am therefore wondering whether the Crispr/Cas9 approach (at the G0 generation) is the best strategy. Since the dsRNA knock-down gave efficient (and probably more reproducible) results according to Figure 1B-C, why not using the same approach for analyzing loss-of-function phenotypes?

      (4) Similarly, this new paragraph regarding the knock-out strategy by Crispr is problematic: "However, in the Cad96ca mutant, 86% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 67% by TA clone analysis) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 24 h earlier. In the Fgfr1 mutant, 91% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 61%) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 23 h earlier" (lines 225-230).

      - How does the editing efficiency relate to the mutation efficiency few lines earlier (not clearly explained in the methods)? Were the animals homozygous or heterozygous for the mutations? - A shortened feeding stage can only be invoked if previous developmental transitions are unaffected. Such statement should be supported by a better description of the developmental timing phenotype (as suggested already by reviewer 2).

      Thank you for your questions in (3) and (4). The editing rates of 67% and 61% for Cad96ca and Fgfr1 in individuals were calculated from the PCR products, indicating that the cells were mosaics by CRISPR/Cas9 editing. The mutants produced by CRISPR/Cas9 are mosaics. We removed the content to the methods section and increased the detail methods, Lines 705-717.

      We increased discussion: "The phenotypes of gene mutation in H. armigera are somehow different from those obtained by homozygous mutation in other animals, due to the mosaic mutation by CRISPR/Cas9. In addition, RNAi of Cad96ca and Fgfr1 was observed precocious pupation as was the case in CRISPR/Cas9, suggesting the RNAi can be used for the study of gene function in insect, especially when the gene editing is embryonic lethal". Lines 367-380.

      We removed the improper description of the phenotypes in the results, such as that of the feeding stage. By increasing experiments of editing Met1 individually (single knockout), Cad96ca and Fgfr1 together (double knockout), and Met1, Cad96ca and Fgfr1 together (triple knockout) to define the physiological roles of these receptors in JH signaling in vivo.

      (5) Importantly, I don't understand where the new version of the figure 4E stems from. The « pupation on time » (blue) category present in the first version of the figure has now disappeared for mutant animals. Why? In the first, my understanding was that, among the mutant animals, around 50% had precocious pupation. In the new version of the figure 4E, the "pupation on time" category is missing, and the percentages of early pupation are therefore strongly increased... The explanations provided in the text are not clear regarding the reanalysis of the mutant phenotypes. In the first version of the manuscript, the following explanation was given: "In 61 survivors of Cas9 protein and Cad96ca-gRNA injection, 30 mutants were identified by the earlier pupation and sequencing (an editing efficiency of 49.2%)". Were all animals sequenced, or only the 30 displaying earlier pupation? Were the 31 others not sequenced or did they have no mutation? Could it be, as suggested by the first version of the figure, that some mutant animals did not display early pupation? It was indeed stated in the text that: "CRISPR/Cas9 editing by Cad96ca-gRNA or Fgfr1-gRNA injection resulted in earlier pupation (Figure 4D) for about 23-24 h by comparison with normal pupation in 46% and 54% of larvae, respectively". This new version of the figure should be explained.

      Thank you for your reminder. The phenotype of pupation on time appeared in the first version, because we counted the phenotypes of all the surviving individuals injected with gRNA, that is, the survivors in Figure 4C, which including mutated and non-mutated individuals. According to the comments from first round of reviewers, we realized that it was inappropriate to count all the surviving individuals injected with gRNA, since there is no phenotype of pupation on time in the mutants. Therefore, in the second version, we replaced the picture by counting the phenotypes of all successfully mutated individuals, namely the mutants in Figure 4C.

    1. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary:

      Automatic classification of single cell types and cell states in heterogeneous mixed cell populations has many applications in cell biology and screening. The authors present a machine learning workflow to distinguish between different cell types or cell states from label-free microscopy image patches of subcellular size. The authors evaluate their ability to identify different cell types and molecular profiles on many applications.

      Major comments:

      The application of classifying cell type and states from label-free data is promising and useful, but this manuscript requires major rewriting to enable us comprehensive assessment. Specifically, provide all technical details necessary for its evaluation, improve clarity and justification for the methodology used and the results obtained, and to better place this study in context of other studies in the field. Two crucial points are excluding the concern of the possibility that batch effects are contributing to the classification results and providing stronger evidence for a link between transcriptional and morphological profiles. Some efforts to interpret the classification decision making could help understand what morphological information was used for classification and reduce the concerns for the model using non-biologically meaningful information for the classification (e.g., illumination changes due to batch effects). Finally, making the source code and data publicly available would be important to enable others to apply the method (code) and to benchmark other methods (data).

      1. Place this study in context of previous studies that classify cell types. Here are two relevant recent papers, which could provide a good start for properly crediting previous work and placing your contribution in context: PMID: 39819559 (note the "Nucleocentric" approach) and PMID: 38837346. Please seek for papers that use label free for similar applications (which is the main contribution of the current manuscript).
      2. Many experiments were performed, but we found it hard to follow them and the logic behind each experiment. Please include a Table summarizing the experiments and their full statistics (see below) and also please provide more comprehensive justifications for designing these specific experiments and regarding the experimental details. This will make the reading more fluent.
      3. The experiments, data acquisition and data reporting details are lacking. 10x objective is reported in the Results and 20x in the Methods. Please explain how the co-culturing (mixed) experiments were performed including co-culturing experiments with varying fractions of each cell type and on what data were the models trained on (Fig. 2F). Differential confluency experiments are not described in the Methods (and not on what confluency levels were the models trained on), this is also true for the detachment experiment. How many cells were acquired in each experiment (it says "20 and 40 images per cell line" but this is a wide range + it is not clear how many cells appear in each image)? How many biological/technical replicates were performed for each experiment? Please report these for each experiment in the corresponding figure legend and show the results on replicates (can be included as Supplementary). "Using a different microscope with the same objective produced similar results (data not shown)" (lines #370-371), please report these results (including what is the "different microscope") in the SI.
      4. The machine learning details are lacking. The train-validation-test strategy is not described, which could be critical in excluding concerns for data leakage (e.g., batch effects) which could be a major concern in this study. It is not always clear what network architecture was used. What were the parameters used for training? Accuracy is reported in % (and sometimes in an awkward representation, 990‰). Proper evaluation will use measurements that are not sensitive to unbalanced data (e.g., ROC-AUC). What are the controls (i.e., could the accuracy reported be by chance?). Reporting accuracy at the pixel/patch level and not at the cell level is a weakness. Estimation of cell numbers (in methods) is helpful but I did not see when it was used in the Results - a better alternative is using fluorescent nuclear markers to move to a cell level (not necessary to implement if it was not imaged).
      5. Downstream analyses lacking sufficient information to enable us to follow and interpret the results, please provide more information.

      a. The PCA ellipses visualizations reference to previous papers. Please explain what was done, how the ellipses were calculated and from how much data? If they are computed from a small number of data points - please show the actual data. It would also be useful to briefly include the information regarding the representation and dimensionality reduction in the Results and not only in the Methods. No biologically-meaningful interpretation is provided - perhaps providing cell images along the PCs projections can help interpret what are the features that distinguish between different experimental conditions.

      b. How were the pairwise accuracies calculated? How did the authors avoid potential batch effects driving classification.

      c. "suggesting that the current workflow can handle four cell lines simultaneously" (lines #126-127) - how were the cell lines determined for each analysis? We assume that the performance will depend on the cell types (e.g., two similar morphology cell types will be hard to distinguish). Fig. 2F is not clear: the legend should report a mixture of four cell types, and this should be translated to clear visualization in the figure panel itself: what do the data points mean? Where are the different cell types?

      d. Lines 232 and onwards use #pixels as a subcellular size measurement when referring to cell nucleus, cytoplasm and membrane, please report the actual physical size and show specific examples of these patches. This visualization and analysis of patch sizes should appear much earlier in the manuscript because it relates to the method's robustness and interpretability.

      e. Analysis of co-cultured (mixed) experiments is not clear. Was the fluorescent marker used to define ground truth? Was the model trained and evaluated on co-cultures or trained on cultures of a single cell type and evaluated on mixed cultures? We assume that the models were still evaluated on the label-free data? "...obtain subcellular ROIs only from regions positive in the red channel. Using these labeled ROIs,.." (138-139) - shouldn't both positive and negative ROIs be used to have both cell types? What are the two quantifications in the bottom of Fig. 1E? Did the "labeled cells" trained another classifier for the fluorescent labels?

      f. Please interpret the results from Fig. 3C-D - should we expect to see passage-related changes in cells (that lead to deterioration in classification) or is it a limitation of the current study?

      g. In general, as we mentioned a couple of times. It would be useful to visualize different predictions (or use explainability methods such as GradCam) to try to interpret what the model has learned.

      h. The correlation analysis between transcriptional profiles and morphological profiles is not clear. There are not sufficient details to follow the genetic algorithm (and its justification). What was the control for this analysis? Would shuffling the cells' labels (identities) and repeating the analysis will not yield a correlation? 6. Please use proper scientific terms. For example, "white-light microscopy" and "live cell red marker". 7. This is a "Methods" manuscript and thus should open the source code and data, along with some examples on how to use it in order to enable others to replicate the results and to enable others to use it. 8. Please improve the figures. Fonts are tiny and in some places even clipped (e.g., Fig. 1D,E, Fig.2 E, E', and many more), some labels are missing (e.g., units of the color bar in Fig. 1B). 9. Discussion. Please place this work in context of other studies that tackled a similar challenge of classifying cell types and discuss cons and pros of the different measurements. For example, there are clear benefits of using label-free data to reduce the number of fluorescent labels and enable long-term live cell imaging following a process without photobleaching and phototoxicity (Fig. 2G) but it is more difficult to interpret these differences in label-free image patches rather than fluorescently labeled single cells. One solution to bridge this gap that could be discussed is using silico labeling (PMID: 38838549).<br /> 10. The idea of using the pairwise correlation distance of different cell types to model unseen cell types is interesting and promising. Why did these specific pairwise networks were used? How robust is this representation to inclusion of other/additional models?

      Significance

      Automated classification of cell types and cell states in mixed cell populations using label-free images has important applications in academic research and in industry (e.g., cell profiling). This paper applies standard machine learning toward this technical goal, and demonstrates it on many different experimental systems, exceeding the common standard in terms of quantity and variability, and with the potential of being a nice contribution to the field. However, we were not able to properly evaluate these results due to lacking experimental and methodological details as detailed above and thus can not make a strong point regarding validity and significance before a major revision. Our expertise is in computational biology, and specifically applications of machine learning in microscopy. We are not familiar with the specific cell types, states and perturbations used in this manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Juvenile Hormone (JH) plays a key role in insect development and physiology. Although the intracellular receptor for JH was identified long ago, a number of studies have shown that part of JH functions should be fulfilled through binding to an unknown membrane receptor, which was proposed to belong to the RTK family. In this study, the authors screened all RTKs from the H. armigera genome for their ability to mediate responses to JH III treatment both in cultured cells and in developing animals. They also present convincing evidence that CAD96CA and FGFR1 directly bind JH III, and that their role might be conserved in other insect species.

      Strengths:

      Altogether, the experimental approach is very complete and elegant, providing evidence for the role of CAD96CA and FGFR1 in JH signalling using different techniques and in different contexts. I believe that this work will open new perspectives to study the role of JH and better understand what is the contribution of signalling through membrane receptors for JH-dependent developmental processes.

      Weaknesses:

      I don't see major weaknesses in this study. However, I think that the manuscript would benefit from further information or discussion regarding the relationship between the two newly identified receptors. Experiments (especially in HEK-293T cells) suggest that CAD96CA and FGFR1 are sufficient on their own to transduce JH signalling. However, they are also necessary since loss-of-function conditions for each of them are sufficient to trigger strong effects (while the other is supposed to be still present).

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have added the discussion in the text: "CAD96CA and FGFR1 have similar functions in JH signaling, including transmitting JH signal for Kr-h1 expression, larval status maintaining, rapid intracellular calcium increase, phosphorylation of transcription factors MET1 and TAI, and high affinity to JH III. CAD96CA and FGFR1 are essential in the JH signal pathway, and loss-of-function for each is sufficient to trigger strong effects on pupation. The difference is that CAD96CA expression has no tissue specificity, and the Fgfr1 gene is highly expressed in the midgut; possibly, it plays a significant role in the midgut. Other possibility is that they play roles by forming heterodimer with each other or other RTKs, which needs to be addressed in future study. CAD96CA and FGFR1 transmit JH III signals in three different insect cell lines, suggesting their conserved roles in other insects.".

      In addition, despite showing different expression patterns, the two receptors seem to display similar developmental functions according to loss-of-function phenotypes. It is therefore unclear how to draw a model for membrane receptor-mediated JH signalling that includes both CAD96CA and FGFR1.

      Thank you for your question. We have modified the figure and the legends to make the conception clear.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Juvenile hormone (JH) is a pleiotropic terpenoid hormone in insects that mainly regulates their development and reproduction. In particular, its developmental functions are described as the "status quo" action, as its presence in the hemolymph (the insect blood) prevents metamorphosis-initiating effects of ecdysone, another important hormone in insect development, and maintains the juvenile status of insects. While such canonical functions of JH are known to be mediated by its intracellular receptor complex composed of Met and Tai, there have been multiple reports suggesting the presence of cell membrane receptor(s) for JH, which mediate non-genomic effects of this terpenoid hormone. In particular, the presence of receptor tyrosine kinase(s) that phosphorylate Met/Tai in response to JH and thus indirectly affect the canonical JH signaling pathway has been strongly suggested. Given the importance of JH in insect physiology and the fact that the JH signaling pathway is a major target of insect growth regulators, elucidating the identification and functions of putative JH membrane receptors is of great significance from both basic and applied perspectives. In the present study, the authors identified candidate receptors for such cell membrane JH receptors, CAD96CA and FGFR1, in the cotton bollworm Helicoverpa armigera.

      Strengths:

      Their in vitro analyses are conducted thoroughly using multiple methods, which overall supports their claim that these receptors can bind to JH and mediate their non-genomic effects.

      Weaknesses:

      Results of their in vivo experiments, particularly those of their loss-of-function analyses using CRISPR mutants are still preliminary, and the results rather indicate that these membrane receptors do not have any physiologically significant roles in vivo. More specifically, previous studies in lepidopteran species have clearly and repeatedly shown that precocious metamorphosis is the hallmark phenotype for all JH signaling-deficient larvae. In contrast, the present study showed that Cad96ca and Fgfr1 G0 mutants only showed a slight acceleration in their pupation timing, which is not a typical phenotype one would expect from JH signaling deficiency. This is inconsistent with their working model provided in Figure 6, which indicates that these cell membrane JH receptors promote the canonical JH signaling by phosphorylating Met/Tai.

      If the authors argue that this slight acceleration of pupation is indeed a major JH signaling-deficient phenotype in Helicoverpa, they need to provide more data to support their claim by analyzing CRISPR mutants of other genes involved in JH signaling, such as Jhamt and Met. An alternative explanation is that there is functional redundancy between CAD96CA and FGFR1 in mediating phosphorylation of Met/Tai. This possibility can be tested by analyzing double knockouts of these two receptors.

      Thank you for your question and suggestion. The cadherin 96ca (CAD96CA) and fibroblast growth factor receptor 1 (FGFR1) were finally determined as JH cell membrane receptors by their roles in JH regulated-gene expression, maintaining larval status, JH induced-rapid increase of intracellular calcium levels, JH induced-phosphorylation of MET and TAI, and their JH-binding affinity. Their roles as JH cell membrane receptors were further determined by knockdown and knockout of them in vivo and in cell lines, and overexpression of them in mammal HEK-293T heterogeneously. Figure 6 is drafted by these solidate evidences.

      Cad96ca and Fgfr1 G0 mutants caused slight acceleration of pupation is one of the types of evidence of JH signaling-deficient. Othe evidences include a set of gene expression and the block of JH induced-rapid intracellular calcium increase.

      Kr-h1 is a typical indicator gene at the downstream of Jhamt and in JH signaling, so we used it as an indicator to examine JH signaling. Jhamt and Met or other genes might be affected in Cad96ca and Fgfr1 G0 mutants, which can be examined in future study.

      We have discussed the question that Cad96ca and Fgfr1 G0 mutants only showed a slight acceleration in their pupation timing: "Homozygous Cad96ca null Drosophila die at late pupal stages (Wang et al., 2009). However, we found that 86% of the larvae of the Cad96ca mutant successfully pupated in G0 generation, although earlier than the control. Similarly, null mutation of Fgfr1 or Fgfr2 in mouse is embryonic lethal (Arman et al., 1998; Deng et al., 1994; Yamaguchi et al., 1994). In D. melanogaster, homozygous Htl (Fgfr) mutant embryos die during late embryogenesis, too (Beati et al., 2020; Beiman et al., 1996; Gisselbrecht et al., 1996). However, in H. armigera, 91% of larvae successfully pupated in G0 generation after Fgfr1 knockout. The low death rate after Cad96ca and Fgfr1 knockout might be because of following reasons, including the editing efficiency (67% and 61% for Cad96ca mutant and Fgfr1 mutant, respectively), the chimera of the gene knockout at the G0 generation, and the redundant RTKs that play similar roles in JH signaling, similar to the redundant roles of MET and Germ-cell expressed bHLH-PAS (GCE) in JH signaling (Liu et al., 2009), which needs to obtain alive G1 homozygote mutants and double knockout of these two receptors in future study. We indeed observed that the eggs did not hatch successfully after mixed-mating of G0 Cad96ca mutant or Fgfr1 mutant, respectively, but the reason was not addressed further due to the embryonic death. By the similar reasons, most of the Cad96ca and Fgfr1 mutants showed a slight acceleration of pupation (about one day) without the typical precocious metamorphosis (at least one instar earlier) phenotype caused by JH signaling defects (Daimon et al., 2012; Fukuda, 1944; Riddiford et al., 2010) and JH pathway gene deletions (Abdou et al., 2011; Liu et al., 2009). On other side, JH can regulate gene transcription by diffusing into cells and binding to the intracellular receptor MET to conduct JH signal, which might affect the results of gene knockdown and knockout.".

      Currently, the validity of their calcium imaging analysis in Figure 5 is also questionable. When performing calcium imaging in cultured cells, it is critically important to treat all the cells at the end of each experiment with a hormone or other chemical reagents that universally induce calcium increase in each particular cell line. Without such positive control, the validity of calcium imaging data remains unknown, and readers cannot properly evaluate their results.

      Thank you for your question. For Figure 5, our goal was to demonstrate that JH can induce calcium mobilization through CAD96CA and FGFR1. Controls have been established between different experimental groups within the same cell, as well as between different cells. Increasing the positive experimental group would make the results more complex.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Li et al. identified CAD96CA and FGF1 among 20 receptor tyrosine kinase receptors as mediators of JH signaling. By performing a screen in HaEpi cells with overactivated JH signaling, the authors pinpointed two main RTKs that contribute to the transduction of JH. Using the CRISPR/Cas9 system to generate mutants, the authors confirmed that these RTKs are required for normal JH activation, as precocious pupariation was observed in their absence. Additionally, the authors demonstrated that both CAD96CA and FGF1 exhibit a high affinity for JH, and their activation is necessary for the proper phosphorylation of Tai and Met, transcription factors that promote the transcriptional response. Finally, the authors provided evidence suggesting that the function of CAD96CA and FGF1 as JH receptors is conserved across insects.

      Strengths:

      The data provided by the authors are convincing and support the main conclusions of the study, providing ample evidence to demonstrate that phosphorylation of the transducers Met and Tai mainly depends on the activity of two RTKs. Additionally, the binding assays conducted by the authors support the function of CAD96CA and FGF1 as membrane receptors of JH. The study's results validate, at least in H. amigera, the predicted existence of membrane receptors for JH.

      Weaknesses:

      The study has several weaknesses that need to be addressed. Firstly, it is not clear what criteria were used by the authors to discard several other RTKs that were identified as repressors of JH signaling. For example, while NRK and Wsck may not fulfill all the requirements to become JH receptors, other evidence, such as depletion analysis and target gene expression, suggests they are involved in proper JH signaling activation.

      Thank you for your question. We screened the RTKs sequentially, including examining the roles of 20 RTKs identified in the H. armigera genome in JH regulated-gene expression to obtain primary candidates, followed by screening of the candidates by their roles in maintaining larval status, JH induced-rapid increase of intracellular calcium levels, JH induced-phosphorylation of MET and TAI, and affinity to JH. WSCK was not involved in the phosphorylation of MET and TAI and was discarded during subsequent screening. NRK did not bind to JH III, did not meet the screening strategy, and was discarded.

      We increased the information in the Introduction: "We screened the RTKs sequentially, including examining the roles of 20 RTKs identified in the H. armigera genome in JH regulated-gene expression to obtain primary candidates, followed by screening of the candidates by their roles in maintaining larval status, JH induced-rapid increase of intracellular calcium levels, JH induced-phosphorylation of MET and TAI, and affinity to JH. The cadherin 96ca (CAD96CA) and fibroblast growth factor receptor 1 (FGFR1) were finally determined as JH cell membrane receptors by their roles in JH regulated-gene expression, maintaining larval status, JH induced-rapid increase of intracellular calcium levels, JH induced-phosphorylation of MET and TAI, and their JH-binding affinity. Their roles as JH cell membrane receptors were further determined by knockdown and knockout of them in vivo and cell lines, and overexpression of them in mammal HEK-293T heterogeneously.".

      We increased discussion: "This study found six RTKs that respond to JH induction by participating in JH induced-gene expression and intracellular calcium increase, however; they exert different functions in JH signaling, and finally CAD96CA and FGFR1 are determined as JH cell membrane receptors by their roles in JH induced-phosphorylation of MET and TAI and binding to JH III. We screen the RTKs transmitting JH signal primarily by examining some of JH induced-gene expression. By examining other genes or by other strategies to screen the RTKs might find new RTKs functioning as JH cell membrane receptors; however, the key evaluation indicators, such as the binding affinity of the RTKs to JH and the function in transmitting JH signal to maintain larval status are essential.".

      Secondly, the expression of the six RTKs, which, when knocked down, were able to revert JH signaling activation, was mainly detected in the last larval stage of H. amigera. However, since JH signaling is active throughout larval development, it is unclear whether these RTKs are completely required for pathway activation or only needed for high activation levels at the last larval stage.

      Thank you for the question. We knocked down the genes at last larval stage to observe pupation, which is a relatively simple and easily to be observed target to examine the role of the gene in JH-maintained larval status. The results from CRISPR/Cas9 experiments showed: "Most wild-type larvae showed a phenotype of pupation on time. However, in the Cad96ca mutant, 86% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 67% by TA clone analysis) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 24 h earlier. In the Fgfr1 mutant, 91% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 61%) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 23 h earlier (Figure 4D and E). The data suggested that CAD96CA and FGFR1 support larval growth and prevent pupation in vivo.".

      Additionally, the mechanism by which different RTKs exert their functions in a specific manner is not clear. According to the expression profile of the different RTKs, one might expect some redundant role of those receptors. In fact the no reversion of phosphorilation of tai and met upon depletion of Wsck in cells with overactivated JH signalling seems to support this idea.

      Nevertheless, and despite the overlapping expression of the different receptors, all RTKs seem to be required for proper pathway activation, even in the case of FGF1 which seems to be only expressed in the midgut. This is an intriguing point unresolved in the study.

      Thank you for your comments. Yes, from our study, different RTKs exert their functions in a specific manner. We have increased discussion: "This study found six RTKs that respond to JH induction by participating in JH induced-gene expression and intracellular calcium increase, however; they exert different functions in JH signaling, and finally CAD96CA and FGFR1 are determined as JH cell membrane receptors by their roles in JH induced-phosphorylation of MET and TAI and binding to JH III. We screen the RTKs transmitting JH signal primarily by examining some of JH induced-gene expression. By examining other genes or by other strategies to screen the RTKs might find new RTKs functioning as JH cell membrane receptors; however, the key evaluation indicators, such as the binding affinity of the RTKs to JH and the function in transmitting JH signal to maintain larval status are essential.".

      Finally, the study does not explain how RTKs with known ligands could also bind JH and contribute to JH signaling activation. in Drosophila, FGF1 is activated by pyramus and thisbe for mesoderm development, while CAD96CA is activated by collagen during wound healing. Now the authors claim that in addition to these ligands, the receptors also bind to JH. However, it is unclear whether these RTKs are activated by JH independently of their known ligands, suggesting a specific binding site for JH, or if they are only induced by JH activation when those ligands are present in a synergistic manner. Alternatively, another explanation could be that the RTK pathways by their known ligands activation may induce certain levels of JH transducer phosphorylation, which, in the presence of JH, contributes to the full pathway activation without JH-RTK binding being necessary.

      Thank you for your professional questions. It is an exciting and challenging to explore the molecular mechanism by which multiple ligands transmit signals through the same receptor. It requires a long-term research plan and in-depth studies. We added discussion in the text: "CAD96CA (also known as Stitcher, Ret-like receptor tyrosine kinase) activates upon epidermal wounding in Drosophila embryos (Tsarouhas et al., 2014) and promotes growth and suppresses autophagy in the Drosophila epithelial imaginal wing discs (O'Farrell et al., 2013). There is a CAD96CA in the genome of the H. armigera, which is without function study. Here, we reported that CAD96CA prevents pupation by transmitting JH signal as a JH cell membrane receptor. We also showed that CAD96CA of other insects has a universal function of transmitting JH signal to trigger Ca2+ mobilization, as demonstrated by the study in Sf9 cell lines of S. frugiperda and S2 cell lines of D. melanogaster.

      FGFRs control cell migration and differentiation in the developing embryo of D. melanogaster (Muha and Muller, 2013). The ligand of FGFR is FGF in D. melanogaste_r (Du et al., 2018_). FGF binds FGFR and triggers cell proliferation, differentiation, migration, and survival (Beenken and Mohammadi, 2009; Lemmon and Schlessinger, 2010). Three FGF ligands and two FGF receptors (FGFRs) are identified in Drosophila (Huang and Stern, 2005). The Drosophila FGF-FGFR interaction is specific. Different ligands have different functions. The activation of FGFRs by specific ligands can affect specific biological processes (Kadam et al., 2009). The FGFR in the membrane of Sf9 cells can bind to Vip3Aa (Jiang et al., 2018). One FGF and one FGFR are in the H. armigera genome, which has yet to be studied functionally. The study found that FGFR prevents insect pupation by transmitting JH signal as a JH cell membrane receptor. Exploring the molecular mechanism and output by which multiple ligands transmit signals through the same receptor is exciting and challenging.".

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      As an experimental suggestion, I will only propose that authors test the double knock-down/knock-out or overexpression of CAD96CA and FGFR1 to give some hints into how redundant/independent the two receptors are.

      Thank you very much for your professional advice. We agree with your point of view that double knockout of CAD96CA and FGFR1 is very important to resolve the redundant/independent of the two receptors, which can make our research more complete. Unfortunately, due to experimental difficulty and time constraints, we did not provide supplementary experiments. In this study, we aim to screen the cell membrane receptors of JH. Therefore, we focused on which RTKs can function as receptors. This article is a preliminary study to identify the cell membrane receptors of JH. To further understand the relationship between the two membrane receptors, we will conduct in-depth research in future work.

      Apart from that, here are some minor points about the manuscript:

      Figure 2A: changing the scale on the y-axis would help to better see the different genotypes (similar to the way it is presented in Figure 5).

      Thanks for your reminding, we have changed the scale in Figure 2A.

      Figure 4J: image settings could be improved to better highlight the green fluorescence.

      Thank you for your advice, we have improved the imaged in Figure 4J.

      In general, the manuscript would benefit from some proofreading since a number of sentences are incorrect.

      Thanks for your reminding, we have carefully revised the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Although the authors note that there are 21 RTK genes in Drosophila (line 55), I can only see 16 Drosophila RTKs in Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 1. Some important Drosophila RTKs such as breathless are missing. The authors need to redraw the phylogenetic tree.

      Thanks for your reminding, we have presented the new phylogenetic tree in Figure 1-figure supplement 1.

      (2) The accelerated pupation phenotype in Cad96ca and Fgfr1 G0 mutants needs to be better described. In particular, it is critical to examine which developmental stage(s) are shortened in these mutant larvae. Refer to a similar study on a JH biosynthetic enzyme in Bombyx (PMID: 22412378) regarding how to describe the developmental timing phenotype.

      Thank you for your advice. We have re-shown Figure 4E and added the explanation in the text: "In 61 survivors of Cas9 protein plus Cad96ca-gRNA injection, 30 mutants were sequenced, and a mutation efficiency was 49.2%. Similarly, in the 65 survivors of Cas9 protein plus Fgfr1-gRNA injection, 35 mutants were sequenced, and a mutation efficiency was 53.8% (Figure 4C). The DNA sequences, deduced amino acids and off–target were analyzed (Figure 4—figure supplement 1). Most wild-type larvae showed a phenotype of pupation on time. However, in the Cad96ca mutant, 86% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 67% by TA clone analysis) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 24 h earlier. In the Fgfr1 mutant, 91% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 61%) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 23 h earlier (Figure 4D and E). The data suggested that CAD96CA and FGFR1 support larval growth and prevent pupation in vivo.".

      (3) The editing efficiency described in lines 211-213 is obscure. Does this indicate the percentage of animals with noisy sequencing spectra or the percentage of mutation rates analyzed by TA cloning?

      Thanks for your reminder. We have revised the description in the text: "In 61 survivors of Cas9 protein plus Cad96ca-gRNA injection, 30 mutants were sequenced, and a mutation efficiency was 49.2%. Similarly, in the 65 survivors of Cas9 protein plus Fgfr1-gRNA injection, 35 mutants were sequenced, and a mutation efficiency was 53.8% (Figure 4C). The DNA sequences, deduced amino acids and off–target were analyzed (Figure 4—figure supplement 1). Most wild-type larvae showed a phenotype of pupation on time. However, in the Cad96ca mutant, 86% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 67% by TA clone analysis) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 24 h earlier. In the Fgfr1 mutant, 91% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 61%) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 23 h earlier (Figure 4D and E). The data suggested that CAD96CA and FGFR1 support larval growth and prevent pupation in vivo.".

      (4) In Figures 4F and G, the authors examined expression levels of some JH/ecdysone responsive genes only at 0 hr-old 6th instar larvae. This single developmental stage is not enough for this analysis. In particular, the expression level of Fgfr1 only goes up in the mid-6th instar according to their own data (Figure 1-Figure Supplement 4), so it is critical to examine expression levels of these genes at least throughout the 6th larval instar.

      Thank you for your advice. Indeed, it is essential to detect the expression levels of JH/ecdysone response genes in the whole sixth instar larvae. Because we observed that the mutation has a shorter feeding stage at the sixth instar, we examined the expression level of the JH/ecdysone response gene at the early sixth instar. Due to the number of mutants obtained in the experiment was small and non-destructive sampling could not be performed in sixth instar period, there were no enough samples to test. In the future, we will generate Cad96ca Fgfr1 double mutations to carry out studies and detect the expression level of JH/ecdysone response genes in the whole sixth instar.

      (5) As mentioned above, some important Drosophila RTKs such as breathless are missing in their analyses. As breathless is a close paralog of heartless (Htl), I am sure that Drosophila breathless is also orthologous to Helicoverpa FGFR1. The authors therefore need to analyze breathless in Figure 5B in addition to Htl.

      Thank you for your advice. We added experiments and the results are shown in Figure 5B and Figure 5—figure supplement 1.

      (6) More discussion about the reason why dsNrk and dsWsck can provide resistance to JHIII in Figure 1 is required.

      Thank you for your advice. We added explanation in the discussion: "It is generally believed that the primary role of JH is to antagonize 20E during larval molting (Riddiford, 2008). The knockdown of Cad96ca, Nrk, Fgfr1, and Wsck showed phenotypes resistant to JH III induction and the decrease of Kr-h1 and increase of Br-z7 expression, but knockdown of Vegfr and Drl only decrease Kr-h1, without increase of Br-z7. Br-z7 is involved in 20E-induced metamorphosis in H. armigera (Cai et al., 2014), whereas, Kr-h1 is a JH early response gene that mediates JH action (Minakuchi et al., 2009) and represses Br expression (Riddiford et al., 2010). The high expression of Br-z7 is possible due to the down-regulation of Kr-h1 in Cad96ca, Nrk, Fgfr1 and Wsck knockdown larvae. The different expression profiles of Br-z7 in Vegfr and Drl knockdown larvae suggest other roles of Vegfr and Drl in JH signaling, which need further study."

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The authors should consider optimizing their experimental approach by depleting the six candidate RTKs in an early larval stage rather than using a sensitized background with JH application in the last larval stage.

      Thank you for your precious suggestion. We knocked down the genes at last larval stage to observe pupation, which is a relatively simple and easily to be observed target to examine the role of the gene in JH-maintained larval status. The results from CRISPR/Cas9 experiments showed: "Most wild-type larvae showed a phenotype of pupation on time. However, in the Cad96ca mutant, 86% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 67% by TA clone analysis) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 24 h earlier. In the Fgfr1 mutant, 91% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 61%) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 23 h earlier (Figure 4D and E). The data suggested that CAD96CA and FGFR1 support larval growth and prevent pupation in vivo.". To know the roles of other RTKs in the whole larval development needs future work since a lot of experiments are needed.

      (2) Including a positive control for JH signaling, such as met or tai, would strengthen the assays and provide a benchmark for evaluating the downregulation of target genes and phenotype reversion upon JH application. This addition, especially in Figure 1, would enhance the interpretability of the results.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We agree with your point of view that adding the detection of Met or Tai as a positive control. Our laboratory has reported in previous studies that knockdown of Met leads to decreased expression of genes in the JH signaling pathway and precocious pupation (PMID: 24872508), so we did not repeat this related experiment in this study. In the future, when performg Cad96ca and Fgfr1 double mutant experiments, Met mutant can be generated as a control to provide more references for the interpretation of the results.

      (3) I recommend revising the manuscript to improve readability, particularly in the Results section, where descriptions of the binding part are particularly dense.

      Thank you for your advice. We have carefully revised the manuscript.

      (4) In line 122, please add the reference Wang et al., 2016.

      Thank you for your reminding, we have added the reference in line 125 of the new manuscript.

      (5) The authors should clarify why they chose to test the possible binding to JH of only Cad96CA, FGFR1, and NRK after conducting various assays while including OTK in the study as a negative control. This explanation should be included in the text.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We added the explanation, as described in the text: "We screened the RTKs sequentially, including examining the roles of 20 RTKs identified in the H. armigera genome in JH regulated-gene expression to obtain primary candidates, followed by screening of the candidates by their roles in maintaining larval status, JH induced-rapid increase of intracellular calcium levels, JH induced-phosphorylation of MET and TAI, and affinity to JH. The cadherin 96ca (CAD96CA) and fibroblast growth factor receptor 1 (FGFR1) were finally determined as JH cell membrane receptors by their roles in JH regulated-gene expression, maintaining larval status, JH induced-rapid increase of intracellular calcium levels, JH induced-phosphorylation of MET and TAI, and their JH-binding affinity. Their roles as JH cell membrane receptors were further determined by knockdown and knockout of them in vivo and cell lines, and overexpression of them in mammal HEK-293T heterogeneously.".

      "Since Cad96CA, FGFR1, and NRK were not only involved in JH-regulated Kr-h1 expression, JH III-induced delayed pupation, and calcium levels increase, but also involved in MET and TAI phosphorylation, we further analyzed their binding affinity to JH III. OTK did not respond to JH III, so we used it as a control protein on the cell membrane to exclude the possibility of nonspecific binding.".

      (6) The observed embryonic lethality of cad96ca and FGF1 mutants in Drosophila contrasts with the ability of the respective mutants in H. armigera to reach the pupal stage. The authors should discuss this significant difference.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We added the explanation in the discussion, as described in the text: "Homozygous Cad96ca null Drosophila die at late pupal stages (Wang et al., 2009). However, we found that 86% of the larvae of the Cad96ca mutant successfully pupated in G0 generation, although earlier than the control. Similarly, null mutation of Fgfr1 or Fgfr2 in mouse is embryonic lethal (Arman et al., 1998; Deng et al., 1994; Yamaguchi et al., 1994). In D. melanogaster, homozygous Htl (Fgfr) mutant embryos die during late embryogenesis, too (Beati et al., 2020; Beiman et al., 1996; Gisselbrecht et al., 1996). However, in H. armigera, 91% of larvae successfully pupated in G0 generation after Fgfr1 knockout. The low death rate after Cad96ca and Fgfr1 knockout might be because of following reasons, including the editing efficiency (67% and 61% for Cad96ca mutant and Fgfr1 mutant, respectively), the chimera of the gene knockout at the G0 generation, and the redundant RTKs that play similar roles in JH signaling, similar to the redundant roles of MET and Germ-cell expressed bHLH-PAS (GCE) in JH signaling (Liu et al., 2009), which needs to obtain alive G1 homozygote mutants and double knockout of these two receptors in future study. We indeed observed that the eggs did not hatch successfully after mixed-mating of G0 Cad96ca mutant or Fgfr1 mutant, respectively, but the reason was not addressed further due to the embryonic death. By the similar reasons, most of the Cad96ca and Fgfr1 mutants showed a slight acceleration of pupation (about one day) without the typical precocious metamorphosis (at least one instar earlier) phenotype caused by JH signaling defects (Daimon et al., 2012; Fukuda, 1944; Riddiford et al., 2010) and JH pathway gene deletions (Abdou et al., 2011; Liu et al., 2009). On other side, JH can regulate gene transcription by diffusing into cells and binding to the intracellular receptor MET to conduct JH signal, which might affect the results of gene knockdown and knockout.".

      (7) Building upon the previous point, it is noteworthy that the cad96ca and FGF1 mutants exhibit only a 24-hour early pupation phenotype, contrasting with the 48-hour early pupation induced by Kr-h1 depletion. This discrepancy suggests that while the function of these RTKs is necessary, it may not be sufficient to fully activate JH signaling. The expression profile of these receptors, primarily observed in the last larval stage, supports this hypothesis.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We added the explanation in the discussion, as described in the text: "Homozygous Cad96ca null Drosophila die at late pupal stages (Wang et al., 2009). However, we found that 86% of the larvae of the Cad96ca mutant successfully pupated in G0 generation, although earlier than the control. Similarly, null mutation of Fgfr1 or Fgfr2 in mouse is embryonic lethal (Arman et al., 1998; Deng et al., 1994; Yamaguchi et al., 1994). In D. melanogaster, homozygous Htl (Fgfr) mutant embryos die during late embryogenesis, too (Beati et al., 2020; Beiman et al., 1996; Gisselbrecht et al., 1996). However, in H. armigera, 91% of larvae successfully pupated in G0 generation after Fgfr1 knockout. The low death rate after Cad96ca and Fgfr1 knockout might be because of following reasons, including the editing efficiency (67% and 61% for Cad96ca mutant and Fgfr1 mutant, respectively), the chimera of the gene knockout at the G0 generation, and the redundant RTKs that play similar roles in JH signaling, similar to the redundant roles of MET and Germ-cell expressed bHLH-PAS (GCE) in JH signaling (Liu et al., 2009), which needs to obtain alive G1 homozygote mutants and double knockout of these two receptors in future study. We indeed observed that the eggs did not hatch successfully after mixed-mating of G0 Cad96ca mutant or Fgfr1 mutant, respectively, but the reason was not addressed further due to the embryonic death. By the similar reasons, most of the Cad96ca and Fgfr1 mutants showed a slight acceleration of pupation (about one day) without the typical precocious metamorphosis (at least one instar earlier) phenotype caused by JH signaling defects (Daimon et al., 2012; Fukuda, 1944; Riddiford et al., 2010) and JH pathway gene deletions (Abdou et al., 2011; Liu et al., 2009). On other side, JH can regulate gene transcription by diffusing into cells and binding to the intracellular receptor MET to conduct JH signal, which might affect the results of gene knockdown and knockout.".

      (8) The expression profile of the RTK hits described in Supplementary Figure 4A appears to be limited to the last larval stage until pupation. The authors should clarify whether these receptors are expressed earlier, and the meaning of the letters in the plot should be described in the figure legend.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We added the explanation in the Figure 1—figure supplement 4 legend, as described in the text: "The expression profiles of Vegfr1, Drl, Cad96ca, Nrk, Fgfr1, and Wsck during development. 5F: fifth instar feeding larvae; 5M: fifth instar molting larvae; 6th-6 h to 6th-120 h: sixth instar at 6 h to sixth instar 120 h larvae; P0 d to P8 d: pupal stage at 0-day to pupal stage at 8-day F: feeding stage; M: molting stage; MM: metamorphic molting stage; P: pupae.".

      We are very sorry, but due to time limitations, we will investigate the expression profile of RTK throughout the larval stage in future work.

      (9) In Figure 4, panels F and G, the levels of Kr-h1 are shown in cad96ca and FGF1 mutants in the last larval stage. The authors should indicate whether Kr-h1 levels are also low in earlier larval stages or only detected in the last larval stage, as this would imply that these RTKs are only required at this stage.

      Thank you for your suggestion. In this study, the Cad96ca and Fgfr1 mutants' feeding stage was shortened in the sixth instar, and they entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier. So, we detected the expression of Kr-h1 in the sixth instar. It is an excellent idea to detect the expression of Kr-h1 at various larvae stages to analyze the stages in which CAD96CA and FGFR1 play a role and to study the relationship between CAD96CA and FGFR1 in future.

      (10) While Figure 5 demonstrates JH-triggered calcium ion mobilization in Sf9 cells and S2 cells, the authors should also include data on JH signaling target genes, such as Kr-h1, for a more comprehensive analysis.

      Thank you for your advice. We added experiments, as described in the text: "To demonstrate the universality of CAD96CA and FGFR1 in JH signaling in different insect cells, we investigated JH-triggered calcium ion mobilization and Kr-h1 expression in Sf9 cells developed from S. frugiperda and S2 cells developed from D. melanogaster. Knockdown of Cad96ca and Fgfr1 (named Htl or Btl in D. melanogaster), respectively, significantly decreased JH III-induced intracellular Ca2+ release and extracellular Ca2+ influx, and Kr-h1 expression (Figure 5A, B, Figure 5—figure supplement 1A and B). The efficacy of RNAi of Cad96ca and Fgfr1 was confirmed in the cells (Figure 5—figure supplement 1C and D), suggesting that CAD96CA and FGFR1 had a general function to transmit JH signal in S. frugiperda and D. melanogaster.".

      (11) The authors should consider improving the quality of images and some plots, particularly enlarging panels showing larval and pupal phenotypes, such as Figure 1B and Supplementary Figure C. Additionally, adding a plot showing the statistical analysis of the phenotype in Supplementary Figure C would enhance clarity. Some plots are overly busy and difficult to read due to small size, such as Figure 1C, Figure 2A, and all the plots in Figure 3. Figure 4E also requires improvement for better readability.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have adjusted Figure 1B, Figure 1C, Figure 1—figure supplement 1C, Figure 2A and Figure 4E. However, for Figure 3, we have not found a better way to arrange and adapt them, considering the overall arrangement of the results and the page space, so we keep them in their original state.

    1. examine the premises of the argumen

      (1). reasonable to assume that there are beings (but starting to argue that nothingness is imporbable from this claim seems to beg the question.) (2) Very reasonable because the properties of thinga can vary infinitleyy (imo the most plausible premise of this argument) (3) There's at most one possible world where there could be nothing again, plausible, bc theres only one way for there to be nothing, implied in its essence of being nothing. (4) *apparently disputed prem: for any 2 possible worlds, probability of their being actual is equal why? bc the mode of disticntion between the two possible worlds is completely arbitrary

    Annotators

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work is meant to help create a foundation for future studies of the Central Complex, which is a critical integrative center in the fly brain. The authors present a systematic description of cellular elements, cell type classifications, behavioral evaluations and genetic resources available to the Drosophila neuroscience community.

      Strengths:

      The work contributes new, useful and systematic technical information in compelling fashion to support future studies of the fly brain. It also continues to set a high and transparent standard by which large-scale resources can be defined and shared.

      Weaknesses:

      manuscript p. 1

      "The central complex (CX) of the adult Drosophila melanogaster brain consists of approximately 2,800 cells that have been divided into 257 cell types based on morphology and connectivity (Scheer et al., 2020; Hulse et al. 2021; Wolff et al., 2015)."

      The 257 accumulated cell types have informational names (e.g., PBG2‐9.s‐FBl2.b‐NO3A.b) in addition to their associations with specific Gal4 lines and specific EM Body IDs. All this is very useful. I have one suggestion to help a reader trying to get a "bird's eye view" of such a large amount of detailed and multi-layered information. Give each of the 257 CX cell types an arbitrary number: 1 to 257. In fact, Supplemental File 2 lists ~277 cell types each with a number in sequence, so perhaps in principle, it is there. This could expedite the search function when a reader is trying to cross-reference CX cell type information from the text, to the Figures and/or to the Supplemental Figures. Also, the use of (arbitrary) cell type numbers could expedite the explanation of which cell types are included in any compilation of information (e.g., which ones were tested for specific NT expression).

      In this report we adhered to the nomenclature introduced in Hulse et al. 2021. We agree that the nomenclature of cell types in the CX is imperfect. There are inherent limitations to what can be done with present data. Even between the hemibrain and FAFB/Flywire EM datasets, it was not possible to derive a one-to-one correspondence in many cases, largely because we do not yet have enough information to distinguish between natural variation within a cell type and distinct cell types (see Schlegel et al. 2024).  Moreover, many cell type distinctions depend on connectivity differences that are observable only in EM datasets but not in LM images. Several research groups are currently engaged in a comprehensive and collaborative effort to update the CX nomenclature that will extend over the next few months as additional connectomes become available. This work will require hundreds of hours of effort from anatomical and computational experts in multiple laboratories who have a strong interest in the CX. Since the correspondence between the established Hulse et al nomenclature we use and this new nomenclature will be made clear, it will be easy to transfer our data to that new nomenclature. For all these reasons, we believe we should not unilaterally introduce any new naming systems at this time.

      manuscript p 2

      "Figure 2 and Figure 2-figure supplements 1-4 show the expression of 52 new split-GAL4 lines with strong GAL4 expression that is largely limited to the cell type of interest. .... We also generated lines of lesser quality for other cell types that in total bring overall coverage to more than three quarters of CX cell types."

      This section describes the generation and identification of specific split Gal4 lines, and the presentation is generally excellent. It represents an outstanding compendium of information. My reading of the text suggests ~200 cell types have Gal4 lines that are of immediate use (having high specificity or v close-to-high). Use of an arbitrary number system (mentioned above) could augment that description for the reasons stated. For example, which of the 257 cell types are represented by split Gal4 lines that constitute the ~1/3 representing "high-quality lines "? A second comment relates to this study 's functional analysis of the contributions of CX cell types to sleep physiology. The recent literature contains renewed interest in the specific expression patterns of Gal4 lines that can promote sleep-like behaviors. In particular Gal4 line expression outside the brain (in the VNC and outside the CNS) have been raised as important elements that need be included for interpretation interpretation of sleep regulation. This present study offers useful information about a large number of expression patterns, as well as a basis with which to seek additional information., including mention of VNC expression in many cases However, perhaps I missed it, but I could not find a short description of the over-all strategy used to describe the expression patterns and feel that could be helpful. Were all Gal4 lines studied for expression in the VNC? and in the peripheral NS? It is probably published elsewhere, but even a short reprise would still be useful.

      We added a couple of sentences to clarify that the lines were imaged in the adult female brain and VNC and many were also imaged in males. These data, including the ability to download the original confocal stacks, are contained in an on-line web source cited in the text. We also make clear that we did not assay expression outside of the brain, optic lobes and VNC. Therefore, we cannot rule out expression in the peripheral nervous system (other than detected in the axons of sensory neurons in the CNS) or in muscle or other non-neuronal cell types.

      manuscript p 9

      Neurotransmitter expression in CX cell types

      "To determine what neurotransmitters are used by the CX cell types, we carried out fluorescent in situ hybridization using EASI-FISH (Eddison and Irkhe, 2022; Close et al., 2024) on brains that also expressed GFP driven from a cell-type-specific split GAL4 line. In this way, we could determine what neurotransmitters were expressed in over 100 different CX cell types based on ...."

      Reading this description, I was uncertain whether the >100 cell types mentioned were tested with all the NT markers by EASI-FISH? Also, assigning arbitrary numbers to the cell types (same suggestion as above) could help the reader more readily ascertain which were the ~100 cell types classified in this context.

      The specific probes used for each cell type are indicated in Figure 9 and in Supplemental File 1.

      manuscript p 10

      "Our full results are summarized below, together with our analysis of neuropeptide expression in the same cell types."

      I recommend specifying which Figures and Tables contain the "full results" indicated.

      We changed the wording to read:

      “Our full results are summarized, together with our analysis of neuropeptide expression in the same cell types, in Figures 5 -9 and in Supplemental File 1.”

      NP expression in CX cell types

      Similar to the comments regarding studies of NT expression: were all ~100 cell types tested with each of the 17 selected NPs? Arbitrary numerical identifies could be useful for the reader to determine which cell types/ lines were tested and which were not yet tested.

      We expanded the description in Methods to now read:

      “For neurotransmitters, the specific probes used for each cell type are indicated in Figure 9 and in Supplemental File 1. For neuropeptides, each of the 17 selected NP probes shown in Figure 5—figure supplement 1 was used on all cell types in Figure 9 except those marked by “—” in the neuropeptide column.”

      manuscript p. 11

      "The neuropeptide expression patterns we observed fell into two broad categories."

      This section presents information that is extensive and extremely useful. It supports consideration of peptidergic cell signaling at a circuits level and in a systematic fashion that will promote future progress in this field. I have two comments. First, regarding the categorization of two NP expression patterns, discernible by differences in cell number: this idea mirrors one present in prior literature. Recently the classification of the transcription factor DIMM summarizes this same two-way categorization (e.g., doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0001896). That included the fact that a single NP can be utilized by cell of either category.

      We inserted a sentence to acknowledge this earlier work:

      “Such large neurosecretory cells often express the transcription factor DIMM (Park et al. 2008).”

      Second, regarding this comment:

      "In contrast, neuropeptides like those shown in Figure 6 appear to be expressed in dozens to hundreds of cells and appear poised to function by local volume transmission in multiple distinct circuits."

      Signaling by NPs in this second category (many small cells) suggests more local diffusion, a smaller geographic expanse compared to "volume" signaling by the sparser larger peptidergic cells. Given this, I suggest re-consideration in using the term "volume" in this instance, perhaps in favor of "local" or "paracrine". This is only a suggestion and in fact rests almost entirely on speculation/ interpretation, as the field lacks a strong empirical basis to say how far NPs diffuse and act. A recent study in the fly brain of peptide co-transmitters (doi: 10.1016/j.cub.2020.04.025) provides an instructive example in which differences between the spatial extents of long-range (peptide 1) versus short-range (peptide 2) NP signaling may be inferred in vivo.

      We have modified the text to now read:

      “those shown in Figure 6 are expressed in dozens to hundreds of cells and appear poised to function by transmission to nearby cells in multiple distinct circuits.”  

      Spab was mentioned (Figure 6 legend) but discarded as a candidate NP to include based on a personal communication, as was Nplp1. The manuscript did not include reasons to do so, nor include a reference to spab peptide. I suggest including explicit reasons to discard candidate NPs.

      While there is strong supportive evidence for many NPs in Drosophila, the fact that other transcripts express NPs is more circumstantial often relying simply on sequence analysis and without convincing evidence for a specific cognate receptor. We note that Spab is not listed as a neuropeptide in the current release of FlyBase. In these cases, we relied on the opinion of individuals with extensive experience in studying Drosophila NPs. The results obtained with the probes for Spab and Nplp1 are still available in Supplemental File 1.

      In Fig 9-supplement 1, neurotransmitter biosynthetic enzymes were measured by RNA-seq for given CX cell types to augment the cell type classification. The same methods could be used to support cell type classification regarding putative peptidergic character (in Figure 9 supplement 2) by measuring expression levels of critical, canonical neuropeptide biosynthetic enzymes. These include the proprotein convertase dPC2 (amon); the carboxypeptidase dCPD/E (silver); and the amidating enzymes dPHM; dPal1; dPal2. PHM is most related to DBM (dopamine beta monooxygenase), the rate limiting enzyme for DA production, and greater than 90% of Drosophila neuropeptides are amidated. If the authors are correct in surmising widespread use of NPs by CX cell types (and I expect they are), there could be diagnostic value to report expression levels of this enzyme set across many/most CX cell types.

      In our admittedly limited experience, most cells express these enzymes and the level we observed in confirmed NP expressing cell types was not reproducibly higher.  (The complete data for all genes for the cell types we assayed are available from our deposition in the NCBI Gene Expression Omnibus with accession number GSE271123.) Given our small sample size we chose not to comment on this in the paper.

      Comment #6

      Screen of effects on Sleep behavior

      This work is large in scope and as suggested likely presents excellent starting points for many follow-up studies. I again suggest assigning stable number identities to the elements described. In this case, not cell types, but split Gal4 lines. This would expedite the cross-referencing of results across the four Supplemental Files 3-6. For example, line SS00273 is entry line #27 in S Files 3 and 4, but line entry #18 in S Files 5 and 6.

      We believe the interested reader can make this correspondence by searching the supplemental files which are excel spreadsheets. We note that both driver lines and cell types have stable identifiers that are used across Figures and Tables: the line numbers (for example, SS00273) for driver lines and the Hulse et al cell type names for cell types.

      manuscript p 26

      Clock to CX

      "Not surprisingly, the connectome reveals that many of the intrinsic CX cell types with sleep phenotypes are connected by wired pathways (Figure 12 and Figure 12-figure supplement 1)."

      Do intrinsic CX cells with sleep phenotypes also connect by wired pathways to CX cells that do not have sleep phenotypes?

      Yes, but we do not have high confidence that negative sleep phenotypes in our assays indicate no role in sleep.

      "The connectome also suggested pathways from the circadian clock to the CX. Links between clock output DN1 neurons to the ExR1 have been described in Lamaze et al. (2018) and Guo et al. (2018), and Liang et al. (2019) described a connection from the clock to ExR2 (PPM3) dopaminergic neurons."

      The introduction to this section indicates a focus on connectome-defined synaptic contacts. Whereas the first two studies cited featured both physiological and anatomic evidence to support connectivity from clock cells to CX, the third did not describe any anatomical connections, and that connection may in fact be due to diffuse not synaptic signaling

      I could not easily discern the difference between Figs 12 and 12-S1? These appear to be highly-related circuit models, wherein the second features more elements. Perhaps spell out the basis for the differences between the two models to avoid ambiguity.

      We clarify the supplemental diagram differs from the one in the main text by the inclusion of additional connections:

      “The strongest of these connections are diagrammed in Figure 12, with Figure 12—figure supplement 1 also showing additional weaker connections.”

      "...the cellular targets of Dh31 released from ER5 are unknown, however previous work (Goda et al., 2017; Mertens et al., 2005; Shafer et al., 2008) has shown that Dh31 can activate the PDF receptor raising the possibility of autocrine signaling."

      Regarding pharmacological evidence for Dh31 activation of Pdfr: strong in vivo evidence was developed in doi: 10.1016/j.neuron.2008.02.018: a strong pdfr mutation greatly reduces response to synthetic dh31 in neurons that normally express Pdfr

      We added the Shafer et al., 2008 reference. 

      manuscript p 30

      "Unexpectedly, we found that all neuropeptide-expressing cell types also expressed a small neurotransmitter."

      Did this conclusion apply only to CX cell types? - or was it also true for large peptidergic neurons? Prior evidence suggests the latter may not express small transmitters (doi: 10.1016/j.cub.2009.11.065). The question pertains to the broader biology of peptidergic neurons, and is therefore outside the strict scope of the main focus area - the CX. However, the text did initially consider peptidergic neurons outside the CX, so the information may be pertinent to many readers.

      We did not look at other cell types in the current study and so cannot provide an answer.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Wolff et al. describe an impressive collection of newly created split-GAL4 lines targeting specific cell types within the central complex (CX) of Drosophila. The CX is an important area in the brain that has been involved in the regulation of many behaviors including navigation and sleep/wake. The authors advocate that to fully understand how the CX functions, cell-specific driver lines need to be created. In that respect, this manuscript will be of very important value to all neuroscientists trying to elucidate complex behaviors using the fly model. In addition, and providing a further very important finding, the authors went on to assess neurotransmitter/neuropeptides and their receptors expression in different cells of the CX. These findings will also be of great interest to many and will help further studies aimed at understanding the CX circuitries. The authors then investigated how different CX cell types influence sleep and wake. While the description of the new lines and their neurochemical identity is excellent, the behavioral screen seems to be limited.

      Strengths:

      (1) The description of dozens of cell-specific split-GAL4 lines is extremely valuable to the fly community. The strength of the fly system relies on the ability to manipulate specific neurons to investigate their involvement in a specific behavior. Recently, the need to use extremely specific tools has been highlighted by the identification of sleep-promoting neurons located in the VNC of the fly as part of the expression pattern of the most widely used dorsal-Fan Shaped Body (dFB) GAL4 driver. These findings should serve as a warning to every neurobiologist, make sure that your tool is clean. In that respect, the novel lines described in this manuscript are fantastic tools that will help the fly community.

      (2) The description of neurotransmitter/neuropeptides expression pattern in the CX is of remarkable importance and will help design experiments aimed at understanding how the CX functions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) I find the behavioral (sleep) screen of this manuscript to be limited. It appears to me that this part of the paper is not as developed as it could be. The authors have performed neuronal activation using thermogenetic and/or optogenetic approaches. For some cell types, only thermogenetic activation is shown. There is no silencing data and/or assessment of sleep homeostasis or arousal threshold. The authors find that many CX cell types modulate sleep and wake but it's difficult to understand how these findings fit one with the other. It seems that each CX cell type is worthy of its own independent study and paper. I am fully aware that a thorough investigation of every CX neuronal type in sleep and wake regulation is a herculean task. So, altogether I think that this manuscript will pave the way for further studies on the role of CX neurons in sleep regulation.

      (2) Linked to point 1, it is possible that the activation protocols used in this study are insufficient for some neuronal types. The authors have used 29{degree sign} for thermogenetic activation (instead of the most widely used 31{degree sign}) and a 2Hz optogenetic activation protocol. The authors should comment on the fact that they may have missed some phenotypes by using these mild activation protocols.

      Our primary goal was to test the feasibility of using these tools in assessing sleep and wake function of neurons within the CX. In the process we uncovered several new neurons within the DFB-EB network that control sleep and make connections with previously identified sleep regulating neurons. For all single cell type lines and lines with sparse patterns and no VNC expression we present both optogenetics and thermogenetic data. The lines for which we only have thermogenetic but no optogenetic data are those which have multiple cell types or VNC expression. We felt that optogenetic data for these non-specific or contaminated lines would not reliably indicate a role for individual cell types in sleep regulation.

      Many previous studies that have used 31 degrees have done so for shorter durations and often using different times of the day for manipulations. The lack of consistency between studies using this temperature may be due in part to the fact that 31 degrees alters behaviors of flies (including controls) and, for this reason, is usually not used for 24-hour activation durations.

      To keep the screen consistent and ensure we capture changes in both daytime and nighttime sleep we used 29 degrees. The behavior of control flies is not as disrupted or altered at this temperature, and 29 degrees for activation is routinely used in behavioral experiments.

      We similarly selected an optogenetic stimulation protocol that minimizes the response of flies to the red-light pulses. We chose this protocol because we found, in earlier experiments in a different project, that this level of stimulation was able to elicit activation phenotypes across a range of cell types (including several known clock neurons). However, we cannot rule out false negatives in both the TrpA and optogenetic experiments and agree that we might have missed some phenotypes.

      Finally, as the reviewer rightfully points out, a thorough, detailed investigation of each cell type is a herculean task. We screened in both genders with very sparse, and often cell-type-specific, driver lines while using two distinct modes of activation and different methods for assessing sleep. For these reasons, we believe the GAL4 lines we identified provide excellent starting points for the additional investigations that will be required to better understand the roles of specific cell types.

      (3) There are multiple spelling errors in the manuscript that need to be addressed.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors created and characterized genetic tools that allow for precise manipulation of individual or small subsets of central complex (CX) cell types in the Drosophila brain. They developed split-GAL4 driver lines and integrated this with a detailed survey of neurotransmitter and neuropeptide expression and receptor localization in the central brain. The manuscript also explores the functional relevance of CX cell types by evaluating their roles in sleep regulation and linking circadian clock signals to the CX. This work represents an ambitious and comprehensive effort to provide both molecular and functional insights into the CX, offering tools and data that will serve as a critical resource for researchers.

      Strengths:

      (1) The extensive collection of split-GAL4 lines targeting specific CX cell types fills a critical gap in the genetic toolkit for the Drosophila neuroscience community.

      (2) By combining anatomical, molecular, and functional analyses, the authors provide a holistic view of CX cell types that is both informative and immediately useful for researchers across diverse disciplines.

      (3) The identification of CX cell types involved in sleep regulation and their connection to circadian clock mechanisms highlights the functional importance of the CX and its integrative role in regulating behavior and physiological states.

      (4) The authors' decision to present this work as a single, comprehensive manuscript rather than fragmenting it into smaller publications each focusing on separate central complex components is commendable. This decision prioritizes accessibility and utility for the broader neuroscience community, which will enable researchers to approach CX-related questions with a ready-made toolkit.

      Weaknesses:

      While the manuscript is an outstanding resource, it leaves room for more detailed mechanistic exploration in some areas. Nonetheless, this does not diminish the immediate value of the tools and data provided.

      Appraisal:

      The authors have succeeded in achieving their aims of creating well-characterized genetic tools and providing a detailed survey of neurochemical and functional properties in the CX. The results strongly support their conclusions and open numerous avenues for future research. The work effectively bridges the gap between genetic manipulation, molecular characterization, and functional assessment, enabling a deeper understanding of the CX's diverse roles.

      Impact and Utility

      This manuscript will have a significant and lasting impact on the field, providing tools and data that facilitate new discoveries in the study of the CX, sleep regulation, circadian biology, and beyond. The genetic tools developed here are likely to become a standard resource for Drosophila researchers, and the comprehensive dataset on neurotransmitter and neuropeptide expression will inspire investigations into the interplay between neuromodulation and classical neurotransmission.

      Additional Context

      The breadth and depth of the resources presented in this manuscript justify its publication without further modification. By delivering an integrated dataset that spans anatomy, molecular properties, and functional relevance, the authors have created a resource that will serve the neuroscience community for years to come.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor:

      The reviewers suggest that a nomenclature, perhaps a numbering system, be adopted for different cell types and Gal4 drivers in order to facilitate reading of the manuscript and cross-referencing.

      We agree that a comprehensive reanalysis of the CX nomenclature is in order, but it is premature for us to attempt that as part of this study. This is best done after additional connectomes are generated to help resolve the degree of variation in morphology and connectivity between the same cell in multiple animals.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors have characterized a large number of split-GAL4 drivers targeting individual or small subsets of CX cell types. This manuscript delivers a detailed anatomical, molecular, and functional mapping of the CX.

      By integrating data on neurotransmitters, neuropeptides, and their receptors, the authors provide a holistic view of CX cell types that will undoubtedly serve as a foundation for future studies.

      The use of these genetic tools to identify CX cell types affecting sleep, as well as those linking the circadian clock to the CX, represents a significant advance. These findings hint at the diverse and integrative roles of the CX in regulating both behavior and physiological states.

      The authors' decision to present this work as a single, comprehensive manuscript rather than fragmenting it into smaller publications each focusing on separate central complex components is commendable. This decision prioritizes accessibility and utility for the broader neuroscience community, which will enable researchers to approach CX-related questions with a ready-made toolkit.

      While the manuscript leaves room for further exploration and mechanistic studies, the breadth and depth of the resources presented are more than sufficient to justify publication in their current form.

      The data on neuropeptide and receptor expression patterns, especially the observation that all examined CX cell types co-express a small neurotransmitter, opens intriguing new avenues of inquiry into the interplay between classical neurotransmission and neuromodulation in this region.

      This manuscript has provided a much-needed resource for the Drosophila neuroscience community and beyond. This work will facilitate important discoveries in CX function, sleep regulation, circadian biology, and more.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors have performed extensive work generating reporter mice and performing single-cell analysis combined with in situ hybridization to arrive at 14 clusters of enterochromaffin (EC) cells. Then, they focus on Piezo channel expression in distal EC cells and find that these channels might play a role in regulating colonic motility. Overall, this is an informative study that comprehensively classifies EC cells in different regions of the small and large intestine. From a functional point of view, however, the authors seem to ignore the fact that the expression of Piezo-2-IRES-Cre is broad, which would raise concerns regarding their physiological conclusions.

      The authors may wish to consider the following specific points: 

      It is surprising that the number of ileal EC cells is less than that of the distal colon, and it would be interesting to know whether the authors can comment about ileal EC cells. It is unclear why ileal ECs were not included in the study, even though they are mentioned in the diagram (Fig. 2c).

      We have discussed the rationale for excluding ileal ECs in the methods section under “Elimination of ileal GFP+ cells”. In our initial scRNA-seq experiment, our yield of epithelial cells and GFP positive cells was low, and a large proportion of these cells appeared to not have fully committed to the EC lineage. Also to note, we have previously seen fewer ECs in the distal ileum than upper small intestine and colon (PMID: 26803512). Given the low yield, and some uncertainty regarding the nature of the ileal EC population sorted by our methods, we considered that data from ileal ECs may not be an accurate representation of ileal EC cell diversity. Thus, we did not use ileal ECs in our second scRNA-seq experiment.

      Based on their analysis, there are 10 EC cell clusters in SI while there are only 4 clusters in the colon. The authors should comment on whether this is reflective of lesser diversity among colonic ECs or due to the smaller number of colonic ECs collected.

      The 4 clusters identified in the colon are consistent with previous a previous publication (Glass et al., Mol. Metab. 2017, PMID: 29031728), supporting the idea that these clusters are representative of the major clusters of colonic ECs. Nonetheless, we anticipate that with greater sample sizes (in any region) further resolution of subtypes could be resolved. 

      The authors previously described that distal colonic EC cells exhibit various morphologies (Kuramoto et al., 2021). Do Ascl1(+) EC cells particularly co-localize with EC cells with long basal processes? Also, to validate the RNA seq data, the authors might show co-localization between Piezo2/Ascl1/Tph1 in distal EC cells. It would be interesting to see whether Ascl1-CreER (which is available in Jax) specifically labels distal colonic EC cells as this could provide a good genetic tool to specifically manipulate distal colonic EC cells.

      We have shown co-localization between Piezo2/Ascl1/Tph1 in Supplementary Figure 6a. Unfortunately we did not study cell morphology in the Ascl1 smRNA-FISH experiments as these used thin cryosections, whereas morphological assessment of EC processes is best performed with thick (>60 µm) sections. It would be interesting if neuronal-like expression profiles correlate with neuronal-like morphology, which could be addressed in future studies with spatial transcriptomics. 

      The authors used Piezo2-IRES-Cre mice, whose expression is rather broad. They might examine the distribution of Chrm3-mCitrine in the intestine (IF/IHC would be straightforward). And if the expression is in other cell types (which is most likely the case), they should justify that the observed phenotype derives from Piezo2-expressing EC cells. Alternatively, they could use Piezo2-Cre;ePetFlp (or Vil-Flp);Chrm3 to specifically express DREADD receptors in distal colonic EC cells. Also, what does 5HT release look like in jejunal EC cells in Piezo-CHRM3 mice?

      Unfortunately we no longer have access to the animals to do these experiments.

      For the same reasons as above, DTR experiments may also be non-specific. For example, based on the IF staining (Fig. 6b,d), there seems to be a loss of Tph1+ cells in the proximal colon of Piezo2-DTR mice, so the effects of the Piezo2-DTR likely extend beyond the distal colon. 

      Figures 6b and d show distal colon, not proximal colon. Our Tph1<sup>+</sup> cell counts indicate there was no loss of Tph1 cells in the proximal colon following intraluminal administrations of DT. 

      It is unclear why the localized loss of Piezo2 in Piezo2-DTR mice alters small intestinal transit (Fig. 6g,h). The authors should discuss the functional differences observed between Piezo2-DTR (intraluminal app) and Vil1Piezo2 KO mice i.e., small intestinal transit, 5HT release, etc. Are these differences due to the residual Piezo2 expression in Piezo2 KO mice? In this context, the authors may want to discuss their findings in the context of recent papers, such as those from the Patapoutian and Ginty groups. 

      We have made the following amendment to speculate on the reason for delayed small intestinal transit in the DTR experiments:

      “There are a several possible explanations for this. Some Piezo2+ cells in the small intestine could have been depleted. Alternatively, 5-HT released from Piezo2+Tph1+ cells in the distal colon may provide feedback to the small intestine to accelerate motility, and thus depletion of these cells would result in slower intestinal transit.” 

      We have also added a comment speculating on why we did not see similar slowing of small intestinal transit in the Villlin-Cre Piezo2 KO:

      “No difference was observed in small intestine transit… in contrast to the DTR experiments, in which small intestinal transit was delayed. This could be due to the depletion of EC cells in the DTR experiments, whereas they are retained in the Villin-Cre Piezo2 KO mice. 5-HT secretion from ECs can be induced by other stimulants (even when Piezo2 is knocked out), and thus colonic 5-HT could be providing feedback to the small intestine to accelerate motility in the Villin-Cre Piezo2 KO mice. Residual Piezo2 expression in these mice could also be contributing to this effect.”

      We have added a comment on neural Piezo2 in the discussion:

      “However, in contrast to Piezo2 signalling in ECs which results in accelerated gut transit, Piezo2 signalling in DRG neurons appears to slow transit (refs: Wolfson et al., Cell 2023; PMID: 37541195; Servin-Venves et al., Cell 2023, PMID: 37541196).”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigated the expression profile of enterochromaffin (EC) cells after creating a new tryptophan hydroxylase 1 (Tph1) GFP-reporter mouse using scRNAseq and confirmative RNAscope analysis. They distinguish 14 clusters of Tph1+ cells found along the gut axis. The manuscript focuses on two of these, (i) a multihormonal cell type shown to express markers of pathogen/toxin and nutrient detection in the proximal small intestine, and (ii) on a EC-cluster in the distal colon, which expresses Piezo2, rendering these cells mechanosensitive. In- and ex- vivo data explore the role of the mechanosensitive EC population for intestinal/colonic transit, using chemogenetic activation, diptheria-toxin receptor dependent cell ablation and conditional gut epithelial specific Piezo2 knock-out. Whilst some of these data are confirmative of previous reports - Piezo2 has been implicated in mechanosensitive serotonin release previously, as referred to by the authors - the data are solid and emphasize the importance of mechanosensitive serotonin release for colonic propulsion. The transcriptomic data will guide future research.

      Strengths:

      The transcriptomic data, whilst confirmative, is more granular than previous data sets. Employing new tools to establish a role of mechanosensitive EC cells for colonic and thus total intestinal transit. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) The proposed villus/crypt distribution of the 14 cell types is not verified adequately. The RNAscope and immunohistochemistry samples presented do not allow assessment of whether this interpretation is correct - spatial transcriptomics, now approaching single-cell resolution, would be likely to help verify this claim.

      Spatial transcriptomics would be excellent in validating the spatial distribution of the EC cell types in future studies. In our work, although the villus/crypt cluster annotations are assumptions (based on the differential expression of Neurog3, Tac1, and Sct, which is well supported by the literature), we have validated the spatial segregation of key markers. We quantified the crypt/villus location of Cartpt, Ucn3, and Trpm2 overlap with Tph1 (Figure 2d), Oc3, Cck, and Tph1 (Figure 3d), and TK/5-HT (Supplementary Fig 2d). This work supports our predictions on the spatial distribution of these clusters.

      (2) The physiological function and/or functionality of most of the transcriptomically enriched gene products has not been assessed. Whilst a role for Piezo2 expressing cells for colonic transit is convincingly demonstrated, the nature of the mechanical stimulus or the stimulus-secretion coupling downstream of Piezo2 activation is not clear.

      While we have not investigated the mechanical forces involved in activating Piezo2, we can at least say that physiological mechanical stimulation activates Piezo2, as we measured fecal pellet output in the DTR experiments. 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Please state (even more) clearly if/that the apparently GFP+/Tph1+ cells which clustered with the GFP- cells (Suppl. Fig1d/e) were excluded from the subsequent analysis. The detectable Chg-a/b expression in the GFP- cells in Suppl. Fig1f seems to suggest that these (if they have been included in the GFP- group here) are genuine ECs. How do these cells relate to the non-EC cells in Fig1d, which seem to lack Tph1 expression? And given the information in the methods, what %age of these cells derived from the ileum?

      To clarify, data shown in Suppl. Fig 1d/e/f was from our first single cell profiling experiment whereas our subsequent clustering analysis utilizes data from a second (independent) single cell profiling experiment (e.g. Fig1d). 

      In the first profiling experiment, 23% of GFP<sup>+</sup> cells clustered with GFP<sup>-</sup> cells, and for the purposes of Suppl. Figures 1d/e/f, we called these “non-ECs”. In the second profiling experiment (e.g. shown in Fig 1d) we performed a more detailed cluster analysis focusing on only GFP<sup>+</sup> cells. In this second experiment, 19% of GFP<sup>+</sup> cells were identified as “non-EC cells” based on the presence of markers for stem cells, transit amplifying cells (TACs), immature enterocytes, mature enterocytes, colonocytes, T lymphocytes and mucosal mast cells (see Fig 1d and Suppl. Fig 1g). Similar to the first profiling dataset, many of the GFP<sup>+</sup> “non-EC cells” in the second dataset express Tph1, Chga, and Chgb, generally at lower levels than the “EC cells” (Suppl. Fig1i). It is possible that the stem cell and transit amplifying cell clusters are cells that are differentiating into EC cells. However, given that they have not fully committed to the lineage yet, we do not consider it appropriate to classify them as “EC cells”. With regards to the other “non-EC” clusters, we do not think that the expression of EC cell marker genes (Tph1, Chga, and Chgb) is evidence enough to call them genuine “EC cells” given the concurrent expression of markers of other lineages (e.g. enterocyte and mast cell markers Suppl. Fig 1g). The expression of Tph1 in murine mast cells is known, however the expression in enterocytes is unexpected and could be a result of imperfect/incomplete differentiation. Since the ileum was not included in the second profiling experiment we do not think the GFP<sup>+</sup> “non-EC cells” are an artifact from the ileum. 

      We have made some adjustments in the first section of the results to clarify some thoughts on this matter:

      “It is possible that some GFP is expressed in cells that have not yet fully committed to the EC lineage, or that there is some expression in cells outside this lineage, for example, in mast cells. Given the small sample size, we did not further investigate these cells in this dataset. In Supplementary Figures 1 d and f we refer to the GFP<sup>+</sup> cells that clustered with the GFP<sup>-</sup> cells as “non-EC cells”.”

      “It is possible that the stem cell and transit amplifying cell clusters include cells that are in the process of differentiating into EC cells. However, given that they have not fully committed to the lineage, we do not consider it appropriate to classify them as “EC cells” for the purposes of analyzing EC cell types in this study.”

      (2) The authors state: "Notably, OSR2 and HOXB13 were restricted to the ileum and rectum respectively in humans (Fig. 1f)." - the statement regarding OSR2 seems too strong, given that only the ileal part of the human small intestine was examined and that there is a small signal in the proximal colon in Figure 1f.

      Thanks, we have made the following amendment:

      "Notably, OSR2 and HOXB13 were preferentially enriched in the ileum and rectum respectively in these human samples (Fig. 1f)."

      (3) Please clarify Suppl Fig2g/h labelling as villus and crypt enrichment ("...enrichment in villus clusters (g) or crypt clusters (h)."), when enrichment for some genes in cluster 4 is shown in both g and h. Why was duodenal cluster 6 excluded from this subset of data?

      We suspect (although have not proven) that cluster 4 is at a later stage in maturation/migration than cluster, as indicated by a somewhat ‘middle ground’ level of Sct expression, and generally being ‘in between’ the villus clusters and cluster 5 in expression levels of differentially expressed genes shown in Suppl Fig 2g/h. We have added the following comment to the figure legend to clarify this. We have not included cluster 6 as it is transcriptionally quite distinct from the other clusters:

      “Note that cluster 4 shares some features in common with crypt and villus clusters and may represent cells at an intermediate stage of development.”

      (4) "Using smRNA-FISH, we further mapped Olfr558 and Il12a transcripts to a separate subset of EC cells expressing Cpb2 (Fig. 4b,c), confirming the presence of two subpopulations of EC cells associated with different physiological roles in the proximal colon." - Claiming populations with different physiological functionality seems a strong statement given the relatively weak Cpb2 signals observed and that mRNA detection necessarily is a transcriptomic time limited snap-shot. Please reformulate.

      We have made the following revision:

      “Using smRNA-FISH, we further mapped Olfr558 and Il12a transcripts to a separate subset of EC cells expressing Cpb2 (Fig. 4b,c), supporting the idea that there are subpopulations of EC cells in the proximal colon with gene transcripts associated with different physiological roles.”

      (5) What are the white signals in the overlay in Fig5a, given that the Piezo1 probe (white) apparently did not give any staining by itself? Please consider a positive control for the Piezo1 probe.

      The white signals in the overlay are Piezo1 staining that we do observe at what we consider background levels (also visible in the single-channel image).

      (6) "Systematic administration of DT led to lethality in the Piezo2-DTR mice within 12 hours, but not in the Rosa26LSL-DTR or Piezo2-cre mice (data not shown), likely due to the essential function of Piezo2 in respiration" - presumably this should be corrected to "Systemic administration ...".

      Thanks, this has been corrected to "Systemic administration ...".

      (7) "Although gastric emptying (GE) was not affected in the Piezo2-DTR animals after DT treatment, small intestine transit (SIT) time, a measurement to assess the motility of small intestine, presented a small but statistically significant slowdown in the former group (Fig. 6g,h), suggesting that some Piezo2+ cells in the small intestine were depleted." - alternatively there could, of course, be a slowing of SIT in response to slower colonic transit independent of small intestinal epithelial Piezo2 or 5HT - to me this seems more likely given that even proximal colonic cells are spared in Fig6c and this should be discussed.

      Thanks, that is a good point. We have made an amendment, which is shown in response to reviewer 1.

      (8) In the context of the Villin-Cre experiments it should be discussed that other colonic EECs although express Piezo2, which might contribute to the observed phenotypes.

      In our study, 97.7% of Piezo2+ cells in the distal colon had detectable Tph1 expression, suggesting that there is not a significant degree of overlap with other EEC types.

      (9) MC4R is several times referred to as a nutrient-sensing moeity (e.g. in the discussion: "...and receptors associated with nutrient sensing (Casr and Mc4r), ...") - whilst the melanocortin system is important for nutrient homeostasis, MC4R is itself not a "nutrient sensor", a term usually reserved for the detection of macronutrients, such as amino acids, fatty acids, and monosaccharides; please reformulate. 

      We have amended this to “nutrient sensing and homeostasis”.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The objective of this study was to infer the population dynamics (rates of differentiation, division, and loss) and lineage relationships of clonally expanding NK cell subsets during an acute immune response.

      Strengths:

      A rich dataset and thorough analysis of a particular class of stochastic models.

      Weaknesses:

      The stochastic models used are quite simple; each population is considered homogeneous with first-order rates of division, death, and differentiation. In Markov process models such as these, there is no dependence of cellular behavior on its history of divisions. In recent years models of clonal expansion and diversification, in the settings of T and B cells, have progressed beyond this picture. So I was a little surprised that there was no mention of the literature exploring the role of replicative history in differentiation (e.g. Bresser Nat Imm 2022), nor of the notion of family 'division destinies' (either in division number or the time spent proliferating, as described by the Cyton and Cyton2 models developed by Hodgkin and collaborators; e.g. Heinzel Nat Imm 2017). The emerging view is that variability in clone (family) size may arise predominantly from the signals delivered at activation, which dictate each precursor's subsequent degree of expansion, rather than from the fluctuations deriving from division and death modeled as Poisson processes.

      As you pointed out, the Gerlach and Buchholz Science papers showed evidence for highly skewed distributions of family sizes and correlations between family size and phenotypic composition. Is it possible that your observed correlations could arise if the propensity for immature CD27+ cells to differentiate into mature CD27- cells increases with division number? The relative frequency of the two populations would then also be impacted by differences in the division rates of each subset - one would need to explore this. But depending on the dependence of the differentiation rate on division number, there may be parameter regimes (and time points) at which the more differentiated cells can predominate within large clones even if they divide more slowly than their immature precursors. One might not then be able to rule out the two-state model. I would like to see a discussion or rebuttal of these issues.

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comment. We are currently in the process of developing alternate models based on the above comment and the references (Bresser Nat Imm 2022 and Heinzel Nat Imm 2017). We plan to include the results from the analysis in the revised version.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Wethington et al. investigated the mechanistic principles underlying antigen-specific proliferation and memory formation in mouse natural killer (NK) cells following exposure to mouse cytomegalovirus (MCMV), a phenomenon predominantly associated with CD8+ T cells. Using a rigorous stochastic modeling approach, the authors aimed to develop a quantitative model of NK cell clonal dynamics during MCMV infection.

      Initially, they proposed a two-state linear model to explain the composition of NK cell clones originating from a single immature Ly49+CD27+ NK cell at 8 days post-infection (dpi). Through stochastic simulations and analytical investigations, they demonstrated that a variant of the two-state model incorporating NK cell death could explain the observed negative correlation between NK clone sizes at 8 dpi and the percentage of immature (CD27+) NK cells (Page 8, Figure 1e, Supplementary Text 1). However, this two-state model failed to accurately reproduce the first (mean) and second (variance and covariance) moments of the measured CD27+ and CD27- NK cell populations within clones at 8 dpi (Figure 1g).

      To address this limitation, the authors increased the model's complexity by introducing an intermediate maturation state, resulting in a three-stage model with the transition scheme: CD27+Ly6C- → CD27-Ly6C- → CD27-Ly6C+. This three-stage model quantitatively fits the first and second moments under two key constraints: (i) immature CD27+ NK cells exhibit faster proliferation than CD27- NK cells, and (ii) there is a negative correlation (upper bound: -0.2) between clone size and the fraction of CD27+ cells. The model predicted a high proliferation rate for the intermediate stage and a high death rate for the mature CD27-Ly6C+ cells.

      Using NK cell reporter mice data from Adams et al. (2021), which tracked CD27+/- cell population dynamics following tamoxifen treatment, the authors validated the three-stage model. This dataset allowed discrimination between NK cells originating from the bone marrow and those pre-existing in peripheral blood at the onset of infection. To test the prediction that mature CD27- NK cells have a higher death rate, the authors measured Ly49H+ NK cell viability in the mice spleen at different time points post-MCMV infection. Experimental data confirmed that mature (CD27-) NK cells exhibited lower viability compared to immature (CD27+) NK cells during the expansion phase (days 4-8 post-infection).

      Further mathematical analyses using a variant of the three-stage model supported the hypothesis that the higher death rate of mature CD27- cells contributes to a larger proportion of CD27- cells in the dead cell compartment, as introduced in the new variant model.

      Altogether, the authors proposed a three-stage quantitative model of antigen-specific expansion and maturation of naïve Ly49H+ NK cells in mice. This model delineates a maturation trajectory: (i) CD27+Ly6C- (immature) → (ii) CD27-Ly6C- (mature I) → (iii) CD27-Ly6C+ (mature II). The findings highlight the highly proliferative nature of the mature I (CD27-Ly6C-) phenotype and the increased cell death rate characteristic of the mature II (CD27-Ly6C+) phenotype.

      Strengths:

      By designing models capable of explaining correlations, first and second moments, and employing analytical investigations, stochastic simulations, and model selection, the authors identified the key processes underlying antigen-specific expansion and maturation of NK cells. This model distinguishes the processes of antigen-specific expansion, contraction, and memory formation in NK cells from those observed in CD8+ T cells. Understanding these differences is crucial not only for elucidating the distinct biology of NK cells compared to CD8+ T cells but also for advancing the development of NK cell therapies currently under investigation.

      Weaknesses:

      The conclusions of this paper are largely supported by the available data. However, a comparative analysis of model predictions with more recent works in the field would be desirable. Moreover, certain aspects of the simulations, parameter inference, and modeling require further clarification and expansion, as outlined below:

      (1) Initial Conditions and Grassmann Data: The Grassmann data is used solely as a constraint, while the simulated values of CD27+/CD27- cells could have been directly fitted to the Grassmann data, which assumes a 1:1 ratio of CD27+/CD27- at t = 0. This approach would allow for an alternative initial condition rather than starting from a single CD27+ cell, potentially improving model applicability.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We are working on performing the above analysis and plan to include results from the analysis in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Correlation Coefficients in the Three-State Model: Although the parameter scan of the three-state model (Figure 2) demonstrates the potential for achieving negative correlations between colony size and the fraction of CD27+ cells, the authors did not present the calculated correlation coefficients using the estimated parameter values from fitting the three-state model to the data. Including these simulations would provide additional insight into the parameter space that supports negative correlations and further validate the model.

      We will include the above calculation in the revised manuscript.

      (3) Viability Dynamics and Adaptive Response: The authors measured the time evolution of CD27+/- dynamics and viability over 30 days post-infection (Figure 4). It would be valuable to test whether the three-state model can reproduce the adaptive response of CD27- cells to MCMV infection, particularly the observed drop in CD27- viability at 5 dpi (prior to the 8 dpi used in the study) and its subsequent rebound at 8 dpi. Reproducing this aspect of the experiment is critical to determine whether the model can simultaneously explain viability dynamics and moment dynamics. Furthermore, this analysis could enable sensitivity analysis of CD27- viability with respect to various model parameters.

      We will include some discussion of potential mechanisms of cell viability in this experiment.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Wethington et al. investigated the mechanistic principles underlying antigen-specific proliferation and memory formation in mouse natural killer (NK) cells following exposure to mouse cytomegalovirus (MCMV), a phenomenon predominantly associated with CD8+ T cells. Using a rigorous stochastic modeling approach, the authors aimed to develop a quantitative model of NK cell clonal dynamics during MCMV infection.

      Initially, they proposed a two-state linear model to explain the composition of NK cell clones originating from a single immature Ly49+CD27+ NK cell at 8 days post-infection (dpi). Through stochastic simulations and analytical investigations, they demonstrated that a variant of the two-state model incorporating NK cell death could explain the observed negative correlation between NK clone sizes at 8 dpi and the percentage of immature (CD27+) NK cells (Page 8, Figure 1e, Supplementary Text 1). However, this two-state model failed to accurately reproduce the first (mean) and second (variance and covariance) moments of the measured CD27+ and CD27- NK cell populations within clones at 8 dpi (Figure 1g).

      To address this limitation, the authors increased the model's complexity by introducing an intermediate maturation state, resulting in a three-stage model with the transition scheme: CD27+Ly6C- → CD27-Ly6C- → CD27-Ly6C+. This three-stage model quantitatively fits the first and second moments under two key constraints: (i) immature CD27+ NK cells exhibit faster proliferation than CD27- NK cells, and (ii) there is a negative correlation (upper bound: -0.2) between clone size and the fraction of CD27+ cells. The model predicted a high proliferation rate for the intermediate stage and a high death rate for the mature CD27-Ly6C+ cells.

      Using NK cell reporter mice data from Adams et al. (2021), which tracked CD27+/- cell population dynamics following tamoxifen treatment, the authors validated the three-stage model. This dataset allowed discrimination between NK cells originating from the bone marrow and those pre-existing in peripheral blood at the onset of infection. To test the prediction that mature CD27- NK cells have a higher death rate, the authors measured Ly49H+ NK cell viability in the mice spleen at different time points post-MCMV infection. Experimental data confirmed that mature (CD27-) NK cells exhibited lower viability compared to immature (CD27+) NK cells during the expansion phase (days 4-8 post-infection).

      Further mathematical analyses using a variant of the three-stage model supported the hypothesis that the higher death rate of mature CD27- cells contributes to a larger proportion of CD27- cells in the dead cell compartment, as introduced in the new variant model.

      Altogether, the authors proposed a three-stage quantitative model of antigen-specific expansion and maturation of naïve Ly49H+ NK cells in mice. This model delineates a maturation trajectory: (i) CD27+Ly6C- (immature) → (ii) CD27-Ly6C- (mature I) → (iii) CD27-Ly6C+ (mature II). The findings highlight the highly proliferative nature of the mature I (CD27-Ly6C-) phenotype and the increased cell death rate characteristic of the mature II (CD27-Ly6C+) phenotype.

      Strengths:

      By designing models capable of explaining correlations, first and second moments, and employing analytical investigations, stochastic simulations, and model selection, the authors identified the key processes underlying antigen-specific expansion and maturation of NK cells. This model distinguishes the processes of antigen-specific expansion, contraction, and memory formation in NK cells from those observed in CD8+ T cells. Understanding these differences is crucial not only for elucidating the distinct biology of NK cells compared to CD8+ T cells but also for advancing the development of NK cell therapies currently under investigation.

      Weaknesses:

      The conclusions of this paper are largely supported by the available data. However, a comparative analysis of model predictions with more recent works in the field would be desirable. Moreover, certain aspects of the simulations, parameter inference, and modeling require further clarification and expansion, as outlined below:

      (1) Initial Conditions and Grassmann Data: The Grassmann data is used solely as a constraint, while the simulated values of CD27+/CD27- cells could have been directly fitted to the Grassmann data, which assumes a 1:1 ratio of CD27+/CD27- at t = 0. This approach would allow for an alternative initial condition rather than starting from a single CD27+ cell, potentially improving model applicability.

      (2) Correlation Coefficients in the Three-State Model: Although the parameter scan of the three-state model (Figure 2) demonstrates the potential for achieving negative correlations between colony size and the fraction of CD27+ cells, the authors did not present the calculated correlation coefficients using the estimated parameter values from fitting the three-state model to the data. Including these simulations would provide additional insight into the parameter space that supports negative correlations and further validate the model.

      (3) Viability Dynamics and Adaptive Response: The authors measured the time evolution of CD27+/- dynamics and viability over 30 days post-infection (Figure 4). It would be valuable to test whether the three-state model can reproduce the adaptive response of CD27- cells to MCMV infection, particularly the observed drop in CD27- viability at 5 dpi (prior to the 8 dpi used in the study) and its subsequent rebound at 8 dpi. Reproducing this aspect of the experiment is critical to determine whether the model can simultaneously explain viability dynamics and moment dynamics. Furthermore, this analysis could enable sensitivity analysis of CD27- viability with respect to various model parameters.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study introduces a novel therapeutic strategy for patients with high-risk HER2-positive breast cancer and demonstrates that the incorporation of pyrotinib into adjuvant trastuzumab therapy can improve invasive disease-free survival.

      Strengths:

      The study features robust logic and high-quality data. Data from 141 patients across 23 centers were analyzed, thereby effectively mitigating regional biases and endowing the research findings with high applicability.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Introduction and Discussion: Update the literature regarding the efficacy of pyrotinib combined with trastuzumab in treating HER2-positive advanced breast cancer.<br /> (2) Did all the data have a normal distribution? Expand the description of statistical analysis.<br /> (3) The novelty and innovative potential of your manuscript compared to the published literature should be described in more detail in the abstract and discussion section.<br /> (4) Figure legend should provide a bit more detail about what readers should focus on.<br /> (5) P-values should be clarified for the analysis.<br /> (6) The order (A, B, and C) in Figure 3 should be labeled in the upper left corner of the Figure.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors responded well to my questions.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study introduces a novel therapeutic strategy for patients with high-risk HER2-positive breast cancer and demonstrates that the incorporation of pyrotinib into adjuvant trastuzumab therapy can improve invasive disease-free survival.

      Strengths:

      The study features robust logic and high-quality data. Data from 141 patients across 23 centers were analyzed, thereby effectively mitigating regional biases and endowing the research findings with high applicability.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Introduction and Discussion: Update the literature regarding the efficacy of pyrotinib combined with trastuzumab in treating HER2-positive advanced breast cancer.

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. The literature regarding the efficacy of pyrotinib combined with trastuzumab in treating HER2-positive advanced breast cancer referenced in our manuscript was the PHILA study, but we mistakenly cited its corrections (reference 14). We revised this reference as suggested.

      Changes in the text: Page 6, line 347-353.

      (2) Did all the data have a normal distribution? Expand the description of statistical analysis.

      As the sample size increases, the sampling distribution of the mean follows a normal distribution even when the underlying distribution of the original variable is non-normal, allowing the use of a normal distribution to calculate their confidence interval. We believe it is unnecessary to specifically describe whether the data followed a normal distribution in this study. Therefore, we did not revise the statistical section.

      (3) The novelty and innovative potential of your manuscript compared to the published literature should be described in more detail in the abstract and discussion section.

      Thank you for your suggestion. The word count for abstracts recommended by eLife is around 250 words. Therefore, we did not compare the present study with published literature in detail in the abstract, as this might exceed the recommended word limit. We revised the discussion section to provide a more detailed comparison between published literature and our study, and to analyze the novelty of our findings accordingly.

      Changes in the text: Page 11, line 177-180.

      (4) Figure legend should provide a bit more detail about what readers should focus on.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We did not revise the figure legend of Figure 1, as it provides a common description. For the figure legend of Figure 2, we added the method used to estimate the invasive disease-free survival curve. For the figure legend of Figure 3, we added more details regarding methods and numbers of patients in different subgroups.

      Changes in the text: Page 7, line 463-472.

      (5) P-values should be clarified for the analysis.

      Thank you for this comment. All subgroup analyses were post-hoc and lacked predefined hypotheses. Kaplan-Meier curves were used to present the subgroup results with the aim of performing descriptive statistics rather than inferential statistics. Therefore, we did not calculate their p-values.

      (6) The order (A, B, and C) in Figure 3 should be labeled in the upper left corner of the Figure.

      Thanks for this comment. We revised Figure 3 accordingly.

      Changes in the text: Figure 3.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Cao et al. evaluated the efficacy and safety of 12 months pyrotinib after trastuzumab-based adjuvant therapy in patients with high-risk, HER2-positive early or locally advanced breast cancer. Notably, the 2-year iDFS rate reached 94.59% (95% CI: 88.97-97.38) in all patients, and 94.90% (95% CI: 86.97-98.06) in patients who completed 1-year treatment of pyrotinib. This is an interesting and uplifting results, given that in ExteNET study, the 2-year iDFS rate was 93.9% (95% CI 92·4-95·2) in the 1-year neratinib group, and the 5-year iDFS survival was 90.2%, and 1-year treatment of neratinib in ExteNET study did not translate into OS benefit after 8-year follow-up. In this case, readers will be eagerly anticipating the long-term follow-up results of the current PERSIST study, as well as the results of the phase III clinical trial (NCT03980054).

      I have the following comments:

      (1) The introduction of the differences between pyrotinib and neratinib in terms of mechanism, efficacy, resistance, etc. is supposed to be included in the text so that authors could better highlight the clinical significance of the current trial.

      Thanks for this comment.

      In terms of mechanism, pyrotinib and neratinib are both irreversible pan-HER tyrosine kinase inhibitors that target HER1, HER2 and HER4 by covalently binding to ATP binding sites. Overall, the similarities between them far outweigh the differences. This is the reason why we referenced the ExteNET study, which used neratinib as extended adjuvant therapy, for the sample size calculation.

      Regarding efficacy, currently, no head-to-head studies comparing efficacy of pyrotinib and neratinib have been reported, and the comparison of the efficacy between them using historical data from different studies have inevitable bias due to differences in treatment regimens, study populations, assessment criteria, etc.

      Regarding resistance, only a few studies with small sample size and case reports have investigated their mechanisms of resistance, and the underlying mechanisms have not been fully understood.

      Collectively, we believe that the similarities in the mechanisms of these two drugs far outweigh their differences, and their efficacy and resistance cannot be reasonably compared. Moreover, the sample size calculation was conducted based on the premise that the two drugs are similar. After careful consideration, we believe that overanalyzing the differences between neratinib and pyrotinib would shift the focus of this manuscript. Therefore, we did not discuss their differences in the article.

      (2) Please make sure that a total of 141 patients were enrolled in the study, 38 patients had a treatment duration of less than or equal to 6 months, and a total of 92 and 31 patients completed 1-year and 6-month treatment of extended adjuvant pyrotinib, respectively, which means 7 patients had a treatment duration of fewer than 6 months.

      Thank you for raising this relevant question. There were 141 patients enrolled in the study and received study treatment, and a total of 92 and 31 patients completed 1-year and 6-month treatment of extended adjuvant pyrotinib. Of the remaining 18 patients, 16 patients had a treatment duration of fewer than 6 months, and 2 patients had a treatment duration longer than 6 months but less than 1 year.

      (3) The previous surgery history should be provided, and how many patients received lumpectomy, and mastectomy.

      Thank you for your suggestion. All patients in the present study underwent breast cancer surgery. Unfortunately, we did not collect data on the specific types of surgeries performed.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor:

      I have carefully reviewed the content and findings of your study, and while I recognize the potential impact of your research, there are several critical aspects that need to be addressed to fully appreciate the contribution of your work.

      Significance of Findings:

      Your study provides valuable insights into the efficacy and safety of pyrotinib as an extended adjuvant therapy following trastuzumab-based treatment in patients with high-risk HER2-positive breast cancer. The 2-year invasive disease-free survival (iDFS) rate of 94.59% is notably high and suggests that pyrotinib could be a promising option for patients who have completed trastuzumab therapy. This is particularly significant given the unmet need for effective therapies that can extend disease-free survival in this patient population.

      Strength of Evidence:

      The strength of the evidence presented is supported by the multicenter phase II trial design, which included a substantial number of patients across 23 centers in China. The rigorous methodology, including the use of the Kaplan-Meier method for estimating iDFS and the application of the Brookmeyer-Crowley method for confidence intervals, adds to the credibility of your findings. However, the single-arm study design without a control group limits the ability to draw definitive conclusions about the comparative effectiveness of pyrotinib.

      In conclusion, your study presents intriguing findings that contribute to the field of breast cancer therapy. However, the current evidence, while suggestive of pyrotinib's potential, requires further validation in controlled trials to confirm its efficacy and optimal use in clinical practice. I encourage you to address the issues raised and consider resubmitting a revised version of your work.

      Thank you for your comments. We acknowledge the limitation of our single-arm study design without a control group and agree that it restricts definitive conclusions about the comparative effectiveness of pyrotinib. This limitation was noted in our manuscript. Furthermore, we have revised our manuscript in response to the issues raised by the reviewers.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Note:

      The two reviewers have provided thoughtful and constructive feedback that we hope will be of use to the authors to improve their manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The section on "Circuit evolution by duplication and divergence" (starting on line 622) should cite:

      Chakraborty, Mukta, and Erich D. Jarvis. "Brain evolution by brain pathway duplication." Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences 370, no. 1684 (2015): 20150056.

      and

      Roberts, Ruairí JV, Sinziana Pop, and Lucia L. Prieto-Godino. "Evolution of central neural circuits: state of the art and perspectives." Nature Reviews Neuroscience 23, no. 12 (2022): 725-743.

      It should also reference that the concept originated from genetics:

      Ohno, Susumu. Evolution by gene duplication. Springer Science & Business Media, 1970

      These papers have now been cited: “Duplication and divergence of circuits was also proposed as a possible mechanism for the evolution of brain pathways for vocal learning in song-learning birds, spoken language in humans [@chakraborty2015brain] and other circuits [@roberts2022evolution].”

      and: Our reconstructions identified a potential case for circuit evolution by duplication and divergence [@tosches2017developmental; @roberts2022evolution], a concept that originated from genetics [@ohno1970evolution].

      The terms outgoing and incoming synapses were confusing. The more common terminology is pre and postsynaptic elements. For example, in Fig 1, the label Sensory neuron outgoing and incoming was confusing because I mistakenly thought it was referring to the neurons and I could not figure out what an outgoing sensory neuron was.

      We have now changed ‘incoming’ to ‘postsynaptic’ and ‘outgoing’ to ‘presynaptic’.

      In L-O, there should be an indicator on the figures that they refer to the locations of synaptic sites, as it does in F.

      We have now replaced the labels ‘incoming’ and ‘outgoing’ with ‘presyn’ and ‘postsyn’ for Figure 1 panels L-O to make it clear that these are synaptic sites.

      Figure 2. - last panel of muscle motor - it would be helpful to have names of muscles instead of just having 5 'muscle motor' of different colors

      Each muscle-motor module contains a large number and type of muscles and motor neurons. Labelling them by the name of individual muscle types is therefore not practical at this resolution. The three-day-old Platynereis larvae has 53 different muscle cell types. Their anatomy and classification, together with the details of motoneuron innervation have been described in detail elsewhere (Jasek et al 2022 https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.71231).

      Figure 3. D and E are hard to understand from the figure; The shading is the number of neurons; that scale should be shown somewhere.

      We are not sure we understand the comment. These plots are histograms that show the distribution of the number of cells across categories. The y axis is the number of neuronal or non-neuronal cell types in each bin.

      PageRank is an algorithm that Google uses. In Figure 4, it seems to be used to indicate centrality. A brief explanation in the text would be useful.

      We have now added an explanation of the centrality measures used. “PageRank is an algorithm used by Google to rank webpages and scores the number and quality of the incoming links of a node [@page1999pagerank], betweenness centrality measures the number of shortest paths that pass through a node in a graph [@freeman1977set],  and authority measures the extent of inputs to a node by hubs in a network [@kleinberg1999authoritative].”

      Figure 5. The labels on some images are not clear. They are on top of each other and elements of the figure

      We have now moved the position of the labels to minimise overlap. We have also added an interactive html file with the network shown in Figure 5 panel A to help the exploration of the network. Added: “Figure 5—source data 1. Interactive html file with the network shown in panel A.”

      There are differences in line thickness in several figures, such as Figure 9 (A and B) and Figure 12 (D and I and N) that presumably means numbers of synaptic contacts. It would be useful to know what the scale is.

      We have now added labels of line thickness to the networks in Figure 4, Figure 5 – figure supplement 2, Figure 9, Figure 12, Figure 7 – figure supplement 1, Figure 15 and Figure 16.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Suggestions for improved or additional experiments, data, or analyses.

      (2) Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation.

      Perhaps we require a comprehensive inventory detailing all the innovations compared to previous, more limited publications, particularly in relation to the 2017 publication and 2020 preprint.

      We have provided this detail in Supplementary table 1 that lists all cell types. We included the reference for previously published cell types in the ‘reference’ column except for those that were also described in the 2020 preprint. The current manuscript is a greatly revised and extended version of the original 2020 preprint. In addition, in the online connectome database (https://catmaid.jekelylab.ex.ac.uk), all cell types that were previously published are annotated with the notation ‘FirstAuthor_et_al_year’.

      It is a bit frustrating given the huge amount of graphs, analyses, tables, and networks that are presented in the manuscript, we do not see much of the original EM pictures except for a few examples of cell type blow-ups. It would be useful for future workers in the field to have eventually a sort of compendium of how the authors actually recognized each cell type, without having to connect to the original CATMAID annotation.

      Most neuronal cell types (with the exception of some characteristic sensory neurons such as photoreceptor cells and mechanosensory cells) were not classified based on ultrastructural features, but on features of neurite morphology, body position and synaptic connectivity. It would be therefore not possible to represent most of the cell types with a single layer of an original EM picture. However, in order to make the morphological skeleton characteristics more accessible to the reader, we have now added a comprehensive website ( https://jekelylab.github.io/Platynereis_connectome/)  including all cell types together with their interactive 3D rendering.

      “Interactive 3D morphological renderings of each cell type together with their main annotations can also be explored on a webpage (https://jekelylab.github.io/Platynereis_celltype_compendium.html).”

      The Platynereis 3-day larva is obviously only one transient stage in the developmental cycle of the animal, and it is a very specialized stage (called metatrochophore in annelid jargon), during which the animal does not yet feed, relying instead on its copious yolk. Moreover, it is a stage whose purpose is limited to dispersion, with no complex behavior or social interaction that later stages are going to display. While this work represents a substantial leap forward in understanding neural integration in a whole animal, it must be kept in mind that compared to an adult or growing juvenile, there are likely a considerable number of cells, cell types, and neural modules missing in this larva. This is clearly not a weakness of this study per se, but readers may find it interesting to be presented with this perspective and therefore more biological details about the Platynereis life cycle and associated behaviors.

      Obviously, understanding how the constantly developing nervous system of a worm-like Platynereis gets reshuffled in time will be a great subject to investigate. The authors mention that the 3-day larva displays more than 4000 neuronal cells not yet differentiated. Readers may be interested in their location. Are there niches of neural stem cells? A description of what may be missing from the larva in terms of cell types compared to the adult may be useful.

      We have now added further explanation into the Introduction about the early nectochaete larval stage: “The early nectochaete larva represents a transient dispersing stage in the life cycle of Platynereis. During this stage the larvae do not feed yet but rely on maternally provided yolk. Compared to the juvenile and adult stages it is expected that a considerable number of cell types will be only developing or completely missing at this stage. Three-day-old larvae do not yet have sensory palps and other sensory appendages (cirri), they do not crawl or feed and lack visceral muscles and an enteric nervous system.”

      The location of developing neurons is shown in Figure 3—figure supplement 1 panel I.

      Juvenile or adult cell types have not yet been described in any detail that is close to the level of detail we now provide for the nectochaete larva, therefore a meaningful comparison of cell-type complements across stages is not yet feasible.

      (3) Minor corrections to the text and figures.

      Figure 1: "outgoing" not "outgoung" in panels M, O, Q.

      Corrected

      Line 128: We may need a precise definition of "cable length".

      We have included a definition of cable length in the Methods section under a new subheading ‘Quantitative analysis of neuron morphologies’.

      In all Figures: information on the orientation of the worm's view is sometimes missing in figures, which could make interpretation difficult for the reader, especially for anterior views with no D/V indication. The authors should indicate the orientation for each panel or provide a general orientation in the figure if all panels are oriented the same.

      We have now added D/V or A/P indication to all figures.

      Figure 23: "right view, left side" is confusing.

      We have changed this to “ Each panel shows a ventral (left panel) and a left-side view (right panel).”

      Line 406 : the first mention of the Platynereis cryptic segment, as far as I know, is Saudemont et al, 2008.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We added the citation.

      Figure 45: descending and decussating, 2nd and 3rd line of the legend.

      Corrected

      The format of data source tables is not homogeneized with some files in Excel format and others in plain comma format.

      We have homogeneized the file formats of the supplements and source data. We have .csv files or .rds (R data format) files for the more complex data, such as tibble graphs that cannot be represented in a simple .csv format.

    1. Author Response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      […] Strengths:

      The strategies used for increasing PCR sensitivity offer the potential for enhancing treatment monitoring and understanding the dynamics of parasite-host interactions in chronic Chagas disease.

      Weaknesses:

      While the study offers valuable insights for research in T.cruzi infection dynamics and monitoring of trypanocidal drugs efficacy, its broader adoption depends on the development of cost-effective and scalable alternatives to labor-intensive techniques such as sonication, currently required for DNA fragmentation. Additionally, the reliance on blood cell pellets and the DNA fragmentation protocol introduces extra processing steps, which may not be feasible for many clinical laboratories, particularly in resource-limited endemic areas that require simpler and more streamlined procedures.

      We agree that this methodology is likely to be used primarily as a research tool and for selective use in the field (e.g. drug trials) and unlikely to be standard in many clinical labs, irrespective of resources. We note the protocol does not require cell pellets (although that fraction provides the highest sensitivity) and that the fragmentation step is not at all labor-intensive. But to achieve consistent detection across the range of parasite burden known to occur in chronic T. cruzi infection, appropriately processed DNA from higher volumes of blood than are now routinely used for detection of T. cruzi, will be required.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      […] Strengths:

      The primary strength of this study lies in its methodological novelty, particularly the combination of multiple parallel PCR reactions and DNA fragmentation to enhance sensitivity. It is a sort of brute-force method for detecting the parasite. This approach promises the detection of parasitic DNA at levels significantly lower than those achievable with standard qPCR methods. Additionally, the authors demonstrate the utility of this method in tracking parasitemia dynamics and post-treatment responses in macaques and dogs, providing valuable insights for both research and clinical applications.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Methodological Concerns on detection and quantification limits

      Some methodological inconsistencies and limitations were observed that merit consideration. In Figure 1, there is a clear lack of consistency with theoretical expectations and with the trends observed in Figure 4A. Based on approximate calculations, having 10^-7 parasite equivalents with 100,000 target copies per parasite implies an average of 0.01 target copies per reaction. This would suggest an amplification rate of approximately 1 in 100 reactions, yet the observed 30% amplification appears disproportionately high. In addition, Figure 4A (not fragmented) shows lower values of positivity than Figure 1 for 10^-5 and 10^-6 dilutions showing this inconsistency among experiments. Some possible explanations could account for this inconsistency: (1) an inaccurate quantification of the starting number of parasites used for serial dilutions, or (2) random contamination not detected by negative controls, potentially due to a low number of template molecules.

      Similarly, Figure 5B presents another inconsistency in theoretical expectations for amplification. The authors report detecting amplification in reactions containing 10^-9 parasites after DNA fragmentation. Based on the figure, at least 3 positives (as I can see because raw data is not available) out of 388 PCRs are observed at this dilution. Assuming 100,000 copies of satellite DNA per parasite, the probability of a single copy being present in a 10^-9 dilution is approximately 1/10,000. If we assume this as the probability of amplification of a PCR (an approximation), by using a simple binomial calculation, the probability of at least 3 positive reactions out of 388 is approximately 9.39 x 10^-6 (in ideal conditions, likely lower in real-world scenarios). This translates to a probability of about 1 in 100,000 to observe such frequency of positives, which is highly improbable and suggests either inaccuracies in the initial parasite quantification or issues with contamination. In addition, at 10^-6 PE/reactions (the proposed limit of quantification) it is observed that 40% of repetitions are amplified. The number of repetitions is not specified but probably more than 50 according to the graph. Such dilution implies 0.1 targets per reaction (assuming 100.000 copies divided by 10^6), which means a total of 5 target molecules to distribute among the reactions (0.1 targets multiplied by 50 reactions). It seems highly improbable that 40% of the reactions (20/50) would amplify under the described conditions. Even considering 200.000 target copies per parasite implies 0.2 targets per reaction and an average of 10 molecules to distribute among 50 reactions. The approximate probability of the observation of at least 20/50 positives can be calculated by determining the probability of a reaction to receive targets by assuming a random distribution of the targets among the tubes, p= 1 - (1 - 1/50)^10, and then by using a binomial distribution to determine the probability that at least 20 reactions receive at least one target copy. The probability of at least 20/50 positive reactions in a dilution of 10^-6 parasites (200.000 target copies per parasite) is 0.00028. Consequently, the observed result is highly unlikely.

      We disagree with the reviewer on both of these points. 

      First, the mean (S.D.) Cq values of the 10-3 PE unfragmented dataset in Figure 1 (40 replicates) and Figure 4a (88 replicates) are nearly identical at 30.02 (0.5813) and 30.21 (1.071), respectively, demonstrating a highly accurate initial quantification of parasites to make these 2 separate dilution series (reviewer’s point 1.1).  At this concentration of parasites in blood, and with unfragmented DNA, each aliquot for PCR has an equal chance of receiving some parasite DNA (hence all reactions are positive) and a reasonably good chance of receiving similar amounts of parasite DNA (the Cq values cluster with relatively low S.D.).  However further dilutions from this parasite input result in some aliquots that receive no parasite DNA and a much wider variation in the amount of parasite DNA/aliquot in samples that are positive (Cq mean (SD) of 34.47 (2.732) for 10-4 in Figure 1).  This result demonstrates that these dilution series do not follow binomial distribution as suggested by the reviewer. This is likely because each template for amplification is not independently distributed. Instead, they are known to be clustered (on individual chromosomes or chromosome fragments) in the DNA. Indeed, this observation of widely varying Cq values in dilutions below 10-3 strongly suggested this clustering and was the impetus for fragmenting the DNA (see manuscript line 209).  The impact of declustering achieved by DNA fragmentation supports this conclusion (when the DNA is fragmented, 100% of aliquots are positive at 10-4 PE, 10X less than in unfragmented samples, and the Cq values are tightly grouped (mean 33.47, S.D. 0.3358), indicating the unequal distribution of targets upon dilution, rather than counting, pipetting errors or contamination as responsible for the lack of a binomial distribution of targets with increasing dilution. Thus, when entities are clustered and can’t be fully declustered, a simple binomial (or Poisson) distribution of counts cannot be assumed in the serial dilutions.  Clustering results in more complicated distribution patterns, and it becomes difficult to predict precisely how these clusters will distribute from one dilution to the next (and thus differences in proportions of positives in different dilution series, as observed herein).

      This clustering and unequal distribution of amplification targets also addresses the reviewer’s second comment with respect to the unlikelihood of detecting at least one positive at a high dilution.  If we accept the reviewer’s estimate of 100,000 copies of target per parasite, then at 10-4 PE/aliquot - a dilution at which all aliquots are PCR positive in the fragmented samples (Figures 4a and 5b) – each aliquot would be expected to have on average 10 target sequences and the chances of detecting at least one positive reaction from 400 aliquots would be respectively 98% for the 10-7 dilution, 33% for 10-8 and 4% for 10-9 PE per aliquot. These percentages would change (increase) with a higher copy number of targets per genome, and if the targets are still clustered to some degree (which we would expect they would be even in the fragmented DNA).  Thus, the chances of detecting positive PCRs at 10-9 PE is low, but it is not “highly improbable”. 

      Taking the reviewer’s second example of the frequency of positive reactions at 10-6 PE and the assumption of 200,000 target copies per genome (referring to Fig 5B, we believe), the mean template copies per aliquot would be 0.2 at this dilution. Assuming a negative binomial distribution of the still clustered templates (although mechanically fragmented, it would be highly unlikely that they would be completely declustered), then the probability of an aliquot being positive at the 10-6 PE dilution would be 16.7%.  Our results in Figure 4A (26%) and Figure 5B (37.5%) are slightly higher but not “highly unlikely” as suggested.

      We do not know the target copy number in the parasites used to make these serial dilution profiles herein but that is certainly different from the copy number in the parasites infecting each of the hosts from which we have analyzed blood.  Thus, we do not propose that this assay can quantify the absolute parasite burden in a host nor do we see a benefit in trying to do so (see paragraph beginning line 384). Such quantification requires assumptions about not only the target copy number in the parasites in a host, but also that fragmentation is 100% efficient, and particularly, that a single or multiple blood samples accurately reflects the whole host parasite burden (clearly shown not to be the case with the data from serial bleeds presented in Figures 3 and 5). But we standby the conclusion that deep-sampling PCR when employed as presented herein, gives an accurate assessment of the presence of infection and relative parasite burden differences between hosts, and in the same hosts over time or under treatment and that the results presented are not compromised by inaccuracies in quantifying parasites for spiked samples or by sample contamination.

      (2) Lack of details on contamination detection

      Additionally, the manuscript does not provide enough details on how cross-contamination was detected or managed. It is unclear how the negative controls (NTCs) and no-template controls were distributed across plates, in terms of both quantity and placement. This omission is critical, as the low detection thresholds targeted in this study increase the risk of false positives by contamination. To ensure reliability and reproducibility, future uses of the technique would benefit from more standardized and clearly documented protocols for control placement and handling.

      We present a section in the Materials and Methods on preventing contamination and a case example when these precautions failed when preparing the dilution standards containing very high numbers of parasites. Directly responding to the reviewer, sixteen no template controls were included in every 384 well assay plate and we never obtained amplification products from those reactions. Additionally, as noted in the manuscript, uninfected macaques were negative on a collective >15,000 PCR reactions.

      We understand the concern about contamination but we believe that we have taken the appropriate precautions and our data fully support that the positives we detect are real positives, not contaminations. It would be reckless to depend on a single positive PCR reaction out of hundreds to conclude that a host is infected; multiple samples must be obtained and analyzed to be certain in such cases, as we show exhaustively with the NHP samples here.

      Rather than adding additional technical protocols such as plate layouts to this manuscript, we believe publishing a STAR Protocol or a similar detailed, step-by-step method paper would be more useful and that is our plan.

      (3) Unclear relevance for treatment monitoring in Humans

      In Figure 7A, the results suggest that the deep-sampling PCR method does not provide a clearly significant improvement over conventional qPCR in humans. Of the 9 samples tested, 6 (56%) were consistently amplified in all or nearly all reactions, indicating these samples could also be reliably detected with standard PCR protocols. Two additional samples were detected only with the deep-sampling approach, increasing sensitivity to 78%; however, these detections might be attributable to random chance given the limited sample size. While the authors acknowledge the small sample size in the discussion, they do not address the fact that a similar increase in sensitivity was reported in citation 5, where only 3 samples were tested with 3 replicates each. This raises an important question: how many PCR reactions are needed in human samples to reach a plateau in detection rates? This issue should be further discussed to contextualize the results and their implications.

      We disagree with the reviewer’s conclusion here.  First, it is not known how the “conventional” PCR would have performed in the human samples used herein as this was not done.  However, it is very likely that it would have performed significantly worse for the following reasons.  “Conventional” PCR for T. cruzi has a number of variations, but the most common approach is to mix whole blood 1:1 with a guanidine:EDTA solution, and then extract DNA for PCR from 100-300 ul of this mix.  Thus, at best, one has the equivalent of 150 ul of blood that is being analyzed for the presence of T. cruzi DNA.  In contrast, in the protocol described herein, we extract DNA from ~5 ml of blood and use aliquots from that DNA for PCR.  Thus, even before fragmenting or deep-sampling, the approach described herein is sampling 33X more blood that the conventional protocol, thus likely increasing by over 30-fold the chances of detecting parasite DNA in blood from an infected subject. The smaller the volume of blood sampled as well as the number of samples obtained greatly impact the ability to detect T. cruzi infection in some hosts.  This is clearly demonstrated in the extensive screening done in NHPs in this study and there is no reason to believe that the situation will be different in humans and dogs.  So the relevance of these enhancements are clear for any host with T. cruzi infection; humans are not unique in this regard.

      We don’t believe there will be a “plateau in detection rates”; individuals are either infected or not and the ability to detect that infection (whether with T. cruzi or any other pathogen) depends on the sensitivity of the test and the quantity of the sample available to be screened.    Perhaps what is being asked is ‘how many PCR reactions have to be performed to be sure that someone is NOT infected?’.  There is not a discrete answer to this and related questions, but by making some assumptions, one can make some estimates.  The approach described herein is approaching single copy target detection and if this is true then one would need to PCR amplify ALL of the DNA from a blood sample to assure detection of that single template copy (so for a 200ug of DNA one might obtain from 5-10 ml of blood, 1600 PCR reactions of 125 ng each; 95% and 99% confidence could be obtained with 1520 and 1584 PCRs, respectively). But any conclusion from this testing applies only to that individual blood sample and we show clearly in the NHP studies that multiple samples have to be analyzed to detect parasite DNA in hosts with very low parasite burden – some samples contain parasite DNA and others do not. Thus hundreds of negative PCRs from a single or even multiple samples is unfortunately not definitive. 

      Such limitations exist for detection of any pathogen.  A more important question for the future may be ‘is there a level of infection below which the risk of disease development is sufficiently low as to not be of concern clinically?’.  Such is the standard in drug-controlled HIV infections, for example. The improvements we document in this work provides the means to answer such questions and additional improvements may be possible as well. But to be absolutely certain that a host is not infected by T. cruzi, one would have to sample some subjects (likely a small minority of the entire pool) multiple times and perform 1000’s of PCR reactions – as we done for the most difficult to detect macaques in this study.

      Despite these limitations, this work represents a promising step forward in the development of highly sensitive diagnostic tools for T. cruzi. It offers a novel foundation for advancing the detection and monitoring of parasitemia, which could significantly benefit Chagas disease research community and clinicians focused on neglected tropical diseases. While addressing the methodological inconsistencies and improving robustness will be critical, this study provides valuable insights and data that could lead to future innovations in parasitological research and diagnostics.

      As discussed in detail above, we do not agree that this study has any methodological inconsistencies nor that it lacks robustness.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Jirouskova and colleagues in their study have carried out an in depth proteomic characterization of the dynamics of the liver fibrotic response and the resulting resolution in two distinct models of liver injury: CCl4-induced model of hepatotoxicity and pericentral/bridging liver fibrosis and the DDC feeding model of obstructive cholestasis and periportal fibrosis. They focussed on both the insoluble extracellular matrix (ECM) components as well as the soluble secreted factors produced by hepatic stellate cells (HSCs) and/or portal fibroblasts (PFs). They identified compartment- and time-resolved proteomic signatures in the two models with disease-specific factors or matrisomes. Their study also identified phenotypic differences between the models such as that while the CCl4-induced model induced profound hepatotoxicity followed by resolution, the DDC model induced more lasting liver damage and proteomic changes that resembled advanced human liver fibrosis favouring hepatocarcinogenesis.

      Overall, this comprehensive and very well conducted study is rigorous and well planned. The conclusions are supported by compelling studies and analyses. One caveat is the lack of mechanistic experiments to prove causality, but this can be carried out in follow-up studies.

      Strengths:

      • A major strength in the study is that the experiments are rigorous and very well conducted. For instance, the authors utilized two models of liver fibrosis to study different aspects of the pathology - hepatotoxicity vs cholestasis. In addition, 4 time points for each model were investigated - 2 for fibrosis development and 2 for fibrosis resolution. They have taken 3 components for proteomic analyses - total lysates, insoluble ECM components as well as the soluble secreted factors. Thus, the authors provide a comprehensive overview of the fibrosis and resolution process in these models.

      • Another great strength of the study is that the methodology utilized was able to dissect unique pathways relevant for each model as well as common targets. For example, the authors identified known pathways such as mTOR signalling to be differentially regulated in the CCl4 vs DDC model. mTOR signalling was increased in the DDC model that is associated with hyperproliferation. Thus showing that the approach taken is specific enough to distinguish between the two similar (both induce fibrosis) but distinct mechanisms (hepatotoxicity vs cholestasis) is a strong point of the study.

      Weaknesses:

      • A caveat of the study is that the authors have not conducted mechanistic (gain of function/loss of function) studies from any of their identified targets to truly prove causality. This remains one of the limitations of this study. Thus, future studies should investigate this point in detail. For instance, it would have been intriguing to dissect if knocking out specific genes involved in one specific model or genes common to both would yield distinct phenotypic outcomes.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Major concerns:

      For studies investigating capsaicin binding to KEAP1, the authors used capsaicin concentrations that are toxic to cells (Figures S1D and 4F, G). In vivo studies were performed only in 3 rats per group. The T-test was used for the comparison of more than two groups. Given the well-known issues with the specificity of the NRF2 antibody, the authors should provide appropriate controls, especially for IF and IHC staining.

      We sincerely appreciate your valuable comments. We repeated the experiments about CCK8 (Figure S1d) and Pull-down (Figure 4g), and then updated the results. In September 2022, GES-1 cells were more sensitive to capsaicin (CAP) because Gibco serum from North America was used. Later, in 2024, we changed the serum from Australia(Gibco: 10099-141), and we found that such GES-1 cells raised better, so we re-ran the test, and the IC50 was seen to be 304.8 μM, so concentrations used in this paper has no obvious toxicity to cells. What’s more, we repeated the Pull-down experiment with more reasonable concentrations of 32 μM and 100 μM, and the results were still in line with expectations. In summary, we concluded that the effect of CAP on GES-1 cells is closely related to the cell state, and that treatments of CAP from 32 to 100 μM can hinder the interaction between NRF2 and the Kelch domain of KEPA1. What’s more, at the cellular level, the experimental concentration of CAP was not more than 32 μM, which is a relatively safe concentration for cells.

      Thank you very much for your comments. We also pay attention to using more repetitions to increase the reliability of the experimental results in animal experiments. Therefore, recently we supplemented the experiment of Nfe2l2Knockout mice in Figure 9 (6 mice per group). Additionally, thank you very much for your comments on the use of T-test analysis, we reviewed the statistics and changed them by one-way ANOVA.

      Finally, thanks to your concern about the specificity of NRF2 antibody, we used commercialized NRF2 antibody which have been KO/KD validated (Cat No. 16396-1-AP, Proteintech) and can be used for IF and IHC staining. Each of our fluorescence result was equipped with Western Blotting in its active form at the size of 105-110 KDa for statistical analysis, the trend was consistent with the experimental results of IF and IHC, which fully proves the correctness of the results presented (Figure 2c and Figure S8j).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Weaknesses:

      One major weakness of the study is that plausibility is taken as proof for causality. The finding that capsaicin directly binds to Keap1 and releases Nrf2 from its fate of degradation (in vitro) is taken for granted as the sole explanation for the observed improved gastric health upon alcohol exposure (in vivo). There is no consideration or exclusion of any potential unrelated off-target effect of capsaicin, or proteins other than Nrf2 that are also controlled by Keap1. 

      Another point that hampers full appreciation of the capsaicin effect in cells is that capsaicin is not investigated alone, but mostly in combination with alcohol only.

      Thank you very much for this comment. In the introduction, we clarified as follows: “Currently, experiments conducted in rats have demonstrated that red pepper/capsaicin (CAP) had significant protective effects on ethanol-induced gastric mucosal damage, and the mechanism may be related to the promotion of vasodilation(6,7), increased mucus secretion(8) and the release of calcitonin gene-related peptide (CGRP)(9,10). However, it is noteworthy that whether the antioxidant activity of CAP works has not been fully investigated.” Therefore, we also recognize that CAP does not exert its effects through the KEAP1-NRF2 pathway alone. Your advice is very useful. We further explored the TRPV1 and DPP3 to detect the potential off-target effects of CAP respectively. Capsazepine (CAPZ), which is TRPV1 receptor antagonist did not affect the protection of CAP against GES-1 (Fig S4f and S4g), which may indicate that CAP activation of NRF2 does not have to depend on TRPV1. The binding of CAP with DPP3, containing an ETGE motif and can bind to KEPA1, was detected by BLI, and we found that the K<sub>D</sub> between CAP and DPP3 was 1.653 mM(>100 μM), which may indicate the potential off-target effect of CAP is low because CAP had a strong binding force with KEAP1 about 31.45 μM (Fig S4h and S4i).

      Thank you very much for the comment of another point. Multiple experiments have shown that CAP significantly up-regulates NRF2 in the presence of additional stimuli such as EtOH (Figure 1i),  H<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub> (Figure 1l), PS-341(Figure 2e) and DTT (Figure 4d), which pattern is consistent with our understanding of allosteric regulation and as expected. Especially for the experiments of PS-341 and DTT, we had a group that only adds CAP, and it can be seen that the addition of CAP alone did not significantly up-regulate NRF2, which is completely different from traditional NRF2 activators (especially artificially designed covalent binding peptides which have serious side effects).  

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Weaknesses:

      While the study provides valuable insights into the molecular mechanisms and in vivo effects of CAP, further clinical studies are needed to validate its efficacy and safety in human subjects. The study primarily focuses on the acute effects of CAP on ethanol-induced gastric mucosa damage. Long-term studies are necessary to assess the sustained therapeutic effects and potential side effects of CAP treatment.

      Furthermore, the study primarily focuses on the interaction between CAP and the KEAP1-NRF2 axis in the context of ethanol-induced gastric mucosa damage. It may be beneficial to explore the broader effects of CAP on other pathways or conditions related to oxidative stress. CAP has been known for its interaction with the Transient Receptor Potential Vanilloid type 1 (TRPV1) channel and subsequent NRF2 signaling pathway activation. Those receptors are also expressed within the gastric mucosa and could potentially cross-react with CAP leading to the observed outcome. Including experiments to investigate this route of activation could strengthen the present study.

      While the design of CAP nanoparticles is innovative, further research is needed to optimize the nanoparticle formulation for enhanced efficacy and targeted delivery to specific tissues.

      Addressing these weaknesses through additional research and clinical trials can strengthen the validity and applicability of CAP as a therapeutic agent for oxidative stress-related conditions.

      Thank you very much for these suggestions. We also believe that CAP is very valuable and promising for protecting EtOH induced gastric mucosal injury, and actively promote patent applications and if conditions permit, longer drug research for biosecurity is essential. Because of the inherently new discovery of the binding of CAP and KEAP1, and the important role of NRF2 in various oxidative stress-related diseases, we used Human umbilical cord mesenchymal stem cells (HUC-MSCs) and  H<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub> to explore the potential broader effects of CAP related to oxidative stress in cells (Figure 1l and 1m). At the same time, we also explored TRPV1 related experiments, and we were surprised to find that inhibiting TRPV1 did not affect the effect of CAP (Supplementary Figure 4f and 4g). We hope that more people can read this article and do more interesting research together.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Although this study has been conducted in rats, a direct proof that albumin-coated capsaicin nanoparticles act through activation of Nrf2 in protecting gastric mucosa against alcohol toxicity could be well conducted in commercially available Nrf2-deficient mice.

      Thank you very much for your suggestion and the comment is very constructive for us to improve this paper. We purchased Nrf2-deficient mice (Cat. NO. NM-KO-190433) and performed experiments, and the results showed that knockout mice with Nrf2 were more sensitive to EtOH and the effects of CAP were partially eliminated (Figure 9), which further validated the role of Nrf2-related signaling pathway in EtOH-induced gastric mucosal injury and the therapeutic effect of CAP.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor concerns include proofreading the paper. Actinomycin is not an inhibitor of translation.

      Thank you for your comment. We have revised “Actinomycin” to “Cycloheximide”.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      - Please have a careful look at your conclusions: just because two effects happen at the same time and may be plausible explanations for each other, it does not mean that they are really in a causative relationship in your given test system (unless unambiguously proven by additional experiments).

      Your suggestions are very constructive for us to improve this paper.

      We further discussed the role of capsaicin with TRPV1, DPP3 and Nrf2deficient mice, hoping to make our conclusions more credible to some extent. 

      - You may want to frankly discuss other targets of capsaicin (e.g. the TrpV1 receptor) that possibly could also account for your observations, and that binding to Keap1 not only releases Nrf2 from proteasomal degradation.

      Thank you for your comment. As a result, we further explored the TRPV1 and DPP3 to detect the potential off-target effects of CAP respectively. Capsazepine (CAPZ), which is TRPV1 receptor antagonist does not affect the protection of CAP against GES-1 (Fig S4f and S4g). DPP3 with an ETGE motif was detected by BLI, and we found that the K<sub>D</sub> between CAP and DPP3 was 1.653 mM, which may indicate the potential off-target effect of CAP is low (Fig S4h and S4i). At the same time, the activation of NRF2 by non-classical pathways such as CAP regulation of DPP3 or other proteins also deserves more discussion and experimental verification.

      - For Figure 1G it does not become entirely clear what has been done (and thus deduction of conclusions is hampered).

      Thank you for your comment. Network targets analysis (Figure 1g) was performed to obtain the potential mechanism of effects of CAP on ROS. Biological effect profile of CAP was predicted based our previous networkbased algorithm:drug CIPHER. Enrichment analysis was conducted based on R package ClusterProfiler v4.9.1 and pathways or biological processes enriched with significant P value less than 0.05 (Benjamini-Hochberg adjustment) were remained for further studies. Then pathways or biological processes related to ROS and significantly enriched were filtered and classified into three modules, including ROS, inflammation and immune expression. Network targets of CAP against ROS were constructed based on above analyses, and finally we combined proteomics to determine the research idea of this paper

      -  Figure 1L: is there a reason/explanation why UC.MSC needs a comparably very high concentration of capsaicin.

      Thank you for your comment. Because the experimental results of 8 μM and 32 μM on this cell were more stable, and the activation effect of NRF2 downstream was more obvious.

      -  Figure 2C: it is surprising that naïve (unstressed /untreated cells) already show a rather high nuclear abundance of Nrf2 (shouldn´t Nrf2 be continuously tagged for degradation by Keap1).

      Thank you for your comment. This is a real experimental result, and we have found in many experiments that the untreated group can also show NRF2 when immunoblotting. We think that this phenomenon may be related to the cell state at that time.

      -  Figure 2E: the claim of synergy between CAP and the proteasome inhibitor is not justified with this single figure.

      Thank you for your comment. Multiple experiments have shown that CAP significantly up-regulates NRF2 in the presence of additional stimuli such as EtOH (Figure 1i),  H<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub> (Figure 1l), PS-341 (Figure 2e) and DTT (Figure 4d), which pattern is consistent with our understanding of allosteric regulation and as expected. However, this synergy does warrant more research.

      -  CHX is cycloheximide (in the main text it is referred to as actinomycin).

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised “Actinomycin” to “Cycloheximide”.

      -  Figures 2G-H: why switch to rather high concentrations? Is it due to the overexpression of Keap1?

      Thank you for your comment. At the time of this part of the experiment, we had obtained in vitro data on the interaction of CAP and the Kelch domain of KEAP1 (about 32 μM). To keep the results uniform and valid, we chose a relatively higher concentration.

      -  Figure 2I: in the pics of mitochondria the control mitochondria look way more punctuated (likely fissed) than the ones treated with EtOH or EtOH + CAP. Wouldn´t one expect that EtOH leads to mitochondrial fission and CAP can prevent it?

      Thank you for your comment. MitoTracker® Red CMXRos (M9940, Solarbio, China) is a cell-permeable X-rosamine derivative containing weakly sulfhydryl reactive chloromethyl functional groups that label mitochondria. This product is an oxidized red fluorescent stain (Ex=579 nm, Em=599 nm) that simply incubates the cell and can be passively transported across the cell membrane and directly aggregated on the active mitochondria. Therefore, red does not represent broken mitochondria, but active mitochondria. Quantitative analysis of the mean branch length of mitochondria was calculated using MiNA software (https://github.com/ScienceToolkit/MiNA) developed by ImageJ.

      -  Figure 3C: figure legend is somewhat poor.

      Thank you for your comment. We have revised: “KEAP1-NRF2 interaction was detected with Surface plasmon resonance (SPR) in vitro.”

      -  Figure 3E: given that CAP disrupts Nrf2/Keap1- PPI, why is there no Nrf2 stabilization seen in the fourth lane (input/lysate)?

      Thank you for your comment. The fourth lane may promote the degradation of NRF2 due to overexpression of KEAP1.

      -  Figure 3H: high basal Nrf2 levels in unstressed/untreated HEK WT cells, why?

      Thank you for your comment. This is a real experimental result, and we have found in many experiments that the untreated group can also show NRF2 when immunoblotting in 293T cells. We think that this phenomenon may be related to the cell state at that time.

      -  Figure 3G/I: this data suggests to me that the alcohol-mediated toxicity is Keap1-dependent (rather than the protection by CAP), doesn´t it?

      Thank you for your comment. We can see that KEAP1-KO cells had a high expression of NRF2, which was also in line with our expectations, and EtOH-induced GES-1 damage may be closely related to oxidative stress.

      -  Figure 4a: the inclusion of an additional Keap1 binding protein (one with an ETGE motif) would have been desirable (to get information on specificity/risks of off-target (unwanted) effects of CAP). 

      Thank you for your comment. DPP3 with an ETGE motif was detected by BLI, and we found that the K<sub>D</sub> between CAP and DPP3 was 1.653 mM, which may indicate the potential off-target effect of CAP is low (Fig S4h and S4i).

      -  Figure 4D: why is there no stabilization of Nrf2 by CAP in lane 2 ? How can the DTT-mediated boost on Nrf2 levels be explained?

      Thank you for your comment. Multiple experiments have shown that CAP significantly up-regulates NRF2 in the presence of additional stimuli such as EtOH (Figure 1i),  H<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub> (Figure 1l), PS-341 (Figure 2e) and DTT (Figure 4d), which pattern is consistent with our understanding of allosteric regulation and as expected. However, this synergy does warrant more research.

      -  Figure 4f: 5% DMSO is a rather high solvent concentration, why so high (the solvent alone seems to have quite marked effects).

      Thank you for your comment. Because our maximum concentration was set relatively high, we have also recognized relevant problems and resupplemented the more critical Pull-down experiment (Figure 4g). The current DMSO of 0.2% had no effect on the experimental results.

      -  Figure 5: it should be described in the figure legend which mutant is used. Based on the previous data, I would expect an investigation of mutants carrying amino acid exchanges at the newly identified allosteric site.

      Thank you for your comment. The mutated version involved substitutions at residues Y334A, R380A, N382A, N414A, R415A, Y572A, and S602A (the orthostatic site), which are residues reported to engage NRF2 and classic Keap1 inhibitors. The exploration of newly discovered allosteric sites is worthy of further study.

      -  Figure 6/7: I am not expert enough to judge formulations and histology scores. However, the benefit of the encapsulated capsaicin does not become entirely clear to me, as CAP and IRHSA@CAP mostly do not significantly differ in their elicited response.

      Thank you for your comment. On the one hand, nanomedicine improves the safety of administration: it helps to reduce the intense spicy irritation of CAP itself when administered in the stomach; On the other hand, the dosage of drugs is reduced to a certain extent to achieve better therapeutic effect.

      -  Figure 7: rebamipide was introduced as positive control in the text with an activating effect on Nrf2, but there is no induction of hmox and nqo in Figure 7f, why?

      Thank you for your comment. The effect of addition of positive control drug (Rebamipide) on NRF2 activation is not the focus of this paper. We speculate that the transcription and translation of related genes may not be completely synchronized when Rebamipide was taken at the same time.

      -  Figure 8: the CAP effect on inflammation is visible, however, a clear causal connection between ROS/Nrf2/KEap1 is not given in the presented experiments.

      Thank you for your comment. The simple mechanics of this paper are illustrated in the Graphic diagram. The activation of NRF2 exerts both antiinflammatory and antioxidant functions, which has been reported in many articles, but the causal relationship is still open to exploration.

      Points related to presentation:  

      -  The data with the encapsulated CAP appear a little as a sidearm that does not bolster your main message (maybe take out and elaborate on this topic more extensively in another manuscript).

      -  Revise the introduction on the Nrf2 signaling pathway as it is written at the moment, someone outside the Nrf2 field might have trouble understanding it.

      -  The use of language requires proofreading and revision.

      Thank you for your comment. We rearranged and proofread it.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Overall, the manuscript is well-written and the results are presented in a concise and comprehensible manner.

      Some recommendations on the experimental evidence and further suggestions:

      • The authors should state how they assessed the distribution of the data. Description of data with mean and standard deviation as well as comparisons between different groups with t-test assumes that the underlying data is normally distributed.

      Your suggestions are very constructive for us to improve the paper.  The differences in the mean values between the two groups were analyzed using the student’s t-test, while the differences among multiple groups were analyzed using a one-way ANOVA test in the GraphPad Prism software.

      Therefore, we checked and proofread the statistical analysis.

      • Additional experiments further characterising and validating the activation of CAP via direct KELCH1-binding could include parallel experiments with similar agonists like dimethyl fumarate. It would be interesting to know how CAP activation compares to DMF activation.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We believe that the activation of NRF2 by DMF has been widely reported and well-studied, so we did not purchase this drug for comparative study here. If it can be promoted clinically in the future, we may consider comparing with DMF.

      • Also, the knock-down of NRF2 would be a suggested experiment to do because it rules out that the benefit of CAP is independent of KEAP1-NRF2 binding and activation.

      Thank you very much for your suggestions. We purchased Nrf2-deficient mice and performed experiments, and the results showed that knockout mice with Nrf2 were more sensitive to ethanol and the effects of CAP were partially eliminated (Figure 9), which further validated the role of Nrf2-related signaling pathway in alcohol-induced gastric mucosal injury and the therapeutic effect of CAP.

      Some corrections on text and figures:

      • Figure 1b: incorrect spelling of DNA stain. Should be Hoechst33324.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 1c: don't put the label inside the plot.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 1d: choose less verbose axes titles (this also applies to other figures).

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figures 1e and 1f: please state the units.

      Thank you very much for your comment. The enzyme activity of SOD and the content of MDA were compared with that of the control group.

      • Heading 2.2: NRF2-ARE instead of NRF-ARE.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Line 118: missing expression after immune.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 1g: names of proteins are not readable.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Line 120: You performed transcriptomic analyses to identify differentially expressed GENES not proteomic.

      Thank you very much for your comment. This part of the work we do is proteomics.

      • Line 122: Fold change should be stated in both directions, i.e. absolute FC like |FC| > 1. Or did you select only upregulated DEGs? Is it not log2 FC?

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 1h (and Supplementary Figure 1a): Missing heatmap legend for FC.

      What do the colors show? Sample (column) description missing.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We used red to indicate up-regulation, blue to indicate down-regulation, and the vertical coordinate on the right side were antioxidant genes such as GSS and SOD1, respectively, and the proportion between the treatment group and the model group (CAP + EtOH/EtOH) had been calculated and labeled.

      • Line 145: A Western blot is not a proteomic analysis.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised: “Concurrently, the elevated expression levels of GSS and Trx proteins, which were also downstream targets of NRF2, further validated by western blotting (Figure 1j).”

      • Supplementary Figure 2e-j: expression fold change is not the right quantity. The signal of the actual protein was quantified. And what are you comparing to with the statistics? The stars on one bar are not clear.

      Thank you very much for your comment. The expression level of this part was normalized compared with that of the control group. The significance differentiation analysis is compared with the model group.

      • What was the concentration of  H<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub> used?

      Thank you very much for your comment. 200 μM  H<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub> was used.

      • Figure 2d: use a more precise y-axis label.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We do want to compare the amount of NRF2 entering the nucleus, so the relative expression is compared to the internal reference

      • Figure 2g: missing molecular weight markers.

      Thank you very much for your comment. Since the ubiquitination modification is a whole membrane, and only marking the size of HA and GAPDH is not beautiful enough here.

      • Line 221: lactate is the endproduct of the anaerobic glycolytic pathway.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Supplementary Figure 3d: should it be PKM2 (instead of PKM) and LDHA (instead of LDH). Should fit with the text in the manuscript.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Supplementary Figures 3 e-f: brackets in y-axis labels are too bold.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figures 3a and b. Brackets should only be used if two conditions are being compared statistically. Remove the one line with ns as it could imply that you have compared the first with the last condition only.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Consistent labeling of kDa in figures (no capital K in KDa).

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 4a. Move kDa on top of 70.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 3 g-h: Why 2% EtOH. Used 5% previously?

      Thank you very much for your comment. Because here we changed the 293T cell line, 5% EtOH concentration is too high on this cell.

      • Supplementary Figure b-e: correct typo in y-axis label: expression.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 4a: correct x-axis label for temperature unit. Too bold. Not readable.

      Add a clear label and unit for y-axis.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 4 b-c: should have a legend explaining colors.

      Thank you very much for your comment. Our Figure legend already contains the meaning of colors: “(b) Computational docking of CAP molecule to KEAP1 surface pockets. The Keap1 protein is represented in gray, while the CAP molecule is shown in yellow. The seven key amino acids predicted to be crucial for the interaction are highlighted in blue. (c) Partial overlap of CAPbinding pocket with KEAP1-NRF2 interface. The KEAP1-NRF2 interaction interface is represented in purple.”

      • Supplementary Figure 5a. Add axis units.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 4e: Missing b ions value for number 19.

      Thank you very much for your comment. This part is not missing, but corresponds to 19 of y ions.

      • Figure 7f: adjust brackets - they are too bold.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Supplementary Figure 8b-i: labels not readable. c should be spleen.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Line 787: specify BH adjustment to Benjamini-Hochberg.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Check spelling of µl throughout the Methods section e.g. line 854 - shouldn't be "ul".

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Line 974: correct spelling of species names: E. coli should be in italics.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised all of these corrections on text and figures. For me, the writing of papers will be more rigorous and careful in the future.

    1. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Critique

      In this manuscript, the authors examine the biochemistry of two protein domains that are, on the basis of sequence similarity, predicted to function autonomously as binders of histone H3 tails or methylated DNA. They present solid data to suggest that neither domain in fact has this function, but that they act as protein interaction domains that form a heterodimer mediated by the presence of a zinc ion (two ligands from each protein).

      In the first part of the Results, the authors note that ASXL PHD doesn't contain aromatics that are characteristic of methylated lysine binding. I would just note that they don't mention at this point that some PHDs bind unmethylated H3 - and that aromatics are not required for that binding activity. The lack of H3K4me3-binding aromatics doesn't at all make a case the domain doesn't bind histones. The lack of the Ala1 binding residues does make this case, but that's separate...

      Anyway, they then go on to show convincingly by ITC that ASXL doesn't bind the N-terminal H3 tail - unmodified or methylated. They also show modified-H3 ELISA data that make the same point (though it would be nice to know what the points were on the single ELISA that exceeded 2 SDs, even if they weren't reproduced - especially given there is a lot of scatter in the ELISA). I note in passing that I don't think I could find a Supp table 1).

      The authors then use AF3 to show that what would typically be the N-terminal zinc-binding site is not well predicted by the software (and the site ends up being square planar), suggesting that something might be amiss. (They were also unable to obtain an experimental structure.) It would have been helpful to gain more insight into what led them to the conclusion that the protein forms a weak homodimer based on the NMR data. Typically, it can be challenging to determine by NMR whether a dimer is forming or if non-specific soluble aggregates or other factors are contributing to line broadening.

      Next, the authors show nicely that MBD5/6 - two proteins shown in a previous paper to form a complex with ASXL - are predicted by AF3 to dimerize with ASXL - and form an intermolecular zinc-binding module in doing so. This is a nice result and there are very few examples of this in the literature (eg the zinc hook formed by Rad50 proteins). They confirm the zinc-binding prediction biochemically. They also show an HSQC of the complex (both subunits 15N labelled) and they count what they say is roughly the right number of peaks. To me, the lineshapes in the HSQC look good and, as the authors say, there are no clearly disordered resigies. I do make some additional comments below about the NMR data - suggesting what I think would be some valuable follow-up experiments. Overall, this study is a nice piece of biochemistry that recognizes an anomaly in the classification of examples of not one, but two, domain types well-known in the field of epigenetics. Going further than that, they not only show that the domains are mis-annotated but also demonstrate what their real function is and put forward a very likely model for their structure.

      The work is a good combination of AF based computational prediction with corroborating biochemistry and the experiments look technically well done to me. It is definitely of publishable quality and represents an advance in our understanding both of the particular proteins that they have studied and of the quirkiness of protein structure in general - there is always a new wrinkle to be discovered. I would make a couple of comments and suggestions that I think could improve the manuscript. I also have a number of minor comments below.

      Regarding the NMR data, the HSQC of the heterodimer that they show has nice lineshapes, as I mentioned above. However, the spectrum looks a little curious and closer inspection makes me wonder whether we are actually looking at two or more species with related structures. Many of the peaks appear to have a second peak nearby and it looks to me as if there is a consistent intensity ratio between the two forms (maybe 3:1 or 4:1?). It would be beneficial to explore this further, as understanding this aspect more clearly could have important implications for their analysis. I think the overall conclusions would probably still hold, but there would be far fewer signals than expected, suggesting likely some sort of slow-intermediate conformational exchange process that is giving two signals for a chunk of the residues and giving no signals for some of the others. Some comparison with the HSQC of the PHD domain alone might be helpful here.

      Some simple backbone triple resonance experiments would also be very helpful. Not only would they allow assignments to be made - and therefore a comparison of predicted secondary structure with the AF3-predicted fold - but also would help confirm whether there are two conformers. Often in these cases, the Ca and Cb chemical shifts for an exchanging system are much more similar than the HN and 15N signals, and it is therefore often clear that two peaks are actually the same residue in two different conformations. ZZ exchange experiments could help too, though these can sometimes be challenging.

      Finally, it would be reassuring to see SEC-MALS data for the heterodimer. Given that the interaction is mediated by covalent bonds, I'd expect to see a dimer molecular weight. It would also be reassuring to see a nice-looking SEC peak - and it would be useful data to have as part of the interrogation of possible chemical exchange mentioned above.

      Specific points

      • Intro: A nucleosome wraps less than two turns of DNA
      • I'm not a fan of this sentence: "The quaternary structure of the nucleosome forces the N- and C-terminal tails from histone proteins to protrude for covalent chemical modification". Not clear to me that the nucleosome 'forces' the tails to protrude...
      • The authors state that "Attachment of ubiquitin to histone H2A at K119 limits gene expression" - but they don't give any context. Which genes are limited in their expression? Nearby ones? Ones on the same chromosome? Just the gene that has an H2A-Ub in a specific position?
      • No need for capital Z in zinc.
      • "After purification, the protein solution was concentrated to 42.5 uM". The authors would not know the protein concentration to three significant figures. They would be unlikely to know it to 2 figures, given the inherent uncertainty in protein concentration measurement.
      • I like that they show purification gels for their proteins - almost no one does...
      • The authors state that "The domain, however, proved too small and flexible to produce crystals". However, the authors don't (as far as I can see) have any data to support the notion that either of these was the reason that no suitable crystals were obtained. I bet there are plenty of large, well-ordered proteins that haven't been able to have their crystal structures determined...
      • Supp fig 3 - the authors could label N and C termini.
      • "The 1H15N HSQC spectra revealed the presence of about 95 backbone amide peaks, which is in agreement with the overall protein complex." The authors could tell us how many peaks are expected, to make the comparison more useful! (and it should be spectrum).
      • "and form a tight, stable protein complex". Too many adjectives... The data don't show that the complex is tight, nor really say anything about its stability (is the Tm 35 degrees or 95 degrees - can't really say). The data do show that the two proteins form a complex.
      • I'd say that 633 A2 buried surface area isn't 'large'. It's small by protein complex standards, I think. But still perfectly reasonable.
      • Figure S6 - would be good to label N and C termini.

      Significance

      In this manuscript, the authors examine the biochemistry of two protein domains that are, on the basis of sequence similarity, predicted to function autonomously as binders of histone H3 tails or methylated DNA. They present solid data to suggest that neither domain in fact has this function, but that they act as protein interaction domains that form a heterodimer mediated by the presence of a zinc ion (two ligands from each protein).

      I am a structural biologist and biochemist who has worked on zinc-binding domains - including PHD domains - on and off over 30 years.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study reports the effects of psilocin on iPSC-derived human cortical neurons.

      Strengths:

      The characterization was comprehensive, involving immunohistochemistry of various markers, 5-HT2A receptors, BDNF, and TrkB, transcriptomics analyses, morphological determination, electrophysiology, and finally synaptic protein measurements. The results are in close agreement with prior work (PMID 29898390) on rat-cultured cortical neurons. Nevertheless, there is value in confirming those earlier findings and furthermore demonstrating the effects in human neurons, which are important for translation. The genetic, proteomics, and cell structure analyses used in this paper are its major strengths. The study supports the value of using iPSC-derived human cortical neurons for drug development involving psychedelics-related compounds.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Line 140: 5-HT2A receptor expression was found via immunocytochemistry to reside in the somatodendritic and axonal compartments. However, prior work from ex vivo tissue using electron microscopy has found predominantly 5-HT2A receptor expression in the somatodendritic compartment (PMID: 12535944). Was this antibody validated to be 5-HT2A receptor-specific? Can the authors reason why the discrepancy may arise, and if the axonal expression is specific to the cultured neurons?

      (2) Line 143: It would be helpful to specify the dose of psilocin tested, and describe how this dose was chosen.

      (3) Figure 1: The interpretation is that the differential internalization in the axonal and somatodendritic compartments is time-dependent. However, given that only one dose is tested, it is also possible that this reflects dose dependence, with the longer time exposure leading to higher dose exposure, so these variables are related. That is, if a higher dose is given, internalization may also be observed after 10 minutes in the dendritic compartment.

      (4) Figure 3 & 4: What is the 'control' here? A more appropriate control for the 24 hours after psilocin application would be 24 hours after vehicle application. Here the authors are looking at before and after, but the factor of time elapsed and perturbation via application is not controlled for.

      (5) The sample size was not clearly described. In the figure legend, N = the number of neurites is provided, but it is unclear how many cells have been analyzed, and then how many of those cells belong to the same culture. These are important sample size information that should be provided. Relatedly, statistical analyses should consider that the neurites from the same cells are not independent. If the neurites indeed come from the same cells, then the sample size is much smaller and a statistical analysis considering the nested nature of the data should be used.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this article, Schmidt et al use iPSC-derived human cortical neurons to test the effects the psychedelic psilocin in different models of neuroplasticity.

      Using human iPSC-derived cortical neurons, the authors test the expression of 5-HT2A and subcellular distribution, as well as the effect of different times of exposure to psilocin on 5-HT2A expression. The authors evaluated the effect of the 5-HT2 antagonist ketanserin, as well as the inhibition of dynamin-dependent endocytic pathways with dynasore. Gene expression and plasticity (structural and functional) was also evaluated after different times of exposure to psilocin.

      In general, results are interesting since they use the iPSC to evaluate the potentially translationally relevant effects of psilocin (the active metabolite of the psychedelic psilocybin). However, there are a few concerns that need to be addressed:

      (1) My main critique is the lack of experimental validation of selectivity and/or specificity of the anti-5-HT2A antibody targeting the extracellular loop of the 5-HT2A receptor (Alomone labs, cat # ASR-033). Most of the primary antibodies targeting class A GPCRs (including the 5-HT2A receptor) have very limited selectivity. Without validation (using for example knockdown techniques to decrease expression of 5-HT2A in their iPSC-derived human cortical neurons), the experiments using this antibody should be excluded from the manuscript.

      (2) Did the author evaluate whether 5-HT is present in the cell media? If it is, this may affect the functional outcomes evaluated throughout, since as the endogenous ligand it would in principle activate the 5-HT2A receptor.

      (3) Some of the datasets are not statistically analyzed (or quantified), such as Figure S1F.

      (4) Another important concern is the experimental design used to evaluate the effect of psilocin at different time points (24h, 4 days and 10 days). One of the unique and translationally interesting effects of psychedelics including psilocybin is that the in vivo plasticity-related effects (increased structural or synaptic plasticity for example) are observed post-acutely, or once the active compound psilocin is fully metabolized, or not present in the CNS directly targeting the 5-HT2A. Using the iPSC, it seems that the authors continuously exposed cells to psilocin (for hours or even days) at least for some of the experimental techniques. Since this is not the model of what occurs using an in vivo model (such as a single dose of psilocybin to mice, collecting frontal cortex samples 24-h after drug administration, once the active compound is fully metabolized), the authors' findings lack translational validity. Can the authors comment on this?

      (5) In Figure 2E, it seems that ketamine by itself is reducing BDNF density. How then the authors conclude that ketamine blocks psi-induced effects? Using a more selective 5-HT2A antagonist such as M100907 could also improve the outcome (in terms of selectivity) of this experiment.

      (6) To evaluate neurite complexity, the authors used the AAV-CamKII-mCherry viral vector, but mCherry (Fig 4A) seems to be retained in the nucleus.

      (7) Minor: Reference 36- this is a review article that does not mention the psychedelic psilocin

    3. Author response:

      We sincerely thank the reviewers for their thorough and constructive evaluation of our manuscript. We particularly appreciate their recognition of our comprehensive characterization approach, which integrates immunohistochemistry, transcriptomics, morphological assessments, and electrophysiology to understand psilocin's effects on human neurons. The reviewers highlighted that our findings closely align with and validate prior work on rat cortical neurons, while importantly extending these insights to human cells. We are encouraged by their acknowledgment that our study demonstrates the value of using iPSC-derived human cortical neurons for testing potentially translatable effects of psychedelic compounds. Their positive assessment of our work's implications for psychedelic drug development is particularly valuable, as it supports our goal of advancing the understanding of these compounds' therapeutic potential and their possible application in treating neuropsychiatric disorders.

      We are also very grateful for the reviewers' constructive criticism which will help strengthen our manuscript significantly. Based on their detailed feedback, we plan to perform several additional experiments for inclusion in the revised manuscript.

      The most important concern raised by both reviewers is about the specificity of the antibody used to detect the expression pattern and abundance of 5-HT2A receptors at the cells' surface. We acknowledge that GPCR antibodies, including those targeting 5-HT2A receptors, can be challenging in terms of specificity and reliability, particularly given the structural similarities within this receptor family. To address these concerns comprehensively, we propose the following systematic validation strategy:

      (1) Cell-Type Specific Expression Analysis: We will systematically evaluate the antibody across different developmental stages and cell lines. The results from the stainings will be correlated with RNA sequencing data to provide quantitative validation of expression patterns. Cell types to be included will be:

      · iPSCs (expected negative)

      · Neural progenitors (expected positive)

      · Mature neurons (expected positive)

      · HEK cells (expected negative) This multi-stage analysis will allow us to track receptor expression through development and verify antibody specificity across distinct cellular contexts.

      (2) Peptide Competition Study: We will perform blocking experiments using the specific peptide sequence against which the antibody was raised. By pre-incubating the antibody with its cognate peptide at established working concentration, followed by detailed documentation of signal reduction in peptide-blocked condition versus standard staining, we can demonstrate binding specificity. This approach will provide direct evidence of antibody selectivity for its intended target.

      (3) Sequence Analysis and Specificity: We will perform a comprehensive protein BLAST analysis of the antigenic peptide sequence, assess potential cross-reactivity with related receptors, and evaluate species conservation and specificity. This in silico approach will complement our experimental validation and help identify any potential off-target binding sites.

      (4) Additional Validation: While technically challenging, we will attempt knockdown studies using siRNA/shRNA approaches to provide additional validation of antibody specificity. This molecular intervention will offer another layer of validation through targeted reduction of the receptor.

      We plan to present these results in a new supplementary figure that will provide a comprehensive overview of our validation efforts. Should we not be able to convincingly demonstrate the specificity of the antibody, we will discuss with the editors and reviewers to modify Figure 1 and exclude critical parts from the manuscript. While we find the results interesting and important to communicate, an omission would not critically impact the key message of the manuscript, which is the structural and molecular changes elicited by psilocin on human neurons. The strength of our multi-modal approach means that our core findings are supported by several independent lines of evidence beyond antibody-based detection.

    1. 阿布扎比沉浸式体验

      这篇文章主要介绍了 teamLab Phenomena Abu Dhabi,一个融合技术和自然现象的艺术空间。以下是关键要点:

      1. 项目概况:

      • 开幕时间: 2025 年 4 月 18 日。
      • 地点: 阿布扎比萨迪亚特文化区。
      • 规模: 17,000 平方米。
      • 运营方: Miral Experiences。
      • 核心理念: 融合技术和自然现象,创造动态、多感官的沉浸式艺术体验。

      2. 艺术特点:

      • “环境现象”(Environmental Phenomena)概念:
        • 艺术作品不是静态的,而是作为周围环境的一部分出现。
        • 作品受光、空气、水等环境因素影响,不断动态变化。
        • 每次参观都是独一无二的。
      • 互动性与多感官体验:
        • 大型互动装置,鼓励观众参与。
        • 调动视觉、听觉、触觉等多种感官。
        • 旨在拓展观众与世界的互动方式。
      • 技术与自然的融合:
        • 结合数字媒体和自然元素,创造沉浸式环境。
        • 艺术作品是对外部条件的响应。
      • 持续变化:
        • 安装会持续变换,保证每次参观都是独一无二的体验。
        • 观众体验到的是流动且有响应的艺术现象。

      3. 空间设计:

      • “无限好奇之家”(home to infinite curiosity)概念:
        • 由 teamLab Architects 构思,与阿布扎比 MZ Architects 合作实现。
        • 空间结构旨在促进不断变化的互动。

      4. 核心体验:

      • 水花园:
        • 充满发光并发出声音的卵形物体。
        • 根据水粒子运动绘制线条。
      • 无质量太阳和黑暗太阳(Massless Suns and Dark Suns):
        • 展现无数光球的集合。
      • 漂浮灯:
        • 与人们自发有序地产生共鸣的漂浮灯。
      • 悬浮虚空(Levitation Void):
        • 重新定义艺术、空间和感知之间的关系。

      5. 文化意义:

      • 拓展阿布扎比的文化景观:
        • 作为萨迪亚特文化区的重要组成部分。
        • 促进文化交流和新的艺术表达。
      • 激发创意探索:
        • 融合艺术、科学和技术。
        • 支持阿布扎比的文化创新愿景。

      6. 技术与艺术的结合:

      • teamLab Phenomena Abu Dhabi 将艺术、科学和技术融为一体,创造出一个不断变化的艺术空间。
      • 数字媒体和自然元素相结合,创造出沉浸式的环境。
    2. 内容

      这篇文章主要批评了当前流行的“沉浸式艺术展览”,特别是那些以已故艺术家的作品为基础的大型投影秀。以下是文章的主要观点:

      1. 对沉浸式艺术展览的定义和批评:

      • 定义: 沉浸式艺术展览通常利用虚拟现实(VR)、全息投影和数字投影等技术,创造多感官的沉浸式环境,让观众进入艺术作品并成为其中的一部分。
      • 批评:
        • 作者认为,这些展览并非真正的“数字艺术展览”,而是对经典艺术作品的数字化复制和投影。
        • 它们缺乏真实的艺术作品,只是在大屏幕上展示复制品,而观众需要为此支付高昂的门票。
        • 展览过于注重视觉效果和娱乐性,忽视了艺术作品的历史背景、技术细节和教育意义。
        • 它们将艺术展览转变为类似迪士尼乐园的娱乐体验,迎合了社交媒体时代对“可分享内容”的需求。
        • 作者认为,这些展览并未真正提高艺术的可及性,反而以高价提供低质量的复制品,而高质量的复制品可以在网上免费获得。
        • 作者认为,这些展览是纯粹的营销噱头,以虚假前提向观众推销虚假的体验。

      2. 沉浸式展览与传统博物馆的对比:

      • 传统博物馆:
        • 通常被认为枯燥乏味,需要观众保持安静,并且信息量大,难以快速吸收。
        • 强调艺术作品的独特性和原作的“光环”。
      • 沉浸式展览:
        • 被宣传为有趣、情感丰富和互动性强。
        • 迎合了社交媒体时代对视觉冲击力和可分享内容的需求。
        • 将观众视为“用户”,提供“愉悦、非对抗性”的环境,强调互动性。

      3. 对“可及性”的质疑:

      • 作者质疑这些展览声称的“可及性”,认为:
        • 它们并未真正提供艺术作品的背景知识和技术细节。
        • 门票价格通常高于许多传统博物馆。
        • 观众看到的只是低质量的复制品,而非原作。

      4. 社交媒体的影响:

      • 作者认为,社交媒体在这些展览的成功中扮演了重要角色。
      • 展览的设计迎合了社交媒体用户对“可分享”和“Instagrammable”体验的需求。
      • 展览甚至邀请社交媒体影响者来推广其内容。

      5. 结论:

      • 作者认为,这些沉浸式展览是纯粹的营销噱头,以虚假前提向观众推销虚假的体验。
      • 它们利用了人们对新奇体验和社交媒体认可的渴望,而非真正地推广艺术。

      核心概念:

      • 沉浸式艺术展览
      • 数字化复制
      • 可及性
      • 社交媒体影响
      • 艺术作品的“光环”
      • 娱乐化

      关键观点:

      • 沉浸式艺术展览并非真正的艺术体验,而是娱乐化的营销产品。
      • 它们忽视了艺术作品的本质和教育意义,迎合了社交媒体时代的需求。
      • 观众应该对这些展览的宣传保持警惕,并认识到它们与传统博物馆的根本区别。
    3. 18世纪的气球与全景画

      这篇文章探讨了18世纪末和19世纪全景画(panorama)和热气球观景如何共同塑造了人们对视觉体验的理解,并预示了虚拟现实的早期形式。以下是关键要点:

      1. 全景画的诞生与特点:

      • 发明者: 苏格兰肖像画家罗伯特·巴克(Robert Barker)于1787年获得专利。
      • 形式: 360度环绕观众的圆形画布,创造沉浸式景观体验。
      • 创新: 改变了观众与图像的互动方式,将观众置于图像中心。
      • 体验: 通过精心设计的观看平台、照明和遮挡,营造身临其境的错觉。
      • 影响:
        • 满足了人们对遥远世界的探索欲。
        • 在摄影技术普及前,成为展示时事的重要媒介。
        • 改变了人们对景观的感知,强调主观和自反的观看方式。

      2. 热气球观景的兴起与影响:

      • 首次载人飞行: 1783年,法国。
      • 视觉体验: 提供了与全景画相似的360度全景视野。
      • 早期描述: 早期热气球飞行员难以用语言描述其所见,他们用地图或者挂毯来做对比。
      • 后期影响: 随着全景画的普及,热气球飞行员开始使用“全景”来描述他们的空中视野。
      • 文化影响:
        • 热气球飞行成为一种娱乐活动,向大众普及了空中观景的概念。
        • 与全景画共同塑造了人们对“全景”视觉体验的理解。

      3. 全景画与热气球观景的相互作用:

      • 时间接近: 两者在五年内相继出现,反映了当时人们对新的视觉体验的渴望。
      • 相互影响: 全景画为热气球观景提供了视觉参考,而热气球观景也促进了全景画的流行。
      • 共同影响: 两者都打破了传统的观看方式,将观众置于图像中心,预示了虚拟现实的早期形式。

      4. 关键概念:

      • 全景画(Panorama): 一种环绕观众的360度景观绘画。
      • 鸟瞰图(Bird’s-eye view): 从高处俯瞰的景观图。
      • 沉浸式体验(Immersive experience): 将观众完全融入虚拟或模拟环境的体验。
      • 虚拟现实(Virtual reality): 通过技术模拟现实或创造虚拟环境。

      5. 核心观点:

      • 全景画和热气球观景共同改变了人们对视觉体验的理解,强调了主观和沉浸式的观看方式。
      • 这些早期技术预示了虚拟现实的发展,为未来的沉浸式技术奠定了基础。
      • 技术的发展与文化环境的互相影响,塑造着人们对世界的认知。
    1. 下图解析

      上图展示了 人物艺术体验(Figural Art Experience) 的多维度模型,强调了情感和美学反应的交互过程。通过不同的因素和情境影响,艺术作品的观众会产生情感反应和美学反应。这些因素被分为几个主要部分,具体解读如下:

      1. 主体(Subject)

      • 个体档案(Individual profile): 包括观众的个性、文化背景等影响因素。比如,观众的 共情倾向(Dispositional empathy),他们如何感知他人以及他们对观察对象的情感反应(例如,社会情感活动)。
      • 文化-认知能力(Culture-cognitive competence): 观众对艺术作品的文化背景和理解能力。
      • 瞬时心理状态(Momentary psychomatic state): 即观众当前的情绪或生理状态,也可能影响他们对艺术作品的反应。

      2. 图像特征(Image Characteristics)

      • 组成(Composition): 艺术作品的结构和元素如何呈现。
      • 人物与其他元素/物体(Figure vs other elements/objects): 艺术作品中人物形象与背景或其他元素的关系。
      • 情感线索(Emotional body clues): 作品中人物表情、姿势等情感信息的传递。
      • 眼神接触(Presence/absence of eye-contact): 作品中人物是否与观众建立眼神交流,这可以影响观众的情感反应。
      • 再现的动作(Depicted action): 画面中的人物或场景是否展现了特定的动作或动态。
      • 感官感知(Relative prominence of representational sensorial medium): 图像中的感官信息,比如颜色、形状或材质的呈现。

      3. 情境与引导影响(Spatial-experiential context and priming-like influences)

      • 博物馆中的情境(Museum): 展示艺术作品的物理和社会环境。例如,空间的限制(Spatial constraints)、艺术作品所处的背景故事(Priming by narratives)以及与其他图像或感官印象的联系。
      • 实验室中的情境(Laboratory): 实验环境对观众的影响,可能包括实验设计(如任务、程序)对情感或美学反应的引导作用。

      4. 体验与反应(Encounter)

      • 感官行为与图像互动(Sensorimotor behavior vis-à-vis image): 观众与作品的互动,例如通过眼神、动作或心理联想对作品的反应。
      • 情境理解(Understanding depicted scene/situation): 观众对作品情景的理解,及其对描述事件的熟悉度。
      • 现实感知(Reality effect/witness perspective): 观众如何感知画面中的现实效果和他们对场景的存在感。

      5. 人物艺术体验(Figural Art Experience)

      • 情感/共情反应(Emotional/Empathic response): 处理情感和社交因素的反应。这包括观众对艺术作品的情感反应,如悲伤、快乐或同情等。
      • 美学反应(Aesthetic response): 处理美学因素的反应。观众对艺术作品的美感或艺术价值的评估,例如对色彩、构图和形式的感知。

      总结:

      该模型展示了观众如何通过自身的个性特征、对艺术作品的情感反应、图像特征的感知以及具体的环境因素(如博物馆或实验室)等多个维度,产生情感与美学的双重反应。情感反应(如共情)和美学反应(如对艺术美感的欣赏)在这些因素的交织下,共同构成了人物艺术的整体体验。

    2. 乔托的《哀悼基督》(约1305年)

      在文章中,乔托的《哀悼基督》(约1305年)这幅壁画被用来阐述以下几个关键要点:

      1. 情境对共情反应的影响:
        • 文章强调,艺术作品的体验受到其呈现空间的深刻影响。《哀悼基督》这幅壁画最初位于斯克罗维尼礼拜堂,这是一个多感官的空间,建筑、光线、声音和气味都与图像的视觉体验相互交织。
        • 这种空间情境增强了观众的情感反应,使他们更容易产生共鸣。
      2. 叙事和仪式的引导作用:
        • 中世纪的宗教图像,如《哀悼基督》,通常包含一个“行动脚本”,引导观众产生具身反应。
        • 在礼拜仪式中,神职人员的讲解和指导进一步操控观众的观看方式,激活图像中的情感可供性。
        • 祈祷书和宗教文本也为个人观看图像提供了指导,指示观众将目光投向何处。
      3. 社会规范和期望的影响:
        • 在集体礼拜的背景下,情感和共情反应不仅受到语言的引导,还受到社会认可的情感表达和行为期望的引导。
        • 观众的情感反应受到社会规范的影响,这些规范规定了在特定情境下何种情感表达是适当的。
      4. 情感共鸣的调节:
        • 文章指出,共情反应,特别是认知成分,受到与描绘人物的感知亲密性和关系的影响。
        • 《哀悼基督》这类图像,通过宗教仪式,拉近观察者和画中人物的距离,从而强化情感共鸣。
      5. 语义启动的作用:
        • 通过对《哀悼基督》的分析,文章试图表达,通过语言和礼拜仪式进行的语义启动可能有助于识别和评估情感可供性,共同决定眼动扫描模式、注意力分配或对图像的凝视模式。
        • 通过口头或书面文字和隐含的社会规范进行的启动,提供了一种基于历史事实的全面重新评估和推论。

      总而言之,《哀悼基督》这幅壁画被用来具体说明情境、叙事、社会规范和语义启动如何共同作用,塑造观众对艺术作品的情感和共情反应。

    3. 伦勃朗的《参孙的失明》(1636年)

      文中引用伦勃朗的《参孙的失明》(1636 年)这幅画主要用于说明以下要点:

      1. 现有共情模型的局限性:
        • 文章通过分析这幅画,批评了“具身模拟”理论,即认为观众通过镜像神经元系统直接体验画中人物的情感。
        • 作者指出,画中参孙遭受暴力失明的痛苦,是大多数观众无法亲身体验的,因此共情反应并非直接的模拟,而是需要大量的认知加工和想象。
      2. 情境框架的重要性:
        • 图像情境:
          • 文章强调了画中“情感可供性”(即引发情感反应的元素,如参孙的头部)在整体构图中的位置和作用。
          • 参孙头部只占画面的很小一部分,与其他人物和细节争夺观众的注意力,这说明了情感反应并非单一的,而是受到多种视觉元素影响的。
        • 空间体验情境:
          • 观众在观看这幅画时,会主动地在画面中移动视线,在情感强烈的区域和其他视觉兴趣点之间切换,这种主动的探索会影响观众的情感调节和共情反应。
      3. 情感可供性的概念:
        • 文章将参孙的头部视为一个“情感可供性”,它包含了痛苦的感官和情感成分。
        • 通过分析这幅画,作者阐释了“情感可供性”的概念,即图像中能够引发情感和共情反应的元素,它包括了低级视觉属性和高级意图属性。
      4. 共情反应的复杂性:
        • 文章指出,观众对参孙的共情反应,不仅仅是对其身体痛苦的模拟,还包括对其精神状态(如恐惧、绝望、愤怒)的理解和共鸣。
        • 这种共情反应是复杂的,需要观众运用想象力,将自身经历的情感投射到画中人物身上。

      总之,《参孙的失明》这幅画被用来论证共情反应并非简单的“具身模拟”,而是受到多种情境因素和认知加工影响的复杂过程。

    1. 上图说明

      图中展示了 现实-虚拟性连续体(Reality-Virtuality Continuum),它将现实和虚拟现实之间的不同技术和体验进行了分类,具体包括以下几种:

      1. 现实(Reality)
      2. 这一部分代表完全的现实世界,没有任何虚拟或数字元素。图中的直接视图展示了用户对现实世界的直接观察。

      3. 增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)

      4. 增强现实将虚拟对象注册并渲染在现实世界的场景中,用户能够在他们的现实环境中看到这些虚拟对象。AR通常是通过智能手机或AR眼镜等设备进行互动,例如用户通过屏幕看到的物体增强了现实世界。

      5. 增强虚拟性(Augmented Virtuality)

      6. 这部分代表的是将现实世界的物体扫描并转化为虚拟环境中的数字对象,用户能够在虚拟环境中看到、听到并与这些物体进行互动。简言之,它是将现实世界的元素引入虚拟环境的过程。

      7. 虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)

      8. 虚拟现实是一个完全沉浸在数字环境中的体验。所有的对象都是虚拟的,用户只能通过虚拟环境进行交互,通常会通过头戴设备、手势控制等方式与虚拟世界中的物体进行交互,同时还可以通过触觉反馈(Haptic)来模拟现实世界中的触感。

      9. 混合现实(Mixed Reality,MR)

      10. 混合现实位于增强现实和虚拟现实之间,融合了现实世界和虚拟世界的元素。用户可以看到并互动现实世界中的物体,同时也能与虚拟对象进行交互。这种技术有助于打破虚拟与现实之间的界限。

      11. 扩展现实(Extended Reality,XR)

      12. 扩展现实是一个总括性术语,涵盖了所有增强现实、虚拟现实和混合现实技术。它表示了任何种类的现实与虚拟环境之间的交互。

      简而言之,图中的内容通过一条从左到右的连续体展示了从“完全现实”到“完全虚拟”的过渡,涵盖了各种与现实世界和虚拟世界交织的技术,逐步增进了用户体验的沉浸感。

    1. 谁会购买video art

      这篇文章探讨了录像艺术的市场接受度问题,并提出了以下关键点:

      1. 录像艺术的普及与认可:

      • 录像艺术在艺术界和博物馆中得到了广泛认可,如MoMA的大型展览“信号:录像如何改变世界”所示。
      • 艺术家、博物馆和双年展都对录像艺术充满信心。
      • 然而,艺术市场,特别是二级市场,对录像艺术的接受度仍然很低。

      2. 录像艺术的市场挑战:

      • 二级市场中,录像艺术的销售额相对较低。即使是知名艺术家的作品,拍卖价格也通常低于4万美元。
      • 与传统艺术品(如绘画)相比,录像艺术在拍卖市场的表现明显逊色。
      • 在过去五年中,只有两件录像艺术品的售价超过100万美元,其中一件还是大卫·霍克尼罕见的录像作品。
      • 一级市场情况稍好,但画廊很少将录像艺术作品带到高价艺术博览会。
      • 录像艺术难以融入传统的艺术博览会展位,并且对私人收藏家的吸引力较低。

      3. 录像艺术的特性与挑战:

      • 录像艺术的展示需要特定的空间和技术条件,特别是大型多屏幕作品。
      • 录像艺术需要观众花费时间观看,这与当今快节奏的观展习惯不符。
      • 版权,储存,和作品损坏等问题,也让收藏家们望而却步。

      4. 录像艺术的创作与经济问题:

      • 制作高质量的录像艺术作品成本高昂,而销售价格相对较低。
      • 艺术家通常需要依靠公共机构、基金会和博物馆的资助,或者从事其他工作来维持生计。
      • 一些艺术家选择以低成本方式创作,如使用iPhone拍摄。

      5. 艺术家态度:

      • 许多新兴的录像艺术家持政治立场,对资本主义持怀疑态度,并且对艺术市场的运作方式不感兴趣。
      • 对他们来说,选择录像作为媒介本身就是一种信息传递。

      6. 收藏家观点:

      • 收藏家认为录像艺术市场运作存在严重缺陷。
      • 录像艺术的购买更像是获得许可,而不是购买实物艺术品。
      • 缺乏关于母带保存和版权的统一标准。

      7. 博物馆和画廊的观点:

      • 博物馆和画廊发现录像艺术展览能够吸引年轻观众。
      • 但一级市场画廊更关注销售商业性更强的艺术家,通常是画家。

      核心概念:

      • 录像艺术市场
      • 一级市场与二级市场
      • 艺术博览会
      • 收藏家
      • 艺术家创作
      • 版权问题

      关键观点:

      • 录像艺术在艺术界获得了认可,但在艺术市场上的接受度仍然很低。
      • 录像艺术的特性和市场运作方式对其商业化构成了挑战。
      • 许多录像艺术家对艺术市场持批判态度。
    1. Exploring Generative Art | How to Create Stunning Artwork Using Randomness

      这篇文章深入探讨了生成艺术,并提供了使用随机性和数学创建令人惊叹的艺术作品的指南。以下是关键要点:

      1. 生成艺术的定义与历史:

      • 生成艺术是一种通过在定义的数学规则集中整合随机或半随机行为的过程来创建的艺术风格。
      • 它利用随机性和数学作为基础。
      • 生成艺术的历史可以追溯到艺术本身,计算机的出现大大促进了其发展。
      • NFT的兴起推动了生成艺术的流行。

      2. 数字艺术的基础知识:

      • 数字艺术是一种新的艺术媒介,具有传统艺术形式的特点,但具有易于纠正错误和快速创建变体等优势。
      • 数字艺术的缺点包括对计算机知识的依赖、财务成本以及计算机的限制(例如,有限的像素数)。
      • 加色法与减色法: 计算机使用加色法(RGB),而传统艺术使用减色法。
      • 像素: 计算机屏幕由像素组成,为了避免块状外观,需要使用高分辨率的画布。
      • 像素颜色: 每个像素由RGB值表示,每个值的范围为0-255。
      • 数字艺术的构建块: 计算机绘画的选项有限,包括逐像素绘制和使用基本操作(如线条、形状和曲线)绘制。

      3. 生成艺术的类型:

      • 分形: 由包含无限复杂性的自相似图案组成的图像。
      • 迭代函数系统(IFS): 分形的一个子集,通过迭代应用数学公式创建。
      • 分形火焰: 使用函数而不是矩阵的IFS的扩展。
      • 奇异吸引子: 对初始条件敏感且稳定的动态方程组。
      • 谐波图: 使用物理摆锤设备跟踪图案。

      4. 生成艺术的领导者:

      • Jared Tarbell
      • Tyler Hobbs
      • Inigo Quilez
      • Anders Hoff
      • Patricio Gonzalez Vivo & Jen Lowe (Book of Shaders)

      5. 生成艺术工具:

      • Processing: 用于创建生成艺术的流行工具,支持JavaScript、Python和Android。
      • Shader Toy: 用于GPU/shader生成艺术的工具。
      • Adobe Illustrator: 具有脚本功能的程序。
      • Python: 作者使用的语言,通过Qt进行CPU绘制。

      6. 随机性与Perlin噪声:

      • 纯粹的随机性会导致不自然的图像。
      • Perlin噪声通过放大和柔化随机性来解决这个问题。
      • 改进的Perlin噪声使用淡入淡出函数进行插值。
      • Perlin噪声是许多生成艺术作品的基础。

      7. 生成艺术的例子:

      • 流场: 使用Perlin噪声创建的矢量场,用于可视化粒子的运动。
      • Perlin舍入: 通过将矢量舍入到最接近的45°来修改流场。
      • 节点运动: 通过根据Perlin噪声场分配速度来动画化点系统。

      8. 结论:

      • 生成艺术是一个令人兴奋的领域,具有无限的创造潜力。
      • 计算机的强大功能和丰富的教程使学习和创作生成艺术变得容易。
      • 鼓励读者探索和实验不同的技术和工具。
    2. 时尚设计

      这篇文章探讨了生成艺术如何影响时尚的未来,特别是在数字领域。以下是关键要点:

      1. 生成艺术的定义与兴起:

      • 生成艺术是艺术家将编程技能与艺术天赋结合,创造算法来表达新艺术愿景的一种形式。
      • 艺术家通过代码定义美学随机性的领域,产生独特的艺术组合。
      • 新的软件和区块链技术推动了生成艺术的全球普及。
      • 生成艺术领域拥有自己的策展人、杂志、拍卖、平台和社区。

      2. 生成艺术与时尚的历史联系:

      • 利用数学和逻辑生成的图案装饰服装的历史悠久。
      • 伊斯兰地毯和纺织品、ikat编织等传统工艺,都体现了通过规则创造艺术的概念。
      • 这些传统工艺与现代生成艺术的相似之处在于,都遵循一套确定的规则。

      3. 生成艺术在现代时尚中的应用:

      • 现代生成艺术通过代码形式化约束,并由计算机而非人类来解释,从而创造更复杂的规则和更广泛的艺术作品。
      • 数字时尚比实体时尚更能充分发挥生成艺术的潜力。
      • 应用领域包括增强现实、虚拟现实、3D设计和数字媒体。

      4. 个性化与定制:

      • 生成时尚允许消费者选择生成艺术作品,并将其应用于个人服装,实现独一无二的定制。
      • 代码艺术可实现动态纹理和实时行为,使服装能够响应穿戴者的动作和数字体验。
      • 数字服装可以突破实体服装的限制,实现动态图案、动画和互动功能。

      5. 合作与共同创作:

      • 生成时尚促进了品牌、艺术家和消费者之间的合作。
      • 项目如QQL和fxhash的params功能,允许消费者参与创作过程,设置参数并生成自己的艺术作品。
      • 这种共同创作模式改变了人们对艺术和时尚的认知和互动方式。

      6. 数字时尚的潜力:

      • 数字服装可以设计成运动型或响应特定事件,例如人的心情或游戏事件。
      • 通过将动画行为与事件相结合,可以增加另一层创新。
      • 数字服装可以展示这些动画,以以前从未见过的方式将时尚变为现实。

      7. 时尚产业的机遇:

      • 拥抱生成艺术是时尚产业的战略举措,有助于推动创新和拓展边界。
      • 通过融合新美学、多元视角和独特体验,品牌可以与新的目标群体建立联系,并推动产业发展。
      • 生成艺术、时尚和区块链的融合,为合作、个性化和创新提供了前所未有的机遇。
    3. 5个主要NFT音乐生成

      这篇文章介绍了五个值得关注的生成艺术和音乐项目,它们在NFT领域中具有重要影响力。以下是关键要点:

      1. 生成艺术运动的兴起:

      • 生成艺术运动历史相对较短,但随着区块链技术的发展,新的链上生成项目正在推动NFT市场繁荣。
      • 这些项目将GAN和AI等概念带入主流视野。

      2. 五个值得关注的项目:

      • Autoglyphs:
        • 由CryptoPunks的开发者Larva Labs于2019年创立,被认为是第一个“链上”生成艺术项目。
        • 艺术作品由以太坊区块链上的代码生成,并存储在合约本身中。
        • 总量仅512个,具有稀缺性和历史意义。
        • 作品价格极高。
      • Art Blocks:
        • 以太坊区块链上最成功的生成艺术项目之一。
        • 由Snowfro创立,平台使用Art Node智能合约,允许收藏家铸造包含唯一哈希字符串的代币。
        • 铸造前作品外观未知,增加了收藏的刺激性。
        • 项目分为Curated、Playground和Factory三类。
        • Curated项目如Fidenza和Ringers,其稀有作品曾以七位数价格售出。
        • Chromie Squiggle项目还衍生了SquiggleDAO和$SQUIG治理代币。
      • EulerBeats:
        • 由Treum.io于2月推出,是领先的链上生成音乐项目之一。
        • 由54个视听作品组成,使用欧拉总计函数phi生成。
        • 项目具有极高的稀缺性和创新性。
        • 使用自定义智能合约,允许铸造每个原始非同质化代币的可替代打印代币。
        • 受到Mark Cuban等人的支持,在第一周就产生了110万美元的版税。
        • 原始作品在二级市场上以六位数价格售出。
      • 0xDeafbeef:
        • 由自包含代码生成的六个视听艺术系列。
        • 旨在实现链上永久性,使用C语言以避免未来依赖性风险。
        • 自3月推出以来,销售额超过330 ETH。
        • 受到链上最大化主义者(如Fingerprints DAO)的追捧。
        • 0-5系列作品集以2,275 ETH售出,创下OpenSea最高捆绑销售价格记录。
      • Solvency by Ezra Miller:
        • 由纽约艺术家Ezra Miller于4月推出,是一个备受关注的新兴生成艺术项目。
        • 使用动态WebGL模拟,生成基于GAN训练的35mm照片和分层颜色的纹理反馈循环。
        • 通过Steve Klebanoff的自定义智能合约实现。
        • 地板价不断上涨,受到888、Seedphrase和Pranksy等顶级收藏家的支持。

      3. 关键概念:

      • 链上生成艺术
      • NFT(非同质化代币)
      • GAN(生成对抗网络)
      • 智能合约
      • 稀缺性
      • 历史意义
      • 出处
      • DAO(去中心化自治组织)

      4. 关键观点:

      • 生成艺术在NFT领域中具有重要影响力。
      • 这些项目展示了区块链技术在艺术和音乐创作中的潜力。
      • 稀缺性、历史意义和创新性是这些项目成功的关键因素。
      • 社区对这些项目的发展起到了重要的作用。
    4. 未来建筑生成

      这篇文章探讨了生成设计如何塑造建筑的未来,并列出了其关键要点:

      1. 生成设计的定义与应用:

      • 生成设计是一种利用人工智能(AI)和计算算法自动生成多种可行设计方案的现代设计方法。
      • 建筑师和工程师可以根据特定的设计需求、约束和期望的输出进行形态寻找和生成创意。
      • 它有助于识别、测试和提出项目最佳设计方案。
      • 主要软件包括Revit、Fusion360、Octopus、Archistar和NodeBox。

      2. 生成设计对建筑师和设计师的益处:

      • 创意自由: 提供创意和技术自由,生成符合美学需求的多种设计方案。
      • 优化建筑性能: 通过分析能源效率、结构完整性、材料使用和居住者舒适度等参数,评估设计适用性和性能。
      • 简化设计流程: 通过计算过程快速生成独特创意,自动化重复性任务,促进团队协作。
      • 策划以人为本的设计: 根据用户需求定制空间,提高空间体验,改善生活质量。
      • 节省时间和成本: 通过共享平台评估设计,避免项目延误。
      • 增强灵活性: 预测未来环境变化对设计的影响,创建适应性建筑。

      3. 使用生成设计工具的挑战:

      • 数据质量: 依赖高质量和多样化的数据集,以避免设计结果出现偏差。
      • 设计创新: 避免过度依赖AI生成输出,保持人类创造力。
      • 技能提升难度: 需要学习编码和生成设计工具,需要投入时间和精力。

      4. 使用生成设计建造的三个著名建筑:

      • 上海中心大厦(Gensler,2015):
        • 利用生成设计算法优化建筑形状,提高抗风性和能源效率。
        • 采用扭曲造型,增强视觉吸引力和结构稳定性。
        • 具有环保特性。
      • 旧金山跨湾转运中心(Pelli Clarke Pelli Architects,2013):
        • 利用生成设计工具优化结构效率和形态。
        • 屋顶公园和波浪形屋顶设计。
        • 解决了抗震问题。
      • 斯图加特大学ICD/ITKE研究馆(ICD/ITKE,2011):
        • 融合生物学原理和生成算法,生成复杂的形态。
        • 轻量化和高效结构,灵感来自海胆外骨骼。

      5. 结论:

      • 生成设计将继续发展,使建筑师能够探索创造性思维。
      • 可以帮助设计师采用更具可持续性和前瞻性的建筑方法。
      • 可以创建资源高效且具有弹性的未来相关建筑。
    5. 3D 生成艺术

      这篇文章讨论了用于生成3D艺术的工具和灵感,特别强调了Blender。以下是关键要点:

      1. 3D生成艺术的工具概览:

      • 3D实时引擎(Unreal Engine, Unity):
        • 主要用于游戏和VR体验。
        • 也用于生成艺术项目,如Michael Kozlowski的作品。
      • 图形3D引擎(Cinema4D, Maya, 3DS Max, Lightwave):
        • 商业软件,功能丰富,用于商业、Instagram和电影的3D作品。
        • 具有编程语言,可扩展生成结果。
      • 程序3D引擎(Houdini):
        • 专注于程序3D动画。
        • 用于创建惊人的输出。
      • 3D编程框架(OpenFrameworks, Three.js, AFrame.js):
        • 基于代码,无GUI,构建在核心图形库之上。
        • 用户可自由创作。
      • 图形语言(GLSL):
        • 纯代码方式。
        • Piter Pasma的Skulptuur项目和Monotau在FxHash上的作品都是例子。
      • 编程语言库:
        • 用于生成3D内容的广泛生态系统。

      2. 为什么选择Blender:

      • 开源:
        • 鼓励代码和知识共享。
        • 促进创新、社区和高质量反馈。
      • 易于入门:
        • 克服3D术语后,易于理解。
        • 适合初学者进入3D创作世界。
      • 基于代码(Python)和节点:
        • 可使用python脚本进行扩展。
        • David Mignot的视频展示了其潜力。
      • 可扩展性:
        • 插件(如Tissue和Sverchok)提供强大的程序/生成功能。
      • 大型支持社区:
        • 丰富的YouTube教程、Patreon账户和工具开发者。
        • 提供灵感和学习资源。

      3. 为什么不选择Blender:

      • 如果想要最大程度的控制,GLSL可能是更好的选择。

      4. Blender在创意编码/生成艺术中的应用:

      • Yann Le Gall:
        • 在Instagram上展示作品。
        • 使用流场、圆堆积等算法。
      • Matt Deslaurier:
        • 在早期数据艺术作品《Crystal Towers》中使用Blender渲染Three.js生成的模型。
      • HumphreyHippo:
        • 实验网格生成。
      • 还有其他许多艺术家使用Blender进行生成或程序创作。

      5. 其他生成Blender资源:

      • 《Grease Pencil, Scripting, and Generative Art in Blender》
      • 《Creative Coding in Blender》
      • 《Procedural Generative Techniques in Blender》

      6. 关键观点:

      • 3D生成艺术的工具选择丰富多样。
      • Blender因其开源、易用性和可扩展性而成为一个有吸引力的选择。
      • Blender在生成艺术领域的应用不断增长,并有许多优秀作品涌现。
      • 社区资源丰富,有利于学习。
    6. 文章主题

      这篇文章深入探讨了生成美学,并提出了一个欣赏生成艺术的框架。以下是文章的关键要点:

      1. 生成美学的定义与重要性:

      • 生成美学涉及对生成系统输出结果的审美感知,以及如何更好地理解和传达这些感知。
      • 审美是感官对作品的感知,是与艺术对象产生联系的起点。
      • 理解审美有助于更深入地理解生成艺术作品,并欣赏其视觉输出。

      2. 三种美学视角:

      • 传统美学:
        • 基于几个世纪以来艺术和设计中建立的原则,如线条、形状、空间、纹理、颜色、平衡、比例、对比等。
        • 通过分析作品的表面,识别艺术家的视觉信息。
      • 数字美学:
        • 关注数字媒体的特征,如无限性、实时性、互动性、物质性、模块化、程序性、多感官性、网络化和人工智能。
        • 强调像素、性能、运动和互动等因素。
        • 认识到数字艺术的独特展示挑战,如分辨率、长宽比和展示。
      • 算法美学:
        • 专注于算法艺术的独特方面,如随机性、递归、迭代、规模、精确性和复杂性。
        • 强调算法在创造视觉探索和创新方面的作用。
        • 艺术家对随机性的使用,迭代,规模和精度的控制,是算法美学的核心。

      3. 生成美学的框架:

      • 生成美学是传统、数字和算法美学的结合。
      • 评估生成作品需要考虑生成过程的输出空间和策展模型。
      • 观众需要综合运用传统、数字和算法美学的工具和方法。
      • 一个欣赏生成艺术的框架包括:
        • 评估传统美学的关注点。
        • 评估数字美学的元素。
        • 解决算法的关注点。
        • 从生成美学的角度理解作品。

      4. 核心概念:

      • 生成美学
      • 传统美学
      • 数字美学
      • 算法美学
      • 随机性
      • 迭代
      • 递归
      • 输出空间
      • 策展模型

      5. 关键观点:

      • 生成艺术的审美评估需要多层次的方法。
      • 数字媒体的独特特征要求对传统审美进行重新思考。
      • 算法在创造视觉探索和创新方面起着关键作用。
      • 理解这些不同美学领域,可以更全面地欣赏生成艺术。
      • 生成艺术的观众,需要结合传统艺术的审美,和数字,算法艺术的特性,才能有效的欣赏生成艺术。
    7. 博客主题

      这篇文章主要探讨了生成艺术中人工智能(AI)与多样性之间的关系,以及如何促进AI艺术的包容性。以下是文章的要点:

      1. AI艺术中的多样性问题:

      • AI艺术生成图像的多样性不足,反映了社会偏见,而非技术失误。
      • AI训练数据缺乏多样性,导致AI继承和延续偏见和狭隘的观点。
      • 历史上的艺术界一直存在多样性不足的问题,AI艺术可能延续这些历史偏见。
      • AI生成的图像对社会认知和个体自我认知产生影响,可能强化刻板印象或促进包容性。

      2. 促进AI艺术包容性的重要性:

      • 多样化的数据集对于公平的代表性和AI技术的道德发展至关重要。
      • 包容性的AI艺术可以重塑文化叙事,重新定义数字时代的美和代表性标准。
      • 通过多样化的训练,AI可以成为庆祝人类多样性的媒介。
      • AI艺术可以作为文化叙事和身份认同的平台,促进不同文化之间的理解和尊重。

      3. 培养AI包容性的责任:

      • 创建者和开发者在编程、数据收集和设计方面承担着培养包容性的重要责任。
      • 需要策划多样化的数据集,纳入文化、种族和性别方面的广泛代表性。
      • 需要开发包容性的AI训练方法,整合来自不同来源的数据集,并不断监控和改进算法以纠正偏见。
      • 需要跨学科合作,包括艺术家、社会学家、伦理学家和公众的参与。
      • 需要建立AI开发的道德框架和指导方针,优先考虑包容性和对所有个体的尊重。

      4. 潜在的AI艺术倡议:

      • “全球AI面孔”:创建一个代表全球种族、年龄和性别的多样化肖像的AI艺术项目。
      • “用于文化叙事的AI艺术”:AI开发者和来自不同社区的艺术家之间的合作,通过AI艺术讲述故事。

      5. 行动呼吁:

      • 邀请读者参与讨论,分享想法和经验,共同确保AI艺术成为包容性和代表性的灯塔。
      • 强调AI艺术不仅仅是技术奇迹,还是反映和影响时代精神的文化产物。
      • 鼓励共同努力,在AI艺术中注入多样化的观点和经验,以实现其革命性的潜力。

      核心概念:

      • AI艺术的多样性
      • AI训练数据
      • 包容性
      • 代表性
      • 文化叙事
      • 伦理框架
      • 数据集偏见
    8. 介绍 on-generative-pixel-art

      这篇文章探讨了生成像素艺术的复兴,以及它在当代数字文化中的文化意义。以下是文章的关键要点:

      1. 像素艺术的复兴与“像素世代”展览:

      • 像素艺术和生成艺术自2017年“加密朋克”(CryptoPunks)项目以来紧密相连。
      • 像素艺术作为一种视觉代码,在NFT市场化数字艺术的推动下重新流行。
      • “像素世代”展览旨在庆祝像素艺术作为一种讨论和美学。

      2. 像素艺术的文化意义:

      • 像素是数字图像的基本组成部分,定义了信息经济。
      • 像素艺术具有“技术怀旧”(technostalgia)的意味,唤起人们对早期电子游戏和个人电脑的怀旧之情。
      • 像素艺术是艺术家通过代码重新生成数字宇宙的视觉手段。
      • 像素艺术是数字艺术的基本单元,通过“像素排序”等技术,艺术家可以对图像进行深度控制和操作。

      3. 艺术家们的创作理念与技术:

      • 技术与怀旧:
        • 艺术家们通过像素艺术探索数字文化的运作,挑战数字文化的边界。
        • 像素艺术唤起童年记忆,与早期游戏和计算机相关联。
        • 像素艺术成为一种艺术选择,而非技术限制的产物。
      • 控制与表达:
        • 艺术家们强调像素作为基本单元的重要性,认为它给予艺术家对图像的精细控制。
        • 像素艺术是对数字图像本质的揭示,让观众了解创作过程。
        • 艺术家们使用各种生成技术,如像素排序、流程场、着色器和抖动,来创作独特的像素艺术作品。
      • 文化与身份:
        • 一些艺术家通过像素艺术表达文化身份,如非洲织物的程序重复模式。
        • 像素艺术被视为一种通用语言,连接数字内容创作者和受众。
      • 技术与艺术的融合:
        • 艺术家们认为,随着技术融入日常生活,生成艺术的流行是自然而然的。
        • 像素艺术反映了数字时代人们对技术和媒体的渴望。

      4. 核心概念与技术:

      • 像素艺术
      • 生成艺术
      • 技术怀旧(technostalgia)
      • 像素排序
      • 流程场
      • 着色器
      • 抖动
      • NFT

      5. 艺术家们的共同观点:

      • 像素艺术不仅仅是怀旧,更是一种有意识的艺术选择。
      • 像素是数字艺术的基础,通过像素艺术可以深入理解数字图像的本质。
      • 生成技术为像素艺术提供了无限的可能性,艺术家们在不断探索新的创作方法。
      • 像素艺术是艺术家和机器的合作。
      • 像素艺术的流行是技术融入生活的必然结果。
    9. 采访互动

      好的,根据原文的逻辑,以下是以问答形式提取的关键点:

      1. Kjetil Golid 的创作理念是什么?

      • 问: Kjetil Golid 的创作理念是什么?
      • 答: 他的创作理念是基于分享、开放和探索。他认为自己从开源社区受益匪浅,因此也愿意将自己的代码和工具开源,供他人学习和使用。他的创作更多的是出于对探索算法和结构的乐趣,而非追求名利。

      2. Kjetil Golid 的创作背景是什么?

      • 问: Kjetil Golid 的创作背景是什么?
      • 答: 他拥有认知科学学士学位和计算机科学硕士学位。他的编程技能主要是在大学学习的,尤其是 Java 和 Processing。

      3. Kjetil Golid 如何看待代码的开源和分享?

      • 问: Kjetil Golid 如何看待代码的开源和分享?
      • 答: 他认为这是自然而然的事情,因为他的成长也得益于他人的慷慨分享。他认为即使作品的生成代码是开源的,购买作品也是对艺术家的一种支持,类似于购买音乐或电影。

      4. Kjetil Golid 如何看待加密艺术(CryptoArt)?

      • 问: Kjetil Golid 如何看待加密艺术(CryptoArt)?
      • 答: 他认为加密艺术是一种有趣的尝试,可以作为数字艺术的发行方式。他加入加密艺术平台更多的是出于偶然,而不是刻意追求。

      5. Kjetil Golid 如何看待他的创作过程?

      • 问: Kjetil Golid 如何看待他的创作过程?
      • 答: 他的创作过程既有预先构思,也有探索和实验。有时他会先构思一个系统,然后再进行编码;有时他会在编码过程中不断发现新的可能性。他认为创作过程充满了意外和惊喜,但同时也需要保持一定的方向性。

      6. Kjetil Golid 如何看待代码和生成作品之间的关系?

      • 问: Kjetil Golid 如何看待代码和生成作品之间的关系?
      • 答: 他认为代码本身不是艺术品,但生成作品的系统可以被视为艺术品。他强调作品的变体和过程,认为这些也是作品表达的重要部分。

      7. Kjetil Golid 如何看待人工智能(AI)在艺术中的作用?

      • 问: Kjetil Golid 如何看待人工智能(AI)在艺术中的作用?
      • 答: 他不认为人工智能会取代艺术家,而是将其视为一种新的工具。他认为人工智能可以生成图像,但赋予图像意义的是人类。他认为人类可以给机器生成的作品赋予意义。

      8. Kjetil Golid 如何看待自己的作品?

      • 问: Kjetil Golid 如何看待自己的作品?
      • 答: 他的作品主要是为了探索结构和系统,以及创造有趣的视觉效果。他希望人们能够从他的作品中感受到乐趣和启发。

      9. Kjetil Golid 的色彩运用有何特点?

      • 问: Kjetil Golid 的色彩运用有何特点?
      • 答: 他早期的作品多为单色,后来开始尝试使用色彩。他的调色板大多是他手工挑选的,灵感来自摄影、插画和视频。他创建了一个名为“chromatome”的调色板库,并开源分享。

      10. Kjetil Golid 的灵感来源是什么?

      • 问: Kjetil Golid 的灵感来源是什么?
      • 答: 他的灵感主要来自其他生成艺术家,如 Tyler Hobbs、Matt DesLauriers 和 Manolo。他也受到 Conway 的“生命游戏”和 Lindenmayer 系统的影响。
    1. 数字艺术在商业领域的应用、职业发展以及未来趋势

      这篇文章探讨了数字艺术在商业领域的应用、职业发展以及未来趋势。以下是文章的关键点总结:

      1. 数字艺术在品牌和广告中的作用:

      • 数字艺术为品牌塑造独特的视觉形象,并以创新的方式传递信息。
      • 它通过生动的图形、动画和互动元素创造令人难忘的品牌体验。
      • 数字艺术在品牌推广、包装设计和户外广告中发挥着重要作用。

      2. 数字艺术的商业应用:

      • 增强用户体验:数字艺术用于创建直观且引人入胜的界面,提升用户满意度。
      • 网站和应用程序开发:数字艺术是创建视觉效果和功能平台的基础。
      • 对印刷媒体的影响:数字艺术为印刷媒体带来了新的创作和消费方式。

      3. 数字艺术的职业道路:

      • 运动图形动画师:为电视、电影和在线内容创建动画和视觉效果。
      • 摄像师:录制现场活动并制作小型视频作品。
      • 社交媒体设计师:为社交媒体平台创建视觉内容。

      4. 如何建立数字艺术职业生涯:

      • 发展艺术和技术技能:绘画、设计、动画和编码。
      • 教育和培训:获得相关证书或学位,并持续练习。
      • 确定利基市场:专注于特定媒介或风格。
      • 建立人脉和营销:推广作品、参加活动、与其他专业人士联系。

      5. 数字艺术在商业领域的未来:

      • 创新合作:例如 Ledger 和 Sotheby's 之间的合作,为数字艺术的认证和销售提供平台。
      • 与商业融合:公司利用数字艺术增强营销策略和消费者参与度。
      • 新兴趋势:分形艺术、3D超现实主义、数字破坏、实验性排版和NFT艺术。
      • 技术的作用:技术为数字艺术家提供了创作、分享和 monetize 作品的工具和平台。

      6. 结论:

      • 数字艺术在商业领域的影响深远,其潜力无限。
      • 它为艺术家提供了新的职业道路,并为品牌和消费者创造了新的体验。
      • 随着新兴趋势和技术进步,数字艺术的未来充满希望。

      总而言之,这篇文章全面概述了数字艺术在商业领域的应用、职业发展和未来趋势,为对数字艺术感兴趣的读者提供了有价值的信息和 insights。

    2. ​50%​​媒体艺术教育(MAE)在当代教育中的重要性

      这篇文章强调了媒体艺术教育(MAE)在当代教育中的重要性,并阐述了其多方面的价值。以下是文章的要点总结:

      1. MAE的独特性与重要性:

      • MAE涵盖了广泛的“数字艺术”(如摄影、图形、视频、动画、声音、3D虚拟设计和互动设计),是当代教育的重要补充。
      • 它使教育计划与当前的社会状况相适应,并使学生掌握相关的读写能力和技能。
      • MAE促进基于项目和跨学科的学习,并支持学生与社区和世界建立联系。
      • 它反映了我们当前的数字世界,是全球网络文化交流和设计的主要手段。
      • 媒体艺术素养对于学生在大学、职业和生活中成功运作至关重要,包括成为数字民主社会中知情和积极的公民。

      2. MAE赋予学生力量:

      • MAE使学生能够表达个人意义和愿景,增强他们的社会地位和自信。
      • 学生通过创作原创作品,成为积极的沟通者和设计师。
      • MAE鼓励学生进行创造性探究,促进高阶认知能力的发展(如创造力、综合、分析、应用、好奇心、设计和问题解决)。

      3. MAE促进跨学科学习:

      • MAE无缝连接所有其他艺术和内容领域,提供综合的跨学科教学和学习。
      • 学生可以研究、设计和展示任何主题,打破学科之间的壁垒。
      • MAE可以作为学校中各种设计和基于项目的探究中心。

      4. MAE建设社区:

      • MAE的虚拟实验室能够自然地在学校、当地社区和全球范围内建立联系。
      • 学生可以制作和调查与其社区相关的任何内容,并与世界各地的其他学生或专家联系。
      • 媒体艺术项目(如视频、年鉴、网站、广播和播客)可以将学校统一为一个充满活力的学习社区。
      • MAE学生可以通过广播和设计项目在学校和社区之间建立桥梁。

      5. MAE培养全面的技能:

      • MAE培养学生全面的21世纪技能,包括:
        • 创造力、沟通、协作、批判性思维
        • 设计思维、跨学科整合、计算思维
        • 媒体/技术/数字素养、公民参与、文化能动性
        • 媒体制作、项目管理、学习学习
      • MAE为学生提供安全和平衡的语境,以批判性地分析媒体,并成为有辨别能力的媒体消费者和生产者。
      • MAE为学生提供更多样化的探究和评估途径,使他们能够展示对核心内容的独特掌握。
      • MAE为学生与大学和职业道路建立强大的现实联系。

      6. MAE促进教学和学习的新方法:

      • MAE为教育者和学生提供了新的思维、工作和学习方式。
      • MAE可以支持教育生态系统向21世纪的学习和认知理解发展。
      • 基于文化的学习方法,以艺术、美学和创造力的乐趣为中心,可以培养伴随学生一生的有意义的弹性理解。

      7. 呼吁行动:

      • 文章呼吁为所有学习者提供参与高质量、基于标准的媒体艺术教育的机会。
      • 呼吁加入在所有学习机构建立媒体艺术教育的运动。
    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper attempts to elucidate how feral (wild) pigs cause distortion of the environment in over 54 countries of the world, particularly Australia.

      The paper displays proof that over $120 billion worth of facilities were destroyed annually in the United States of America.

      The authors have tried to infer that the findings of their work were fundamental and possessing a compelling strength of evidence.

      Strengths:

      (1) Clearly stating feral (wild) pigs as a problem in the environment.

      (2) Stating how 54 countries were affected by the feral pigs.

      (3) Mentioning how $120 billion was lost in the US, annually, as a result of the activities of the feral pigs.

      (4) Amplifying the fact that 14 species of animals were being driven into extinction by the feral pigs.

      (5) Feral pigs possessing zoonotic abilities.

      (6) Feral pigs acting as reservoirs for endemic diseases like brucellosis and leptospirosis.

      (7) Understanding disease patterns by the social dynamics of feral pig interactions.

      (8) The use of 146 GPS-monitored feral pigs to establish their social interaction among themselves.

      Weaknesses:

      None, as the weaknesses had been already addressed.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to quantify feral pig interactions in eastern Australia to inform disease transmission networks. They used GPS tracking data from 146 feral pigs across multiple locations to construct proximity-based social networks and analyse contact rates within and between pig social units.

      Strengths:

      (1) Addresses a critical knowledge gap in feral pig social dynamics in Australia.

      (2) Uses robust methodology combining GPS tracking and network analysis.

      (3) Provides valuable insights into sex-based and seasonal variations in contact rates.

      (4) Effectively contextualizes findings for disease transmission modeling and management.

      (5) Includes comprehensive ethical approval for animal research.

      (6) Utilizes data from multiple locations across eastern Australia, enhancing generalizability.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Limited discussion of potential biases from varying sample sizes across populations

      This is a really good comment, and we will address this in the discussion as one of the limitations of the study

      (2) Some key figures are in supplementary materials rather than the main text.

      We will move some of our supplementary material to the main text as suggested.

      (3) Economic impact figures are from the US rather than Australia-specific data.

      We included the impact figures that are available for Australia (for FDM), and we will include the estimated impact of ASF in Australia in the introduction.

      (4) Rationale for spatial and temporal thresholds for defining contacts could be clearer.

      We will improve the explanation of why we chose the spatial and temporal thresholds based on literature, the size of animals and GPS errors.

      (5) Limited discussion of ethical considerations beyond basic animal ethics approval.

      This research was conducted under an ethics committee's approval for collaring the feral pigs. This research is part of an ongoing pest management activity, and all the ethics approvals have been highlighted in the main manuscript.

      The authors largely achieved their aims, with the results supporting their conclusions about the importance of sex and seasonality in feral pig contact networks. This work is likely to have a significant impact on feral pig management and disease control strategies in Australia, providing crucial data for refining disease transmission models.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper attempts to elucidate how feral (wild) pigs cause distortion of the environment in over 54 countries of the world, particularly Australia.

      The paper displays proof that over $120 billion worth of facilities were destroyed annually in the United States of America.

      The authors have tried to infer that the findings of their work were important and possess a convincing strength of evidence.

      Strengths:

      (1) Clearly stating feral (wild) pigs as a problem in the environment.

      (2) Stating how 54 countries were affected by the feral pigs.

      (3) Mentioning how $120 billion was lost in the US, annually, as a result of the activities of the feral pigs.

      (4) Amplifying the fact that 14 species of animals were being driven into extinction by the feral pigs.

      (5) Feral pigs possessing zoonotic abilities.

      (6) Feral pigs acting as reservoirs for endemic diseases like brucellosis and leptospirosis.

      (7) Understanding disease patterns by the social dynamics of feral pig interactions.

      (8) The use of 146 GPS-monitored feral pigs to establish their social interaction among themselves.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Unclear explanation of the association of either the female or male feral pigs with each other, seasonally.

      This will be better explained in the methods.

      (2) The "abstract paragraph" was not justified.

      We have justified the abstract paragraph as requested by the reviewer.

      (3) Typographical errors in the abstract.

      Typographical errors have been corrected in the Abstract.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors sought to understand social interactions both within and between groups of feral pigs, with the intent of applying their findings to models of disease transmission. The authors analyzed GPS tracking data from across various populations to determine patterns of contact that could support the transmission of a range of zoonotic and livestock diseases. The analysis then focused on the effects of sex, group dynamics, and seasonal changes on contact rates that could be used to base targeted disease control strategies that would prioritize the removal of adult males for reducing intergroup disease transmission.

      Strengths:

      It utilized GPS tracking data from 146 feral pigs over several years, effectively capturing seasonal and spatial variation in the social behaviors of interest. Using proximity-based social network analysis, this work provides a highly resolved snapshot of contact rates and interactions both within and between groups, substantially improving research in wildlife disease transmission. Results were highly useful and provided practical guidance for disease management, showing that control targeted at adult males could reduce intergroup disease transmission, hence providing an approach for the control of zoonotic and livestock diseases.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite their reliability, populations can be skewed by small sample sizes and limited generalizability due to specific environmental and demographic characteristics. Further validation is needed to account for additional environmental factors influencing social dynamics and contact rates.

      This is a really good point, and we thank the reviewer for pointing out this issue. We will discuss the potential biases due to sample size in our discussion. We agree that environmental factors need to be incorporated and tested for their influence on social dynamics, and this will be added to the discussion as we have plans to expand this research and conduct, the analysis to determine if environmental factors are influencing social dynamics.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Consider moving some key figures from supplementary materials to the main text to strengthen the presentation of results.

      We included a new figure to strengthen the presentation of results (Figure 3a-b), which shows the node level measures by sex and for direct and indirect networks.

      (2) Expand discussion of limitations, particularly addressing potential biases from varying sample sizes across populations.

      We added more detail and clarity about this potential bias into the limitation section within the discussion: “Different populations in our study had varying numbers of collared individuals, with some populations having only two individuals at certain times. This variability in sample size across populations is a limitation when interpreting the results. Small populations are often the result of a few individuals being trapped and collared, and this does not necessarily reflect the actual number of individuals in those groups.” Moreover, while reviewing the effect of the potential bias, we found that a General Linear Mixed Effect Model (Table 1) was not optimal for analysing the effect of sex on the network measures, and therefore this analysis has been done again using a non-parametric test (Wilcoxon rank-sum test)  for direct and indirect networks based on a 5 metres threshold (Table 1).

      (3) If available, include Australia-specific economic impact data in the introduction.

      We included the impact figures that are available for Australia (for FDM) in the introduction.

      (4) Clarify the rationale for chosen spatial and temporal thresholds for defining contacts.

      This has been added in the methodology: “Direct contact was defined when two individuals interacted either at 2, 5, or 350-metre buffers within a five-minute interval [36]. A previous study used 350 metres as a spatial threshold [16], while others use the approximate average body length of an individual [36]”

      (5) Consider adding a brief discussion of ethical considerations beyond basic animal ethics approval, addressing aspects like animal welfare during collaring and potential environmental impacts.

      Feral pigs are an invasive species in Australia, and managing their population is crucial to protecting native ecosystems. The trapping and collaring of these animals have been conducted following the stringent animal welfare requirements necessary to obtain animal ethics approval in Australia. However, it is important to consider the broader ethical implications. Animal welfare during collaring is a critical aspect and involves minimising stress and physical harm to the animals. The collars used are lightweight and properly fitted only on adults due to welfare issues collaring juveniles.

      (6) Add a statement about data availability/accessibility.

      The GPS data cannot be shared; however, the R codes will be deposited in GitHub (https://github.com/Tatianaproboste/Feral-Pig-Interactions) and the link has been added in the final version.

      (7) Expand on the implications of seasonal variation in contact rates for disease management strategies in the discussion.

      We have added this information in the discussion: “For example, controlling an outbreak during summer would potentially require more resources than an outbreak in other seasons due to the higher number of contact between individuals during summer.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The typographical errors in the abstract to be corrected are:

      (1) Line 22: Remove the "are" before "threaten".

      This has been corrected.

      (2) Line 24: Replace the "to" before "extinction" with "into".

      This has been corrected.

      (3) Line 28: Rephrase the sentence.

      ‘Yet social dynamics are known to vary enormously from place to place, so knowledge generated for example in USA and Europe might not easily transfer to locations such as Australia.’

      (3) Line 29: Insert a "comma" after "Here".

      This has been corrected.

      (4) Lines 33 -34: Explain, clearly, the contact rates; is it between females to females or females to males?

      We have improved this phrase and now it reads: “…. with females demonstrating higher group cohesion (female-female) and males acting as crucial connectors between independent groups.”

      (5) Line 36: Make yourselves clear about what you mean by "targeting adult male".

      We believe “targeting adult males” is correct in this context.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 22 and 44, I think are threaten "are" should be removed for better clarity.

      This has been corrected.

      (2) Line 71, the source and not "force" of infection.

      The force of infection is correct here.

      (3) Line 72, population "of".

      This has been corrected.

      (4) Under statistical analysis, the software version should be included.

      R has changed to multiple versions since we started this analysis.

      (5) Terminological consistency: as far as possible try to be consistent with the terms used in the text, such as using "contact rate" instead of "interaction rate" in order not to puzzle the readers.

      We have changed most of the “interactions” to “contact” instead as suggested.

      (6) Correct Typos: Identify typos and grammatical inconsistencies of any kind, especially in those complex sentences that may be hard to follow.

      The typos have been checked.

      (7) Under the methodology, briefly describe why specific thresholds were chosen and any limitations.

      We added the following into the method: “Direct contact was defined when two individuals interacted either at 2, 5, or 350-metre buffers within a five-minute interval [36]. A previous study used 350 metres as a spatial threshold [16], while others use the approximate average body length of an individual [36]”

      (8) The discussion should be strengthened by drawing clear links between the findings and actionable management strategies.

      We have strengthened the discussion by adding more specific actionable management strategies. For example, controlling an outbreak during summer would potentially require more resources than an outbreak in other seasons due to the higher number of contacts between individuals during summer.

      (9) Did you consider additional environmental factors, such as rainfall, food availability, or habitat features, to better understand how these influence seasonal variations in pig interactions and contact rates?

      This is something that we have in mind and will explore in future research. This has been partially explored but is based on how environmental factors and seasons affect the home range (Wilson et al 2023).

      (10) Figure Legends: Add more detailed descriptions in figure legends, especially for those figures showing network metrics or contact rates.

      More information has been added to the figure legends.

      (11) The paper includes too many figures, and thus, it is recommended to simplify or merge some figures where appropriate. In particular, this is recommended for those figures that plot more network measures across thresholds. Adding clear, summarized captions with interpretation on threshold and measure significance would be a great help in interpreting complicated visualizations.

      The figure that shows the comparison between global network measures, including average local transitivity, edge density, global transitivity, mean distance and number of edges for direct and indirect networks has been moved to supplementary material (Figure S3). We also included direct and indirect model-level measures by sex as in Figure 3 and improved the captions of the figures presented in the main document.

    1. When cancer begins in the lungs, it is called lung cancer, although it may spread to lymph nodes or other organs in the body. Cancer from other organs also may spread to the lungs, which is referred to as metastasis.

      Are these sentences necessary?

    2. clinical breast exams are no longer recommended for breast cancer screening among average-risk women at any age

      What about self breast exams?

    3. screening tests

      correct, though annual or bi-annual skin checks by a dermatologist should be recommended. esp. for those with history of benign skin cancers, moles that change size frequently.

      I hope you add this...

      you mention the dermatologist later, but screening for this could be added in beg. of this para.

    4. .S. Preventive Services Task Force

      why abbreviate this if you are spelling it out?

      either don't abbreviate at all or abbreviate and use the abbreviation for the rest of the chapter

      suggest reviewing for these inconsistencies

    5. That afternoon

      awkward, this is assuming it's an afternoon test.

      suggest stating prep in hours prior to test

      often NPO after midnight, sometimes regardless of time of procedure. I would add this as an option to clear liquid

    6. stool and place it on a card. The test kit is returned to a lab, where the stool sample is checked for the presence of blood.

      you might explain this approach is being phased out due to the increased use of in-home DNA testing as described below.

      might explain the DNA test is not used if there is a history of polyps. this is what I've learned, suggest checking

      though for those who do not have health insurance, this test is likely used. DNA test costs insurance companies upwards of $600

    1. In addition to nicotine, e-cigarettes may contain ingredients that may cause serious lung disease such as ultrafine particles, flavorants, volatile organic compounds, and heavy metals like nickel, tin, and lead.[4]

      This sentence does not make sense to me.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript extends previous research by this group by relating variation in pupil size to the endpoints of saccades produced by human participants under various conditions including trial-based choices between pairs of spots and search for small items in natural scenes. Based on the premise that pupil size is a reliable proxy of "effort", the authors conclude that less costly saccade targets are preferred. Finding that this preference was influenced by the performance of a non-visual, attention-demanding task, the authors conclude that a common source of effort animates gaze behavior and other cognitive tasks.

      Strengths:

      Strengths of the manuscript include the novelty of the approach, the clarity of the findings, and the community interest in the problem.

      Weaknesses:

      Enthusiasm for this manuscript is reduced by the following weaknesses:

      (1) A relationship between pupil size and saccade production seems clear based on the authors' previous and current work. What is at issue is the interpretation. The authors test one, preferred hypothesis, and the narrative of the manuscript treats the hypothesis that pupil size is a proxy of effort as beyond dispute or question. The stated elements of their argument seem to go like this:<br /> PROPOSITION 1: Pupil size varies systematically across task conditions, being larger when tasks are more demanding.<br /> PROPOSITION 2: Pupil size is related to the locus coeruleus.<br /> PROPOSITION 3: The locus coeruleus NE system modulates neural activity and interactions.<br /> CONCLUSION: Therefore, pupil size indexes the resource demand or "effort" associated with task conditions.<br /> How the conclusion follows from the propositions is not self-evident. Proposition 3, in particular, fails to establish the link that is supposed to lead to the conclusion.

      (2) The authors test one, preferred hypothesis and do not consider plausible alternatives. Is "cost" the only conceivable hypothesis? The hypothesis is framed in very narrow terms. For example, the cholinergic and dopamine systems that have been featured in other researchers' consideration of pupil size modulation are missing here. Thus, because the authors do not rule out plausible alternative hypotheses, the logical structure of this manuscript can be criticized as committing the fallacy of affirming the consequent.

      (3) The authors cite particular publications in support of the claim that saccade selection is influenced by an assessment of effort. Given the extensive work by others on this general topic, the skeptic could regard the theoretical perspective of this manuscript as too impoverished. Their work may be enhanced by consideration of other work on this general topic, e.g, (i) Shenhav A, Botvinick MM, Cohen JD. (2013) The expected value of control: an integrative theory of anterior cingulate cortex function. Neuron. 2013 Jul 24;79(2):217-40. (ii) Müller T, Husain M, Apps MAJ. (2022) Preferences for seeking effort or reward information bias the willingness to work. Sci Rep. 2022 Nov 14;12(1):19486. (iii) Bustamante LA, Oshinowo T, Lee JR, Tong E, Burton AR, Shenhav A, Cohen JD, Daw ND. (2023) Effort Foraging Task reveals a positive correlation between individual differences in the cost of cognitive and physical effort in humans. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2023 Dec 12;120(50):e2221510120.

      (4) What is the source of cost in saccade production? What is the currency of that cost? The authors state (page 13), "... oblique saccades require more complex oculomotor programs than horizontal eye movements because more neuronal populations in the superior colliculus (SC) and frontal eye fields (FEF) [76-79], and more muscles are necessary to plan and execute the saccade [76, 80, 81]." This statement raises questions and concerns. First, the basis of the claim that more neurons in FEF and SC are needed for oblique versus cardinal saccades is not established in any of the publications cited. Second, the authors may be referring to the fact that oblique saccades require coordination between pontine and midbrain circuits. This must be clarified. Second, the cost is unlikely to originate in extraocular muscle fatigue because the muscle fibers are so different from skeletal muscles, being fundamentally less fatigable. Third, if net muscle contraction is the cost, then why are upward saccades, which require the eyelid, not more expensive than downward? Thus, just how some saccades are more effortful than others is not clear.

      (5) The authors do not consider observations about variation in pupil size that seem to be incompatible with the preferred hypothesis. For example, at least two studies have described systematically larger pupil dilation associated with faster relative to accurate performance in manual and saccade tasks (e.g., Naber M, Murphy P. Pupillometric investigation into the speed-accuracy trade-off in a visuo-motor aiming task. Psychophysiology. 2020 Mar;57(3):e13499; Reppert TR, Heitz RP, Schall JD. Neural mechanisms for executive control of speed-accuracy trade-off. Cell Rep. 2023 Nov 28;42(11):113422). Is the fast relative to the accurate option necessarily more costly?

      (6) The authors draw conclusions based on trends across participants, but they should be more transparent about variation that contradicts these trends. In Figures 3 and 4 we see many participants producing behavior unlike most others. Who are they? Why do they look so different? Is it just noise, or do different participants adopt different policies?

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed the concerns and questions raised in the original review.

    1. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      The manuscript by Uttley et al., describes the identification of a candidate sequence for enhancing craniofacial sox9 expression in Neanderthals and offers functional genomics evidence towards identification of candidate sequence variants in a cis regulatory element (CRE) responsible for jaw morphology variation in hominin evolution. They generated a transgenic zebrafish model for testing the activity of a previously characterised regulatory element in human, which when mutated causes Pierre Robin developmental disorder and its neanderthal counterpart which has been identified as a candidate enhancer by sequence similarity and by being a DMR in the Neanderthal genome. They show that the Neanderthal CRE is active similarly in distribution to its human counterpart but with elevated activity in anatomically loosely or unspecified cell types in zebrafish cartilaginous neural crest candidates, which they argue are matching the cells where the same enhancer is active in mammalian development. They then show by single cell transcriptomics the cell distribution for the enhancer activity in relation to neural crest subpopulations and trasncription factors involved in craniofacial development. Finally they carry out overexpression of SOX9 with the human enhancer variant in zebrafish and demonstrate morphology changes which they interpret as evidence towards the capacity of the enhancer to broaden mesenchymal condensations leading to change in jaw morphology.<br /> Taken together, the paper provides evidence for a predicted neanderthal regulatory element candidate to function as enhancer in a zebrafish model and evidence for this enhancer to carry sequence variation which can lead to overactivation in craniofacial cell types relevant to jaw morphology, which the authors interpret as the source of the cis regulatory mechanism for jaw morphology evolution in hominin evolution.

      Main comments:

      I found the conclusion on the functional divergence of sequence variants of Neanderthal v human enhancer convincing as they were provided by an elegant double reporter approach which offers internal control for variant comparison. However, i found the argument about the role of the sequence variant in craniofacial development less convincing

      1. Setting the aims I found the introduction to the topic and the setting of aims somewhat sketchy. It is not clear from the introduction, why the Neanderthal element was chosen for further study and why the SNVs in this one element were worth pursuing in the lack of broader understanding of the potentially complex regulatory element complexity at the Neanderthal Sox9 locus. While it is a very reasonable assumption, that a key CRE found and well characterised in human (by the authors in their seminal paper) is a worthy candidate for functional assessment, without better understanding of the overall locus conservation between human and Neanderthal this element may be one of many functionally redundant elements.
      2. Justification of the fish model in hominin gene regulation

      2.1. For the neanderthal element function to be compared to human in a valuable and informative fashion, one would expect that the host system i.e. the zebrafish is sufficiently conserved by offering a similar developmental context both in terms of gene regulation and in terms of anatomy. From the gene regulation perspective, i would expect that the analysis of the EC1.45 is based on expectation of similar regulatory information content to that in the fish homolog thus one can expect similar TF network activities on them and as a result one an test sequence variation effects relevant to endogenous regulatory interactions both in fish and hominins. However, there is no data shown for the relevance of fish regulatory background as a test system. No information is provided on the fish sox9 locus and its activity, or whether the fish homolog enhancer (or any sox9 enhancer that is expressed in the expected domains of craniofacial lineages and structures) has been identified and how it compares to the hominins. One expects that the hominin enhancers are active in domains of the zebrafish sox9 for the anatomical structures to give relevant readout. I would expect a comparison and match of the EC1.45 activity to ether endogenous sox9 by WISH or (although less accurate) a cross to one of the several sox9 reporter transgenic lines available on ZFIN.

      2.2. There is an argument about the regulatory networks being conserved (without references), this would need more arguments particularly in the context of Sox9/SOX9 regulation. 3. Further to the justification of the fish model, from the anatomical perspective, the assessment of the parallels of zebrafish and mammalian craniofacial development need strengthening.

      3.1. While indeed transparency and external development helps the reporter transgenesis and argues for the fish model, but the generation time is actually comparable to mouse (in contrast to the statement in the introduction), however the understanding of zebrafish craniofacial development and its similarity to human is not well argued, and indeed very superficially compared in the manuscript. I found the anatomical analyses to be rather imprecise and difficult to compare. In the lack of direct comparisons and diagrams comparing mammalian and fish developmental structures and their origins, the statement of 'EC1.45 activity matches expression domains from mammalian development' or 'broadly recapitulate' to be an oversimplification and overstatement. The lineage tracing is an important evidence but again the anatomical homologies need to be more clearly visualized and the lineage history better explained.

      3.2. In a similar vein, direct comparison of human and Neanderthal adult morphologies (Figure 1B) would be very helpful.

      3.3. I was also confused why the sox10 reporter is used as reference (with no direct overlap of activity to the SOX9 associated EC1.45 reporter) rather than or alongside a sox9a reporter line or even comparison to endogenous sox9a activity by WISH (Figure 2). The anatomical details in Figure 2 would need to be extended with more precisely describing the cell types, where the transgene is active and how the homology to mammalian anatomies are established.

      3.4. Overall, the use of the fluorescence reporter is helpful for initial assessments but accurate enhancer activity profiling and comparison should be done by WISH, as mRNA is far more likely to follow the temporal activation dynamics and may explain fluorescence signal intensity differences, the latter important for correct interpretation of sequence variant effects (e.g. is the perceived higher expression by the Ne element is perhaps due to longer expression or earlier activation). 4. Single cell transcriptomics This experiment was not only used to characterise transgenic reporter active cell types, but to establish transcription factor candidates relevant to neural crest differentiation regulated by EC1.45. What is somewhat confusing, is that the EC1.45 element activity domain is only partially and not predominantly overlapping with the twist1a expressing cells. The authors previously established Twist1 as key regulator of EC1.45 in craniofacial development. How do the authors explain the apparent little relevance of twist1a in regulating the enhancer in fish? Overall the lack of any attempt to link the SNVs to TFBS (including, if available that of the fish homolog sequences) is making the interpretation of the sequence variation harder. BTW, even of the fish elements are not directly identifiable by direct sequence alignment it may be possible to identify the fish homolog through phylogenetic footprinting with stepping stone species such as the non-duplicated paddlefish. 5. Sox9 overexpression This experiment seems not to add too much to the main claim of the paper. While not essential, for this data to add more value, a comparison to that using the Neanderthal element would be more interesting and not a difficult experiment to carry out. 6. Throughout the paper there is a lack of data on reproducibility of reporter activities. As random integration often leads to position effects, it is expected that more than one lines showing the same patterns is used to identify cell type and tissue specificities. This is lacking in the paper and is a concern, as for example, the human element activity in Fig. 1 appears to be different from that by in the dual reporter shown in Fig. 3.

      Minor points

      A request to the editor as much as the authors: please make sure that legends are on the same page with figures, it is very hard to follow manuscripts when one needs to scroll between 3 pages at the same time (text, figure, legend). This archaic separation inherited from decades ago when physical prints used to be submitted has no justification in the digital era but continues to make reviewer's life difficult. Similarly, there should be no limit, and it should be encouraged to label anatomical structures directly on panels to point out expression domains, highlight expression variation, or to make a panel more self-explanatory, while making sure that clarity is not lost.

      Figure 1A does not support the statement it is referenced to

      Figure 1B should include human anatomy in comparison and perhaps a schematic diagram of the hypothesized developmental morphogenesis divergence modelled in this paper

      Figure 1D should show why the authors argue the neanderthal is not the ancestral state (BTW, what does the fish homolog look like?)

      Figure 4A,B are better suited in Supplemental

      Significance

      Conceptual: identifying sequence variants in Neanderthal cis-regulatory element as potential source of evolutionary change in morphology.

      Technologically mostly following prior art, use of single cell in reporter analysis is technologically improvement on current standards, albeit somewhat rudimentary.

      The use of a tractable embryo model to explore a regulatory sequence change leading to morphology change has often been applied for carious aspects of evolutionary changes during development pioneering examples include the shh ZRA enhancer in fin/limb morphogenesis, or balean fin evolution (PMID: 9860988) or human versus ape hand evolution (PMID: 18772437), but this is the first for applying it to hominin evolution. This will be of interest to human geneticists, evolutionary geneticists and developmental geneticists.

      My expertise is in developmental gene regulation with the zebrafish model.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This is an interesting paper that is logical continuation of authors previous work characterizing a human enhancer mutation implicated in Pierre Robin malformations that alters Sox9 expression. Here using zebrafish as a convenient model organism, the authors test the activity of the human enhancer compared to its Neanderthal ortholog. The results show that both enhancers drive reporter expression in the vicinity of forming cartilage condensations of the jaw. While both enhancers mediate reporter expression in neural crest derived cells, the Neanderthal sequence drives quantitatively higher expression than the orthologous human enhancer. Consistent with this, overexpression of Sox9 using the human enhancer caused an increase in cartilage volume. Altogether, this is a nicely done study that would be appropriate for publication after some revisions as detailed below.

      Major Revisions:

      1. The introduction seems overly long and a bit rambling so diminishes from the excitement of the work. It should be half the length and focus on the novelty of this question and findings.
      2. The authors should demonstrate that that human EC1.45 activity overlaps with Sox9 expression. This should be included in Figure 2.
      3. There are differences in level of enhancer activity signal between figures (e.g. seems lower in Fig. 3 than Fig. 2). Does enhancer activity vary between embryos or was the imaging protocol different?
      4. Some co-staining should be performed to show whether or not the enhancers are active in the same cells but at different levels or if they are actually in different cells.
      5. There is an important issue with the single cell RNA seq. Given that the cells were FACS sorted for +GFP and +Cherry, there seem to be many negative cells in their scRNAseq data. Perhaps the FACS gates (figure 4B) were not conservative enough? Did negative cells get included? Authors should verify that their clusters express both GFP and Cherry transcripts.
      6. From their scRNAseq data, they talk about enhancer activity in PA1, but this isn't discussed/shown in the enhancer reporter embryos. It would be appropriate to annotate PA1 in figures 2 and 3.
      7. Authors should quantify how many Sox9+ cells also have enhancer activity. Looking at the UMAPs in figure 4E and 4F, it actually looks like there is less enhancer activity in the Sox9 dense regions of the clusters.
      8. For the over-expression of Sox9 driven by EC1.45, it is important to first establish that EC1.45 activity does indeed overlap with Sox9 gene expression. Does Sox9 itself drive EC1.45?
      9. Importantly the authors do not discuss if the Neanderthal SNVs lie in TF binding sites? Which TF motifs? Are they conserved? Are those TF's expressed in the same cells as both enhancers?
      10. If you introduce the Neanderthal SNVs into the human sequence, do you gain enhancer activity?
      11. The over-expression experiments are tricky as they cause major developmental defects. Would it be possible to drive Sox9 expression at levels that better reflect those driven endogenously by the human versus Neanderthal enhancer?

      Minor Revisions:

      1. Figure 1 - authors should highlight that panel C is a zoom in of panel A.
      2. Figure 3 - Why does Human EC1.45 activity looks weaker here than it does in Figure 2.
      3. The first sentence of the last paragraph in the Introduction is unclear: "spatiotemporal developmental expression patterns for the human EC1.45 cluster during zebrafish development". Instead should read "reporter expression driven by the human EC1.45 enhancer over developmental time"

      Significance

      This is a nice paper that advances understanding of jaw development and has disease relevance as well as some evolutionary implications. Thus it is novel and would appeal to developmental biologist, the craniofacial community, and to some extent to evolutionary biologists.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this valuable study, the authors found that the macrolide drug rapamycin, which is an important pharmacological tool in the clinic and the research lab, is less specific than previously thought. They provide solid functional evidence that rapamycin activates TRPM8 and develop an NMR method to measure the specific binding of a ligand to a membrane protein.

      Strengths:

      The authors use a variety of complementary experimental techniques in several different systems, and their results support the conclusions drawn.

      Weaknesses:

      Controls are not shown in all cases, and a lack of unity across the figures makes the flow of the paper disjointed. The proposed location of the rapamycin binding pocket within the membrane means that molecular docking approaches designed for soluble proteins alone do not provide solid evidence for a rapamycin binding pocket location in TRPM8, but the authors are appropriately careful in stating that the model is consistent with their functional experiments.

      Impact:

      This work provides still more evidence for the polymodality of TRP channels, reminding both TRP channel researchers and those who use rapamycin in other contexts that the adjective "specific" is only meaningful in the context of what else has been explicitly tested.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Tóth and Bazeli et al. find rapamycin activates heterologously-expressed TRPM8 and dissociated sensory neurons in a TRPM8-dependent way with Ca2+-imaging. With electrophysiology and STTD-NMR, they confirmed the activation is through direct interaction with TRPM8. Using mutants and computational modeling, the authored localized the binding site to the groove between S4 and S5, different than the binding pocket of cooling agents such as menthol. The hydroxyl group on carbon 40 within the cyclohexane ring in rapamycin is indispensable for activation, while other rapalogs with its replacement, such as everolimus, still bind but cannot activate TRPM8. Overall, the findings provide new insights into TRPM8 functions and may indicate previously unknown physiological effects or therapeutic mechanisms of rapamycin.

      Strengths:

      The authors spent extensive effort on demonstrating that the interaction between TRPM8 and rapamycin is direct. The evidence is solid. In probing the binding site and the structural-function relationship, the authors combined computational simulation and functional experiments. It is very impressive to see that "within" a rapamycin molecule, the portion shared with everolimus is for "binding", while the hydroxyl group in the cyclohexane ring is for activation. Such detailed dissection represents a successful trial in the computational biology-facilitated, functional experiment-validated study of TRP channel structuralactivity relationship. The research draws the attention of scientists, including those outside the TRP channel field, to previously neglected effects of rapamycin, and therefore the manuscript deserves broad readership.

      Weaknesses:

      The significance of the research could be improved by showing or discussing whether a similar binding pocket is present in other TRP channels, and hence rapalogs might bind to or activate these TRP channels. Additionally, while the finding on TRPM8 is novel, it is worthwhile to perform more comprehensive pharmacological characterization, including single-channel recording and a few more mutant studies to offer further insight into the mechanism of rapamycin binding to S4~S5 pocket driving channel opening. It is also necessary to know if rapalogs have independent or synergistic effects on top of other activators, including cooling agents and lower temperature, and their dependence on regulators such as PIP2.

      Additional discussion that might be helpful:

      The authors did confirm that rapamycin does not activate TRPV1, TRPA1 and TRPM3. But other TRP channels, particularly other structurally similar TRPM channels, should be discussed or tested. Alignment of the amino acid sequences or structures at the predicted binding pocket might predict some possible outcomes. In particular, rapamycin is known to activate TRPML1 in a PI(3,5)P2-dependent manner, which should be highlighted in comparison among TRP channels (PMID: 35131932, 31112550).

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Rapamycin is a macrolide of immunologic therapeutic importance, proposed as a ligand of mTOR. It is also employed as in essays to probe protein-protein interactions.

      The authors serendipitously found that the drug rapamycin and some related compounds, potently activate the cationic channel TRPM8, which is the main mediator of cold sensation in mammals. The authors show that rapamycin might bind to a novel binding site that is different from the binding site for menthol, the prototypical activator of TRPM8. These solid results are important to a wide audience since rapamycin is a widely used drug and is also employed in essays to probe protein-protein interactions, which could be affected by potential specific interactions of rapamycin with other membrane proteins, as illustrated herein.

      Strengths:

      The authors employ several experimental approaches to convincingly show that rapamycin activates directly the TRPM8 cation channel and not an accessory protein or the surrounding membrane. In general, the electrophysiological, mutational and fluorescence imaging experiments are adequately carried out and cautiously interpreted, presenting a clear picture of the direct interaction with TRPM8. In particular, the authors convincingly show that the interactions of rapamycin with TRPM8 are distinct from interactions of menthol with the same ion channel.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness of the manuscript is the NMR method employed to show that rapamycin binds to TRPM8. The authors developed and deployed a novel signal processing approach based on subtraction of several independent NMR spectra to show that rapamycin binds to the TRPM8 protein and not to the surrounding membrane or other proteins. While interesting and potentially useful, the method is not well developed (several positive controls are missing) and is not presented in a clear manner, such that the quality of data can be assessed and the reliability and pertinence of the subtraction procedure evaluated.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major points

      (1) Given the novelty of the STTD NMR approach, please provide more details and data for the reader.

      • I would like to see all of the collected spectra so that readers can see and judge the effect sizes for themselves, perhaps as an additional supplementary figure.

      We agree with the reviewer that the data transparency of the NMR measurements should be improved. We changed panel C of Figure 2 in the main text and provided all the STD and the computed STDD and STTD spectra recorded on one set of experiments. We carried out additional experimental replicas on new samples and addressed the variability of cell samples by rescaling the STD effects based on reference <sup>1</sup>H measurements. We provided supplementary spectra of the reference experiments without saturation (Figure S5) and the obtained STTD spectra from the three parallel NMR sessions (Figure S6).

      • I appreciate the labels for STDD-1, STDD-2, and STTD on the lower two spectra of Figure 2C. Is the top spectrum from STD-1 or is it prior to saturation? In Figure 2C, what do the x1 and x2 notations on the right-hand side of the spectra indicate?

      We showed the top spectrum as an overview and a demonstration of the spectral complexity of the samples. <sup>1</sup>H experiments were run before the STD measurements to assess the sample quality and stability. The demonstrated spectrum on sample 1 (TRPM8 with rapamycin in HEK cells) was recorded with more transients than the corresponding STDs, thus it is only visually comparable with the difference spectra after scaling (2x). Figure 2 was changed and all the spectra were replaced as mentioned before. All the recorded <sup>1</sup>H-experiments without saturation including the one removed are now available in the supplementary information (Figure S5).

      • The STTD NMR results with WT TRPM8 are consistent with rapamycin binding directly to the channel. Testing whether rapamycin binding observed with STTD NMR is disrupted by one of the most compelling mutations (D796A, D802A, G805A, or Q861A) would be a further test of this direct interaction.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion and agree that testing the most compelling mutants would be a promising next step. These mutations were generated in plasmid vectors and only transiently transfected into HEK cells. For NMR analysis we would need a high amount of cells stably overexpressing the mutant channels which were not available for experimentation.

      • Given that this is not a methods paper, it is probably outside the scope to further validate the STTD NMR measurements by performing parallel ITC, SPR, MST, or radiolabeled ligand experiments. Nevertheless, I would be excited to see such a comparison since STTD NMR appears to have promise as an experimental technique for assessing ligand binding to membrane proteins that does not require large amounts of purified protein or radioactive isotopes.

      We agree with the reviewer that additional independent biophysical measurements on the interactions are necessary to further validate the STTD methodology. This paper is a preliminary demonstration of the STTD concept and our group is currently working on the challenges of on-cell NMR (e.g., sample and spectral complexity) and the standardization of the proposed workflow.     

      (2) Please clarify the methods used to model of rapamycin binding. Docking can be imprecise in TRP channels, even with a sophisticated docking scheme (Hughes et al., 2019, doi: https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.49572.001).  

      Thank you for mentioning this point and providing the reference. We have further clarified our methods and included the reference in our discussion, indicating the limitations of our approach.

      • As a positive control, does the docking strategy accurately predict binding of known compounds (menthol, icilin, etc.) to TRPM8 consistent with cryo-EM structures?  

      Yes, the binding site for menthol, based on a similar docking strategy as for rapamycin, is also presented, and matches with predictions from other publications. This is now clarified in the revised manuscript.

      • Why was homology modeling to the human sequence used with the mouse structure but not the avian structure?  

      At this onset of the project, only the avian structure was available, and it was used in the primary docking. Later, to get more precise docking relevant for human TRPM8 pharmacology, we did revert to the then available structure of the mouse ortholog.  

      • How many rapamycin structural clusters were built, and how many structures were there in each cluster? How many were used? "most populated" is unspecific.  

      Thank you for your comment. We have added the following highlighted information to the methods section to address your comment:

      “Representative conformations of rapamycin were identified by clustering of the 1000-membered pools, having the macrocycle backbone atoms compared with 1.0 Å RMSD cut-off. Middle structures of the ten most populated clusters, accounting for more than 90% of the total conformational ensemble generated by simulated annealing, were used for further docking studies. To refine initial docking results and to identify plausible binding sites, the above selected rapamycin structures were docked again, following the same protocol as above, except for the grid spacing which was set to 0.375 Å in the second pass. The resultant rapamycin-TRPM8 complexes were, again, clustered and ranked according to the corresponding binding free energies. Selected binding poses were subjected to further refinement. The three most populated and plausible binding poses were further refined by a third pass of docking, where amino acid side chains of TRPM8, identified in the previous pass to be in close contact with rapamycin (< 4 Å), were kept flexible. Grid volumes were reduced to these putative binding sites including all flexible amino acid side chains (21.0-26.2 Å x 26.2-31.5 Å x 24.8-29.2 Å).”

      However, it is important to clarify that the clusters are not built and their number is not specified by the user. The number of clusters found depends on how similar the structures are in the structural ensemble analyzed by clustering. A high number of clusters indicates a diverse, whereas a low number suggests a uniform structural ensemble. Furthermore, it is arbitrarily controlled by the similarity cutoff specified by the user. If the cutoff is selected well, then the number of structures is different in each cluster. There are some highly populated clusters and a few which only have one structure. The selection of how many cluster representatives are used is usually based on the decision of whether or not the sum of the population of selected clusters sufficiently covers the mapped conformational space.

      • Additionally, the rapamycin poses were generated using a continuum solvent model that is unlikely to replicate the conditions existing in the lipid bilayer or in a lipid-exposed binding pocket as is predicted here. It is therefore possible that the rapamycin poses chosen for docking do not represent the physiological rapamycin binding pose, hampering the ability of the docking algorithm to find an appropriate docking pocket.  

      • Furthermore, accurately docking that may bind to membrane-exposed pockets is a challenging problem, particularly because many scoring algorithms, including those employed by Autodock, do not distinguish between solvent-exposed and membrane-exposed faces of the protein. This affects the predicted binding energies.  

      We appreciate the reviewer's insightful comments. We add a note in discussion part, mentioning these important limitations.  

      • In Figure 4, it appears that the proposed rapamycin binding pocket is located at the interface between two subunits, but only one is shown. Is there any contact with residues in the neighboring subunit? Based on Figure S4, I assume not, but am unsure.

      Based on the estimated distances, we do not think that there are any relevant interactions with residues from neighboring subunits. This is now indicated in the results section.

      • Consider uploading the rapamycin-docked model to a public repository such as Zenodo for readers to examine and manipulate themselves  

      As suggested, the model will be uploaded in a public repository. A link to the file on Zenodo is now included.

      (3) Please discuss the spatial location of the proposed rapamycin binding pocket relative to the vanilloid binding pocket in TRPV1.

      • The mutagenesis indicates that D745, D802, G805, and Q861 are most important for rapamycin sensitivity in TRPM8. Interestingly, the proposed rapamycin binding pocket appears to overlap spatially with the vanilloid binding pocket in TRPV1. Consistent with this, Q861 aligns with E570 in TRPV1, which is a critical residue for resiniferatoxin sensitivity. Indeed, similar to Q861's modeled proximity to the cyclohexyl ring, the hydroxyl group of the vanillyl moity of capsaicin (4DY in 7LR0, for example) is in proximity to E750 in TRPV1. Additionally, searching PubChem by structural similarity suggests that vanillyl head group of the TRP channel modulators capsaicin and eugenol are similar structurally to the trans-2Methoxycyclohexan-1-ol ring. Without overlaying the two structures myself, it is difficult to say more than that, but I encourage the authors to comment on any similarities and differences they observe.

      • If the proposed rapamycin pocket is indeed similar to the location of the vanilloid binding site, the authors may wish to discuss other TRPM channel structures that show ligands and lipids bound to this pocket because this provides evidence that this pocket influences TRPM channel function. For example, how does the proposed rapamycin binding pocket compare to TRPM8 bound to agonist AITC (PDBID 8e4l), TRPM5 bound to inhibitor NDNA (7mbv), and TRPM2 bound to phosphatidylcholine (6co7)?

      • Other TRP channel structures with ligands or lipids modeled in this region include TRPV1 bound to resiniferatoxin, capsaicin, or phosphatidylinositol (7l2j, 7l24, 7l2s, 7l2t, 7l2u, 7lp9, 7lpc, 7lqy, 7mz6, 7mz9, 7mza); TRPV3 bound to phosphatidylcholine (7mij, 7mik, 7mim, 7min, 7ugg); TRPV5 bound to econazole (6b5v) or ZINC9155 (6pbf); TRPV6 bound to piperazine (7d2k, 7k4b, 7k4c, 7k4d, 7k4e, 7k4f) or cholesterol hemisuccinate (7s8c); TRPC6 bound to BTDM (7dxf) or phosphatidylcholine (6uza); and TRP1 bound to PIP2 (6pw5).

      We thank the reviewer for these valuable insights. We have included some additional discussion highlighting the similarities between the proposed rapamycin binding site and some of the other ligandchannel interactions in the TRP superfamily, in particular the well-known vanilloid binding site in TRPV1. However, to keep the discussion focused, we have not fully discussed all the indicated interactions, to best serve the clarity and scope of the manuscript.  

      (4) I would like to see negative control calcium imaging and electrophysiology data with untransfected HEK cells to confirm that the observed activation is mediated by TRPM8 to parallel the TRPM8 KO sensory neuron experiments.  

      This important information is now included in the revised manuscript (Figure S2).

      (5) The DM-nitrophen Ca uncaging experiments are an interesting method to test Ca sensitivity of rapamycin, but the results make these experiments more complex to interpret. Ca has been shown to be an obligate cofactor for icilin sensitivity in TRPM8 under conditions where both the internal and external Ca concentrations are tightly controlled (Kuhn et al., 2009, doi: https://doi.org/10.1074/jbc.M806651200), which is necessary because TRPM8 allows Ca permeation through the pore when open. The large icilin-evoked currents in Figure 5A and 5B indicate that the effective intracellular calcium concentration is not zero prior to calcium uncaging, which may be high enough to mask any Ca-dependence of rapamycin that occurs at low Ca concentrations. Given this ambiguity, the inside-out patch clamp configuration would provide more control over the internal and external Ca concentration than is achieved in the Ca uncaging experiments. Because the authors have already demonstrated their ability to perform such experiments (Figure 2 panel B), it would be nice to see tests of Ca dependence using inside-out patch clamp.

      As was already shown in Figure 2, Rapamycin activates TRPM8 in inside-out patches, and these experiments were performed using calcium-free cytosolic and extracellular solutions. Note that earlier studies have already shown that icilin activates outward TRPM8 currents in the full absence of calcium: see e.g. Janssens et al. eLife, 2016. Chuang et al. 2004. In the case of Icilin, increased calcium further potentiates the current, which is more prominent for the inward current.

      In the Ca uncaging experiments, considering the Kd of DM-nitrophen of 5 nM, we expect that the intracellular calcium concentration before the UV flash would be approximately 15 nM. Taken together, both the inside-out experiments and the flash uncaging experiments confirm that rapamycin responses are not directly regulated by intracellular calcium, contrary to icilin.

      (6) Sequence conservation within TRPM channels could be used in combination with the binding pocket model and mutagenesis to predict rapamycin selectivity for TRPM8 over other TRPMs. For example, some important residues, specifically G805 and Q861, are not conserved in TRPM3, which agrees with the lack of rapamycin sensitivity observed in TRPM3 (Figure S1). Further sequence comparison would provide testable hypotheses for future exploration of rapamycin sensitivity in other TRPMs that could validate the proposed binding pocket.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We now indicate in the discussion that only some of the key residues are conserved and make suggestions for future studies.  

      (7) Please unify the color scheme across the figures to improve clarity.

      • The authors frequently use the colors blue, red, and green to represent menthol and rapamycin in the figures, but they are inconsistent in which one represents menthol and which represents rapamycin. It would be clearer for the audience if, for example, rapamycin is always represented with red and menthol is always represented with blue.  

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have made the coloring schemes more uniform.

      • In Figure 1, panel E, the coloring for Menthol and Pregnenolone Sulfate changes between the TRPM8+/+ and TRPM8-/- panels.  

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have updated the coloring schemes to ensure consistency between the TRPM8+/+ and TRPM8-/- panels.

      • Figure 3 B and E, perhaps color the plot background as a 3-color gradient (blue to white to red) rather than yellow and aqua. Center the white at the WT ratio, keeping the dashed line, with diverging gradients to, for example, blue for mutations that selectively affect menthol sensitivity and red for rapamycin.

      Thank you for the suggestion – we have changed the figure accordingly.  

      • Figure 4 panels A and B use the same color (green) to show two different things (menthol molecule and mutated residues that affect rapamycin sensitivity). It would be clearer for readers to change these colors to agree with a unified color scheme such that, for example, the menthol molecule is colored blue and the rapamycin-neighboring residues are colored red.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have updated the figure to use a unified color scheme, with the menthol molecule now colored green and the rapamycin-neighboring residues colored cyan, to enhance clarity for readers.

      • I recommend adding a figure or panel that shows side chains for all mutations, colored by menthol/rapamycin selectivity, as indicated by the functional data in Figure 3B and 3E. This will highlight spatial patterns of the selective residues that are discussed in the text.

      Thank you for your suggestion, we added all the side residues in Figure S10.

      Minor points

      (1) It would be nice to have one more concentration data point in the middle of the dose response curve shown in Figure 1 panel B. The response is not saturating at the top or foot of the curve in Figure 1 panel D, precluding a confident fit to a two-state Boltzmann function.

      Instead of adding a single data point to this figure, we performed independent measurements on a plate reader system, comparing concentration responses at room temperature and 37 degrees. These data are now included as Figure S1.   

      (2) The cartoon in Figure 2 panel B should be made more accurate. For example, only the transmembrane helices should be depicted embedded in the membrane, not the whole protein including the intracellular domain. Because the experiment was performed with cells, change the orientation of TRPM8 in the cartoon to show the intracellular domain of the protein facing away from the extracellular side of the membrane where the rapamycin is applied.

      Thank you for this comment. We have corrected the cartoon accordingly

      (3) Perhaps put the yellow circles under or around the carbon atoms to which the identified hydrogen atoms belong in Figure 2 panel E and Figure 4 panel C. I found it difficult to visualize and compare the STTD NMR results with the predicted binding pocket.

      Thank you for the feedback. We have added yellow circles around the carbon atoms corresponding to the identified hydrogen atoms in Figure S9.  

      (4) Regarding the sentence on p. 12 beginning "In agreement with this notion..."

      • Include icilin, Cooling Agent-10, and WS-3 as other cooling agents whose sensitivity has been modulated by mutation of Y745

      • Cryosim-3 responses were not tested in either of the two papers cited; please add citation to Yin et al., 2022, doi: https://doi.org/10.1126/science.add1268 .

      • Other relevant papers include:

      – Malkia et al., 2009, doi: https://doi.org/10.1186/1744-8069-5-62 which includes molecular docking showing the hydroxyl group of menthol interacting with Y745

      – Beccari et al., 2017, doi: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-017-11194-0 Figure 5 shows disruption of icilin and Cooling Agent-10 sensitivity by Y745A

      – Palchevskyi et al., 2023, doi: https://doi.org/10.1038/s42003-023-05425-6 Figure 3 shows disruption of icilin, cooling agent-10, WS-3, and menthol sensitivity by Y745A o Plaza-Cayon et al., 2022, https://doi.org/10.1002%2Fmed.21920 Review of TRPM8 mutations

      • typo: Y754H should be Y745H

      Thank you for these suggestions. We have added the above references to the text and corrected the typo.

      (5) The authors use the competitive action of everolimus on rapamycin activation as evidence that the different macrolides are binding to the same binding pocket. In addition, prior work showed that Y745H and N799A mutations (which render TRPM8 insensitive to menthol and icilin, respectively) do not affect TRPM8 sensitivity to the structurally-related compound tacrolimus (Arcas et al., 2019). This is consistent with the docking and mutagenesis results presented here.

      Thank you for this valuable suggestion. We discuss these data in the revised version.

      (6) Rapamycin sensitivity has also been observed in TRPML1 (Zhang et al. 2019, doi: https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pbio.3000252).

      We added a short reference to this interesting finding in the discussion.

      (7) The whole-cell currents are very large in several of the electrophysiology experiments (for example Figure 3 panel D and Figure S1), which could lead to artifacts of voltage errors as well as ion accumulation/depletion. However, because this paper is not relying on reversal potential measurements or trying to quantify V1/2, these errors are unlikely to affect the qualitative conclusions drawn.

      This is a fair point, but indeed unlikely to affect our main conclusions. Note that we compensated between 70 and 90% of the series resistance, so we don’t expect voltage errors exceeding ~10 mV.

      (8) Ligand sensitivity is frequently species-dependent in TRP channels, so it is interesting that multiple species were used here and that both human and mouse isoforms exhibit rapamycin sensitivity. It should be emphasized that human TRPM8 was used in the calcium imaging and electrophysiology experiments, as well as some docking models, while the mouse isoform was used in the sensory neuron experiments and a mutated avian isoform was used for some docking models.

      This information is available in the Methods and we believe it is clear for the readers.

      (9) Perhaps discuss the unclear mechanism of G805A action in icilin (but not menthol, cold, or praziquantel) sensitivity because it is not in direct contact with the ligand. For example, Yin et al., 2019 propose flexibility allowing Ca binding site and larger binding site for icilin.

      Yin et al. (2019) suggests that the G805A mutation impacts icilin sensitivity by influencing the flexibility of the binding site and possibly affecting calcium binding. In our study, we found that G805A significantly reduces rapamycin sensitivity, likely due to its direct role in the rapamycin binding pocket rather than affecting calcium binding. This is now briefly mentioned in the results section.

      (10) The Figure S1 legend indicates that n=5 for all panels, so please show normalized population IV curves rather than individual examples. Additionally, it would be interesting to see what happens when each agonist is co-applied with rapamycin. Does rapamycin potentiate or inhibit agonist activation in these channels and/or TRPM8?

      We believe that normalized population IVs are not ideal for representing whole-cell currents, considering the substantial variation in current densities. We therefore prefer to show example traces in Figure S3 of the revised version but include mean values of current densities for all tested cells in the text.

      While the effects of co-application of rapamycin with activating ligands could be of interest, we consider this somewhat outside the scope of the present manuscript. The combination of HEK293 cell experiments, along with results obtained in WT and TRPM8-deficient mice does, in our opinion, sufficiently describe the selectivity of rapamycin towards TRPM8 compared to other sensory TRP channels.

      (11) Figure S1 panel A does not contain units for Rapamycin or AITC concentrations.

      Thank you for pointing this out. The units were added to the figure.  

      (12) It would be nice if the authors characterized the different mutations as predicted to contribute to site 1 (D796, H845, Q861, based on Figure S4), site 2 (D796, M801, F847, and R851), and/or site 3 (F847, V849, and R851).

      The indicated mutants were all tested, as shown in Figure 3.

      (13) The numbering scheme in Figure S4 does not appear to match the residue numbers in the rest of the paper for certain residues (HIS-844 rather than H845, PHE-846 rather than F847, VAL-848 rather than V849, ARG-850 rather than R851, and GLN-860 rather than Q861), and labels are often overlapping and difficult to see. I also find the transparent spheres very difficult to distinguish from the transparent background, which makes it difficult to appreciate the STTD NMR data overlay.

      We apologize for the confusing numbering scheme. The lower numbers refer to the initial docking that was done using the avian TRPM8 ortholog. We have made a newer, clearer version of Figure S4 and inserted as Figure S9.  

      (14) Please superpose the Ligplots in Figure S5 panels E and F as described in the LigPlus manual (https://www.ebi.ac.uk/thornton-srv/software/LigPlus/manual/manual.html) to facilitate easier comparison.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We followed the suggestion to superpose the Ligplots as described but found that the result was visually cluttered and difficult to interpret. To avoid confusion, we instead decided to remove panels E and F from Figure S5, as we believe that the visualization in panels A-D is clear and informative.

      (15) Some n values are missing in figure legends.

      We checked all legends, and added n numbers were missing.

      (16) There is an inconsistent specification of error bars as SEM in the figure legends, though it is specified in methods.

      A question for my own edification: Here, you have looked at ligand interactions with the protein by saturating the protein resonances and observing transfer to the ligand. Would it be possible to instead saturate lipid or solute resonances and observe transfer to a ligand? I am curious whether this would be one way to measure equilibrium partitioning of ligand into a membrane and/or determine the effective concentration of a ligand in the membrane. Additionally, could one determine whether the compound is fully partitioned into the center of the membrane or just sitting on the surface?

      The reviewer highlights an interesting aspect. The widely used WaterLOGSY NMR experiment (doi: 10.1023/a:1013302231549) saturates water molecules then the magnetization is transferred to the ligand of interest. Characteristic changes in ligand resonances are observed in the case of a binding event with proteins. On the other hand, the selective saturation of lipids is -while theoretically possible –technically challenging mainly because of the inherent low signal-dispersion of lipids and peak overlapping with ligand resonances. Additionally, lipid systems are more dynamic compared to proteins and ligand-lipid interactions could be weaker and less specific, significantly affecting the sensitivity of STD experiments.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major:

      • Is it feasible to test rapamycin on TRPM8 with single-channel recording? This will allow us to better probe the mechanism of rapamycin activation and compare it with menthol, with parameters of singlechannel conductance and maximal open probability.

      In our experience, it is very difficult to obtain single-channel recordings from TRPM8. The channel expresses at high densities, typically leading to patches contain multiple channels, making a proper analysis of mean open and closed times very difficult. Therefore, we have decided not to include such measurements in the manuscript.

      • The authors classified rapamycin as a type I agonist, the type that stabilizes the open conformation, same as menthol but more prominent. Does that indicate that rapamycin work synergistically (rather than independently) with menthol, because co-application of them can allow them to add to each other in stabilizing the open conformation? I wonder if the authors agree that this could be tested with experiments as in Figure S3, by showing a much more prolonged deactivation with co-application of menthol and rapamycin than applying each alone.

      Thank you for the insightful suggestion. We conducted co-application experiments, and our results show that the deactivation time is indeed significantly prolonged when both compounds are applied together compared to each alone. In fact, very little deactivation is seen when both compounds are co-applied, which made it virtually impossible to perform reliable fits to the deactivation time course for the Menthol+Rapamycin condition. Instead, we have now included summary results showing the percentage of deactivation after 100 ms. We included these findings in FigureS8.  

      • It could be tested whether rapamycin activation of TRPM8 requires or overrides the requirement of PIP2 with inside-out patch by briefly exposing the patch to poly-lysine to sequester PIP2.

      This is certainly a good suggestion for further follow-up studies. However, we considered that examination of the (potential) interaction between ligands and PIP2 was outside the scope of the current manuscript.

      • Figure 1C suggests that the authors test rapamycin when there is a relatively high baseline TRPM8 activation (prior to rapamycin) activation. This raises the possibility that rapamycin is more a potentiator than an activator. I wonder if the following two experiments could address it: (1) perfuse rapamycin while holding at different membrane potentials, wash-off rapamycin in the solution and quickly (in a few seconds) test the activated current magnitude (before rapamycin dissociation), to compare whether a more depolarized membrane potential (high baseline open probability) allows rapamycin to potentiate more. (2) Perform the experiment at a higher temperature (low baseline open probability) and test whether rapamycin EC50 shifts to the right.

      Thank you for the thoughtful suggestion. Overall, we are not really in favor of making a distinction between a potentiator and an activator since it is not really feasible to create a situation where TRPM8 activity is zero. As suggested, we performed the dose response experiment at a higher temperature (37 °C) and observed that rapamycin’s EC<sub>50</sub> shifts to the right FigureS2. This is similar to what has been observed for menthol on TRPM8 and for many other ligands on other temperature-sensitive TRP channels.

      Minor:

      (1) The author should report hill coefficient together with EC50 when showing dose-responses.

      We have added Hill coefficients for all the fits.

      (2) In Figure 1 (E, F), it might be clearer to use Venn-diagram to show whether there is overlapping among rapamycin-, menthol-, and cinnamaldehyde-responsive neurons. According to the authors' explanation, we can predict that rapamycin-insensitive, menthol-sensitive neurons should predominantly be cinnamaldehyde-responsive.

      Thank you for your suggestion. In these experiments, we applied several agonists and the combination of them would result in a visually crowded Venn diagram difficult to interpret. However, we agree, with the reviewer’s suggestion, and discuss the percentage of the cinnamaldehyde+ neurons in the rapa- menthol+ population in Trpm8<sup>-/-</sup> neurons.

      (3) In Figure 3(C), since F847 does not respond to either menthol or rapamycin, it should be excluded from (B). Otherwise it is misleading.

      Thank you for pointing this out. To clarify, we have included a calcium imaging trace for the F847 mutant, demonstrating a clear response to rapamycin in FigureS9. This additional data highlights that F847 does respond to rapamycin, albeit with a more modest response amplitude. This is now also clarified in the results section.  

      (4) The word "potency" in pharmacology usually refers to a smaller EC50 number in dose-dependent experiments. In "Effect of rapamycin analogs on TRPM8" session, the authors use "potency" to refer to response to a single-dose experiment of different compounds. The experiment does not measure potency.

      Thank you for pointing out this mistake. We have corrected the text and replaced “potency” with “efficacy”.

      (5)  "2-methoxyl-" is misspelled in the text body.

      We have corrected the typo.

      (6) It will be nice to include "vehicle" in Figure 6B, or alternatively normalize all individual traces to vehicle. In Figure 6C and D, everolimus has almost no effect with compared to vehicle, and should not be shown as if it had ~8% in Figure 6B.

      We have added the vehicle values to Figure 6B from the same experiments.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The NMR method presented here as novel and employed to identify a proposed molecule bound to a membrane protein (TRPM8 in this case) is not well explained and presented. Since several spectra need to be subtracted, the authors should present the raw data and the results of the subtractions step by step. Also, it seems that the height of the peaks in each spectra will be highly variable and thus a reliable criterion employed to scale spectra before subtraction. None of these problems are discussed of described.

      The reviewer is right, that the data transparency should be improved and due to the high molecular complexity of the samples the size of the STD effects should be carefully scaled. We carried out additional experimental replicas on new samples and addressed the inherent sample/peak height variability by rescaling the STD effects based on reference <sup>1</sup>H measurements. We provided supplementary spectra of the reference experiments without saturation (Figure S5) and the computed STTD spectra from three parallel NMR sessions (Figure S6). We changed panel C of Figure 2 in the main text and provided all the STD and the computed STDD and STTD spectra recorded on one set of NMR experiments. We added the following paragraph to the main text: “To address the effect of the inherent variability of cellular samples on peak heights, STD effects were normalized based on the comparison of independent <sup>1</sup>H experiments (Figure S5). Three STTD replicates were computed, unambiguously confirming direct binding to TRPM8 in two datasets (Figure S6 A,B)”.

      Importantly since this signal subtraction method is proposed as a new development, control experiments employing well-established pairs of ligand and membrane protein receptor should be performed to demonstrate the reliability of the method.

      We agree with the reviewer, that the STTD experiment as a new development needs further validation, however, this paper is a preliminary demonstration of a new strategy building on the well-established STD and STDD NMR methodologies. Our group is actively engaged in studying additional biological samples to enhance our understanding of the applicability of STTD NMR. These efforts also aim to address challenges such as sample and spectral complexity by refining and standardizing the proposed workflow.

      (2) The tail currents shown in supplementary figure 3 are clearly not monoexponential. The fit to a single exponential can be seen to be inadequate and thus the comparison of kinetics of control, rapamycin and menthol is incorrect. At least two exponentials should be fitted and their values compared.

      We agree that the decay in the (combined) presence of agonists deviates from a simple monoexponential behavior. While we agree that fitting with two (or more) exponentials would provide a better fit, this also comes with greater variations/uncertainties in the fit parameters. This is particularly the case when inactivation is very slow and incomplete, or when the difference between slow and fast exponential time constants is <5, as seen with rapamycin and rapamycin +menthol. Therefore, we decided to provide monoexponential time constants as a proxy to describe the clear slowing down of activation and deactivation time courses in the presence of Type I agonists.   

      Also related to this aspect, recordings of TRPM8 currents can not be leak subtracted with a p/n protocol, thus a large fraction of the initial tail current must be the capacitive transient. There is no indication in the methods of how was this dealt with for the fitting of tail currents.

      As explained in the methods, capacitive transients and series resistance were maximally compensated. Therefore, we do not agree that a large fraction of the initial tail current must be capacitive. This can also be clearly seen in experiment such as Figure 1C, where the inward tail current is fully abolished in the presence of a TRPM8 antagonist. Likewise, very small and rapidly inactivating tail currents can be seen during voltage steps under control conditions (e.g. Figure S7  and S8 in the revised version).  

      (3) The docking procedure employed, as the authors show, is not appropriate for membrane proteins since it does not include a lipid membrane. It is not clear in the methods section if the MD minimization described applies only to the rapamycin molecule or to rapamycin bound to TRPM8.  

      It is also not clear if the important residue Q861 (and other residues that are identified as interacting with rapamycin) were identified from dockings or proposed based on other evidence.

      (4) Identifying amino acid residues that diminish the response to a ligand, does not uniquely imply that they form a binding site or even interact with said ligand. It is entirely possible that they can be involved in the allosteric networks involved in the activating conformational change. This caveat should be clearly posited by the authors when discussing their results.

      In our study, we identified several residues that significantly reduce the response to rapamycin when mutated, while retaining robust responses to menthol, which indicates that these mutations do not affect crucial conformational changes leading to channel gating. While our cumulative data suggest that these residues may be involved in direct interaction with rapamycin, we recognize the alternative possibility that they allosterically affect rapamycin-induced channel gating. This is now clearly stated in the first paragraph of the discussion.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This is an interesting and timely computational study using molecular dynamics simulation as well as quantum mechanical calculation to address why tyrosine (Y), as part of an intrinsically disordered protein (IDP) sequence, has been observed experimentally to be stronger than phenylalanine (F) as a promoter for biomolecular phase separation. Notably, the authors identified the aqueous nature of the condensate environment and the corresponding dielectric and hydrogen bonding effects as a key to understanding the experimentally observed difference. This principle is illustrated by the difference in computed transfer free energy of Y- and F-containing pentapeptides into a solvent with various degrees of polarity. The elucidation offered by this work is important. The computation appears to be carefully executed, the results are valuable, and the discussion is generally insightful. However, there is room for improvement in some parts of the presentation in terms of accuracy and clarity, including, e.g., the logic of the narrative should be clarified with additional information (and possibly additional computation), and the current effort should be better placed in the context of prior relevant theoretical and experimental works on cation-π interactions in biomolecules and dielectric properties of biomolecular condensates. Accordingly, this manuscript should be revised to address the following, with added discussion as well as inclusion of references mentioned below.

      (1) Page 2, line 61: "Coarse-grained simulation models have failed to account for the greater propensity of arginine to promote phase separation in Ddx4 variants with Arg to Lys mutations (Das et al., 2020)". As it stands, this statement is not accurate, because the cited reference to Das et al. showed that although some coarse-grained models, namely the HPS model of Dignon et al., 2018 PLoS Comput did not capture the Arg to Lys trend, the KH model described in the same Dignon et al. paper was demonstrated by Das et al. (2020) to be capable of mimicking the greater propensity of Arg to promote phase separation than Lys. Accordingly, a possible minimal change that would correct the inaccuracy of this statement in the manuscript would be to add the word "Some" in front of "coarse-grained simulation models ...", i.e., it should read "Some coarse-grained simulation models have failed ...". In fact, a subsequent work [Wessén et al., J Phys Chem B 126: 9222-9245 (2022)] that applied the Mpipi interaction parameters (Joseph et al., 2021, already cited in the manuscript) showed that Mpipi is capable of capturing the rank ordering of phase separation propensity of Ddx4 variants, including a charge scrambled variant as well as both the Arg to Lys and the Phe to Ala variants (see Figure 11a of the above-cited Wessén et al. 2022 reference). The authors may wish to qualify their statements in the introduction to take note of these prior results. For example, they may consider adding a note immediately after the next sentence in the manuscript "However, by replacing the hydrophobicity scales ... (Das et al., 2020)" to refer to these subsequent findings in 2021-2022.

      (2) Page 8, lines 285-290 (as well as the preceding discussion under the same subheading & Figure 4): "These findings suggest that ... is not primarily driven by differences in protein-protein interaction patterns ..." The authors' logic in terms of physical explanation is somewhat problematic here. In this regard, "Protein-protein interaction patterns" appear to be a straw man, so to speak. Indeed, who (reference?) has argued that the difference in the capability of Y and F in promoting phase separation should be reflected in the pairwise amino acid interaction pattern in a condensate that contains either only Y (and G, S) and only F (and G, S) but not both Y and F? Also, this paragraph in the manuscript seems to suggest that the authors' observation of similar contact patterns in the GSY and GSF condensates is "counterintuitive" given the difference in Y-Y and F-F potentials of mean force (Joseph et al., 2021); but there is nothing particularly counterintuitive about that. The two sets of observations are not mutually exclusive. For instance, consider two different homopolymers, one with a significantly stronger monomer-monomer attraction than the other. The condensates for the two different homopolymers will have essentially the same contact pattern but very different stabilities (different critical temperatures), and there is nothing surprising about it. In other words, phase separation propensity is not "driven" by contact pattern in general, it's driven by interaction (free) energy. The relevant issue here is total interaction energy or the critical point of the phase separation. If it is computationally feasible, the authors should attempt to determine the critical temperatures for the GSY condensate versus the GSF condensate to verify that the GSY condensate has a higher critical temperature than the GSF condensate. That would be the most relevant piece of information for the question at hand.

      (3) Page 9, lines 315-316: "...Our ε [relative permittivity] values ... are surprisingly close to that derived from experiment on Ddx4 condensates (45{plus minus}13) (Nott et al., 2015)". For accuracy, it should be noted here that the relative permittivity provided in the supplementary information of Nott et al. was not a direct experimental measurement but based on a fit using Flory-Huggins (FH), but FH is not the most appropriate theory for a polymer with long-spatial-range Coulomb interactions. To this reviewer's knowledge, no direct measurement of relative permittivity in biomolecular condensates has been made to date. Explicit-water simulation suggests that the relative permittivity of Ddx4 condensate with protein volume fraction ≈ 0.4 can have a relative permittivity ≈ 35-50 (Das et al., PNAS 2020, Fig.7A), which happens to agree with the ε = 45{plus minus}13 estimate. This information should be useful to include in the authors' manuscript.

      (4) As for the dielectric environment within biomolecular condensates, coarse-grained simulation has suggested that whereas condensates formed by essentially electric neutral polymers (as in the authors' model systems) have relative permittivities intermediate between that of bulk water and that of pure protein (ε = 2-4, or at most 15), condensates formed by highly charged polymers can have relative permittivity higher than that of bulk water [Wessén et al., J Phys Chem B 125:4337-4358 (2021), Fig.14 of this reference]. In view of the role of aromatic residues (mainly Y and F) in the phase separation of IDPs such as A1-LCD and LAF-1 that contain positively and negatively charged residues (Martin et al., 2020; Schuster et al., 2020, already cited in the manuscript), it should be useful to address briefly how the relationship between the relative phase-separation promotion strength of Y vs F and dielectric environment of the condensate may or may not be change with higher relative permittivities.

      (5) The authors applied the dipole moment fluctuation formula (Eq.2 in the manuscript) to calculate relative permittivity in their model condensates. Does this formula apply only to an isotropic environment? The authors' model condensates were obtained from a "slab" approach (page 4 and thus the simulation box has a rectangular geometry. Did the authors apply Equation 2 to the entire simulation box or only to the central part of the box with the condensate (see, e.g., Figure 3C in the manuscript). If the latter is the case, is it necessary to use a different dipole moment formula that distinguishes between the "parallel" and "perpendicular" components of the dipole moment (see, e.g., Equation 16 in the above-cited Wessén et al. 2021 paper). A brief added comment will be useful.

      (6) With regard to the general role of Y and F in the phase separation of biomolecules containing positively charged Arg and Lys residues, the relative strength of cation-π interactions (cation-Y vs cation-F) should be addressed (in view of the generality implied by the title of the manuscript), or at least discussed briefly in the authors' manuscript if a detailed study is beyond the scope of their current effort. It has long been known that in the biomolecular context, cation-Y is slightly stronger than cation-F, whereas cation-tryptophan (W) is significantly stronger than either cation-Y and cation-F [Wu & McMahon, JACS 130:12554-12555 (2008)]. Experimental data from a study of EWS (Ewing sarcoma) transactivation domains indicated that Y is a slightly stronger promoter than F for transcription, whereas W is significantly stronger than either Y or F [Song et al., PLoS Comput Biol 9:e1003239 (2013)]. In view of the subsequent general recognition that "transcription factors activate genes through the phase-separation capacity of their activation domain" [Boija et al., Cell 175:1842-1855.e16 (2018)] which is applicable to EWS in particular [Johnson et al., JACS 146:8071-8085 (2024)], the experimental data in Song et al. 2013 (see Figure 3A of this reference) suggests that cation-Y interactions are stronger than cation-F interactions in promoting phase separation, thus generalizing the authors' observations (which focus primarily on Y-Y, Y-F and F-F interactions) to most situations in which cation-Y and cation-F interactions are relevant to biomolecular condensation.

      (7) Page 9: The observation of weaker effective F-F (and a few other nonpolar-nonpolar) interactions in a largely aqueous environment (as in an IDP condensate) than in a nonpolar environment (as in the core of a folded protein) is intimately related to (and expected from) the long-recognized distinction between "bulk" and "pair" as well as size dependence of hydrophobic effects that have been addressed in the context of protein folding [Wood & Thompson, PNAS 87:8921-8927 (1990); Shimizu & Chan, JACS 123:2083-2084 (2001); Proteins 49:560-566 (2002)]. It will be useful to add a brief pointer in the current manuscript to this body of relevant resources in protein science.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer 1 (Public Review):

      • While the title is fair with respect to the data shown, in the summary and the rest of the paper, the comparison between anesthetized and awake conditions is systematically stated, while more caution should be used.

      First, isoflurane is one of the (many) anesthetics commonly used in pre-clinical research, and its effect on the brain vasculature cannot be generalized to all the anesthetics. Indeed, other anesthesia approaches do not produce evident vasodilation; see ketamine + medetomidine mixtures. Second, the imaged awake state is head-fixed and body-constrained in mice. A condition that can generate substantial stress in the animals. In this study, there is no evaluation of the stress level of the mice. In addition, the awake imaging sessions were performed a few minutes after the mouse woke up from isoflurane induction, which is necessary to inject the MB bolus. It is known that the vasodilator effects of isoflurane last a long time after its withdrawal. This aspect would have influenced the results, eventually underestimating the difference with respect to the awake state.

      These limitations should be clearly described in the Discussion.

      Looking at Figure 2e, it takes more than 5' to reach the 5 Millions MB count useful for good imaging. However, the MB count per pixel drops to a few % at that time. This information tells me that (i) repeated measurements are feasible but with limited brain coverage since a single 'wake up' is needed to acquire a single brain section and (ii) this approach cannot fit the requirements of functional ULM that requires to merge the responses to multiple stimuli to get a complete functional image. Of course, a chronic i.v. catheter would fix the issue, but this configuration is not trivial to test in the experimental setup proposed by the authors, hindering the extension of the approach to fULM.

      Thank you for highlighting these limitations, as they address aspects that were not fully considered during the experimental design and manuscript writing. In response, we have added the following paragraphs to the discussion section, addressing these limitations of our study:

      (Line 310) “Although isoflurane is widely used in ultrasound imaging because it provides long-lasting and stable anesthetic effects, it is important to note that the vasodilation observed with isoflurane is not representative of all anesthetics. Some anesthesia protocols, such as ketamine combined with medetomidine, do not produce significant vasodilation and are therefore preferred in experiments where vascular stability is essential, such as functional ultrasound imaging(47). Therefore, in future studies, it would be valuable to design more rigorous control experiments with larger sample sizes to systematically compare the effects of isoflurane anesthesia, awake states, and other anesthetics that do not induce vasodilation on cerebral blood flow.

      Our proposed method enabled repeatable longitudinal brain imaging over a three-week period, addressing a key limitation of conventional ULM imaging and offering potential for various preclinical applications. However, there are still some limitations in this study. 

      One of the limitations is the lack of objective measures to assess the effectiveness of head-fix habituation in reducing anxiety. This may introduce variability in stress levels among mice. Recent studies suggest that tracking physiological parameters such as heart rate, respiratory rate, and corticosterone levels during habituation can confirm that mice reach a low stress state prior to imaging(48). This approach would be highly beneficial for future awake imaging studies. Furthermore, alternative head-fixation setups, such as air-floated balls or treadmills, which allow the free movement of limbs, have been shown to reduce anxiety and facilitate natural behaviors during imaging(30). Adopting these approaches in future studies could enhance the reliability of awake imaging data by minimizing stress-related confounds.

      Another limitation of this study is the potential residual vasodilatory effect of isoflurane anesthesia on awake imaging sessions. The awake imaging sessions were conducted shortly after the mice had emerged from isoflurane anesthesia, required for the MB bolus injections. The lasting vasodilatory effects of isoflurane may have influenced vascular responses, potentially contributing to an underestimation of differences in vascular dynamics between anesthetized and awake state. Future applications of awake ULM in functional imaging using an indwelling jugular vein catheter presents a promising alternative to enable more accurate functional imaging in awake animals, addressing current limitations associated with anesthesia-induced vascular effects.”

      • Statistics are often poor or not properly described. 

      The legend and the text referring to Figure 2 do not report any indication of the number of animals analyzed. I assume it is only one, which makes the findings strongly dependent on the imaging quality of THAT mouse in THAT experiment. Three mice have been displayed in Figure 3, as reported in the text, but it is not clear whether it is a mouse for each shown brain section. Figure 5 reports quantitative data on blood vessels in awake VS isoflurane states but: no indication about the number of tested mice is provided, nor the number of measured blood vessels per type and if statistics have been done on mice or with a multivariate method.

      Also, a T-test is inappropriate when the goal is to compare different brain regions and blood vessel types.

      Similar issues partially apply to Figure 6, too.

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention. 

      We acknowledge that the statistical analyses were not clearly explained in the original version. In the revised manuscript, we have ensured that the statistical methods are clearly described. 

      (Fig.4 caption) “b,c, Comparisons of vessel diameter (b) and flow velocity (c) for the selected arterial and venous segments. Statistical analysis was conducted using t-test at each measurement point along the segments.”

      (Fig.6 caption) “b,c, Comparisons of vessel diameter (b) and flow velocity (c) for the selected arterial and venous segments. Statistical analysis was conducted using the two one-sided test (TOST) procedure, which evaluates the null hypothesis that the difference between the two weeks is larger than three times the standard deviation of one week.”

      Additionally, we corrected an error in the previous comparison of the violin plots on flow velocities, where a t-test was incorrectly applied; this has now been removed.

      We acknowledge that the original version did not clearly indicate the numbers of animals in the statistical analysis. In the revised manuscript, we have added Supplementary Figure 1 to specify the mice used, and we have labeled each mouse accordingly in the figures or captions. In the revised Figures 4 and 6, we have ensured that each quantitative analysis figure or its caption clearly indicate the specific mice.

      For original Figures 1 and 2, these are presented as case studies to illustrate the methodology. Since the anesthesia time required for tail vein injection for each animal varies slightly, it is challenging to have the consistent time taken for each mouse to recover from anesthesia across all mice. For instance, in Figure 1, the mouse took nearly 500 seconds to recover from anesthesia, but this duration is not consistent across all animals, which is a limitation of the bolus injection technique. We have noted this point in the discussion (discussion on the limitation of bolus injection), and we have also clarified in the results section and figure captions that these figures represent a case study of a single mouse rather than a standardized recovery time for all animals.

      We further clarified this point in the end of the Figure 2 caption:

      (Fig.2 caption) “This figure presents a case study based on the same mouse shown in Fig 1. The x-axis for d-f begins at 500 seconds because, at this point, the mouse’s pupil size stabilized, indicating it had recovered to an awake state. Consequently, ULM images were accumulated starting from this time. It is important to note that not every mouse requires 500 seconds to fully awaken; the time to reach a stable awake state varies across individual mice.” We added the following statement before introducing Figure 1e:

      (Line 93) “Due to differences in tail vein injection timing and anesthesia depth, the time required for each mouse to fully awaken varied. Although it was not feasible to get pupil size stabilized just after 500 seconds for each animal, ULM reconstruction only used the data that acquired after the animal reached full pupillary dilation, to ensure that ULM accurately captures the cerebrovascular characteristics in the awake state.”

      We added the following statement before introducing Figure 2d:

      (Line 139) “To further verify that the proposed MB bolus injection method can help to achieve ULM image saturation shortly after mice awaken from anesthesia, an analysis on the change in MB concentration over time was conducted once pupil size had stabilized (T = 500s).”

      For Figures 3, 4, and 5 (in the revised version, Figures 4 and 5 have been combined into a single Figure 4), the data represents results from three individual mice, with each coronal plane corresponding to a different mouse. In the revised version, we have added labels to indicate the specific mouse in each image to improve clarity. We also recognize that some analyses in the original submission (original Figure 5) may have lacked sufficient statistical power due to the small sample size. Therefore, in the revised version, we have focused only on findings that were consistently observed across the three mice to ensure robust conclusions.

      Reviewer 1 (Recommendations For the Authors):

      • If the study's main goal is to compare awake vs anesthetized ULM, the authors should test at least another anesthetic with no evident vasodilator effect.

      Thank you for this valuable suggestion. We would like to clarify that the primary aim of our study is not to comprehensively compare the effects of anesthesia versus the awake state, as a rigorous comparison would indeed require a more controlled experimental design, including additional anesthetics, a larger cohort of mice, and broader controls to ensure sufficient statistical power. We also add the following statement in the Discussion to clarify this point:

      (Line 314) “Therefore, in future studies, it would be valuable to design more rigorous control experiments with larger sample sizes to systematically compare the effects of isoflurane anesthesia, awake states, and other anesthetics that do not induce vasodilation on cerebral blood flow.”

      We acknowledge that the initial organization of Figures 3–5 placed excessive emphasis on comparisons between the awake and anesthetized states, but without yielding consistently significant findings. Meanwhile, our longitudinal observations in original Figure 6 were underrepresented, despite their potential importance.

      In the revised version, we shifted our focus toward the main goal of awake longitudinal imaging. By consolidating the previous Figures 4 and 5 into the new Figure 4, we emphasize conclusions that are both more consistent and broadly applicable, avoiding areas that may lack sufficient rigor or consensus. Additionally, we expanded the quantitative analysis related to longitudinal imaging, highlighting its role as the ultimate objective of this study. The awake vs. anesthetized ULM comparison was intended to demonstrate the value of awake imaging and introduce the importance of awake longitudinal imaging. In the revised text, we have reframed this comparison to emphasize the specific response to isoflurane rather than a general response to anesthesia. For example, in Figures 3 and 4, we have replaced the original term "Anesthetized" with "Isoflurane". We have also added a discussion noting that isoflurane may induces more vasodilation than other anesthetic agents.

      (Line 310) “Although isoflurane is widely used in ultrasound imaging because it provides long-lasting and stable anesthetic effects, it is important to note that the vasodilation observed with isoflurane is not representative of all anesthetics. Some anesthesia protocols, such as ketamine combined with medetomidine, do not produce significant vasodilation and are therefore preferred in experiments where vascular stability is essential, such as functional ultrasound imaging(47).”

      • The claims made about the proposed experimental protocol to be suitable for the "long-term" (line 255) are not supported by the data and should be modified according to the presented evidence.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. We agree that our current three-week experimental results do not yet fulfill the requirements for extended longitudinal imaging that may span several months. We have revised the relevant text accordingly. For instance, the phrase “Our proposed method enabled long-term, repeatable longitudinal brain imaging” has been modified to “Our proposed method enabled repeatable longitudinal brain imaging over a threeweek period.” (Similar changes also in Line 67, Line 318, and Line 337) Additionally, we have added the following paragraph in the discussion section to indicate that extending the monitoring period to several months is a meaningful direction for future exploration:

      (Line 337) “In our longitudinal study, consistent imaging results were obtained over a three-week period, demonstrating the feasibility of awake ULM imaging for this duration. However, for certain research applications, a monitoring period of several months would be valuable. Extending the duration of longitudinal awake ULM imaging to enable such long-term studies is a potential direction for future development.”

      Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation:

      • Reporting the number of mice and blood vessels and statistics for each quantitative figure.

      Thank you for highlighting this issue. We acknowledge that the quantitative figures in the previous version lacked clarity in specifying the number of mice, vessels, and associated statistics. In the revised version, we have ensured that each quantitative figure or its caption clearly indicate the specific mice, vessels, and statistical methods used. To further minimize any potential confusion, we have also added Supplementary Figure 1 to clearly label and reference each individual mouse included in the study.

      Minor corrections to the text and figures.

      • Line 22: "vascularity reduction from anesthesia" is not clear, nor it is a codified property of brain vasculature. Explain or rephrase.

      Thank you for your comment. We apologize for any confusion caused by the phrase “vascularity reduction from anesthesia” in the abstract. We agree that this phrasing was unclear without context. To improve clarity, we have revised this statement in the abstract to make it more straightforward and easier to understand. 

      (Line 24) “Vasodilation induced by isoflurane was observed by ULM. Upon recovery to the awake state, reductions in vessel density and flow velocity were observed across different brain regions.” 

      Additionally, we have added a section in the Methods titled Quantitative Analysis of ULM Images to provide a clear definition of vascularity. This section outlines how vascularity is quantified in our study, ensuring that our terminology is well-defined. 

      The following sentence shows the definition of vascularity:

      (Line 547) “Vascularity was defined as the proportion of the pixel count occupied by blood vessels within each ROI, obtained by binarizing the ULM vessel density maps and calculating the percentage of the pixels with MB signal.”

      We have also added an instant definition when it was firstly used in Results part:

      (Line 161) “When comparing vessel density maps, ULM images that are acquired in the awake state demonstrate a global reduction of vascularity, which refers to percentage of pixels that occupied by blood vessels.”

      • Line 76: putting the mice in a tube is also intended "To further reduce animal anxiety and minimize tissue motion" I agree with tissue motion, not with animal anxiety, which, indeed, I expect to be higher than if it could, for example, run on a ball or a treadmill.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We acknowledge the limitations of our setup regarding reducing animal anxiety. We have replaced the original phrase “to further reduce animal anxiety and minimize tissue motion” with “to further minimize tissue motion.” (Line 78) Additionally, we have added the following paragraph in Discussion section to address the limitations of our setup in reducing anxiety.

      (Line 321) “One of the limitations is the lack of objective measures to assess the effectiveness of head-fix habituation in reducing anxiety. This may introduce variability in stress levels among mice. Recent studies suggest that tracking physiological parameters such as heart rate, respiratory rate, and corticosterone levels during habituation can confirm that mice reach a low stress state prior to imaging(48). This approach would be highly beneficial for future awake imaging studies. Furthermore, alternative head-fixation setups, such as air-floated balls or treadmills, which allow the free movement of limbs, have been shown to reduce anxiety and facilitate natural behaviors during imaging(30). Adopting these approaches in future studies could enhance the reliability of awake imaging data by minimizing stress-related confounds.”

      • Line 79: PMP has been used by Sieu et al., Nat Methods, 2015; it should be acknowledged.

      Thank you for highlighting this. We have now included the reference to Sieu et al. Nat Methods, 2015 to appropriately acknowledge their use of PMP. (Line 81)

      • Figure: is there a reason why the plots start at 500 sec? What happened before that time?

      Thank you for your question regarding the starting time in the plots. Figures 1 and 2 are case studies using a single mouse to demonstrate the feasibility of our method. The “zero” timepoint was defined as the moment when anesthesia was stopped, and the microbubble injection began. However, the mouse does not fully recover immediately after anesthesia is stopped. As shown in Figure 1e, there is a period of approximately 500 seconds during which the pupil gradually dilates, indicating recovery. Only after this period does the mouse reach a relatively stable physiological state suitable for ULM imaging, which is why the plots in Figure 2 begin at T = 500 seconds.

      We recognize that this was not sufficiently explained in the main text and figure captions. In the revised manuscript, we have clarified this timing rationale in both the results section and the figure captions. We added the following sentence to the result section to introduce Fig.2d:

      (Line 139) “To further verify that the proposed MB bolus injection method can help to achieve ULM image saturation shortly after mice awaken from anesthesia, an analysis on the change in MB concentration over time was conducted once pupil size had stabilized (T = 500s).”

      We also added the following statement to note that this recover time varies across individual mice:

      (Line 154, Fig.2 caption) “This figure presents a case study based on the same mouse shown in Fig 1. The x-axis for d-f begins at 500 seconds because, at this point, the mouse’s pupil size stabilized, indicating it had recovered to an awake state. Consequently, ULM images were accumulated starting from this time. It is important to note that not every mouse requires 500 seconds to fully awaken; the time to reach a stable awake state varies across individual mice.”

      Reviewer 2 (Public Review):

      • The only major comment (calling for further work) I would like to make is the relative weakness of the manuscript regarding longitudinal imaging (mostly Figure 6), compared to the exhaustive review of the effect of isoflurane on the vasculature (3 rats, 3 imaging planes, quantification on a large number of vessels, in 9 different brain regions). The 6 cortical vessels evaluated in Figure 6 feel really disappointing. As longitudinal imaging is supposed to be the salient element of this manuscript (first word appearing in the title), it should be as good and trustworthy as the first part of the paper. Figure 6c. is of major importance, and should be supported by a more extensive vessel analysis, including various brain areas, and validated on several animals to validate the robustness of longitudinal positioning with several instances of the surgical procedure. Figure 6d estimates the reliability of flow measurements on 3 vessels only. Therefore I recommend showing something similar to what is done in Figures 4 and 5: 3 animals, and more extensive quantification in different brain regions.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this issue. We acknowledge that the first version of the manuscript lacked in-depth quantitative analysis in the section on the longitudinal study, which should have been a focal point. It also did not provide a sufficient number of animals to demonstrate the reproducibility of the technique. In this revised version, we have included results from more animals and conducted a more comprehensive quantitative analysis, with the corresponding text updated accordingly. Specifically, we combined the previous Figures 4 and 5 into the current Figure 4 (corresponding revised text from Line 169 to Line 207). The revised Figures 5 and 6

      compare the results of the longitudinal study, presenting data from three mice (corresponding revised text from

      Line 224 to Line 258). Detailed information about the mice used has been added to Supplementary Figure 1, and Supplementary Figure 4 further provides a detailed display of the results for the three mice in longitudinal study. We hope that these adjustments will provide a more thorough validation of the longitudinal imaging.

      Reviewer 2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor comments:

      • The statistical analyses are not always explained: could they be stated briefly in the legends of each figure, or gathered in a statistical methods section with details for each figure? Be sure to use the appropriate test (e.g. student t-test is used in Fig 5 k whereas normality of distribution is not guaranteed.)

      Thank you for pointing this out. We acknowledge that the statistical analyses were not clearly explained in the original version. In the revised manuscript, we have ensured that the statistical methods are clearly described. 

      (Fig.4 caption) “b,c, Comparisons of vessel diameter (b) and flow velocity (c) for the selected arterial and venous segments. Statistical analysis was conducted using t-test at each measurement point along the segments.”

      (Fig.6 caption) “b,c, Comparisons of vessel diameter (b) and flow velocity (c) for the selected arterial and venous segments. Statistical analysis was conducted using the two one-sided test (TOST) procedure, which evaluates the null hypothesis that the difference between the two weeks is larger than three times the standard deviation of one week.”

      Additionally, we corrected an error in the previous comparison of the violin plots on flow velocities, where a t-test was incorrectly applied; this has now been removed.

      • The authors use early in the manuscript the term vascularity, e.g. in "vascularity reduction", it is not exactly clear what they mean by vascularity, and would require a proper definition at that moment. If I am correct, a quantification of that "vascularity reduction" (page 5 line 132), is then done in Figures 5 d e f and j.

      Thank you for highlighting this issue. We acknowledge that our initial use of the term “vascularity” may have been unclear and potentially confusing. In the revised manuscript, we have included a clear definition of “vascularity” in the Methods section under Quantitative Analysis of ULM Images (Line 534). 

      The following sentence shows the definition of vascularity:

      (Line 547) “Vascularity was defined as the proportion of the pixel count occupied by blood vessels within each ROI, obtained by binarizing the ULM vessel density maps and calculating the percentage of the pixels with MB signal.”

      We have also added an instant definition when it was firstly used in Results part:

      (Line 161) “When comparing vessel density maps, ULM images that are acquired in the awake state demonstrate a global reduction of vascularity, which refers to percentage of pixels that occupied by blood vessels.”

      • There is very little motion in the images presented, except for the awake "Bregma -4.2 mm" (Figure 3, directional maps), especially in the area including colliculi and mesencephalon, while the cortical vessels do not move. Can you comment on that?

      Thank you for highlighting this important aspect of motion in awake animal imaging. Motion correction is indeed a critical factor in such studies. In the original version of our discussion, we briefly addressed this issue (from Line 342 to Line 346), but we agree that a more detailed discussion is needed.

      To minimize motion artifacts, we conducted habituation to acclimate the animals to the head-fixation setup, which helps reduce anxiety during imaging. With thorough head-fixed habituation, the imaging quality is generally well-preserved. We also applied correlation-based motion correction techniques based on ULM images, which can partially correct for overall brain motion, as stated in the previous version. However, this ULM-images-based correction is limited to addressing only rigid motion.

      In the revised discussion, we have expanded on the limitations of our current motion correction approach and referenced recent work about more advanced motion correction methods:

      (Line 346) “While rigid motion correction is often effective in anesthetized animals, awake animal imaging presents greater challenges due to the more prominent non-rigid motion, particularly in deeper brain regions. This is evidenced in Supplementary Fig. 1 (Mouse 7), where cortical vessels remain relatively stable, but regions around the colliculi and mesencephalon exhibit more noticeable motion artifacts, indicating that displacement is more pronounced in deeper areas. To address these deeper, non-rigid motions, recent studies suggest estimating nonrigid transformations from unfiltered tissue signals before applying corrections to ULM vascular images(16,50). Such advanced motion correction strategies may be more effective for awake ULM imaging, which experiences higher motion variability. The development of more robust and effective motion correction techniques will be crucial to reduce motion artifacts in future awake ULM applications.”

      • Figure 1f maybe flip the color bar to have an upward up and downward down.

      Thank you for your suggestion. This display method indeed makes the images more intuitive. In the revised manuscript, all directional flow color bars have been flipped to ensure that upward flow is displayed as ‘up’ and downward flow as ‘down.’

      • Figure 2b the figure is a bit confusing in what is displayed between dashed lines, solid lines, dots... maybe it would be easier to read with

      - bigger dots and dashed lines in color for each of the 4 series

      - and so in the legend, thin solid lines in the corresponding color for the fit, but no solid line in the legend (to distinguish data/fit)

      - no lines for FWHM as they are not very visible, and the FWHM values are not mentioned for these examples.

      Thank you for your detailed suggestions. We agree that the original Fig. 2b appeared messy and confusing. Based on this feedback and other comments, we decided to replace the FWHM-based vessel diameter measurement with a more stable binarization-based approach. In the revised version, we selected a specific segment of each vessel and measured the diameter by calculating the distance from the vessel’s centerline to both side after binarization. Each point on the centerline of this segment provides a diameter measurement, which can be further used to calculate the mean and standard error. This updated method is more stable and reproducible, providing reliable measurements even for vessels that are not fully saturated. It also facilitates comparison across more vessels, helping to further demonstrate the generalizability of our saturation standard. We believe these adjustments make the revised Fig. 2b clearer and more readable.

      • Page 7, lines 144-147. This passage is not really clear when linking going up or down and going from the stem to the branches that it is specific to Figure 4a (and therefore to this particular location).

      Thank you for your insightful comments on our vessel classification method. We recognize the limitations of the previous approach and, in order to enhance the rigor of the study, we have opted not to continue using this method in the revised manuscript. We have removed all content related to vessel classification based on branchin and branch-out criteria. This includes the original Classification of Cerebral Vessels section in the Methods, the relevant descriptions in the Results section under “ULM reveals detailed cerebral vascular changes from anesthetized to awake for the full depth of the brain”, limitation of this classification method in Discussion section, as well as related content in the original Figures 4 and 5.

      In the revised analysis, for the comparison between arteries and veins, we focus solely on penetrating vessels in the cortex. For these vessels, it is generally accepted that downward-flowing vessels are arterioles, while upwardflowing vessels are venules. Accordingly, in the revised Figures 4 and 6, we analyze arterioles and venules exclusively in the cortex, without relying on the previous classification method that could be considered controversial.

      • Page 11 line 222 "higher vascular density" seems unprecise.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have revised the sentence to more precisely convey our observations regarding changes in vascular diameter and vascularity within the ROI. We present these findings as evidence of the vasodilation effect under isoflurane, in alignment with existing research. The revised statement is as follows:

      (Line 275) “Statistical analysis from Fig. 4 shows that certain vessels exhibit a larger diameter under isoflurane anesthesia, and the vascularity, calculated as the percentage of vascular area within selected brain region ROIs, is also higher in the anesthetized state. These findings suggest a vasodilation effect induced by isoflurane, consistent with existing research(20,40,41,43,44).

      • Discussion: page 12, lines 257-267: it is not exactly clear how 3D imaging will help for the differentiation of veins/arteries. However, some methods have already been proposed to discriminate between arteries and veins using pulsatility (Bourquin et al., 2022) or 3D positioning when vessels are overlapped (Renaudin et al., 2023). The latter can also help estimate the out-of-plane positioning during longitudinal imaging.

      Bourquin, C., Poree, J., Lesage, F., Provost, J., 2022. In Vivo Pulsatility Measurement of Cerebral Microcirculation in Rodents Using Dynamic Ultrasound Localization Microscopy. IEEE Trans. Med. Imaging 41, 782-792. https://doi.org/10.1109/TMI.2021.3123912

      Renaudin, N., Pezet, S., Ialy-Radio, N., Demene, C., Tanter, M., 2023. Backscattering amplitude in ultrasound localization microscopy. Sci. Rep. 13, 11477. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-023-38531-w

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have revised the relevant paragraph in the discussion to clarify the potential advantages of advances in ULM imaging methods, such as those based on pulsatility (as described by Bourquin et al., 2022) or backscattering amplitude (as demonstrated by Renaudin et al., 2023). These established methods could be helpful for longitudinal imaging. Below is the revised text in the discussion section:

      (Line 370) “Advances in ULM imaging methods can benefit longitudinal awake imaging. For instance, dynamic ULM can differentiate between arteries and veins by leveraging pulsatility features(51). 3D ULM, with volumetric imaging array(52,53), enables the reconstruction of whole-brain vascular network, providing a more comprehensive understanding of vessel branching patterns. Meanwhile, 3D ULM also helps to mitigate the challenge of aligning the identical coronal plane for longitudinal imaging, a process that requires precise manual alignment in 2D ULM to ensure consistency. Additionally, this alignment issue can also be alleviated in 2D imaging using backscattering amplitude method, which may assist in estimating out-of-plane positioning during longitudinal imaging(54).”

      Reviewer 3 (Public Review):

      • It is unclear whether multiple animals were used in the statistical analysis.

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention. We acknowledge that the original version did not clearly indicate the use of animals in the statistical analysis. In the revised manuscript, we have added Supplementary Figure 1 to specify the mice used, and we have labeled each mouse accordingly in the figures or captions. In the revised Figures 4 and 6, we have ensured that each quantitative analysis figure or its caption clearly indicate the specific mice.

      • Generalizations are sometimes drawn from what seems to be the analysis of a single vessel.

      Thank you for pointing this out. To enhance the generalizability of our conclusions, we have expanded our analysis beyond single vessels in several parts of the study. For instance, in Figure 2, we analyzed three vessels at different depths within the same brain region of a single mouse, and we have included additional results in the Supplementary Figure 2 to further support these findings. Additionally, we have revised the language in the manuscript to ensure that conclusions are appropriately qualified and avoid overgeneralization.

      In Figures 4 and 6, we extended the analysis from single vessels to larger region-of-interest (ROI) analyses across entire brain regions. Unlike single-vessel measurements, which are susceptible to bias based on specific measurement locations, ROI-based analyses are less influenced by the operator and provide more objective, generalizable insights.

      • The description of the statistical analysis is mostly qualitative.

      We recognize that some aspects of the original statistical analysis (Figures 4 and 5 in the previous version) lacked rigor and description is more qualitative. The revised version of statistical analysis (Figure 4 and Figure 6) presents our findings from multiple dimensions, ranging from individual vessels to individual cortical ROI of arteries and veins, and ultimately to broader brain regions. For instance, as illustrated in the revised Figure 4f, the average cortical arterial flow speed decreases by approximately 20% from anesthesia to wakefulness, while venous flow speed decreases by an average of 40%, with the reduction in venous flow speed being significantly greater than that of arterial flow. We believe that this kind of description offers more quantitative analysis.

      For more examples, please refer to the Results section where Figure 4 (Line 169 to Line 207) and Figure 6 (Line 224 to Line 258) are described. These sections have been extensively rewritten to emphasize quantitative interpretation of the data. Each part of the analysis now focuses more heavily on quantitative analyses that consistently show similar trends across all animals.

      • Some terms used are insufficiently defined.

      • Additional limitations should be included in the discussion.

      • Some technical details are lacking. 

      Thank you for highlighting these issues. In response, we have made several improvements in the revised manuscript to address these issues. We have clarified terms such as “vascularity” (Line 547) and “saturation point” (Line 112) to ensure precision and prevent ambiguity. We have expanded the discussion (Line 310 to Line 377) to include limitations such as motion correction challenges and advances in ULM imaging methods, including dynamic ULM and backscattering amplitude techniques. We have added further details on interleaved sampling (Line 494 to Line 497), ULM tracking (Line 517 to Line 529), and quantitative analysis (Line 535 to Line 551) in the Methods section to provide a clearer understanding of our approach. 

      Please refer to our other responses for more specific adjustments.

      • Without information about whether the results obtained come from multiple animals, it is difficult to conclude that the authors generally achieved their aim. They do achieve it in a single animal. The results that are shown are interesting and could have an impact on the ULM community and beyond. In particular, the experimental setup they used along with the high reproducibility they report could become very important for the use of ULM in larger animal cohorts.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the impact of our work. We also acknowledge that there were some issues—specifically, we did not provide sufficient proof of reproducibility. In the revised version, we have included additional animal experiment results to ensure that the conclusions were not drawn from a single animal but are generally representative of our aim. (See supplementary figure 1 for detailed use of the animals) 

      Reviewer 3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • The manuscript would be more convincing by removing some of the superlatives used in the text. For instance, shouldn't "super-resolution ultrasound localization microscopy" simply be "ultrasound localization microscopy"? Expressions such as "first study", "essential", and "invaluable", etc could be replaced by more factual terms. The word "significant" is also used sometimes with statistics to back it up and sometimes without.

      Thank you for highlighting this issue. We have removed the superlatives throughout the manuscript to make the language more precise. For instance, we have simplified “super-resolution ultrasound localization microscopy” to “ultrasound localization microscopy” throughout the main text and removed expressions such as “first study” and “invaluable”. We also reviewed all uses of “essential” and “significant,” replacing “essential” with more modest alternatives where it does not indicate a strict requirement. Similarly, where “significant” does not refer to statistical significance, we have used other terms to avoid any ambiguity.

      • The section "Microbubble count serves as a quantitative metric for awake ULM image reconstruction" had several issues that I think should be addressed. Mainly, the authors make the case that after detecting 5 million microbubbles, there is no clear gain in detecting more. The argument is not very convincing as we know many vessels will not have had a microbubble circulate in them within that timeframe, which will be especially true in smaller vessels. While the analysis in Figure 2 shows nicely that the diameter estimate for vessels in the 20-30 um range is stable at 5 million microbubbles, it is not necessarily the case for smaller vessels. A better approach here might be to select, e.g., a total of 5 million detected microbubbles for practical reasons and then to determine which vessel parameters estimation (e.g., diameter, flow velocity) remain stable. In addition:

      a. Terms such as 'complete ULM reconstruction', 'no obvious change', 'ULM image saturation' are not well defined within the manuscript.

      Thank you for pointing out these issues and for offering a more rigorous approach. We completely agree with your suggestion. While our analysis demonstrated stable diameter estimates for vessels with diameter around 20 µm at 5 million microbubbles, this does not necessarily ensure stability for smaller vessels. Therefore, the choice of 5 million microbubbles was primarily for practical reasons. In the revised version, we have provided a more objective description and clarification of this limitation. We also recognize that terms such as “complete ULM reconstruction,” “no obvious change,” and “ULM image saturation” were not well defined and may have caused confusion, reducing the rigor of this manuscript. Based on your feedback, we have clearly defined “ULM image saturation” within the context of our study, removed absolute and ambiguous terms like “complete ULM reconstruction” and “no obvious change”. We revised the entire section accordingly:

      (Line 109) “To facilitate equitable comparison of brain perfusion at different states, a practical saturation point enabling stable quantification of most vessels needs to be established. Our observations indicated that when the cumulative MB count reached 5 million, ULM images achieved a relatively stable state. Accordingly, in this study, the saturation point was defined as a cumulative MB count of 5 million. There are also possible alternatives for ULM image normalization. For example, different ULM images can be normalized to have the same saturation rate. However, the proposed method of using the same number of cumulative MB count for normalization enables the analysis of blood flow distribution across different brain regions from a probabilistic perspective. The following analysis substantiates this criterion.

      Fig. 2a compares ULM directional vessel density maps and flow speed maps generated with 1, 3, 5, and 6 million MBs, using the same animal as shown in Fig. 1. To quantitatively confirm saturation, multiple vessel segments were selected for further analysis. Fig. 2b presents the measured vessel diameter for a specific segment at various MB counts. After binarizing the ULM map, the vessel diameter was measured by calculating the distance from the vessel centerline to the edge. Each point along the centerline of the segment provided a diameter measurement, enabling calculation of the mean and standard error. At low MB counts, vessels appeared incompletely filled, leading to inaccurate estimation of vessel diameter due to incomplete profiles. For example, at 1–2 million MBs, the binarized ULM map displayed a width of only one or two pixels along the segment. As a result, the measurements always yielded the same diameter values (two pixels, ~10um) with a consistently low standard error of the mean across the entire segment. With increased MB counts, the measured vessel diameter gradually rose, ultimately reaching saturation. The plots in Fig. 2b show that vessel diameter stabilized at 5 million MB count. Additionally, Fig. 2c illustrates the changes in flow velocity measured at different cumulative MB counts. The violin plots display the distribution of flow speed estimates for all valid centerline pixels within the selected segment. At low MB counts (1–3 million), flow velocity estimates fluctuated, but they stabilized as the MB count increased (4–6 million MBs). At 5 million MBs, flow velocity estimates were nearly identical to those at 6 million MBs, corroborating previous findings that vessel velocity measurements stabilize as MB count grows(39). To assess the generalizability of the 5 million MB saturation condition, vessel segments from three different mice across various brain regions were examined. The results, shown in Supplementary Fig. 2, confirm that this saturation criterion applies broadly. Although the 5 million MB threshold may not ensure absolute saturation for all vessels, it is generally effective for vessels larger than 15 μm. This MB count threshold was therefore adopted as a practical criterion.” 

      b. The choice of 10 consecutive tracking frames is arbitrary and should be described as such unless a quantitative optimization study was conducted. Was there a gap-filling parameter? What was the maximum linking distance and what is its impact on velocity estimation?

      Thank you for your comment. We acknowledge that the choice of 10 consecutive tracking frames was based on our common practice rather than a specific quantitative optimization. Additionally, with the uTrack algorithm, we set both the gap-filling parameter and maximum linking distance to 10 pixels. Setting these parameters too high could potentially overestimate velocity. These details have now been added to the Methods section for clarity:

      (Line 517) “The choice of 10 consecutive frames (10 ms) was based on established practice but can be adjusted as needed. For the uTrack algorithm, two additional key parameters were specified: the maximum linking distance and the gap-filling distance, both set to 10 pixels (~50 microns). This configuration means that only bubble centroids within 10 pixels of each other across consecutive frames are considered part of the same bubble trajectory. Additionally, when the start and end points of two tracks fall within this threshold, the gap-filling parameter merges them into a single, continuous track. It is important to select these parameters carefully, as overly large values could lead to an overestimation of flow velocity. By setting the maximum linking distance to 10 pixels, we effectively limited the measurable velocity to 50 mm/s, under the assumption that no bubble would exceed a 50-micron displacement within the 1 ms interval between frames. After determining bubble tracks with the specified parameters for uTrack algorithm, accumulating the MB tracks resulted in the flow intensity map. Considering the velocity distribution across the mouse brain, this 50 mm/s limit ensures that the vast majority of blood flow is captured accurately.”

      c. 'The plots (Figure 2b) clearly indicate that the vessel diameter stabilized beyond 5 million MB count.' This is true for one vessel. To generalize that claim, the analysis should be performed quantitatively on a larger sample of vessels in various areas of the brain, across multiple animals.

      Thank you for pointing out this limitation. We agree that conclusions drawn from a single vessel cannot be generalized across all regions. Following your suggestion, we have added Supplementary Figure 2, where we analyzed multiple vessels from different brain regions across three mice. This expanded analysis further confirms that a 5 million MB count is sufficient to stabilize vessel diameter measurements across various samples.

      (Line 133) “To assess the generalizability of the 5 million MB saturation condition, vessel segments from three different mice across various brain regions were examined. The results, shown in Supplementary Fig. 2, confirm that this saturation criterion applies broadly. Although the 5 million MB threshold may not ensure absolute saturation for all vessels, it is generally effective for vessels larger than 15 μm. This MB count threshold was therefore adopted as a practical criterion.” 

      • "Statistical analysis validates the increase in blood flow induced by anesthesia" is a very interesting section but even though a quantitative analysis was conducted in Figure 5, the language used remains mostly qualitative. I think this section should include quantitative conclusions from the statistical analysis to increase the impact of this work.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. We recognize that some aspects of the original quantitative analysis (Figures 4 and 5 in the previous version) lacked rigor, such as the classification of arteries, veins, and capillaries, and that the data presented in each row of Figure 5 represented only one mouse per coronal section, limiting the generalizability of statistical conclusions.

      In response to the reviewers’ feedback, the revised version incorporates a new approach by merging the previous Figure 4 and Figure 5 into a single, consolidated figure (now Figure 4). This updated figure aims to present our findings from multiple dimensions, ranging from individual vessels to individual cortical ROI of arteries and veins, and ultimately to broader brain regions. We have focused on quantitative analyses that consistently show similar trends across all animals. For instance, as illustrated in the revised Figure 4f, the average cortical arterial flow speed decreases by approximately 20% from anesthesia to wakefulness, while venous flow speed decreases by an average of 40%, with the reduction in venous flow speed being significantly greater than that of arterial flow. We believe that this approach offers more insightful analysis and enhances the overall impact of the study.

      For more examples, please refer to the revised Results section where Figure 4 are described (from Line 169 to Line 212). These sections have been extensively rewritten to emphasize quantitative interpretation of the data. Each part of the analysis now focuses more heavily on quantitative analyses that consistently show similar trends across all animals.

      • In the methods, it is claimed that 6 healthy female C57 mice were used in the study, but it is hard to tell whether more than one animal is shown in the figures. It is also unclear whether the statistics were performed within or across animals. Since one of the major strengths of the manuscript is that it shows the feasibility of performing reproducible measurements using ULM, most figures should be repeated for each individual animal and provided in supplementary data and statistics should be performed across animals.

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention. We acknowledge that the original version did not clearly indicate the use of individual animals. In the revised manuscript, we have added Supplementary Figure 1 to specify the mice used, and we have labeled each mouse accordingly in the figures or captions. Additionally, we included statistics across animals in the revised Figures 4 and 6, and detailed data for each individual mouse are now provided in Supplementary Figures 3 and 4.

      • The effect of aliasing should be discussed given that 1) a high-frequency probe is used along with a correspondingly relatively low frame rate (1000 fps) and 2) Doppler filtering is used to separate upward from downward-moving microbubbles. There will be microbubbles that circulate faster than the Nyquist limit, which will thus appear as moving in the opposite direction in the Doppler spectrum. It would be important to double-check that the effect is not too important and to report this as a limitation in the discussion.

      Thank you for highlighting this important point. Aliasing is indeed a relevant issue to consider, especially for higher flow velocities in large vessels. We have added a discussion on this limitation in the revised manuscript:

      (Line 359) “Based on the maximum linking distance and gap closing parameters outlined in the Methods section, blood flow with velocities below 50 mm/s can be detected. However, the use of a directional filter to estimate flow direction may introduce aliasing. MBs moving at higher velocities may be subject to incorrect flow direction estimation due to aliasing effects. Given that the compounded frame rate is 1000 Hz, with an ultrasound center frequency of 20 MHz and a sound speed of 1540 m/s, the relationship between Doppler frequency and the axial blood flow velocity(12) indicates that aliasing will not occur for axial flow velocities below 19.25 mm/s. In all flow velocity maps presented in this study, the range is limited to a maximum of 15 mm/s, remaining below the critical threshold for aliasing. Additionally, all vessels analyzed in the violin plots for arteriovenous flow comparisons fall within this range. While cortical arterioles and venules generally exhibit moderate flow speeds, aliasing remains a factor to consider when combining directional filtering with velocity analysis.”

      • The method used to classify vessels may be incorrect and may not be needed. I would recommend the authors not use it and describe the vessels as vessels that branch in or out, etc. Applying an arbitrary threshold of 2 to detect capillaries is also not very convincing. I understand that the authors might decide to maintain this nomenclature, in which case I would recommend clearly explaining it at the beginning of the manuscript along with some of the caveats that are already reported in the discussion.

      Thank you for your comments on our vessel classification method. We recognize the limitations of the previous approach and, in order to enhance the rigor of the study, we have opted not to continue using this method in the revised manuscript.

      In the revised analysis regarding artery and vein, we focus solely on penetrating vessels in the cortex. For these vessels, it is generally accepted that downward-flowing vessels are arterioles, while upward-flowing vessels are venules. Accordingly, in the revised Figures 4 and 6, we analyze arterioles and venules exclusively in the cortex, without relying on the previous classification method that could be considered controversial.

      Additionally, we agree that classifying vessels with values below 2 as capillaries was not a robust approach. Thus, we have removed all related analyses from the revised manuscript.

      Minor comments:

      • Line 16: "resolves capillary-scale ..."; it is not clear that the resolution that is achieved in this work is at the capillary scale.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. We understand that “capillary-scale” may overstate the achieved resolution in our work. To clarify, we have revised the sentence as follows:

      (Line 18) “Ultrasound localization microscopy (ULM) is an emerging imaging modality that resolves microvasculature in deep tissues with high spatial resolution.” 

      This adjustment more accurately reflects the resolution capabilities of ULM as used in our study.

      • Line 22: 'vascularity' is not well defined in the manuscript. Consider defining or using another term.

      Thank you for pointing out the need for clarification on vascularity. We acknowledge that our initial use of the term “vascularity” may have been unclear and potentially confusing. In the revised manuscript, we have included a clear definition of “vascularity” in the Methods section under Quantitative Analysis of ULM Images (Line 534). 

      The following sentence shows the definition of vascularity:

      (Line 547) “Vascularity was defined as the proportion of the pixel count occupied by blood vessels within each ROI, obtained by binarizing the ULM vessel density maps and calculating the percentage of the pixels with MB signal.”

      We have also added an instant definition when it was firstly used in Results part:

      (Line 161) “When comparing vessel density maps, ULM images that are acquired in the awake state demonstrate a global reduction of vascularity, which refers to percentage of pixels that occupied by blood vessels.”

      • Line 30: I'm not convinced the first two sentences are useful.

      Thank you for pointing out this issue. The opening sentence of the article lacked focus and was too broad. We have rewritten the sentence as follows:

      (Line 34) “Sensitive imaging of correlates of activity in the awake brain is fundamental for advancing our understanding of neural function and neurological diseases.”

      • Line 37: 'micron-scale capillaries': this expression is unclear. Capillaries are typically micron-scaled, so it gives the impression that ULM can image ULM at the one-micron scale, which is not the case.

      Thank you for your helpful comment. We agree that “micron-scale capillaries” could be misleading, as it might imply a resolution at the single-micron level. To clarify, we have revised the sentence as follows:

      (Line 40) “ULM is uniquely capable of imaging microvasculature situated in deep tissue (e.g., at a depth of several centimeters).”

      This revised wording more accurately describes ULM’s capability without implying single-micron level resolution.

      • Line 74: I don't think motion-free imaging is possible in the context of awake animals. Consider 'limiting motion' instead.

      Thank you for pointing out the potential issue with the term “motion-free”. We agree that achieving entirely motion-free imaging is challenging, especially in the context of awake animals. In response to your suggestion, we have revised the sentence to better reflect this limitation:

      (Line 76) “To achieve consistent ULM brain imaging while allowing limited movement in awake animals, a headfixed imaging platform with a chronic cranial window was used in this study.”

      This revised wording more accurately conveys our approach to minimizing motion without implying that motion is completely eliminated.

      • Line 134:'clearly reveals decreased vessel diameter' How was that demonstrated?

      • Line 153: 'significant' according to which statistical test?

      • Line 167: 'slight increase', by how much, is it significant?

      • Line 183: 'smaller vessels' the center of the distribution is not at 10mm/s, and velocity is not necessarily correlated with diameter.

      • Line 184: 'more large vessels', see above. What is a large vessel, and how was this measured?

      • Line 205: 'significantly lower', according to which statistical test?

      We acknowledge that the original version did not properly use the terms of statistical analysis. In the revised manuscript, we have deleted the related points, and rewritten the statistical analysis part to ensure the terms are used correctly. Please refer to the revised part of “ULM reveals an increase in blood flow induced by isoflurane anesthesia” (From Line 169 to Line 209). In the revised Figures 4 and 6, we have also ensured that each quantitative analysis figure or its caption is clearly explained.

      •    Line 398: the interleaved sampling scheme should be described in more detail.

      Thank you for pointing out this issue. The previous version did not clearly explain the details of interleaved sampling. We have now added the following paragraph to the Ultrasound imaging sequence section in Methods:

      (Line 494) “Interleaved sampling is employed to capture high-frequency echoes more effectively. With the system’s sampling rate limited to 62.5 MHz, the upper limit of the center frequency of the transducer passband is 15.625 MHz. To mitigate aliasing, two transmissions are sent per angle, staggered in time. This approach effectively doubles the sampling rate, ensuring more accurate image reconstruction.”

      • Figure 1: Which mouse is it? Are these results consistent across all animals?

      • Figure 2: Which mouse is it? Are these results consistent across all animals?

      • Figure 3: Which mouse is it? Are these results consistent across all animals?

      • Figure 4: Which mouse is it? Are these results consistent across all animals?

      • Figure 5: Is it a single mouse or multiple mice? Are these results consistent across all animals?

      We acknowledge that the original version did not clearly indicate the numbers of animals in the statistical analysis. In the revised manuscript, we have added Supplementary Figure 1 to specify the mice used, and we have labeled each mouse accordingly in the figures or captions. In the revised Figures 4 and 6, we have ensured that each quantitative analysis figure or its caption clearly indicate the specific mice.

      For original Figures 1 and 2, these are presented as case studies to illustrate the methodology. Since the anesthesia time required for tail vein injection for each animal varies slightly, it is challenging to have the consistent time taken for each mouse to recover from anesthesia across all mice. For instance, in Figure 1, the mouse took nearly 500 seconds to recover from anesthesia, but this duration is not consistent across all animals, which is a limitation of the bolus injection technique. We have noted this point in the discussion (discussion on the limitation of bolus injection), and we have also clarified in the results section and figure captions that these figures represent a case study of a single mouse rather than a standardized recovery time for all animals.

      We further clarified this point in the end of the Figure 2 caption:

      (Fig.2 caption) “This figure presents a case study based on the same mouse shown in Fig 1. The x-axis for d-f begins at 500 seconds because, at this point, the mouse’s pupil size stabilized, indicating it had recovered to an awake state. Consequently, ULM images were accumulated starting from this time. It is important to note that not every mouse requires 500 seconds to fully awaken; the time to reach a stable awake state varies across individual mice.” We added the following statement before introducing Figure 1e:

      (Line 93) “Due to differences in tail vein injection timing and anesthesia depth, the time required for each mouse to fully awaken varied. Although it was not feasible to get pupil size stabilized just after 500 seconds for each animal, ULM reconstruction only used the data that acquired after the animal reached full pupillary dilation, to ensure that ULM accurately captures the cerebrovascular characteristics in the awake state.”

      We added the following statement before introducing Figure 2d:

      (Line 139) “To further verify that the proposed MB bolus injection method can help to achieve ULM image saturation shortly after mice awaken from anesthesia, an analysis on the change in MB concentration over time was conducted once pupil size had stabilized (T = 500s).”

      For Figures 3, 4, and 5 (in the revised version, Figures 4 and 5 have been combined into a single Figure 4), the data represents results from three individual mice, with each coronal plane corresponding to a different mouse. In the revised version, we have added labels to indicate the specific mouse in each image to improve clarity. We also recognize that some analyses in the original submission (original Figure 5) may have lacked sufficient statistical power due to the small sample size. Therefore, in the revised version, we have focused only on findings that were consistently observed across the three mice to ensure robust conclusions.

      Minor corrections and typos from all reviewers:

      We would like to sincerely thank the reviewers for their careful reading of our manuscript. We appreciate the time and effort taken to point out the minor typographical errors. We have carefully addressed and corrected all the identified typos, as listed below:

      From Reviewer #1:

      • Line 316: "insensate": correct, please.

      (Line 409) “After confirming that the mouse was anesthetized, the head of the animal was fixed in the stereotaxic frame.”

      From Reviewer #3:

      • Line 15: Super-resolution ultrasound localization microscopy -- consider removing super-resolution as it gives the impression that it is different from standard ULM.

      (Line 18) “Ultrasound localization microscopy (ULM) is an emerging imaging modality that resolves microvasculature in deep tissues with high spatial resolution.”

      • Line 39: typo: activities should be activity.

      (Line 41) “ULM can also be combined with the principles of functional ultrasound (fUS) to image whole-brain neural activity at a microscopic scale.”

      • Line 47: typo: over under.

      (Line 50) “Therefore, in neuroscience research, brain imaging in the awake state is often preferred over imaging under anesthesia.”

      Once again, we are grateful for the reviewers’ thorough review and valuable input, which have helped us improve the clarity and precision of the manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This study reports that spatial frequency representation can predict category coding in the inferior temporal cortex.

      Thank you for taking the time to review our manuscript. We greatly appreciate your valuable feedback and constructive comments, which have been instrumental in improving the quality and clarity of our work.

      The original conclusion was based on likely problematic stimulus timing (33 ms which was too brief). Now the authors claim that they also have a different set of data on the basis of longer stimulus duration (200 ms).

      One big issue in the original report was that the experiments used a stimulus duration that was too brief and could have weakened the effects of high spatial frequencies and confounded the conclusions. Now the authors provided a new set of data on the basis of a longer stimulus duration and made the claim that the conclusions are unchanged. These new data and the data in the original report were collected at the same time as the authors report.

      The authors may provide an explanation why they performed the same experiments using two stimulus durations and only reported one data set with the brief duration. They may also explain why they opted not to mention in the original report the existence of another data set with a different stimulus duration, which would otherwise have certainly strengthened their main conclusions.

      Thank you for your comments regarding the stimulus duration used in our experiments. We appreciate the opportunity to clarify and provide further details on our methodology and decisions.

      In our original report, we focused on the early phase of the neuronal response, which is less affected by the duration of the stimulus. Observations from our data showed that certain neurons exhibited high firing rates even with the brief 33 ms stimulus duration, and the results we obtained were consistent across different durations. To avoid redundancy, we initially chose not to include the results from the 200 ms stimulus duration, as they reiterated the findings of the 33 ms duration.

      However, we acknowledge that the brief stimulus duration could raise concerns regarding the robustness of our conclusions, particularly concerning the effects of high spatial frequencies. Upon reflecting on the reviewer’s comments during the first revision, we recognized the importance of addressing these potential concerns directly. Therefore, we have included the data from the 200 ms stimulus duration in our revised manuscript.

      Furthermore, Our team is actively investigating the differences between fast (33 ms) and slow (200 ms) presentations in terms of SF processing. Our preliminary observations suggest similar processing of HSF in the early phase of the response for both fast and slow presentations, but different processing of HSF in the late phase. This was another reason we initially opted to publish the results from the brief stimulus duration separately, as we intended to explore the different aspects of SF processing in fast and slow presentations in subsequent studies.

      I suggest the authors upload both data sets and analyzing codes, so that the claim could be easily examined by interested readers.

      Thank you for your suggestion to make both data sets and the analyzing codes available for examination by interested readers.

      We have created a repository that includes a sample of the dataset along with the necessary codes to output the main results. While we cannot provide the entire dataset at this time due to ongoing investigations by our team, we are committed to ensuring transparency and reproducibility. The data and code samples we have provided should enable interested readers to verify our claims and understand our analysis process.

      Repository: https://github.com/ramintoosi/spatial-frequency-selectivity

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper aimed to examine the spatial frequency selectivity of macaque inferotemporal (IT) neurons and its relation to category selectivity. The authors suggest in the present study that some IT neurons show a sensitivity for the spatial frequency of scrambled images. Their report suggests a shift in preferred spatial frequency during the response, from low to high spatial frequencies. This agrees with a coarse-to-fine processing strategy, which is in line with multiple studies in the early visual cortex. In addition, they report that the selectivity for faces and objects, relative to scrambled stimuli, depends on the spatial frequency tuning of the neurons.

      Strengths:

      Previous studies using human fMRI and psychophysics studied the contribution of different spatial frequency bands to object recognition, but as pointed out by the authors little is known about the spatial frequency selectivity of single IT neurons. This study addresses this gap and shows spatial frequency selectivity in IT for scrambled stimuli that drive the neurons poorly. They related this weak spatial frequency selectivity to category selectivity, but these findings are premature given the low number of stimuli they employed to assess category selectivity.

      Thank you for your thorough review and insightful feedback on our manuscript. We greatly appreciate your time and effort in providing valuable comments and suggestions, which have significantly contributed to enhancing the quality of our work.

      The authors revised their manuscript and provided some clarifications regarding their experimental design and data analysis. They responded to most of my comments but I find that some issues were not fully or poorly addressed. The new data they provided confirmed my concern about low responses to their scrambled stimuli. Thus, this paper shows spatial frequency selectivity in IT for scrambled stimuli that drive the neurons poorly (see main comments below). They related this (weak) spatial frequency selectivity to category selectivity, but these findings are premature given the low number of stimuli to assess category selectivity.

      While we acknowledge that the number of instances per condition is relatively low, the overall dataset is substantial. Specifically, our study includes a total of 180 stimuli (6 spatial frequencies × 2 scrambled/non-scrambled conditions × 15 instances, including 9 fixed and 6 non-fixed) and 5400 trials (180 stimuli × 2 durations × 15 repetitions). Conducting these trials requires approximately one hour of experimental time per session.

      Extending the number of stimuli, while potentially addressing this limitation, would significantly compromise the quality of the experiment by increasing the duration and introducing potential fatigue effects in the subjects. Despite this limitation, our findings lay important groundwork by offering novel insights into object recognition through the lens of spatial frequency. We believe this work can serve as a foundation for future experiments designed to further explore and validate these theories with expanded stimulus sets.

      Main points.

      (1) They have provided now the responses of their neurons in spikes/s and present a distribution of the raw responses in a new Figure. These data suggest that their scrambled stimuli were driving the neurons rather poorly and thus it is unclear how well their findings will generalize to more effective stimuli. Indeed, the mean net firing rate to their scrambled stimuli was very low: about 3 spikes/s. How much can one conclude when the stimuli are driving the recorded neurons that poorly? Also, the new Figure 2- Appendix 1 shows that the mean modulation by spatial frequency is about 2 spikes/s, which is a rather small modulation. Thus, the spatial frequency selectivity the authors describe in this paper is rather small compared to the stimulus selectivity one typically observes in IT (stimulus-driven modulations can be at least 20 spikes/s).

      To address the concerns regarding the firing rates and the modulation of neuronal responses by spatial frequency (SF), we emphasize several key points:

      (1) Significance of Firing Rate Differences: While it is true that the mean net firing rate to our scrambled stimuli was relatively low, the firing rate differences observed were statistically significant, with p-values approximately at 1e-5. This indicates that despite the low firing rates, the observed differences are reliable and unlikely to have occurred by chance.

      (2) Classification Rate and Modulation by SF: Our analysis showed that the difference between various SF responses led to a classification rate of 44.68%, which is 24.68% higher than the chance level. This substantial increase above the chance level demonstrates that SF significantly modulates IT responses, even if the overall firing rates are modest.

      (3) Effect Size and SF Modulation: While the effect size in terms of firing rate differences may be small, it is significant. The significant modulation of IT responses by SF, as evidenced by our statistical analyses and classification rate, supports our conclusions regarding the role of SF in driving IT responses.

      (4) Expectations for Noise-like Pure SF Stimuli: We acknowledge that IT responses are typically higher for various object stimuli. Given the nature of our pure SF stimuli, which resemble noise-like patterns, we did not anticipate high responses in terms of spikes per second. The low firing rates are consistent with the expectation for such stimuli and do not undermine the significance of the observed modulation by SF.

      We believe that these points collectively support the validity of our findings and the significance of SF modulation in IT responses, despite the low firing rates. We appreciate your insights and hope this clarifies our stance on the data and its implications.

      We added the following description to the Appendix 1 - “Strength of SF selectivity” section:

      “While the firing rates and net responses to scrambled stimuli were modest (e.g., 2.9 Hz in T1), the differences across spatial frequency (SF) bands were statistically significant (p ≈ 1e-5) and led to a classification accuracy 24.68\% above chance. This demonstrates the robustness of SF modulation in IT neurons despite low firing rates. The modest responses align with expectations for noise-like stimuli, which are less effective in driving IT neurons, yet the observed SF selectivity highlights a fundamental property of IT encoding.”

      (2) Their new Figure 2-Appendix 1 does not show net firing rates (baseline-subtracted; as I requested) and thus is not very informative. Please provide distributions of net responses so that the readers can evaluate the responses to the stimuli of the recorded neurons.

      We understand the reviewer’s concern about the presentation of net firing rates. In T2 (the late time interval), the average response rate falls below the baseline, resulting in negative net firing rates, which might confuse readers. To address this, we have added the net responses to the text for clarity. Additionally, we have included the average baseline response in the figure to provide a more comprehensive view of the data.

      “To check the SF response strength, the histogram of IT neuron responses to scrambled, face, and non-face stimuli is illustrated in this figure. A Gamma distribution is also fitted to each histogram. To calculate the histogram, the neuron response to each unique stimulus is calculated for each neuron in spike/seconds (Hz). In the early phase, T1, the average firing rate to scrambled stimuli is 26.3 Hz which is significantly higher than the response in -50 to 50ms which is 23.4 Hz. In comparison, the mean response to intact face stimuli is 30.5 Hz, while non-face stimuli elicit an average response of 28.8 Hz. The average net responses to the scrambled, face, and non-face stimuli are 2.9 Hz, 7.1 Hz, and 5.4 Hz, respectively. Moving to the late phase, T2, the responses to scrambled, face, and object stimuli are 19.5 Hz, 19.4 Hz, and 22.4 Hz, respectively. The corresponding average net responses are 3.9 Hz, 4.0 Hz, and 1.0 Hz below the baseline response.”

      (3) The poor responses might be due to the short stimulus duration. The authors report now new data using a 200 ms duration which supported their classification and latency data obtained with their brief duration. It would be very informative if the authors could also provide the mean net responses for the 200 ms durations to their stimuli. Were these responses as low as those for the brief duration? If so, the concern of generalization to effective stimuli that drive IT neurons well remains.

      The firing rates for the 200 ms stimulus duration are as follows: 27.7 Hz, 30.7 Hz, and 30.4 Hz for scrambled, face, and object stimuli in T1), respectively; and 26.2 Hz, 29.1 Hz, and 33.9 Hz in T2. The average baseline firing rate (−50 to 50 ms) is 23.4 Hz. Therefore, the net responses are 4.3 Hz, 7.3 Hz, and 7.0 Hz for T1; and 2.8 Hz, 5.7 Hz, and 10.5 Hz for T2 for scrambled, face, and object stimuli, respectively.

      Notably, the impact of stimulus duration is more pronounced in T2, which is consistent with the time interval of the T2 compared to T1. However, the firing rates in T1 do not show substantial changes with the longer duration. As we discussed in our response to the first comment, it is important to note that high net responses are not typically expected for scrambled or noise-like stimuli in IT neurons. Instead, the key findings of this study lie in the statistical significance of these responses and their meaningful relationship to category selectivity. These results highlight the broader implications for understanding the role of spatial frequency in object recognition.

      We added the firing rates to the, Appendix 1, “Extended stimulus duration supports LSF-preferred tuning” part as follows.

      “For the 200 ms stimulus duration, the firing rates were 27.7 Hz, 30.7 Hz, and 30.4 Hz for scrambled, face, and object stimuli in T1, respectively, and 26.2 Hz, 29.1 Hz, and 33.9 Hz in T2. The corresponding net responses were 4.3 Hz, 7.3 Hz, and 7.0 Hz in T1, and 2.8 Hz, 5.7 Hz, and 10.5 Hz in T2. While the longer stimulus duration did not substantially increase firing rates in T1, its impact was more pronounced in T2.”

      (4) I still do not understand why the analyses of Figures 3 and 4 provide different outcomes on the relationship between spatial frequency and category selectivity. I believe they refer to this finding in the Discussion: "Our results show a direct relationship between the population's category coding capability and the SF coding capability of individual neurons. While we observed a relation between SF and category coding, we have found uncorrelated representations. Unlike category coding, SF relies more on sparse, individual neuron representations.". I believe more clarification is necessary regarding the analyses of Figures 3 and 4, and why they can show different outcomes.

      Figure 3 explores the relationship between SF coding and category coding at both the single-neuron and population levels.

      ● Figures 3(a) and 3(b) examine the relationship between a single neuron’s response pattern and object decoding in the population.

      ● Figure 3(c) investigates the relationship between a single neuron’s SF decoding capabilities and object decoding in the population.

      ● Figure 3(d) assesses the relationship between a single neuron’s object decoding capabilities and SF decoding in the population.

      In summary, Figure 3 demonstrates a relation between SF coding/response pattern at the single level and category coding at the population level.

      Figure 4, on the other hand, addresses the uncorrelated nature of SF and category coding.

      ● Figure 4(a) shows the uncorrelated relation between a single neuron’s SF decoding capability and its object decoding capability. This suggests that a neuron's ability to decode SF does not predict its ability to decode object categories.

      ● Figure 4(b) illustrates that the contribution of a neuron to the population decoding of SF is uncorrelated with its contribution to the population decoding of object categories. This further supports the idea that the mechanisms behind SF coding and object coding are uncorrelated.

      In summary, Figure 4 suggests that while there is a relation between SF coding and category coding as illustrated in Figure 3, the mechanisms underlying SF coding and object coding operate independently (in terms of correlation), highlighting the distinct nature of these processes.

      We hope this explanation clarifies why the analyses in Figures 3 and 4 present different outcomes. Figure 3 provides insight into the relationship between SF and category coding, while Figure 4 emphasizes the uncorrelated nature of these processes. We also added the following explanation in the “Uncorrelated mechanisms for SF and category coding” section.

      Based on your command, to clarify the presentation of the work, we added the following description to the “Uncorrelated mechanisms for SF and category coding” section:

      “Figures 3 and 4 examine different aspects of the relationship between SF and category coding. Figure 3 highlights a relationship between SF coding at the single-neuron level and category coding at the population level. Conversely, Figure 4 demonstrates the uncorrelated mechanisms underlying SF and category coding, showing that a neuron’s ability to decode SF is not predictive of its ability to decode object categories. This distinction underscores that while SF and category coding are related at broader levels, their underlying mechanisms are independent, emphasizing the distinct processes driving each form of coding.”

      (5) The authors found a higher separability for faces (versus scrambled patterns) for neurons preferring high spatial frequencies. This is consistent for the two monkeys but we are dealing here with a small amount of neurons. Only 6% of their neurons (16 neurons) belonged to this high spatial frequency group when pooling the two monkeys. Thus, although both monkeys show this effect I wonder how robust it is given the small number of neurons per monkey that belong to this spatial frequency profile. Furthermore, the higher separability for faces for the low-frequency profiles is not consistent across monkeys which should be pointed out.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding the relatively small number of neurons in the high spatial frequency group (16 neurons, 6% of the total sample across the two monkeys) and the consistency of the results. While we acknowledge this limitation, it is important to note that findings involving sparse subsets of neurons can still be meaningful. For example, Dalgleish et al. (2020) demonstrated that perception can arise from the activity of as few as ~14 neurons in the mouse cortex, supporting the sparse coding hypothesis. This underscores the potential robustness of results derived from small neuronal populations when the activity is statistically significant and functionally relevant.

      Regarding the higher separability for faces among neurons preferring high spatial frequencies, the consistency of this finding across both monkeys suggests that this effect is robust within this subgroup. For neurons preferring low spatial frequencies, we agree that the lack of consistency across monkeys should be explicitly noted. These differences may reflect individual variability or differences in sampling across subjects and merit further investigation in future studies.

      To address this concern, we have updated the text to explicitly discuss the small size of the high spatial frequency group, its implications, and the observed inconsistency in the low spatial frequency profiles between monkeys. We have added the following description to the discussion.

      “Next, according to Figure 3(a), 6% of the neurons are HSF-preferred and their firing rate in HSF is comparable to the LSF firing rate in the LSF-preferred group. This analysis is carried out in the early phase of the response (70-170ms). While most of the neurons prefer LSF, this observation shows that there is an HSF input that excites a small group of neurons. Importantly, findings involving small neuronal populations can still be meaningful, as studies like Dalgleish et al. (2020) have demonstrated that perception can arise from the activity of as few as ~14 neurons in the mouse cortex, emphasizing the robustness of sparse coding.”

      Regarding the separability of faces for the low-frequency profiles, we added the following to the appendix section,

      “For neurons preferring LSF, LP profile, it is important to note the lack of consistency in responses across monkeys. This variability may reflect individual differences in neural processing or variations in sampling between subjects.”

      And in the discussion:

      “Our results are based on grouping the neurons of the two monkeys; however, the results remain consistent when looking at the data from individual monkeys as illustrated in Appendix 2. However, for neurons preferring LSF, we observed inconsistency across monkeys, which may reflect individual differences or sampling variability. These findings highlight the complexity of SF processing in the IT cortex and suggest the need for further research to explore these variations.”

      * Henry WP Dalgleish, Lloyd E Russel, lAdam M Packer, Arnd Roth, Oliver M Gauld, Francesca Greenstreet, Emmett J Thompson, Michael Häusser (2020) How many neurons are sufficient for perception of cortical activity? eLife 9:e58889.

      (6) I agree that CNNs are useful models for ventral stream processing but that is not relevant to the point I was making before regarding the comparison of the classification scores between neurons and the model. Because the number of features and trial-to-trial variability differs between neural nets and neurons, the classification scores are difficult to compare. One can compare the trends but not the raw classification scores between CNN and neurons without equating these variables.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s follow-up comment and agree that differences in the number of features and trial-to-trial variability between IT neurons and CNN units make direct comparisons of raw classification scores challenging. As the reviewer suggests, it is more appropriate to focus on comparing trends rather than absolute scores when analyzing the similarities and differences between these systems. In light of this, we have revised the text to clarify that our intention was not to equate raw classification scores but to highlight the qualitative patterns and trends observed in spatial frequency encoding between IT and CNN units.

      “SF representation in the artificial neural networks

      We conducted a thorough analysis to compare our findings with CNNs. To assess the SF coding capabilities and trends of CNNs, we utilized popular architectures, including ResNet18, ResNet34, VGG11, VGG16, InceptionV3, EfficientNetb0, CORNet-S, CORTNet-RT, and CORNet-z, with both pre-trained on ImageNet and randomly initialized weights. Employing feature maps from the four last layers of each CNN, we trained an LDA model to classify the SF content of input images. Figure 5(a) shows the SF decoding accuracy of the CNNs on our dataset (SF decoding accuracy with random (R) and pre-trained (P) weights, ResNet18: P=0.96±0.01 / R=0.94±0.01, ResNet34 P=0.95±0.01 / R=0.86±0.01, VGG11: P=0.94±0.01 / R=0.93±0.01, VGG16: P=0.92±0.02 / R=0.90±0.02, InceptionV3: P=0.89±0.01 / R=0.67±0.03, EfficientNetb0: P=0.94±0.01 / R=0.30±0.01, CORNet-S: P=0.77±0.02 / R=0.36±0.02, CORTNet-RT: P=0.31±0.02 / R=0.33±0.02, and CORNet-z: P=0.94±0.01 / R=0.97±0.01). Except for CORNet-z, object recognition training increases the network's capacity for SF coding, with an improvement as significant as 64\% in EfficientNetb0. Furthermore, except for the CORNet family, LSF content exhibits higher recall values than HSF content, as observed in the IT cortex (p-value with random (R) and pre-trained (P) weights, ResNet18: P=0.39 / R=0.06, ResNet34 P=0.01 / R=0.01, VGG11: P=0.13 / R=0.07, VGG16: P=0.03 / R=0.05, InceptionV3: P=<0.001 / R=0.05, EfficientNetb0: P=0.07 / R=0.01). The recall values of CORNet-Z and ResNet18 are illustrated in Figure 5(b). However, while the CNNs exhibited some similarities in SF representation with the IT cortex, they did not replicate the SF-based profiles that predict neuron category selectivity. As depicted in Figure 5(c) although neurons formed similar profiles, these profiles were not associated with the category decoding performances of the neurons sharing the same profile.”

      Discussion:

      “Finally, we compared SF's representation trends and findings within the IT cortex and the current state-of-the-art networks in deep neural networks.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The mean baseline firing rate of their neurons (23.4 Hz) was rather high for single IT neurons (typically around 10 spikes/s or lower). Were these well-isolated units or mainly multiunit activity?

      We confirm that the recordings in our study were from both well-isolated single units and multi-unit activities (remaining after isolation neurons) sorted based on our spike sorting toolbox. The higher baseline firing rate is likely due to the experimental design, particularly the inclusion of the responsive neurons from the selectivity phase. We added the following statement to the methods section.

      “In our analysis, we utilized both well-isolated single units and multi-unit activities (which represent neural activities that could not be further sorted into single units), ensuring a comprehensive representation of neural responses across the recorded population.”

    1. Author Response:

      We appreciate the reviewers' detailed feedback, which has highlighted several areas where our study could be strengthened. Although we acknowledge the relatively limited scope of our CRISPR-based gene-deletion screen, we successfully demonstrated the immunogenic role of Pccb in our syngenetic pancreatic cancer mouse model. Specifically, loss of PCCB in our mutant KRAS/p53 PIK3CA-null (αKO) cells blocked host T cell killing of tumor cells.

      Furthermore, blocking the PD1/PD-L1 interaction reverses this anti-tumor immunogenic effect. We agree with the reviewers regarding the limitations of our study, such as the sample size in our scTCR sequencing and the lack of direct cytotoxicity assays to confirm tumor-specific T cell clones. However, our results are consistent across multiple experimental approaches that strongly suggest meaningful differences in host T cell response to the three implanted tumor types, KPC, αKO and p-αKO. We agree that future mechanistic studies will be important to determine how PCCB is involved in this immunogenic response. We also agree with the reviewers that future additional studies with other KPC cell lines will strength our conclusion regarding PCCB. Finally, we acknowledge the inherent limitations of IHC techniques to assess the involvement of other T cell checkpoints that might also be involved in this anti-tumor immunogenic effect. In summary, despite these limitations, our findings provide novel insight into the role of PCCB in pancreatic tumor immunogenicity and contribute to the ongoing discussion of how to improve therapeutic strategies for this deadly cancer.

      Reviewer 1:

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Clonal expansion of cytotoxic T cells infiltrating the pancreatic αKO tumors

      a. Only two tumor-bearing hosts were evaluated by single-cell TCR sequencing, thus limiting conclusions that may be drawn regarding repertoire diversity and expansion.

      We agree with the reviewer that possible repertoire diversity and expansion could be observed by sequencing more tumor-bearing hosts. However, our current data reveal a marked consistency in the transcriptional expression within the two tumors analyzed per group. Importantly, these features are significantly divergent between the αKO and p-αKO groups. While recognizing the limited sample size, the observed within-group consistency and the clear distinction between groups strongly support the validity of the reported trends.

      b. High abundance clones in the TME do not necessarily have tumor specificity, nor are they necessarily clonally expanded. They may be clones which are tissue-resident or highly chemokine-responsive and accumulate in larger numbers independent of clonal expansion. Please consider softening language to clonal enrichment or refer to clone size as clonal abundance throughout the paper.

      We agree with the reviewer that it’s possible that the high abundance clones are not necessarily tumor specific. Our previous work (N. Sivaram 2019) demonstrated the critical role of increased pancreatic CD8+ T cells in αKO tumor regression within B6 mice. Therefore, antigen specific CD8+ T cell clonal expansion within the pancreas is an anticipated observation. However, as the reviewer pointed out, a portion of this expansion may be attributable to factors independent of tumor antigens. While the low T cell infiltration observed in KPC-implanted mice argues against a purely tissue-resident explanation, further investigation is required to definitively establish the tumor specificity of individual clones. We have revised the manuscript to reflect this nuance, replacing "clonal expansion" with "clonal enrichment".

      c. The whole story would be greatly strengthened by cytotoxicity assays of abundant TCR clones to show tumor antigen specificity.

      As mentioned above, we agree with the reviewer that future studies are needed to investigate each of the specific clones. Due to the extended timeframe required, it’s beyond the scope of the present study.

      (2) A genome-wide CRISPR gene-deletion screen to identify molecules contributing to Pik3camediated pancreatic tumor immune evasion"

      a. CRISPR mutagenesis yielded outgrowth of only 2/8 tumors. A more complete screen with an increased total number of tumors would yield much stronger gene candidates with better statistical power. It is unsurprising that candidates were observed in only one of the two tumors. Nevertheless, the authors moved forward successfully with Pccb.

      We agree that by including more mice in the CRISPR screen, it’s possible that we could have identified more candidates. Regardless, we have successfully demonstrated PCCB’s role in pancreatic tumorgenicity with our mouse model.

      (3) T cells infiltrate p-αKO tumors with increased expression of immune checkpoint

      *a. In Figure 4D, cell counts are not normalized to totalCD8+ T cell counts making it difficult to directly compare aKO to p-aKO tumors. Based on quantifications from Figure 4D, I suspect normalization will strengthen the conclusion that CD8+ infiltrate is more exhausted in p-aKO tumors. *

      Due to the use of distinct tumor sections for quantifying CD8+ cells and T cell checkpoint inhibitory receptor expression, direct normalization of these counts is challenging. However, we observed comparable CD8+ cell numbers between αKO and p-αKO tumors, with p-αKO tumors exhibiting nearly double the expression of immune checkpoint receptors. Therefore, even accounting for potential normalization discrepancies, we anticipate that p-αKO tumors would still demonstrate a significantly higher percentage of immune checkpoint receptorpositive cells compared to αKO tumors.

      b. Flow cytometric analysis to further characterize the myeloid compartment is incomplete (single replicate) and does not strengthen the argument that p-aKO TME is more immunosuppressive. It could, however, strengthen the argument that TIL has less anti-tumor potential if effector molecule expression in CD8+ infiltrating cells were quantified.

      We agree that including more tumor samples will strengthen the argument that p-αKO TME is more immunosuppressive. Future studies need to be done to characterize CD8+ T cells.

      (4) Inhibition of PD1/PD-L1 checkpoint leads to elimination of most p-αKO tumors

      a. It is reasonable to conclude that p-aKO tumors are responsive to immune checkpoint blockade. However, there is no data presented to support the statement that checkpoint blockade reactivates an existing anti-tumor CD8+ T cell response and does not induce a de novo response

      We agree that future studies exploring the clonotypes of T cells infiltrating tumors in PD-1treated mice are necessary to determine whether observed T cell response represents reactivation of existing clones, a de novo response, or a combination of both.

      b. The discussion of these data implies that anti-PD-1 would not improve aKO tumor control, but these data are not included. As such, it is difficult to compare the therapeutic response in aKO versus p-aKO. Further, these data are at best an indirect comparison of the T cell responsiveness against tumor, as the only direct comparison is infiltrating cell count in Figure 4 and there are no public TCR clones with confirmed anti-tumor specificity to follow in the aKO versus p-aKO response.

      Since αKO tumors completely regress with 100% animal survival, we deemed anti-PD1 treatment in this group unnecessary. While we did assess anti-PD1 treatment in KPCimplanted mice, no survival benefit was observed (data not shown). The p-αKO tumor model was the only one in which anti-PD1 treatment improved survival. The complexity of the in vivo tumor microenvironment likely contributes to the lack of shared TCR clones between αKO and p-αKO tumors, even within the same tumor group. Future studies aimed at identifying tumorspecific clones may involve transferring in vivo models to in vitro assays or the generation of novel mouse strains expressing identified TCRs. However, these approaches require substantial time and resources and are beyond the scope of the present study.

      Reviewer 2:

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A major issue is that it seems these data are based on the use of a single tumor cell clone with PIK3CA deleted. Therefore, there could be other changes in this clone in addition to the deletion of PIK3CA that could contribute to the phenotype.

      We have previously tested a different KPC cell line (DT10022) with genetically downregulated PIK3CA and found mice implanted with αKO cells also showed tumor regression. However, we have not tested if deletion of Pccb in the DT10022-aKO cell line will have the same effect.

      2) The conclusion that the change in the PCCB-deficient tumor cell line is unrelated to mitochondrial metabolic changes may be incorrect based on the data provided. While it is true that in the experiments performed, there was no statistically significant change in the oxygen consumption rate or metabolite levels, this could be due to experimental error. There is a trend in the OCR being higher in the PCCB-deficient cells, although due to a high standard deviation, the change is not statistically significant. There is also a trend for there being more aKG in this cell line, but because there were only 3 samples per cell line, there is no statistically significant difference.

      Although PCCB is known to cause metabolic changes, in the context of this study, we are comparing PCCB-deficient to PCCB & PIK3CA double-deficient cells. We did not address if PCCB loss alone would cause metabolic alteration. We suspect that is the case.

      (3) More data are required to make the authors' conclusion that there are myeloid changes in the PCCB-deficient tumor cells. There is only flow data from shown from one tumor of each type.

      We agree that including more tumor samples will strengthen the argument that p-αKO TME is more immunosuppressive.

      (4) The previous published study demonstrated increased MHC and CD80 expression in the PIK3CA-deficient tumors and these differences were suggested to be the reason the tumors were rejected. However, no data concerning the levels of these proteins were provided in the current manuscript.

      Our previous hypothesis for altered MHC and CD80 levels is based on the observation that there is a dramatic increase in the number of infiltrating T cells upon Pik3ca deletion. In this study, similar levels of infiltrating T cells were observed when Pccb was deleted in αKO cells, therefore we do not expect any changes in MHC and CD80 levels since these tumors appears to be still recognized by the T cells. Indeed, we are able detect clonal enrichment in p-αKO tumors.

      Reviewer 3:

      Weaknesses:

      The IHC technique that was used to stain and characterize the exhaustion status of the tumorinfiltrating T cells.

      We agree with the reviewer that incorporating multi-color IHC or flow cytometry to characterize the exhaustion status of specific T cell subtypes would provide more comprehensive information. Unfortunately, we do not have the resources to perform these studies currently.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Guo and Uusisaari describes a series of experiments that employ a novel approach to address long-standing questions on the inferior olive in general and the role of the nucleoolivary projection specifically. For the first time, they optimized the ventral approach to the inferior olive to facilitate imaging in this area that is notoriously difficult to reach. Using this approach, they are able to compare activity in two olivary regions, the PO and DAO, during different types of stimulation. They demonstrate the difference between the two regions, linked to Aldoc-identities of downstream Purkinje cells, and that there is co-activation resulting in larger events when they are clustered. Periocular stimulation also drives larger events, related to co-activation. Using optogenetic stimulation they activate the nucleoolivary (N-O) tract and observe a wide range of responses, from excitation to inhibition. Zooming in on inhibition they test the assumption that N-O activation can be responsible for suppression of sensoryevoked events. Instead, they suggest that the N-O input can function to suppress background activity while preserving the sensory-driven responses.

      Strengths:

      This is an important study, tackling the long-standing issue of the impossibility to do imaging in the inferior olive and using that novel method to address the most relevant questions. The experiments are technically very challenging, the results are presented clearly and the analysis is quite rigorous. There is quite a lot of room for interpretation, see weaknesses, but the authors make an effort to cover many options.

      Weaknesses:

      The heavy anesthesia that is required during the experiment could severely impact the findings. Because of the anesthesia, the firing rate of IO neurons is found to be 0.1 Hz, significantly lower than the 1 Hz found in non-anesthetized mice. This is mentioned and discussed, but what the consequences could be cannot be understated and should be addressed more. Although the methods and results are described in sufficient detail, there are a few points that, when addressed, would improve the manuscript.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their encouraging comments and recognition of our study’s significance. We fully acknowledge the confounding effects of the deep anesthesia used in our experiments, which was necessary to ensure the animals’ welfare while establishing this technically demanding methodology. We elaborate on these effects below and will further clarify them in the revised manuscript.

      Ultimately, the full resolution of this issue will require recordings in awake animals, as we consider our approach an advancement from acute slice preparations but not yet a complete representation of in vivo IO function. However, key findings from our study—such as amplitude modulation with co-activation and the potential role of IO refractoriness in complex spike generation—could be further explored in existing cerebellar cortical recordings from awake, behaving animals. We hope our work will motivate re-examination of such datasets to assess whether these mechanisms contribute to overall cerebellar function.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      On page 10 the authors indicate that 2084 events were included for DAO and 1176 for PO. Is that the total number of events? What was the average and the range per neuron and the average recording duration?

      Thank you for pointing out lack of clarity. The sentence should say "in total, 2084 and 1176 detected events from DAO and PO were included in the study". We will add the averages and ranges of events detected per neuron in different categories, as well as the durations of the recordings (ranging from 120s to 270s) to the tables.

      On page 10 it is also stated that: "events in PO reached larger values than those in DAO even though the average values did not differ". Please clarify that statement. Which parameter + p-value in the table indicates this difference?

      Apologies for omission. Currently the observation is only visible in the longer tail to the right in the PO data in Figure 2B2. We will add the range of values (3.0-75.2 vs 3.1-39.6 for PO and DAO amplitudes, respectively) in text and the tables in the revision.

      Abbreviating airpuff to AP is confusing, I would suggest not abbreviating it.

      Understood. We will change AP to airpuff in the text. In figure labels, at least in some panels, the abbreviation will be necessary due to space constraints.

      What type of pulse was used to drive ChrimsonR? Could it be that the pulse caused a rebound-like phenomenon with the pulse duration that drove the excitation?

      As described on line 229 and in the Methods, we used 5-second trains of 5-ms LED light pulses. Importantly, these stimulation parameters were informed by our extensive in vitro examination of various stimulation patterns (Lefler et al., 2014), which consistently produced stable postsynaptic responses without inducing depolarization or rebound effects. Additionally, Loyola et al. (2024) reported no evidence of rebound activity in IO cells following optogenetic activation of N-O axons in the absence of direct neuronal depolarization. We will incorporate these considerations into the discussion, while also acknowledging that unequivocal confirmation of “direct” rebound excitation would require intracellular recordings, such as patch clamp experiments.

      The authors indicate that the excitatory activity was indistinguishable in shape from other calcium activity, but can anything be said about the timing (the scale bar in Figure 4A2 has no value, is it the same 2s pulse)?

      Apologies for oversight in labeling the scale bar in Figure 4A2 (it is 2s). While we deliberately refrain from making strong claims regarding the origin of the NO-evoked spikes, their timing can be examined in more detail in Figure 4 - Supplement 1, panels C and D. We will make sure this is clearly stated in the revised text.

      Did the authors check for accidental sparse transfection with ChrimsonR of olivary neurons in the post-mortem analysis?

      Good point! However, we have never seen this AAV9-based viral construct to drive trans-synaptic expression in the IO, nor is this version of AAV known to have the capacity for transsynaptic expression in general.

      No sign of retrograde labeling (via the CF collaterals in the cerebellar nuclei) was seen either. Notably, the hSyn promoter used to drive ChrimsonR expression is extremely ineffective in the IO. Thus, we doubt that such accidental labeling could underlie the excitatory events seen upon N-O stimulation. We will add these mentions with relevant references to the discussion of the revised manuscript.

      On page 18 the authors state that: "The lower SS rate was attributed to intrinsic factors of PNs, while the reduced frequency of CSs was speculated to result from increased inhibition of the IO via the nucleo-olivary (N-O) pathway targeting the same microzone." I think I understand what you mean to say, but this is a bit confusing.

      Agreed. We will rephrase this sentence to clarify that a lower SS rate in a given microzone may lead to increased activation of inhibitory N-O axons that target the region of IO that sends CF to the same microzone.

      Is airpuff stimulation not more likely to activate PO dan DAO because of the related modalities (more face vs. more trunk/limbs?), and thereby also more likely to drive event co-activation (as it is stated in the abstract).

      We agree that the specific innervation patterns of different IO regions likely explain the discrepancy between previous reports of airpuff-evoked complex spikes in cerebellar cortical regions targeted by DAO and the absence of airpuff responses in the particular region of DAO accessible via our surgical approach. As in the present dataset virtually no airpuff-evoked events were seen in DAO regions, we are unable to directly compare airpuff-evoked event co-activation between PO and DAO. The higher co-activation for PO was observed for "spontaneous" activity.

      The Discussion addresses the question of why N-O pathway activation does not remove the airpuff response.

      Given the potentially profound effect, I would propose to expand the discussion on the role of aneasthesia, including longer refractory periods but also potential disruption of normal network interactions (even though individually the stimulations work). Briefly indicating what is known about alpha-chloralose would help interpret the results as well.

      We fully agree that the anesthetic state introduces confounding factors that must be considered when interpreting our results. We will expand the discussion to address how anesthesia, particularly alphachloralose as well as tissue cooling, may contribute to prolonged refractory periods and potential disruptions in normal network interactions. However, we recognize that certain aspects cannot be fully resolved without recordings in awake animals. For this reason, we characterize our preparation as an "upgraded" in vitro approach rather than a fully representative in vivo model.

      Please clearly indicate that the age range of P35-45 is for the moment of virus injection and specify the age range for the imaging experiment.

      Apologies for the oversight. We will indicate these age ranges in the results (as they are currently only specified in Methods). The P35-45 range refers to moment of virus injection.

      The methods indicate that a low-pass filter of 1Hz was used. I am sure this helps with smoothing, but does it not remove a lot of potentially interesting information. How would a higher low-pass filter affect the analysis and results?

      We acknowledge that applying a 1 Hz low-pass filter inevitably removes high-frequency components, including potential IO oscillations and fine details such as spike "doublets." However, given the temporal resolution constraints of our recording approach, we prioritized capturing robust, interpretable events over attempting to extract finer features that might be obscured by both the indicator kinetics and imaging speed.

      While a higher cut-off frequency could, in principle, allow more precise measurement of rise times and peak timings, it would also amplify high-frequency noise, complicating automated event detection and reducing confidence in distinguishing genuine neural signals from artifacts. Given these trade-offs, we opted for a conservative filtering approach to ensure stable event detection. Future work, particularly with faster imaging rates and improved sensors (GCaMP8s) will be used to explore the finer temporal structure of IO activity. We will deliberate on these matters more extensively in the revised discussion.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors developed a strategy to image inferior olive somata via viral GCaMP6s expression, an implanted GRIN lens, and a one-photon head-mounted microscope, providing the first in vivo somatic recordings from these neurons. The main new findings relate to the activation of the nucleoolivary pathway, specifically that: this manipulation does not produce a spiking rebound in the IO; it exerts a larger effect on spontaneous IO spiking than stimulus (airpuff)-evoked spiking. In addition, several findings previously demonstrated in vivo in Purkinje cell complex spikes or inferior olivary axons are confirmed here in olivary somata: differences in event sizes from single cells versus co-activated cells; reduced coactivation when activating the NO pathway; more coactivation within a single zebrin compartment.

      The study presents some interesting findings, and for the most part, the analyses are appropriate. My two principal critiques are that the study does not acknowledge major technical limitations and their impact on the claims; and the study does not accurately represent prior work with respect to the current findings.

      We thank the reviewer for recognising the value of the findings in our "reduced" in vivo preparation, and apologize for omissions in the work that led to critique. We will elaborate on these matters below and prepare a revised manuscript.

      The authors use GCaMP6s, which has a tau1/2 of >1 s for a normal spike, and probably closer to 2 s (10.1038/nature12354) for the unique and long type of olivary spikes that give rise to axonal bursts (10.1016/j.neuron.2009.03.023). Indeed, the authors demonstrate as much (Fig. 2B1). This affects at least several claims:

      a. The authors report spontaneous spike rates of 0.1 Hz. They attribute this to anesthesia, yet other studies under anesthesia recording Purkinje complex spikes via either imaging or electrophysiology report spike rates as high as 1.5 Hz (10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2525-10.2011). This discrepancy is not acknowledged and a plausible explanation is not given. Citations are not provided that demonstrate such low anesthetized spike rates, nor are citations provided for the claim that spike rates drop increasingly with increasing levels of anesthesia when compared to awake resting conditions.

      We fully acknowledge that anesthesia is a major confounding factor in our study. Given the unusually invasive nature of our surgical preparation, we prioritized deep anesthesia to ensure the animals’ welfare. This, along with potential cooling effects from tissue removal and GRIN lens contact, likely contributed to the observed suppression of IO activity.

      We recognize that reported complex spike rates under anesthesia vary considerably across studies, and we will expand our discussion to provide a more comprehensive comparison with prior literature. Notably, different anesthetic protocols, levels of anesthesia, and recording methodologies can lead to widely different estimates of firing rates. While we cannot resolve this issue without recordings in awake animals, we will clarify that our observed rates likely reflect both the effects of anesthesia and specific methodological constraints. We will also incorporate additional references to studies examining cerebellar activity under different anesthetic conditions.

      More likely, this discrepancy reflects spikes that are missed due to a combination of the indicator kinetics and low imaging sensitivity (see (2)), neither of which are presented as possible plausible alternative explanations.

      We acknowledge that the combination of slow indicator kinetics and limited optical power in our miniature microscope setup constrains the temporal resolution of our recordings. However, we are confident that we can reliably detect events occurring at intervals of 1 second or longer. This confidence is based on data from another preparation using the same viral vector and optical system, where we observed spike rates an order of magnitude higher.

      That said, we do not make claims regarding the presence or absence of somatic events occurring at very short intervals (e.g., 100-ms "doublets," as described by Titley et al., 2019), as these would likely fall below our temporal resolution. We will clarify this limitation in the revised manuscript to ensure that the constraints of our approach are fully acknowledged.

      While GCaMP6s is not as sensitive as more recent variants (Zhang et al., 2023, PMID 36922596), our previous work (Dorgans et al., 2022) demonstrated that its dynamic range and sensitivity are sufficient to detect both spikes and subthreshold activity in vitro. Although the experimental conditions differ in the current miniscope experiments, we took measures to optimize signal quality, including excluding recordings with a low signal-to-noise ratio (see Methods). This need for high signal fidelity also informed our decision to limit the sampling rate to 20 fps. In future work, we plan to adopt newer GCaMP variants that were not available at the start of this project, which should further improve sensitivity and temporal resolution.

      Many claims are made throughout about co-activation ("clustering"), but with the GCaMP6s rise time to peak (0.5 s), there is little technical possibility to resolve co-activation. This limitation is not acknowledged as a caveat and the implications for the claims are not engaged with in the text.

      As noted in the manuscript (L492-), "interpreting fluorescence signals relative to underlying voltage changes is challenging, particularly in IO neurons with unusual calcium dynamics." We acknowledge that the slow rise time of GCaMP6s ( 0.5 s) limits our ability to precisely resolve the timing of co-activation at very short intervals. However, given the relatively slow timescales of IO event clustering and the inherent synchrony in olivary network dynamics, we believe that the observed co-activation patterns remain meaningful, even if finer temporal details cannot be fully resolved.

      To ensure clarity, we will expand this section to explicitly acknowledge the temporal resolution limitations of our approach and discuss their implications for interpreting co-activation. While the precise timing of individual spikes within a cluster may not be resolvable, the observed increase in event magnitude with coarse co-activation suggests that clustering effects remain functionally relevant even when exact spike synchrony is not detectable at millisecond resolution.

      This finding is consistent with the idea that co-activation enhances calcium influx, leading to larger amplitude events — a relationship that does not require perfect temporal resolution to be observed. The fact that this effect persists across a broad range of clustering windows (as shown in Figure 2 Supplement 2) further supports its robustness. While we cannot make strong claims about precise spike timing within these clusters nor about the mechanism underlying enhanced calcium signal, our results demonstrate that co-activation may influence IO activity in a quantifiable way. We will clarify these points in the revised manuscript to ensure that our findings are appropriately framed given the temporal constraints of our imaging approach.

      The study reports an ultralong "refractory period" (L422-etc) in the IO, but this again must be tempered by the possibility that spikes are simply being missed due to very slow indicator kinetics and limited sensitivity. Indeed, the headline numeric estimate of 1.5 s (L445) is suspiciously close to the underlying indicator kinetic limitation of 1-2 s.

      Our findings suggest a potential refractory period limiting the frequency of events in the inferior olive under our recording conditions. This interpretation is supported by the observed inter-event interval distribution, the inability of N-O stimulation to suppress airpuff-evoked events, and lower bounds reported in earlier literature on complex spike intervals recorded in awake animals under various behavioral contexts. Taking into account the likely cooling of tissue, a refractory period of 1.5s is not unreasonable. Of course, we recognize that the slow decay kinetics of GCaMP6s may cause overlapping fluorescence signals, potentially obscuring closely spaced events. This is in line with data presented in the Chen et al 2013 manuscript describing GCaMp6s (PMID: 36922596; Figure 3b showing events detected with intervals less than 500 ms).

      The consideration of refractoriness only arose late in the project while we were investigating the explanations for lack of inhibition of airpuff-evoked spikes. Future experiments, particularly in awake animals, will be instrumental in validating this interpretation. To ensure that the refractory period is understood as one possible mechanism rather than a definitive explanation, we will rephrase the discussion to clarify that while our data are compatible with a refractory period, they do not establish it conclusively.

      The study uses endoscopic one-photon miniaturized microscope imaging. Realistically, this is expected to permit an axial point spread function (z-PSF) on the order of 40um, which must substantially reduce resolution and sensitivity. This means that if there *is* local coactivation, the data in this study will very likely have individual ROIs that integrate signals from multiple neighboring cells. The study reports relationships between event magnitude and clustering, etc; but a fluorescence signal that contains photons contributed by multiple neighboring neurons will be larger than a single neuron, regardless of the underlying physiology - the text does not acknowledge this possibility or limitation.

      We acknowledge that the use of one-photon endoscopic imaging imposes limitations on axial resolution, potentially leading to signal contributions from neighboring neurons. To mitigate this, we applied CNMFe processing, which allows for the deconvolution of overlapping signals and the differentiation of multiple neuronal sources within shared pixels. However, as the reviewer points out, if two neurons are perfectly overlapping in space, they may be treated as a single unit.

      To clarify this limitation, we will expand the discussion to explicitly acknowledge the impact of one-photon imaging on signal separation and to emphasize that, while CNMFe helps resolve some overlaps, perfect separation is not always possible. As already noted in the manuscript (L495-), "the absence of optical sectioning in the whole-field imaging method can lead to confounding artifacts in densely labeled structures such as the IO’s tortuous neuropil." We will further elaborate on how this factor was considered in our analysis and interpretation.

      Second, the text makes several claims for the first multicellular in vivo olivary recordings. (L11; L324, etc).

      I am aware of at least two studies that have recorded populations of single olivary axons using two-photon Ca2+ imaging up to 6 years ago (10.1016/j.neuron.2019.03.010; 10.7554/eLife.61593). This technique is not acknowledged or discussed, and one of these studies is not cited. No argument is presented for why axonal imaging should not "count" as multicellular in vivo olivary recording: axonal Ca2+ reflects somatic spiking.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s point and acknowledge the important prior work using two-photon imaging to record olivary axonal activity in the cerebellar cortex. However, while axonal calcium signals do reflect somatic spiking, these recordings inherently lack information about the local network interactions within the inferior olive itself.

      A key motivation for our study was to observe neuronal activity within the IO at the level of its gap-junctioncoupled local circuits, rather than at the level of its divergent axonal outputs. The fan-like spread of climbing fibers across rostrocaudal microzones in the cerebellar cortex makes them relatively easy to record in vivo, but it also means that individual imaging fields contain axons from neurons that may be distributed across different IO microdomains. As a result, while previous work has provided valuable insight into olivary output patterns, it has not allowed for the examination of coordinated somatic activity within localized IO neuron clusters.

      With apologies, we recognize that this distinction was not sufficiently emphasized in our introduction. We will clarify this key point and ensure that the important climbing fiber imaging studies are properly cited and contextualized in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors state: "we found no reports that examined coactivation levels between Z+ and Z- microzones in cerebellar complex spike recordings" (L359). Multiple papers (that are not cited) using AldolaceC-tdTomato mice with two photon Purkinje dendritic calcium imaging showed synchronization (at similar levels) within but not across z+/z- bands. (2015 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2170-14.2015, 2023 https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.86340).

      We apologize for the misleading phrasing. We will rephrase this statement to: "While complex spike coactivation within individual zebrin zones has been extensively studied (references), we found no reports directly comparing the levels of intra-zone co-activation between Z+ and Z microzones."

      Additionally, we will ensure that the relevant studies demonstrating synchronization within zebrin zones, as well as (lack of) interactions between neighboring zones, are properly cited and discussed in the revised manuscript.

      The figures could use more proofreading, and several decisions should be reconsidered:

      Normalizing the amplitude to maximum is not a good strategy, as it can overemphasize noise or extremely small-magnitude signals, and should instead follow standard convention and present in fixed units (3A2, 4B2, and even 2C).

      As noted earlier, we have excluded recordings and cells with high noise or a low signal-to-noise ratio for event amplitudes, ensuring that such data do not influence the color-coded panels. Importantly, all quantitative analyses and traces presented in the manuscript are normalized to baseline noise level, not to maximal amplitude, ensuring that noise or low-magnitude signals do not skew the analysis.

      The decision to use max-amplitude normalization in color-coded panels was made specifically to aid visualization of temporal structure across recordings. This approach allows for clearer comparisons without the distraction of inter-cell variability in absolute signal strength. However, we recognize the potential for confusion and will revise the Results text to explicitly clarify that the color-coded visualizations use a different scaling method than the quantitative analyses.

      x axes with no units: Figures 2B2, 2E1, 3B2, 3C2, 5B2, 5C2, 5D2.

      No colorbar units: 5A3 (and should be shown in real not normalized units).

      No y axis units: 5D1.

      No x axis label or units: 5E1.

      5E3 says "stim/baseline" for the y-axis units and then the first-panel title says "absolute frequencies" meaning it’s *not* normalized and needs a separate (accurate) y-axis with units.

      Illegibly tiny fonts: 2E1, 3E1, etc.

      We will correct all these in the revised manuscript. Thank you for careful reading.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Kawadkar et al investigates the role of Nup107 in developmental progression via the regulation of ecdysone signaling. The authors identify an interesting phenotype of Nup107 whole-body RNAi depletion in Drosophila development - developmental arrest at the late larval stage. Nup107-depleted larvae exhibit mislocalization of the Ecdysone receptor (EcR) from the nucleus to the cytoplasm and reduced expression of EcR target genes in salivary glands, indicative of compromised ecdysone signaling. This mis-localization of EcR in salivary glands was phenocopied when Nup107 was depleted only in the prothoracic gland (PG), suggesting that it is not nuclear transport of EcR but the presence of ecdysone (normally secreted from PG) that is affected. Consistently, whole-body levels of ecdysone were shown to be reduced in Nup107 KD, particularly at the late third instar stage when a spike in ecdysone normally occurs. Importantly, the authors could rescue the developmental arrest and EcR mislocalization phenotypes of Nup107 KD by adding exogenous ecdysone, supporting the notion that Nup107 depletion disrupts biosynthesis of ecdysone, which arrests normal development. Additionally, they found that rescue of the Nup107 KD phenotype can also be achieved by over-expression of the receptor tyrosine kinase torso, which is thought to be the upstream regulator of ecdysone synthesis in the PG. Transcript levels of the torso are also shown to be downregulated in the Nup107KD, as are transcript levels of multiple ecdysone biosynthesis genes. Together, these experiments reveal a new role of Nup107 or nuclear pore levels in hormone-driven developmental progression, likely via regulation of levels of torso and torso-stimulated ecdysone biosynthesis.

      Strengths:

      The developmental phenotypes of an NPC component presented in the manuscript are striking and novel, and the data appears to be of high quality. The rescue experiments are particularly significant, providing strong evidence that Nup107 functions upstream of torso and ecdysone levels in the regulation of developmental timing and progression.

      Weaknesses:

      The underlying mechanism is however not clear, and any insight into how Nup107 may regulate these pathways would greatly strengthen the manuscript. Some suggestions to address this are detailed below.

      Major questions:

      (1) Determining how specific this phenotype is to Nup107 vs. to reduced NPC levels overall would give some mechanistic insight. Does knocking down other components of the Nup107 subcomplex (the Y-complex) lead to similar phenotypes? Given the published gene regulatory function of Nup107, do other gene regulatory Nups such as Nup98 or Nup153 produce these phenotypes?

      (2) In a related issue, does this level of Nup107 KD produce lower NPC levels? It is expected to, but actual quantification of nuclear pores in Nup107-depleted tissues should be added. These and the above experiments would help address a key mechanistic question - is this phenotype the result of lower numbers of nuclear pores or specifically of Nup107?

      (3) Additional experiments on how Nup107 regulates the torso would provide further insight. Does Nup107 regulate transcription of the torso or perhaps its mRNA export? Looking at nascent levels of the torso transcript and the localization of its mRNA can help answer this question. Or alternatively, does Nup107 physically bind the torso?

      (4) The depletion level of Nup107 RNAi specifically in the salivary gland vs. the prothoracic gland should be compared by RT-qPCR or western blotting.

      (5) The UAS-torso rescue experiment should also include the control of an additional UAS construct - so Nup107; UAS-control vs Nup107; UAS-torso should be compared in the context of rescue to make sure the Gal4 driver is functioning at similar levels in the rescue experiment.

      Minor:

      (6) Figures and figure legends can stand to be more explicit and detailed, respectively.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study by Kawadkar et al, the authors investigate the developmental role of Nup107, a nucleoporin, in regulating the larval-to-pupal transition in Drosophila through RNAi knockdown and CRISPR-Cas9-mediated gene editing. They demonstrate that Nup107, an essential component of the nuclear pore complex (NPC), is crucial for regulating ecdysone signaling during developmental transitions. The authors show that the depletion of Nup107 disrupts these processes, offering valuable insights into its role in development.

      Specifically, they find that:

      (1) Nup107 depletion impairs pupariation during the larval-to-pupal transition.<br /> (2) RNAi knockdown of Nup107 results in defects in EcR nuclear translocation, a key regulator of ecdysone signaling.<br /> (3) Exogenous 20-hydroxyecdysone (20E) rescues pupariation blocks, but rescued pupae fail to close.<br /> (4) Nup107 RNAi-induced defects can be rescued by activation of the MAP kinase pathway.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript provides strong evidence that Nup107, a component of the nuclear pore complex (NPC), plays a crucial role in regulating the larval-to-pupal transition in Drosophila, particularly in ecdysone signaling.

      The authors employ a combination of RNAi knockdown, CRISPR-Cas9 gene editing, and rescue experiments, offering a comprehensive approach to studying Nup107's developmental function.

      The study effectively connects Nup107 to ecdysone signaling, a key regulator of developmental transitions, offering novel insights into the molecular mechanisms controlling metamorphosis.

      The use of exogenous 20-hydroxyecdysone (20E) and activation of the MAP kinase pathway provides a strong mechanistic perspective, suggesting that Nup107 may influence EcR signaling and ecdysone biosynthesis.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors do not sufficiently address the potential off-target effects of RNAi, which could impact the validity of their findings. Alternative approaches, such as heterozygous or clonal studies, could help confirm the specificity of the observed phenotypes.

      NPC Complex Specificity: While the authors focus on Nup107, it remains unclear whether the observed defects are specific to this nucleoporin or if other NPC components also contribute to similar defects. Demonstrating similar results with other NPC components would strengthen their claims.

      Although the authors show that Nup107 depletion disrupts EcR signaling, the precise molecular mechanism by which Nup107 influences this process is not fully explored. Further investigation into how Nup107 regulates EcR nuclear translocation or ecdysone biosynthesis would improve the clarity of the findings.

      There are some typographical errors and overly strong phrases, such as "unequivocally demonstrate," which could be softened. Additionally, the presentation of redundant data in different tissues could be streamlined to enhance clarity and flow.

    3. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study provides a thorough analysis of Nup107's role in Drosophila metamorphosis, demonstrating that its depletion leads to developmental arrest at the third larval instar stage due to disruptions in ecdysone biosynthesis and EcR signaling. Importantly, the authors establish a novel connection between Nup107 and Torso receptor expression, linking it to the hormonal cascade regulating pupariation.

      However, some contradictory results weaken the conclusions of the study. The authors claim that Nup107 is involved in the translocation of EcR from the cytoplasm to the nucleus. However, the evidence provided in the paper suggests it more likely regulates EcR expression positively, as EcR is undetectable in Nup107-depleted animals, even below background levels.

      We appreciate the concern raised in this public review. However, we must clarify that we do not claim that Nup107 regulates the translocation of EcR from the cytoplasm. It is important to note that we posited this hypothesis if Nup107 will regulate EcR nuclear translocation (9<sup>th</sup> line of 2<sup>nd</sup> paragraph on page 6). We have spelled this out more clearly as the 3<sup>rd</sup> sub-section title of the Results section, and in the discussion (8<sup>th</sup> line of 2<sup>nd</sup> paragraph on page 11). Overall, we have expressed surprise that Nup107 is not directly involved in the nuclear translocation of EcR.

      Ecdysone hormone acts through the EcR to induce the transcription of EcR also and creates a positive autoregulatory loop that enhances the EcR level through ecdysone signaling (1). Since Nup107 depletion leads to a reduction in ecdysone levels, it disrupts the transcription autoregulatory EcR expression loop. This can contribute to the reduced EcR levels seen in Nup107-depleted animals.

      Additionally, the link between Nup107 and Torso is not fully substantiated. While overexpression of Torso appears to rescue the lack of 20E production in the prothoracic gland, the distinct phenotypes of Torso and Nup107 depletion-developmental delay in the former versus complete larval arrest in the latter complicate understanding of Nup107's precise role.

      We understand that there are differences in the developmental delay when Tosro and Nup107 depletion is analyzed. However, the two molecules being compared here are very different, and the extent of Torso depletion is not evident in other studies (2). Even if the extent of depletion of Torso and Nup107 is similar, we believe that Nup107, being a more widely expressed protein, induces stronger defects owing to its importance in cellular physiology. We think that RNAi-mediated depletion of Nup107 causes a defect in 20E biosynthesis through the Halloween genes, inducing a developmental arrest.

      To clarify these discrepancies, further investigation into whether Nup107 interacts with other critical signaling pathways related to the regulation of ecdysone biosynthesis, such as EGFR or TGF-β, would be beneficial and could strengthen the findings.

      In summary, although the study presents some intriguing observations, several conclusions are not well-supported by the experimental data.

      We agree with the reviewer’s suggestion. As noted in the literature, five RTKs-torso, InR, EGFR, Alk, and Pvr-stimulate the PI3K/Akt pathway, which plays a crucial role in the PG functioning and controlling pupariation and body size (3). We have checked the torso and EGFR signaling. We rescued Nup107 defects with the torso overexpression, however, constitutively active EGFR (BL-59843) did not rescue the phenotype (data was not shown). Nonetheless, we plan to examine the EGFR pathway activation by measuring the pERK levels in Nup107-depleted PGs.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Kawadkar et al investigates the role of Nup107 in developmental progression via the regulation of ecdysone signaling. The authors identify an interesting phenotype of Nup107 whole-body RNAi depletion in Drosophila development - developmental arrest at the late larval stage. Nup107-depleted larvae exhibit mis-localization of the Ecdysone receptor (EcR) from the nucleus to the cytoplasm and reduced expression of EcR target genes in salivary glands, indicative of compromised ecdysone signaling. This mis-localization of EcR in salivary glands was phenocopied when Nup107 was depleted only in the prothoracic gland (PG), suggesting that it is not nuclear transport of EcR but the presence of ecdysone (normally secreted from PG) that is affected. Consistently, whole-body levels of ecdysone were shown to be reduced in Nup107 KD, particularly at the late third instar stage when a spike in ecdysone normally occurs. Importantly, the authors could rescue the developmental arrest and EcR mislocalization phenotypes of Nup107 KD by adding exogenous ecdysone, supporting the notion that Nup107 depletion disrupts biosynthesis of ecdysone, which arrests normal development. Additionally, they found that rescue of the Nup107 KD phenotype can also be achieved by over-expression of the receptor tyrosine kinase torso, which is thought to be the upstream regulator of ecdysone synthesis in the PG. Transcript levels of the torso are also shown to be downregulated in the Nup107KD, as are transcript levels of multiple ecdysone biosynthesis genes. Together, these experiments reveal a new role of Nup107 or nuclear pore levels in hormone-driven developmental progression, likely via regulation of levels of torso and torso-stimulated ecdysone biosynthesis.

      Strengths:

      The developmental phenotypes of an NPC component presented in the manuscript are striking and novel, and the data appears to be of high quality. The rescue experiments are particularly significant, providing strong evidence that Nup107 functions upstream of torso and ecdysone levels in the regulation of developmental timing and progression.

      Weaknesses:

      The underlying mechanism is however not clear, and any insight into how Nup107 may regulate these pathways would greatly strengthen the manuscript. Some suggestions to address this are detailed below.

      Major questions:

      (1) Determining how specific this phenotype is to Nup107 vs. to reduced NPC levels overall would give some mechanistic insight. Does knocking down other components of the Nup107 subcomplex (the Y-complex) lead to similar phenotypes? Given the published gene regulatory function of Nup107, do other gene regulatory Nups such as Nup98 or Nup153 produce these phenotypes?

      We thank this public review to raise this concern. Working with a Nup-complex like the Nup107 complex, this concern is anticipated but difficult to address as many Nups function beyond their complex identity. Our observations with all other members of the Nup107-complex, including dELYS, suggest that except Nup107, none of the other Nup107-complex members could induce larval developmental arrest.

      In this study, we primarily focused on the Nup107 complex (outer ring complex) of the NPC. We have not examined other nucleoporins outside of this complex, such as Nup98 and Nup153. However, previous studies have reported that Nup98 and Nup153 interact with chromatin, with these investigations conducted in Drosophila S2 cells (4, 5, 6). In the future, we may check whether Nup98 and Nup153 depletion can produce the arrest phenotype.

      (2) In a related issue, does this level of Nup107 KD produce lower NPC levels? It is expected to, but actual quantification of nuclear pores in Nup107-depleted tissues should be added. These and the above experiments would help address a key mechanistic question - is this phenotype the result of lower numbers of nuclear pores or specifically of Nup107?

      We agree with the concern raised here, and we plan to assess nucleoporin intensity using mAb414 antibody (exclusively FG-repeat Nup recognizing antibody) in the Nup107 depletion background. Our past observations suggest that Nup107-depletion does not affect the overall nuclear pore complex assembly in Drosophila salivary glands (Data is not shown).

      (3) Additional experiments on how Nup107 regulates the torso would provide further insight. Does Nup107 regulate transcription of the torso or perhaps its mRNA export? Looking at nascent levels of the torso transcript and the localization of its mRNA can help answer this question. Or alternatively, does Nup107 physically bind the torso?

      While the concern regarding torso transcript level is genuine, we have already reported in the manuscript that Nup107 levels directly regulate torso expression. When Nup107 is depleted torso levels go down, which in turn controls ecdysone production and subsequent EcR signaling (Figure 6B of the manuscript). However, the exact nature of Nup107 regulation on torso expression is still unclear. Since the Nup107 is known to interact with chromatin (7), it may affect torso transcription. The possibility of a physiologically relevant interaction between Nup107 and the torso in a cellular context is unlikely due to their distinct sub-cellular localizations. If we investigate this further, it will require a significant amount of time for having reagents and experimentation, and currently stands beyond the scope of this manuscript.

      (4) The depletion level of Nup107 RNAi specifically in the salivary gland vs. the prothoracic gland should be compared by RT-qPCR or western blotting.

      Although we know that the Nup107 protein signal is reduced in SG upon knockdown (Figure 3B), we have not compared the Nup107 transcript level in these two tissues (SG and PG). As suggested here, we will knock down Nup107 using SG and PG-specific drivers and quantify the Nup107 depletion level by RT-qPCR.

      (5) The UAS-torso rescue experiment should also include the control of an additional UAS construct - so Nup107; UAS-control vs Nup107; UAS-torso should be compared in the context of rescue to make sure the Gal4 driver is functioning at similar levels in the rescue experiment.

      This is a very valid point, and we took this into account while planning the experiment. To maintain the GAL4 function, we used the Nup107<sup>KK</sup>;UAS-GFP as control alongside the Nup107<sup>KK</sup>;UAS-torso. This approach ensures that GAL4 dilution does not affect observations made in the experiments. It can be noticed in Figure S7 that the presence of GFP signal in prothoracic glands and their reduced size indicates genes downstream to both UAS sequences are transcribed, and GAL4 dilution does not play a role here.

      Minor:

      (6) Figures and figure legends can stand to be more explicit and detailed, respectively.

      We will revisit all figures and their corresponding legends to ensure appropriate and explicit details are provided.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study by Kawadkar et al, the authors investigate the developmental role of Nup107, a nucleoporin, in regulating the larval-to-pupal transition in Drosophila through RNAi knockdown and CRISPR-Cas9-mediated gene editing. They demonstrate that Nup107, an essential component of the nuclear pore complex (NPC), is crucial for regulating ecdysone signaling during developmental transitions. The authors show that the depletion of Nup107 disrupts these processes, offering valuable insights into its role in development.

      Specifically, they find that:

      (1) Nup107 depletion impairs pupariation during the larval-to-pupal transition.

      (2) RNAi knockdown of Nup107 results in defects in EcR nuclear translocation, a key regulator of ecdysone signaling.

      (3) Exogenous 20-hydroxyecdysone (20E) rescues pupariation blocks, but rescued pupae fail to close.

      (4) Nup107 RNAi-induced defects can be rescued by activation of the MAP kinase pathway.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript provides strong evidence that Nup107, a component of the nuclear pore complex (NPC), plays a crucial role in regulating the larval-to-pupal transition in Drosophila, particularly in ecdysone signaling.

      The authors employ a combination of RNAi knockdown, CRISPR-Cas9 gene editing, and rescue experiments, offering a comprehensive approach to studying Nup107's developmental function.

      The study effectively connects Nup107 to ecdysone signaling, a key regulator of developmental transitions, offering novel insights into the molecular mechanisms controlling metamorphosis.

      The use of exogenous 20-hydroxyecdysone (20E) and activation of the MAP kinase pathway provides a strong mechanistic perspective, suggesting that Nup107 may influence EcR signaling and ecdysone biosynthesis.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors do not sufficiently address the potential off-target effects of RNAi, which could impact the validity of their findings. Alternative approaches, such as heterozygous or clonal studies, could help confirm the specificity of the observed phenotypes.

      This is a very valid point raised, and we are aware of the consequences of the off-target effects of RNAi. To assert the effects of authentic RNAi and reduce the off-target effects, we have used two RNAi lines (Nup107<sup>GD</sup> and Nup107<sup>KK</sup>) against Nup107. Both RNAi induced comparable levels of Nup107 reduction, and using these lines, ubiquitous and PG specific knockdown produced similar phenotypes. Although the Nup107<sup>GD</sup> line exhibited a relatively stronger knockdown compared to the Nup107<sup>KK</sup> line, we preferentially used the Nup107<sup>KK</sup> line because the Nup107<sup>GD</sup> line is based on the P-element insertion, and the exact landing site is unknown. Furthermore, there is an off-target predicted for the Nup107<sup>GD</sup> line, where a 19bp sequence aligns with the bifocal (bif) sequence. The bif-encoded protein is involved in axon guidance and regulation of axon extension. However, the Nup107<sup>KK</sup> line does not have a predicted off-target molecule, and we know its precise landing site on the second chromosome. Thus, the Nup107<sup>KK</sup> line was ultimately used in experimentation for its clearer and more reliable genetic background.

      We are also investigating Nup107 knockdown in the prothoracic gland, which exhibits polyteny. Additionally, the number of cells in the prothoracic gland is quite limited, approximately 50-60 cells (8). Given this, there is a possibility that a clonal study may not yield the phenotype. However, we will consider moving forward with this approach also.

      NPC Complex Specificity: While the authors focus on Nup107, it remains unclear whether the observed defects are specific to this nucleoporin or if other NPC components also contribute to similar defects. Demonstrating similar results with other NPC components would strengthen their claims.

      We thank this public review to raise this concern. Working with a Nup-complex like the Nup107 complex, this concern is anticipated but difficult to address as many Nups function beyond their complex identity. Our observations with all other members of the Nup107-complex, including dELYS, suggest that except Nup107, none of the other Nup107-complex members could induce larval developmental arrest. Since the study is primarily focused on the Nup107 complex (outer ring complex) of the NPC, we have not examined other nucleoporins outside of this complex.

      Although the authors show that Nup107 depletion disrupts EcR signaling, the precise molecular mechanism by which Nup107 influences this process is not fully explored. Further investigation into how Nup107 regulates EcR nuclear translocation or ecdysone biosynthesis would improve the clarity of the findings.

      We appreciate the concern raised. Through our observation, we have proposed the upstream effect of Nup107 on the PTTH-torso-20E-EcR axis regulating developmental transitions. We know that Nup107 regulates torso levels, but we do not know if Nup107 directly interacts with torso. We would like to address whether Nup107 exerts control on PTTH levels also.

      We must emphasize that Nup107 does not directly regulate the translocation of EcR. On the contrary, we have demonstrated that EcR translocation is 20E dependent and Nup107 independent. Through our observations, we have argued that Nup107 regulates the expression of Halloween genes required for ecdysone biosynthesis. We are interested in identifying if Nup107 associates directly or through some protein to chromatin to bring about the changes in gene expression required for normal development.

      There are some typographical errors and overly strong phrases, such as "unequivocally demonstrate," which could be softened. Additionally, the presentation of redundant data in different tissues could be streamlined to enhance clarity and flow.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. We will remove all typographical errors and make reasonable statements based on our conclusions.

      References:

      (1) Varghese, Jishy, and Stephen M Cohen. “microRNA miR-14 acts to modulate a positive autoregulatory loop controlling steroid hormone signaling in Drosophila.” Genes & development vol. 21,18 (2007): 2277-82. doi:10.1101/gad.439807

      (2) Rewitz, Kim F et al. “The insect neuropeptide PTTH activates receptor tyrosine kinase torso to initiate metamorphosis.” Science (New York, N.Y.) vol. 326,5958 (2009): 1403-5. doi:10.1126/science.1176450

      (3) Pan, Xueyang, and Michael B O'Connor. “Coordination among multiple receptor tyrosine kinase signals controls Drosophila developmental timing and body size.” Cell reports vol. 36,9 (2021): 109644. doi:10.1016/j.celrep.2021.109644

      (4) Pascual-Garcia, Pau et al. “Metazoan Nuclear Pores Provide a Scaffold for Poised Genes and Mediate Induced Enhancer-Promoter Contacts.” Molecular cell vol. 66,1 (2017): 63-76.e6. doi:10.1016/j.molcel.2017.02.020

      (5) Pascual-Garcia, Pau et al. “Nup98-dependent transcriptional memory is established independently of transcription.” eLife vol. 11 e63404. 15 Mar. 2022, doi:10.7554/eLife.63404

      (6) Kadota, Shinichi et al. “Nucleoporin 153 links nuclear pore complex to chromatin architecture by mediating CTCF and cohesin binding.” Nature communications vol. 11,1 2606. 25 May. 2020, doi:10.1038/s41467-020-16394-3

      (7) Gozalo, Alejandro et al. “Core Components of the Nuclear Pore Bind Distinct States of Chromatin and Contribute to Polycomb Repression.” Molecular cell vol. 77,1 (2020): 67-81.e7. doi:10.1016/j.molcel.2019.10.017

      (8) Shimell, MaryJane, and Michael B O'Connor. “Endoreplication in the Drosophila melanogaster prothoracic gland is dispensable for the critical weight checkpoint.” microPublication biology vol. 2023 10.17912/micropub.biology.000741. 21 Feb. 2023, doi:10.17912/micropub.biology.000741

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors propose a "unifying method to evaluate inter-areal interactions in different types of neuronal recordings, timescales, and species". The method consists of computing the variance explained by a linear decoder that attempts to predict individual neural responses (firing rates) in one area based on neural responses in another area.

      The authors apply the method to previously published calcium imaging data from layer 4 and layers 2/3 of 4 mice over 7 days, and simultaneously recorded Utah array spiking data from areas V1 and V4 of 1 monkey over 5 days of recording. They report distributions over "variance explained" numbers for several combinations: from mouse V1 L4 to mouse V1 L2/3, from L2/3 to L4, from monkey V1 to monkey V4, and from V4 to V1. For their monkey data, they also report the corresponding results for different temporal shifts. Overall, they find the expected results: responses in each of the two neural populations are predictive of responses in the other, more so when the stimulus is not controlled than when it is, and with sometimes different results for different stimulus classes (e.g., gratings vs. natural images).

      Strengths:

      (1) Use of existing data.

      (2) Addresses an interesting question.

      Weaknesses:

      Unfortunately, the method falls short of the state of the art: both generalized linear models (GLMs), which have been used in similar contexts for at least 20 years (see the many papers, both theoretical and applied to neural population data, by e.g. Simoncelli, Paninsky, Pillow, Schwartz, and many colleagues dating back to 2004), and the extension of Granger causality to point processes (e.g. Kim et al. PLoS CB 2011). Both approaches are substantially superior to what is proposed in the manuscript, since they enforce non-negativity for spike rates (the importance of which can be seen in Figure 2AB), and do not require unnecessary coarse-graining of the data by binning spikes (the 200 ms time bins are very long compared to the time scale on which communication between closely connected neuronal populations within an area, or between related areas, takes place).

      In terms of analysis results, the work in the manuscript presents some expected and some less expected results. However, because the monkey data are based on only one monkey (misleadingly, the manuscript consistently uses the plural "monkeys"), none of the results specific to that monkey, nor the comparison of that one monkey to mice, are supported by robust data. One of the main results for mice (bimodality of explained variance values, mentioned in the abstract) does not appear to be quantified or supported by a statistical test and is only present in two out of three mice. Moreover, the two data sets differ in too many aspects to allow for any conclusions about whether the comparisons reflect differences in species (mouse vs. monkey), anatomy (L2/3-L4 vs. V1-V4), or recording technique (calcium imaging vs. extracellular spiking).

    2. Author response:

      Reviewer #1:

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors propose a "unifying method to evaluate inter-areal interactions in different types of neuronal recordings, timescales, and species". The method consists of computing the variance explained by a linear decoder that attempts to predict individual neural responses (firing rates) in one area based on neural responses in another area.

      The authors apply the method to previously published calcium imaging data from layer 4 and layers 2/3 of 4 mice over 7 days, and simultaneously recorded Utah array spiking data from areas V1 and V4 of 1 monkey over 5 days of recording. They report distributions over "variance explained" numbers for several combinations: from mouse V1 L4 to mouse V1 L2/3, from L2/3 to L4, from monkey V1 to monkey V4, and from V4 to V1. For their monkey data, they also report the corresponding results for different temporal shifts. Overall, they find the expected results: responses in each of the two neural populations are predictive of responses in the other, more so when the stimulus is not controlled than when it is, and with sometimes different results for different stimulus classes (e.g., gratings vs. natural images).

      Strengths:

      (1) Use of existing data.

      (2) Addresses an interesting question.

      Unfortunately, the method falls short of the state of the art: both generalized linear models (GLMs), which have been used in similar contexts for at least 20 years (see the many papers, both theoretical and applied to neural population data, by e.g. Simoncelli, Paninsky, Pillow, Schwartz, and many colleagues dating back to 2004), and the extension of Granger causality to point processes (e.g. Kim et al. PLoS CB 2011). Both approaches are substantially superior to what is proposed in the manuscript, since they enforce non-negativity for spike rates (the importance of which can be seen in Figure 2AB), and do not require unnecessary coarse-graining of the data by binning spikes (the 200 ms time bins are very long compared to the time scale on which communication between closely connected neuronal populations within an area, or between related areas, takes place).

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Our goal was to use a simple and unified linear ridge regression framework that can be applied to both calcium imaging (mouse) and MUAe (monkey) data.

      We will perform a GLM-based analysis enforcing non-negativity as suggested, including in the GLM any additional available variables that may contribute to the neuronal responses.

      We also would like to note that:

      ● Macaque data: Our MUAe data are binned at 25 ms, not 200 ms. We used the envelope

      of multi-unit activity as reported in the original study [1]. We did not perform spike sorting on these data and therefore, strictly speaking, this is not a point process and methods developed for point processes are not directly applicable.

      ● Mouse data: The Stringer et al. dataset [2,3] uses two-photon calcium imaging sampled at 2.5 or 3 Hz. Additionally, responses were computed by averaging two frames per stimulus (yielding an effective bin size of 666 ms or 800 ms), dictated by acquisition constraints. We will emphasize the low temporal resolution of these signals as a limitation in the discussion section, but we cannot improve the temporal resolution with our analyses. These signals are not point processes either (although there is a correlation between two-photon calcium signals and spike rates).

      Regardless of these considerations, the reviewer’s points are well taken, and we will conduct additional analyses as described above.

      In terms of analysis results, the work in the manuscript presents some expected and some less expected results. However, because the monkey data are based on only one monkey (misleadingly, the manuscript consistently uses the plural ‘monkeys’), none of the results specific to that monkey, nor the comparison of that one monkey to mice, are supported by robust data.

      We will add data from at least two more monkeys, as suggested by the reviewer:

      ● First, we will include a second monkey from the same dataset [1]. The reason this monkey was not included in the original submission is that the dataset for this second monkey consisted of much less data than the original. For example, for the lights-off condition, the number of V4 channels with signal-to-noise ratio greater than 2 (recommended electrodes to use by dataset authors) is 9-12 in this second monkey, compared to 68-74 in the first monkey [1]. However, we will still add results for this second monkey.

      ● Additionally, we will include data from a new monkey by collaborating with the Ponce lab who will collect new data for this study.

      One of the main results for mice (bimodality of explained variance values, mentioned in the abstract) does not appear to be quantified or supported by a statistical test.

      We appreciate this point. We will conduct statistical tests to quantify the degree of bimodality and clarify these findings in the results.

      Moreover, the two data sets differ in too many aspects to allow for any conclusions about whether the comparisons reflect differences in species (mouse vs. monkey), anatomy (L2/3-L4 vs. V1-V4), or recording technique (calcium imaging vs. extracellular spiking).

      We agree that the methodological and anatomical differences between the mouse and monkey datasets make any direct cross-species comparisons hard to interpret. We explicitly discuss this point in the Discussion section. We will add a section within the Discussion entitled “Limitations of this study”. We will further emphasize that our goal is not to attempt a direct quantitative comparison across species. We will further emphasize that the two experiments differ in terms of: (i) differences in recording modalities (calcium vs. electrophysiology) and associated differences in temporal resolution, neuronal types, and SNR, (ii) cortical targets (layers vs. areas), (iii) sample size, (iv) stimuli, (v) task conditions. In the revised manuscript, we will further highlight that our primary aim is to investigate inter-areal interactions within each species rather than to draw comparisons across species.

      Reviewer #2:

      Summary:

      In this work, the authors investigated the extent of shared variability in cortical population activity in the visual cortex in mice and macaques under conditions of spontaneous activity and visual stimulation. They argue that by studying the average response to repeated presentations of sensory stimuli, investigators are discounting the contribution of variable population responses that can have a significant impact at the single trial level. They hypothesized that, because these fluctuations are to some degree shared across cortical populations depending on the sources of these fluctuations and the relative connectivity between cortical populations within a network, one should be able to predict the response in one cortical population given the response of another cortical population on a single trial, and the degree of predictability should vary with factors such as retinotopic overlap, visual stimulation, and the directionality of canonical cortical circuits.

      To test this, the authors analyzed previously collected and publicly available datasets. These include calcium imaging of the primary visual cortex in mice and electrophysiology recordings in V1 and V4 of macaques under different conditions of visual stimulation. The strength of this data is that it includes simultaneous recordings of hundreds of neurons across cortical layers or areas. However, the weaknesses of calcium dynamics (which has lower temporal resolution and misses some non-linear dynamics in cortical activity) and multi-unit envelope activity (which reflects fluctuations in population activity rather than the variance in individual unit spike trains), underestimate the variability of individual neurons. The authors deploy a regression model that is appropriate for addressing their hypothesis, and their analytic approach appears rigorous and well-controlled.

      We agree that both calcium imaging and multi-unit envelope recordings have inherent limitations in capturing the variability of individual neuron spiking. Among other factors, the slower temporal resolution of calcium signals can blur fast spiking events, and multi-unit envelopes can mask single-unit heterogeneity. In the Discussion, we will explicitly mention these modality-specific caveats and note that our approach is meant to capture shared variability at the population level rather than the fine temporal structure of individual neurons and individual spikes.

      From their analysis, they found that there was significant predictability of activity between layer II/III and layer IV responses in mice and V1 and V4 activity in macaques, although the specific degree of predictability varied somewhat with the condition of the comparison with some minor differences between the datasets. The authors deployed a variety of analytic controls and explored a variety of comparisons that are both appropriate and convincing that there is a significant degree of predictability in population responses at the single trial level consistent with their hypothesis. This demonstrates that a significant fraction of cortical responses to stimuli is not due solely to the feedforward response to sensory input, and if we are to understand the computations that take place in the cortex, we must also understand how sensory responses interact with other sources of activity in cortical networks. However, the source of these predictive signals and their impact on function is only explored in a limited fashion, largely due to limitations in the datasets. Overall, this work highlights that, beyond the traditionally studied average evoked responses considered in systems neuroscience, there is a significant contribution of shared variability in cortical populations that may contextualize sensory representations depending on a host of factors that may be independent of the sensory signals being studied.

      We will include a section within the Discussion to emphasize the limitations in the datasets used in this study. We also agree and appreciate the reviewer’s description and will borrow some of the reviewer’s terminology to provide context in the Discussion section.

      The different recording modalities and comparisons (within vs. across cortical areas) limit the interpretability of the inter-species comparisons.

      We agree that the methodological and anatomical differences between the mouse and monkey datasets make any direct cross-species comparisons hard to interpret. We explicitly discuss this point in the Discussion section. We will add a section within the Discussion entitled “Limitations of this study”. We will further emphasize that our goal is not to attempt a direct quantitative comparison across species. We will further emphasize that the two experiments differ in terms of: (i) differences in recording modalities (calcium vs. electrophysiology) and associated differences in temporal resolution, neuronal types, and SNR, (ii) cortical targets (layers vs. areas), (iii) sample size, (iv) stimuli, (v) task conditions. In the revised manuscript, we will further highlight that our primary aim is to investigate inter-areal interactions within each species rather than to draw comparisons across species.

      Strengths:

      This work considers a variety of conditions that may influence the relative predictability between cortical populations, including receptive field overlap, latency that may reflect feed-forward or feedback delays, and stimulus type and sensory condition. Their analytic approach is well-designed and statistically rigorous. They acknowledge the limitations of the data and do not over-interpret their findings.

      Weaknesses:

      The different recording modalities and comparisons (within vs. across cortical areas) limit the interpretability of the inter-species comparisons.The mechanistic contribution of known sources or correlates of shared variability (eye movements, pupil fluctuations, locomotion, whisking behaviors) were not considered, and these could be driving or a reflection of much of the predictability observed and explain differences in spontaneous and visual activity predictions.

      We also appreciate this important point. We agree that multiple behavioral factors may significantly contribute to shared variability. In our analyses of the mouse data, we addressed non-visual influences by projecting out “non-visual ongoing neuronal activity” (as shown in Figure 6C, following the approach in Stringer et al. 2019). Additionally, we will further evaluate the contribution of behavioral measures available in the open dataset—such as running speed, whisking, pupil area, and “eigenface” components– to predictivity of neuronal responses.

      For the macaque data, the head-fixed and eye-fixation conditions help minimize some of these other potential behavioral contributions. Moreover, we have performed comparisons of eyes-open versus eyes-closed conditions (see Figure 5D). We will also analyze pupil size specifically for the lights-off condition. We do not have access to any other behavioral data from monkeys.

      Previous work has explored correlations in activity between areas on various timescales, but this work only considered a narrow scope of timescales.

      We appreciate this suggestion. We will perform additional analyses to evaluate predictivity at different temporal scales, as suggested.

      The observation that there is some degree of predictability is not surprising, and it is unclear whether changes in observed predictability with analysis conditions are informative of a particular mechanism or just due to differences in the variance of activity under those conditions. Some of these issues could be addressed with further analysis, but some may be due to limitations in the experimental scope of the datasets and would require new experiments to resolve.

      Our initial analyses in Fig.6A examined the effect of variance in activity and predictability in mice. As the reviewer intuited, there is a correlation between variance and predictability, at least when presenting a stimulus. Importantly, however, this is not the case when predicting activity in the absence of any stimulus. In the macaque, we cannot compute the variance across stimuli in the checkerboard case (single stimulus), but we will compute it for the conditions of the 4 moving bars. In addition, inspired by the reviewer’s question, we will perform an analysis where we further normalize the variance in activity.

      We would like to note that our key contribution is not to merely show that some degree of predictability is possible (which we agree is not surprising) but rather: (i) to use a simple approach to quantify this predictability, (ii) to assess directional differences in predictability, (iii) to evaluate how this predictability depends on neuronal properties and receptive field overlap, (iv) how it depends on the stimuli, and, importantly, (v) to compare predictability during visual stimulation versus absence of visual input.

      We agree with the limitations in the datasets. We will include a section within the Discussion to emphasize these limitations.

      Reviewer #3:

      Neural activity in the visual cortex has primarily been studied in terms of responses to external visual stimuli. While the noisiness of inputs to a visual area is known to also influence visual responses, the contribution of this noisy component to overall visual responses has not been well characterized.

      In this study, the authors reanalyze two previously published datasets - a Ca++ imaging study from mouse V1 and a large-scale electrophysiological study from monkey V1-V4. Using regression models, they examine how neural activity in one layer (in mice) or one cortical area (in monkeys) predicts activity in another layer or area. Their main finding is that significant predictions are possible even in the absence of visual input, highlighting the influence of non-stimulus-related downstream activity on neural responses. These findings can inform future modeling work of neural responses in the visual cortex to account for such non-visual influences.

      A major weakness of the study is that the analysis includes data from only a single monkey. This makes it hard to interpret the data as the results could be due to experimental conditions specific to this monkey, such as the relative placement of electrode arrays in V1 and V4.

      We will add data from at least two more monkeys, as suggested by the reviewer:

      ● First, we will include a second monkey from the same dataset [1]. The reason this monkey was not included in the original submission is that the dataset for this second monkey consisted of much less data than the original. For example, for the lights-off condition, the number of V4 channels with signal-to-noise ratio greater than 2 (recommended electrodes to use by dataset authors) is 9-12 in this second monkey, compared to 68-74 in the first monkey [1]. However, we will still add results for this second monkey.

      ● Additionally, we will include data from a new monkey by collaborating with the Ponce lab who will collect new data for this study.

      The authors perform a thorough analysis comparing regression-based predictions for a wide variety of combinations of stimulus conditions and directions of influence. However, the comparison of stimulus types (Figure 4) raises a potential concern. It is not clear if the differences reported reflect an actual change in predictive influence across the two conditions or if they stem from fundamental differences in the responses of the predictor population, which could in turn affect the ability to measure predictive relationships. The authors do control for some potential confounds such as the number of neurons and self-consistency of the predictor population. However, the predictability seems to closely track the responsiveness of neurons to a particular stimulus. For instance, in the monkey data, the V1 neuronal population will likely be more responsive to checkerboards than to single bars. Moreover, neurons that don't have the bars in their RFs may remain largely silent. Could the difference in predictability be just due to this? Controlling for overall neuronal responsiveness across the two conditions would make this comparison more interpretable.

      This is also a valid concern. As the reviewer noted, we controlled for the number of neurons and degree of self-consistency (Fig. 3A, 3C), and this was always done within their respective stimulus type.

      As the reviewer intuits, in Fig. 6A in mice, we show that predictability correlates with neuronal responsiveness. This observation only held during the stimulus condition and not during the gray screen condition. We also showed correlations with self-consistency metrics as a proxy for responsiveness in Fig. 6A and 6C. However, we will directly assess the impact of responsiveness in two ways: (i) by correlating predictability directly with neuronal responsiveness and (ii) by following the same subsampling approach in Fig. 3 to normalize the degree of responsiveness and recompute the predictability metrics.

      REFERENCES

      (1) Chen, X., Morales-Gregorio, A., Sprenger, J., Kleinjohann, A., Sridhar, S., van Albada, S.J., Grün, S., and Roelfsema, P.R. (2022). 1024-channel electrophysiological recordings in macaque V1 and V4 during resting state. Sci Data 9, 77. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41597-022-01180-1.

      (2) Stringer, C., Pachitariu, M., Steinmetz, N., Carandini, M., and Harris, K.D. (2019). High-dimensional geometry of population responses in visual cortex. Nature 571, 361–365. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-019-1346-5.

      (3) Stringer, C., Pachitariu, M., Carandini, M., and Harris, K. (2018). Recordings of 10,000 neurons in visual cortex in response to 2,800 natural images. (Janelia Research Campus). https://doi.org/10.25378/janelia.6845348.v4 https://doi.org/10.25378/janelia.6845348.v4.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Detecting unexpected epistatic interactions among multiple mutations requires a robust null expectation - or neutral function - that predicts the combined effects of multiple mutations on phenotype, based on the effects of individual mutations. This study assessed the validity of the product neutrality function, where the fitness of double mutants is represented as the multiplicative combination of the fitness of single mutants, in the absence of epistatic interactions. The authors utilized a comprehensive dataset on fitness, specifically measuring yeast colony size, to analyze epistatic interactions.

      The study confirmed that the product function outperformed other neutral functions in predicting the fitness of double mutants, showing no bias between negative and positive epistatic interactions. Additionally, in the theoretical portion of the study, the authors applied a well-established theoretical model of bacterial cell growth to simulate the growth rates of both single and double mutants under various parameters. The simulations further demonstrated that the product function was superior to other functions in predicting the fitness of hypothetical double mutants. Based on these findings, the authors concluded that the product function is a robust tool for analyzing epistatic interactions in growth fitness and effectively reflects how growth rates depend on the combination of multiple biochemical pathways.

      Strengths:

      By leveraging a previously published extensive dataset of yeast colony sizes for single- and double-knockout mutants, this study validated the relevance of the product function, commonly used in genetics to analyze epistatic interactions. The finding that the product function provides a more reliable prediction of double-mutant fitness compared to other neutral functions offers significant value for researchers studying epistatic interactions, particularly those using the same dataset.

      Notably, this dataset has previously been employed in studies investigating epistatic interactions using the product neutrality function. The current study's findings affirm the validity of the product function, potentially enhancing confidence in the conclusions drawn from those earlier studies. Consequently, both researchers utilizing this dataset and readers of previous research will benefit from the confirmation provided by this study's results.

      Weaknesses:

      This study exhibits several significant logical flaws, primarily arising from the following issues: a failure to differentiate between distinct phenotypes, instead treating them as identical; an oversight of the substantial differences in the mechanisms regulating cell growth between prokaryotes and eukaryotes; and the adoption of an overly specific and unrealistic set of assumptions in the mutation model. Additionally, the study fails to clearly address its stated objective-investigating the mechanistic origin of the multiplicative model. Although it discusses conditions under which deviations occur, it falls short of achieving its primary goal. Moreover, the paper includes misleading descriptions and unsubstantiated reasoning, presented without proper citations, as if they were widely accepted facts. Readers should consider these issues when evaluating this paper. Further details are discussed below.

      (1) Misrepresentation of the dataset and phenotypes

      The authors analyze a dataset on the fitness of yeast mutants, describing it as representative of the Malthusian parameter of an exponential growth model. However, they provide no evidence to support this claim. They assert that the growth of colony size in the dataset adheres to exponential growth kinetics; in contrast, it is known to exhibit linear growth over time, as indicated in [Supplementary Note 1 of https://doi.org/10.1038/nmeth.1534]. Consequently, fitness derived from colony size should be recognized as a different metric and phenotype from the Malthusian parameter. Equating these distinct phenotypes and fitness measures constitutes a fundamental error, which significantly compromises the theoretical discussions based on the Malthusian parameter in the study.

      (2) Misapplication of prokaryotic growth models

      The study attempts to explain the mechanistic origin of the multiplicative model observed in yeast colony fitness using a bacterial cell growth model, particularly the Scott-Hwa model. However, the application of this bacterial model to yeast systems lacks valid justification. The Scott-Hwa model is heavily dependent on specific molecular mechanisms such as ppGpp-mediated regulation, which plays a crucial role in adjusting ribosome expression and activity during translation. This mechanism is pivotal for ensuring the growth-dependency of the ribosome fraction in the proteome, as described in [https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2201585119]. Unlike bacteria, yeast cells do not possess this regulatory mechanism, rendering the direct application of bacterial growth models to yeast inappropriate and potentially misleading. This fundamental difference in regulatory mechanisms undermines the relevance and accuracy of using bacterial models to infer yeast colony growth dynamics.

      If the authors intend to apply a growth model with macroscopic variables to yeast double-mutant experimental data, they should avoid simply repurposing a bacterial growth model. Instead, they should develop and rigorously validate a yeast-specific growth model before incorporating it into their study.

      (3) Overly specific assumptions in the theoretical model

      The theoretical model in question assumes that two mutations affect only independent parameters of specific biochemical processes, an overly restrictive premise that undermines its ability to broadly explain the occurrence of the multiplicative model in mutations. Additionally, experimental evidence highlights significant limitations to this approach. For example, in most viable yeast deletion mutants with reduced growth rates, the expression of ribosomal proteins remains largely unchanged, in direct contradiction to the predictions of the Scott-Hwa model, as indicated in [https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.28034]. This discrepancy emphasizes that the Scott-Hwa model and its derivatives do not reliably explain the growth rates of mutants based on current experimental data, suggesting that these models may need to be reevaluated or alternative theories developed to more accurately reflect the complex dynamics of mutant growth.

      (4) Lack of clarity on the mechanistic origin of the multiplicative model

      The study falls short of providing a definitive explanation for its primary objective: elucidating the "mechanistic origin" of the multiplicative model. Notably, even in the simplest case involving the Scott-Hwa model, the underlying mechanistic basis remains unexplained, leaving the central research question unresolved. Furthermore, the study does not clearly specify what types of data or models would be required to advance the understanding of the mechanistic origin of the multiplicative model. This omission limits the study's contribution to uncovering the biological principles underlying the observed fitness patterns.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The paper deals with the important question of gene epistasis, focusing on asking what is the correct null model for which we should declare no epistasis.

      In the first part, they use the Synthetic Genetic Array dataset to claim that the effects of a double mutation on growth rate are well predicted by the product of the individual effects (much more than e.g. the additive model). The second (main) part shows this is also the prediction of two simple, coarse-grained models for cell growth.

      I find the topic interesting, the paper well-written, and the approach innovative.

      One concern I have with the first part is that they claim that:<br /> "In these experiments, the colony area on the plate, a proxy for colony size, followed exponential growth kinetics. The fitness of a mutant strain was determined as the rate of exponential growth normalized to the rate in wild type cells."

      There are many works on "range expansions" showing that colonies expand at a constant velocity, the speed of which scales as the square root of the growth rate (these are called "Fisher waves", predicted in the 1940', and there are many experimental works on them, e.g. https://www.pnas.org/doi/epdf/10.1073/pnas.0710150104) If that's the case, the area of the colony should be proportional to growth_rate X time^2 , rather than exp(growth_rate*time), so the fitness they might be using here could be the log(growth_rate) rather than growth_rate itself? That could potentially have a big effect on the results.

      Additional comments/questions:

      (1) What is the motivation for the model where the effect of two genes is the minimum of the two?

      (2) How seriously should we take the Scott-Hwa model? Should we view it as a toy model to explain the phenomenon or more than that? If the latter, then since the number of categories in the GO analysis is much more than two (47?) in many cases the analysis of the experimental data would take pairs of genes that both affect one process in the Scott-Hwa model - and then the product prediction should presumably fail? The same comment applies to the other coarse-grained model.

      (3) There are many works in the literature discussing additive fitness contributions, including Kaufmann's famous NK model as well as spin-glass-type models (e.g. Guo and Amir, Science Advances 2019, Reddy and Desai, eLife 2021, Boffi et al., eLife 2023) These should be addressed in this context.

      (4) The experimental data is for deletions, but it would be interesting to know the theoretical model's prediction for the expected effects of beneficial mutations and how they interact since that's relevant (as mentioned in the paper) for evolutionary experiments. Perhaps in this case the question of additive vs. multiplicative matters less since the fitness effects are much smaller.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their report, Tsutsumi et al., use single nucleus transcriptional and chromatin accessibility analyses of mouse achilles tendon in an attempt to uncover new markers of tendon stem/progenitor cells. They propose CD55 and CD248 as novel markers of tendon stem/progenitor cells.

      Strengths:

      This is an interesting and important research area. The paper is overall well written.

      Weaknesses:

      Major problems:

      (1) It is not clear what tissue exactly is being analyzed. The authors build a story on tendons, but there is little description of the dissection. The authors claim to detect MTJ and cartilage cells, but not bone or muscle cells. The tendon sheath is known to express CD55, so the population of "progenitors" may not be of tendon origin.

      (2) Cluster annotations are seemingly done with a single gene. Names are given to cells without functional or spatial validation. For example, MTJ cells are annotated based on Postn, but it is never shown that Postn is only expressed at the MTJ, and not in other anatomical locations in the tendon.

      (3) The authors compare their data to public data based on interrogating single genes in their dataset. It is now standard practice to integrate datasets (eg, using harmony), or at a minimum using gene signatures built into Seurat (eg AddModuleScore).

      (4) Progenitor populations (SP1, SP2). The authors claim these are progenitors but show very clearly that they express macrophage genes. What are they, macrophages or fibroblasts?

      (5) All omics analysis is done on single data points (from many mice pooled). The authors make many claims on n=1 per group for readouts dependent on sample number (eg frequency of clusters).

      (6) The scRNAseq atlas in Figure 1 is made by analyzing 2W and 6W tendons at the same time. The snRNAseq and ATACseq atlas are built first on 2W data, after which the 6W data is compared. Why use the 2W data as a reference? Why not analyze the two-time points together as done with the scRNAseq?

      (7) Figure 5: The authors should show the gating strategy for FACS. Were non-fibroblasts excluded (eg, immune cells, endothelia...etc). Was a dead cell marker used? If not, it is not surprising that fibroblasts form colonies and express fibroblast genes when compared to CD55-CD248- immune cells, dead cells, or debris. Can control genes such as Ptprc or Pecam1 be tested to rule out contamination with other cell types?

      Minor problems:

      (1) Report the important tissue processing details: type of collagenase used. Viability before loading into 10x machine.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript presents an interesting new framework (VARX) for simultaneously quantifying effective connectivity in brain activity during sensory stimulation and how that brain activity is being driven by that sensory stimulation. The core idea is to combine the Vector Autoregressive model that is often used to infer Granger-causal connectivity in brain data with an encoding model that maps the features of a sensory stimulus to that brain data. The authors do a nice job of explaining the framework. And then they demonstrate its utility through some simulations and some analysis of real intracranial EEG data recorded from subjects as they watched movies. They infer from their analyses that the functional connectivity in these brain recordings is essentially unaltered during movie watching, that accounting for the driving movie stimulus can protect one against misidentifying brain responses to the stimulus as functional connectivity, and that recurrent brain activity enhances and prolongs the putative neural responses to a stimulus.

      This manuscript presents an interesting new framework (VARX) for simultaneously quantifying effective connectivity in brain activity during sensory stimulation and how that brain activity is being driven by that sensory stimulation. Overall, I thought this was an interesting manuscript with some rich and intriguing ideas. That said, I had some concerns also - one potentially major - with the inferences drawn by the authors on the analyses that they carried out.

      Main comments:

      (1) My primary concern with the way the manuscript is written right now relates to the inferences that can be drawn from the framework. In particular, the authors want to assert that, by incorporating an encoding model into their framework, they can do a better job of accounting for correlated stimulus-driven activity in different brain regions, allowing them to get a clearer view of the underlying innate functional connectivity of the brain. Indeed, the authors say that they want to ask "whether, after removing stimulus-induced correlations, the intrinsic dynamic itself is preserved". This seems a very attractive idea indeed. However, it seems to hinge critically on the idea of fitting an encoding model that fully explains all of the stimulus-driven activity. In other words, if one fits an encoding model that only explains some of the stimulus-driven response, then the rest of the stimulus-driven response still remains in the data and will be correlated across brain regions and will appear as functional connectivity in the ongoing brain dynamics - according to this framework. This residual activity would thus be misinterpreted. In the present work, the authors parameterize their stimulus using fixation onsets, film cuts, and the audio envelope. All of these features seem reasonable and valid. However, they surely do not come close to capturing the full richness of the stimuli, and, as such, there is surely a substantial amount of stimulus-driven brain activity that is not being accounted for by their "B" model and that is being absorbed into their "A" model and misinterpreted as intrinsic connectivity. This seems to me to be a major limitation of the framework. Indeed, the authors flag this concern themselves by (briefly) raising the issue in the first paragraph of their caveats section. But I think it warrants much more attention and discussion.

      (2) Related to the previous comment, the authors make what seems to me to be a complex and important point on page 6 (of the pdf). Specifically, they say "Note that the extrinsic effects captured with filters B are specific (every stimulus dimension has a specific effect on each brain area), whereas the endogenous dynamic propagates this initial effect to all connected brain areas via matrix A, effectively mixing and adding the responses of all stimulus dimensions. Therefore, this factorization separates stimulus-specific effects from the shared endogenous dynamic." It seems to me that the interpretation of the filter B (which is analogous to the "TRF") for the envelope, say, will be affected by the fact that the matrix A is likely going to be influenced by all sorts of other stimulus features that are not included in the model. In other words, residual stimulus-driven correlations that are captured in A might also distort what is going on in B, perhaps. So, again, I worry about interpreting the framework unless one can guarantee a near-perfect encoding model that can fully account for the stimulus-driven activity. I'd love to hear the authors' thoughts on this. (On this issue - the word "dominates" on page 12 seems very strong.)

      (3) Regarding the interpretation of the analysis of connectivity between movies and rest... that concludes that the intrinsic connectivity pattern doesn't really differ. This is interesting. But it seems worth flagging that this analysis doesn't really account for the specific dynamics in the network that could differ quite substantially between movie watching and rest, right? At the moment, it is all correlational. But the dynamics within the network could be very different between stimulation and rest I would have thought.

      (4) I didn't really understand the point of comparing the VARX connectivity estimate with the spare-inverse covariance method (Figure 2D). What was the point of this? What is a reader supposed to appreciate from it about the validity or otherwise of the VARX approach?

      (5) I think the VARX model section could have benefitted a bit from putting some dimensions on some of the variables. In particular, I struggled a little to appreciate the dimensionality of A. I am assuming it has to involve both time lags AND electrode channels so that you can infer Granger causality (by including time) between channels. Including a bit more detail on the dimensionality and shape of A might be helpful for others who want to implement the VARX model.

      (6) A second issue I had with the inferences drawn by the authors was a difficulty in reconciling certain statements in the manuscript. For example, in the abstract, the authors write "We find that the recurrent connectivity during rest is largely unaltered during movie watching." And they also write that "Failing to account for ... exogenous inputs, leads to spurious connections in the intrinsic "connectivity".

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors apply the recently developed VARX model, which explicitly models intrinsic dynamics and the effect of extrinsic inputs, to simulated data and intracranial EEG recordings. This method provides a directed method of 'intrinsic connectivity'. They argue this model is better suited to the analysis of task neuroimaging data because it separates the intrinsic and extrinsic activity. They show: that intrinsic connectivity is largely unaltered during a movie-watching task compared to eyes open rest; intrinsic noise is reduced in the task; and there is intrinsic directed connectivity from sensory to higher-order brain areas.

      Strengths:

      (1) The paper tackles an important issue with an appropriate method.

      (2) The authors validated their method on data simulated with a neural mass model.

      (3) They use intracranial EEG, which provides a direct measure of neuronal activity.

      (4) Code is made publicly available and the paper is written well.

      Weaknesses:

      It is unclear whether a linear model is adequate to describe brain data. To the author's credit, they discuss this in the manuscript. Also, the model presented still provides a useful and computationally efficient method for studying brain data - no model is 'the truth'.

      Appraisal of whether the authors achieve their aims:

      As a methodological advancement highlighting a limitation of existing approaches and presenting a new model to overcome it, the authors achieve their aim. Generally, the claims/conclusions are supported by the results.

      The wider neuroscience claims regarding the role of intrinsic dynamics and external inputs in affecting brain data could benefit from further replication with another independent dataset and in a variety of tasks - but I understand if the authors wanted to focus on the method rather than the neuroscientific claims in this manuscript.

      Impact:

      The authors propose a useful new approach that solves an important problem in the analysis of task neuroimaging data. I believe the work can have a significant impact on the field.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their study, Wang and co-workers aimed to identify sexual dimorphisms in the connectomes of male and hermaphrodite C. elegans, and link these to sex-related behaviors. To this end they analyzed and compared various network properties of simplified male and hermaphrodite connectome datasets, and then focused on the AVA premotor neurons, linking their distinctive connectivity with their differential influence on reversing behaviors between the two sexes.

      Strengths:

      The study employs a range of basic methods from network and computational neuroscience and provides experimental testing of one of the predictions of the analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      Various aspects of sexual dimorphism in the nervous system of C. elegans have already been described and discussed (reviewed, for example, in Emmons 2018, Walsh et al. 2021). In particular, Cook et al, (2019), who mapped the male connectome (which serves as the key data in the current study), included in their work an analysis of connectome-level differences between males and hermaphrodites. Unfortunately, the foundations of the current study are somewhat problematic, and the results it provides are rather rudimentary and do not provide substantial new insight.

      My critique of the study can be organized around several major issues.

      (1) Source data

      A large portion of the work is based on the analysis of a single male and a single hermaphrodite connectome datasets from Cook et al. 2019. These original connectomes were simplified in the current study, merging most individual neurons into neuron class nodes. As a measure of edge weight, the authors used the number of synaptic contacts between each two nodes. Cook et al. 2019 estimated this number to be of high variance, and even when considering unweighted connectivity (whether two nodes are at all connected or not) substantial variability exists between independent connectome datasets (e.g., Birari and Rabinowitch, 2024). Therefore, basing the analysis on synaptic weights from a single connectome (for each sex) may be somewhat unreliable.

      On top of this, a huge gap may exist between connectome structure and function, especially when overlooking: (1) the sign of the synapses (excitatory vs. inhibitory), (2) synaptic efficiency (a single strong synapse may be more efficient than multiple weak synapses), (3) the spatial distribution of the synapses (clusters of synapses, for example, may be stronger than scattered synapses). These should at the very least be acknowledged. Moreover, the pooling of electrical and chemical synapses done by the authors is problematic, as is assuming all electrical synapses are bidirectional. These and other factors may undermine the results of the analysis, and, again, at the very least should be considered and discussed.

      A minimal validation of the analysis could be achieved by sensitivity analyses. For example, studying how consistent the results are when: separately analyzing the chemical and electrical networks; binarizing synaptic contacts to existing vs. non-existing connections regardless of weight; and comparing with additional connectome datasets (at least for hermaphrodites).

      Another important approach for validation would be synaptic labeling of key pathways, in order to establish the extent to which they maintain sexual dimorphism across the population (as performed, for example, by Cook et al., 2019; Pechuk et al. 2022).

      (2) Statistical analysis

      Comparing any two connectomes will show differences in connectivity and other network properties. The question is to what degree the differences found in the current study between two particular male and hermaphrodite connectomes transcend such basic inconsistencies. This fundamental question is not addressed in the manuscript.

      A second major concern is that a considerable portion of the results are based on improper comparisons between male and hermaphrodite connectome measures.

      In Figure 1D,I,M,V, Figure 2D,H,L, Figure 4E,I there is no sense in statistically testing the differences between hermaphrodite sex-specific (N=2) and shared nodes. The sample size is way too small. Corresponding conclusions about male-specific neurons being different from hermaphrodite-specific neurons in terms of connectivity are thus improperly founded. Similarly, the analyses in Figure 1P,S, 2O,R contain more data points, because of connectivity, but could still be misleading, since all the edges there contain either HSN or VC (just two nodes).

      More so, any claim comparing the differences between two measures in males vs. hermaphrodites should be based on a 2X2 (or 3X2) design (e.g., tested using 2-way ANOVA with an interaction term). It is erroneous to interpret comparisons between two effects without directly comparing them (Makin et al., 2019).

      When more than one comparison is performed, a one-way ANOVA should precede post hoc analyses, and corrections for multiple comparisons should be carried out and reported.

      The plots in Figure 1E,W and Figure 4F,J are illustrative but do not contain any statistical test to support the claims about which functions are emphasized in which sex. They also rely on a very superficial categorization of individual neuron class function, whereas in reality, in C. elegans many neurons serve multiple functions.

      In Figures 5-7 individual data points should be plotted, and the error bars and boxes should be defined (in all figures).

      Finally, Figure 3C,F,I,L,N,P and Figure 5A-C lack statistical analysis (e.g., via bootstrapping). In addition, the term 'significantly' in the text should be reserved for statistical significance.

      (3) Testing network predictions

      A key emphasis of the network analysis concerns the AVA premotor neurons. It is well established that reversing behavior is controlled by premotor neurons such as AVA (e.g., Maricq et al. 1995) and that AVA activity is spontaneous and coupled to reversing (e.g., Chronis et al. 2007). More so, it has already been shown that male reversal frequency is higher than that of hermaphrodites (e.g., Mah et al. 1992; Zhao et al. 2003). Similar findings in the current study are thus not very surprising. The current study does add some new detail. Namely, the higher frequency of AVA activity in adult males compared to hermaphrodites, and the presumably sex-specific roles of RIC and DVC as well as several AVA glutamate receptors, in modulating reversing. At the same time, PQR, for example, showed no such role, contrary to the predictions.

      Incidentally, AVA is not a commander neuron, but rather a command or, preferably, a premotor neuron. Altogether, the major specific focus of the analysis, predicting a sexually dimorphic role for AVA, is not very novel.

      (4) Further predictions

      The discussion section presents several additional predictions stemming from the analysis. However, to me, they seem almost arbitrary.

      The statement claiming that the authors found the male pharyngeal connectome to be more strongly wired to the main connectome as opposed to previous findings, is unclear. Sex-specific differences in connectivity between the pharyngeal and somatic networks are immediately evident from the connectomes and do not require graph theoretical tools to be discovered (page 4 and discussion of Figure 3N).

      The prediction that the AIY→RIA→RMD_DV circuit may facilitate pheromone-guided olfactory steering behavior in males is not very strong. On the one hand, it is known that males respond to sex pheromones (notably, however, if these pheromone receptors are ectopically expressed in hermaphrodites then hermaphrodites also respond to the pheromones [Wan et al. 2019]). Since these pheromone-sensing neurons are also involved in other sensory processes, it is quite trivial that the circuits involved in general sensory-based steering should be shared with specific pheromone-based steering. The fact that the interneurons in the circuit may be more strongly connected (excitatory, inhibitory, electrical?) in males could imply many things but does not add much to the picture.

      The authors also mention AFD as having more synaptic contacts with AIY in males, and link this somehow to the dimorphic expression of insulin-like peptides in AFD. However, neuropeptide-based transmission is largely independent of synaptic connections, so I don't see the relevance.

      (5) Methods

      The example provided in the Methods section for calculating graph measures is very helpful. I am not sure, however, why the length of a path was defined as the reciprocal sum of the edge weights of the connections within the path. Why the reciprocal? Is it the sum of the reciprocals? Do more synaptic contacts imply a shorter path?

      The description in the text (as opposed to the Methods section) of node strength is not very clear: "The node strength measures how strongly a node directly possesses with other nodes in the network" - This should be clarified.

      For the RC simulation, I assume the sodium and potassium conductances are fixed. If so, they are leak currents themselves. What does the extra leak current represent? Obviously the simulation includes multiple arbitrary assumptions and parameter values. It would be useful to discuss at least the considerations for choosing the model design and parameters. I also assume that the delayed responses in the bottom neurons in Figure 4A (that still respond) are due to indirect synaptic connections (path lengths > 1)?

    1. canceled elections, habeas corpus, opposition parties, and independent media

      Cancelled:

      1. Election
      2. "Habeas corpus"
      3. Opposition parties
      4. Independent media

      "Habeas corpus"

      Habeas corpus is a legal procedure that allows someone to challenge the legality of their detention. The term comes from Latin and literally means "you have the body".

    1. 《陌生人幻象》(Stranger Visions) (2012-2013)

      以下是《Stranger Visions》项目的要点:

      1. 项目概述
      2. 《Stranger Visions》是一个艺术项目,艺术家通过收集纽约街头、公共厕所和候车室的遗弃物品(如头发、口香糖和烟蒂),提取其中的DNA并进行分析。
      3. 利用基因组研究,计算生成了这些陌生人可能的3D全彩肖像,展示了基因表型预测技术的潜力。
      4. 该项目旨在引发对法医DNA表型技术的关注,并探讨生物监控文化和遗传决定论的倾向。

      5. 技术与伦理

      6. 项目预见了DNA表型技术的未来应用,2年后,Parabon NanoLabs推出了类似的“DNA快照”服务,为美国警方提供服务。
      7. 艺术家强调了该技术的局限性和偏见,尤其是在刑事调查中的应用,警告这可能导致新的种族定性问题。

      8. 创作背景与支持

      9. 该项目由Eyebeam资助,Genspace和纽约大学高级媒体工作室提供了指导支持。
      10. 作品现藏于蓬皮杜中心(Centre Pompidou)及全球私人收藏中。

      11. 公共讨论与活动

      12. 艺术家参与了多次公开演讲,讨论《Stranger Visions》在艺术和隐私领域的影响,参与的活动包括MoMA、哈佛大学、MIT等机构的论坛和会议。
      13. 相关讨论和反思也出现在多家媒体和学术出版物中,如《新科学家》《纽约时报》《卫报》《华尔街日报》等。

      14. 奖项与展览

      15. 《Stranger Visions》获得2015年Ars Electronica荣誉奖及VIDA 15.0特别提及。
      16. 该作品曾在多个国际展览和活动中展示,包括Fotomuseum Winterthur、Science Gallery Dublin、92Y Tribeca等场所。

      17. 公开资源

      18. 项目的基因分析代码已公开在GitHub,并提供了教程和相关信息,供公众进一步了解和实验。

      19. 安装与展览

      20. 作品在多个地方进行展览,包括Saint-Gaudens National Historic Site、Laznia Museum of Contemporary Art等。
    1. 《浪漫疾病》

      结核病在19世纪欧洲文化中占据特殊地位,主要源于它与当时社会文化、艺术、文学和浪漫主义思想的密切关联。具体原因可以从以下几个方面来理解:

      1. 浪漫主义的美学:19世纪的浪漫主义艺术和文学倾向于强调感性、个体主义、自然以及人类情感的极限表达。结核病,作为一种常见且常常导致早逝的疾病,恰恰与浪漫主义的这种情感表达产生共鸣。它被认为是一种美丽且悲剧性的疾病,象征着敏感、脆弱的艺术家气质。结核病患者常被描绘为在与命运的斗争中展现出非凡的个性和深刻的情感,使得病痛成为一种“浪漫”的象征。

      2. 艺术家与结核病的联系:许多19世纪的艺术家、诗人和作家,如雪莱(Percy Bysshe Shelley)和巴尔扎克(Honoré de Balzac),都死于结核病。这些艺术家往往被视为拥有超凡才华和脆弱身体的人,结核病则强化了他们的“波西米亚生活方式”的形象,即追求艺术创作、拒绝常规社会生活、享受孤独和贫困的生活态度。结核病的死亡率高且具有浪漫化的死亡方式,这种生死之间的微妙界限成为许多作品的灵感来源。

      3. 疾病与文化符号:结核病在当时被赋予了文化符号意义,特别是在文学和艺术作品中。它象征着美丽、脆弱和不完美的理想化融合。这种病态的美学成为当时许多艺术创作的主题,许多文学作品中的女主角(如《茶花女》中的玛格丽特)往往是结核病患者,她们的死亡被赋予了一种悲剧性的优雅和不可抗拒的命运感。

      4. 社会阶层和生活方式的联系:在19世纪的欧洲,结核病尤其常见于城市贫民和上层社会中的艺术家及知识分子。这部分社会阶层通常生活在恶劣的卫生条件下,并且以放纵的生活方式著称。这使得结核病被某些社会群体(特别是艺术和知识分子圈子)视为“上层生活方式”的一种象征,甚至有时被浪漫化为某种“高贵的死亡”,与疾病本身的痛苦和社会现实之间的张力形成鲜明对比。

      5. 死亡的美学化:19世纪的结核病患者通常因身体逐渐衰弱、面容憔悴,形象上符合浪漫主义审美中的“美丽的死亡”。这种死亡观念在文化上得到了推崇,它将死亡看作是某种超越生命的艺术和个性表达。这种美学化的死亡在浪漫主义文化中被理想化,进一步加强了结核病与艺术创作、独立思想和非凡个体主义的联系。

      因此,结核病之所以在19世纪的欧洲文化中占据特殊地位,正是因为它与浪漫主义文化的追求、艺术家和知识分子的生活方式,以及对死亡和疾病的美学表达深刻相关。它不仅是一种疾病,更成为了文化和艺术创作中的重要象征。

    2. 项目概念: 《耐甲氧西林金黄色葡萄球菌 – 艺术家调色板》

      以下是文章的要点:

      1. Anna Dumitriu的生物艺术探索:Dumitriu是一位生物艺术家,她通过使用微生物和细菌等活体系统进行创作,探索微生物学的历史和当代实践,并将其引入艺术展览中,促进公众对微生物学的参与和讨论。

      2. MRSA Quilt:Dumitriu与牛津大学现代医学微生物学项目合作,创作了“MRSA Quilt”作品。该作品是由棉花布方块组成,方块中嵌入了色变琼脂培养基,利用耐甲氧西林金黄色葡萄球菌(MRSA)在布料上的生长来形成图案。作品结合了纺织工艺和微生物学,目的是讲述MRSA研究和诊断的故事。

      3. 合作与影响:Dumitriu通过将艺术与科学结合,促进了科学家和公众之间的对话。她的作品帮助科学家们反思自己的工作,并为公众提供了参与科学讨论的新途径。

      4. 未来项目与新创作:2016年,Dumitriu开始在约克大学的艺术驻地项目,探索抗生素抗药性问题,并参与关于抗微生物研究的艺术创作。她的项目将结合纺织工艺、雕塑、数字技术和细菌生物艺术,涉及细菌生物膜、噬菌体的作用以及抗生素抗药性对慢性疾病的影响。

      5. 艺术创作的教育价值:Dumitriu表示,她的作品通过美学引起感官的共鸣,旨在提高公众对微生物学问题的意识,并创造一种非等级化的环境,让科学家和公众分享故事与交流。

      6. 选择细菌作为艺术媒介的原因:她认为细菌既奇异又美妙,是一个无限探索的领域,学习过程中发现的“奇异”之处令人着迷。

      7. 未来创作方向:她将继续在细菌和抗生素历史方面进行创作,尤其是在抗药性微生物和新抗生素的研发领域。

    1. 详细介绍

      要点总结:

      1. Helen Mayer Harrison和Newton Harrison的生态艺术
      2. 这对加州艺术家夫妇以其跨学科的生态艺术作品而闻名,他们的合作长达近50年。
      3. 他们的作品聚焦于生态系统和气候变化,特别是通过艺术和科学的合作来解决环境问题。
      4. 他们共同创建了UC圣塔克鲁兹的“Force Majeure”中心,并继续在全球范围内推动他们的生态艺术遗产。

      5. 早期工作与气候变化的关注

      6. 早在1974年,Harrison夫妇就开始关注气候变化及其对地球生态系统的潜在影响。
      7. 他们提出了独特的生态未来主义观点,呼吁艺术家们为气候变化提供不同于科学家的视角和方法。

      8. 《San Diego as the Center of a World》

      9. 这项作品通过概念艺术、图文组合和讽刺手法,呈现了全球变暖和气候变化的不同可能情景。
      10. 该作品的地图通过展示全球气温变化和海平面上升的预测,鼓励观众参与讨论,并反思气候变化的后果。

      11. 《Lagoon Cycle》

      12. 这是Harrison夫妇的一项大型作品,描绘了生态系统中的自我维持的湿地环境,警告工业化对生态系统的破坏。
      13. 该作品通过对特定物种的行为研究,反思科技和自然界的关系,展现生态系统的脆弱性和人类行为对自然的影响。

      14. 《Peninsula Europe》与气候变化的应对

      15. 提出了通过重新改造欧洲的高地来应对气候变化,规划适应性生态系统,支持物种迁移并减少盐水化现象。
      16. 强调了生态文化合作的重要性,并提出了长远的生态规划,旨在应对因气候变化引发的全球性挑战。

      17. 《Greenhouse Britain》与全球气候变化

      18. 该作品通过预测不同水位上升情境,探讨了海平面上升对英国的影响,呼吁进行长期规划来应对气候变化带来的挑战。

      19. 《Future Garden》系列

      20. Harrison夫妇提出通过协作的方式对植物物种进行迁移,以帮助它们适应日益升高的温度,成为“未来生态”的一部分。
      21. 该系列作品提供了针对气候变化的适应性解决方案,提倡通过生态协作实现土地的再改造。

      22. 跨学科的生态艺术实践

      23. 他们的作品突破了传统艺术的界限,将艺术与科学结合,提出了重新设计文化的必要性,并通过艺术的形式激发全球生态变革的可能性。

      24. 他们的影响与遗产

      25. 他们的作品激发了关于全球气候变化和生态保护的新思维,强调了艺术如何参与到全球气候应对中。
      26. 在面对气候危机时,Harrison夫妇的作品通过结合艺术和科学,提供了新的视角和解决方案,推动了环境艺术的未来发展。
    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Fuchs describes a novel method of enzymatic protein-protein conjugation using the enzyme Connectase. The author is able to make this process irreversible by screening different Connectase recognition sites to find an alternative sequence that is also accepted by the enzyme. They are then able to selectively render the byproduct of the reaction inactive, preventing the reverse reaction, and add the desired conjugate with the alternative recognition sequence to achieve near-complete conversion. I agree with the authors that this novel enzymatic protein fusion method has several applications in the field of bioconjugation, ranging from biophysical assay conduction to therapeutic development. Previously the author has published on the discovery of the Connectase enzymes and has shown its utility in tagging proteins and detecting them by in-gel fluorescence. They now extend their work to include the application of Connectase in creating protein-protein fusions, antibody-protein conjugates, and cyclic/polymerized proteins. As mentioned by the author, enzymatic protein conjugation methods can provide several benefits over other non-specific and click chemistry labeling methods. Connectase specifically can provide some benefits over the more widely used Sortase, depending on the nature of the species that is desired to be conjugated. However, due to a similar lengthy sequence between conjugation partners, the method described in this paper does not provide clear benefits over the existing SpyTag-SpyCatcher conjugation system.  Additionally, specific disadvantages of the method described are not thoroughly investigated, such as difficulty in purifying and separating the desired product from the multiple proteins used. Overall, this method provides a novel, reproducible way to enzymatically create protein-protein conjugates.

      The manuscript is well-written and will be of interest to those who are specifically working on chemical protein modifications and bioconjugation.

      I'd like to comment on two points.

      (1) The benefits over the SpyTag-SpyCatcher system. Here, the conjugation partners are fused via the 12.3 kDa SpyCatcher protein, which is considerably larger than the Connectase fusion sequence (19 aa). This is mentioned in the introduction (p. 1 ln 24-26). Furthermore, SpyTag-SpyCatcher fusions are truly irreversible, while Connectase/BcPAP fusions may be reversed (p. 8, ln 265-273). For example, target proteins (e.g., AGAFDADPLVVEI-Protein) may be covalently fused to functionalized magnetic beads (e.g., Bead-ELASKDPGAFDADPLVVEI) in order to perform a pulldown assay. After the assay, the target protein and any bound interactors could be released from the beads by the addition of a Connectase / peptide (AGAFDAPLVVEI) mixture.

      In a related technology, the SpyTag-SpyCatcher system was split into three components, SpyLigase, SpyTag and KTag  (Fierer et al., PNAS 2014). The resulting method introduces a sequence between the fusion partners (SpyTag (13aa) + KTag (10aa)), which is similar in length to the Connectase fusion sequence (p. 8, ln 297 - 298). Compared to the original method, however, this approach seems to require longer incubation times, while yielding less fusion product (Fierer et al., Figure 2).

      (2) Purification of the fusion product. The method is actually advantageous in this respect, as described in the discussion (p. 8, ln 258-264). Examples are now provided in Figure 6.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Unlike previous traditional protein fusion protocols, the author claims their proposed new method is fast, simple, specific, reversible, and results in a complete 1:1 fusion. A multi-disciplinary approach from cloning and purification, biochemical analyses, and proteomic mass spec confirmation revealed fusion products were achieved.

      Strengths:

      The author provides convincing evidence that an alternative to traditional protein fusion synthesis is more efficient with 100% yields using connectase. The author optimized the protocol's efficiency with assays replacing a single amino acid and identification of a proline aminopeptidase, Bacilius coagulans (BcPAP), as a usable enzyme to use in the fusion reaction. Multiple examples including Ubiquitin, GST, and antibody fusion/conjugations reveal how this method can be applied to a diverse range of biological processes.

      Weaknesses:

      Though the ~100% ligation efficiency is an advancement, the long recognition linker may be the biggest drawback. For large native proteins that are challenging/cannot be synthesized and require multiple connectase ligation reactions to yield a complete continuous product, the multiple interruptions with long linkers will likely interfere with protein folding, resulting in non-native protein structures. This method will be a good alternative to traditional approaches as the author mentioned but limited to generating epitope/peptide/protein tagged proteins, and not for synthetic protein biology aimed at examining native/endogenous protein function in vitro.

      The assessment is fair, and I have no further comments to add.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major/Experimental Suggestions:

      (1) Throughout the paper only one reaction shown via gels had 100% conversion to desired product (Figure 3C). It is misleading to title a paper with absolutes such as "100% product yield", when the majority of reactions show >95% product yield, without any purification. Please change the title of the manuscript to something along the lines of "Novel Irreversible Enzymatic Protein Fusions with Near-Complete Product Yield".

      The conjugation reaction is thermodynamically favored. It is driven by the hydrolysis of a peptide bond (P|GADFDADPLVVEI), which typically releases 8 - 16 kJ/mol energy. This should result in a >99.99% complete reaction (DG° = -RT ln (Product/Educt)). In line with this, 99% - 100% of the less abundant educts (LysS, Figure 3A; MBP, Figure 3B; Ub-Strep, Figure 3C) are converted in the time courses (Figure 3D-F show different reaction conditions, which slow down conjugate formation). 100% conversion are also shown in Figure 5, Figure 6, and Figure S4. Likewise, 99.6% relative fusion product signal intensity in an LCMS analysis (Figure S2) after 4h reaction time (0.13% and 0.25% educts). In this experiment, the proline had been removed from 99.8% of the peptide byproducts (P|GADFDADPLVVEI). It is clear that this reaction is still ongoing and that >99.99% of the prolines will be removed from the peptides in time. These findings suggest that the conjugation reaction gradually slows down the less educt is available, but eventually reaches completion.

      For some experiments, lower product yields (e.g. 97% in Figure 3B) are reported in the paper. These were calculated with Yield = 100% x Product / (Educt1 + Educt 2 + Product). With this formula, 100% conjugation can only be achieved with exactly equimolar educt quantities, because both educt 1 and educt 2 need to be converted entirely. If one educt 1 is available in excess, for example because of protein concentration measurement inaccuracies or pipetting errors, some of it will be left without fusion partner. In case of Figure 3B, 3% more GST seemed to have been in the mixture. These are methodological inaccuracies.

      (2) Please provide at least one example of a purified desired product, and mention the difficulties involved as a disadvantage to this particular method. Separating BcPAP, Connectase, and the desired protein-protein conjugate may prove to be quite difficult, especially when Connectase cleaves off affinity tags.

      Examples are now provided in Figure 6. As described in the discussion (p. 8, ln 258-264), the simple product purification is one of the advantages of the method.

      (3) For the antibody conjugate, please provide an example of conjugating an edduct that would prove to be more useful in the context of antibodies. For example, as you mention in the introduction, conjugation of fluorophores, immobilization tags such as biotin, and small molecule linker/drugs are useful bioconjugates to antibodies.

      Antibody-biotinylation is now shown in Figure S6; Antibody-fluorophore conjugates are part of Figures S5 and S7.

      (4) Please assess the stability of these protein-protein conjugates under various conditions (temperature, pH, time) to ensure that the ligation via Connectase is stable over a broad array of conditions. In particular, a relevant antibody-conjugate stability assay should be done over the period of 1-week in both buffer and plasma to show applicability for potential therapeutics.

      The stability of an antibody-biotin conjugate in blood plasma over 7 days at different temperatures is now shown in Figure S7.

      Generally, Connectase introduces a regular peptide bond (Asp-Ala) with a high chemical and physical stability (e.g. 10 min incubation at 95°C in SDS-PAGE loading buffer; H2O-formic acid / acetonitrile gradients for LC-MS). The sequence may be susceptible to proteases, although this is not the case in HEK293 cells (antibody expression), E. coli, or blood plasma (Figure S7).

      (5) Please conduct functional assays with the antibody-protein/peptide conjugates to show that the antibody retains binding capabilities to the HER-2 antigen and the modification was site-selective, not interfering with the binding paratope or binding ability of the antibody in any way. This can be done through bio-layer interferometry, surface plasmon resonance, ELISA, etc.

      We plan the immobilization of the HER2 antibody on microplates and its use in an ELISA. However, this experiment requires significant testing and optimizations. It will be part of a future paper on the use of Connectase for protein immobilization.

      For now, the mass spectrometry data provide clear evidence of a single site-selective conjugation, as the C-terminal ELASKDPGAFDADPLVVEI-Strep sequence is replaced by ELASKDAGAFDADPLVVEI(-Ub). Given that the conjugation sites at the C-termini are far from the antigen binding sites, and have already been used in a number of other approaches (e.g., SpyTag, SnapTag, Sortase), it appears unlikely that these conjugations interfere with antigen binding.

      (6) Please include gels of all proteins used in ligation reactions after purification steps in the SI to show that each species was pure.

      The pure proteins are now shown in Figure S9.

      (7) Please provide the figures (not just tables) of LC/MS deconvoluted mass spectra graphs for all conjugates, either in the main text or the SI.

      Please specify which spectra you are missing. I believe all relevant spectra are shown in Figures 4, 5, and S3. The primary data can be found in Dataset S2.

      (8) Please provide more information in the methods section on exactly how the densitometry quantification of gel bands was performed with ImageJ.

      Details on the quantification with Image Studio Lite 5.2 were added in the method section (p. 17, ln 461-463).

      Minor Suggestions:

      (1) Page 1, line 19: can include one sentence on what assays these particular bioconjugations are usefule for (e.g. internalization cell studies, binding assays, etc.)

      I prefer not to provide additional details here to keep the text concise and focused.

      (2) Page 1, line 22: "three to ten equivalents" instead of 3x-10x.

      Done.

      (3) Page 1, line 23: While NHS labeling is widely considered non-specific, maleimide conjugation to free cysteines is generally considered specific for engineered free cysteine residues, since native proteins often do not have free cysteine residues available for conjugation. If you are referring to the potential of maleimides to label lysines as well, that should be specifically stated.

      I modified the sentence, now stating that these methods are "can be" unspecific.

      As pointed out, it is possible to achieve specificity by eliminating all other free cysteines and/or engineering a cysteine in an appropriate position. In many other cases, however (e.g., natural antibodies), several cysteines are available, or the sample contains other proteins/peptides. I did not want to go into more detail here and refer to the cited review.

      (4) Page 1, line 31: "and an oligoglycine G(1-5)-B"

      Done.

      (5) Page 1, line 34: It is not clear where in the source these specific Km values are coming from, considering these are variable based on specific conditions/substrates and tend to be reaction-specific.

      I cited another review, which lists the same values, along with a few other measurements (Jacobitz et al., Adv Protein Chem Struct Biol 2017, Table 2). It is clear that each of these measurements differs somewhat, but they are generally comparable (K<sub>M</sub>(LPETG) = 5500 - 8760 µM; K<sub>M</sub>(GGGGG) = 140 - 196 µM). I chose the cited study (Frankel et al., Biochemistry 2005), because it also investigated hydrolysis rates. In this study, the measurements are derived from the plots in Figure 2.

      (6) Page 1, line 47: the comparison to western blots feels a little like apples to oranges, even though this comparison was made in previous literature. Engineering an expressed protein to have this tag and then using the tag to detect and quantify it, feels more akin to a tagging/pull down assay than a western blot in which unmodified proteins are easily detected.

      It is akin to a frequently used type of western blots with tag-specific antiboies, e.g. Anti-His<sub>6</sub>, -Streptavidin, -His<sub>6</sub>, -HA ,-cMyc, -Flag. I modified the sentence to clarify this.

      (7) Page 2, line 51: "Connectase cleaves between the first D and P amino acids in the recognition sequence, resulting in an N-terminal A-ELASKD-Connectase intermediate and a C-terminal PGAFDADPLVVEI peptide."

      I prefer the current sentence, because we assume that a bond between the aspartate and Connectase is formed before PGAFDADPLVVEI is cleaved off.

      (8) Page 3, line 94: "Exact determination is not possible due to reversibility of the reaction", the way it is stated now sounds like it is a flaw in the methods. Also, update Figure 2 to read "Estimated relative ligation rate".

      Done.

      (9) Page 3, lines 101-107: This is worded in a confusing way. It can either be X<sub>1</sub> or X<sub>2</sub> that is inactivated depending on if the altered amino acid is on the original protein sequence or on the desired edduct to conjugate. You first give examples of how to render other amino acids inactive, but then ultimately state that proline made inactive, so separate the two distinct possibilities a bit more clearly.

      The reaction requires the inactivation of X<sub>1</sub>, without affecting X<sub>2</sub> (ln 100 - 102). This is true, no matter whether it is X<sub>1</sub> = A, C, S, or P that is inactivated. I added a sentence to clarify this (ln 102 – 103).

      (10) Page 4, line 118: Give a one-sentence justification for why these proteins were chosen to work with (easy to express, stable, etc).

      Done.

      (11) Page 5, line 167: "payload molecules".

      Done.

      (12) Page 5, lines 170-173: Word this more clearly- "full conversion with many of these methods is difficult on antibodies due to each heavy and light chain being modified separately, resulting in only a total yield of 66% DAR4 even when 90% of each chain is conjugated."

      I rephrased the section.

      (13) Page 8, line 290: Discuss other disadvantages of this method including difficulties purifying and in incorporating such a long sequence into proteins of interest.

      Product purification is shown in the new Figure 6. As stated above, I consider the simple purification process an advantage of the method.  The genetic incorporation of the sequence into proteins is a routine process and should not make any difficulties. The disadvantages of long linker sequences between fusion partners are now discussed (p.8 – 9, ln 300-302).

      (14) Page 10, line 341: 'The experiment is described and discussed in detail in a previously published paper.31"

      Done.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor Points:

      (1) It's unclear how the author derived 100% ligation rate with X = Proline in Figure 2 when there is still residual unligated UB-Strep at 96h. Please provide an expanded explanation for those not familiar with the protocol. Is the assumption made that there will be no UB-Strep if the assay was carried out beyond 96h?

      I clarified the figure legend. The assay shows the formation of an equilibrium between educts and products. Therefore, only ~50% Ub-Strep is used with X = Proline (see p. 2, ln 79 - 81). The "relative ligation rate" refers to the relative speed with which this equilibrium is established. The highest rate is seen with X = Proline, and it is set to 100%. The other rates are given relative to the product formation with X = Proline.

      (2) Though the qualitative depiction of the data in Figure 3 is appreciated, an accompanying graphical representation of the data in the same figure will greatly enhance reception and better comprehension of several of the author's conclusions.

      Graphs are now shown in Figure S1.

      (3) Figure 3 panel E is misaligned. Please align it with panel B above it.

      Done, thank you.

      (4) The author refers to 'The resulting circular assemblies (37% UB2...)' in the text but identifies it as UB-C2 in Figure 5B. Is this a mistake or does UB2 refer to another assembly not mentioned in the Figures? Please check for inconsistencies.

      All circular assemblies are now labeled Ub-C <sub>1-6</sub>.

      (5) Finishing with a graphical schematic that depicts the entire protocol in a simple image would be much appreciated and well-received by readers. Including the scheme with A and B proteins, the recognition linkers, the addition of connectase and BcPAP, etc. to the final resulting protein with connected linker.

      A graphical summary of the reaction is now included in Figure 6.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Fuchsberger et al. demonstrate a set of experiments that ultimately identifies the de novo synthesis of GluA1-, but not GluA2-containing Ca2+ permeable AMPA receptors as a key driver of dopamine-dependent LTP (DA-LTP) during conventional post-before-pre spike-timing dependent (t-LTD) induction. The authors further identify adenylate cyclase 1/8, cAMP, and PKA as the crucial mitigators of these actions. While some comments have been identified below, the experiments presented are thorough and address the aims of the manuscript, figures are presented clearly (with minor comments), and experimental sample sizes and statistical analyses are suitable. Suitable controls have been utilized to confirm the role of Ca2+ permeable AMPAR. This work provides a valuable step forward built on convincing data toward understanding the underlying mechanisms of spike-timing-dependent plasticity and dopamine.

      Strengths:

      Appropriate controls were used.

      The flow of data presented is logical and easy to follow.

      The quality of the data, except for a few minor issues, is solid.

      Weaknesses:

      The drug treatment duration of anisomycin is longer than the standard 30-45 minute duration (as is the 500uM vs 40uM concentration) typically used in the field. Given the toxicity of these kinds of drugs long term it's unclear why the authors used such a long and intense drug treatment.

      In an initial set of control experiments (Figure S 1C-D) we wanted to ensure that protein synthesis was definitely blocked and therefore used a relatively high concentration of anisomycin and a relatively long pre-incubation period. We agree with the Reviewer that we cannot exclude the possibility that this treatment could compromise cell health in addition to the protein synthesis block. Therefore, we carried out an additional experiment with an alternative protein synthesis inhibitor cycloheximide at a lower standard concentration (10 µM) which confirmed a significant reduction in the puromycin signal (Figure S 1A-B). Together these results support the conclusion that puromycin signal is specific to protein synthesis in our labelling assay.

      Furthermore, in the electrophysiology experiments, we used 500 μM anisomycin in the patch pipette solution. Under these conditions, we recorded a stable EPSP baseline for 60 minutes, indicating that the treatment did not cause toxic effects to the cell (Figure S1F). This high concentration would ensure an effective block of local translation at dendritic sites. Nevertheless, we also carried out this experiment with cycloheximide at a lower standard concentration (10 µM) and observed a similar result with both protein synthesis inhibitors (Figure 1F).

      With some of the normalizations (such as those in S1) there are dramatic differences in the baseline "untreated" puromycin intensities - raising some questions about the overall health of slices used in the experiments.

      We agree with the Reviewer that there is a large variability in the normalised puromycin signal which might be due to variability in the health of slices. However, we assume that the same variability would be present in the treated slices, which showed, despite the variability, a significant inhibition of protein synthesis. To avoid any bias by excluding slices with low puromycin signal in the control condition, we present the full dataset.

      The large set of electrophysiology experiments carried out in our study (all recorded cells were evaluated for healthy resting membrane potential, action potential firing, and synaptic responses) confirmed that, generally, the vast majority of our slices were indeed healthy. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The aim was to identify the mechanisms that underlie a form of long-term potentiation (LTP) that requires the activation of dopamine (DA).

      Strengths:

      The authors have provided multiple lines of evidence that support their conclusions; namely that this pathway involves the activation of a cAMP / PKA pathway that leads to the insertion of calcium-permeable AMPA receptors.

      Weaknesses:

      Some of the experiments could have been conducted in a more convincing manner.

      We carried out additional control experiments and analyses to address the specific points that were raised.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The manuscript of Fuchsberger et al. investigates the cellular mechanisms underlying dopamine-dependent long-term potentiation (DA-LTP) in mouse hippocampal CA1 neurons. The authors conducted a series of experiments to measure the effect of dopamine on the protein synthesis rate in hippocampal neurons and its role in enabling DA-LTP. The key results indicate that protein synthesis is increased in response to dopamine and neuronal activity in the pyramidal neurons of the CA1 hippocampal area, mediated via the activation of adenylate cyclases subtypes 1 and 8 (AC1/8) and the cAMP-dependent protein kinase (PKA) pathway. Additionally, the authors show that postsynaptic DA-induced increases in protein synthesis are required to express DA-LTP, while not required for conventional t-LTP.

      The increased expression of the newly synthesized GluA1 receptor subunit in response to DA supports the formation of homomeric calcium-permeable AMPA receptors (CP-AMPARs). This evidence aligns well with data showing that DA-LTP expression requires the GluA1 AMPA subunit and CP-AMPARs, as DA-LTP is absent in the hippocampus of a GluA1 genetic knock-out mouse model. Overall, the study is solid, and the evidence provided is compelling. The authors clearly and concisely explain the research objectives, methodologies, and findings. The study is scientifically robust, and the writing is engaging. The authors' conclusions and interpretation of the results are insightful and align well with the literature. The discussion effectively places the findings in a meaningful context, highlighting a possible mechanism for dopamine's role in the modulation of protein-synthesis-dependent hippocampal synaptic plasticity and its implications for the field. Although the study expands on previous works from the same laboratory, the findings are novel and provide valuable insights into the dynamics governing hippocampal synaptic plasticity.

      The claim that GluA1 homomeric CP-AMPA receptors mediate the expression of DA-LTP is fascinating, and although the electrophysiology data on GluA1 knock-out mice are convincing, more evidence is needed to support this hypothesis. Western blotting provides useful information on the expression level of GluA1, which is not necessarily associated with cell surface expression of GluA1 and therefore CP-AMPARs. Validating this hypothesis by localizing the protein using immunofluorescence and confocal microscopy detection could strengthen the claim. The authors should briefly discuss the limitations of the study.

      Although it would be possible to quantify the surface expression of GluA1 using immunofluorescence, it would not be possible to distinguish  between GluA1 homomers and GluA1-containing heteromers. It would therefore not be informative as to whether these are indeed CP-AMPARs. This is an interesting problem, which we have briefly discussed in the Discussion section.

      Additional comments to address:

      (1) In Figure 2A, the representative image with PMY alone shows a very weak PMY signal. Consequently, the image with TTX alone seems to potentiate the PMY signal, suggesting a counterintuitive increase in protein synthesis.

      We agree with the Reviewer that the original image was not representative and have replaced it with a more representative image.

      (2) In Figures 3A-B, the Western blotting representative images have poor quality, especially regarding GluA1 and α-actin in Figure 3A. The quantification graph (Figure 3B) raises some concerns about a potential outlier in both the DA alone and DA+CHX groups. The authors should consider running a statistical test to detect outlier data. Full blot images, including ladder lines, should be added to the supplementary data.

      We have replaced the western blot image in Figure 3A and have also presented full blot images including ladder lines in supplementary Figure S3.

      Using the ROUT method (Q=1%) we identified one outlier in the DA+CHX group of the western blot quantification. The quantification for this blot was then removed from the dataset and the experiment was repeated to ensure a sufficient number of repeats.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) How the authors perform these experiments with puromycin, these are puromycilation experiments - not SuNSET. The SuNSET protocol (surface sensing of translation) specifically refers to the detection of newly synthesized proteins externally at the plasma membrane. I'd advise to update the terminology used.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing this out. We have updated this to ‘puromycin-based labelling assay’.

      (2) The legend presented in Figure 2F suggests WT is green and ACKO is orange, however, in Figure 2G the WT LTP trace is orange, consider changing this to green for consistency.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion and agree that a matching colour scheme makes the Figure clearer. This has been updated.

      (3) In the results section, it is recommended to include units for the values presented at the first instance and only again when the units change thereafter.

      The units of the electrophysiology data were [%], this is included in the Results section. Results of western blots and IHC images were presented as [a.u.]. While we included this in the Figures, we have not specifically added this to the text of individual results. 

      (4) Two hours pre-treatment with anisomycin vs 30 minutes pretreatment with cycloheximide seems hard to directly compare - as the pharmokinetics of translational inhibition should be similar for both drugs. What was the rationale for the extremely long anisomycin pretreatment? What controls were taken to assess slice health either prior to or following fixation? This is relevant to the below point (5).

      In an initial set of control experiments (Figure S 1C-D) we wanted to ensure that protein synthesis was definitely blocked and therefore used a relatively high concentration of anisomycin and a relatively long pre-incubation period. We agree with the Reviewer that we cannot exclude the possibility that this treatment could compromise cell health in addition to the protein synthesis block. Therefore, we carried out an additional experiment with an alternative protein synthesis inhibitor cycloheximide at a lower standard concentration (10 µM) which confirmed a significant reduction in the puromycin signal (Figure S1A-B). Together these results support the conclusion that puromycin signal is specific to protein synthesis in our labelling assay.

      IHC slices were visually assessed for health. The large set of electrophysiology experiments carried out in our study (all recorded cells were evaluated for healthy resting membrane potential, action potential firing, and synaptic responses) also confirmed that, generally, the vast majority of our slices were indeed healthy. 

      (5) In Supplementary Figure 1, there is a dramatic difference in the a.u. intensities across CHX (B) and AM (D), please explain the reason for this. It is understood these are normalised values to nuclear staining, please clarify if this is a nuclear area.

      We agree with the Reviewer that there is a large variability in normalised puromycin signal which may be due to variability in the health of the slices. However, we assume that the same variability would be present in the treated slices, which showed, despite the variability, a significant effect of protein synthesis inhibition. To prevent introducing bias by excluding slices with low puromycin signal in the control condition, we present the full dataset.

      The CA1 region of the hippocampus contains of a dense layer of neuronal somata (pyramidal cell layer). We normalized against the nuclear area as it provides a reliable estimate of the number of neurons present in the image. This approach minimizes bias by accounting for variation in the number of neurons within the visual field, ensuring consistency and accuracy in our analysis.

      (6) Please clarify the decision to average both the last 5 minutes of baseline recordings and the last 5 minutes of the recording for the normalisation of EPSP slopes.

      The baseline usually stabilises after a few minutes of recording, thus the last 5 minutes were used for baseline measurement, which are the most relevant datapoints to compare synaptic weight change to. After induction of STDP, potentiation or depression of synaptic weights develops gradually. Based on previous results, evaluating the EPSP slopes at 30-40 minutes after the induction protocol gives a reliable estimate of the amount of plasticity.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The concentration of anisomycin used (0.5 mM) is very high.

      As described above, in an initial set of control experiments (Figure S 1C-D) we wanted to ensure that protein synthesis was definitely blocked and therefore used a relatively high concentration of anisomycin and a relatively long pre-incubation period. We agree with the Reviewer that this is higher than the standard concentration used for this drug and we cannot exclude the possibility that this treatment could compromise cell health in addition to the protein synthesis block. Therefore, we carried out an additional experiment with an alternative protein synthesis inhibitor cycloheximide at a lower standard concentration (10 µM) which confirmed a significant reduction in the puromycin signal (Figure S1A-B). Together these results support the conclusion that puromycin signal is specific to protein synthesis in our labelling assay.

      Furthermore, in the electrophysiology experiments, we also used 500 µM anisomycin in the patch pipette solution. Under these conditions, we recorded a stable EPSP baseline for 60 minutes, indicating that the treatment did not cause toxic effects to the cell (Figure S1F). This high concentration would ensure an effective block of local translation at dendritic sites. Nevertheless, we also carried out this experiment with cycloheximide at a lower standard concentration (10 µM) and observed a similar result with both protein synthesis inhibitors (Figure 1F).

      The authors conclude that the effect of DA is mediated via D1/5 receptors, which based on previous work seems likely. But they cannot conclude this from their current study which used a combination of a D1/D5 and a D2 antagonist.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing this out. We agree and have updated this in the Discussion section to ‘dopamine receptors’, without specifying subtypes.

      There is no mention that I can see that the KO experiments were conducted in a blinded manner (which I believe should be standard practice). Did they verify the KOs using Westerns?

      Only a subset of the experiments was conducted in a blinded manner. However, the results were collected by two independent experimenters, who both observed significant effects in KO mice compared to WTs (TF and ZB).

      We received the DKO mice from a former collaborator, who verified expression levels of the KO mice (Wang et al., 2003). We verified DKO upon arrival in our facility using genotyping.

      Maybe I'm misunderstanding but it appears to me that in Figure 1F there is LTP prior to the addition of DA. (The first point after pairing is already elevated). I think the control of pairing without DA should be added.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing this out. Based on previous results (Brzosko et al., 2015) we would expect potentiation to develop over time once DA is added after pairing, however, it indeed appears in the Figure here as if there was an immediate increase in synaptic weights after pairing. It should be noted, however, that when comparing the first 5 minutes after pairing to the baseline, this increase was not significant (t(9)=1.810, p =0.1037). Nevertheless, we rechecked our data and noticed that this initial potentiation was biased by one cell with an increasing baseline, which had both the test and control pathway strongly elevated. We had mistakenly included this cell in the dataset, despite the unstable conditions (as stated in the Methods section, the unpaired control pathway served as a stability control). We apologise for the error and this has now been corrected (Figure 1F). In addition, we present the control pathway in Figure S1G and I.

      We have also now included the control for post-before-pre pairing (Δt = -20 ms) without dopamine in a supplemental figure (Figure S1E and F).

      The Westerns (Figure 3A) are fairly messy. Also, it is better to quantify with total protein. Surface biotinylation of GluA1 and GluA2 would be more informative.

      We carried out more repeats of Western blots and have exchanged blots in Figure 3A.

      We observed that DA increases protein synthesis, we therefore cannot exclude the possibility that application of DA could also affect total protein levels. Thus quantifying with total protein may not be the best choice here. Quantification with actin is standard practice.

      While we agree with the Reviewer that surface biotinylation of GluA1 and GluA2 could in principle be more informative, we do not think it would work well in our experimental setup using acute slice preparation, as it strictly requires intact cells. Slicing generates damaged cells, which would take up the surface biotin reagents. This would cause unspecific biotinylation of the damaged cells, leading to a strong background signal in the assay.

      In Figure 4 panels D and E the baselines are increasing substantially prior to induction. I appreciate that long stable baselines with timing-dependent plasticity may not be possible but it's hard to conclude what happened tens of minutes later when the baseline only appears stable for a minute or two. Panels A and B show that relatively stable baselines are achievable.

      We agree with the Reviewer that the baselines are increasing, however, when looking at the baseline for 5 minutes prior to induction (5 last datapoints of the baseline), which is what we used for quantification, the baselines appeared stable. Unfortunately, longer baselines are not suitable for timing-dependent plasticity. In addition, all experiments were carried out with a control pathway which showed stable conditions throughout the recording.

      In general, the discussion could be better integrated with the current literature. Their experiments are in line with a substantial body of literature that has identified two forms of LTP, based on these signalling cascades, using more conventional induction patterns.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion and have added more discussion of the two forms of LTP in the Discussion section.

      It would be helpful to include the drug concentrations when first described in the results.

      Drug concentration have now been included in the Results section.

      It is now more common to include absolute t values (not just <0.05 etc).

      While we indicate significance in Figures using asterisks when p values are below the indicated significance levels, we report absolute values of p and t values in the Results section.

      Similarly full blots should be added to an appendix / made available.

      We have now included full blot images in Supplementary Figure S3.

      A 30% tolerance for series resistance seems generous to me. (10-20% would be more typical).

      We thank the Reviewer for their suggestion, and will keep this in mind for future studies. However, the error introduced by the higher tolerance level is likely to be small and would not influence any of the qualitative conclusions of the manuscript.

      Whereas series resistance is of course extremely important in voltage-clamp experiments, changes in series resistance would be less of a concern in current-clamp recordings of synaptic events. We use the amplifier as a voltage follower, and there are two problems with changes in the electrode, or access, resistance. First, there is the voltage drop across the electrode resistance. Clearly this error is zero if no current is injected and is also negligible for the currents we use in our experiments to maintain the membrane voltage at -70 mV. For example, the voltage drop would be 0.2 mV for 20 pA current through a typical 10 MOhm electrode resistance, and a change in resistance of 30% would give less than 0.1 mV voltage change even if the resistance were not compensated. The second problem is distortion of the EPSP shape due to the low-pass filtering properties of the electrode set up by the pipette capacitance and series resistance (RC). This can be a significant problem for fast events, such as action potentials, but less of a problem for the relatively slow EPSPs recorded in pyramidal cells. Nevertheless, we take on board the advice provided by the Reviewer and will use the conventional tolerance of 20% in future experiments.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In the references, the entry for Burnashev N et al. has a different font size. Please ensure that all references are formatted consistently.

      We thank the Reviewer for spotting this and have updated the font size of this reference.

    1. 介绍

      要点总结:

      1. 《时间景观》 (Time Landscape) 是美国艺术家Alan Sonfist的艺术作品,最初提出于1965年,完成于1978年。
      2. 该作品位于纽约市曼哈顿的大学村,占地25' x 40',种植了新约克地区殖民前的原生植物
      3. 艺术作品的结构
      4. 三个森林生长阶段:从草地到幼苗再到成树。
      5. 南部区域:代表最年轻的阶段,种植了桦树和榛树灌木,下面有野花。
      6. 中央区域:包括由 Sonfist 从布朗克斯童年公园移植的山毛榉树和其他树种,如红杉、黑樱桃、女贞树等。
      7. 北部区域:成熟的森林,以橡树为主,散布有白蜡树和美洲榆树。
      8. Sonfist的创作意图:创建一个自然纪念碑,类似于战争纪念碑,记录自然环境的历史与变化。
      9. 1969年讲座:《自然现象作为公共纪念碑》:
      10. Sonfist讨论了他将自然现象作为公共艺术创作的长期承诺。
      11. 他认为公共纪念碑应当庆祝人类生态系统,包括自然现象,特别是在城市中,应当恢复自然环境的历史
      12. 气候变化与环境脆弱性:Sonfist的艺术作品呼应了气候变化的社会危机,强调自然环境的脆弱性
    1. 详细介绍

      以下是关于KNOWMAD游戏和装置艺术的要点:

      1. 项目简介
      2. KNOWMAD 是由多个艺术家合作创作的视频游戏和装置艺术作品,涉及帐篷和地毯的使用。
      3. 合作艺术家包括 Mel Chin、Tom Hambleton、Rocco Basile、Emil Busse、Brett Hawkins、Chris Taylor、Andrew Lunstad、Jane Powers、Osla Thomason-Kuster。

      4. 概念

      5. MAP(Motion + Action = Place)是该项目的核心概念,强调运动、行动和地方的结合。
      6. 游戏通过描绘当前由于政治和社会变革而面临灭绝的部落群体,展现它们的文化图标(如部落地毯中的图案),并将这些元素转化为虚拟世界中的游戏内容。

      7. 文化与历史背景

      8. 游戏中的地毯图案源自部落的传统,反映了部落文化的生存和表达。
      9. 通过游戏,玩家将这些部落文化的图案与现代流行文化的力量相结合,形成新的互动空间。

      10. 艺术表现与游戏设计

      11. 游戏结合了传统部落艺术和现代游戏设计,通过时间和技能的游戏限制,创造出一个新的三维空间,玩家需要在其中处理运动、图像和记忆的挑战。
      12. 游戏中的部落地毯图案通过编程和设计转化为虚拟世界中的像素颜色。

      13. 目的与影响

      14. KNOWMAD 鼓励玩家在游戏中体验和尊重部落文化,同时将这种体验带到现实世界,促进意识和思想的流动。
      15. 游戏探索现代民族主义倾向与历史上部落流动和交流的冲突,旨在通过艺术加速文化传递和艺术表达的创新。

      16. 文化传承与创新

      17. 项目强调部落历史中经历的战争、政治动荡以及部落流动的文化传承,尤其是在中亚、安纳托利亚和中东地区的现代国界和地理限制下。
      18. KNOWMAD 希望重新激发对文化遗产和人类表达的兴趣,推动超越传统的地图制作和艺术表现方式,促进文化的全球传播。

      总之,KNOWMAD 是一个结合文化传承和现代艺术形式的项目,通过游戏和艺术装置探讨部落历史、文化遗产和现代社会的互动,并鼓励全球范围内的文化交流与表达。

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Utilizing a combination of transcriptomic and proteomic profiling as well as cellular phenotyping from source-matched PASMC and PAAFs in IPAH, this<br /> study sought to explore a molecular comparison of these cells in order to track distinct cell fate trajectories and acquisition of their IPAH-associated cellular states. The authors also aimed to identify cell-cell communication axes in order to infer mechanisms by which these two cells interact and depend upon external cues. This study will be of interest to the scientific and clinical communities of those interested in pulmonary vascular biology and disease. It also will appeal to those interested in lung and vascular development as well as multi-omic analytic procedures.

      Strengths:

      (1) This is one of the first studies using orthogonal sequencing and phenotyping for characterization of source-matched neighoring mesenchymal PASMC and PAAF cells in healthy and diseased IPAH patients. This is a major strength which allows for direct comparison of neighboring cell types and the ability to address an unanswered question regarding the nature of these mesenchymal "mural" cells at a precise molecular level.

      (2) Unlike a number of multi-omic sequencing papers that read more as an atlas of findings without structure, the inherent comparative organization of the study and presentation of the data were valuable in aiding the reader in understanding how to discern the distinct IPAH-associated cell states. As a result, the reader not only gleans greater insight into these two interacting cell types in disease but also now can leverage these datasets more easily for future research questions in this space.

      (3) There are interesting and surprising findings in the cellular characterizations, including the low proliferative state of IPAH-PASMCs as compared to the hyperproliferative state in IPAH-PAAFs. Furthermore, the cell-cell communication axes involving ECM components and soluble ligands provided by PAAFs that direct cell state dynamics of PASMCs offer some of the first and foundational descriptions of what are likely complex cellular interactions that await discovery.

      (4) Technical rigor is quite high in the -omics methodology and in vitro phenotyping tools used.

      Weaknesses:

      There are some weaknesses in the methodology that should temper the conclusions:

      (1) The number of donors sampled for PAAF/PASMCs was relatively small for both healthy controls and IPAH patients. Thus, while the level of detail of -omics profiling was quite deep, the generalizability of their findings to all IPAH patients or Group 1 PAH patients is limited. In the revised manuscript, the authors addressed this concern with important text changes and additional data.

      (2) While the study utilized early passage cells, these cells nonetheless were still cultured outside the in vivo milieu prior to analysis. Thus, while there is an assumption that these cells do not change fundamental behavior outside the body, that is not entirely proven for all transcriptional and proteomic signatures. As such, the major alterations that are noted would be more compelling if validated from tissue or cells derived directly from in vivo sources. Without such validation, the major limitation of the impact and conclusions of the paper is that the full extent of the relevance of these findings to human disease is not known. The authors addressed this concern appropriately with significant text changes to clarify these limitations for the reader.

      (3) While the presentation of most of the manuscript was quite clear and convincing, the terminology and conclusions regarding "cell fate trajectories" throughout the manuscript did not seem to be fully justified. That is, all of the analyses were derived from cells originating from end-stage IPAH, and otherwise, the authors were not lineage tracing across disease initiation or development (which would be impossible currently in humans). So, while the description of distinct "IPAH-associated states" makes sense, any true cell fate trajectory was not clearly defined. The revised manuscript has removed this terminology and replaced it with more precise language.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors were quite responsive to all of my concerns, offering both important revisions to the presentation of the work as well as new data. While some of the limitations were not fully resolved (and the authors provide appropriate justification for this), the revised manuscript is much improved. It will be of great interest to both the scientific and clinical communities.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This important study explored a molecular comparison of smooth muscle and neighboring fibroblast cells found in lung blood vessels afflicted by a disease called pulmonary arterial hypertension. In doing so, the authors described distinct disease-associated states of each of these cell types with further insights into the cellular communication and crosstalk between them. The strength of evidence was convincing through the use of complementary and sophisticated tools, accompanied by rare isolation of human diseased lung blood vessel cells that were source-matched to the same donor for direct comparison.

      We thank the editors and reviewers in their highly positive and encouraging assessment of our manuscript detailing the cell state changes of arterial smooth muscle cells and fibroblasts in the pulmonary bed. We addressed reviewers’ major comments in the revised manuscript by providing validation of key in vitro findings, such as preserved marker localization and increased GAG deposition in IPAH pulmonary arteries. We additionally provide comparison of transcriptomic profiles spanning fresh, very early and late passage cells. Finally, we present expanded experimental data in support of cellular crosstalk, including testing of additional PAAF ligands on donor PASMC and influence of PTX3/HGF on IPAH PASMC.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors isolated and cultured pulmonary artery smooth muscle cells (PASMC) and pulmonary artery adventitial fibroblasts (PAAF) of the lung samples derived from the patients with idiopathic pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH) and the healthy volunteers. They performed RNA-seq and proteomics analyses to detail the cellular communication between PASMC and PAAF, which are the main target cells of pulmonary vascular remodeling during the pathogenesis of PAH. The authors revealed that PASMC and PAAF retained their original cellular identity and acquired different states associated with the pathogenesis of PAH, respectively.

      Strengths:

      Although previous studies have shown that PASMC and PAAF cells each have an important role in the pathogenesis of PAH, there have been scarce reports focusing on the interactions between PASMC and PAAF. These findings may provide valuable information for elucidating the pathogenesis of pulmonary arterial hypertension.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s positive view of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      The results of proteome analysis using primary culture cells in this paper seem a bit insufficient to draw conclusions. In particular, the authors described "We elucidated the involvement of cellular crosstalk in regulating cell state dynamics and identified pentraxin-3 and hepatocyte growth factor as modulators of PASMC phenotypic transition orchestrated by PAAF." However, the presented data are considered limited and insufficient.

      We thank the reviewer for drawing our attention to this point and have accordingly modified the conclusion section to read: “We investigated the involvement of cellular crosstalk….” Moreover, we provide further experimental evidence demonstrating the effect of both PTX3 and HGF on cell state marker expression in IPAH-PASMC cells (Figure 7H). In addition, we clarify the selection strategy applied to investigate particular PAAF-secreted ligands and test three additional ligands on donor PASMC (Figure S8), supporting the original focus on PTX3 and HGF.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Utilizing a combination of transcriptomic and proteomic profiling as well as cellular phenotyping from source-matched PASMC and PAAFs in IPAH, this study sought to explore a molecular comparison of these cells in order to track distinct cell fate trajectories and acquisition of their IPAH-associated cellular states. The authors also aimed to identify cell-cell communication axes in order to infer mechanisms by which these two cells interact and depend upon external cues. This study will be of interest to the scientific and clinical communities of those interested in pulmonary vascular biology and disease. It also will appeal to those interested in lung and vascular development as well as multi-omic analytic procedures.

      We thank the reviewer for overall highly positive assessment of our study.

      Strengths:

      (1) This is one of the first studies using orthogonal sequencing and phenotyping for the characterization of source-matched neighboring mesenchymal PASMC and PAAF cells in healthy and diseased IPAH patients. This is a major strength that allows for direct comparison of neighboring cell types and the ability to address an unanswered question regarding the nature of these mesenchymal "mural" cells at a precise molecular level.

      We value the reviewer’s kind and objective summary of our study.

      (2) Unlike a number of multi-omic sequencing papers that read more as an atlas of findings without structure, the inherent comparative organization of the study and presentation of the data were valuable in aiding the reader in understanding how to discern the distinct IPAH-associated cell states. As a result, the reader not only gleans greater insight into these two interacting cell types in disease but also now can leverage these datasets more easily for future research questions in this space.

      We thank the reviewer for this highly positive comment.

      (3) There are interesting and surprising findings in the cellular characterizations, including the low proliferative state of IPAH-PASMCs as compared to the hyperproliferative state in IPAH-PAAFs. Furthermore, the cell-cell communication axes involving ECM components and soluble ligands provided by PAAFs that direct cell state dynamics of PASMCs offer some of the first and foundational descriptions of what are likely complex cellular interactions that await discovery.

      We agree with the reviewer’s assessment that some of the novel data in our study helps to formulate testable hypothesis that can be followed through with more focused follow-up research.

      (4) Technical rigor is quite high in the -omics methodology and in vitro phenotyping tools used.

      We are grateful for reviewer’s assessment of our work and positive recognition.

      Weaknesses:

      There are some weaknesses in the methodology that should temper the conclusions:

      (1) The number of donors sampled for PAAF/PASMCs was small for both healthy controls and IPAH patients. Thus, while the level of detail of -omics profiling was quite deep, the generalizability of their findings to all IPAH patients or Group 1 PAH patients is limited.

      We appreciate the reviewers concerns regarding the generalizability of the findings and have acknowledged this as the study limitation in the discussion: “A low case number and end-stage disease samples used for omics characterization represents a study limitation that has to be taken into account before assuming similar findings would be evident in the entire PAH patient population over the course of the disease development and progression”. We have addressed this issue by performing validation of key in vitro findings using fresh cells or assessment of FFPE lung material from additional independent samples in the revised manuscript (Figures 2D, 3D, 3H, 4H). For transparency, we provide biological sample number in the result section of the modified manuscript.

      (2) While the study utilized early passage cells, these cells nonetheless were still cultured outside the in vivo milieu prior to analysis. Thus, while there is an assumption that these cells do not change fundamental behavior outside the body, that is not entirely proven for all transcriptional and proteomic signatures. As such, the major alterations that are noted would be more compelling if validated from tissue or cells derived directly from in vivo sources. Without such validation, the major limitation of the impact and conclusions of the paper is that the full extent of the relevance of these findings to human disease is not known.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive and excellent suggestion. The comparison of fresh and cultured cells revealed a strong and early divergence of differentially regulated pathways for PAAF, while a more gradual transition for PASMC. The results of this analysis are included in the new Figures 2D, 3D, 3H, and 4H. Implications are discussed in the revised manuscript: “However, the same mechanism renders cells susceptible to phenotypic change induced simply by extended vitro culturing, testified by broad expression profile differences between fresh and cultured cells. This common caveat in cell biology research and represents a technical and practical tradeoff that requires cross validation of key findings. Using a combination of archived lung tissue and available single cell RNA sequencing dataset of human pulmonary arteries, we show that some of the key defining phenotypic features of diseased cells, such as altered proliferation rate and ECM production, are preserved and gradually lost upon prolonged culturing”.

      (3) While the presentation of most of the manuscript was quite clear and convincing, the terminology and conclusions regarding "cell fate trajectories" throughout the manuscript did not seem to be fully justified. That is, all of the analyses were derived from cells originating from end-stage IPAH, and otherwise, the authors were not lineage tracing across disease initiation or development (which would be impossible currently in humans). So, while the description of distinct "IPAH-associated states" makes sense, any true cell fate trajectory was not clearly defined.

      In accordance to reviewer’s comment, we have decided to modify the wording to exclude the “cell fate trajectory” phrase and replace it with “acquisition of disease cell state”.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major comments:

      (1) In Figure 1, PASMC and PAAF were collected from the lungs of healthy donors and analyzed for transcriptomics and proteomics; in Figure 1A, it can be taken as if both cells from IPAH patients were also analyzed, but this is not reflected in the results. In Figure1D, immunostaining of normal lungs confirms the localization of PASMC and PAAF markers found by transcriptomics. The authors describe a strong, but not perfect, correlation between the transcriptomics and proteomics data from Figure S1, but the gene names of each cellular marker they found should also be listed. In addition, the authors have observed the expression of markers characteristic of PASMC and PAAF in pulmonary vessels of healthy subjects by IH, but is there any novelty in these markers? Furthermore, are the expression sites of these markers altered in IPAH patients?

      In the revised manuscript we have adjusted the schematic to reflect the fact that only donor cells are compared in Figure 1. We additionally provide a correlation of cell type markers between proteomic and transcriptomic data sets for those molecules that are detected in both datasets (Figure S1B).

      We provide clarification on the novelty aspect in the result section: “Some of the molecules were previously associated with predominant SMC, such as RGS5 and CSPR1 (Crnkovic et al., 2022; Snider et al., 2008), or adventitial fibroblast, such as SCARA5, CFD and MGST1 (Crnkovic et al., 2022; Sikkema et al., 2023) expression”. Except for RGS5, expression and localization of other markers in IPAH was previously unknown.

      The conservation of expression sites for reported markers was validated in IPAH in the revised manuscript (Figure 2D), with IGFBP5 showing dual localization in both cell types. Moreover, results in Figure 1D, 1E and 2D support the validity of omics findings and preservation of key markers during passaging.

      (2) In Figure 2, the authors compare PASMC and PAAF derived from IPAH patients and donors. The results show that transcriptomics and proteomics changes are clearly differentiated by cell type and not by pathological state. In the pathological state, transcriptional changes are more pronounced. The GO analysis of the factors that showed significant changes in each cell type is shown in Figure 2E, but the differences between the GO analysis of the transcriptomics and proteomics results are not clearly shown. The reviewer believes that the advantages of a combined analysis of both should be indicated. Also, in Figure 2G, the GAG content in PA appears to be elevated in only 3 cases, while the other 5 cases appear to be at the same level as the donor; is there a characteristic change in these 3 cases? Figure 2I shows that the phenotype of PAAF changes with cell passages. Since this phenomenon would be interesting and useful to the reader, additional discussion regarding the mechanism would be desired.

      We have integrated both data sets in order to achieve stronger and meaningful analysis due to weaker and uncomplete correlation between transcriptomic and protein dataset as indicated in the results section: “Comparative analysis of transcriptomic and proteomic data sets revealed a strong, but not complete level of linear correlation between the gene and protein expression profiles (Figure S1B, C). We therefore decided to use an integrative dataset and analyzed all significantly enriched genes and proteins (-log10(P)>1.3) between both cell types to achieve stronger and more robust analysis”. In general, proteomic profile showed fewer significant differences and extent of change was lesser compared with transcriptomics, likely due to technical limitations of the method and sensitivity, testified by the complete lack of top transcriptomic molecules (RGS5, ADH1C, IGFBP5, CFD, SCARA5) in the protein dataset.

      To strengthen the findings of increased GAG in IPAH pulmonary arteries, we have performed compartment-specific, quantitative image analysis of Alcian blue staining on additional donor and patient samples (n=10 for each condition). The new analysis totaling around 40 PA confirmed significantly increased deposition of GAG in IPAH pulmonary arteries.

      We have addressed the issue of phenotypic change with prolonged cell culture in the revised manuscript by systematically comparing enrichment for biological processes between fresh (Crnkovic et al., 2022: GSE210248), very early (this study: GSE255669) and later passage cells (Chelladurai et al., 2022: GSE144932; Gorr et al., 2020: GSE144274). We observed cell type differences in the rate of change of phenotypic features, with PAAF showing faster shift early on during culturing that could for some of the features be due to isolation from immunomodulatory environment or presence of hydrocortisone supplement in the PAAF cell media. These points have been described in the revised results section and mentioned in the discussion.

      (3) The authors claim that one feature of this paper is the use of "very early passage (p1)" of pulmonary artery smooth muscle cells (PASMC). Since there are other existing (previouly reported) data that are publicly available, such as RNA-seq data using cells with 2-4 cell passages, it may be possible to show that fewer passages are better in primary culture by comparing the data presented in this paper.

      Following reviewers’ comments, we have performed systematic comparison (Crnkovic et al., 2022: GSE210248), very early (this study: GSE255669) and later passage cells (Chelladurai et al., 2022: GSE144932; Gorr et al., 2020: GSE144274). in the revised manuscript in order to comprehensively address the issue and define changes occurring as a result of prolonged in vitro conditions (Figure 3H). The results showed that the expression profile of early passage cells retains some of the key phenotypic features displayed by cells in their native environment, with PASMC displaying a more gradual loss of phenotypic characteristics compared to PAAF. Interestingly, PAAF displayed a striking inverse enrichment for inflammatory/NF-kB signaling between fresh and cultured PAAF, which could potentially be caused by the hydrocortisone supplement in the PAAF cell media or due to the isolation from its highly immunomodulatory enviroment. These points have been described in the revised results section and mentioned in the discussion.

      (4) The authors describe a study characterized by decreased expression of "cytoskeletal contractile elements" in pulmonary artery smooth muscle cells (PASMC) derived from patients with IPAH. What are the implications of this result, and does it arise from the use of smooth muscle in patients resistant to pulmonary artery smooth muscle dilating agents? A discussion on this issue needs to be made in a way that is easy for the reader to understand.

      The reviewer raises an interesting point regarding the loss the contractile markers and response to vasodilating therapy. We would speculate that isolated decrease in contractile machinery, without concomitant change in ECM and other PASMC features, would dampen both the contraction and relaxation properties of the single PASMC, affecting not only its response to dilating agents, but also to vasoconstrictors. Clinical consequences and responsiveness to dilating agents are more difficult to predict, since the vasoactive response would additionally depend on mechanical properties of the pulmonary artery defined by cellular and ECM composition. Nevertheless, we believe that decreased expression of contractile machinery reflects an intrinsic, “programmed” response of SMC to remodeling, rather than vasodilator therapy-induced selection pressure, since similar phenotypic change is observed in SMC from systemic circulation and in various animal models without exposure to PAH medication. These considerations have been included in the revised discussion section.

      (5) There are a lot of secreted proteins that increase or decrease in Figure 6G, but there is scant reason to focus on PTX3 and HGF among them. The authors need to elaborate on the above issue.

      We regret the lack of clarity and provide improved explanation of the ligand selection strategy in the revised manuscript. In order to prioritize the potential hits, we first used hierarchical clustering to group co-regulated ligands into smaller number of groups. We then prioritized for the ligands that lacked or had limited information with respect to IPAH. Based on these results, we analyzed the effect of three additional ligands on PASMC cell state marker expression (Figure S8). This additional data supported the initial focus on PTX3 and HGF.

      Minor comments:

      (1) Regarding the number of specimens used in the Result, it would be more helpful to the reader if the number of samples were also mentioned in the text.

      We have included the number of used samples in manuscript text.

      (2) There is no explanation of what R2Y represents in Figure 2B. This reviewer is not able to understand the statistical analysis of Figure 2H. The detailed results should be explained.

      We apologize for the oversight in labeling of Figure 2B and modify the figure legend: “Orthogonal projection to latent structures-discriminant analysis (OPLS-DA) T score plots separating predictive variability (x-axis), attributed to biological grouping, and non-predictive variability (technical/inter-individual, y-axis). Monofactorial OPLS-DA model for separation according to cell type or disease. C) Bifactorial OPLS-DA model considering cell type and disease simultaneously. Ellipse depicting the 95% confidence region, Q2 denoting model’s predictive power (significance: Q2>50%) and R2Y representing proportion of variance in the response variable explained by the model (higher values indicating better fit)”.

      We also modified figure legend wording for the analysis in Figure 2H (new Figure 3E) to clarify the independent factors whose interaction was investigated using 3-way ANOVA: “Interaction effects of stimulation, cell type, and disease state on cellular proliferation were analyzed by 3-way ANOVA. Significant interaction effects are indicated as follows: * for stimulation × cell type interactions and # for cell type × disease state interactions (both *, # p<0.05)”.

      (3) In Figure 3, the authors examined whether there were molecular abnormalities common to IPAH-PASMC and IPAH-PAAF and found that the number of commonly regulated genes and proteins was limited to 47. Further analysis of these regulators by STRING analysis revealed that factors related to the regulation of apoptosis are commonly altered in both cells. On the other hand, the authors focused on mitochondria, as SOD2 is downregulated, and found an increase in ROS production specific to PASMC, indicating that mitochondrial dysfunction is common to PASMC and PAAF in IPAH, but downstream phenomena are different between cell types. Factors associated with apoptosis regulation have been found to be both upward and downward regulated, but the actual occurrence of apoptosis in both cell types has not been addressed.

      We have performed TUNEL staining on FFPE lung tissue from donors and IPAH patients that revealed apoptosis as a rare event in both conditions in PASMC and PAAF. Therefore, no meaningful quantification could be conducted. An example of pulmonary artery where rare positive signal in either PAAF or PASMC could be found is provided in Figure 4H.

      Unfortunately, association of a particular gene with a pathway is by default arbitrary and potentially ambiguous. In particular, factors identified as associated in apoptosis are also involved in regulation of inflammatory signaling (BIRC3, DDIT3) and amino acid metabolism (SHMT1). Nevertheless, mitochondria represent a crucial cellular hub for apoptosis regulation and, as shown in the current study, display significant functional alterations in IPAH in both cell types, aligning with reduced mitochondrial superoxide dismutase (SOD2) expression.

      (4) The meaning of the gray circle in Figure 3C should be clarified. Similarly, the meaning of the color in Fig. 3D should be clearly explained. In Figure 3E-G, each cell is significantly different from 18-61 cells, and the number of each cell and the reason should be described.

      We regret the confusion and provide better explanation of the figure legend: “gray nodes representing their putative upstream regulators”, “with color coding reflecting the IPAH dependent regulation”. In the revised Figure panels 4E-G (old 3E-G) we provide the exact number of cells measured in each condition. Although we tried to have comparable cell confluency at the time of measurement, different proliferation rates between cells from different cell type and condition led to different number of measured cells per donor/patient.

      (5) In Figure 4, the authors focus on factors that vary in different directions between cells, revealing fingerprints of molecular changes that differ between cell types, particularly IPAH-PASMC, which acquires a synthetic phenotype with enhanced regulation of chemotaxis elements, whereas IPAH-PAAF, a fast cycling cell characteristics. Next, focusing on the ECM components that were specifically altered in IPAH-PASMC, Nichenet analysis in Figure 5 suggested that ligands from PAAF may act on PASMC, and the authors focused on integrin signaling to examine ECM contact and changes in cell function. The results indicate that adhesion to laminin is poor in PASMC. Although no difference was observed between donor and IPAH PASMCs, a discussion of the reasons for this would be desired and helpful to the readers.

      Both donor and IPAH PASMCs respond similarly to laminin. However, our key finding is the downregulation of laminin in IPAH PAAF, which likely leads to a skewed laminin-to-collagen ratio and altered ECM composition in remodeled arteries. This shift in the ECM class results in altered PASMC behavior, affecting both donor and IPAH cells similarly. In the revised manuscript, we demonstrate that PASMC largely retain the expression pattern of integrin subunits that serve as high-affinity collagen and laminin receptors, with higher levels compared to PAAF (Figure 6F, G). Furthermore, we speculate that the distinct cellular phenotypic responses to collagen versus laminin coatings may arise from different downstream signaling pathways activated by the various integrin subunits (Nguyen et al., 2000). These considerations have been included in the revised discussion: “The comparable responses of donor and IPAH PASMC likely result from their shared integrin receptor expression profiles. Meanwhile, ECM class switching engages different high-affinity integrin receptors, which activate alternative downstream signaling pathways (Nguyen et al., 2000) and lead to differential responses to collagen and laminin matrices. We thus propose a model in which laminins and collagens act as PAAF-secreted ligands, regulating PASMC behavior through their ECM-sensing integrin receptors.”

      (6) Since Figure 3B and Figure 4A seem to show the same results, why not combine them into one?

      Indeed, these figure panels show the same results, but the focus of the investigations in each Figure is different. We therefore opted to keep the panels separate for better clarity and logical link to other panels in the same figure

      (7) In Figure 6, the interaction analysis of scRNAseq data with respect to signaling between PASMC and PAAF was performed using Nichenet and CellChat, showing that signaling from PAAF to PASMC is biased toward secreted ligands and that a functionally relevant set of soluble ligands is impaired in the IPAH state. From there, they proceeded with co-culture experiments and showed that co-culture healthy PASMC with PAAF of IPAH patients abolished PASMC markers in the healthy state. Furthermore, the authors attempted to identify ligands that induce functional changes in PASMCs produced from IPAH PAAFs and found that HGF is a factor that downregulates the expression of contractile markers in PASMCs. Further insights may be gained by co-culturing IPAH-derived cells in co-culture experiments. Also, no beneficial effect of pentraxin3 was found in Figure 6H. The authors should examine the effect of pentraxin3 on PASMC cells derived from IPAH patients, rather than healthy donors.

      We tested the influence of IPAH-PASMC on donor-PAAF and found no effect on the expression of the selected markers. We thank the reviewer for the suggestion to conduct the experiments on IPAH-PASMC. The new data show that both PTX3 and HGF have a significant effect, but differential effect on IPAH-PASMC as compared to donors-PASMC. Whereas PTX lacks effect on donor PASMC, it leads to downregulation of some of the contractile markers in IPAH PASMC, while HGF upregulates VCAN synthetic marker in IPAH PASMC. These results are now included in Figure 7H.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors should double-check for grammar and typos in the manuscript. I caught a few such as "therefor" and others, but there could be more.

      We thank the reviewer for the effort and time in reading and evaluating the manuscript. To the best of our knowledge, we have corrected the grammatical errors in the revised manuscript.

    1. 《麦田 (Wheatfield - A Confrontation)》(1982)

      Central Park的历史要点

      1. 创建背景与动机
      2. 中央公园是美国第一个人工景观公园,由纽约市的富裕商人和土地所有者倡导建立,模仿伦敦和巴黎的公共公园。
      3. 公园的设立旨在提升纽约的国际声誉,并为上层阶级提供一个家庭聚会的场所,同时为工人阶级提供健康的休闲场所,替代酒吧。

      4. 土地征用与居民迁移

      5. 1853年,纽约州议会批准使用征用权,将曼哈顿中心超过700英亩的土地用于公园建设。
      6. 这片土地原本是沼泽和悬崖交错的地形,适合建设公园,但需要迁走大约1600名贫困居民,包括爱尔兰的猪农和德国园丁,以及稳固的非裔美国人社区——塞内卡村

      7. 政治与管理控制

      8. 在19世纪,关于谁应当控制这个新型公共设施的问题引发争论。早期,公园由州政府控制,后来于1870年恢复给当地政府管理。

      9. 设计与建造

      10. 1857年,中央公园设计竞赛选中了Frederick Law OlmstedCalvert Vaux的“Greensward计划”,以英式浪漫主义为灵感,设计了包括草坪、林地、散步道和正式的马路等元素。
      11. 建设过程中,约有20,000名工人参与,搬运了近300万立方码的土壤,种植了27万多棵树木。

      12. 公园的开放与初期使用

      13. 公园于1859年冬季开放,最初提供滑冰等冬季活动,吸引了大量上层社会成员,夏季则举办音乐会等活动。
      14. 初期的使用规则严格,如禁止团体野餐等,限制了某些工人阶层的使用。

      15. 社会与文化影响

      16. 到20世纪初,移民社区的出现使得公园的游客数量激增,工人阶级也开始积极要求更多的娱乐设施。
      17. 在20世纪初,进步主义改革者推动了公园的设施建设,包括儿童游乐场和运动场地。

      18. 20世纪的变化

      19. 罗伯特·摩西在1934年接管城市公园系统后,进行了一系列大规模改造,包括修建运动场、儿童游乐场等。
      20. 1960年代,公园成为反文化运动的一部分,吸引了大量摇滚音乐会和集会。
      21. 到1970年代,由于财政危机和维护不足,公园的状态恶化,但中央公园保护协会于1980年开始恢复公园的原始设计。

      22. 现代管理

      23. 中央公园保护协会在1980年代起发挥重要作用,提供资金并指导公园的维护和管理,至1990年代,公园的预算超过一半来自私人捐款。

      24. 公园的现代用途与影响

      25. 如今,中央公园仍然是纽约市民日常生活的一部分,吸引了跑步者、滑旱冰者、垒球队员、鸟类观察者和自然爱好者。

      这些要点总结了中央公园从建设到现代管理的历史演变,强调了它在社会、文化、政治和景观设计方面的重要性。

    1. 详细介绍

      文章要点总结:

      1. 艺术家与创作理念
      2. Sasha Vinci 和 Maria Grazia Galesi,2017年可持续艺术奖得主,主张建立一个全新的社会,强调人与自然的平等关系、经济的可持续性、文化的重要性。
      3. 他们认为,仅依靠绿色技术或可再生能源不足以解决环境问题,需要每个人的集体参与和创造性行动来推动深刻的社会变革。

      4. 环境艺术与参与艺术的传统

      5. 环境艺术参与艺术的根基可追溯到20世纪60年代和70年代的土地艺术(Land Art),如Nancy Holt的环境修复和John Latham的景观创作。
      6. 这些作品通过艺术介入来促进环境的再生和恢复,反映了艺术家对社会和自然的深刻反思。

      7. Vinci/Galesi的作品与历史传统

      8. 他们的作品《奇迹共和国》(The Republic of Marvels)从土地艺术的传统中汲取灵感,通过各种研讨会和工作坊,将威尼斯的大学和市民作为一个开放的实验室,共同构建社会、政治、经济和环境的理想乌托邦。
      9. 作品强调通过集体创作和反思,重新审视人类未来的可持续性。

      10. Joseph Beuys的作品联系

      11. Vinci/Galesi的创作与Beuys的《7000橡树》(7000 Eichen)有相似之处,Beuys通过在卡塞尔市种植橡树并搭建巨石,推动了集体参与和环境复兴的理念。
      12. Vinci/Galesi选择了花朵作为象征,强调自然界的脆弱性和生命的持续再生,代表了人类回归自然的理想。

      13. 参与式艺术的现代案例

      14. Vinci/Galesi的作品与2007年Boulder Museum of Contemporary Art的“Weather Report”展览中的其他艺术项目相呼应,这些项目通过视觉艺术将观众情感和智力层面上的参与与反思结合,促进环保意识。
      15. 其中包括Sherry Wiggin的碳足迹肖像、Chris Jordan的照片拼贴、Helen Mayer Harrison 和 Newton Harrison的《温室中的山》(The Mountain in the Greenhouse)等,皆关注气候变化和环境问题。

      16. 美学与行动的结合

      17. Vinci/Galesi的作品不仅仅是关于环境问题的反思,还是美丽的艺术创作,结合了思想和美学,强调艺术在推动社会和环境变革中的力量。
      18. 他们的项目展现了通过集体合作和学生参与共同构建的乌托邦理想,提出了两条强有力的信息:
        1. 没有人能够单独拯救地球,集体行动是成功的关键。
        2. 我们可以自信地面对未来,将未来构想成一个如同花地般美丽的世界,而非恐怖的末日景象。

      这篇文章通过详细分析 Vinci/Galesi 的作品及其历史背景,强调了环境艺术的社会意义和其推动变革的潜力,同时也讨论了集体参与和美学创作的结合对塑造未来社会的作用。

    2. 《麦田 (Wheatfield - A Confrontation)》(1982)

      关于阿格尼斯·丹内斯的《麦田—对抗》(1982)艺术作品的要点:

      1. 地点与背景
      2. 该作品于1982年安装在下曼哈顿的电池公园填埋场,背景是金融区的高楼大厦,可以远眺纽约港和自由女神像。
      3. 当时,这片土地的价值为45亿美元,突显了麦田与周围华尔街财富的巨大反差。

      4. 艺术作品的细节

      5. 安装包括了200车土壤和285排手工开垦的麦田,覆盖了两英亩的土地。
      6. 该作品由公共艺术基金委托,作为其“城市环境场地计划”系列的一部分,旨在引起人们对纽约海滨被忽视和荒废的空间的关注。
      7. 丹内斯最初受邀创作一个公共雕塑,但她选择了创作一个麦田,批评过多的公共雕塑,关注自然和生态的重要性。

      8. 象征意义与含义

      9. 麦田象征着食物、能源、商业、世界贸易和经济,同时也关注诸如管理不善、浪费、世界饥饿和生态问题等主题。
      10. 作品位于象征极端财富的地区,批判了当时社会的优先级,并呼吁重新审视个人和社会的价值观。
      11. 背景中的自由女神像成为对美国早期理想的提醒,同时也是对未来潜力的呼唤。

      12. 制作与维护的艰辛

      13. 丹内斯的麦田需要极大的维护工作,包括灌溉、除草和防止疾病,每天都要进行照料,持续了四个月。
      14. 这片麦田成为纽约市景观的一部分,甚至经过的船只也向作品鸣笛致敬。

      15. 丰收与遗产

      16. 1982年8月,麦田收获了近1000磅的麦子,随后这些麦子在全球范围内展出,成为“国际艺术展:为世界饥饿结束而行动”的一部分。
      17. 麦田的种子被分发给公众,作为团结的象征,剩余的干草则捐赠给纽约市警察局,用来喂养警察的马匹。
      18. 麦子的利用和干草的捐赠进一步强调了丹内斯通过艺术作品积极面对社会现状,不仅是短暂的表现,而是一个提供实际食物和象征意义的行动。

      19. 重建与延续

      20. 这件作品自首次创作以来,在多个地点进行了重建,最近一次是在2024年在瑞士巴塞尔举办的艺术博览会中重新展出,作为对这件标志性作品的致敬。

      《麦田—对抗》不仅仅是自然与城市环境之间的对比,更通过其深刻的社会和生态意义,促使人们重新思考全球性问题,提倡可持续发展、生态意识和社会责任。

    3. History of central park

      Central Park的历史要点

      1. 创建背景与动机
      2. 中央公园是美国第一个人工景观公园,由纽约市的富裕商人和土地所有者倡导建立,模仿伦敦和巴黎的公共公园。
      3. 公园的设立旨在提升纽约的国际声誉,并为上层阶级提供一个家庭聚会的场所,同时为工人阶级提供健康的休闲场所,替代酒吧。

      4. 土地征用与居民迁移

      5. 1853年,纽约州议会批准使用征用权,将曼哈顿中心超过700英亩的土地用于公园建设。
      6. 这片土地原本是沼泽和悬崖交错的地形,适合建设公园,但需要迁走大约1600名贫困居民,包括爱尔兰的猪农和德国园丁,以及稳固的非裔美国人社区——塞内卡村

      7. 政治与管理控制

      8. 在19世纪,关于谁应当控制这个新型公共设施的问题引发争论。早期,公园由州政府控制,后来于1870年恢复给当地政府管理。

      9. 设计与建造

      10. 1857年,中央公园设计竞赛选中了Frederick Law OlmstedCalvert Vaux的“Greensward计划”,以英式浪漫主义为灵感,设计了包括草坪、林地、散步道和正式的马路等元素。
      11. 建设过程中,约有20,000名工人参与,搬运了近300万立方码的土壤,种植了27万多棵树木。

      12. 公园的开放与初期使用

      13. 公园于1859年冬季开放,最初提供滑冰等冬季活动,吸引了大量上层社会成员,夏季则举办音乐会等活动。
      14. 初期的使用规则严格,如禁止团体野餐等,限制了某些工人阶层的使用。

      15. 社会与文化影响

      16. 到20世纪初,移民社区的出现使得公园的游客数量激增,工人阶级也开始积极要求更多的娱乐设施。
      17. 在20世纪初,进步主义改革者推动了公园的设施建设,包括儿童游乐场和运动场地。

      18. 20世纪的变化

      19. 罗伯特·摩西在1934年接管城市公园系统后,进行了一系列大规模改造,包括修建运动场、儿童游乐场等。
      20. 1960年代,公园成为反文化运动的一部分,吸引了大量摇滚音乐会和集会。
      21. 到1970年代,由于财政危机和维护不足,公园的状态恶化,但中央公园保护协会于1980年开始恢复公园的原始设计。

      22. 现代管理

      23. 中央公园保护协会在1980年代起发挥重要作用,提供资金并指导公园的维护和管理,至1990年代,公园的预算超过一半来自私人捐款。

      24. 公园的现代用途与影响

      25. 如今,中央公园仍然是纽约市民日常生活的一部分,吸引了跑步者、滑旱冰者、垒球队员、鸟类观察者和自然爱好者。

      这些要点总结了中央公园从建设到现代管理的历史演变,强调了它在社会、文化、政治和景观设计方面的重要性。

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate the role of HSPA2 during mouse preimplantation development. Knocking down HSPA2 in zygotes, the authors describe lower chances of developing into blastocysts, which show a reduced number of inner cell mass cells. They find that HSPA2 mRNA and protein levels show some heterogeneity among blastomeres at the 4-cell stage and propose that HSPA2 could contribute to skewing their relative contribution to embryonic lineages. To test this, the authors try to reduce HSPA2 expression in one of the 2-cell stage blastomere and propose that it biases their contribution to towards extra-embryonic lineages. To explain this, the authors propose that HSPA2 would interact with CARM1, which controls chromatin accessibility around genes regulating differentiation into embryonic lineage.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study offers simple and straightforward experiments with large sample sizes.

      (2) Unlike most studies in the field, this research often relies on both mRNA and protein levels to analyse gene expression and differentiation.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Image and statistical analyses are not well described.

      (2) The functionality of the overexpression construct is not fully validated.

      (3) Tracking of KD cells in embryos injected at the 2-cell stage with GFP is unclear.

      (4) A key rationale of the study relies on measuring small differences in the levels of mRNA and proteins using semi-quantitative methods to compare blastomeres. As such, it is not possible to know whether those subtle differences are biologically meaningful. For example, the lowest HSPA2 level of the embryo with the highest level is much higher than the top cell from the embryo with the lowest level. What does this level mean then? Does this mean that some blastomeres grafted from strong embryos would systematically outcompete all other blastomeres from weaker embryos? That would be very surprising. I think the authors should be more careful and consider the lack of quantitative power of their approach before reaching firm conclusions. Although to be fair, the authors only follow a long trend of studies with the same intrinsic flaw of this approach.

      (5) Some of the analyses on immunostaining do not take into account that this technique only allows for semi-quantitative measurements and comparisons.<br /> a) Some of the microscopy images are shown with an incorrect look-up table.<br /> b) Some of the schematics are incorrect and misleading.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Gao et al. use RNA-seq to identify Hspa2 as one of the earliest transcripts heterogeneously distributed between blastomeres. Functional studies are performed using siRNA knockdown showing Hspa2 may bias cells toward the ICM lineage via interaction with the known methyltransferase CARM1.

      Strengths:

      This study tackles an important question regarding the origins of the first cell fate decision in the preimplantation embryo. It provides novelty in its identification of Hspa2 as a heterogeneous transcript in the early embryo and proposes a plausible mechanism showing interactions with Carm1. Multiple approaches are used to validate their functional studies (FISH, WB, development rates, proteomics). Given only 4 other transcripts/RNA have been identified at or before the 4-cell stage (LincGET, CARM1, PRDM14, HMGA1), this would be an important addition to our understanding of how TE vs ICM fate is established.

      Weaknesses:

      The RNA-seq results leading the authors to focus on Hspa2 are not included in the manuscript. This dataset would serve as an important resource but is neither included nor discussed. Nor is it mentioned whether Hspa2 was identified in prior RNA-seq embryos studies (for example Deng Science 2014).

      Furthermore, the authors show that Hspa2 knockdown at the 1-cell stage lowers total Carm1 levels at the 4-cell stage. However, it is unclear how total abundance within the embryo alters lineage specification within blastomeres. The authors go on to propose a plausible mechanism involving Hspa2 and Carm1 interaction, but do not discuss how expression levels may be involved.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      (1) To improve the clarity of the work, I suggest a final note to the authors to say more explicitly that objective accuracy has a finer resolution *due to the number of "special circles" per trial* in their task. This task detail got lost in my read of the manuscript, and confused me with respect to the resolution of each accuracy measure.

      We agree with the reviewer that this would be a useful clarification and have therefore added the following statement to the Methods section on p. 20:

      “It should be noted that the OIP has a slightly finer resolution due to the number of special circles per trial.”

      (2) Similarly for clarification, they could point out that their exclusion criteria removes subjects that have lower OIP than their AIP analysis allows (which is good for comparison between OIP and AIP). Thus, it removes the possibility that very poor performing subjects (OIP) are forced to have a higher than actual AIP due to the range).

      We agree this would be a useful statement to add and have included the following sentence in the Supplement on p. 8:

      “Such a restriction of the threshold parameter was intended to increase the comparability between AIP and OIP, and hence improved the calculation of the reminder bias.”


      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      (1) Upon reading their response to the question I had regarding AIP and OIP, a few more questions came up regarding OIP, AIP, how they're calculations differ, and how the latter was computed in R. I hope these help readers to clarify how to interpret these key measures, and the hypotheses that rely upon them.

      Regarding fitting, and in relation to power, is16 queries adequate to estimate an AIP using the R's quickpsy? That is, assuming some noise in the choice process, how recoverable is a true indifference points from 16 trials? If there's a parameter recovery analysis (ie generating choice via the fitting parameters, which will have built-in stochasticity, and seeing how well you recover the parameter) of interest would be helpful. It may help to characterize why the present study might differ from prior studies (maybe a power issue here).

      The reviewer is absolutely correct that we should have provided more detail when describing our fitting procedure for the psychometric curves. We have now addressed this by adding the following statements to the Methods section and Supplement:

      Page 20 in the main manuscript: “Fitting was done using the quickpsy package in R and more detail is given in the Supplement.”

      Pages 8 and 9 in the Supplement: 

      “Psychometric curve fitting

      We used the quickpsy package in R to fit psychometric curves to each participant’s choice data to derive their actual indifference point (AIP), which was operationalised as the threshold parameter when predicting reminder choices from target values. We restricted the possible parameter ranges from 2 to 9 for the threshold parameter and from 1 to 500 for the slope parameter, based on the task’s properties and pilot data. Apart from those parameter ranges, we used only default settings of the quickpsy() function.

      Each participant has only 16 trials (2 for each target value) contribute to the curve fitting. To understand the robustness of the AIP based on such limited data, we conducted a parameter recovery analysis. We simulated 16 trials based on each psychometric function and re-ran the curve fitting based on those simulated choices. There was close correspondence between the actual and recovered threshold parameters (or AIPs) with a correlation of r = 0.97, p < 0.001 (see also Figure S1). In contrast, the slope parameter—which was not central to any of our analyses—exhibited greater variability during the initial fitting. This increased uncertainty likely contributed to its poor recovery in the simulation, as evidenced by a near-zero correlation (r = −0.01, p = 0.82).”

      (2) Along these lines, it would be helpful for the reader to actually see the individual psychometric curve, now how quickpsy was used (did you fit left and right asymptotes), etc, to understand how that fitting procedure works and how the assumptions of the fitting procedure compare to what can be gleaned through seeing the choice curves plotted.

      As stated above, we used default settings of the quickpsy() function and hence assumed symmetric asymptotes at 0 and 1. However, the reviewer mentions “left and right asymptotes”, so maybe this question is about restricting the possible parameter range for the threshold, which we restricted to values from 2 to 9, as described above.

      Regarding the individual curves, we have now include the following statement on page 9 in the Supplement: “Figures S2 to S31 show the individual psychometric curves that were estimated for each participant.” Please refer to the Supplement for the added figures.

      (3) A more full explanation of quickpsy, its parameters, and how choice curves look might also generate interesting further questions to think about with respect to biases and compulsivity. Two individuals might have similar indifference points, but an asymptote might reflect a bias to always have some percent chance of for example to take the reminders even at the lowest offer available for them.

      We agree that this is an interesting focus which we will keep in mind for future studies.

      (4) Regarding comparing OIP to AIP: 

      For OIP, as far as I can understand, the resolution of it is decreased compared to AIP.  Accuracies for OIP can only be 0/4,1/4,2/4,3/4, or 4/4. Yet, the resolution for AIP is the full range of offers (2 to 9) with respect to the parameter of interest (the indifference point). Could this bias the estimation of OIP (for instance, someone who scored 25% might actually be much closer to either 50 or 0, but we can't tell due to resolution?

      As mentioned in response to comment (1), we restricted the parameter range for the thresholds to 2 to 9 to increase comparability. The reviewer is right to point out that the OIP  still has lower resolution than the AIP, which is one of the downsides of having a shortened paradigm (cf. the longer version in Gilbert et al., 2019), which is optimised for online testing, especially if used in combination with additional questionnaires. We have no reason to believe though that this could have led to any bias, especially none that would contribute to the individual differences which are the main focus of our study.

      Gilbert, S. J., Bird, A., Carpenter, J. M., Fleming, S. M., Sachdeva, C., & Tsai, P.-C. (2020). Optimal use of reminders: Metacognition, effort, and cognitive offloading. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 149(3), 501–517. https://doi.org/10.1037/xge0000652

      (5) Additionally, it seems like the upper and lower bounds of OIP (0 and 10) differ from AIP (2 and 9). Could this also introduce bias (for example, if someone terrible performance, the mean would artificially be higher under AIP than OIP because the smallest indifference point is 2 under AIP, but could be 0 under OIP.

      See our response to comment (1), we fixed the range to 2 to 9 (which was the range of target values used in our study).

      (6) Finally seeing how CIT actually corresponds to accuracy overall (not a relative measure like AIP compared to OIP) I think would also be helpful as this is related to most points noted above.

      We included the suggested test as an exploratory analysis on pages 42-43 in the Supplement: “Third, we were interested in how the transdiagnostic phenotypes would correspond to performance. We therefore fitted a model which predicted internal accuracy (that is, unaided task performance on trials where no reminders could be used) from AD, CIT, and the other covariates (age, education and gender). We found that neither AD, β = -0.02, SE = 0.05, t = 0.44, p = 0.658, nor CIT, β = -0.03, SE = 0.05, t = -0.66, p = 0.510, predicted internal accuracy.

      The full results can be found in Table S13 as well as in Figure S32.”

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ueno et al. described substantial changes in the afadin knockout retina. These changes include decreased numbers of rods and cones, an increased number of bipolar cells, and disrupted somatic and synaptic organization of the outer limiting membrane, outer nuclear layer, and outer plexiform layer. In contrast, the number and organization of amacrine cells and retinal ganglion cells remain relatively intact. They also observed changes in ERG responses and RGC receptive fields and functions using MEA recordings.

      Strengths:

      The morphological characterization of retinal cell types and laminations is detailed and relatively comprehensive.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The major weakness of this study, perhaps, is that its findings are predominantly descriptive and lack any mechanistic explanation. As afadin is key component of adherent junctions, its role in mediating retinal lamination has been reported previously (see PMCID: PMC6284407). Thus, a more detailed dissection of afadin's role in processes, such as progenitor generation, cell migration, or the formation of retinal lamination would provide greater insight into the defects caused by knocking out afadin.

      (2) The authors observed striking changes in the numbers of rods, cones, and BCs, but not in ACs or RGCs. The causes of these distinct changes in specific cell classes remain unclear. Detailed characterizations, such as the expression of afadin in early developing retina, tracing cell numbers across various early developmental time points, and staining of apoptotic markers in developing retinal cells, could help to distinguish between defects in cell generation and survival, providing a better understand of the underlying causes of these phenotypes.

      (3) Although the total number of ACs or RGCs remains unchanged, their localizations are somewhat altered (Figures 2E and 4E). Again, the cause of the altered somatic localization in ACs and RGCs is unclear.

      (4) One conclusion that the authors emphasise is that the function of RGCs remains detectable despite a major disrupted outer plexiform layer. However, the organization of the inner plexiform layer remains largely intact, and the axonal innervation of BCs remains unchanged. This could explain the function integrity of RGCs. In addition, the resolution of detecting RGCs by MEA is low, as they only detected 5 clusters in heterozygous animals. This represents an incomplete clustering of RGC functional types and does not provide a full picture of how functional RGC types are altered in the afadin knockout.

      Minor Comments:

      (1) Line 56-67: "Overall, these findings provide the first evidence that retinal circuit function can be partially preserved even when there are significant disruptions in retinal lamination and photoreceptor synapses" There is existing evidence showing substantial adaption in retinal function when retinal lamination or photoreceptor synapses are disrupted, such as PMCID: PMC10133175.

      (2) Line 114-115: "we focused on afadin, which is a scaffolding protein for nectin and has no ortholog in mice." The term "Ortholog" is misused here, as the mouse has an afadin gene. Should the intended meaning be that afadin has no other isoforms in mouse?

    2. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The question of how central nervous system (CNS) lamination defects affect functional integrity is an interesting topic, though it remains a subject of debate. The authors focused on the retina, which is a relatively simple yet well-laminated tissue, to investigate the impact of afadin - a key component of adherens junctions on retinal structure and function. Their findings show that the loss of afadin leads to significant disruptions in outer retinal lamination, affecting the morphology and localization of photoreceptors and their synapses, as illustrated by high-quality images. Despite these severe changes, the study found that some functions of the retinal circuits, such as the ability to process light stimuli, could still be partially preserved. This research offers new insights into the relationship between retinal lamination and neural circuit function, suggesting that altered retinal morphology does not completely eliminate the capacity for visual information processing.

      Strengths:

      The retina serves as an excellent model for investigating lamination defects and functional integrity due to its relatively simple yet well-organized structure, along with the ease of analyzing visual function. The images depicting outer retinal lamination, as well as the morphology and localization of photoreceptors and their synapses, are clear and well-described. The paper is logically organized, progressing from structural defects to functional analysis. Additionally, the manuscript includes a comprehensive discussion of the findings and their implications.

      Weaknesses:

      While this work presents a wealth of descriptive data, it lacks quantification, which would help readers fully understand the findings and compare results with those from other studies. Furthermore, the molecular mechanisms underlying the defects caused by afadin deletion were not explored, leaving the role of afadin and its intracellular signaling pathways in retinal cells unclear. Finally, the study relied solely on electrophysiological recordings to demonstrate RGC function, which may not be robust enough to support the conclusions. Incorporating additional experiments, such as visual behavior tests, would strengthen the overall conclusions.

      Thank you very much for taking the time and thoughtful and valuable comments. Following your suggestions, we will quantify some of the histological data and explore the mechanisms underlying the defects of lamination and cell fate determination observed in afadin cKO retina. We will also try to examine the vision of afadin cKO mice by visual behavior tests.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ueno et al. described substantial changes in the afadin knockout retina. These changes include decreased numbers of rods and cones, an increased number of bipolar cells, and disrupted somatic and synaptic organization of the outer limiting membrane, outer nuclear layer, and outer plexiform layer. In contrast, the number and organization of amacrine cells and retinal ganglion cells remain relatively intact. They also observed changes in ERG responses and RGC receptive fields and functions using MEA recordings.

      Strengths:

      The morphological characterization of retinal cell types and laminations is detailed and relatively comprehensive.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The major weakness of this study, perhaps, is that its findings are predominantly descriptive and lack any mechanistic explanation. As afadin is key component of adherent junctions, its role in mediating retinal lamination has been reported previously (see PMCID: PMC6284407). Thus, a more detailed dissection of afadin's role in processes, such as progenitor generation, cell migration, or the formation of retinal lamination would provide greater insight into the defects caused by knocking out afadin.

      Thank you for taking the time and valuable comments. Following your suggestions, we will perform experiments to evaluate mechanisms of retinal lamination and cell fate determination defects observed in the afadin cKO retina. However, we would like to note that the paper cited in the comment (PMCID: PMC6284407) analyzed the function of afadin in the formation of dendrites of direction selective RGCs in the IPL, and that the word "lamination" refers to the layering of RGC dendrites in the IPL. Here, we analyzed the function of afadin in laminar construction of the retina.

      (2) The authors observed striking changes in the numbers of rods, cones, and BCs, but not in ACs or RGCs. The causes of these distinct changes in specific cell classes remain unclear. Detailed characterizations, such as the expression of afadin in early developing retina, tracing cell numbers across various early developmental time points, and staining of apoptotic markers in developing retinal cells, could help to distinguish between defects in cell generation and survival, providing a better understand of the underlying causes of these phenotypes.

      Following your suggestion, we will perform the experiments to characterize the causes of distinct changes in the afadin cKO retina.

      (3) Although the total number of ACs or RGCs remains unchanged, their localizations are somewhat altered (Figures 2E and 4E). Again, the cause of the altered somatic localization in ACs and RGCs is unclear.

      To clarify the reviewer’s point, we will analyze the progenitor and those cell positions in the developing stage of the afadin cKO retina.

      (4) One conclusion that the authors emphasise is that the function of RGCs remains detectable despite a major disrupted outer plexiform layer. However, the organization of the inner plexiform layer remains largely intact, and the axonal innervation of BCs remains unchanged. This could explain the function integrity of RGCs. In addition, the resolution of detecting RGCs by MEA is low, as they only detected 5 clusters in heterozygous animals. This represents an incomplete clustering of RGC functional types and does not provide a full picture of how functional RGC types are altered in the afadin knockout.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comments. Although our clustering of RGC subtypes in afadin cHet retinas resulted in only five clusters, the key finding of our study is the preservation of RGC receptive fields in afadin cKO retinas, despite severe photoreceptor loss (reduced to about one-third of normal) and disruption of photoreceptor-bipolar cell synapses in the OPL. This suggests that even with crucial damage to the OPL, the primary photoreceptor-bipolar-RGC pathway can still function as long as the IPL remains intact. Moreover, the presence of rod-driven responses in RGCs indicates that the AII amacrine cell-mediated rod pathway may also continue to function. We agree that our functional clustering in afadin cHet retinas was incomplete. However, we guess that the absence of RGCs with fast temporal responses in afadin cKO retinas may not simply due to the loss of specific RGC subtypes but due to disrupted synaptic connections between photoreceptors and fast-responding bipolar cells. Furthermore, the structural abnormalities in retinal lamination in afadin cKO retinas may alter RGC response properties, making strict functional classification less meaningful. We would like to emphasize the finding that disruption of the retinal lamination in afadin cKO retinas leads to the absence of RGCs with fast temporal response properties, rather than focusing solely on the classification of RGC subtypes.

      Minor Comments:

      (1) Line 56-67: "Overall, these findings provide the first evidence that retinal circuit function can be partially preserved even when there are significant disruptions in retinal lamination and photoreceptor synapses" There is existing evidence showing substantial adaption in retinal function when retinal lamination or photoreceptor synapses are disrupted, such as PMCID: PMC10133175.

      Thank you for your comment. The paper you mentioned is crucial for discussing and considering the results of our study. We will refer the paper and mention in Discussion.  

      (2) Line 114-115: "we focused on afadin, which is a scaffolding protein for nectin and has no ortholog in mice." The term "Ortholog" is misused here, as the mouse has an afadin gene. Should the intended meaning be that afadin has no other isoforms in mouse?

      Thank you for pointing it out. As we misused "Ortholog" as "Paralog", we will revise it.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript by Ori and colleagues investigates the role of Lmod1 in muscle stem cell activation and differentiation. The study begins with a time-course mass spectrometry analysis of primary muscle stem cells, identifying Lmod1 as a pro-myogenic candidate (Figure 1). While the initial approach is robust, the subsequent characterization lacks depth and clarity. Although the data suggest that Lmod1 promotes myogenesis, the underlying mechanisms remain vague, and key experiments are missing. Please find my comments below.

      (1) The authors mainly rely on coarse and less-established readouts such as myotube length and spherical Myh-positive cells. More comprehensive and standard analyses, such as co-staining for Pax7, MyoD, and Myogenin, would allow quantification of quiescent, activated, and differentiating stem cells in knockdown and overexpression experiments. The exact stage at which Lmod1 functions (stem cell, progenitor, or post-fusion) is unclear due to the limited depth of the analysis. Performing similar experiments on cultured single EDL fibers would add valuable insights.

      (2) In supplementary Figure 2E, the distinction between Hoechst-positive cells and total cell counts is unclear. The authors should clarify why Hoechst-positive cells increase and relabel "reserve cells," as the term is confusing without reading the legend.

      (3) The specificity of Lmod1 and Sirt1 immunostaining needs validation using siRNA-treated samples, especially as these data form the basis of the mechanistic conclusions.

      (4) The authors must test the effect of Lmod1 siRNA on Sirt1 localization, as only overexpression experiments are shown.

      (5) In Figure S3, the biotin signal in LMOD2 samples appears weak. The authors need to address whether comparing LMOD1 and LMOD2 is valid given the apparent difference in reaction efficiency. It would also help to highlight where Sirt1 falls on the volcano plot in S3B.

      (6) The immunostaining data suggest that Lmod1 remains cytoplasmic throughout differentiation, whereas Sirt1 shows transient cytoplasmic localization at day 1 of differentiation. The authors should explain why Sirt1 is not constantly sequestered if Lmod1's cytoplasmic localization is consistent. It is also unclear whether day 1 is the key time point for Lmod1 function, as its precise role during myogenesis remains ambiguous.

      (7) The introduction does not sufficiently establish the motivation or knowledge gap this work aims to address. Instead, it reads like a narration of disparate topics in a single paragraph. The authors should clarify the statement in line 150, "since this protein has been...,".

      Overall, while the identification of Lmod1 as a pro-myogenic factor is convincing, the mechanistic insights are insufficient, and the manuscript would benefit from addressing these concerns.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the investigators identified LMOD1 as one of a subset of cytoskeletal proteins whose levels increase in the early stages of myogenic differentiation. Lmod1 is understudied in striated muscle and in particular in myogenic differentiation. Thus, this is an important study. It is also a very thorough study - with perhaps even too much data presented. Importantly, the investigators observed that LMOD1 appears to be important for skeletal regeneration, and myogenic differentiation and that it interacts with SIRT1. Both primary myoblast differentiation and skeletal muscle regeneration were studied. Rescue experiments confirmed these observations: SIRT1 can rescue perturbations of myogenic differentiation as a result of LMOD1 knockdown.

      Strengths:

      Particular strengths include: important topic, the use of primary skeletal cultures, the use of both cell culture and in vivo approaches, careful biomarker analysis of primary mouse myoblast differentiation, the use of two methods to probe the function of the Lmod1/SIRT1 pathway via using depletion approaches and inhibitors, and generation of six independent myoblast cultures. Results support their conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Figure 1. Images of cells in Figure 1A are too small to be meaningful (especially in comparison to the other data presented in this figure). Perhaps the authors could make graphs smaller?

      (2) Line 148 "We found LMOD2 to be the most abundant Lmod in whole skeletal muscle." This is confusing since most if not all prior studies have shown that Lmod3 is the predominant isoform in skeletal muscle. The two papers that are cited are incorrectly cited. Clarification to resolve this discrepancy is needed.

      (3) Figure 2. Immunoflorescence (IF) panels are too small to be meaningful. Perhaps the graphs could be made smaller and more space allocated for the IF panels? This issue is apparent for just about all IF panels - they are simply too small to be meaningful. Additionally, in many of the immunofluorescence figures, the colors that were used make it difficult to discern the stained cellular structures. For example in Figure S1, orange and purple are used - they do not stand out as well as other colors that are more commonly used.

      (4) There is huge variability in many experiments presented - as such, more samples appear to be required to allow for meaningful data to be obtained. For example, Figure S2. Many experimental groups, only have 3 samples - this is highly problematic - I would estimate that 5-6 would be the minimum.

      (5) Ponceau S staining is often used as a loading control in this manuscript for western blots. The area/molecular weight range actually used should be specified. Not clear why in some experiments GAPDH staining is used, in other experiments Ponceau S staining is used, and in some, both are used. In some experiments, the variability of total protein loaded from lane to lane is disconcerting. For example, in Figure S4C there appears to be more than normal variability. Can the protein assay be redone and samples run again?

      (6) Figure S3 - Lmod3 is included in the figure but no mention of it occurs in the title of the figure and/or legend.

      (7) Abstract, line 25. "overexpression accelerates and improves the formation of myotubes". This is a confusing sentence. How is it improving the formation? A little more information about how they are different than developing myotubes in normal/healthy muscles would be helpful.

      (8) It is impossible from the IF figures presented to determine where Lmod1 localizes in the myocytes. Information on its subcellular localization is important. Does it localize with Lmod2 and Lmod3 at thin filament pointed ends?

    1. 《凝视头》(Prune Flat) (1965)

      Robert Whitman 的作品 《Prune Flat》(1965)是一件典型的 Happening 表演艺术作品,展示了他对多感官艺术体验的探索,并融合了戏剧、音乐、舞蹈和视觉艺术元素。这件作品是他在20世纪60年代前卫艺术浪潮中的一部分,也代表了Whitman在艺术创作中的独特方式。

      1. “Prune Flat” 的艺术背景与形式

      • Happening 艺术是一种注重现场表演与观众互动的艺术形式。Whitman 的《Prune Flat》 是他的一场 Happening 表演,它并不是一场传统的戏剧表演或画展,而是一个结合了声音、行动、物体和环境的多维度艺术体验。
      • 作品的名字《Prune Flat》本身似乎带有一些荒谬和幽默的成分,可能在挑战艺术表达的传统意义,同时也暗示了作品可能具有某种“晦涩”或“怪异”的性质。Whitman 的Happening作品通常不遵循传统的线性叙事,而是让观众自由地与艺术作品互动,产生个人的理解与体验。

      2. 内容与表现形式

      • 场景与环境:Whitman 在《Prune Flat》中创设了一个充满奇异元素的场景。作品的视觉效果通过舞台设计、道具以及物体的布置与动作的结合,打破了传统艺术形式中的界限。在这个作品中,场景本身即是创作的一部分,观众的参与和反应成为了艺术创作的延伸。
      • 多感官的刺激:与传统戏剧不同,Happening表演更加注重感官的全面体验。Whitman 在作品中使用了多种材料,如音响、光线、表演、物品和动作等,这些元素之间的关系并不直接或逻辑,而是通过意象的冲突和对比产生一种非常感性的体验。观众不仅仅是被动的观察者,而是通过环境的感官刺激参与其中。
      • 观众的互动:作品中的观众并不是纯粹的旁观者,而是与表演过程和场景互动的参与者。这种互动使得每场Happening表演都具有独特性和临时性。观众的反应和参与直接影响了艺术作品的呈现和解读。

      3. 艺术家与Happening的理念

      • 反对传统艺术形式:Whitman,作为Happening艺术的代表人物之一,强调通过“即兴”和“非结构化”的方式,突破艺术创作中的边界。Happening艺术本质上是一种反叛,挑战了传统的绘画、雕塑和戏剧的界限。通过作品中的无序和即兴,Whitman强调了艺术不应当局限于传统的表现形式,而应当让艺术和生活融合。
      • 艺术的流动性:Happening 强调艺术和生活的交融,Whitman 通过《Prune Flat》让艺术本身充满流动性和变动性,观众在体验中成为创作的一部分。这种艺术形式使得传统上“固态”的艺术作品变得不确定,打破了艺术的界限,激发观众对现实世界的重新理解。

      4. 文化与历史影响

      • 反映60年代的社会文化背景:20世纪60年代是一个社会和文化变革的时期,反文化运动、民权运动以及对传统价值观的质疑使得当时的艺术家寻求新的表现形式。Whitman 的《Prune Flat》是对这一时代精神的回应,它不仅挑战了艺术形式的传统,也对社会中对规范、秩序和结构的关注提出了疑问。
      • 对后来的艺术形式的影响:Whitman的作品,尤其是《Prune Flat》,为后来的表演艺术和行为艺术铺平了道路。Happening艺术的即兴性和互动性影响了许多后来的艺术家,尤其是在70年代和80年代,表演艺术和身体艺术逐渐兴起,成为当代艺术的重要组成部分。

      5. 总结

      Robert Whitman 的《Prune Flat》是一件多感官的Happening表演艺术作品,借助物品、空间、光影和声音等元素,打破了传统艺术的边界,鼓励观众作为作品的一部分参与其中。作品通过即兴的形式,反映了对社会、文化和艺术固有形式的挑战,同时也是对20世纪60年代反文化精神的艺术表达。Whitman的作品对后来的表演艺术、行为艺术和互动艺术产生了深远影响。

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors introduce a denoising-style model that incorporates both structure and primary-sequence embeddings to generate richer embeddings of peptides. My understanding is that the authors use ESM for the primary sequence embeddings, take resolved structures (or use structural predictions from AlphaFold when they're not available), then develop an architecture to combine these two with a loss that seems reminiscent of diffusion models or masked language model approaches. The embeddings can be viewed as ensemble-style embedding of the two levels of sequence information, or with AlphaFold, an ensemble of two methods (ESM+AlphaFold). The authors also gather external datasets to evaluate their approach and compare it to previous approaches. The approach seems promising and appears to out-compete previous methods at several tasks. Nonetheless, I have strong concerns about a lack of verbosity as well as exclusion of relevant methods and references.

      Advances:

      I appreciate the breadth of the analysis and comparisons to other methods. The authors separate tasks, models, and sizes of models in an intuitive, easy-to-read fashion that I find valuable for selecting a method for embedding peptides. Moreover, the authors gather two datasets for evaluating embeddings' utility for predicting thermostability. Overall, the work should be helpful for the field as more groups choose methods/pretraining strategies amenable to their goals, and can do so in an evidence-guided manner.

      Considerations:

      Primarily, a majority of the results and conclusions (e.g., Table 3) are reached using data and methods from ProteinGym, yet the best-performing methods on ProteinGym are excluded from the paper (e.g., EVE-based models and GEMME). In the ProteinGym database, these methods outperform ProtSSN models. Moreover, these models were published over a year---or even 4 years in the case of GEMME---before ProtSSN, and I do not see justification for their exclusion in the text.

      Secondly, related to comparison of other models, there is no section in the methods about how other models were used, or how their scores were computed. When comparing these models, I think it's crucial that there are explicit derivations or explanations for the exact task used for scoring each method. In other words, if the pre-training is indeed the important advance of the paper, the paper needs to show this more explicitly by explaining exactly which components of the model (and previous models) are used for evaluation. Are the authors extracting the final hidden layer representations of the model, treating these as features, then using these features in a regression task to predict fitness/thermostability/DDG etc.? How are the model embeddings of other methods being used, since, for example, many of these methods output a k-dimensional embedding of a given sequence, rather than one single score that can be correlated with some fitness/functional metric. Summarily, I think the text is lacking an explicit mention of how these embeddings are being summarized or used, as well as how this compares to the model presented.

      I think the above issues can mainly be addressed by considering and incorporating points from Li et al. 2024[1] and potentially Tang & Koo 2024[2]. Li et al.[1] make extremely explicit the use of pretraining for downstream prediction tasks. Moreover, they benchmark pretraining strategies explicitly on thermostability (one of the main considerations in the submitted manuscript), yet there is no mention of this work nor the dataset used (FLIP (Dallago et al., 2021)) in this current work. I think a reference and discussion of [1] is critical, and I would also like to see comparisons in line with [1], as [1] is very clear about what features from pretraining are used, and how. If the comparisons with previous methods were done in this fashion, this level of detail needs to be included in the text.

      To conclude, I think the manuscript would benefit substantially from a more thorough comparison of previous methods. Maybe one way of doing this is following [1] or [2], and using the final embeddings of each method for a variety of regression tasks---to really make clear where these methods are performing relative to one another. I think a more thorough methods section detailing how previous methods did their scoring is also important. Lastly, TranceptEVE (or a model comparable to it) and GEMME should also be mentioned in these results, or at the bare minimum, be given justification for their absence.

      [1] Feature Reuse and Scaling: Understanding Transfer Learning with Protein Language Models, Francesca-Zhoufan Li, Ava P. Amini, Yisong Yue, Kevin K. Yang, Alex X. Lu bioRxiv 2024.02.05.578959; doi: https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.02.05.578959<br /> [2] Evaluating the representational power of pre-trained DNA language models for regulatory genomics, Ziqi Tang, Peter K Koo bioRxiv 2024.02.29.582810; doi: https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.02.29.582810

      Comments on revisions:

      My concerns have been addressed. What seems to remain are some semantical disagreements and I'm not sure that these will be answered here. Do MSAs and other embedding methods lead to some notable type of data leakage? Does this leakage qualify as "x-shot" learning under current definitions?

    1. 无题事件

      文中提到的关键事件是 1948年夏季课程和John Cage与Merce Cunningham的到访。以下是这个事件的详细介绍:

      背景:

      黑山学院(Black Mountain College) 是20世纪最具影响力的实验性艺术学院之一,强调跨学科的合作与创造,培养了许多重要的艺术家和思想家。1948年,黑山学院邀请了当时正处于艺术创作巅峰期的John CageMerce Cunningham,这标志着一段重要的艺术历史的开始。

      1948年夏季课程:

      1. 跨学科的艺术创作
      2. 黑山学院的1948年夏季课程是由Josef Albers组织的,吸引了许多当时知名的艺术家参与。该课程不仅限于音乐和舞蹈,还包括其他艺术形式,如戏剧、建筑和视觉艺术。
      3. 这段时间为学生和教师提供了一个自由的艺术创作空间,课程内容没有明确的教学大纲,允许艺术家们自由地进行实验和探索。

      4. John Cage与Merce Cunningham的到访

      5. John Cage 是当时逐渐获得艺术界认可的作曲家,尤其以他的“准备钢琴”技法闻名。1948年春,他和舞蹈家Merce Cunningham一起受邀访问黑山学院。尽管Cage的作品已获得批评界认可,但他依然面临经济上的挑战,而Cunningham刚从玛莎·格雷厄姆舞蹈公司独立出来,开始了独立舞蹈创作。
      6. 在黑山学院的访问期间,Cage首次公开演奏了自己著名的《准备钢琴的季节》(Sonatas and Interludes for Prepared Piano)。这一表演成为了学院历史中的一个标志性时刻。

      7. 影响与创新

      8. Cage和Cunningham的表演不仅在学术上有重要意义,也在实践中启发了黑山学院的学生和教职工。Cage的音乐表演以及他对“偶然性”音乐的讲解,促使了学院内部对音乐、舞蹈和其他艺术形式之间关系的深入探讨。
      9. 他们的到访为黑山学院带来了强烈的创作能量,并促进了艺术创作中更多实验性的思想,尤其是“偶然性”艺术与表演艺术的发展。

      10. 艺术家之间的互动与合作

      11. Cage与Cunningham的到访不仅是艺术表演的展示,更是思想的交流和艺术家之间深刻的合作。Cage与Cunningham的关系和合作为他们后续的事业奠定了基础,他们的合作在20世纪的舞蹈和音乐艺术中产生了深远的影响。
      12. 在表演之外,Cage与其他艺术家的交流也进一步塑造了他对音乐和艺术的理解。通过与Albers等人及学院成员的互动,Cage得到了重要的艺术启发,这些启发对他后来的创作产生了深刻影响。

      1948年事件的长远影响:

      1. 为“happening”艺术奠定基础
      2. 这段时间直接影响了Cage及其艺术家的创作,尤其是Cage提出的“happening”艺术形式。Cage在1948年夏季课程后开展的《黑山事件》(Theater Piece #1),常被认为是第一场“happening”艺术表演,它打破了传统的舞台表演形式,标志着实验性艺术的一大步。

      3. 学生与艺术家之间的深度联系

      4. 在1948年,许多日后的重要艺术家,如Robert RauschenbergSusan Weil等也在黑山学院学习。Cage的思想和音乐,以及与其他艺术家的交流,为这些艺术家的未来创作提供了重要的影响力。

      5. 思想和创作的自由空间

      6. 黑山学院的这个夏季课程没有传统的课程设置,教师和学生共同参与创造和表演。在这种自由、实验性强的环境中,艺术家们能够放飞创意,这对于推动20世纪现代艺术的发展起到了巨大的推动作用。

      总结:

      1948年黑山学院的夏季课程不仅是Cage和Cunningham职业生涯中的重要转折点,也是现代艺术,尤其是音乐、舞蹈和表演艺术领域中重要的历史事件。通过这一课程,艺术家们打破了传统艺术形式,探索了更多的自由、实验性的表现形式,直接影响了后来的艺术潮流和实践。这一时期的创新不仅促进了Cage与Cunningham的艺术生涯,也为黑山学院及其学生提供了一个思维碰撞和创作灵感的温床。

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      This study presents a valuable theoretical exploration on the electrophysiological mechanisms of ionic currents via gap junctions in hippocampal CA1 pyramidal-cell models, and their potential contribution to local field potentials (LFPs) that is different from the contribution of chemical synapses. The biophysical argument regarding electric dipoles appears solid, but the evidence can be more convincing if their predictions are tested against experiments. A shortage of model validation and strictly comparable parameters used in the comparisons between chemical vs. junctional inputs makes the modeling approach incomplete; once strengthened, the finding can be of broad interest to electrophysiologists, who often make recordings from regions of neurons interconnected with gap junctions.

      We gratefully thank the editors and the reviewers for the time and effort in rigorously assessing our manuscript, for the constructive review process, for their enthusiastic responses to our study, and for the encouraging and thoughtful comments. We especially thank you for deeming our study to be a valuable exploration on the differential contributions of active dendritic gap junctions vs. chemical synapses to local field potentials. We thank you for your appreciation of the quantitative biophysical demonstration on the differences in electric dipoles that appear in extracellular potentials with gap junctions vs. chemical synapses.

      However, we are surprised by aspects of the assessment that resulted in deeming the approach incomplete, especially given the following with specific reference to the points raised:

      (1) Testing against experiments: With specific reference to gap junctions, quantitative experimental verification becomes extremely difficult because of the well-established nonspecificities associated with gap junctional modulators (Behrens et al., 2011; Rouach et al., 2003). The non-specific actions of gap junctions are tabulated in Table 2 of (Szarka et al., 2021), reproduced below. In addition, genetic knockouts of gap junctional proteins are either lethal or involve functional compensation (Bedner et al., 2012; Lo, 1999), together making causal links to specific gap junctional contributions with currently available techniques infeasible.

      In addition, the complex interactions between co-existing chemical synaptic, gap junctional, and active dendritic contributions from several cell-types make the delineation of the contributions of specific components infeasible with experimental approaches. A computational approach is the only quantitative route to specifically delineate the contributions of individual components to extracellular potentials, as seen from studies that have addressed the question of active dendritic contributions to field potentials (Halnes et al., 2024; Ness et al., 2018; Reimann et al., 2013; Sinha & Narayanan, 2015, 2022) or spiking contributions to local field potentials (Buzsaki et al., 2012; Gold et al., 2006; Schomburg et al., 2012). The biophysically and morphologically realistic computational modeling route is therefore invaluable in assessing the impact of individual components to extracellular field potentials (Einevoll et al., 2019; Halnes et al., 2024).

      Together, we emphasize that the computational modeling route is currently the only quantitative methodology to delineate the contributions of gap junctions vs. chemical synapses to extracellular potentials.

      (2) Model validation: The model used in this study was adopted from a physiologically validated model from our laboratory (Roy & Narayanan, 2021). Please note that the original model was validated against several physiological measurements along the somatodendritic axis. We sincerely regret our oversight in not mentioning clearly that we have used an existing, thoroughly physiologically-validated model from our laboratory in this study.

      (3) Comparisons between chemical vs. junctional inputs: We had taken elaborate precautions in our experimental design to match the intracellular electrophysiological signatures with reference to synchronous as well as oscillatory inputs, irrespective of whether inputs arrived through gap junctions or chemical synapses.

      In a revised manuscript, we will address all the concerns raised by the reviewers in detail. We have provided point-by-point responses to reviewers’ helpful and constructive comments below. We thank the editors and the reviewers for this constructive review process, which we believe will help us in improving our manuscript with specific reference to emphasizing the novelty of our approach and conclusions.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript makes a significant contribution to the field by exploring the dichotomy between chemical synaptic and gap junctional contributions to extracellular potentials. While the study is comprehensive in its computational approach, adding experimental validation, network-level simulations, and expanded discussion on implications would elevate its impact further.

      We gratefully thank you for your time and effort in rigorously assessing our manuscript, for the enthusiastic response, and the encouraging and thoughtful comments on our study. In what follows, we have provided point-by-point responses to the specific comments.

      Strengths

      Novelty and Scope

      The manuscript provides a detailed investigation into the contrasting extracellular field potential (EFP) signatures arising from chemical synapses and gap junctions, an underexplored area in neuroscience. It highlights the critical role of active dendritic processes in shaping EFPs, pushing forward our understanding of how electrical and chemical synapses contribute differently to extracellular signals.

      We thank you for the positive comments on the novelty of our approach and how our study addresses an underexplored area in neuroscience. The assumptions about the passive nature of dendritic structures had indeed resulted in an underestimation of the contributions of gap junctions to extracellular potentials. Once the realities of active structures are accounted for, the contributions of gap junctions increases by several orders of magnitude compared to passive structures (Fig. 1D).

      Methodological Rigor

      The use of morphologically and biophysically realistic computational models for CA1 pyramidal neurons ensures that the findings are grounded in physiological relevance. Systematic analysis of various factors, including the presence of sodium, leak, and HCN channels, offers a clear dissection of how transmembrane currents shape EFPs.

      We thank you for your encouraging comments on the experimental design and methodological rigor of our approach.

      Biological Relevance

      The findings emphasize the importance of incorporating gap junctional inputs in analyses of extracellular signals, which have traditionally focused on chemical synapses. The observed polarity differences and spectral characteristics provide novel insights into how neural computations may differ based on the mode of synaptic input.

      We thank you for your positive comments on the biological relevance of our approach. We also gratefully thank you for emphasizing the two striking novelties unveiling the dichotomy between gap junctions and chemical synapses in their contributions to field potentials: polarity differences and spectral characteristics.

      Clarity and Depth

      The manuscript is well-structured, with a logical progression from synchronous input analyses to asynchronous and rhythmic inputs, ensuring comprehensive coverage of the topic.

      We sincerely thank you for the positive comments on the structure and comprehensive coverage of our manuscript encompassing different types of inputs that neurons typically receive.

      Weaknesses and Areas for Improvement

      Generality and Validation

      The study focuses exclusively on CA1 pyramidal neurons. Expanding the analysis to other cell types, such as interneurons or glial cells, would enhance the generalizability of the findings. Experimental validation of the computational predictions is entirely absent. Empirical data correlating the modeled EFPs with actual recordings would strengthen the claims.

      We thank you for raising this important point. The prime novelty and the principal conclusion of this study is that gap junctional contributions to extracellular field potentials are orders of magnitude higher when the active nature of cellular compartments are accounted for. The lacuna in the literature has been consequent to the assumption that cellular compartments are passive, resulting in the dogma that gap junctional contributions to field potentials are negligible. Despite knowledge about active dendritic structures for decades now, this assumption has kept studies from understanding or even exploring the contributions of gap junctions to field potentials. The rationale behind the choice of a computational approach to address the lacuna were as follows:

      (1) The complex interactions between co-existing chemical synaptic, gap junctional, and active dendritic contributions from several cell-types make the delineation of the contributions of specific components infeasible with experimental approaches. A computational approach is the only quantitative route to specifically delineate the contributions of individual components to extracellular potentials, as seen from studies that have addressed the question of active dendritic contributions to field potentials (Halnes et al., 2024; Ness et al., 2018; Reimann et al., 2013; Sinha & Narayanan, 2015, 2022) or spiking contributions to local field potentials (Buzsaki et al., 2012; Gold et al., 2006; Schomburg et al., 2012). The biophysically and morphologically realistic computational modeling route is therefore invaluable in assessing the impact of individual components to extracellular field potentials (Einevoll et al., 2019; Halnes et al., 2024).

      (2) With specific reference to gap junctions, quantitative experimental verification becomes extremely difficult because of the well-established non-specificities associated with gap junctional modulators (Behrens et al., 2011; Rouach et al., 2003). The non-specific actions of gap junctions are tabulated in Table 2 of (Szarka et al., 2021). In addition, genetic knockouts of gap junctional proteins are either lethal or involve functional compensation (Bedner et al., 2012; Lo, 1999), together making causal links to specific gap junctional contributions with currently available techniques infeasible.

      We highlight the novelty of our approach and of the conclusions about differences in extracellular signatures associated with active-dendritic chemical synapses and gap junctions, against these experimental difficulties. We emphasize that the computational modeling route is currently the only quantitative methodology to delineate the contributions of gap junctions vs. chemical synapses to extracellular potentials. Our analyses clearly demonstrates that gap junctions do contribute to extracellular potentials if the active nature of the cellular compartments is explicitly accounted for (Fig. 1D). We also show theoretically well-grounded and mechanistically elucidated differences in polarity (Figs. 1–3) as well as in spectral signatures (Figs. 5–8) of extracellular potentials associated with gap junctional vs. chemical synaptic inputs. Together, our fundamental demonstration in this study is the critical need to account for the active nature of cellular compartments in studying gap junctional contributions of extracellular potentials, with CA1 pyramidal neuronal dendrites used as an exemplar.

      In a revised version of the manuscript, we will emphasize the motivations for the approach we took, highlighting the specific novelties both in methodological and conceptual aspects, finally emphasizing the need to account for other cell types and gap junctional contributions therein. Importantly, we will emphasize the non-specificities associated with gap-junctional blockers as the reason why experimental delineation of gap junctional vs. chemical synaptic contributions to LFP becomes tedious. We hope that these points will underscore the need for the computational approach that we took to address this important question, apart from the novelties of the manuscript.

      Role of Active Dendritic Currents

      The paper emphasizes active dendritic currents, particularly the role of HCN channels in generating outward currents under certain conditions. However, further discussion of how this mechanism integrates into broader network dynamics is warranted.

      We thank you for this constructive suggestion. We agree that it is important to consider the implications for broader network dynamics of the outward HCN currents that are observed with synchronous inputs. In a revised manuscript, we will elaborate on the implications of the outward HCN current to network dynamics in detail.

      Analysis of Plasticity

      While the manuscript mentions plasticity in the discussion, there are no simulations that account for activity-dependent changes in synaptic or gap junctional properties. Including such analyses could significantly enhance the relevance of the findings.

      We thank you for this constructive suggestion. Please note that we have presented consistent results for both fewer and more gap junctions in our analyses (Figure 1 with 217 gap junctions and Supplementary Figure 1 with 99 gap junctions). Thus, our fundamentally novel result that gap junctions onto active dendrites differentially shape LFPs holds true irrespective of the relative density of gap junctions onto the neuron. Thus, these results demonstrate that the conclusions about their contributions to LFP are invariant to plasticity in their gap junctional numerosity.

      We had only briefly mentioned plasticity in the Introduction to highlight the different modes of synaptic transmission and to emphasize that plasticity has been studied in both chemical synapses and gap junctions, playing a role in learning and adaptation. However, if this wording inadvertently suggests that our study includes plasticity simulations, we would remove it from Introduction in the updated manuscript to ensure clarity.

      In the ‘Limitations of analyses and future studies’ section in Discussion, we suggested investigating the impact of plasticity mechanisms—specifically, activity-dependent plasticity of ion channels—on synaptic receptors vs. gap junctions and their effects on extracellular field potentials under various input conditions and plasticity combinations across different structures. We fully agree with the reviewer that such studies would offer valuable insights and further enhance the broader relevance of our findings. However, while our study implies this direction, it was not the primary focus of our investigation.

      In the revised manuscript, we will expand on intrinsic/synaptic plasticity and how they could contribute to LFPs (Sinha & Narayanan, 2015, 2022), while also pointing to simulations with different numbers of gap junction in this context.

      Frequency-Dependent Effects

      The study demonstrates that gap junctional inputs suppress highfrequency EFP power due to membrane filtering. However, it could delve deeper into the implications of this for different brain rhythms, such as gamma or ripple oscillations.

      We sincerely thank you for these insightful comments that we totally agree with. As it so happens, this manuscript forms the first part of a broader study where we explore the implications of gap junctions to ripple frequency oscillations. The ripple oscillations part of the work was presented as a poster in the Society for Neuroscience (SfN) annual meeting 2024 (Sirmaur & Narayanan, 2024). There, we simulate a neuropil made of hundreds of morphologically realistic neurons to assess the role of different synaptic inputs — excitatory, inhibitory, and gap junctional — and active dendrites to ripple frequency oscillations. We demonstrate there that the conclusions from single-neuron simulations in this current manuscript extend to a neuropil with several neurons, each receiving excitatory, inhibitory and gap-junctional inputs, especially with reference to high-frequency oscillations. Our networkbased analyses unveiled a dominant mediatory role of patterned inhibition in ripple generation, with recurrent excitations through chemical synapses and gap junctions in conjunction with return-current contributions from active dendrites playing regulatory roles in determining ripple characteristics (Sirmaur & Narayanan, 2024).

      Our principal goal in this study, therefore, was to lay the single-neuron foundation for network analyses of the impact of gap junctions on LFPs. We are preparing the network part of the study, with a strong focus on ripple-frequency oscillations, for submission for peer review separately.

      In a revised manuscript, we will mention the results from our SfN abstract with reference to network simulations and high-frequency oscillations, while also presenting discussions from other studies on the role of gap junctions in synchrony and LFP oscillations.

      Visualization

      Figures are dense and could benefit from more intuitive labeling and focused presentations. For example, isolating key differences between chemical and gap junctional inputs in distinct panels would improve clarity.

      We thank you for this constructive suggestion. In the revised manuscript, we will enhance the visualization of the figures to ensure a clearer and more intuitive distinction between chemical synapses and gap junctions.

      Contextual Relevance

      The manuscript touches on how these findings relate to known physiological roles of gap junctions (e.g., in gamma rhythms) but does not explore this in depth. Stronger integration of the results into known neural network dynamics would enhance its impact.

      We sincerely appreciate your valuable suggestion and acknowledge the importance of integrating our results into established neural network dynamics, particularly their implications for gamma rhythms. We will address this aspect more comprehensively in the revised version of our manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This computational work examines whether the inputs that neurons receive through electrical synapses (gap junctions) have different signatures in the extracellular local field potential (LFP) compared to inputs via chemical synapses. The authors present the results of a series of model simulations where either electric or chemical synapses targeting a single hippocampal pyramidal neuron are activated in various spatio-temporal patterns, and the resulting LFP in the vicinity of the cell is calculated and analyzed. The authors find several notable qualitative differences between the LFP patterns evoked by gap junctions vs. chemical synapses. For some of these findings, the authors demonstrate convincingly that the observed differences are explained by the electric vs. chemical nature of the input, and these results likely generalize to other cell types. However, in other cases, it remains plausible (or even likely) that the differences are caused, at least partly, by other factors (such as different intracellular voltage responses due to, e.g., the unequal strengths of the inputs). Furthermore, it was not immediately clear to me how the results could be applied to analyze more realistic situations where neurons receive partially synchronized excitatory and inhibitory inputs via chemical and electric synapses.

      We gratefully thank you for your time and effort in rigorously assessing our manuscript, for the enthusiastic response, and the encouraging and thoughtful comments on our study. In what follows, we have provided point-by-point responses to the specific comments.

      Strengths

      The main strength of the paper is that it draws attention to the fact that inputs to a neuron via gap junctions are expected to give rise to a different extracellular electric field compared to inputs via chemical synapses, even if the intracellular effects of the two types of input are similar. This is because, unlike chemical synaptic inputs, inputs via gap junctions are not directly associated with transmembrane currents. This is a general result that holds independent of many details such as the cell types or neurotransmitters involved.

      We gratefully thank you for the positive comments and the encouraging words about the novel contributions of our study. We are particularly thankful to you for your comment on the generality of our conclusions that hold for different cell types and neurotransmitters involved.

      Another strength of the article is that the authors attempt to provide intuitive, non-technical explanations of most of their findings, which should make the paper readable also for non-expert audiences (including experimentalists).

      We sincerely thank you for the positive comments about the readability of the paper.

      Weaknesses

      The most problematic aspect of the paper relates to the methodology for comparing the effects of electric vs. chemical synaptic inputs on the LFP. The authors seem to suggest that the primary cause of all the differences seen in the various simulation experiments is the different nature of the input, and particularly the difference between the transmembrane current evoked by chemical synapses and the gap junctional current that does not involve the extracellular space. However, this is clearly an oversimplification: since no real attempt is made to quantitatively match the two conditions that are compared (e.g., regarding the strength and temporal profile of the inputs), the differences seen can be due to factors other than the electric vs. chemical nature of synapses. In fact, if inputs were identical in all parameters other than the transmembrane vs. directly injected nature of the current, the intracellular voltage responses and, consequently, the currents through voltage-gated and leak currents would also be the same, and the LFPs would differ exactly by the contribution of the transmembrane current evoked by the chemical synapse. This is evidently not the case for any of the simulated comparisons presented, and the differences in the membrane potential response are rather striking in several cases (e.g., in the case of random inputs, there is only one action potential with gap junctions, but multiple action potentials with chemical synapses). Consequently, it remains unclear which observed differences are fundamental in the sense that they are directly related to the electric vs. chemical nature of the input, and which differences can be attributed to other factors such as differences in the strength and pattern of the inputs (and the resulting difference in the neuronal electric response).

      We thank you for raising this important point. We would like to emphasize that our experimental design and analyses quantitatively account for the spatial distribution and temporal pattern of specific kinds of inputs that arrive through gap junctions and chemical synapses. We submit that our analyses quantitatively demonstrates that the fundamental difference between the gap junctional and chemical synaptic contributions to extracellular potentials is the absence of the direct transmembrane component from gap junctional inputs. We elucidate these points below:

      (1) Spatial distribution: The inputs were distributed randomly across the basal dendrites, irrespective of whether they were through gap junctions or chemical synapses. For both chemical synapses and gap junctions, the inputs were of the same nature: excitatory.

      (2) Different numbers of inputs: We have presented consistent results for both fewer and more gap junctions or chemical synapses in our analyses (see Figure 1 with 217 gap junctions or 245 chemical synapses and Supplementary Figure 2 with 99 gap junctions or 30 chemical synapses). Our fundamentally novel result that gap junctions onto active dendrites shape LFPs holds true irrespective of the relative density of gap junctions onto the neuron.

      (3) Synchronous inputs (Figs. 1–3): For chemical synapses, the waveforms are in the shape of postsynaptic potentials. For gap junctional inputs, the waveforms are in the shape of postsynaptic potentials or dendritic spikes (to respect the active nature of inputs from the other cell). Here, the electrical response of the postsynaptic cell is identical irrespective of whether inputs arrive through gap junctions or chemical synapses: an action potential. We quantitatively matched the strengths such that the model generated a single action potential in response to synchronous inputs, irrespective of whether they arrived through chemical synaptic and gap junctional inputs. We mechanistically analyze the contributions of different cellular components and show that the direct transmembrane current in chemical synapses is the distinguishing factor that determines the dichotomy between the contributions of gap junctions vs. chemical synapses to extracellular potentials (Figs. 2–3). In a revised manuscript, we will show the intracellular responses to demonstrate that they are electrically matched.

      (4) Random inputs (Fig. 4): For random inputs, we did not account for the number of action potentials that arrived, as the only observation we made here was with reference to the biphasic nature of the extracellular potentials with gap junctional inputs in the “No Sodium” scenario. We note that in the “No Sodium” scenario, the time-domain amplitudes were comparable for the field potentials (Fig. 4B, Fig. 4D).

      (5) Rhythmic inputs (Fig. 5–8): For rhythmic inputs, please note that the intracellular and extracellular waveforms for every frequency are provided in supplementary figures S5– S11. It may be noted that the intracellular responses are comparable. In simulations for assessing spike-LFP comparison, we tuned the strengths to produce a single spike per cycle, ensuring fair comparison of LFPs with gap junctions vs. chemical synapses.

      Taken together, we demonstrate through explicit sets of simulations and analyses that the differences in LFPs were not driven by the strength or patterns of the inputs but rather by the differences in direct transmembrane currents, which are subsequently reflected in the LFPs. In a revised manuscript, we will add a section to emphasize these points apart from providing intracellular traces for cases where they are not provided.

      Some of the explanations offered for the effects of cellular manipulations on the LFP appear to be incomplete. More specifically, the authors observed that blocking leak channels significantly changed the shape of the LFP response to synchronous synaptic inputs - but only when electric inputs were used, and when sodium channels were intact. The authors seemed to attribute this phenomenon to a direct effect of leak currents on the extracellular potential - however, this appears unlikely both because it does not explain why blocking the leak conductance had no effect in the other cases, and because the leak current is several orders of magnitude smaller than the spike-generating currents that make the largest contributions to the LFP. An indirect effect mediated by interactions of the leak current with some voltage-gated currents appears to be the most likely explanation, but identifying the exact mechanism would require further simulation experiments and/or a detailed analysis of intracellular currents and the membrane potential in time and space.

      We thank you for raising this important question. Leak channels were among the several contributors to the positive deflection observed in LFPs associated with gap junctions. This effect was present not only in gap junctional models with intact sodium conductance but also in the no-sodium model, where the amplitude of the positive deflection was reduced across other models as well (Fig. 2F, I). Furthermore, even in the absence of leak conductance, a small positive deflection was still observed (Fig. 2F), leading us to further investigate other transmembrane currents over time and across spatial locations, from the proximal to the distal dendritic ends relative to the soma (Fig. 3D). We had observed that the dominant contributor in the case of chemical synapses was the inward synaptic current (Fig. 3A), whereas for gap junctions, the primary contributors were leak conductance along with other outward currents, such as potassium and HCN currents (Fig. 3D). Together, the direct transmembrane component of chemical synapses provides a dominant contribution to extracellular potentials. This dominance translates to differences in the relative contributions of indirect currents (including leak currents) to extracellular potentials associated chemical synaptic vs. gap junctional inputs. Our analyses of the exact ionic mechanisms (Fig. 3) demonstrates the involvement of several ion channels contributing to the indirect component in either scenario.

      In every simulation experiment in this study, inputs through electric synapses are modeled as intracellular current injections of pre-determined amplitude and time course based on the sampled dendritic voltage of potential synaptic partners. This is a major simplification that may have a significant impact on the results. First, the current through gap junctions depends on the voltage difference between the two connected cellular compartments and is thus sensitive to the membrane potential of the cell that is treated as the neuron "receiving" the input in this study (although, strictly speaking, there is no pre- or postsynaptic neuron in interactions mediated by gap junctions). This dependence on the membrane potential of the target neuron is completely missing here. A related second point is that gap junctions also change the apparent membrane resistance of the neurons they connect, effectively acting as additional shunting (or leak) conductance in the relevant compartments. This effect is completely missed by treating gap junctions as pure current sources.

      We thank you for raising this important point. We agree with the analyses presented by the reviewer on the importance of network simulations and bidirectional gap junctions that respect the voltages in both neurons. However, the complexities of LFP modeling precludes modeling of networks of morphologically realistic models with patterns of stimulations occurring across the dendritic tree. LFP modeling studies predominantly uses “post-synaptic” currents to analyze the impact of different patterns of inputs arriving on to a neuron, even when chemical synaptic inputs are considered. Explicitly, individual neurons are separately simulated with different patterns of synaptic inputs, the transmembrane current at different locations recorded, and the extracellular potential is then computed using line source approximation (Buzsaki et al., 2012; Gold et al., 2006; Halnes et al., 2024; Ness et al., 2018; Reimann et al., 2013; Schomburg et al., 2012; Sinha & Narayanan, 2015, 2022). Even in scenarios where a network is analyzed, a hybrid approach involving the outputs of a pointneuron-based network being coupled to an independent morphologically realistic neuronal model is employed (Hagen et al., 2016; Martinez-Canada et al., 2021; Mazzoni et al., 2015). Given the complexities associated with the computation of electrode potentials arising as a distance-weighted summation of several transmembrane currents, these simplifications becomes essential.

      Our approach models gap junctional currents in a similar way as the other model incorporate synaptic currents in LFP modeling (Buzsaki et al., 2012; Gold et al., 2006; Halnes et al., 2024; Ness et al., 2018; Reimann et al., 2013; Schomburg et al., 2012; Sinha & Narayanan, 2015, 2022). As gap junctions are typically implemented as resistors from the other neuronal compartment, we accounted for gap-junctional variability in our model by randomizing the scaling-factors and the exact waveforms that arrive through individual gap junctions at specific locations. Thus, the inputs were not pre-determined by “pre” neurons. Instead, the recorded voltages from potential synaptic partner neurons were randomized across locations and scaled using factors at the dendrites before being injected into the target neuron (Supplementary Fig. S1). While incorporating a network of interconnected neurons is indeed important, we utilized biophysical, morphologically realistic CA1 neuron model with different sets of input patterns to model LFPs, which were derived from the total transmembrane currents across all compartments of the multi-compartmental neuron model. Given the complexity of this approach, adding further network-level interactions or pre-post connections would have been computationally demanding.

      In a revised manuscript, we will introduce the general methodology used in LFP modeling studies to introduce synaptic currents. We will emphasize that our study extends this approach to modeling gap junctional inputs, while also highlighting randomization of locations and the scaling process in assigning gap junctional synaptic strengths.

      One prominent claim of the article that is emphasized even in the abstract is that HCN channels mediate an outward current in certain cases. Although this statement is technically correct, there are two reasons why I do not consider this a major finding of the paper. First, as the authors acknowledge, this is a trivial consequence of the relatively slow kinetics of HCN channels: when at least some of the channels are open, any input that is sufficiently fast and strong to take the membrane potential across the reversal potential of the channel will lead to the reversal of the polarity of the current. This effect is quite generic and well-known and is by no means specific to gap junctional inputs or even HCN channels. Second, and perhaps more importantly, the functional consequence of this reversed current through HCN channels is likely to be negligible. As clearly shown in Supplementary Figure S3, the HCN current becomes outward only for an extremely short time period during the action potential, which is also a period when several other currents are also active and likely dominant due to their much higher conductances. I also note that several of these relevant facts remain hidden in Figure 3, both because of its focus on peak values, and because of the radically different units on the vertical axes of the current plots.

      We thank you for raising this point and agree with you on every point. Please note that we do not assert that the outward HCN currents are exclusively associated with gap junctional inputs. Rather, our results show that synchronous inputs generate outward HCN currents in both chemical synapses (Fig. 3B; positive/outward HCN currents, except in the no sodium or leak model) and gap junctions (Fig. 3D; positive/outward HCN currents). We emphasized this in the case of gap junctions because, in the absence of inward synaptic currents, HCN (acting as outward currents with synchronous inputs) contributed to the positive deflection observed in the LFPs. While HCN would also contribute in the case of chemical synapses, its effect was negligible due to the presence of large inward synaptic currents. Since LFPs reflect the collective total transmembrane currents, the dominant contributors differ between these two scenarios, which we aimed to highlight. Since HCN exhibited outward currents in our synchronous input simulations, we have elaborated on this mechanism in the supplementary figure (Fig. S3). Our intention was not to emphasize this effect for only one synaptic mode but rather to highlight HCN's contribution to the positive deflection as one of the contributing factors.

      We agree that HCN currents are relatively small in magnitude; therefore, our conclusions were based on HCN being one of the several contributing factors. Leak conductance and other outward conductances, including HCN currents (Fig. 3D), collectively contribute to the positive deflections observed in the case of gap junctional synchronous inputs.

      We will ensure that we will account for all the points appropriately in a revised manuscript.

      Finally, I missed an appropriate validation of the neuronal model used, and also the characterization of the effects of the in silico manipulations used on the basic behavior of the model. As far as I understand, the model in its current form has not been used in other studies. If this is the case, it would be important to demonstrate convincingly through (preferably quantitative) comparisons with experimental data using different protocols that the model captures the physiological behavior of at least the relevant compartments (in this case, the dendrites and the soma) of hippocampal pyramidal neurons sufficiently well that the results of the modeling study are relevant to the real biological system. In addition, the correct interpretation of various manipulations of the model would be strongly facilitated by investigating and discussing how the physiological properties of the model neuron are affected by these alterations.

      We thank you for raising this important point. The CA1 pyramidal neuronal model used in this study is built with ion-channel models derived from biophysical and electrophysiological recordings from these cells. As mentioned in the Methods section “Dynamics and distribution of active channels” and Supplementary Table S1, models for individual channels, their gating kinetics, and channel distributions across the somatodendritic arbor (wherever known) are all derived from their physiological equivalents. Importantly, these values were derived from previously validated models from the laboratory, which contain these very ion channel models and the exact same morphology (Roy & Narayanan, 2021). Please compare Supplementary Table S1 with the Table 1 from (Roy & Narayanan, 2021). Please note that this model was validated against several physiological measurements along the somatodendritic axis (Fig. 1 of (Roy & Narayanan, 2021)).

      In a revised manuscript, we will explicitly mention this while also mentioning the different physiological properties that were used for the validation process from (Roy & Narayanan, 2021). We sincerely regret not mentioning these details in the current version of our manuscript.

      We will fix these in a revised version of the manuscript.

      References

      Bedner, P., Steinhauser, C., & Theis, M. (2012). Functional redundancy and compensation among members of gap junction protein families? Biochim Biophys Acta, 1818(8), 1971-1984. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbamem.2011.10.016

      Behrens, C. J., Ul Haq, R., Liotta, A., Anderson, M. L., & Heinemann, U. (2011). Nonspecific effects of the gap junction blocker mefloquine on fast hippocampal network oscillations in the adult rat in vitro. Neuroscience, 192, 11-19. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroscience.2011.07.015

      Buzsaki, G., Anastassiou, C. A., & Koch, C. (2012). The origin of extracellular fields and currents--EEG, ECoG, LFP and spikes. Nat Rev Neurosci, 13(6), 407-420. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn3241

      Einevoll, G. T., Destexhe, A., Diesmann, M., Grun, S., Jirsa, V., de Kamps, M., Migliore, M., Ness, T. V., Plesser, H. E., & Schurmann, F. (2019). The Scientific Case for Brain Simulations. Neuron, 102(4), 735-744. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2019.03.027

      Gold, C., Henze, D. A., Koch, C., & Buzsaki, G. (2006). On the origin of the extracellular action potential waveform: A modeling study. J Neurophysiol, 95(5), 3113-3128. https://doi.org/10.1152/jn.00979.2005

      Hagen, E., Dahmen, D., Stavrinou, M. L., Linden, H., Tetzlaff, T., van Albada, S. J., Grun, S., Diesmann, M., & Einevoll, G. T. (2016). Hybrid Scheme for Modeling Local Field Potentials from Point-Neuron Networks. Cereb Cortex, 26(12), 4461-4496. https://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bhw237

      Halnes, G., Ness, T. V., Næss, S., Hagen, E., Pettersen, K. H., & Einevoll, G. T. (2024). Electric Brain Signals: Foundations and Applications of Biophysical Modeling. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/DOI: 10.1017/9781009039826

      Lo, C. W. (1999). Genes, gene knockouts, and mutations in the analysis of gap junctions. Dev Genet, 24(1-2), 1-4. https://doi.org/10.1002/(SICI)1520-6408(1999)24:1/2<1::AIDDVG1>3.0.CO;2-U

      Martinez-Canada, P., Ness, T. V., Einevoll, G. T., Fellin, T., & Panzeri, S. (2021). Computation of the electroencephalogram (EEG) from network models of point neurons. PLoS Comput Biol, 17(4), e1008893. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1008893

      Mazzoni, A., Linden, H., Cuntz, H., Lansner, A., Panzeri, S., & Einevoll, G. T. (2015). Computing the Local Field Potential (LFP) from Integrate-and-Fire Network Models. PLoS Comput Biol, 11(12), e1004584. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1004584

      Ness, T. V., Remme, M. W. H., & Einevoll, G. T. (2018). h-Type Membrane Current Shapes the Local Field Potential from Populations of Pyramidal Neurons. J Neurosci, 38(26), 6011-6024. https://doi.org/10.1523/jneurosci.3278-17.2018

      Reimann, M. W., Anastassiou, C. A., Perin, R., Hill, S. L., Markram, H., & Koch, C. (2013). A biophysically detailed model of neocortical local field potentials predicts the critical role of active membrane currents. Neuron, 79(2), 375-390. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2013.05.023

      Rouach, N., Segal, M., Koulakoff, A., Giaume, C., & Avignone, E. (2003). Carbenoxolone blockade of neuronal network activity in culture is not mediated by an action on gap junctions. Journal of Physiology, 553(Pt 3), 729-745. https://doi.org/10.1113/jphysiol.2003.053439

      Roy, A., & Narayanan, R. (2021). Spatial information transfer in hippocampal place cells depends on trial-to-trial variability, symmetry of place-field firing, and biophysical heterogeneities. Neural Netw, 142, 636-660. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neunet.2021.07.026

      Schomburg, E. W., Anastassiou, C. A., Buzsaki, G., & Koch, C. (2012). The spiking component of oscillatory extracellular potentials in the rat hippocampus. J Neurosci, 32(34), 11798-11811. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0656-12.2012

      Sinha, M., & Narayanan, R. (2015). HCN channels enhance spike phase coherence and regulate the phase of spikes and LFPs in the theta-frequency range. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 112(17), E2207-2216. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1419017112

      Sinha, M., & Narayanan, R. (2022). Active Dendrites and Local Field Potentials: Biophysical Mechanisms and Computational Explorations. Neuroscience, 489, 111-142. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroscience.2021.08.035

      Sirmaur, R., & Narayanan, R. (2024). Distinct extracellular signatures of chemical and electrical synapses impinging on active dendrites differentially contribute to ripple-frequency oscillations. Society for Neuroscience annual meeting (https://www.abstractsonline.com/pp8/?_gl=1*1bxo7m*_gcl_au*MTc5MTQ0NjE0NC4xNzI3MDcwOTMw*_ga*MTMxMTE5OTcyMy4xNzI3MDcwOTMx*_ga_T09K 3Q2WDN*MTcyNzA3MDkzMS4xLjEuMTcyNzA3MDkzNy41NC4wLjA.#!/20433/ presentation/13949), Chicago, USA.

      Szarka, G., Balogh, M., Tengolics, A. J., Ganczer, A., Volgyi, B., & Kovacs-Oller, T. (2021). The role of gap junctions in cell death and neuromodulation in the retina. Neural Regen Res, 16(10), 1911-1920. https://doi.org/10.4103/1673-5374.308069

    1. 赏析

      这张图片展示的是一份来自1933年的意大利《未来主义》周刊(Futurismo),这期杂志刊登了一些与未来主义运动相关的艺术和文化内容。

      主要内容分析:

      1. 标题与日期
      2. Futurismo 是这本杂志的标题,它是未来主义艺术运动的代表性出版物。该期杂志的日期为 1933年4月16日,第32期。
      3. "Dal 27 aprile al 5 maggio" 意味着从4月27日到5月5日,这一时间段内举办了相关的展览或活动,可能是关于未来主义的艺术展示。

      4. 重要元素与形式

      5. Aeropittura(飞行绘画):这部分描述了未来主义艺术中的一种风格——飞行绘画,强调通过表现飞行的速度和动感来体现现代科技的影响。
      6. 诗歌和视觉形式:这部分列出了“未来主义”诗歌的表现形式,诗歌不仅仅是文字,还通过不同的排列方式来传达感官上的冲击。例如,文字的排列和形状的变化(例如以箭头方向排列),是对传统语言和诗歌形式的突破,体现了未来主义强调动感、技术和速度的特征。

      7. 意大利未来主义

      8. Marinetti:F.T. Marinetti 是未来主义运动的创始人之一,他的名字出现在杂志上,表明他与这期杂志的内容有密切关系。Marinetti 曾提出未来主义的艺术理念,强调破除传统艺术形式,赞美现代工业和科技进步。

      9. 诗歌形式

      10. 这期杂志包含了许多带有未来主义特点的诗歌,在视觉上,文字被打乱并以不规则的方式排列(如箭头指向),目的是让文字的形态和排列本身也传达一种动态感,符合未来主义对速度、技术和工业感的崇尚。

      11. 展览活动

      12. 杂志的右侧提到的“Mostra Futurista Mantovana”(曼托瓦未来主义展)表明,这一期杂志与某个未来主义艺术展览相关。

      总结:

      这份《未来主义》杂志的内容展示了未来主义艺术运动中的几个重要特点:突破传统诗歌和绘画形式,通过创新的文字排列和动感表现来传递现代科技和动态的理念。杂志内容不仅涉及艺术创作,还包括展览和活动的介绍,反映了未来主义对现代性、速度和科技的热情。